Table of Contents

As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on April 14, 2011

Registration No. 333-                

 

 

 

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

WASHINGTON, DC 20549

 

 

FORM S-11

FOR REGISTRATION UNDER THE

SECURITIES ACT OF 1933 OF SECURITIES

OF CERTAIN REAL ESTATE COMPANIES

 

 

Hudson Pacific Properties, Inc.

(Exact Name of Registrant as Specified in Its Governing Instruments)

 

 

11601 Wilshire Blvd., Suite 1600, Los Angeles, California 90025

(310) 445-5700

(Address, Including Zip Code and Telephone Number, Including Area Code,

of Registrant’s Principal Executive Offices)

Victor J. Coleman

Chief Executive Officer

Hudson Pacific Properties, Inc.

11601 Wilshire Blvd., Suite 1600, Los Angeles, California 90025

(310) 445-5700

(Name, Address, Including Zip Code and Telephone Number, Including Area Code, of Agent for Service)

 

 

Copies to:

 

Julian T.H. Kleindorfer, Esq.

Bradley A. Helms, Esq.

Latham & Watkins LLP

355 South Grand Ave.

Los Angeles, California 90071

(213) 485-1234

  

David W. Bonser, Esq.

Samantha S. Gallagher, Esq.

Hogan Lovells US LLP

555 Thirteenth Street, NW

Washington, D.C. 20004

(202) 637-5600

 

 

Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the public: As soon as practicable after this Registration Statement becomes effective.

If any of the Securities being registered on this Form are to be offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act, check the following box:     ¨

If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement of the same offering.     ¨

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.     ¨

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.     ¨

If delivery of the prospectus is expected to be made pursuant to Rule 434, check the following box.     ¨

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check One):

 

Large accelerated filer  ¨

     Accelerated filer   ¨                     

Non-accelerated filer  x

     Smaller reporting company   ¨   

(Do not check if a smaller reporting company)

  

 

 

CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE

 

 

 

Title Of Securities Being Registered    Proposed Maximum Aggregate
Offering Price (1)
     Amount Of
Registration Fee
 

Common Stock, par value $.01 per share

   $ 106,925,175       $ 12,414   

 

 

(1) Estimated solely for the purpose of calculating the registration fee pursuant to Rule 457(o) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended. Includes shares of common stock that the underwriters have the option to purchase solely to cover overallotments, if any.

 

 

The registrant hereby amends this registration statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the registrant shall file a further amendment that specifically states that this registration statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or until this registration statement shall become effective on such date as the Commission, acting pursuant to said Section 8(a), may determine.

 

 

 


Table of Contents

The information in this preliminary prospectus is not complete and may be changed. We may not sell these securities until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This preliminary prospectus is not an offer to sell these securities and it is not soliciting an offer to buy these securities in any state where the offer or sale is not permitted.

 

Subject to Completion,

Preliminary Prospectus dated April 14, 2011

PROSPECTUS

Shares

LOGO

Common Stock

 

 

Hudson Pacific Properties, Inc. is a full-service, vertically integrated real estate company focused on owning, operating and acquiring high-quality office properties in select growth markets primarily in Northern and Southern California. We are offering              shares of our common stock, $0.01 par value per share. Concurrently with the completion of this offering, funds affiliated with Farallon Capital Management, L.L.C. will purchase                      shares of our common stock at a price per share equal to the public offering price and without payment by us of any underwriting discount or commission.

We are organized and conduct our operations in a manner that will allow us to qualify as a real estate investment trust, or REIT, for U.S. federal income tax purposes. To assist us in complying with certain federal income tax requirements applicable to REITs, our charter contains certain restrictions relating to the ownership and transfer of our capital stock, including an ownership limit of 9.8% of the outstanding shares of our common stock.

Our common stock is listed on the New York Stock Exchange, or NYSE, under the symbol “HPP.” On April 13, 2011, the last reported sale price of our common stock on the NYSE was $ 14.25 per share.

See “ Risk Factors ” beginning on page 14 of this prospectus for certain risks relevant to an investment in our common stock.

 

     Per Share      Total  

Public offering price

   $         $     

Underwriting discount

   $         $     

Proceeds, before expenses, to us

   $         $     

We have granted the underwriters an option to purchase up to              additional shares of our common stock at the public offering price, less underwriting discounts, within 30 days after the date of this prospectus to cover overallotments, if any.

Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission nor any state securities commission has approved or disapproved of these securities or determined if this prospectus is truthful or complete. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

The shares of common stock sold in this offering will be ready for delivery on or about             , 2011.

 

 

BofA Merrill Lynch   Barclays Capital   Morgan Stanley   Wells Fargo Securities

 

 

KeyBanc Capital Markets

 

 

The date of this prospectus is             , 2011


Table of Contents

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

     Page  

PROSPECTUS SUMMARY

     1   

RISK FACTORS

     14   

FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

     41   

USE OF PROCEEDS

     43   

PRICE RANGE OF COMMON STOCK AND DISTRIBUTIONS

     44   

CAPITALIZATION

     45   

DILUTION

     46   

SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA

     47   

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

     50   

BUSINESS AND PROPERTIES

     70   

MANAGEMENT

     110   

EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

     119   

CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS

     135   

POLICIES WITH RESPECT TO CERTAIN ACTIVITIES

     140   
     Page  

STRUCTURE OF OUR COMPANY

     146   

DESCRIPTION OF THE PARTNERSHIP AGREEMENT OF HUDSON PACIFIC PROPERTIES, L.P.

     148   

PRINCIPAL STOCKHOLDERS

     164   

DESCRIPTION OF STOCK

     166   

MATERIAL PROVISIONS OF MARYLAND LAW AND OF OUR CHARTER AND BYLAWS

     174   

SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE

     181   

FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSIDERATIONS

     184   

ERISA CONSIDERATIONS

     205   

UNDERWRITING

     208   

LEGAL MATTERS

     215   

EXPERTS

     215   

WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION

     216   

INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

     F-i   
 

 

 

You should rely only on the information contained in this prospectus, or in any free writing prospectus prepared by us, or information to which we have referred you. We have not, and the underwriters have not, authorized anyone to provide you with different information. If anyone provides you with different or inconsistent information, you should not rely on it. We are not, and the underwriters are not, making an offer to sell these securities in any jurisdiction where the offer or sale is not permitted. You should assume that the information appearing in this prospectus and any free writing prospectus prepared by us is accurate only as of their respective dates or on the date or dates that are specified in these documents. Our business, financial condition, liquidity, results of operations and prospects may have changed since those dates.

 

i


Table of Contents

PROSPECTUS SUMMARY

The following summary highlights information contained elsewhere in this prospectus. This summary is not complete and does not contain all of the information that you should consider before investing in our common stock. You should read the entire prospectus carefully, including the section entitled “Risk Factors,” as well as our historical and pro forma financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus, before making an investment decision. Unless the context suggests otherwise, references in this prospectus to “we,” “our,” “us” and “our company” are to Hudson Pacific Properties, Inc., a Maryland corporation, together with its consolidated subsidiaries, including Hudson Pacific Properties, L.P., a Maryland limited partnership of which we are the sole general partner and which we refer to in this prospectus as our operating partnership. Unless otherwise indicated, the information contained in this prospectus is as of December 31, 2010 and assumes (1) that the underwriters’ overallotment option is not exercised and (2) the consummation of the concurrent private placement of                      shares of our common stock to funds affiliated with Farallon Capital Management, L.L.C., or Farallon. Additionally, unless otherwise indicated, portfolio property data as of December 31, 2010 relating to square feet, tenants, leasing, rents, commissions, credits and allowances and lease expirations includes the totals of such data for the Rincon Center property, in which we currently own a 51% joint venture interest and which is consolidated in our financial statements.

Hudson Pacific Properties, Inc.

We are a full-service, vertically integrated real estate company focused on owning, operating and acquiring high-quality office properties in select growth markets primarily in Northern and Southern California. Our investment strategy is focused on high barrier-to-entry, in-fill locations with favorable, long-term supply-demand characteristics. These markets include Los Angeles, Orange County, San Diego, San Francisco, Silicon Valley and the East Bay, which we refer to as our target markets. Our portfolio includes 12 wholly owned properties and a 51% interest in the joint venture that owns the Rincon Center property, which collectively total approximately 4.0 million square feet. These properties are strategically located in many of our target markets.

We were formed as a Maryland corporation in 2009 to succeed the business of Hudson Capital, LLC, a Los Angeles-based real estate investment firm founded by Victor J. Coleman and Howard S. Stern, our Chief Executive Officer and President, respectively. We completed our initial public offering on June 29, 2010.

We have access to and are actively pursuing a pipeline of potential acquisitions consistent with our investment strategy. We believe Mr. Coleman’s and Mr. Stern’s successful history of operating a publicly traded real estate company, significant expertise in operating in the California office sector and extensive, long-term relationships with real estate owners, developers and lenders, coupled with our conservative capital structure and access to capital, will allow us to continue to capitalize on the current market opportunity.

We focus our investment strategy on office and media and entertainment properties located in high barrier-to-entry submarkets with growth potential as well as on underperforming properties that provide opportunities to implement a value-add strategy to increase occupancy rates and cash flow. This strategy includes active management, aggressive leasing efforts, focused capital improvement programs, the reduction and containment of operating costs and an emphasis on tenant satisfaction. We believe our senior management team’s experience in the California office and media and entertainment sectors positions us to improve cash flow in our portfolio, as well as any newly acquired properties, as the recovery in the California economy and the real estate markets takes hold.

Our portfolio includes 11 office properties, including the Rincon Center property in which we currently own a 51% joint venture interest, comprising an aggregate of approximately 3.1 million square feet, and two state-of-the-art media and entertainment properties, comprising approximately 544,763 square feet of office and

 

 

1


Table of Contents

support space and approximately 312,669 square feet of sound-stage production facilities. As of December 31, 2010, our office properties were approximately 87.7% leased to approximately 170 tenants and our media and entertainment properties were approximately 72.6% leased to approximately 72 tenants. We also own 1.85 acres of undeveloped land adjacent to our media and entertainment properties, which, together with redevelopment opportunities at our media and entertainment properties, could support over one million square feet of additional office and support space. Our properties are concentrated in premier submarkets that have high barriers to entry with limited supply of land, high construction costs and rigorous entitlement processes.

We intend to elect to be taxed as a REIT for federal income tax purposes on our federal income tax return for our taxable year ended December 31, 2010. We believe that we have operated, and we intend to continue operating, in a manner that will allow us to qualify as a REIT for federal income tax purposes commencing with such taxable year. We conduct substantially all of our business through our operating partnership, of which we serve as the sole general partner. As of December 31, 2010, we owned approximately 89.6% of the outstanding common units of partnership interest in our operating partnership, or common units. See “Description of the Partnership Agreement of Hudson Pacific Properties, L.P.” The remaining 10.4% limited partnership interest in our operating partnership as of December 31, 2010 was owned by certain of our executive officers and directors, certain of their affiliates, and other outside investors, including funds affiliated with Farallon, or the Farallon Funds.

Recent Developments

8.375% Series B Preferred Stock Offering

In December 2010, we completed an offering of 3,500,000 shares of our 8.375% Series B Cumulative Redeemable Preferred Stock, $0.01 par value per share, which we refer to in this prospectus as our series B preferred stock (including 300,000 shares sold pursuant to the partial exercise of the underwriters’ overallotment option), at an offering price of $25.00 per share. We received net proceeds from the sale of our series B preferred stock (including the underwriters’ partial exercise of their overallotment option) of approximately $84.7 million after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions (before other transaction costs).

Investment Activities

On August 13, 2010, we acquired the Del Amo Office property and its related ground sublease for $27.5 million in cash (before closing costs and prorations), which was paid with a portion of the proceeds of our initial public offering. The Del Amo Office property is subject to a ground sublease expiring June 30, 2049.

On August 24, 2010, we acquired a leasehold interest in 9300 Wilshire Boulevard, a six-story office building located in Beverly Hills, California, for $15.0 million in cash (before prorations). The 9300 Wilshire Boulevard property is subject to a ground lease expiring August 14, 2032.

On October 8, 2010, we acquired 222 Kearny, a 148,797 square foot, two-building office property located in San Francisco, California, from an unrelated third party for $34.9 million in cash (before prorations), which was funded with $34.5 million of borrowings under our secured revolving credit facility and the remainder from available cash. A portion representing approximately 64% of the building area of the 222 Kearny property (excluding the 180 Sutter building) is subject to a long-term ground lease expiring June 14, 2054. At the time of our acquisition of the 222 Kearny property, it was only 79.2 % leased. By employing aggressive leasing strategies, leveraging our extensive tenant relationships and focusing on tenant retention , we have increased the percentage of the property under lease to approximately 94.1 % as of April 12, 2011.

 

 

2


Table of Contents

On December 16, 2010, we acquired 1455 Market, a 1,012,012 square foot office property located in San Francisco, California for $92.9 million in cash (before prorations) in a sale/leaseback transaction, which was funded with a combination of borrowings under our secured revolving credit facility and available cash.

On December 16, 2010, we acquired a 51% joint venture interest in the Rincon Center property, a 580,850 square foot, two-building office property located in San Francisco, California, from an unrelated third party for $40.3 million in cash (before prorations), which was funded with a combination of borrowings under our secured revolving credit facility and available cash. We acquired the 51% interest in the Rincon Center property subject to project-level financing of $106.0 million. On February 24, 2011, we exercised our call right to purchase the remaining 49% interest in the Rincon Center property from our joint venture partner at a purchase price of approximately $38.7 million (before prorations). The transaction is expected to close in the second quarter of 2011, subject to the completion of various closing conditions. However, we cannot assure you that the acquisition will be consummated on the anticipated schedule or at all. For a summary of certain risks related to our acquisition of the remaining 49% interest in the Rincon Center property, see “Risk Factors—Risks Related to Our Properties and Our Business—Our acquisition of the remaining 49% interest in the Rincon Center property from our joint venture partner is subject to closing conditions that could delay or prevent the acquisition of such interest and a failure to complete such acquisition could result in the loss of our current 51% interest in the property.” If we complete the acquisition of the remaining 49% interest in the Rincon Center property, we will dissolve the joint venture entity and our operating partnership will own the property through a single-member limited liability company. In addition, we will repay or refinance the $106.0 million loan on the property.

On December 22, 2010, we acquired 10950 Washington, a 158,873 square foot office property located in Culver City, California, from an unrelated third party for $46.0 million in cash (before prorations), which was funded with borrowings under our secured revolving credit facility. The $46.0 million acquisition included the assumption of a $30.0 million loan.

Leasing Activities

We have signed new and renewal leases totaling approximately 143,086 square feet during the first quarter of 2011. These leases include approximately 38,315 square feet at our 222 Kearny property, 29,053 square feet at our Rincon Center property and 33,252 square feet at our 875 Howard Street property.

Distributions

On March 10, 2011, we declared a quarterly dividend to common stockholders of record and our operating partnership declared a quarterly distribution to holders of record of common units, in each case as of March 21, 2011, totaling $3,132,846, or $0.125 per share of common stock and common unit. This quarterly rate represents a 31.6% increase from the prior quarter. The dividend and distribution were paid on March 31, 2011.

On March 10, 2011, our operating partnership declared a quarterly distribution to holders of record of its 6.25% Cumulative Redeemable Convertible Series A Preferred Units, or series A preferred units, as of March 21, 2011, totaling $194,915, or $0.3906 per series A preferred unit. The distribution was paid on March 31, 2011.

On March 10, 2011, we declared a dividend to series B preferred stockholders of record and our operating partnership declared a distribution to us, as holders of record of series B preferred units, in each case as of March 21, 2011, totaling $1,832,040, or $0.52344 per share of series B preferred stock and series B preferred unit. The dividend and distribution were paid on March 31, 2011.

 

 

3


Table of Contents

Secured Term Loan

On February 11, 2011, we closed a five-year term loan totaling $92.0 million with Wells Fargo Bank, N.A., secured by our Sunset Gower and Sunset Bronson media and entertainment properties. The loan bears interest at a rate equal to one-month LIBOR plus 3.50%. $37.0 million of the loan is currently subject to an interest rate contract, which swaps one-month LIBOR to a fixed rate of 0.75% through April 30, 2011. On March 16, 2011, we purchased an interest rate cap in order to cap one-month LIBOR at 3.715% with respect to $50.0 million of the loan through its maturity on February 11, 2016. Proceeds from the loan were used to fully refinance a $37.0 million mortgage loan secured by our Sunset Bronson property that was scheduled to mature on April 30, 2011. The remaining proceeds were used to partially pay down our secured revolving credit facility. As a result, as of April 12, 2011, we had approximately $46.5 million drawn on our secured revolving credit facility.

Amendment to Secured Revolving Credit Facility

On April 4, 2011, we amended our $200 million secured revolving credit facility. As a result of the amendment, the secured revolving credit facility now bears interest at a rate per annum equal to LIBOR plus 250 basis points to 325 basis points (down from 325 basis points to 400 basis points), depending on our leverage ratio, and is no longer subject to a LIBOR floor of 1.50%. The secured revolving credit facility continues to include an accordion feature that allows us to increase the availability by $50.0 million, to $250.0 million, under specified circumstances. The amount available for us to borrow under the secured revolving credit facility remains subject to the lesser of a percentage of the appraisal value of our properties that form the borrowing base of the secured revolving credit facility and a minimum implied debt service coverage ratio. Through the amendment, the loan-to-value threshold for office properties has been increased to 60% (up from 55%) and the debt service coverage ratio for office properties has been reduced to 1.50x (down from 1.60x). The annual fee charged against the unused portion of the secured revolving credit facility has also been reduced to 40 basis points (down from 50 basis points). Our ability to borrow under the secured revolving credit facility remains subject to ongoing compliance with a number of customary restrictive covenants. For more information regarding our secured revolving credit facility, see “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Liquidity and Capital Resources—Consolidated Indebtedness—Secured Revolving Credit Facility.”

As a result of the amendment to our secured revolving credit facility, the current amount available for us to borrow under such facility is $139.8 million, of which we have drawn approximately $46.5 million as of April 12, 2011.

Corporate Information

Our principal executive offices are located at 11601 Wilshire Boulevard, Suite 1600, Los Angeles, California 90025. Our telephone number is 310-445-5700. Our Web site address is www.hudsonpacificproperties.com. The information on, or otherwise accessible through, our Web site does not constitute a part of this prospectus.

Our Competitive Strengths

We believe the following competitive strengths distinguish us from other owners and operators of office and media and entertainment properties and enable us to capitalize on the general dislocation in the real estate market to successfully expand and operate our portfolio.

 

   

Experienced Management Team with a Proven Track Record of Acquiring and Operating Assets and Managing a Public Office REIT. Our senior management team, led by Victor J. Coleman and Howard S. Stern, our Chief Executive Officer and President, respectively, has an average of over 20 years of experience in owning, acquiring, developing, operating, financing and selling office properties in California. Since our initial public offering on June 29, 2010, we have acquired six new properties aggregating a total of 2,072,016 square feet, including our joint venture interest in the Rincon Center property, for an aggregate of approximately $401.4 million.

 

 

4


Table of Contents
   

Committed and Incentivized Management Team . Our senior management team is dedicated to our successful operation and growth, with no real estate business interests outside of our company. Additionally, upon completion of this offering and the concurrent private placement, our senior management team will own approximately      % of our common stock on a fully diluted basis, thereby aligning management’s interests with those of our stockholders.

 

   

California Focus with Local and Regional Expertise. We are primarily focused on acquiring and managing office properties in Northern and Southern California, both regions that we believe are well positioned for strong economic recoveries. Additionally, our senior executives have focused their entire real estate careers in California, providing us with a deep knowledge of the major California real estate markets and the local and regional industry participants.

 

   

Long-Standing Relationships that Provide Access to an Extensive Pipeline of Investment and Leasing Opportunities. We have an extensive network of long-standing relationships with real estate developers, individual and institutional real estate owners, national and regional lenders, brokers, tenants and other participants in the California real estate market. We believe these relationships have provided us with access to attractive acquisition opportunities, including off-market acquisition opportunities. We believe these relationships will continue to provide us access to an ongoing pipeline of attractive acquisition opportunities and potential joint venture partners, both of which may not be available to our competitors.

 

   

Growth-Oriented, Flexible and Conservative Capital Structure. We believe our flexible and conservative capital structure provides us with an advantage over many of our private and public competitors. We are free from legacy balance sheet issues and have a manageable debt maturity schedule, which allows our management to focus on our business and growth strategies rather than balance sheet repair.

 

   

Irreplaceable Media and Entertainment Assets in a Premier California Submarket. Our Sunset Gower and Sunset Bronson media and entertainment properties are located on Sunset Boulevard, just off of the Hollywood Freeway, in the heart of Hollywood, and serve as important facilities for major film and television companies. We believe these assets will remain critical to the media and entertainment business, one of Los Angeles’ most important industries, due to their attractive location, a limited supply of developable land and the extensive knowledge required to develop and operate such facilities.

Business and Growth Strategies

Our primary business objectives are to increase operating cash flows, generate long-term growth and maximize stockholder value. Specifically, we intend to pursue the following strategies to achieve these objectives:

 

   

Pursue Acquisitions of Distressed and/or Underperforming Office Properties. We intend to capitalize on the attractive investment environment by acquiring properties at meaningful discounts to our estimates of their intrinsic value. Additionally, we intend to acquire properties or portfolios that are distressed due to near-term debt maturities or underperforming properties where we believe better management, focused leasing efforts and/or capital improvements would improve the property’s operating performance and value. We believe that our extensive relationships, coupled with our strong balance sheet and access to capital, will allow us to capitalize on value-add opportunities.

 

 

5


Table of Contents
   

Focus on High Barrier-to-Entry Markets. We target in-fill, suburban markets and central business districts primarily in California. These markets have historically had favorable long-term supply/demand characteristics and significant institutional ownership of real estate, which we believe have helped support real estate fundamentals and valuations over the long term. We believe that these factors will help preserve our capital during periods of economic decline and generate above average returns during periods of economic recovery and growth.

 

   

Proactive Asset and Property Management. We intend to actively manage our portfolio, employ aggressive leasing strategies and leverage our existing tenant relationships to increase the occupancy rates at our properties, attract high quality tenants and maximize tenant retention rates. In addition, we have targeted ways to further improve net operating income through controlling or reducing operating costs.

 

   

Repositioning and Development of Properties. We intend to leverage our real estate expertise to reposition and redevelop our existing properties, as well as properties that we acquire in the future, with the objective of increasing occupancy, rental rates and risk-adjusted returns on our invested capital. We believe our media and entertainment properties and undeveloped land offer significant growth potential, with over one million square feet of possible incremental development and redevelopment space.

 

   

Value Creation Through Capital Recycling Program. We intend to pursue an efficient asset allocation strategy that maximizes the value of our investments by selectively disposing of properties for which returns appear to have been maximized and redeploying capital into acquisition, development and redevelopment opportunities with higher return prospects, in each case in a manner that is consistent with our qualification as a REIT.

Summary Risk Factors

You should carefully consider the matters discussed in the “Risk Factors” section beginning on page 14 of this prospectus prior to deciding whether to invest in our common stock. Some of these risks include:

 

   

All of our properties are located in California, and we therefore are dependent on the California economy and are susceptible to adverse local regulations and natural disasters affecting California.

 

   

We derive a significant portion of our rental revenue from tenants in the media and entertainment industry, which makes us particularly susceptible to demand for rental space in that industry.

 

   

Upon completion of this offering and the concurrent private placement, the Farallon Funds will own an approximate         % beneficial common interest in our company on a fully diluted basis and have the ability to exercise significant influence on our company.

 

   

We may be unable to identify and complete acquisitions of properties that meet our criteria, which may impede our growth.

 

   

As of December 31, 2010, we had approximately $342.1 million of indebtedness outstanding. Our debt service obligations with respect to our indebtedness will reduce cash available for distribution, including cash available to pay dividends on our securities, including our common stock, and expose us to the risk of default .

 

 

 

6


Table of Contents
   

Our acquisition of the remaining 49% interest in the Rincon Center property from our joint venture partner is subject to closing conditions that could delay or prevent the acquisition of such interest and a failure to complete such acquisition could result in the loss of our current 51% interest in the property.

 

   

Adverse economic and geopolitical conditions and dislocations in the credit markets could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition, results of operations, cash flow, cash available for distribution, including cash available for payment of dividends on our securities, including our common stock, and the per share trading price of our securities.

 

   

We have a limited operating history and may not be able to operate our business successfully or implement our business strategies as described in this prospectus.

 

   

We may be unable to renew leases, lease vacant space or re-let space as leases expire.

 

   

Our success depends on key personnel whose continued service is not guaranteed.

 

   

Our board of directors may change our investment and financing policies without stockholder approval and we may become more highly leveraged, which may increase our risk of default under our debt obligations.

 

   

Failure to qualify as a REIT would have significant adverse consequences to us and the value of our stock.

 

   

The market price and trading volume of our common stock may be volatile following this offering.

 

 

7


Table of Contents

Our Properties

Our Portfolio

As of December 31, 2010, our portfolio consisted of 12 wholly owned properties and a 51% consolidated joint venture investment in the Rincon Center property, which properties are located in eight California submarkets, containing a total of approximately 4.0 million square feet, and which we refer to as our portfolio. The following table presents an overview of our portfolio, based on information as of December 31, 2010. Rental data presented in the table below for office properties reflects annualized base rent on leases in place as of December 31, 2010 and does not reflect actual cash rents historically received because such data does not reflect abatements or tenant reimbursements for real estate taxes, insurance, common area or other operating expenses. Rental data presented in the table below for media and entertainment properties reflects actual cash base rents, excluding tenant reimbursements, received during the year ended December 31, 2010. Leases at our media and entertainment properties are typically short-term leases of one year or less, and other than the KTLA lease at our Sunset Bronson property, substantially all of the current in-place leases at our media and entertainment properties will expire in 2011 or 2012.

 

Property

  City     Year
Built/
Renovated
    Square
Feet (1)
    Percent
Leased (2)
    Annualized
Base Rent/
Annual Base
Rent (3)
    Annualized
Base Rent/
Annual Base
Rent Per
Leased
Square Foot (4)
    Annualized
Net  Effective
Base Rent
Per Leased
Square Foot (5)
 

OFFICE PROPERTIES

             

1455 Market

    San Francisco        1977        1,012,012        92.1   $ 13,293,602      $ 14.26      $ 14.55   

Rincon Center (6)

    San Francisco        1985        580,850        81.1        17,405,916        36.96        37.11   

City Plaza

    Orange        1969/99        333,922        93.7        7,794,151        24.90        26.95   

875 Howard Street

    San Francisco        Various        286,270        65.6        2,858,829        15.21        11.49   

First Financial

    Encino (LA)        1986        222,423        84.8        6,314,462        33.49        35.52   

10950 Washington

    Culver City (LA)        Various        158,873        99.5        4,282,389        27.09        29.53   

222 Kearny (7)

    San Francisco        Various        148,797        76.9        4,157,584        36.34        38.28   

Technicolor Building

    Hollywood (LA)        2008        114,958        100.0        4,103,173        35.69        39.04   

Del Amo Office (8)

    Torrance        1986        113,000        100.0        3,069,070        27.16        28.38   

Tierrasanta

    San Diego        1985        104,234        96.8        1,580,915        15.67        16.09   

9300 Wilshire Boulevard (9)

    Beverly Hills        1965/2001        58,484        90.5        2,238,706        42.30        42.42   
                                           

Total/Weighted Average Office Properties:

        3,133,823        87.7   $ 67,098,796      $ 24.43      $ 25.10   
                                           

MEDIA & ENTERTAINMENT PROPERTIES

  

         

Sunset Gower (10)

    Hollywood (LA)        Various        543,709        70.9   $ 11,670,642      $ 30.27     

Sunset Bronson

    Hollywood (LA)        Various        313,723        75.5        9,520,517        40.18     
                                     

Total/Weighted Average Media & Entertainment Properties:

        857,432        72.6   $ 21,191,159      $ 34.04     
                                     

Portfolio Total:

        3,991,255           
                   

LAND

             

Sunset Bronson—Lot A

    Hollywood (LA)        N/A        273,913           

Sunset Bronson—Redevelopment

    Hollywood (LA)        N/A        389,740           

Sunset Gower—Redevelopment

    Hollywood (LA)        N/A        423,396           

City Plaza

    Orange        N/A        360,000           
                   

Total Land Assets:

        1,447,049           
                   

 

(1) Square footage for office and media and entertainment properties has been determined by management based upon estimated leasable square feet, which may be less or more than the Building Owners and Managers Association, or BOMA, rentable area. Square footage may change over time due to remeasurement or releasing. Square footage for land assets represents management’s estimate of developable square feet, the majority of which remains subject to receipt of entitlement approvals that have not yet been obtained.

 

 

8


Table of Contents
(2) Percent leased for office properties is calculated as (i) square footage under commenced leases as of December 31, 2010, divided by (ii) total square feet, expressed as a percentage. Percent leased for media and entertainment properties is the average percent leased for the 12 months ended December 31, 2010. As a result of the short-term nature of the leases into which we enter at our media and entertainment properties, and because entertainment industry tenants generally do not shoot on weekends due to higher costs, we believe stabilized occupancy rates at our media and entertainment properties are lower than those rates achievable at our traditional office assets, where tenants enter into longer-term lease arrangements.
(3) We present rent data for office properties on an annualized basis, and for media and entertainment properties on an annual basis. Annualized base rent for office properties is calculated by multiplying (i) base rental payments (defined as cash base rents (before abatements)) for the month ended December 31, 2010, by (ii) 12. Total abatements with respect to the office properties for leases in effect as of December 31, 2010 for the 12 months ending December 31, 2011 are $844,336 pursuant to leases in effect. Annualized base rent, net of abatements, as of December 31, 2010 is $7,583,452 for City Plaza, $6,234,180 for First Financial, $3,926,224 for the Technicolor Building, $2,609,147 for 875 Howard Street and $2,111,982 for 9300 Wilshire Boulevard. There are no abatements associated with the leases in place as of December 31, 2010 at the Del Amo Office, Tierrasanta, 222 Kearny, 1455 Market, Rincon Center and 10950 Washington properties. Total annualized base rent, net of abatements, for our office properties is $66,254,460 as of December 31, 2010. Annual base rent for media and entertainment properties reflects actual base rent for the 12 months ended December 31, 2010, excluding tenant reimbursements. Our leases at our 9300 Wilshire, City Plaza, First Financial and Del Amo Office properties are full service gross leases, and annualized base rent data for these properties does not reflect tenant reimbursements in excess of the base year expense stop. Some or all of the leases at our 1455 Market, Rincon Center, 222 Kearny, Technicolor, Tierrasanta, 875 Howard Street and 10950 Washington properties, as well as the KTLA lease at the Sunset Bronson property, are either triple net leases or modified gross leases pursuant to which the tenant reimburses the landlord or directly pays for some operating expenses, such as real estate taxes, insurance, common area and other operating expenses, and annualized base rent for these properties does not reflect such amounts. We estimate that the full service gross equivalent annualized base rent for these properties as of December 31, 2010 is $24,227,599 for 1455 Market, $18,107,199 for Rincon Center, $4,389,220 for 222 Kearny, $5,388,866 for the Technicolor Building, $2,097,558 for Tierrasanta, $3,799,559 for 875 Howard Street, and $4,595,849 for 10950 Washington. We estimate that the full service gross equivalent annual base rent as of December 31, 2010 is $11,707,435 for Sunset Gower and $10,837,258 for Sunset Bronson.
(4) Annualized base rent per leased square foot for the office properties is calculated as (i) annualized base rent divided by (ii) square footage under lease as of December 31, 2010. Annual base rent per leased square foot for the media and entertainment properties is calculated as (i) actual base rent for the 12 months ended December 31, 2010, excluding tenant reimbursements, divided by (ii) average square feet under lease for the 12 months ended December 31, 2010. We estimate that the full service gross equivalent annualized base rent per leased square foot as of December 31, 2010 is $25.98 for 1455 Market, $38.45 for Rincon Center, $38.36 for 222 Kearny, $46.88 for the Technicolor Building, $20.79 for Tierrasanta, $20.22 for 875 Howard Street and $29.08 for 10950 Washington, and the full service gross equivalent annual base rent per leased square foot as of December 31, 2010 is $30.36 for Sunset Gower and $45.74 for Sunset Bronson.
(5) Annualized net effective base rent per leased square foot represents (i) the contractual base rent for leases in place as of December 31, 2010, calculated on a straight-line basis to amortize free rent periods and abatements, but without regard to tenant improvement allowances and leasing commissions, divided by (ii) the net rentable square footage under lease as of December 31, 2010. Our leases at our 9300 Wilshire, City Plaza, First Financial, and Del Amo Office properties are full service gross leases, and annualized net effective base rent data for these properties does not reflect tenant reimbursements in excess of the base year expense stop. Some or all of the leases at our 1455 Market, Rincon Center, 222 Kearny, Technicolor, Tierrasanta, 875 Howard Street and 10950 Washington properties, as well as the KTLA lease at the Sunset Bronson property, are either triple net leases or modified gross leases pursuant to which the tenant reimburses the landlord or directly pays for some operating expenses, and annualized net effective base rent for these properties does not reflect such amounts. We estimate that the full service gross equivalent annualized net effective base rent per leased square foot for these properties as of December 31, 2010 is $26.23 for 1455 Market, $39.02 for Rincon Center, $40.31 for 222 Kearny, $49.98 for the Technicolor Building, $21.07 for Tierrasanta, $15.49 for 875 Howard Street and $31.48 for 10950 Washington.
(6) Data represents 100% of the Rincon Center property. We currently own a 51% joint venture interest in this property. On February 24, 2011, we exercised our call right to purchase the remaining 49% interest in the Rincon Center property from our joint venture partner at a purchase price of approximately $38.7 million (before prorations). The transaction is expected to close in the second quarter of 2011, subject to the completion of various closing conditions. We cannot assure you that the acquisition will be consummated on the anticipated schedule or at all. For a summary of certain risks related to our acquisition of the remaining 49% interest in the Rincon Center property, see “Risk Factors—Risks Related to Our Properties and Our Business—Our acquisition of the remaining 49% interest in the Rincon Center property from our joint venture partner is subject to closing conditions that could delay or prevent the acquisition of such interest and a failure to complete such acquisition could result in the loss of our current 51% interest in the property.”
(7) A portion representing approximately 64% of the building area of this property (excluding the 180 Sutter building) is subject to a ground lease that expires June 14, 2054; the remaining portion is owned in fee.
(8) This property is subject to a ground sublease that expires June 30, 2049.
(9) This property is subject to a ground lease that expires August 14, 2032.
(10) Approximately 0.59 acres of this property is subject to a ground lease that expires March 31, 2060; the remaining portion is owned in fee.

 

 

9


Table of Contents

The Offering

 

Common stock offered by us

             shares (plus up to an additional              shares of our common stock that we may issue and sell upon the exercise of the underwriters’ overallotment option in full)

 

Concurrent private placement of common stock by us

             shares to be purchased by the Farallon Funds at a price per share equal to the public offering price and without payment by us of any underwriting discounts or commissions

 

Common stock to be outstanding after this offering and the concurrent private placement

             shares (1)

 

Common stock and common units to be outstanding after this offering and the concurrent private placement

             shares and common units (1) (2)

 

Use of proceeds

We estimate that the net proceeds from this offering, after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated expenses, will be approximately $              million ($              million if the underwriters exercise their overallotment option in full). We estimate that the proceeds we will receive from the concurrent private placement will be approximately $             million. We will contribute the net proceeds of this offering and the concurrent private placement to our operating partnership. Our operating partnership intends to use the net proceeds of this offering and the concurrent private placement to repay indebtedness under our secured revolving credit facility, to fund future acquisitions, including potentially the acquisition of the remaining 49% interest in the Rincon Center property that we do not currently own, and for general working capital purposes, including capital expenditures, tenant improvements, leasing commissions, post-closing offering expenses and, potentially, paying distributions.

 

Risk factors

Investing in our common stock involves a high degree of risk. You should carefully read and consider the information set forth under the heading “Risk Factors” beginning on page 14 and other information included in this prospectus before investing in our common stock.

 

New York Stock Exchange symbol

“HPP”

 

(1)   Includes              shares of our common stock to be issued to the Farallon Funds in the concurrent private placement. Excludes (i)              shares of our common stock issuable upon the exercise of the underwriters’ overallotment option in full, (ii) shares of common stock issuable upon exchange of our series A preferred units, with an aggregate liquidation preference of approximately $12.5 million, which are convertible or redeemable after June 29, 2013 and (iii)  1,159,558 shares of our common stock available for issuance in the future under our equity incentive plan.
(2)   Includes 2,610,941 common units held by limited partners of our operating partnership, which units may, subject to certain limitations, be redeemed for cash or, at our option, exchanged for shares of common stock on a one-for-one basis.

 

 

10


Table of Contents

Our Tax Status

We intend to elect to be taxed as a REIT for federal income tax purposes on our federal income tax return for our taxable year ended December 31, 2010. We believe that we have operated, and we intend to continue operating, in a manner that will allow us to qualify as a REIT for federal income tax purposes commencing with such taxable year. To maintain REIT status, we must meet a number of organizational and operational requirements, including a requirement that we annually distribute at least 90% of our taxable income to our stockholders. As a REIT, we generally will not be subject to federal income tax on our taxable income we currently distribute to our stockholders. If we fail to qualify as a REIT in any taxable year, we will be subject to federal income tax at regular corporate rates. Even if we qualify for taxation as a REIT, we may be subject to some federal, state and local taxes on our income or property. In addition, the income of any taxable REIT subsidiary that we own will be subject to taxation at regular corporate rates. See “Federal Income Tax Considerations.”

Summary Selected Financial Data

The following table sets forth selected financial and operating data on a pro forma and historical basis for our company. Our historical financial statements for the periods prior to the completion of our initial public offering include the real estate activity and holdings of the entities that owned the following properties that were contributed to us in connection with our initial public offering on June 29, 2010: Sunset Gower; the Technicolor Building; Sunset Bronson; City Plaza and 875 Howard Street. The entities owning those properties have been recorded at historical cost in our historical financial statements. Our financial statements also include: (i) the operations of the following entities that we also acquired in connection with our initial public offering: Glenborough Tierrasanta, LLC, GLB Encino, LLC, and Hudson Capital, LLC, for periods subsequent to our initial public offering and (ii) the operations of the following entities or properties that we acquired subsequent to our initial public offering: Del Amo Fashion Center Operating Company, LLC, 9300 Wilshire, 222 Kearny Street, 1455 Market, Rincon Center joint venture and 10950 Washington for periods subsequent to the acquisitions of such entities or properties on August 13, 2010, August 24, 2010, October 8, 2010, December 16, 2010, December 16, 2010 and December 22, 2010, respectively.

You should read the following selected financial data in conjunction with our combined historical consolidated financial statements and the related notes and with “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” which are included elsewhere in this prospectus.

The historical consolidated balance sheet as of December 31, 2010 and 2009 and the consolidated statements of operations information for each of the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008 have been derived from our historical audited consolidated or combined financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus.

Our unaudited selected pro forma consolidated financial statements and operating information as of and for the year ended December 31, 2010 assumes the completion of this offering and the concurrent private placement and our intended use of the proceeds therefrom as of the beginning of the earliest period presented for the operating data and as of the stated date for the balance sheet data. Our unaudited selected pro forma consolidated financial statements also include the effects of our initial public offering, which closed on June 29, 2010, and the related formation transactions that occurred in conjunction with our initial public offering, as if the resulting debt and equity structure were in place as of the first day of the earliest period presented for the operating data and as of the stated date for the balance sheet data. Our unaudited selected pro forma consolidated financial statements also include the effects of the acquisition of the remaining 49% interest in the Rincon Center property and certain acquisitions completed by us since our initial public offering, along with any related financing transactions and certain refinancing transactions, as if those acquisitions, financing transactions and certain refinancing transactions had occurred as of the beginning of the earliest period presented for the operating data and as of the stated date for the balance sheet data. Our pro forma financial information is not necessarily indicative of what our actual financial position and results of operations would have been as of the date and for the periods indicated, nor does it purport to represent our future financial position or results of operations.

 

 

11


Table of Contents

Hudson Pacific Properties, Inc.

 

    Year Ended December 31,  
    Pro
Forma
Consolidated
    Historical Consolidated or
Combined
 
    2010     2010     2009     2008  
    (In thousands, except per share data)  

Statement of Operations Data:

       

REVENUES

       

Office

       

Rental

  $ 67,342      $ 22,247      $ 11,046      $ 8,235   

Tenant recoveries

    27,666        4,023        2,024        1,504   

Other

    2,554        233        252        41   
                               

Total office revenues

    97,562        26,503        13,322        9,780   

Media & Entertainment

       

Rental

    20,931        20,931        19,916        22,075   

Tenant recoveries

    1,517        1,517        1,792        1,544   

Other property-related revenue

    11,397        11,397        9,427        13,509   

Other

    238        238        64        92   
                               

Total media & entertainment revenues

    34,137        34,137        31,199        37,220   
                               

Total revenues

    131,699        60,640        44,521        47,000   

OPERATING EXPENSES

       

Office operating expenses

    48,331        10,212        6,242        3,003   

Media & entertainment operating expenses

    19,415        19,815        19,545        23,881   

General and administrative

    7,402        4,493        —          —     

Depreciation and amortization

    39,376        15,912        10,908        9,693   
                               

Total operating expenses

    114,524        50,432        36,695        36,577   
                               

Income from operations

    17,175        10,208        7,826        10,423   

OTHER EXPENSE (INCOME)

       

Interest expense

    16,903        8,831        8,792        12,029   

Interest income

    (59     (59     (19     (48

Unrealized loss (gain) on interest rate contracts

    (347     (347     (400     835   

Sale of lot

    —          —          —          208   

Acquisition-related expenses

    4,273        4,273        —          —     

Other expense

    392        192        97        21   
                               

Total other expense (income)

    21,162        12,890        8,470        13,045   
                               

Net loss

  $ (1,474   $ (2,682   $ (644   $ (2,622

Less: Net income attributable to preferred stock and units

    (8,108     (817     —          —     

Less: Net income attributable to restricted shares

    (244     (50     —          —     

Add: Net loss (income) attributable to non-controlling members in consolidated real estate entities

    —          (119     29        81   

Add: Net loss attributable to unitholders in the Operating Partnership

    1,312        418        —          —     
                               

Net loss attributable to Hudson Pacific Properties, Inc. shareholders’ / controlling member’s equity

  $ (11,027   $ (3,250   $ (615   $ (2,541
                               

Net loss attributable to shareholders’ per share—basic and diluted

      —          —          —     

Weighted average shares of common stock outstanding—basic and diluted

      —          —          —     

Dividends declared per common share

  $ —        $ 0.095      $ —        $ —     
                               

Balance Sheet Data (at period end):

       

Investment in real estate, net

  $ 838,777      $ 838,777      $ 412,085      $ 409,192   

Total assets

    1,038,497        1,004,576        448,234        446,037   

Notes payable (including secured revolving credit facility)

    285,943        342,060        189,518        185,594   

Total liabilities

    334,126        390,243        221,646        224,306   

6.25% Series A Cumulative Redeemable Preferred units of the Operating Partnership

    12,475        12,475        —          —     

Redeemable non-controlling interest in consolidated real estate entity

    —          40,328        —          —     

Series B Cumulative Redeemable Preferred Stock

    87,500        87,500        —          —     

Members’ / stockholders’ equity

    538,712        408,346        223,240        218,449   

Non-controlling partnership / members’ interest

    65,684        65,684        3,348        3,282   

Total equity

    691,896        561,530        226,588        221,731   

 

 

12


Table of Contents
    Year Ended December 31,  
    Pro Forma
Consolidated
    Historical Consolidated or
Combined
 
    2010     2010     2009     2008  
    (In thousands, except per share data)  

Other Data:

       

Pro forma funds from operations (1)

  $ 27,281        —          —          —     

Pro forma funds from operations per share, diluted

    —          —          —          —     

Cash flows from:

       

Operating activities

    —        $ 7,619      $ 4,538      $ 20,049   

Investing activities

    —          (242,156     (15,457     (178,526

Financing activities

    —          279,718        8,800        163,794   

 

 

(1) We calculate funds from operations before non-controlling interest, or FFO, in accordance with the standards established by the National Association of Real Estate Investment Trusts, or NAREIT. FFO is defined by NAREIT as net income (loss) (computed in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles, or GAAP), excluding gains (or losses) from sales of depreciable operating property, plus real estate depreciation and amortization (excluding amortization of above (below) market rents for acquisition properties and amortization of deferred financing costs and debt discounts/premiums) and after adjustments for unconsolidated partnerships and joint ventures. FFO is a supplemental non-GAAP financial measure. We use FFO as a supplemental performance measure because, in excluding real estate depreciation and amortization and gains and losses from property dispositions, it provides a performance measure that, when compared year over year, captures trends in occupancy rates, rental rates and operating costs. We also believe that, as a widely recognized measure of the performance of REITs, FFO will be used by investors as a basis to compare our operating performance with that of other REITs. However, because FFO excludes depreciation and amortization and captures neither the changes in the value of our properties that result from use or market conditions nor the level of capital expenditures and leasing commissions necessary to maintain the operating performance of our properties, all of which have real economic effects and could materially impact our results from operations, the utility of FFO as a measure of our performance is limited. Other equity REITs may not calculate FFO in accordance with the NAREIT definition as we do, and, therefore, our FFO may not be comparable to such other REITs’ FFO. Accordingly, FFO should be considered only as a supplement to net income as a measure of our performance. FFO should not be used as a measure of our liquidity, nor is it indicative of funds available to fund our cash needs, including our ability to pay dividends. FFO should not be used as a supplement to or substitute for cash flow from operating activities computed in accordance with GAAP. The following table sets forth a reconciliation of our pro forma net income to pro forma FFO before non-controlling interest for the periods presented:

 

     Pro Forma  
     Year Ended
December  31, 2010
 
     (In thousands)  

Net loss

     $(3,987

Adjustments:

  

Net income attributable to preferred stock and units

     (8,108

Real estate depreciation and amortization

     39,376   
        

Funds from operations before common non-controlling interests

    
$27,281
  
        

 

 

13


Table of Contents

RISK FACTORS

Investing in our common stock involves risks. In addition to other information contained in this prospectus, you should carefully consider the following factors before acquiring shares of our common stock offered by this prospectus. The occurrence of any of the following risks could materially and adversely affect our business, prospects, financial condition, results of operations and our ability to make cash distributions to our stockholders, which could cause you to lose all or a part of your investment in our common stock. Some statements in this prospectus, including statements in the following risk factors, constitute forward-looking statements. Please refer to the section entitled “Forward-Looking Statements.”

Risks Related to Our Properties and Our Business

All of our properties are located in California, and we therefore are dependent on the California economy and are susceptible to adverse local regulations and natural disasters affecting California.

All of our properties are located in California, which exposes us to greater economic risks than if we owned a more geographically dispersed portfolio. Further, our properties are concentrated in certain submarkets, exposing us to risks associated with those specific areas. We are susceptible to adverse developments in the California economic and regulatory environment (such as business layoffs or downsizing, industry slowdowns, relocations of businesses, increases in real estate and other taxes, costs of complying with governmental regulations or increased regulation), as well as to natural disasters that occur in our markets (such as earthquakes and other events). For example, prior to the acquisition of our City Plaza property located in Orange County, California, the area was impacted significantly by the collapse of the subprime mortgage market, which had a material adverse effect on property values, vacancy rates and rents in the area. Had we owned City Plaza at that time, we would have been exposed to those adverse effects, which were more pronounced in Orange County than in other parts of the state and country. We anticipate that we will be exposed to similar risks related to the geographic concentration of our properties in the future. In addition, the State of California continues to suffer from severe budgetary constraints and is regarded as more litigious and more highly regulated and taxed than many other states, all of which may reduce demand for office space in California. Any adverse developments in the economy or real estate market in California, or any decrease in demand for office space resulting from the California regulatory or business environment, could adversely impact our financial condition, results of operations, cash flow, cash available for distribution to our stockholders, the per share trading price of our securities and our ability to satisfy our debt obligations. We cannot assure you of the growth of the California economy or of our future growth rate.

We derive a significant portion of our rental revenue from tenants in the media and entertainment industry, which makes us particularly susceptible to demand for rental space in that industry.

The Sunset Gower, Sunset Bronson, Technicolor Building and 10950 Washington properties in our portfolio are leased to primarily media and entertainment tenants and a significant portion of our rental revenue is derived from tenants in the media and entertainment industry. Consequently, we are susceptible to adverse developments affecting the demand by media and entertainment tenants for office, production and support space in Southern California and, more specifically, in Hollywood, such as writer, director and actor strikes, industry slowdowns and the relocation of media and entertainment businesses to other locations. Although our Technicolor Building property and the 10950 Washington property are principally occupied and suitable for general office purposes, portions of such properties may require modifications prior to or at the commencement of a lease term if it were to be released to more traditional office users. Although our Sunset Gower and Sunset Bronson properties contain both sound stages and space suitable for office use, they have historically served the media and entertainment industry and will continue to depend on that sector for future tenancy. In addition, our media and entertainment properties tend to be subject to short-term leases of less than one year. As a result, were there to be adverse developments affecting the demand by media and entertainment tenants for office, production and support space, it could affect the occupancy of our media and entertainment properties more quickly than if

 

14


Table of Contents

we had longer term leases. Any adverse development in the media and entertainment industry could adversely affect our financial condition, results of operations, cash flow, cash available for distribution to our stockholders and the per share trading price of our securities.

Some of our properties are subject to ground leases, the termination or expiration of which could cause us to lose our interest in, and the right to receive rental income from, such properties.

The 9300 Wilshire Boulevard property, 0.59 acres of the Sunset Gower property and a portion representing 64% of the building area of the 222 Kearny property (excluding the 180 Sutter building) are subject to ground leases. If any of these ground leases are terminated following a default or expire without being extended, we may lose our interest in the related property and may no longer have the right to receive any of the rental income from such property, which would adversely affect our financial condition, results of operations, cash flow, cash available for distribution, the per share trading price of our securities and our ability to satisfy our debt obligations.

The ground sublease for the Del Amo Office property is subject and subordinate to a ground lease, the termination of which could result in a termination of the ground sublease.

The property on which the Del Amo Office building is located is subleased by Del Amo Fashion Center Operating Company, L.L.C., a Delaware limited liability company, or Del Amo, through a long-term ground sublease. The ground sublease is subject and subordinate to the terms of a ground lease between the fee owner of the Del Amo Office property and the sub-landlord under the ground sublease. The fee owner has not granted to the subtenant under the ground sublease any rights of non-disturbance. Accordingly, a termination of the ground lease for any reason, including a rejection thereof by the ground tenant under the ground lease in a bankruptcy proceeding, could result in a termination of the ground sublease. In the event of a termination of the ground sublease, we may lose our interest in the Del Amo Office building and may no longer have the right to receive any of the rental income from the Del Amo Office building. In addition, our lack of any non-disturbance rights from the fee owner may impair our ability to obtain financing for the Del Amo Office building.

We may be unable to identify and complete acquisitions of properties that meet our criteria, which may impede our growth.

Our business strategy involves the acquisition of underperforming office properties. These activities require us to identify suitable acquisition candidates or investment opportunities that meet our criteria and are compatible with our growth strategies. We continue to evaluate the market of available properties and may attempt to acquire properties when strategic opportunities exist. However, we may be unable to acquire any of the properties identified as potential acquisition opportunities under “Business and Properties—Acquisition Pipeline” and elsewhere in this prospectus, or that we may identify in the future. Our ability to acquire properties on favorable terms, or at all, may be exposed to the following significant risks:

 

   

potential inability to acquire a desired property because of competition from other real estate investors with significant capital, including publicly traded REITs, private equity investors and institutional investment funds, which may be able to accept more risk than we can prudently manage, including risks with respect to the geographic proximity of investments and the payment of higher acquisition prices;

 

   

we may incur significant costs and divert management attention in connection with evaluating and negotiating potential acquisitions, including ones that we are subsequently unable to complete;

 

   

even if we enter into agreements for the acquisition of properties, these agreements are typically subject to customary conditions to closing, including the satisfactory completion of our due diligence investigations; and

 

   

we may be unable to finance the acquisition on favorable terms or at all.

 

15


Table of Contents

If we are unable to finance property acquisitions or acquire properties on favorable terms, or at all, our financial condition, results of operations, cash flow, cash available for distribution, and the per share trading price of our securities could be adversely affected. In addition, failure to identify or complete acquisitions of suitable properties could slow our growth.

Our future acquisitions may not yield the returns we expect.

Our future acquisitions and our ability to successfully operate the properties we acquire in such acquisitions may be exposed to the following significant risks:

 

   

even if we are able to acquire a desired property, competition from other potential acquirers may significantly increase the purchase price;

 

   

we may acquire properties that are not accretive to our results upon acquisition, and we may not successfully manage and lease those properties to meet our expectations;

 

   

our cash flow may be insufficient to meet our required principal and interest payments;

 

   

we may spend more than budgeted amounts to make necessary improvements or renovations to acquired properties;

 

   

we may be unable to quickly and efficiently integrate new acquisitions, particularly acquisitions of portfolios of properties, into our existing operations, and as a result our results of operations and financial condition could be adversely affected;

 

   

market conditions may result in higher than expected vacancy rates and lower than expected rental rates; and

 

   

we may acquire properties subject to liabilities and without any recourse, or with only limited recourse, with respect to unknown liabilities such as liabilities for clean-up of undisclosed environmental contamination, claims by tenants, vendors or other persons dealing with the former owners of the properties, liabilities incurred in the ordinary course of business and claims for indemnification by general partners, directors, officers and others indemnified by the former owners of the properties.

If we cannot operate acquired properties to meet our financial expectations, our financial condition, results of operations, cash flow, cash available for distribution and the per share trading price of our securities could be adversely affected.

We may acquire properties or portfolios of properties through tax deferred contribution transactions, which could result in stockholder dilution and limit our ability to sell such assets.

In the future we may acquire properties or portfolios of properties through tax deferred contribution transactions in exchange for partnership interests in our operating partnership, which may result in stockholder dilution. This acquisition structure may have the effect of, among other things, reducing the amount of tax depreciation we could deduct over the tax life of the acquired properties, and may require that we agree to protect the contributors’ ability to defer recognition of taxable gain through restrictions on our ability to dispose of the acquired properties and/or the allocation of partnership debt to the contributors to maintain their tax bases. These restrictions could limit our ability to sell an asset at a time, or on terms, that would be favorable absent such

restrictions.

 

16


Table of Contents

Our growth depends on external sources of capital that are outside of our control and may not be available to us on commercially reasonable terms or at all.

In order to maintain our qualification as a REIT, we are required to meet various requirements under the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, or the Code, including that we distribute annually at least 90% of our net taxable income, determined without regard to the dividends paid deduction and excluding any net capital gain. In addition, we will be subject to income tax at regular corporate rates to the extent that we distribute less than 100% of our net taxable income, including any net capital gains. Because of these distribution requirements, we may not be able to fund future capital needs, including any necessary acquisition financing, from operating cash flow. Consequently, we intend to rely on third-party sources to fund our capital needs. We may not be able to obtain the financing on favorable terms or at all. Any additional debt we incur will increase our leverage and likelihood of default. Our access to third-party sources of capital depends, in part, on:

 

   

general market conditions;

 

   

the market’s perception of our growth potential;

 

   

our current debt levels;

 

   

our current and expected future earnings;

 

   

our cash flow and cash distributions; and

 

   

the market price per share of our common stock.

Recently, the credit markets have been subject to significant disruptions. If we cannot obtain capital from third-party sources, we may not be able to acquire or develop properties when strategic opportunities exist, meet the capital and operating needs of our existing properties, satisfy our debt service obligations or make the cash distributions to our stockholders necessary to maintain our qualification as a REIT.

As of December 31, 2010, we had approximately $342.1 million of indebtedness outstanding. Our debt service obligations with respect to our indebtedness will reduce cash available for distribution, including cash available to pay dividends on our securities, including our common stock, and expose us to the risk of default.

Our total consolidated indebtedness, as of December 31, 2010, was approximately $342.1 million, of which $148.1 million (or approximately 43.3%) was variable rate debt, $37.0 million of which has been fully hedged pursuant to an interest rate contract, and we may incur significant additional debt to finance future acquisition and development activities.

Payments of principal and interest on borrowings may leave us with insufficient cash resources to operate our properties or to pay the dividends currently contemplated on our common stock or our series B preferred stock or necessary to maintain our REIT qualification. Our level of debt and the limitations imposed on us by our debt agreements could have significant adverse consequences, including the following:

 

   

our cash flow may be insufficient to meet our required principal and interest payments;

 

   

we may be unable to borrow additional funds as needed or on favorable terms, which could, among other things, adversely affect our ability to meet operational needs;

 

   

we may be unable to refinance our indebtedness at maturity or the refinancing terms may be less favorable than the terms of our original indebtedness;

 

17


Table of Contents
   

because a portion of our debt bears interest at variable rates, increases in interest rates could increase our interest expense;

 

   

we may be forced to dispose of one or more of our properties, possibly on unfavorable terms or in violation of certain covenants to which we may be subject;

 

   

we may violate restrictive covenants in our loan documents, which would entitle the lenders to accelerate our debt obligations; and

 

   

our default under any loan with cross default provisions could result in a default on other indebtedness.

If any one of these events were to occur, our financial condition, results of operations, cash flow, cash available for distribution and the per share trading price of our securities could be adversely affected. Furthermore, foreclosures could create taxable income without accompanying cash proceeds, which could hinder our ability to meet the REIT distribution requirements imposed by the Code. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Liquidity and Capital Resources—Consolidated Indebtedness.”

Mortgage debt obligations expose us to the possibility of foreclosure, which could result in the loss of our investment in a property or group of properties subject to mortgage debt.

Incurring mortgage and other secured debt obligations increases our risk of property losses because defaults on indebtedness secured by properties may result in foreclosure actions initiated by lenders and ultimately our loss of the property securing any loans for which we are in default. Any foreclosure on a mortgaged property or group of properties could adversely affect the overall value of our portfolio of properties. For tax purposes, a foreclosure of any of our properties that is subject to a nonrecourse mortgage loan would be treated as a sale of the property for a purchase price equal to the outstanding balance of the debt secured by the mortgage. If the outstanding balance of the debt secured by the mortgage exceeds our tax basis in the property, we would recognize taxable income on foreclosure, but would not receive any cash proceeds.

The terms of our debt agreements restrict our ability to engage in some business activities.

Our secured revolving credit facility contains customary negative covenants and other financial and operating covenants that, among other things:

 

   

restrict our ability to incur additional indebtedness;

 

   

restrict our ability to make certain investments;

 

   

restrict our ability to merge with another company;

 

   

restrict our ability to make distributions to stockholders; and

 

   

require us to maintain financial coverage ratios.

In addition, the loan agreement for our secured term loan includes customary financial covenants, including a maximum ratio of total indebtedness to total assets, a minimum ratio of earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization to fixed charges, and a minimum level of net worth. These limitations restrict our ability to engage in some business activities, which could adversely affect our financial condition, results of operations, cash flow, cash available for distribution, the per share trading price of our securities and our ability to satisfy our debt obligations. In addition, failure to meet any of these covenants, including the financial

 

18


Table of Contents

coverage ratios, could cause an event of default under and/or accelerate some or all of our indebtedness, which would have a material adverse effect on us. Furthermore, our secured revolving credit facility contains specific cross-default provisions with respect to specified other indebtedness, giving the lenders the right to declare a default if we are in default under other loans in some circumstances.

Our acquisition of the remaining 49% interest in the Rincon Center property from our joint venture partner is subject to closing conditions that could delay or prevent the acquisition of such interest and a failure to complete such acquisition could result in the loss of our current 51% interest in the property.

On February 24, 2011, we exercised our call right to purchase the remaining 49% interest in the Rincon Center property from our joint venture partner at a purchase price of approximately $38.7 million (before prorations). The transaction is expected to close in the second quarter of 2011, subject to the completion of various closing conditions. We cannot assure you that the acquisition will be consummated on the anticipated schedule or at all.

If we fail to complete the acquisition of the remaining 49% joint venture interest in the Rincon Center property, we will be obligated to pay a termination fee of $17.5 million and our joint venture partner may elect to either purchase our interest or pursue a forced sale of the property, except in limited circumstances. In either case, we will lose our interest in the property and will receive a payment for our 51% interest in the Rincon Center property net of the $17.5 million termination fee. In addition, there is no guarantee that we will be able to redeploy the capital from our investment in the Rincon Center property in an investment with similar expected returns or at all, which could have an adverse effect on our financial condition, results of operations, cash flow, cash available for distribution, the per share trading price of our securities and our ability to satisfy our debt obligations.

Adverse economic and geopolitical conditions and dislocations in the credit markets could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition, results of operations, cash flow, cash available for distribution and the per share trading price of our securities.

Our business may be affected by market and economic challenges experienced by the U.S. economy or real estate industry as a whole, including dislocations in the credit markets. These conditions may adversely affect our financial condition, results of operations, cash flow, cash available for distribution, and the per share trading price of our securities as a result of the following potential consequences, among others:

 

   

significant job losses in the financial and professional services industries may occur, which may decrease demand for our office space, causing market rental rates and property values to be negatively impacted;

 

   

our ability to obtain financing on terms and conditions that we find acceptable, or at all, may be limited, which could reduce our ability to pursue acquisition and development opportunities and refinance existing debt, reduce our returns from our acquisition and development activities and increase our future interest expense;

 

   

reduced values of our properties may limit our ability to dispose of assets at attractive prices or to obtain debt financing secured by our properties and may reduce the availability of unsecured loans; and

 

   

one or more lenders under our secured revolving credit facility could refuse to fund their financing commitment to us or could fail and we may not be able to replace the financing commitment of any such lenders on favorable terms, or at all.

 

19


Table of Contents

In addition, the economic downturn has adversely affected, and may continue to adversely affect, the businesses of many of our tenants. As a result, we may see increases in bankruptcies of our tenants and increased defaults by tenants, and we may experience higher vacancy rates and delays in re-leasing vacant space, which could negatively impact our business and results of operations.

Failure to hedge effectively against interest rate changes may adversely affect our financial condition, results of operations, cash flow, cash available for distribution and the per share trading price of our securities.

If interest rates increase, then so will the interest costs on our unhedged or partially hedged variable rate debt, which could adversely affect our cash flow and our ability to pay principal and interest on our debt and our ability to make distributions to our stockholders. Further, rising interest rates could limit our ability to refinance existing debt when it matures. We seek to manage our exposure to interest rate volatility by using interest rate hedging arrangements that involve risks, such as the risk that counterparties may fail to honor their obligations under these arrangements, and that these arrangements may not be effective in reducing our exposure to interest rate changes. Failure to hedge effectively against interest rate changes may materially adversely affect our financial condition, results of operations, cash flow, cash available for distribution, and the per share trading price of our securities. In addition, while such agreements are intended to lessen the impact of rising interest rates on us, they also expose us to the risk that the other parties to the agreements will not perform, we could incur significant costs associated with the settlement of the agreements, the agreements will be unenforceable and the underlying transactions will fail to qualify as highly-effective cash flow hedges under Financial Accounting Standards Board, or FASB, Accounting Standards Codification, or ASC, Topic 815, Derivatives and Hedging.

We have a limited operating history and may not be able to operate our business successfully or implement our business strategies as described in this prospectus.

We commenced operations only upon completion of our initial public offering on June 29, 2010. Our office portfolio consists of 11 properties, including the Rincon Center property owned through a joint venture interest, which properties are located throughout California and contain a total of approximately 3.1 million net rentable square feet. Our 1455 Market and 10950 Washington properties and our Rincon Center joint venture interest were purchased in December 2010, and our Del Amo Office, 9300 Wilshire Boulevard and 222 Kearny properties have only been under our management since they were acquired on August 13, 2010, August 24, 2010 and October 8, 2010, respectively, and three of our other properties have only been under our management since they were acquired in connection with our initial public offering on June 29, 2010. These properties may have characteristics or deficiencies unknown to us that could affect such properties’ valuation or revenue potential. In addition, there can be no assurance that the operating performance of the properties will not decline under our management. We cannot assure you that we will be able to operate our business successfully or implement our business strategies as described in this prospectus.

We have a limited operating history as a REIT and as a publicly traded company and may not be able to successfully operate as a REIT or a publicly traded company.

We have a limited operating history as a REIT and as a publicly traded company. We cannot assure you that the past experience of our senior management team will be sufficient to successfully operate our company as a REIT or a publicly traded company, including the requirements to timely meet disclosure requirements of the SEC and comply with the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002. Since our initial public offering, we have been subject to various requirements related to REITs and publicly traded companies, including requirements to develop and implement control systems and procedures in order to qualify and maintain our qualification as a REIT and satisfy our periodic and current reporting requirements under applicable SEC regulations and comply with New York Stock Exchange, or NYSE, listing standards. Compliance with these requirements could place a significant strain on our management systems, infrastructure and other resources. Failure to operate successfully as a public company or qualify and maintain our qualification as a REIT would have an adverse effect on our financial condition, results of operations, cash flow, cash available for distribution, the per share trading price of our

 

20


Table of Contents

securities and our ability to satisfy our debt obligations. See “—Risks Related to Our Status as a REIT—Failure to qualify as a REIT would have significant adverse consequences to us and the value of our stock.”

We face significant competition, which may decrease or prevent increases of the occupancy and rental rates of our properties.

We compete with numerous developers, owners and operators of office properties, many of which own properties similar to ours in the same submarkets in which our properties are located. If our competitors offer space at rental rates below current market rates, or below the rental rates we currently charge our tenants, we may lose existing or potential tenants and we may be pressured to reduce our rental rates below those we currently charge or to offer more substantial rent abatements, tenant improvements, early termination rights or below-market renewal options in order to retain tenants when our tenants’ leases expire. As a result, our financial condition, results of operations, cash flow, cash available for distribution and the per share trading price of our securities could be adversely affected.

We depend on significant tenants, and many of our properties are single-tenant properties or are currently occupied by single tenants.

As of December 31, 2010, the ten largest tenants in our office portfolio represented approximately 62.2% of the total annualized base rent generated by our office properties. The inability of a significant tenant to pay rent or the bankruptcy or insolvency of a significant tenant may adversely affect the income produced by our properties. If a tenant becomes bankrupt or insolvent, federal law may prohibit us from evicting such tenant based solely upon such bankruptcy or insolvency. In addition, a bankrupt or insolvent tenant may be authorized to reject and terminate its lease with us. Any claim against such tenant for unpaid, future rent would be subject to a statutory cap that might be substantially less than the remaining rent owed under the lease. As of December 31, 2010, our largest tenant was Bank of America, which accounted for 14.8% of our annualized base rent and therefore represented a significant credit concentration. If Bank of America were to experience a downturn in its business or a weakening of its financial condition resulting in its failure to make timely rental payments or causing it to default under its lease, we may experience delays in enforcing our rights as landlord and may incur substantial costs in protecting our investment. Any such event described above could have an adverse effect on our financial condition, results of operations, cash flow, cash available for distribution and the per share trading price of our securities.

Furthermore, Saatchi & Saatchi leases 100% of the Del Amo Office property under the terms of an office lease that permits Saatchi & Saatchi to terminate the lease as to all of the leased premises prior to the stated lease expiration on December 31, 2014 and December 31, 2016, in each case upon nine months’ prior notice and in exchange for payment of an early termination fee estimated to be approximately $3.1 million for 2014 and approximately $1.9 million for 2016. As of December 31, 2010, the Saatchi & Saatchi lease comprised approximately 4.6% of our annualized office base rent. To the extent that Saatchi & Saatchi exercises its early termination right, our financial condition, results of operations and cash flow will be adversely affected, and we can provide no assurance that we will be able to generate an equivalent amount of net rental revenue by leasing the vacated space to new third-party tenants. Our financial condition, results of operations, cash flow, cash available for distribution and the per share trading price of our securities could be adversely affected if any of our significant tenants were to become unable to pay their rent or become bankrupt or insolvent.

We may be unable to renew leases, lease vacant space or re-let space as leases expire.

As of December 31, 2010, approximately 12.1% of the square footage of the office properties in our portfolio was available for lease (taking into account uncommenced leases signed as of December 31, 2010), and leases representing an additional 6.3% of the square footage of the office properties in our portfolio are scheduled to expire in 2011. For the month of December 2010, approximately 21.3% of the square footage of the media and entertainment properties in our portfolio was available for lease. Furthermore, substantially all of the square

 

21


Table of Contents

footage of the media and entertainment properties in our portfolio (other than the KTLA lease of the KTLA facility at Sunset Bronson) will expire in 2011 and 2012. We cannot assure you that leases will be renewed or that our properties will be re-let at net effective rental rates equal to or above the current average net effective rental rates or that substantial rent abatements, tenant improvements, early termination rights or below-market renewal options will not be offered to attract new tenants or retain existing tenants. If the rental rates for our properties decrease, our existing tenants do not renew their leases or we do not re-let a significant portion of our available space and space for which leases will expire, our financial condition, results of operations, cash flow, cash available for distribution, including cash available for payment of dividends on our securities, and the per share trading price of our securities could be adversely affected.

We may be required to make rent or other concessions and/or significant capital expenditures to improve our properties in order to retain and attract tenants, causing our financial condition, results of operations, cash flow, cash available for distribution and per share trading price of our securities to be adversely affected.

To the extent adverse economic conditions continue in the real estate market and demand for office space remains low, we expect that, upon expiration of leases at our properties, we will be required to make rent or other concessions to tenants, accommodate requests for renovations, build-to-suit remodeling and other improvements or provide additional services to our tenants. As a result, we may have to make significant capital or other expenditures in order to retain tenants whose leases expire and to attract new tenants in sufficient numbers. Additionally, we may need to raise capital to make such expenditures. If we are unable to do so or capital is otherwise unavailable, we may be unable to make the required expenditures. This could result in non-renewals by tenants upon expiration of their leases, which could cause an adverse effect to our financial condition, results of operations, cash flow, cash available for distribution and the per share trading price of our securities.

The actual rents we receive for the properties in our portfolio may be less than our asking rents, and we may experience lease roll-down from time to time.

As a result of various factors, including competitive pricing pressure in our submarkets, adverse conditions in the Northern or Southern California real estate markets, a general economic downturn and the desirability of our properties compared to other properties in our submarkets, we may be unable to realize the asking rents across the properties in our portfolio. In addition, the degree of discrepancy between our asking rents and the actual rents we are able to obtain may vary both from property to property and among different leased spaces within a single property. If we are unable to obtain rental rates that are on average comparable to our asking rents across our portfolio, then our ability to generate cash flow growth will be negatively impacted. In addition, depending on asking rental rates at any given time as compared to expiring leases in our portfolio, from time to time rental rates for expiring leases may be higher than starting rental rates for new leases.

Our success depends on key personnel whose continued service is not guaranteed.

Our continued success and our ability to manage anticipated future growth depend, in large part, upon the efforts of key personnel, particularly Victor J. Coleman and Howard S. Stern, who have extensive market knowledge and relationships and exercise substantial influence over our operational, financing, acquisition and disposition activity. Among the reasons that they are important to our success is that each has a national or regional industry reputation that attracts business and investment opportunities and assists us in negotiations with lenders, existing and potential tenants and industry personnel. If we lose their services, our relationships with such personnel could diminish.

Many of our other senior executives also have extensive experience and strong reputations in the real estate industry, which aid us in identifying opportunities, having opportunities brought to us, and negotiating with tenants and build-to-suit prospects. The loss of services of one or more members of our senior management team, or our inability to attract and retain highly qualified personnel, could adversely affect our business,

 

22


Table of Contents

diminish our investment opportunities and weaken our relationships with lenders, business partners, existing and prospective tenants and industry personnel, which could adversely affect our financial condition, results of operations, cash flow, cash available for distribution and the per share trading price of our securities.

Potential losses, including from adverse weather conditions, natural disasters and title claims, may not be covered by insurance.

We carry commercial property (including earthquake), liability and terrorism coverage on all the properties in our portfolio under a blanket insurance policy, in addition to other coverages, such as trademark and pollution coverage, that may be appropriate for certain of our properties. We have selected policy specifications and insured limits that we believe to be appropriate and adequate given the relative risk of loss, the cost of the coverage and industry practice. However, we do not carry insurance for losses such as loss from riots or war because such coverage is not available or is not available at commercially reasonable rates. Some of our policies, like those covering losses due to terrorism or earthquakes, are insured subject to limitations involving large deductibles or co-payments and policy limits that may not be sufficient to cover losses, which could affect certain of our properties that are located in areas particularly susceptible to natural disasters. All of the properties we currently own are located in California, an area especially susceptible to earthquakes. While we carry earthquake insurance on our properties, the amount of our earthquake insurance coverage may not be sufficient to fully cover losses from earthquakes. In addition, we may discontinue earthquake , terrorism or other insurance on some or all of our properties in the future if the cost of premiums for any such policies exceeds, in our judgment, the value of the coverage discounted for the risk of loss. As a result, we may be required to incur significant costs in the event of adverse weather conditions and natural disasters.

If we or one or more of our tenants experiences a loss that is uninsured or that exceeds policy limits, we could lose the capital invested in the damaged properties as well as the anticipated future cash flows from those properties. In addition, if the damaged properties are subject to recourse indebtedness, we would continue to be liable for the indebtedness, even if these properties were irreparably damaged. Furthermore, we may not be able to obtain adequate insurance coverage at reasonable costs in the future as the costs associated with property and casualty renewals may be higher than anticipated. In the event that we experience a substantial or comprehensive loss of one of our properties, we may not be able to rebuild such property to its existing specifications. Further reconstruction or improvement of such a property would likely require significant upgrades to meet zoning and building code requirements.

Future terrorist activity or engagement in war by the U.S. may have an adverse effect on our financial condition and operating results.

Terrorist attacks in the U.S. and other acts of terrorism or war may result in declining economic activity, which could harm the demand for and the value of our properties. A decrease in demand could make it difficult for us to renew or re-lease our properties at these sites at lease rates equal to or above historical rates. Terrorist activities also could directly impact the value of our properties through damage, destruction, or loss, and the availability of insurance for these acts may be less, and cost more, which could adversely affect our financial condition. To the extent that our tenants are impacted by future attacks, their businesses similarly could be adversely affected, including their ability to continue to honor their existing leases.

Terrorist attacks and engagement in war by the U.S. also may adversely affect the markets in which our securities trade and may cause further erosion of business and consumer confidence and spending and may result in increased volatility in national and international financial markets and economies. Any one of these events may cause a decline in the demand for our office and media and entertainment leased space, delay the time in which our new or renovated properties reach stabilized occupancy, increase our operating expenses, such as those attributable to increased physical security for our properties, and limit our access to capital or increase our cost of raising capital. Any such event described above could have an adverse effect on our financial condition, results of operations, cash flow and the per share trading price of our securities.

 

23


Table of Contents

We may become subject to litigation, which could have an adverse effect on our financial condition, results of operations, cash flow, cash available for distribution, the per share trading price of our securities and our ability to satisfy our debt obligations.

In the future we may become subject to litigation, including claims relating to our operations, offerings, and otherwise in the ordinary course of business. Some of these claims may result in significant defense costs and potentially significant judgments against us, some of which are not, or cannot be, insured against. We generally intend to vigorously defend ourselves; however, we cannot be certain of the ultimate outcomes of any claims that may arise in the future. Resolution of these types of matters against us may result in our having to pay significant fines, judgments or settlements, which, if uninsured, or if the fines, judgments and settlements exceed insured levels, could adversely impact our earnings and cash flows, thereby having an adverse effect on our financial condition, results of operations, cash flow, cash available for distribution, the per share trading price of our securities and our ability to satisfy our debt obligations. Certain litigation or the resolution of certain litigation may affect the availability or cost of some of our insurance coverage, which could adversely impact our results of operations and cash flows, expose us to increased risks that would be uninsured, and/or adversely impact our ability to attract officers and directors.

Joint venture investments could be adversely affected by our lack of sole decision-making authority, our reliance on co-venturers’ financial condition and disputes between us and our co-venturers.

We currently own a 51% joint venture interest in the Rincon Center property. We may co-invest in the future with other third parties through partnerships, joint ventures or other entities, acquiring non-controlling interests in or sharing responsibility for managing the affairs of a property, partnership, joint venture or other entity. In such event, we would not be in a position to exercise sole decision-making authority regarding the property, partnership, joint venture or other entity. Investments in partnerships, joint ventures or other entities may, under certain circumstances, involve risks not present were a third party not involved, including the possibility that partners or co-venturers might become bankrupt or fail to fund their share of required capital contributions. Partners or co-venturers may have economic or other business interests or goals which are inconsistent with our business interests or goals, and may be in a position to take actions contrary to our policies or objectives, and they may have competing interests in our markets that could create conflict of interest issues. Such investments may also have the potential risk of impasses on decisions, such as a sale, because neither we nor the partner or co-venturer would have full control over the partnership or joint venture. In addition, prior consent of our joint venture partners may be required for a sale or transfer to a third party of our interests in the joint venture, which would restrict our ability to dispose of our interest in the joint venture. If we become a limited partner or non-managing member in any partnership or limited liability company and such entity takes or expects to take actions that could jeopardize our status as a REIT or require us to pay tax, we may be forced to dispose of our interest in such entity. Disputes between us and partners or co-venturers may result in litigation or arbitration that would increase our expenses and prevent our officers and/or directors from focusing their time and effort on our business. Consequently, actions by or disputes with partners or co-venturers might result in subjecting properties owned by the partnership or joint venture to additional risk. In addition, we may in certain circumstances be liable for the actions of our third-party partners or co-venturers. Our joint ventures may be subject to debt and, in the current volatile credit market, the refinancing of such debt may require equity capital calls.

If we fail to maintain an effective system of integrated internal controls, we may not be able to accurately report our financial results.

Effective internal and disclosure controls are necessary for us to provide reliable financial reports and effectively prevent fraud and to operate successfully as a public company. If we cannot provide reliable financial reports or prevent fraud, our reputation and operating results would be harmed. As part of our ongoing monitoring of internal controls we may discover material weaknesses or significant deficiencies in our internal controls. As a result of weaknesses that may be identified in our internal controls, we may also identify certain

 

24


Table of Contents

deficiencies in some of our disclosure controls and procedures that we believe require remediation. If we discover weaknesses, we will make efforts to improve our internal and disclosure controls. However, there is no assurance that we will be successful. Any failure to maintain effective controls or timely effect any necessary improvement of our internal and disclosure controls could harm operating results or cause us to fail to meet our reporting obligations, which could affect our ability to remain listed with the NYSE. Ineffective internal and disclosure controls could also cause investors to lose confidence in our reported financial information, which would likely have a negative effect on the per share trading price of our securities.

Risks Related to the Real Estate Industry

Our performance and value are subject to risks associated with real estate assets and the real estate industry.

Our ability to pay expected dividends to our stockholders depends on our ability to generate revenues in excess of expenses, scheduled principal payments on debt and capital expenditure requirements. Events and conditions generally applicable to owners and operators of real property that are beyond our control may decrease cash available for distribution and the value of our properties. These events include many of the risks set forth above under “—Risks Related to Our Properties and Our Business,” as well as the following:

 

   

local oversupply or reduction in demand for office or media and entertainment-related space;

 

   

adverse changes in financial conditions of buyers, sellers and tenants of properties;

 

   

vacancies or our inability to rent space on favorable terms, including possible market pressures to offer tenants rent abatements, tenant improvements, early termination rights or below-market renewal options, and the need to periodically repair, renovate and re-let space;

 

   

increased operating costs, including insurance premiums, utilities, real estate taxes and state and local taxes;

 

   

civil unrest, acts of war, terrorist attacks and natural disasters, including earthquakes and floods, which may result in uninsured or underinsured losses;

 

   

decreases in the underlying value of our real estate; and

 

   

changing submarket demographics.

In addition, periods of economic downturn or recession, rising interest rates or declining demand for real estate, or the public perception that any of these events may occur, could result in a general decline in rents or an increased incidence of defaults under existing leases, which would adversely affect our financial condition, results of operations, cash flow, cash available for distribution and the per share trading price of our securities.

Illiquidity of real estate investments could significantly impede our ability to respond to adverse changes in the performance of our properties and harm our financial condition.

The real estate investments made, and to be made, by us are relatively difficult to sell quickly. As a result, our ability to promptly sell one or more properties in our portfolio in response to changing economic, financial and investment conditions is limited. Return of capital and realization of gains, if any, from an investment generally will occur upon disposition or refinancing of the underlying property. We may be unable to realize our investment objectives by sale, other disposition or refinancing at attractive prices within any given period of time or may otherwise be unable to complete any exit strategy. In particular, our ability to dispose of one or more properties within a specific time period is subject to certain limitations imposed by our tax protection agreements, as well as weakness in or even the lack of an established market for a property, changes in

 

25


Table of Contents

the financial condition or prospects of prospective purchasers, changes in national or international economic conditions, such as the current economic downturn, and changes in laws, regulations or fiscal policies of jurisdictions in which the property is located.

In addition, the Code imposes restrictions on a REIT’s ability to dispose of properties that are not applicable to other types of real estate companies. In particular, the tax laws applicable to REITs effectively require that we hold our properties for investment, rather than primarily for sale in the ordinary course of business, which may cause us to forgo or defer sales of properties that otherwise would be in our best interest. Therefore, we may not be able to vary our portfolio in response to economic or other conditions promptly or on favorable terms, which may adversely affect our financial condition, results of operations, cash flow, cash available for distribution and the per share trading price of our securities.

We could incur significant costs related to government regulation and litigation over environmental matters.

Under various federal, state and local laws and regulations relating to the environment, as a current or former owner or operator of real property, we may be liable for costs and damages resulting from the presence or discharge of hazardous or toxic substances, waste or petroleum products at, on, in, under or migrating from such property, including costs to investigate, clean up such contamination and liability for harm to natural resources. Such laws often impose liability without regard to whether the owner or operator knew of, or was responsible for, the presence of such contamination, and the liability may be joint and several. These liabilities could be substantial and the cost of any required remediation, removal, fines or other costs could exceed the value of the property and/or our aggregate assets. In addition, the presence of contamination or the failure to remediate contamination at our properties may expose us to third-party liability for costs of remediation and/or personal or property damage or materially adversely affect our ability to sell, lease or develop our properties or to borrow using the properties as collateral. In addition, environmental laws may create liens on contaminated sites in favor of the government for damages and costs it incurs to address such contamination. Moreover, if contamination is discovered on our properties, environmental laws may impose restrictions on the manner in which property may be used or businesses may be operated, and these restrictions may require substantial expenditures. Some of our properties have been or may be impacted by contamination arising from current or prior uses of the property, or adjacent properties, for commercial or industrial purposes. Such contamination may arise from spills of petroleum or hazardous substances or releases from tanks used to store such materials. As a result, we could potentially incur material liability for these issues, which could adversely impact our financial condition, results of operations, cash flow, cash available for distribution and the per share trading price of our securities.

Environmental laws also govern the presence, maintenance and removal of hazardous materials in building materials (e.g., asbestos and lead), and may impose fines and penalties for failure to comply with these requirements or expose us to third-party liability (e.g., liability for personal injury associated with exposure to asbestos). Such laws require that owners or operators of buildings containing hazardous materials (and employers in such buildings) to properly manage and maintain certain hazardous materials, adequately notify or train those who may come into contact with certain hazardous materials, and undertake special precautions, including removal or other abatement, if certain hazardous materials would be disturbed during renovation or demolition of a building. Some of our properties contain hazardous materials and we could be liable for such damages, fines or penalties, as described below in “Business and Properties—Regulation—Environmental Matters.”

In addition, the properties in our portfolio are subject to various federal, state and local environmental and health and safety requirements, such as state and local fire requirements. Moreover, some of our tenants routinely handle and use hazardous or regulated substances and wastes, which are subject to regulation, as part of their operations at our properties. Such environmental and health and safety laws and regulations could subject us or our tenants to liability resulting from these activities. Environmental liabilities could affect a tenant’s ability to make rental payments to us. In addition, changes in laws could increase the potential liability for noncompliance. This may result in significant unanticipated expenditures or may otherwise materially and adversely affect our operations, or those of our tenants, which could in turn have an adverse effect on us.

 

26


Table of Contents

We cannot assure you that costs or liabilities incurred as a result of environmental issues will not affect our ability to make distributions to our stockholders or that such costs or other remedial measures will not have an adverse effect on our financial condition, results of operations, cash flow, cash available for distribution and the per share trading price of our securities. If we do incur material environmental liabilities in the future, we may face significant remediation costs, and we may find it difficult to sell any affected properties.

Our properties may contain or develop harmful mold or suffer from other air quality issues, which could lead to liability for adverse health effects and costs of remediation.

When excessive moisture accumulates in buildings or on building materials, mold growth may occur, particularly if the moisture problem remains undiscovered or is not addressed over a period of time. Some molds may produce airborne toxins or irritants. Indoor air quality issues can also stem from inadequate ventilation, chemical contamination from indoor or outdoor sources, and other biological contaminants such as pollen, viruses and bacteria. Indoor exposure to airborne toxins or irritants above certain levels can be alleged to cause a variety of adverse health effects and symptoms, including allergic or other reactions. As a result, the presence of significant mold or other airborne contaminants at any of our properties could require us to undertake a costly remediation program to contain or remove the mold or other airborne contaminants from the affected property or increase indoor ventilation. In addition, the presence of significant mold or other airborne contaminants could expose us to liability from our tenants, employees of our tenants or others if property damage or personal injury is alleged to have occurred.

We may incur significant costs complying with various federal, state and local laws, regulations and covenants that are applicable to our properties.

The properties in our portfolio are subject to various covenants and federal, state and local laws and regulatory requirements, including permitting and licensing requirements. Local regulations, including municipal or local ordinances, zoning restrictions and restrictive covenants imposed by community developers may restrict our use of our properties and may require us to obtain approval from local officials or restrict our use of our properties and may require us to obtain approval from local officials of community standards organizations at any time with respect to our properties, including prior to acquiring a property or when undertaking renovations of any of our existing properties. Among other things, these restrictions may relate to fire and safety, seismic or hazardous material abatement requirements. There can be no assurance that existing laws and regulatory policies will not adversely affect us or the timing or cost of any future acquisitions or renovations, or that additional regulations will not be adopted that increase such delays or result in additional costs. Our growth strategy may be affected by our ability to obtain permits, licenses and zoning relief. Our failure to obtain such permits, licenses and zoning relief or to comply with applicable laws could have an adverse effect on our financial condition, results of operations, cash flow and per share trading price of our securities.

In addition, federal and state laws and regulations, including laws such as the Americans with Disabilities Act, or ADA, impose further restrictions on our properties and operations. Under the ADA, all public accommodations must meet federal requirements related to access and use by disabled persons. Some of our properties may currently be in non-compliance with the ADA. If one or more of the properties in our portfolio is not in compliance with the ADA or any other regulatory requirements, we may be required to incur additional costs to bring the property into compliance and we might incur governmental fines or the award of damages to private litigants. In addition, we do not know whether existing requirements will change or whether future requirements will require us to make significant unanticipated expenditures that will adversely impact our financial condition, results of operations, cash flow, cash available for distribution and the per share trading price of our securities.

We are exposed to risks associated with property development.

We may engage in development and redevelopment activities with respect to certain of our properties. To the extent that we do so, we will be subject to certain risks, including the availability and pricing of financing

 

27


Table of Contents

on favorable terms or at all; construction and/or lease-up delays; cost overruns, including construction costs that exceed our original estimates; contractor and subcontractor disputes, strikes, labor disputes or supply disruptions; failure to achieve expected occupancy and/or rent levels within the projected time frame, if at all; and delays with respect to obtaining or the inability to obtain necessary zoning, occupancy, land use and other governmental permits, and changes in zoning and land use laws. These risks could result in substantial unanticipated delays or expenses and, under certain circumstances, could prevent completion of development activities once undertaken, any of which could have an adverse effect on our financial condition, results of operations, cash flow, cash available for distribution and the per share trading price of our securities.

Risks Related to Our Organizational Structure

Upon completion of this offering and the concurrent private placement, the Farallon Funds will own an approximate         % beneficial common interest in our company on a fully diluted basis and have the ability to exercise significant influence on our company.

Upon completion of this offering and the concurrent private placement, the Farallon Funds will own an approximate          % beneficial interest in our company on a fully diluted basis. Consequently, the Farallon Funds may be able to significantly influence the outcome of matters submitted for stockholder action, including the election of our directors and approval of significant corporate transactions, including business combinations, consolidations and mergers. In addition, one member of our board of directors is a managing member of Farallon. As a result, the Farallon Funds have substantial influence on us and could exercise their influence in a manner that conflicts with the interests of other stockholders.

The series A preferred units that were issued to some contributors in connection with our initial public offering in exchange for the contribution of their properties have certain preferences, which could limit our ability to pay dividends or other distributions to the holders of our common stock or engage in certain business combinations, recapitalizations or other fundamental changes.

In exchange for the contribution of properties to our portfolio in connection with our initial public offering, some contributors received series A preferred units in our operating partnership, which units have an aggregate liquidation preference of approximately $12.5 million and have a preference as to distributions and upon liquidation that could limit our ability to pay dividends on our series B preferred stock and our common stock. The series A preferred units rank with respect to distributions and upon dissolution senior to any other class of partnership interests that our operating partnership may issue in the future without the consent of the holders of the series A preferred units. As a result, we will be unable to issue partnership units in our operating partnership senior to the series A preferred units with respect to dividends and upon dissolution without the consent of the holders of series A preferred units. Any preferred stock in our company that we issue will be subordinate to the series A preferred units.

In addition, we may only engage in a fundamental change, including certain mergers, consolidations, recapitalizations or reclassifications of our outstanding stock or sales of all or substantially all of our assets, as a result of which no class of our stock continues to be publicly traded or common units cease to be exchangeable (at our option) for publicly traded shares of our stock, without the consent of holders of series A preferred units, if following such transaction we will maintain certain leverage ratios and equity requirements, and pay certain minimum tax distributions to holders of our outstanding series A preferred units. Alternatively, we may redeem all or any portion of the then outstanding series A preferred units for cash (at a price per unit equal to the redemption price). If we choose to redeem the outstanding series A preferred units in connection with a fundamental change, this could reduce the amount of cash available for distribution to holders of our common stock and series B preferred stock. In addition, these provisions could increase the cost of any such fundamental change transaction, which may discourage a merger, combination or change of control that might involve a premium price for our common stock or that our stockholders otherwise believe to be in their best interests.

 

28


Table of Contents

Conflicts of interest exist or could arise in the future between the interests of our stockholders and the interests of holders of units in our operating partnership, which may impede business decisions that could benefit our stockholders.

Conflicts of interest exist or could arise in the future as a result of the relationships between us and our affiliates, on the one hand, and our operating partnership or any partner thereof, on the other. Our directors and officers have duties to our company under applicable Maryland law in connection with their management of our company. At the same time, we, as the general partner of our operating partnership, have fiduciary duties and obligations to our operating partnership and its limited partners under Maryland law and the partnership agreement of our operating partnership in connection with the management of our operating partnership. Our fiduciary duties and obligations as general partner to our operating partnership and its partners may come into conflict with the duties of our directors and officers to our company.

Additionally, the partnership agreement provides that we and our directors and officers will not be liable or accountable to our operating partnership for losses sustained, liabilities incurred or benefits not derived if we, or such director or officer acted in good faith. The partnership agreement also provides that we will not be liable to the operating partnership or any partner for monetary damages for losses sustained, liabilities incurred or benefits not derived by the operating partnership or any limited partner, except for liability for our intentional harm or gross negligence. Moreover, the partnership agreement provides that our operating partnership is required to indemnify us and our directors, officers and employees, officers and employees of the operating partnership and our designees from and against any and all claims that relate to the operations of our operating partnership, except (1) if the act or omission of the person was material to the matter giving rise to the action and either was committed in bad faith or was the result of active and deliberate dishonesty, (2) for any transaction for which the indemnified party received an improper personal benefit, in money, property or services or otherwise, in violation or breach of any provision of the partnership agreement or (3) in the case of a criminal proceeding, if the indemnified person had reasonable cause to believe that the act or omission was unlawful. No reported decision of a Maryland appellate court has interpreted provisions similar to the provisions of the partnership agreement of our operating partnership that modify and reduce our fiduciary duties or obligations as the general partner or reduce or eliminate our liability for money damages to the operating partnership and its partners, and we have not obtained an opinion of counsel as to the enforceability of the provisions set forth in the partnership agreement that purport to modify or reduce the fiduciary duties that would be in effect were it not for the partnership agreement.

We may pursue less vigorous enforcement of terms of the contribution and other agreements with members of our senior management and our affiliates because of our dependence on them and conflicts of interest.

Each of Victor J. Coleman, Howard S. Stern and affiliates of the Farallon Funds are parties to contribution agreements with us pursuant to which we have acquired interests in our properties and assets. In addition, Messrs. Coleman and Stern are parties to employment agreements with us. We may choose not to enforce, or to enforce less vigorously, our rights under these agreements because of our desire to maintain our ongoing relationship with members of our senior management and the Farallon Funds, with possible negative impact on stockholders.

Our charter and bylaws, the partnership agreement of our operating partnership and Maryland law contain provisions that may delay, defer or prevent a change of control transaction, even if such a change in control may be in your interest, and as a result may depress the market price of our stock.

Our charter contains certain ownership limits. Our charter contains various provisions that are intended to assist in preserving our qualification as a REIT and, subject to certain exceptions, authorize our directors to take such actions as are necessary or appropriate to preserve our qualification as a REIT. For example, our charter prohibits the actual, beneficial or constructive ownership by any person of more than 9.8% in value or number of shares, whichever is more restrictive, of the outstanding shares of each of our common

 

29


Table of Contents

stock and series B preferred stock, and more than 9.8% in value of the aggregate outstanding shares of all classes and series of our stock. Our board of directors, in its sole and absolute discretion, may exempt a person, prospectively or retroactively, from these ownership limits if certain conditions are satisfied. In connection with our initial public offering and the offering of our series B preferred stock, our board of directors granted to the Farallon Funds and certain of their affiliates, which we refer to collectively as the Farallon excepted holders, and to certain other persons, exemptions from the ownership limits, subject to various conditions and limitations. In connection with this offering and the concurrent private placement, our board of directors will grant to the Farallon excepted holders revised exemptions from the ownership limits, subject to substantially the same conditions and limitations as those that have been in place under the exemptions previously granted to the Farallon excepted holders in connection with our initial public offering. See “Description of Stock—Restrictions on Ownership and Transfer.” The restrictions on ownership and transfer of our stock may:

 

   

discourage a tender offer or other transactions or a change in management or of control that might involve a premium price for our common stock or series B preferred stock or that our stockholders otherwise believe to be in their best interests; or

 

   

result in the transfer of shares acquired in excess of the restrictions to a trust for the benefit of a charitable beneficiary and, as a result, the forfeiture by the acquirer of the benefits of owning the additional shares.

We could increase the number of authorized shares of stock, classify and reclassify unissued stock and issue stock without stockholder approval. Subject to the rights of holders of series B preferred stock to approve the classification or issuance of shares of any class or series of stock ranking senior to the series B preferred stock with respect to dividends or upon dissolution, our board of directors has the power under our charter to amend our charter to increase the aggregate number of shares of stock or the number of shares of stock of any class or series that we are authorized to issue, to authorize us to issue authorized but unissued shares of our common stock or preferred stock and to classify or reclassify any unissued shares of our common stock or preferred stock into one or more classes or series of stock and set the terms of such newly classified or reclassified shares. See “Description of Stock—Common Stock” and “—Preferred Stock.” Although our board of directors has no such intention at the present time, it could establish a class or series of preferred stock that could, depending on the terms of such series, delay, defer or prevent a transaction or a change of control that might involve a premium price for our securities or that our stockholders otherwise believe to be in their best interest.

Certain provisions of Maryland law could inhibit changes in control, which may discourage third parties from conducting a tender offer or seeking other change of control transactions that our stockholders otherwise believe to be in their best interest . Certain provisions of the Maryland General Corporation Law, or MGCL, may have the effect of inhibiting a third party from making a proposal to acquire us or of impeding a change of control under circumstances that otherwise could be in the best interest of our stockholders, including:

 

   

“business combination” provisions that, subject to limitations, prohibit certain business combinations between us and an “interested stockholder” (defined generally as any person who beneficially owns 10% or more of the voting power of our shares or an affiliate thereof or an affiliate or associate of ours who was the beneficial owner, directly or indirectly, of 10% or more of the voting power of our then outstanding voting stock at any time within the two-year period immediately prior to the date in question) or an affiliate of an interested stockholder for five years after the most recent date on which the stockholder becomes an interested stockholder, and thereafter impose fair price and/or supermajority and stockholder voting requirements on these combinations; and

 

   

“control share” provisions that provide that “control shares” of our company (defined as shares that, when aggregated with other shares owned or controlled by the stockholder, entitle the stockholder to exercise one of three increasing ranges of voting power in electing directors) acquired in a

 

30


Table of Contents
 

“control share acquisition” (defined as the direct or indirect acquisition of ownership or control of issued and outstanding “control shares”) have no voting rights except to the extent approved by our stockholders by the affirmative vote of at least two-thirds of all the votes entitled to be cast on the matter, excluding all interested shares.

As permitted by the MGCL, we have elected, by resolution of our board of directors, to exempt from the business combination provisions of the MGCL, any business combination that is first approved by our board (including a majority of our disinterested directors) and, pursuant to a provision in our bylaws, to exempt any acquisition of our stock from the control share provisions of the MGCL. However, our board of directors may by resolution elect to repeal the exemption from the business combination provisions of the MGCL and may by amendment to our bylaws opt into the control share provisions of the MGCL at any time in the future.

Certain provisions of the MGCL permit our board of directors, without stockholder approval and regardless of what is currently provided in our charter or bylaws, to implement certain corporate governance provisions, some of which (for example, a classified board) are not currently applicable to us. These provisions may have the effect of limiting or precluding a third party from making an unsolicited acquisition proposal for us or of delaying, deferring or preventing a change in control of us under circumstances that otherwise could be in the best interest of our stockholders. Our charter contains a provision whereby we have elected to be subject to the provisions of Title 3, Subtitle 8 of the MGCL relating to the filling of vacancies on our board of directors. See “Material Provisions of Maryland Law and of Our Charter and Bylaws.”

Certain provisions in the partnership agreement of our operating partnership may delay or prevent unsolicited acquisitions of us . Provisions in the partnership agreement of our operating partnership may delay or make more difficult unsolicited acquisitions of us or changes of our control. These provisions could discourage third parties from making proposals involving an unsolicited acquisition of us or change of our control, although some stockholders might consider such proposals, if made, desirable. These provisions include, among others:

 

   

redemption rights of qualifying parties;

 

   

transfer restrictions on units;

 

   

our ability, as general partner, in some cases, to amend the partnership agreement and to cause the operating partnership to issue units with terms that could delay, defer or prevent a merger or other change of control of us or our operating partnership without the consent of the limited partners;

 

   

the right of the limited partners to consent to transfers of the general partnership interest and mergers or other transactions involving us under specified circumstances; and

 

   

restrictions on debt levels and equity requirements pursuant to the terms of our series A preferred units, as well as required distributions to holders of series A preferred units of our operating partnership, following certain changes of control of us.

Our charter, bylaws, the partnership agreement of our operating partnership and Maryland law also contain other provisions that may delay, defer or prevent a transaction or a change of control that our stockholders otherwise believe to be in their best interest. See “Material Provisions of Maryland Law and of Our Charter and Bylaws—Removal of Directors,” “—Control Share Acquisitions,” “—Advance Notice of Director Nominations and New Business” and “Description of the Partnership Agreement of Hudson Pacific Properties, L.P.”

 

31


Table of Contents

Our board of directors may change our investment and financing policies without stockholder approval and we may become more highly leveraged, which may increase our risk of default under our debt obligations.

Our investment and financing policies are exclusively determined by our board of directors. Accordingly, our stockholders do not control these policies. Further, our organizational documents do not limit the amount or percentage of indebtedness, funded or otherwise, that we may incur. Our board of directors may alter or eliminate our current policy on borrowing at any time without stockholder approval. If this policy changed, we could become more highly leveraged which could result in an increase in our debt service. Higher leverage also increases the risk of default on our obligations. In addition, a change in our investment policies, including the manner in which we allocate our resources across our portfolio or the types of assets in which we seek to invest, may increase our exposure to interest rate risk, real estate market fluctuations and liquidity risk. Changes to our policies with regards to the foregoing could adversely affect our financial condition, results of operations, cash flow, cash available for distribution and the per share trading price of our securities.

Our rights and the rights of our stockholders to take action against our directors and officers are limited.

Our charter eliminates the liability of our directors and officers to us and our stockholders for money damages, except for liability resulting from:

 

   

actual receipt of an improper benefit or profit in money, property or services; or

 

   

a final judgment based upon a finding of active and deliberate dishonesty by the director or officer that was material to the cause of action adjudicated.

In addition, our charter authorizes us to obligate our company, and our bylaws require us, to indemnify our directors and officers for actions taken by them in those and certain other capacities to the maximum extent permitted by Maryland law. As a result, we and our stockholders may have more limited rights against our directors and officers than might otherwise exist. Accordingly, in the event that actions taken in good faith by any of our directors or officers impede the performance of our company, your ability to recover damages from such director or officer will be limited.

Tax protection agreements could limit our ability to sell or otherwise dispose of certain properties.

In connection with the formation transactions related to our initial public offering, we entered into tax protection agreements with certain third-party contributors that provide that if we dispose of any interest with respect to the First Financial or Tierrasanta properties in a taxable transaction during the period from the closing of our initial public offering on June 29, 2010 through certain specified dates ranging until 2027, we will indemnify the third-party contributors for certain tax liabilities payable as a result of the sale (as well as tax liabilities payable as a result of the reimbursement payment). Certain contributors’ rights under the tax protection agreements with respect to these properties will, however, expire at various times (depending on the rights of such partner) during the period beginning in 2017 and prior to the expiration, in 2027, of the maximum period for indemnification. The First Financial and Tierrasanta properties represented 11.8% of our office portfolio’s annualized base rent as of December 31, 2010. We have no present intention to sell or otherwise dispose of the properties or interest therein in taxable transactions during the restriction period. If we were to trigger the tax protection provisions under these agreements, we would be required to pay damages in the amount of certain taxes payable by these contributors (plus additional damages in the amount of the taxes incurred as a result of such payment). In addition, although it may otherwise be in our stockholders’ best interest that we sell one of these properties, it may be economically prohibitive for us to do so because of these obligations.

 

32


Table of Contents

Our tax protection agreements may require our operating partnership to maintain certain debt levels that otherwise would not be required to operate our business.

Our tax protection agreements provide that during the period from the closing of our initial public offering on June 29, 2010, through certain specified dates ranging from 2017 to 2027, our operating partnership will offer certain holders of units who continue to hold the units received in respect of the formation transactions related to our initial public offering the opportunity to guarantee debt. If we fail to make such opportunities available, we will be required to indemnify such holders for certain tax liabilities resulting from our failure to make such opportunities available to them (and any tax liabilities payable as a result of the indemnity payment). We agreed to these provisions in order to assist certain contributors in deferring the recognition of taxable gain as a result of and after the formation transactions. These obligations may require us to maintain more or different indebtedness than we would otherwise require for our business.

We are a holding company with no direct operations and, as such, we rely on funds received from our operating partnership to pay liabilities, and the interests of our stockholders are structurally subordinated to all liabilities and obligations of our operating partnership and its subsidiaries.

We are a holding company and conduct substantially all of our operations through our operating partnership. We do not have, apart from an interest in our operating partnership, any independent operations. As a result, we rely on distributions from our operating partnership to pay any dividends we might declare on our securities. We also rely on distributions from our operating partnership to meet our obligations, including any tax liability on taxable income allocated to us from our operating partnership. In addition, because we are a holding company, claims of our equity holders will be structurally subordinated to all existing and future liabilities and obligations (whether or not for borrowed money) of our operating partnership and its subsidiaries and subordinate to the rights of holders of series A preferred units. Therefore, in the event of our bankruptcy, liquidation or reorganization, our assets and those of our operating partnership and its subsidiaries will be available to satisfy the claims of our stockholders only after all of our and our operating partnership’s and its subsidiaries’ liabilities and obligations have been paid in full.

Risks Related to Our Status as a REIT

Failure to qualify as a REIT would have significant adverse consequences to us and the value of our stock.

We intend to elect to be taxed as a REIT for federal income tax purposes on our federal income tax return for our taxable year ended December 31, 2010. We believe that we have operated, and we intend to continue operating, in a manner that will allow us to qualify as a REIT for federal income tax purposes commencing with such taxable year. We have not requested and do not plan to request a ruling from the Internal Revenue Service, or IRS, that we qualify as a REIT, and the statements in this prospectus are not binding on the IRS or any court. Therefore, we cannot assure you that we will qualify as a REIT, or that we will remain qualified as such in the future. If we lose our REIT status, we will face serious tax consequences that would substantially reduce the funds available for distribution to you for each of the years involved because:

 

   

we would not be allowed a deduction for distributions to stockholders in computing our taxable income and would be subject to federal income tax at regular corporate rates;

 

   

we also could be subject to the federal alternative minimum tax and possibly increased state and local taxes; and

 

   

unless we are entitled to relief under applicable statutory provisions, we could not elect to be taxed as a REIT for four taxable years following the year during which we were disqualified.

 

33


Table of Contents

Any such corporate tax liability could be substantial and would reduce our cash available for, among other things, our operations and distributions to stockholders. In addition, if we fail to qualify as a REIT, we will not be required to make distributions to our stockholders. As a result of all these factors, our failure to qualify as a REIT also could impair our ability to expand our business and raise capital, and could materially and adversely affect the value of our securities.

Qualification as a REIT involves the application of highly technical and complex Code provisions for which there are only limited judicial and administrative interpretations. The complexity of these provisions and of the applicable Treasury regulations that have been promulgated under the Code, or the Treasury Regulations, is greater in the case of a REIT that, like us, holds its assets through a partnership. The determination of various factual matters and circumstances not entirely within our control may affect our ability to qualify as a REIT. In order to qualify as a REIT, we must satisfy a number of requirements, including requirements regarding the ownership of our stock, requirements regarding the composition of our assets and a requirement that at least 95% of our gross income in any year must be derived from qualifying sources, such as “rents from real property.” Also, we must make distributions to stockholders aggregating annually at least 90% of our net taxable income, excluding net capital gains. In addition, legislation, new regulations, administrative interpretations or court decisions may materially adversely affect our investors, our ability to qualify as a REIT for federal income tax purposes or the desirability of an investment in a REIT relative to other investments.

Even if we qualify as a REIT for federal income tax purposes, we may be subject to some federal, state and local income, property and excise taxes on our income or property and, in certain cases, a 100% penalty tax, in the event we sell property as a dealer. In addition, our taxable REIT subsidiaries will be subject to tax as regular corporations in the jurisdictions they operate.

If our operating partnership failed to qualify as a partnership for federal income tax purposes, we would cease to qualify as a REIT and suffer other adverse consequences.

We believe that our operating partnership is properly treated as a partnership for federal income tax purposes. As a partnership, our operating partnership is not subject to federal income tax on its income. Instead, each of its partners, including us, is allocated, and may be required to pay tax with respect to, its share of our operating partnership’s income. We cannot assure you, however, that the IRS will not challenge the status of our operating partnership or any other subsidiary partnership in which we own an interest as a partnership for federal income tax purposes, or that a court would not sustain such a challenge. If the IRS were successful in treating our operating partnership or any such other subsidiary partnership as an entity taxable as a corporation for federal income tax purposes, we would fail to meet the gross income tests and certain of the asset tests applicable to REITs and, accordingly, we would likely cease to qualify as a REIT. Also, the failure of our operating partnership or any subsidiary partnerships to qualify as a partnership would cause it to become subject to federal and state corporate income tax, which could reduce significantly the amount of cash available for debt service and for distribution to its partners, including us.

Our ownership of taxable REIT subsidiaries is subject to certain restrictions, and we will be required to pay a 100% penalty tax on certain income or deductions if our transactions with our taxable REIT subsidiaries are not conducted on arm’s length terms.

We currently own an interest in one taxable REIT subsidiary and may acquire securities in additional taxable REIT subsidiaries in the future. A taxable REIT subsidiary is a corporation other than a REIT in which a REIT directly or indirectly holds stock, and that has made a joint election with such REIT to be treated as a taxable REIT subsidiary. If a taxable REIT subsidiary owns more than 35% of the total voting power or value of the outstanding securities of another corporation, such other corporation will also be treated as a taxable REIT subsidiary. Other than some activities relating to lodging and health care facilities, a taxable REIT subsidiary may generally engage in any business, including the provision of customary or non-customary services to tenants of its parent REIT. A taxable REIT subsidiary is subject to federal income tax as a regular C corporation. In

 

34


Table of Contents

addition, a 100% excise tax will be imposed on certain transactions between a taxable REIT subsidiary and its parent REIT that are not conducted on an arm’s length basis.

A REIT’s ownership of securities of a taxable REIT subsidiary is not subject to the 5% or 10% asset tests applicable to REITs. Not more than 25% of our total assets may be represented by securities, including securities of taxable REIT subsidiaries, other than those securities includable in the 75% asset test. We anticipate that the aggregate value of the stock and securities of any taxable REIT subsidiaries and other nonqualifying assets that we own will be less than 25% of the value of our total assets, and we will monitor the value of these investments to ensure compliance with applicable ownership limitations. In addition, we intend to structure our transactions with any taxable REIT subsidiaries that we own to ensure that they are entered into on arm’s length terms to avoid incurring the 100% excise tax described above. There can be no assurance, however, that we will be able to comply with the 25% limitation or to avoid application of the 100% excise tax discussed above.

To maintain our REIT status, we may be forced to borrow funds during unfavorable market conditions.

To qualify as a REIT, we generally must distribute to our stockholders at least 90% of our net taxable income each year, excluding net capital gains, and we will be subject to regular corporate income taxes to the extent that we distribute less than 100% of our net taxable income each year. In addition, we will be subject to a 4% nondeductible excise tax on the amount, if any, by which distributions paid by us in any calendar year are less than the sum of 85% of our ordinary income, 95% of our capital gain net income and 100% of our undistributed income from prior years. In order to maintain our REIT status and avoid the payment of income and excise taxes, we may need to borrow funds to meet the REIT distribution requirements even if the then prevailing market conditions are not favorable for these borrowings. These borrowing needs could result from, among other things, differences in timing between the actual receipt of cash and inclusion of income for federal income tax purposes, or the effect of non-deductible capital expenditures, the creation of reserves or required debt or amortization payments. These sources, however, may not be available on favorable terms or at all. Our access to third-party sources of capital depends on a number of factors, including the market’s perception of our growth potential, our current debt levels, the market price of our common stock, and our current and potential future earnings. We cannot assure you that we will have access to such capital on favorable terms at the desired times, or at all, which may cause us to curtail our investment activities and/or to dispose of assets at inopportune times, and could adversely affect our financial condition, results of operations, cash flow, cash available for distribution and the per share trading price of our securities.

We may in the future choose to pay dividends in our own stock, in which case you may be required to pay tax in excess of the cash you receive.

We may distribute taxable dividends that are payable in our stock. Under recent IRS guidance, up to 90% of any such taxable dividend with respect to calendar years 2008 through 2011, and in some cases declared as late as December 31, 2012, could be payable in our stock. Taxable stockholders receiving such dividends will be required to include the full amount of the dividend as ordinary income to the extent of our current and accumulated earnings and profits for federal income tax purposes. As a result, a U.S. stockholder may be required to pay tax with respect to such dividends in excess of the cash received. If a U.S. stockholder sells the stock it receives as a dividend in order to pay this tax, the sales proceeds may be less than the amount included in income with respect to the dividend, depending on the market price of our stock at the time of the sale. For more information on the tax consequences of distributions with respect to our common stock, see “Federal Income Tax Considerations—Federal Income Tax Considerations for Holders of Our Common Stock.” Furthermore, with respect to non-U.S. stockholders, we may be required to withhold U.S. tax with respect to such dividends, including in respect of all or a portion of such dividend that is payable in stock. In addition, if a significant number of our stockholders determine to sell shares of our stock in order to pay taxes owned on dividends, such sales may have an adverse effect on the per share trading price of our common stock.

 

35


Table of Contents

Dividends payable by REITs do not qualify for the reduced tax rates available for some dividends.

The maximum tax rate applicable to income from “qualified dividends” payable to U.S. stockholders that are individuals, trusts and estates has been reduced by legislation to 15% (through the end of 2012). Dividends payable by REITs, however, generally are not eligible for the reduced rates. Although these rules do not adversely affect the taxation of REITs or dividends payable by REITs, to the extent that the reduced rates continue to apply to regular corporate qualified dividends, investors who are individuals, trusts and estates may perceive investments in REITs to be relatively less attractive than investments in the stocks of non-REIT corporations that pay dividends, which could adversely affect the value of the shares of REITs, including the per share trading price of our securities.

The tax imposed on REITs engaging in “prohibited transactions” may limit our ability to engage in transactions that would be treated as sales for federal income tax purposes.

A REIT’s net income from prohibited transactions is subject to a 100% penalty tax. In general, prohibited transactions are sales or other dispositions of property, other than foreclosure property, held primarily for sale to customers in the ordinary course of business. Although we do not intend to hold any properties that would be characterized as held for sale to customers in the ordinary course of our business, unless a sale or disposition qualifies under certain statutory safe harbors, such characterization is a factual determination and no guarantee can be given that the IRS would agree with our characterization of our properties or that we will always be able to make use of the available safe harbors.

Complying with REIT requirements may affect our profitability and may force us to liquidate or forgo otherwise attractive investments.

To qualify as a REIT, we must continually satisfy tests concerning, among other things, the nature and diversification of our assets, the sources of our income and the amounts we distribute to our stockholders. We may be required to liquidate or forgo otherwise attractive investments in order to satisfy the asset and income tests or to qualify under certain statutory relief provisions. We also may be required to make distributions to stockholders at disadvantageous times or when we do not have funds readily available for distribution. As a result, having to comply with the distribution requirement could cause us to: (i) sell assets in adverse market conditions; (ii) borrow on unfavorable terms; or (iii) distribute amounts that would otherwise be invested in future acquisitions, capital expenditures or repayment of debt. Accordingly, satisfying the REIT requirements could have an adverse effect on our business results, profitability and ability to execute our business plan. Moreover, if we are compelled to liquidate our investments to meet any of these asset, income or distribution tests, or to repay obligations to our lenders, we may be unable to comply with one or more of the requirements applicable to REITs or may be subject to a 100% tax on any resulting gain if such sales constitute prohibited transactions.

Legislative or other actions affecting REITs could have a negative effect on us.

The rules dealing with federal income taxation are constantly under review by persons involved in the legislative process and by the IRS and the U.S. Department of the Treasury. Changes to the tax laws, with or without retroactive application, could adversely affect our investors or us. We cannot predict how changes in the tax laws might affect our investors or us. New legislation, Treasury Regulations, administrative interpretations or court decisions could significantly and negatively affect our ability to qualify as a REIT or the federal income tax consequences of such qualification.

 

36


Table of Contents

Risks Related to this Offering

The market price and trading volume of our common stock may be volatile following this offering.

The per share trading price of our common stock may be volatile. In addition, the trading volume in our common stock may fluctuate and cause significant price variations to occur. If the per share trading price of our common stock declines significantly, you may be unable to resell your shares at or above the public offering price. We cannot assure you that the per share trading price of our common stock will not fluctuate or decline significantly in the future.

Some of the factors that could negatively affect our share price or result in fluctuations in the price or trading volume of our common stock include:

 

   

actual or anticipated variations in our quarterly operating results or dividends;

 

   

changes in our funds from operations or earnings estimates;

 

   

publication of research reports about us or the real estate industry;

 

   

prevailing interest rates;

 

   

the market for similar securities;

 

   

changes in market valuations of similar companies;

 

   

adverse market reaction to any additional debt we incur in the future;

 

   

additions or departures of key management personnel;

 

   

actions by institutional stockholders;

 

   

speculation in the press or investment community;

 

   

the realization of any of the other risk factors presented in this prospectus;

 

   

the extent of investor interest in our securities;

 

   

the general reputation of REITs and the attractiveness of our equity securities in comparison to other equity securities, including securities issued by other real estate-based companies;

 

   

our underlying asset value;

 

   

investor confidence in the stock and bond markets, generally;

 

   

changes in tax laws;

 

   

future equity issuances;

 

   

failure to meet earnings estimates;

 

   

failure to meet the REIT qualification requirements and maintain our REIT status;

 

   

changes in our credit ratings;

 

37


Table of Contents
   

general economic and financial market conditions;

 

   

the market for similar securities;

 

   

our issuance of debt or preferred equity securities; and

 

   

our financial condition, results of operations and prospects.

In the past, securities class action litigation has often been instituted against companies following periods of volatility in the price of their common stock. This type of litigation could result in substantial costs and divert our management’s attention and resources, which could have an adverse effect on our financial condition, results of operations, cash flow and per share trading price of our common stock.

Our common stock is ranked junior to our series B preferred stock.

Our common stock is ranked junior to our series B preferred stock with respect to dividends and upon dissolution. In certain circumstances, following a change of control of our company, holders of our series B preferred stock will be entitled to receive dividends at the increased rate of 12.375% per annum per share of the liquidation preference of our series B preferred stock or we will have the option to redeem our series B preferred stock for cash at $25.00 per share plus accrued and unpaid dividends. Holders of our common stock are not entitled to preemptive rights or other protections against dilution. In addition to this offering and the concurrent private placement, we may in the future attempt to increase our capital resources by making additional offerings of equity securities, including additional classes or series of preferred stock, which would likely have preferences with respect to dividends or upon dissolution that are senior to our common stock. Because our decision to issue securities in any future offering will depend on market conditions and other factors beyond our control, we cannot predict or estimate the amount, timing or nature of our future offering. Thus, our common stockholders bear the risk of our future offerings reducing the per share trading price of our common stock and diluting their interest in us.

Affiliates of our underwriters will receive benefits in connection with this offering.

Affiliates of our underwriters, including Barclays Capital Inc., Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated, Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated, Wells Fargo Securities, LLC and KeyBanc Capital Markets Inc., are lenders under our $200 million secured credit facility. Under this facility, an affiliate of Barclays Capital Inc. acts as administrative agent and joint lead arranger, an affiliate of Merrill Lynch, Pierce Fenner & Smith Incorporated acts as syndication agent, and an affiliate of Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated (as successor in interest to Banc of America Securities LLC) acts as joint lead arranger. To the extent that we use a portion of the net proceeds of this offering and the concurrent private placement to repay borrowings outstanding under our secured revolving credit facility, such affiliates of our underwriters will receive their proportionate shares of any amount of the secured revolving credit facility that is repaid with the net proceeds of this offering and the concurrent private placement. These transactions create potential conflicts of interest because the underwriters have an interest in the successful completion of this offering beyond the underwriting discounts and commissions they will receive. These interests may influence the decision regarding the terms and circumstances under which the offering is completed.

Market interest rates may have an effect on the value of our common stock.

One of the factors that will influence the price of our common stock will be the dividend yield on the common stock (as a percentage of the price of our common stock, as applicable) relative to market interest rates. An increase in market interest rates, which are currently at low levels relative to historical rates, may lead prospective purchasers of our common stock to expect a higher dividend yield and higher interest rates would likely increase our borrowing costs and potentially decrease funds available for distribution. Thus, higher market interest rates could cause the market price of our common stock to decrease.

 

38


Table of Contents

The number of shares of our common stock available for future issuance or sale could adversely affect the per share trading price of our common stock.

We are offering shares of our common stock as described in this prospectus. Upon completion of this offering and the concurrent private placement, we will have              shares of our common stock outstanding, of which              shares will be freely tradeable. We cannot predict whether future issuances or sales of shares of our common stock or the availability of shares for resale in the open market will decrease the per share trading price per share of our common stock. The per share trading price of our common stock may decline significantly when the restrictions on resale by certain of our stockholders lapse or upon the registration of additional shares of our common stock pursuant to registration rights granted in connection with our initial public offering and the 2010 private placement or the registration rights granted in connection with the concurrent private placement. In particular, we have entered into a registration rights agreement with the Farallon Funds in connection with which we will be obligated to register a number of shares of common stock representing up to 25% of the aggregate number of shares of our common stock and common units issued or issuable to the Farallon Funds in connection with the formation transactions and the 2010 private placement pursuant to a demand for registration that may be made by the Farallon Funds at any time, in addition to other registration rights granted to the Farallon Funds and the various persons who received shares of our common stock and/or units in connection with our initial public offering. The shares of common stock that may be registered on behalf of the Farallon Funds, as described above, represent approximately         % of the total number of outstanding shares of our common stock upon completion of this offering and the concurrent private placement. As a result, a substantial number of shares may be sold pursuant to the registration rights granted to the Farallon Funds. We have agreed to enter into an amendment to the registration rights agreement pursuant to which the common stock purchased by the Farallon Funds in the concurrent private placement will be entitled to the benefits of the registration rights agreement. The sale of such shares by the Farallon Funds, or the perception that such a sale may occur, could materially and adversely affect the per share trading price of our common stock.

The issuance of substantial numbers of shares of our common stock in the public market, or upon exchange of units, or the perception that such issuances might occur could adversely affect the per share trading price of our common stock.

The exercise of the underwriters’ overallotment option, the exchange of units for common stock, the exercise of any options or the vesting of any restricted stock granted to certain directors, executive officers and other employees under our equity incentive plan, the issuance of our common stock or units in connection with future property, portfolio or business acquisitions and other issuances of our common stock could have an adverse effect on the per share trading price of our common stock, and the existence of units, options, shares of our common stock reserved for issuance as restricted shares of our common stock or upon exchange of units may adversely affect the terms upon which we may be able to obtain additional capital through the sale of equity securities. In addition, future issuances of shares of our common stock may be dilutive to existing stockholders.

Future offerings of debt securities, which would be senior to our common stock upon liquidation, and/or preferred equity securities which may be senior to our common stock for purposes of dividend distributions or upon liquidation, may adversely affect the per share trading price of our common stock.

In the future, we may attempt to increase our capital resources by making additional offerings of debt or equity securities (or causing our operating partnership to issue debt securities), including medium-term notes, senior or subordinated notes and additional classes or series of preferred stock. Upon liquidation, holders of our debt securities and shares of preferred stock or preferred units and lenders with respect to other borrowings will be entitled to receive our available assets prior to distribution to the holders of our common stock. Additionally, any convertible or exchangeable securities that we issue in the future may have rights, preferences and privileges more favorable than those of our common stock and may result in dilution to owners of our common stock. Holders of our common stock are not entitled to preemptive rights or other protections against dilution. Any shares of preferred stock that we issue in the future could have a preference on liquidating distributions or a

 

39


Table of Contents

preference on dividend payments that could limit our ability pay dividends to the holders of our common stock. Because our decision to issue securities in any future offering will depend on market conditions and other factors beyond our control, we cannot predict or estimate the amount, timing or nature of our future offerings. Thus, our stockholders bear the risk of our future offerings reducing the per share trading price of our common stock and diluting their interest in us.

Our ability to pay dividends is limited by the requirements of Maryland law.

Our ability to pay dividends on our common stock is limited by the laws of Maryland. Under applicable Maryland law, a Maryland corporation generally may not make a distribution if, after giving effect to the distribution, the corporation would not be able to pay its debts as the debts become due in the usual course of business, or the corporation’s total assets would be less than the sum of its total liabilities plus, unless the corporation’s charter permits otherwise, the amount that would be needed, if the corporation were dissolved at the time of the distribution, to satisfy the preferential rights upon dissolution of stockholders whose preferential rights are superior to those receiving the distribution. Accordingly, we generally may not make a distribution on our common stock if, after giving effect to the distribution, we would not be able to pay our debts as they become due in the usual course of business or our total assets would be less than the sum of our total liabilities plus, unless the terms of such class or series provide otherwise, the amount that would be needed to satisfy the preferential rights upon dissolution of the holders of shares of any class or series of preferred stock then outstanding, if any, with preferences upon dissolution senior to those of our common stock.

Our secured revolving credit facility prohibits us from repurchasing shares of our common stock and may limit our ability to pay dividends on our common stock.

Our secured revolving credit facility, which matures in June 2013, prohibits us from repurchasing any shares of our stock, including our common stock, during the three-year term of the secured revolving credit facility. Under the secured revolving credit facility, our distributions may not exceed the greater of (i) 95.0% of our FFO, (ii) the amount required for us to qualify and maintain our status as a REIT or (iii) the amount required for us to avoid the imposition of income and excise taxes. As a result, if we do not generate sufficient funds from operations (as defined in our secured revolving credit facility) during the 12 months preceding any common stock dividend payment date, we would not be able to pay dividends to our common stockholders consistent with our past practice without causing a default under our secured revolving credit facility. In the event of a default under our secured revolving credit facility, we would be unable to borrow under our secured revolving credit facility and any amounts we have borrowed thereunder could become due and payable.

 

40


Table of Contents

FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

We make statements in this prospectus that are forward-looking statements within the meaning of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995 (set forth in Section 27A of the Securities Act of 1933 and Section 21E of the Exchange Act). In particular, statements relating to our liquidity and capital resources, portfolio performance and results of operations contain forward-looking statements. Furthermore, all of the statements regarding future financial performance (including anticipated funds from operations, or FFO, market conditions and demographics) are forward-looking statements. We are including this cautionary statement to make applicable and take advantage of the safe harbor provisions of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995 for any such forward-looking statements. We caution investors that any forward-looking statements presented in this prospectus are based on management’s beliefs and assumptions made by, and information currently available to, management. When used, the words “anticipate,” “believe,” “expect,” “intend,” “may,” “might,” “plan,” “estimate,” “project,” “should,” “will,” “result” and similar expressions that do not relate solely to historical matters are intended to identify forward-looking statements. You can also identify forward-looking statements by discussions of strategy, plans or intentions.

Forward-looking statements are subject to risks, uncertainties and assumptions and may be affected by known and unknown risks, trends, uncertainties and factors that are beyond our control. Should one or more of these risks or uncertainties materialize, or should underlying assumptions prove incorrect, actual results may vary materially from those anticipated, estimated or projected. We do not guarantee that the transactions and events described will happen as described (or that they will happen at all).

Some of the risks and uncertainties that may cause our actual results, performance, liquidity or achievements to differ materially from those expressed or implied by forward-looking statements include, among others, the following:

 

   

adverse economic or real estate developments in our markets;

 

   

general economic conditions;

 

   

defaults on, early terminations of or non-renewal of leases by tenants;

 

   

fluctuations in interest rates and increased operating costs;

 

   

our failure to obtain necessary outside financing;

 

   

our failure to generate sufficient cash flows to service our outstanding indebtedness;

 

   

lack or insufficient amounts of insurance;

 

   

decreased rental rates or increased vacancy rates;

 

   

difficulties in identifying properties to acquire and completing acquisitions;

 

   

our failure to successfully operate acquired properties and operations;

 

   

our failure to maintain our status as a REIT;

 

   

environmental uncertainties and risks related to adverse weather conditions and natural disasters;

 

   

financial market fluctuations;

 

41


Table of Contents
   

changes in real estate and zoning laws and increases in real property tax rates; and

 

   

other factors affecting the real estate industry generally.

While forward-looking statements reflect our good faith beliefs, they are not guarantees of future performance. We disclaim any obligation to publicly update or revise any forward-looking statement to reflect changes in underlying assumptions or factors, of new information, data or methods, future events or other changes. Accordingly, investors should use caution in relying on past forward-looking statements, which were based on results and trends at the time they were made, to anticipate future results or trends. For a further discussion of these and other factors that could impact our future results, performance or transactions, see the section above entitled “Risk Factors.”

 

42


Table of Contents

USE OF PROCEEDS

We estimate that the net proceeds from this offering will be approximately $             million, after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and our expenses, or approximately $             million if the underwriters’ overallotment option is exercised in full. We estimate the proceeds we will receive in the concurrent private placement to the Farallon Funds will be $             million. We will contribute the net proceeds of this offering and the concurrent private placement to our operating partnership in exchange for common units, and our operating partnership will use the net proceeds to repay indebtedness under our secured revolving credit facility, to fund future acquisitions, including potentially the acquisition of the remaining 49% interest in the Rincon Center property that we do not currently own, and for general working capital purposes, including capital expenditures, tenant improvements, leasing commissions, post-closing offering expenses and, potentially, paying distributions.

Our secured revolving credit facility matures on June 29, 2013 and bears interest at a rate per annum equal to LIBOR plus 250 basis points to 325 basis points, depending on our leverage ratio.

Pending application of cash proceeds, we will invest the net proceeds in interest-bearing accounts and short-term, interest-bearing securities in a manner that is consistent with our intention to qualify for taxation as a REIT.

See “Hudson Pacific Properties, Inc. Pro Forma Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements” contained elsewhere in this prospectus.

Affiliates of Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated, Barclays Capital Inc., Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated, Wells Fargo Securities, LLC and KeyBanc Capital Markets Inc., each of which is an underwriter in this offering, are lenders under our $200 million secured revolving credit facility. Under this facility, an affiliate of Barclays Capital Inc. acts as administrative agent and joint lead arranger, an affiliate of Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated acts as syndication agent, and Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated (as successor in interest to Banc of America Securities LLC) acts as joint lead arranger. In connection with their participation in the secured revolving credit facility, our underwriters or their affiliates receive customary fees. In addition, to the extent that we use a portion of the net proceeds of this offering to repay borrowings outstanding under our secured revolving credit facility, such affiliates of our underwriters will receive their proportionate shares of any amount of the secured revolving credit facility that is repaid with the net proceeds of this offering and the concurrent private placement.

 

43


Table of Contents

PRICE RANGE OF COMMON STOCK AND DISTRIBUTIONS

Price Range of Common Stock

Our common stock has been listed on the NYSE since June 24, 2010 and is traded under the symbol “HPP.” The following table sets forth, for the periods indicated, the high, low and last sale prices in dollars on the NYSE for our common stock and the distributions we declared with respect to the periods indicated.

 

       High      Low      Last      Distributions  

2010

           

Second quarter (1)

   $ 17.61       $ 17.25       $ 17.25       $ 0.0021   

Third quarter

   $ 17.00       $ 15.86       $ 16.37       $ 0.095   

Fourth quarter

   $ 16.67       $ 14.54       $ 15.05       $ 0.095   

2011

           

First quarter

   $ 15.63       $ 14.06       $ 14.70       $ 0.125   

Second quarter (through April 13, 2011)

   $ 14.73       $ 14.14       $ 14.25      

 

(1) Information is provided only for the period from June 24, 2010 to June 30, 2010, as shares of our common stock did not begin trading publicly until June 24, 2010.

On April 13, 2011, the closing sale price for our common stock, as reported on the NYSE, was $14.25 and there were 20 holders of record of our common stock. This figure does not reflect the beneficial ownership of shares held in nominee name.

Distribution Policy

We intend to continue to declare quarterly distributions on our common stock. The actual amount and timing of distributions, however, will be at the discretion of our board of directors and will depend upon our financial condition in addition to the requirements of the Code, and no assurance can be given as to the amounts or timing of future distributions.

Subject to the distribution requirements applicable to REITs under the Code, we intend, to the extent practicable, to invest substantially all of the proceeds from sales and refinancings of our assets in real estate-related assets and other assets. We may, however, under certain circumstances, make a distribution of capital or of assets. Such distributions, if any, will be made at the discretion of our board of directors. Distributions will be made in cash to the extent that cash is available for distribution.

 

44


Table of Contents

CAPITALIZATION

The following table sets forth our cash and cash equivalents and historical consolidated capitalization as of December 31, 2010 and our pro forma cash and cash equivalents and consolidated capitalization as of December 31, 2010, adjusted to give effect to this offering and the concurrent private placement and the use of the net proceeds as set forth in “Use of Proceeds.” You should read this table in conjunction with “Use of Proceeds,” “Selected Financial Data,” “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and our consolidated financial statements and related notes appearing elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

     As of December 31, 2010  
     Historical
Consolidated
    Pro Forma
Consolidated
 
     (In thousands, except
share amounts)
 

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 48,875      $     
                

DEBT

    

Notes payable and other secured loans (1)

     342,060     

6.25% Cumulative Redeemable Convertible Series A Preferred Units of our operating partnership

     12,475        12,475   

Redeemable non-controlling interest in consolidated real estate entity

     40,328        —     

EQUITY

    

Hudson Pacific Properties, Inc. stockholders’ equity:

    

Preferred Stock, $0.01 par value per share, 10,000,000 shares authorized, of which 3,600,000 shares are designated as 8.375% Series B Cumulative Redeemable Preferred Stock, 3,500,000 shares issued and outstanding

     87,500        87,500   

Common stock, $0.01 par value per share, 490,000,000 shares authorized, 22,436,950 shares issued and outstanding historical and              shares issued and outstanding on a pro forma basis (2)

     224     

Additional paid-in capital

     411,598     

Accumulated other comprehensive loss

     6        6   

Accumulated deficit

     (3,482     (3,482
                

Total Hudson Pacific Properties, Inc. stockholders’ equity

     495,846        —     

Non-controlling partnership interests

     65,684        65,684   
                

Total equity

     561,530     
                

Total capitalization

   $ 956,393      $     
                

 

(1) Includes borrowings of approximately $111,117 under our secured revolving credit facility as of December 31, 2010, and unamortized loan premium, net, of $643. As of April 12, 2011, we had borrowings of approximately $46,500 outstanding under our secured revolving credit facility. We intend to use a portion of the net proceeds of this offering and the concurrent private placement to repay amounts outstanding under our secured revolving credit facility.
(2) Pro forma common stock outstanding includes                  shares of our common stock to be issued to the Farallon Funds in the concurrent private placement. Historical and pro forma common stock outstanding excludes (i)                  shares of our common stock issuable upon the exercise of the underwriters’ overallotment option in full, (ii) shares of common stock issuable upon exchange of our series A preferred units, with an aggregate liquidation preference of approximately $12,475, which are convertible or redeemable after June 29, 2013 and (iii)  1,159,558 shares of our common stock available for issuance in the future under our equity incentive plan.

 

45


Table of Contents

DILUTION

Purchasers of shares of our common stock offered in this prospectus will experience an immediate and substantial increase in the net tangible book value per share of our common stock from the public offering price. As of December 31, 2010, we had a consolidated net tangible book value of approximately $ 484.6 million, or $19.35 per share of our common stock, assuming the exchange of common units into shares of our common stock on a one-for-one basis. After giving effect to the sale of the shares of our common stock offered hereby and in the concurrent private placement, including the use of proceeds as described under “Use of Proceeds,” and the deduction of underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses, the pro forma net tangible book value as of December 31, 2010 attributable to common stockholders would have been $             million, or $             per share of our common stock, assuming the exchange of common units into shares of our common stock on a one-for-one basis. This amount represents an immediate decrease in net tangible book value of $             per share to continuing investors and an immediate increase in pro forma net tangible book value of $             per share to new public investors. The following table illustrates this per share increase:

 

Assumed public offering price per share

  

Net tangible book value per share before this offering and the concurrent private placement (1)

     19.35   

Net decrease in pro forma net tangible book value per share attributable to this offering and the concurrent private placement

  

Pro forma net tangible book value per share after this offering and the concurrent private placement (2)

  
        

Increase in pro forma net tangible book value per share to new investors (3)

  
        

 

(1) Net tangible book value per share of our common stock before this offering and the concurrent private placement is determined by dividing net tangible book value based on December 31, 2010 net book value of the tangible assets (consisting of stockholders’ total equity less intangible assets, which consist of deferred financing costs, goodwill, deferred leasing costs and lease intangibles, net, below-market leases, net, and trade name) by 25,047,891 shares of our common stock outstanding as of December 31, 2010, assuming the exchange of common units into shares of our common stock on a one-for-one basis .
(2) Based on pro forma net tangible book value of approximately $             million divided by the sum of              shares of our common stock and common units to be outstanding after this offering and the concurrent private placement (excluding common units held by us), not including (i)              shares of our common stock issuable upon exercise of the underwriters’ overallotment option, (ii) shares of common stock that may be issued pursuant to the terms of the series A preferred units, which are convertible into common units, based upon the trading price of our common stock at the time of conversion or redeemable for cash or, at our option, exchangeable for registered shares of common stock with a value equal to the redemption price, in each case after June 29, 2013, and (iii) 1,159,558 shares of our common stock available for issuance in the future under our equity incentive plan.
(3) Dilution is determined by subtracting pro forma net tangible book value per share of our common stock after giving effect to this offering and the concurrent private placement from the public offering price paid by a new investor for a share of our common stock.

 

46


Table of Contents

SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA

The following table sets forth selected financial and operating data on a pro forma and historical basis for our company. Our historical financial statements for the periods prior to the completion of our initial public offering include the real estate activity and holdings of the entities that owned the following properties that were contributed to us in connection with our initial public offering on June 29, 2010: Sunset Gower; the Technicolor Building; Sunset Bronson; City Plaza and 875 Howard Street. The entities owning those properties have been recorded at historical cost in our historical financial statements. Our financial statements also include: (i) the operations of the following entities that we also acquired in connection with our initial public offering: Glenborough Tierrasanta, LLC, GLB Encino, LLC, and Hudson Capital, LLC, for periods subsequent to our initial public offering and (ii) the operations of the following entities or properties that we acquired subsequent to our initial public offering: the Del Amo Fashion Center Operating Company, LLC, 9300 Wilshire, 222 Kearny Street, 1455 Market, Rincon Center joint venture and 10950 Washington for periods subsequent to the acquisitions of such entities or properties on August 13, 2010, August 24, 2010, October 8, 2010, December 16, 2010, December 16, 2010 and December 22, 2010, respectively.

You should read the following selected financial data in conjunction with our combined historical consolidated financial statements and the related notes and with “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” which are included elsewhere in this prospectus.

The historical consolidated balance sheet as of December 31, 2010 and 2009 and the consolidated statements of operations information for each of the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008 and the period from February 14, 2007 to December 31, 2007 have been derived from our historical audited consolidated financial statements.

Our unaudited selected pro forma consolidated financial statements and operating information as of and for the year ended December 31, 2010 assumes the completion of this offering and the concurrent private placement and our intended use of the proceeds therefrom as of the beginning of the earliest period presented for the operating data and as of the stated date for the balance sheet data. Our unaudited selected pro forma consolidated financial statements also include the effects of our initial public offering, which closed on June 29, 2010, and the related formation transactions that occurred in conjunction with our initial public offering, as if the resulting debt and equity structure were in place as of the first day of the earliest period presented for the operating data and as of the stated date for the balance sheet data. Our unaudited selected pro forma consolidated financial statements also include the effects of the acquisition of the remaining 49% interest in the Rincon Center property and certain acquisitions completed by us since our initial public offering, along with any related financing transactions and certain refinancing transactions, as if those acquisitions, financing transactions and certain refinancing transactions had occurred as of the beginning of the earliest period presented for the operating data and as of the stated date for the balance sheet data. Our pro forma financial information is not necessarily indicative of what our actual financial position and results of operations would have been as of the date and for the periods indicated, nor does it purport to represent our future financial position or results of operations.

 

47


Table of Contents

Hudson Pacific Properties, Inc.

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
     Pro Forma
Consolidated
    Historical Consolidated or Combined  
     2010     2010     2009     2008     2007  
     (In thousands, except per share data)  

Statement of Operations Data:

          

REVENUES

          

Office

          

Rental

   $ 67,342      $ 22,247      $ 11,046      $ 8,235      $ 3,905   

Tenant recoveries

     27,666        4,023        2,024        1,504        620   

Other

     2,554        233        252        41        —     
                                        

Total Office Revenues

     97,562        26,503        13,322        9,780        4,525   

Media & Entertainment

          

Rental

     20,931        20,931        19,916        22,075        4,215   

Tenant recoveries

     1,517        1,517        1,792        1,544        58   

Other property-related revenue

     11,397        11,397        9,427        13,509        2,917   

Other

     238        238        64        92        7   
                                        

Total media & entertainment revenues

     34,137        34,137        31,199        37,220        7,197   
                                        

Total revenues

     131,699        60,640        44,521        47,000        11,722   

OPERATING EXPENSES

          

Office operating expenses

     48,331        10,212        6,242        3,003        1,182   

Media & entertainment operating expenses

     19,415        19,815        19,545        23,881        4,899   

General and administrative

     7,402        4,493        —          —          —     

Depreciation and amortization

     39,376        15,912        10,908        9,693        3,592   
                                        

Total operating expenses

     114,524        50,432        36,695        36,577        9,673   
                                        

Income from operations

     17,175        10,208        7,826        10,423        2,049   

OTHER EXPENSE (INCOME)

          

Interest expense

     16,903        8,831        8,792        12,029        6,096   

Interest income

     (59     (59     (19     (48     (57

Unrealized loss (gain) on interest rate contracts

     (347     (347     (400     835        24   

Sale of lot

     —          —          —          208        —     

Acquisition-related expenses

     4,273        4,273        —          —          —     

Other expense

     392        192        97        21        —     
                                        

Total other expense (income)

     21,162        12,890        8,470        13,045        6,063   
                                        

Net income (loss)

   $ (3,987   $ (2,682   $ (644   $ (2,622   $ (4,014

Less: Net income attributable to preferred stock and units

     (8,108     (817     —          —          —     

Less: Net income attributable to restricted shares

     (244     (50     —          —          —     

Add: Net loss (income) attributable to non-controlling members in consolidated real estate entities

     —          (119     29        81        141   

Add: Net loss attributable to unitholders in the Operating Partnership

     1,312        418        —          —          —     
                                        

Net loss income attributable to Hudson Pacific Properties, Inc. shareholders’ / controlling member’s equity

   $ (11,027   $ (3,250   $ (615   $ (2,541   $ (3,873
                                        

Net loss attributable to shareholders’ per share—basic and diluted

       —          —          —          —     

Weighted average shares of common stock outstanding—basic and diluted

       —          —          —          —     

Dividends declared per common share

   $ —        $ 0.095      $ —        $ —        $ —     
                                        

Balance Sheet Data (at period end):

          

Investment in real estate, net

   $ 838,777      $ 838,777      $ 412,085      $ 409,192      $ 237,071   

Total assets

     1,038,497        1,004,576        448,234        446,037        264,930   

Notes payable (including secured revolving credit facility)

     285,943        342,060        189,518        185,594        167,531   

Total liabilities

     334,126        390,243        221,646        224,306        188,483   

6.25% Series A Cumulative Redeemable Preferred units of the Operating Partnership

     12,475        12,475        —          —          —     

Redeemable non-controlling interest in consolidated real estate entity

     —          40,328        —          —          —     

Series B Cumulative Redeemable Preferred Stock

     87,500        87,500        —          —          —     

Members’ / stockholders’ equity

     538,712        408,346        223,240        218,449        74,654   

Non-controlling partnership / members’ interest

     65,684        65,684        3,348        3,282        1,793   

Total equity

     691,896        561,530        226,588        221,731        76,447   

 

48


Table of Contents
     Year Ended December 31,  
     Pro Forma
Consolidated
     Historical Consolidated or Combined  
     2010      2010     2009     2008     2007  
     (In thousands, except per share data)  

Other Data:

           

Pro forma funds from operations (1)

   $ 27,281         —          —          —          —     

Pro forma funds from operations per share, diluted

     —           —          —          —          —     

Cash flows from:

           

Operating activities

     —         $ 7,619      $ 4,538      $ 20,049      $ (5,433

Investing activities

     —           (242,156     (15,457     (178,526     (238,903

Financing activities

     —           279,718        8,800        163,794        244,832   

 

(1) We calculate funds from operations before non-controlling interest, or FFO, in accordance with the standards established by the National Association of Real Estate Investment Trusts, or NAREIT. FFO is defined by NAREIT as net income (loss) (computed in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles, or GAAP), excluding gains (or losses) from sales of depreciable operating property, plus real estate depreciation and amortization (excluding amortization of above (below) market rents for acquisition properties and amortization of deferred financing costs and debt discounts/premiums) and after adjustments for unconsolidated partnerships and joint ventures. FFO is a supplemental non-GAAP financial measure. We use FFO as a supplemental performance measure because, in excluding real estate depreciation and amortization and gains and losses from property dispositions, it provides a performance measure that, when compared year over year, captures trends in occupancy rates, rental rates and operating costs. We also believe that, as a widely recognized measure of the performance of REITs, FFO will be used by investors as a basis to compare our operating performance with that of other REITs. However, because FFO excludes depreciation and amortization and captures neither the changes in the value of our properties that result from use or market conditions nor the level of capital expenditures and leasing commissions necessary to maintain the operating performance of our properties, all of which have real economic effects and could materially impact our results from operations, the utility of FFO as a measure of our performance is limited. Other equity REITs may not calculate FFO in accordance with the NAREIT definition as we do, and, therefore, our FFO may not be comparable to such other REITs’ FFO. Accordingly, FFO should be considered only as a supplement to net income as a measure of our performance. FFO should not be used as a measure of our liquidity, nor is it indicative of funds available to fund our cash needs, including our ability to pay dividends. FFO should not be used as a supplement to or substitute for cash flow from operating activities computed in accordance with GAAP. The following table sets forth a reconciliation of our pro forma net income to pro forma FFO before non-controlling interest for the periods presented:

 

     Pro Forma  
     Year Ended
December  31, 2010
 
     (In thousands)  

Net loss

     $(3,987

Adjustments:

  

Net income attributable to preferred stock and units

     (8,108

Real estate depreciation and amortization

     39,376   
        

Funds from operations before common non-controlling interests

    
$27,281
  
        

 

49


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS

OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

The following discussion should be read in conjunction with “Selected Financial Data” and the financial statements and related notes thereto appearing elsewhere in this prospectus. Statements contained in this Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations that are not historical facts may be forward-looking statements. Such statements are subject to certain risks and uncertainties, which could cause actual results to differ materially from those projected. Some of the information presented is forward-looking in nature, including information concerning projected future occupancy rates, rental rate increases, property development timing and investment amounts. Although the information is based on our current expectations, actual results could vary from expectations stated in this prospectus. Numerous factors will affect our actual results, some of which are beyond our control. These include the breadth and duration of the current economic recession and its impact on our tenants, the strength of commercial and industrial real estate markets, market conditions affecting tenants, competitive market conditions, interest rate levels, volatility in our stock price and capital market conditions. You are cautioned not to place undue reliance on this information, which speaks only as of the date of this prospectus. We assume no obligation to update publicly any forward-looking information, whether as a result of new information, future events, or otherwise, except to the extent we are required to do so in connection with our ongoing requirements under federal securities laws to disclose material information. For a discussion of important risks related to our business, and related to investing in our securities, including risks that could cause actual results and events to differ materially from results and events referred to in the forward-looking information, see “Risk Factors.”

Executive Summary

Through our interest in our operating partnership, Hudson Pacific Properties, L.P., and its subsidiaries, at December 31, 2010 our consolidated office portfolio consisted of 11 properties with approximately 3.1 million square feet, and our media and entertainment portfolio consisted of two properties with a total of 0.9 million square feet. Our total office portfolio includes our consolidated office properties and one office property owned in a joint venture with an affiliate of Beacon Capital Partners. As of December 31, 2010, our consolidated office portfolio was 87.7% leased. Our media and entertainment properties were 72.6% leased for the trailing 12-month period ended December 31, 2010.

Concurrent Private Placement

Concurrently with the completion of this offering, the Farallon Funds will purchase              shares of our common stock, at a price per share equal to the public offering price and without payment by us of any underwriting discount or commission. The proceeds will be contributed to our operating partnership in exchange for common units.

Recent Acquisitions, Repositionings and Financings

Acquisitions. Concurrently with the completion of our initial public offering, we acquired certain property-owning entities, Glenborough Tierrasanta, LLC (asset-owning entity of Tierrasanta) and GLB Encino, LLC (asset-owning entity of First Financial), and an entity holding certain management agreements, Hudson Capital, LLC. In August 2010, we acquired two additional office properties, the Del Amo Office property and the 9300 Wilshire Boulevard office property. In October 2010, we acquired our 222 Kearny property. In December 2010, we completed three acquisitions, including our acquisition of the 1455 Market and 10950 Washington properties and our acquisition of the Rincon Center property pursuant to a joint venture with an affiliate of Beacon Capital Partners. The Rincon Center joint venture is consolidated in our audited financial statements.

Dispositions. We did not dispose of any properties in 2010.

 

50


Table of Contents

Repositionings . We generally select a property for repositioning at the time we purchase it. We often strategically purchase properties with large vacancies or expected near-term lease roll-over and use our knowledge of the property and submarket to determine the optimal use and tenant mix. A repositioning can consist of a range of improvements to a property, and may involve a complete structural renovation of a building to significantly upgrade the character of the property, or it may involve targeted remodeling of common areas and tenant spaces to make the property more attractive to certain identified tenants. Because each repositioning effort is unique and determined based on the property, tenants and overall trends in the general market and specific submarket, the results are varying degrees of depressed rental revenue and occupancy levels for the affected property, which impacts our results and, accordingly, comparisons of our performance from period to period. The repositioning process generally occurs over the course of months or even years. Although usually associated with newly-acquired properties, repositioning efforts can also occur at properties we already own; repositioning properties discussed in the context of this paragraph exclude acquisition properties where the plan for improvement is implemented as part of the acquisition. During 2010, our 875 Howard Street property was our only repositioning property.

Financings. In connection with our acquisitions of the Tierrasanta and First Financial property-owning entities at our initial public offering, we assumed project-level financing of $14.3 million and $43.0 million, respectively, both scheduled to mature on December 1, 2011. In connection with our acquisitions of our 222 Kearny, 1455 Market and 10950 Washington properties, and our joint venture investment in the Rincon Center property, we drew $111.1 million on our secured revolving credit facility. In connection with our acquisition of the 10950 Washington property, we assumed a $30.0 million project-level financing scheduled to mature on February 11, 2012. Finally, we invested in the Rincon Center joint venture subject to a $106.0 million project-level financing scheduled to mature on July 1, 2011.

On February 11, 2011, we closed a five-year term loan totaling $92.0 million with Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. secured by our Sunset Gower and Sunset Bronson media and entertainment properties. Proceeds from the loan were used to fully refinance a $37.0 million mortgage loan secured by our Sunset Bronson property that was scheduled to mature on April 30, 2011. The remaining proceeds were used to partially pay down our $200 million secured credit facility.

With respect to other financings maturing in calendar year 2011, we will take steps prior to their maturity to either refinance such indebtedness, pay down indebtedness with available cash or access to our secured credit facility, or a combination thereof.

8.375% Series B Preferred Stock Offering. In December 2010, we completed an offering of 3,500,000 shares of our series B preferred stock (including 300,000 shares sold pursuant to the partial exercise of the underwriters’ overallotment option), at an offering price of $25.00 per share. We received net proceeds from the sale of our series B preferred stock (including the underwriters’ partial exercise of their overallotment option) of approximately $84.7 million after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions (before other transaction costs).

Basis of Presentation

The accompanying consolidated financial statements are the consolidated financial statements of Hudson Pacific Properties, Inc. and our subsidiaries, including our operating partnership. The results of the properties described under “—Recent Acquisitions, Repositionings and Financings—Acquisitions” above are included in our consolidated results as of the date of their respective acquisition. Similarly, the financings described under “—Recent Acquisitions, Repositionings and Financings—Financings” above are included in our consolidated results on the date that the asset as to which a loan has been assumed was acquired or as of the date of the applicable loan draw in the case of draws under our secured credit facility. All significant intercompany balances and transactions have been eliminated in our consolidated financial statements.

 

51


Table of Contents

For periods prior to 2010, we have reclassified certain other property-related revenue and tenant recoveries relating to our media and entertainment properties that had been included as an offset to corresponding operating expenses, such that on account of such reclassification our media and entertainment revenue, other property-related revenue, and tenant recoveries and our media and entertainment operating expenses reflect the gross revenue and gross expenses, as applicable, without regard to such offset. This reclassification conforms the periods prior to 2010 with the current period presentation.

The accompanying financial statements have been prepared pursuant to the rules and regulations of the SEC, and they include, in our opinion, all adjustments, consisting of normal recurring adjustments, necessary to present fairly the financial information set forth therein.

Factors That May Influence Our Operating Results

Business and Strategy . We focus our investment strategy on office properties located in submarkets with growth potential as well as on underperforming properties or portfolios that provide opportunities to implement a value-add strategy to increase occupancy rates and cash flow. Additionally, we intend to acquire properties or portfolios that are distressed due to near-term debt maturities or underperforming properties where we believe better management, focused leasing efforts and/or capital improvements would improve the property’s operating performance and value. Our strategy also includes active management, aggressive leasing efforts, focused capital improvement programs, the reduction and containment of operating costs and an emphasis on tenant satisfaction, which we believe will minimize turnover costs and improve occupancy.

From the acquisition of our first property in February 2007 through December 2010, we have acquired or developed 12 wholly owned properties and a 51% interest in the Rincon Center property joint venture, totaling an aggregate of approximately 4.0 million square feet. We intend to pursue acquisitions of additional properties as a key part of our growth strategy, often including properties that may have substantial vacancy, which enables us to increase cash flow through lease-up. We expect to continue to acquire properties subject to existing mortgage financing and other indebtedness or to incur indebtedness in connection with acquiring or refinancing these properties. Debt service on such indebtedness will have a priority over any dividends with respect to our common or series B preferred stock and our common and series A preferred units.

Rental Revenue . The amount of net rental revenue generated by the properties in our portfolio depends principally on our ability to maintain the occupancy rates of currently leased space and to lease currently available space and space that becomes available from lease terminations. As of December 31, 2010, the percent leased for our office properties was approximately 87.7%, and the percent leased for the media and entertainment properties (based on 12-month trailing average) was approximately 72.6%. The amount of rental revenue generated by us also depends on our ability to maintain or increase rental rates at our properties. We believe that the average rental rates for our office properties generally are equal to or slightly above the current average quoted market rate, with the exception of our lease of 94,505 square feet to Burlington Coat Factory at our 875 Howard Street property and our lease of approximately 835,649 square feet to Bank of America at our 1455 Market property, which we believe to be substantially below market rates. We believe the average rental rates for our media and entertainment properties are generally equal to current average quoted market rates. Negative trends in one or more of these factors could adversely affect our rental revenue in future periods. Future economic downturns or regional downturns affecting our submarkets or downturns in our tenants’ industries that impair our ability to renew or re-let space and the ability of our tenants to fulfill their lease commitments, as in the case of tenant bankruptcies, could adversely affect our ability to maintain or increase rental rates at our properties. In addition, growth in rental revenue will also partially depend on our ability to acquire additional properties that meet our investment criteria.

Conditions in Our Markets. The properties in our portfolio are all located in California submarkets. Positive or negative changes in economic or other conditions in California, including the state budgetary shortfall, employment rates, natural hazards and other factors, may impact our overall performance.

 

52


Table of Contents

Operating Expenses. Our operating expenses generally consist of utilities, property and ad valorem taxes, insurance and site maintenance costs. Increases in these expenses over tenants’ base years are generally passed on to tenants in our full-service gross leased properties and are generally paid in full by tenants in our net lease properties. As a public company, we estimate our annual general and administrative expenses will increase due to increased legal, insurance, accounting and other expenses related to corporate governance, SEC reporting and other compliance matters, compared to the period prior to our initial public offering. In addition, we expect the properties in our portfolio to be reassessed as a result of our initial public offering. We believe the amount of property taxes we pay in the future will decrease due to the expected downward reassessment of certain of our properties in connection with the formation transactions completed concurrently with our initial public offering.

Taxable REIT Subsidiary . As part of the formation transactions, we formed Hudson Pacific Services, Inc., or our services company, a Maryland corporation that is wholly owned by our operating partnership. We have elected, together with our services company, to treat our services company as a taxable REIT subsidiary for federal income tax purposes, and we may form additional taxable REIT subsidiaries in the future. Our services company generally may provide both customary and non-customary services to our tenants and engage in other activities that we may not engage in directly without adversely affecting our qualification as a REIT. Our services company and its wholly owned subsidiaries provide a number of services to certain tenants at our media and entertainment properties and, from time to time, one or more taxable REIT subsidiaries may provide services to our tenants at these and other properties. See “Federal Income Tax Considerations—Taxation of Our Company—Income Tests.” In addition, our operating partnership has contributed some or all of its interests in certain wholly owned subsidiaries or their assets to our services company. We currently lease space to wholly owned subsidiaries of our services company at our media and entertainment properties and may, from time to time, enter into additional leases with one or more taxable REIT subsidiaries. Any income earned by our taxable REIT subsidiaries will not be included in our taxable income for purposes of the 75% or 95% gross income tests, except to the extent such income is distributed to us as a dividend, in which case such dividend income will qualify under the 95%, but not the 75%, gross income test. See “Federal Income Tax Considerations—Taxation of Our Company—Income Tests.” Because a taxable REIT subsidiary is subject to federal income tax, and state and local income tax (where applicable), as a regular C corporation, the income earned by our taxable REIT subsidiaries generally will be subject to an additional level of tax as compared to the income earned by our other subsidiaries.

Critical Accounting Policies

Our discussion and analysis of the historical financial condition and results of operations of Hudson Pacific Properties, Inc. are based upon our financial statements, which have been prepared in accordance with GAAP. The preparation of these financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions in certain circumstances that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amount of revenues and expenses in the reporting period. Actual amounts may differ from these estimates and assumptions. We have provided a summary of our significant accounting policies in the notes to the financial statements of Hudson Pacific Properties, Inc. included elsewhere in this prospectus. We have summarized below those accounting policies that require material subjective or complex judgments and that have the most significant impact on our financial conditions and results of operations. We evaluate these estimates on an ongoing basis, based upon information currently available and on various assumptions that we believe are reasonable as of the date hereof. Other companies in similar businesses may use different estimation policies and methodologies, which may impact the comparability of our results of operations and financial conditions to those of other companies.

Investment in Real Estate Properties

The properties in our portfolio are carried at cost, less accumulated depreciation and amortization. We allocate the cost of an acquisition, including the assumption of liabilities, to the acquired tangible assets and identifiable intangibles based on their estimated fair values in accordance with GAAP. We assess fair value

 

53


Table of Contents

based on estimated cash flow projections that utilize appropriate discount and/or capitalization rates and available market information. Estimates of future cash flows are based on a number of factors, including historical operating results, known and anticipated trends, and market and economic conditions. The fair value of tangible assets of an acquired property considers the value of the property as if it was vacant. Acquisition-related expenses are expensed in the period incurred.

Impairment of Long-Lived Assets

We assess the carrying value of real estate assets and related intangibles whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of an asset or asset group may not be recoverable in accordance with GAAP. Impairment losses are recorded on real estate assets held for investment when indicators of impairment are present and the future undiscounted cash flows estimated to be generated by those assets are less than the assets’ carrying amount. We recognize impairment losses to the extent the carrying amount exceeds the fair value of the properties. Properties held for sale are recorded at the lower of cost or estimated fair value less cost to sell. We did not record any impairment charges related to our real estate assets and related intangibles during the periods ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008.

Accounts Receivable and Allowance for Doubtful Accounts

Accounts receivable consist of amounts due for monthly rents and other charges. We maintain an allowance for doubtful accounts, including an allowance for straight-line rent receivables, for estimated losses resulting from tenant defaults or the inability of tenants to make contractual rent and tenant recovery payments. We monitor the liquidity and creditworthiness of our tenants and operators on an ongoing basis. This evaluation considers industry and economic conditions, property performance, credit enhancements and other factors. For straight-line rent amounts, our assessment is based on amounts estimated to be recoverable over the term of the lease. At December 31, 2010 and 2009, management believes that the collectability of straight-line rent balances are reasonably assured; accordingly, no allowance was established against straight-line rent receivables. We evaluate the collectability of accounts receivable based on a combination of factors. The allowance for doubtful accounts is based on specific identification of uncollectible accounts and our historical collection experience. We recognize an allowance for doubtful accounts based on the length of time the receivables are past due, the current business environment and our historical experience. Historical experience has been within management’s expectations.

Revenue Recognition

We recognize rental revenue from tenants on a straight-line basis over the lease term when collectability is reasonably assured and the tenant has taken possession or controls the physical use of the leased asset. For assets acquired subject to leases, we recognize revenue upon acquisition of the asset, provided the tenant has taken possession or controls the physical use of the leased asset. If the lease provides for tenant improvements, we determine whether the tenant improvements, for accounting purposes, are owned by the tenant or us. When we are the owner of the tenant improvements, the tenant is not considered to have taken physical possession or have control of the physical use of the leased asset until the tenant improvements are substantially completed. When the tenant is the owner of the tenant improvements, any tenant improvement allowance that is funded is treated as a lease incentive and amortized as a reduction of revenue over the lease term. Tenant improvement ownership is determined based on various factors including, but not limited to:

 

   

whether the lease stipulates how and on which items a tenant improvement allowance may be spent;

 

   

whether the tenant or landlord retains legal title to the improvements at the end of the lease term;

 

   

whether the tenant improvements are unique to the tenant or general-purpose in nature; and

 

   

whether the tenant improvements are expected to have any residual value at the end of the lease.

 

54


Table of Contents

Certain leases provide for additional rents contingent upon a percentage of the tenant’s revenue in excess of specified base amounts or other thresholds. Such revenue is recognized when actual results reported by the tenant, or estimates of tenant results, exceed the base amount or other thresholds. Such revenue is recognized only after the contingency has been removed (when the related thresholds are achieved), which may result in the recognition of rental revenue in periods subsequent to when such payments are received.

Other property-related revenue is revenue that is derived from the tenants’ use of lighting, equipment rental, parking, power, HVAC and telecommunications (telephone and internet). Other property-related revenue is recognized when these items are provided.

Tenant recoveries related to reimbursement of real estate taxes, insurance, repairs and maintenance, and other operating expenses are recognized as revenue in the period the applicable expenses are incurred. The reimbursements are recognized and presented gross, as we are generally the primary obligor with respect to purchasing goods and services from third-party suppliers, and we have discretion in selecting the supplier and bear the associated credit risk.

We recognize gains on sales of properties upon the closing of the transaction with the purchaser. Gains on properties sold are recognized using the full accrual method when (i) the collectability of the sales price is reasonably assured, (ii) we are not obligated to perform significant activities after the sale, (iii) the initial investment from the buyer is sufficient and (iv) other profit recognition criteria have been satisfied. Gains on sales of properties may be deferred in whole or in part until the requirements for gain recognition have been met.

Stock Based Compensation

ASC Topic 718, Compensation—Stock Compensation (referred to as ASC Topic 718 and formerly known as FASB 123R), requires us to recognize an expense for the fair value of equity-based compensation awards. Grants of stock options, restricted stock, restricted stock units and performance units under our equity incentive award plans are accounted for under ASC Topic 718. Our compensation committee will regularly consider the accounting implications of significant compensation decisions, especially in connection with decisions that relate to our equity incentive award plans and programs.

Income Taxes

Our taxable income prior to the completion of our initial public offering is reportable by the members of the limited liability companies that comprise our predecessor. Our property-owning subsidiaries are limited liability companies and are treated as pass-through entities for income tax purposes. Accordingly, no provision has been made for federal income taxes in the accompanying consolidated financial statements for the activities of these entities.

We intend to elect to be taxed as a REIT for federal income tax purposes on our federal income tax return for our taxable year ended December 31, 2010. We believe that we have operated, and we intend to continue operating, in a manner that will allow us to qualify as a REIT for federal income tax purposes commencing with such taxable year. To qualify as a REIT, we are required to distribute at least 90% of our REIT taxable income to our stockholders and meet the various other requirements imposed by the Code relating to such matters as operating results, asset holdings, distribution levels and diversity of stock ownership. Provided that we qualify for taxation as a REIT, we are generally not subject to corporate level income tax on the earnings distributed currently to our stockholders that we derive from our REIT qualifying activities. If we fail to qualify as a REIT in any taxable year, and are unable to avail ourselves of certain savings provisions set forth in the Code, all of our taxable income would be subject to federal income tax at regular corporate rates, including any applicable alternative minimum tax. Unless entitled to relief under specific statutory provisions, we would be ineligible to elect to be treated as a REIT for the four taxable years following the year for which we lose our qualification. It is not possible to state whether in all circumstances we would be entitled to this statutory relief.

 

55


Table of Contents

We have elected to treat one of our subsidiaries as a taxable REIT subsidiary. Certain activities that we may undertake, such as non-customary services for our tenants and holding assets that we cannot hold directly, will be conducted by a taxable REIT subsidiary. A taxable REIT subsidiary is subject to federal and, where applicable, state income taxes on its net income.

We are subject to the statutory requirements of the state in which we conduct business.

Results of Operations

The following table identifies each of the properties in our portfolio acquired through December 31, 2010 and their date of acquisition.

 

Properties

   Acquisition/Completion
Date
     Square Feet  

875 Howard Street

     2/15/2007         286,270   

Sunset Gower

     8/17/2007         543,709   

Sunset Bronson

     1/30/2008         313,723   

Technicolor Building

     6/1/2008         114,958   

City Plaza

     8/26/2008         333,922   

First Financial

     6/29/2010         222,423   

Tierrasanta

     6/29/2010         104,234   

Del Amo Office

     8/13/2010         113,000   

9300 Wilshire Boulevard

     8/24/2010         58,484   

222 Kearny

     10/8/2010         148,797   

1455 Market

     12/16/2010         1,012,012   

Rincon Center (1)

     12/16/2010         580,850   

10950 Washington

     12/22/2010         158,873   
           

Total

        3,991,255   
           

 

(1) We acquired a 51% joint venture interest in the Rincon Center property. On February 24, 2011, we exercised our call right to purchase the remaining 49% interest in the Rincon Center property at a purchase price of approximately $38.7 million (before prorations). The transaction is expected to close in the second quarter of 2011; however, our acquisition of this interest is subject to the completion of various closing conditions that may not be in our control. We cannot assure you that the acquisition will be consummated on the anticipated schedule or at all. For a summary of certain risks related to our acquisition of the remaining 49% interest in the Rincon Center property, see “Risk Factors—Risks Related to Our Properties and Our Business—Our acquisition of the remaining 49% interest in the Rincon Center property from our joint venture partner is subject to closing conditions that could delay or prevent the acquisition of such interest and a failure to complete such acquisition could result in the loss of our current 51% interest in the property.”

All amounts and percentages used in this discussion of our results of operations are calculated using the numbers presented in the financial statements contained in this report rather than the rounded numbers appearing in this discussion.

Comparison of the year ended December 31, 2010 to the year ended December 31, 2009

Revenue

Total Office Revenue . Total office revenue consists of rental revenue, tenant recoveries, and other revenue. Total office revenues increased $13.2 million, or 98.9%, to $26.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2010 compared to $13.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2009. The period over period changes in the items that comprise total revenue are attributable primarily to the factors discussed below.

Office Rental Revenue . Office rental revenue includes rental revenues from our office properties and percentage rent on retail space contained within those properties. Total office rental revenue increased $11.2

 

56


Table of Contents

million, or 101.4%, to $22.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2010 compared to $11.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2009. The increase in rental revenues was primarily due to the acquisitions of the Tierrasanta, First Financial, Del Amo Office, 9300 Wilshire Boulevard, 222 Kearny, 1455 Market, Rincon Center joint venture and 10950 Washington office properties, together with an increase in average occupancy year-over-year for our City Plaza and 875 Howard Street office properties.

Office Tenant Recoveries . Office tenant recoveries increased $2.0 million, or 98.8%, to $4.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2010 compared to $2.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2009. The increase in tenant recoveries was primarily due to the acquisitions of the Tierrasanta, First Financial, Del Amo Office, 9300 Wilshire Boulevard, 222 Kearny, 1455 Market, Rincon Center joint venture and 10950 Washington office properties, together with an increase in average occupancy year-over-year for our City Plaza and 875 Howard Street office properties.

Office Other Revenue . Other revenue remained relatively flat at $0.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2010 compared to $0.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2009.

Total Media & Entertainment Revenue . Total media and entertainment revenue consists of rental revenue, tenant recoveries, other property-related revenue and other revenue. Total media and entertainment revenues increased $2.9 million, or 9.4%, to $34.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2010 compared to $31.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2009. The period over period changes in the items that comprise total media and entertainment revenue are primarily attributable to the factors discussed below.

Media & Entertainment Rental Revenue . Media and entertainment rental revenue includes rental revenues from our media and entertainment properties and percentage rent on retail space contained within those properties. Total media and entertainment rental revenue increased $1.0 million, or 5.1%, to $20.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2010 as compared to $19.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2009. The increase in rental revenue was primarily due to an increase in average occupancy year over year at our media and entertainment properties.

Media & Entertainment Tenant Recoveries . Tenant recoveries remained relatively flat at $1.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2010 as compared to $1.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2009.

Media & Entertainment Other Property-Related Revenue . Other property-related revenue is revenue that is derived from the tenants’ rental of lighting and other equipment, parking, power, HVAC and telecommunications (telephone and internet services). Total other property-related revenue increased $2.0 million, or 20.9%, to $11.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2010 compared to $9.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2009. The increase in other property-related revenue was primarily due to an increase in lighting equipment rental revenue, parking revenue and telecommunications revenue relating to higher production activity at our media and entertainment properties.

Operating Expenses

Total Operating Expenses . Total operating expenses consist of property operating expenses, as well as property-level general and administrative expenses, other property-related expenses, management fees and depreciation and amortization. Total operating expenses increased $13.7 million, or 37.4%, to $50.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2010 compared to $36.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2009. Changes in total operating expenses are primarily attributable to the factors discussed below.

Office Operating Expenses . Office operating expenses increased $4.0 million, or 63.6%, to $10.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2010 compared to $6.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2009. The increase was primarily due to the acquisitions of the Tierrasanta, First Financial, Del Amo Office, 9300 Wilshire Boulevard, 222 Kearny, 1455 Market, Rincon Center joint venture and 10950 Washington office

 

57


Table of Contents

properties, together with an increase in average occupancy year-over-year for our City Plaza and 875 Howard Street office properties.

Media & Entertainment Operating Expenses . Media and entertainment operating expenses increased $0.3 million, or 1.4%, to $19.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2010 compared to $19.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2009. The increase in operating expenses was due to an increase in other property-related expenses, primarily lighting and other equipment rental expenses resulting from higher production activity at our media and entertainment properties. The increase was partially offset by a one-time property tax expense reduction of $1.1 million received in October 2010.

General and Administrative Expenses . General and administrative expenses include wages and salaries for corporate-level employees, accounting, legal and other professional services, office supplies, entertainment, travel and automobile expenses, telecommunications and computer-related expenses and other miscellaneous items. Since our initial public offering and formation transactions did not occur until June 29, 2010, the year ended December 31, 2009 does not include general and administrative expenses for corporate-level operations. The $4.5 million of general and administration expenses reflect the expenses of our corporate-level operations for the year ended December 31, 2010.

Depreciation and Amortization . Depreciation expense increased $5.0 million, or 45.9%, to $15.9 million for year ended December 31, 2010 compared to $10.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2009. The increase was primarily due to the acquisitions of the Tierrasanta, First Financial, Del Amo, 9300 Wilshire Boulevard, 222 Kearny, 1455 Market, Rincon Center joint venture and 10950 Washington office properties, together with an increase in average occupancy year-over-year for our City Plaza property and the completion of the renovation of our 875 Howard Street office property.

Other Expense (Income)

Interest Expense . Interest expense remained relatively flat at $8.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2010 compared to $8.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2009. The results reflect higher interest expense associated with loans assumed in connection with our acquisition of the Tierrasanta, First Financial, Rincon Center joint venture and 10950 Washington office properties and draws on our secured revolving credit facility, offset by the repayment of indebtedness in connection with our initial public offering, 2010 private placement and formation transactions on June 29, 2010.

Unrealized Gain on Interest Rate Contracts . Unrealized gain on interest rate contracts remained relatively flat at $0.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2010 as compared to $0.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2009.

Acquisition-Related Expenses . Acquisition-related expenses were $4.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2010, with no comparable expenses for the year ended December 31, 2009. The increase was due to transactional costs relating to our initial public offering and related formation transactions and transactional costs relating to our acquisitions of the Tierrasanta, First Financial, Del Amo Office, 9300 Wilshire Boulevard, 222 Kearny, Rincon Center joint venture, 1455 Market and 10950 Washington office properties.

Net Income (Loss)

Net loss for the year ended December 31, 2010 was $2.7 million compared to net loss of $0.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2009. The increase in net loss was primarily due to higher operating expenses at our office and media and entertainment properties, higher general and administrative expenses, higher depreciation and amortization expenses and transactional costs relating to our acquisitions of properties in connection with our initial public offering and related formation transactions and our acquisitions of the Del Amo

 

58


Table of Contents

Office, 9300 Wilshire Boulevard, 222 Kearny, Rincon Center joint venture and 10950 Washington office properties, partially offset by higher office and media and entertainment revenue, all as described above.

Comparison of year ended December 31, 2009 to year ended December 31, 2008

Revenue

Total Office Revenue . Total office revenue consists of rental revenue, tenant recoveries and other revenue. Total office revenues increased by $3.5 million, or 36.2%, to $13.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2009 compared to $9.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2008. The increase in total office revenue is attributable primarily to the factors discussed below.

Office Rental Revenue. Office rental revenue includes rental revenues from our office properties, percentage rent on retail space contained within those properties and lease termination income. Total office rental revenue increased by $2.8 million, or 34.1%, to $11.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2009 compared to $8.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2008. Total office rental revenues were primarily impacted by our acquisition activity during 2008 and the completion of the Technicolor Building. First, we acquired City Plaza on August 26, 2008, resulting in the inclusion of approximately four months of operations in the year ended December 31, 2008, compared to 12 months of operations in the year ended December 31, 2009. Second, the Technicolor Building was placed into service and the related lease commenced on June 1, 2008, which resulted in the inclusion of seven months of operations in the year ended December 31, 2008, compared to 12 months of operations in the year ended December 31, 2009.

Office Tenant Recoveries . Office tenant recoveries remained relatively flat for the year ended December 31, 2009 at $2.0 million compared to $1.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2008. The increase was primarily due to the timing of the acquisition and construction activity referred to above.

Office Other Revenue . Office other revenue increased $0.2 million, or 514.6%, to $0.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2009 compared to $0.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2008, primarily due to the timing of the acquisition and construction activity referred to above.

Total Media & Entertainment Revenue . Total media and entertainment revenue consists of rental revenue, tenant recoveries, other property-related revenue and other revenue. Total media and entertainment revenues decreased $6.0 million, or 16.2%, to $31.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2009 compared to $37.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2008. The decrease in total media and entertainment revenue is primarily attributable to the factors discussed below.

Media & Entertainment Rental Revenue. Media and entertainment rental revenue includes rental revenues from our media and entertainment properties, percentage rent on retail space contained within those properties, and lease termination income. Total media and entertainment rental revenue decreased $2.2 million, or 9.8%, to $19.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2009 compared to $22.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2008. The decrease in rental revenue was primarily due to seismic retrofitting and retrofitting of control room facilities with high-definition technology in the year ended December 31, 2009, which caused portions of the property to be unavailable for lease.

Media & Entertainment Tenant Recoveries. Media and entertainment tenant recoveries remained relatively flat at $1.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2009 compared to $1.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2008.

Media & Entertainment Other Property-Related Revenue . Media and entertainment other property-related revenue is revenue that is derived from the tenants’ rental of lighting and other equipment, parking,

 

59


Table of Contents

power, HVAC and telecommunications. Total other property-related revenue decreased $4.1 million, or 30.2%, to $9.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2009 compared to $13.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2008. The decrease in other property-related revenue was primarily due to seismic retrofitting and retrofitting of control room facilities with high-definition technology in the year ended December 31, 2009, which caused portions of the property to be unavailable for lease.

Operating Expenses

Total Operating Expenses . Total operating expenses consist of office and media and entertainment operating expenses, as well as general and administrative expenses, and depreciation and amortization. Total operating expenses increased by $0.1 million, or 0.3%, to $36.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2009 compared to $36.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2008. This increase in total operating expenses is attributable primarily to the factors discussed below.

Office Operating Expenses . Office operating expenses increased by $3.2 million, or 107.9%, to $6.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2009 compared to $3.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2008. The change in property operating expenses was due to our acquisition activity and the completion of the Technicolor Building referred to above.

Media & Entertainment Operating Expenses . Media and entertainment operating expenses decreased by $4.3 million, or 18.2%, to $19.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2009 compared to $23.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2008. The decrease in media and entertainment operating expenses was primarily due to seismic retrofitting and retrofitting of control room facilities with high-definition technology in the year ended December 31, 2009, which caused portions of the property to be unavailable for lease during the retrofitting at the Sunset Bronson property.

Depreciation and Amortization . Depreciation and amortization expense increased $1.2 million, or 12.5%, to $10.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2009 compared to $9.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2008. The increase was primarily due to the timing of the acquisition and construction activity referred to above.

Other Expense (Income)

Interest Expense . Interest expense decreased $3.2 million, or 26.9%, to $8.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2009 compared to $12.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2008. The decrease was primarily due to a decrease in the LIBOR rate on our floating rate loans and the repayment of approximately $23.9 million of the Sunset Gower loan in May 2008 and the capitalization of interest expense as part of the 875 Howard Street redevelopment that began in February 2009. This decrease was partially offset by the increased interest expense on debt obtained on the Sunset Bronson property in May 2008 and the commencement of recognition of interest expense upon completion of the Technicolor Building in June 2008.

Unrealized Gain on Interest Rate Contracts . For the year ended December 31, 2009, there was unrealized gain on interest rate contracts of $0.4 million. There was an unrealized loss of $0.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2008.

Loss on Sale of Lot. For the year ended December 31, 2009, there was no gain or loss on sale of a lot. For the year ended December 31, 2008 there was a $0.2 million loss on the sale of a lot.

Net Income (Loss)

Net loss for the year ended December 31, 2009 was $0.6 million compared to a net loss of $2.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2008. A net decrease in income from operations of $2.6 million was offset by a

 

60


Table of Contents

decrease in non-operating expenses of $4.6 million, or 35.1%, to $8.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2009, compared to $13.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2008. The decrease in non-operating expenses was primarily due to a decrease in interest expense and change in fair value of the interest rate contracts.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

Analysis of Liquidity and Capital Resources

We had approximately $48.9 million of cash and cash equivalents at December 31, 2010. In addition, the lead arrangers for our secured revolving credit facility have secured commitments that will allow borrowings of up to $200 million, of which approximately $36.7 million was available to us at December 31, 2010. Based on the closing price of our common stock of $14.70 as of March 31, 2011, our ratio of debt to total market capitalization is approximately 41.8% (treating the series A preferred units as debt). Our total market capitalization is defined as the sum of the market value of our outstanding common stock (which may decrease, thereby increasing our debt-to-total-capitalization ratio), including restricted stock that we may issue to certain of our directors and executive officers, plus the aggregate value of common units not owned by us, plus the liquidation preference of outstanding series A preferred units, plus the liquidation preference of outstanding series B preferred stock, plus the book value of our total consolidated indebtedness. As of April 12, 2011, we had approximately $46.5 million drawn on our secured revolving credit facility.

On February 11, 2011, we closed a five-year term loan totaling $92.0 million with Wells Fargo Bank, N.A., secured by our Sunset Gower and Sunset Bronson media and entertainment properties. Proceeds from the loan were used to fully refinance a $37.0 million mortgage loan secured by our Sunset Bronson property that was scheduled to mature on April 30, 2011. The remaining proceeds were used to partially pay down our $200 million secured revolving credit facility. As a result, as of April 12, 2011, we had capacity of approximately $139.8 million on our secured revolving credit facility, of which approximately $46.5 million had been drawn. We intend to use the secured revolving credit facility, among other things, to finance the acquisition of other properties, to provide funds for tenant improvements and capital expenditures and to provide for working capital and other corporate purposes.

We invested in the Rincon Center joint venture on December 16, 2010 subject to a $106.0 million project-level financing scheduled to mature on July 1, 2011. We are in the process of refinancing that loan in connection with the exercise of our call right to purchase the remaining 49% interest in the Rincon Center property. The transaction is expected to close in the second quarter of 2011; however, our acquisition of this interest is subject to closing conditions that may not be in our control. As such, we cannot assure you that the acquisition will be consummated on the anticipated schedule or at all. See “Risk Factors—Our acquisition of the remaining 49% interest in the Rincon Center property from our joint venture partner is subject to closing conditions that could delay or prevent the acquisition of such interest and a failure to complete such acquisition could result in the loss of our current 51% interest in the property.”

Our short-term liquidity requirements primarily consist of operating expenses and other expenditures associated with our properties, distributions to our limited partners and dividend payments to our stockholders required to maintain our REIT status, capital expenditures and, potentially, acquisitions. We expect to meet our short-term liquidity requirements through net cash provided by operations, reserves established from existing cash, the proceeds of this offering and the concurrent private placement and by drawing upon our secured revolving credit facility.

Our long-term liquidity needs consist primarily of funds necessary for the repayment of debt at maturity, property acquisitions and non-recurring capital improvements. We expect to meet our long-term liquidity requirements with net cash from operations, long-term secured and unsecured indebtedness and the issuance of equity and debt securities. We also may fund property acquisitions and non-recurring capital improvements using our secured revolving credit facility pending permanent financing.

 

61


Table of Contents

We believe we have access to multiple sources of capital to fund our long-term liquidity requirements, including the incurrence of additional debt and the issuance of additional equity. However, we cannot assure you that this is or will continue to be the case. Our ability to incur additional debt is dependent on a number of factors, including our degree of leverage, the value of our unencumbered assets and borrowing restrictions that may be imposed by lenders. Our ability to access the equity capital markets is dependent on a number of factors as well, including general market conditions for REITs and market perceptions about our company.

Consolidated Indebtedness

As of December 31, 2010, we had approximately $342.1 million of outstanding consolidated indebtedness, of which approximately $148.1 million, or approximately 43.3%, is variable rate debt, and of which $37.0 million, or approximately 10.8%, was subject to an interest rate swap on the LIBOR portion of the interest rate to a fixed rate of 0.75%. The following table sets forth information as of December 31, 2010 with respect to our outstanding indebtedness.

 

Debt

  Outstanding
December  31,
2010 (1)
(in thousands)
    Interest Rate (2)     Annual Debt
Service
(in thousands)
    Maturity
Date
    Balance at
Maturity
(in thousands)
 

Mortgage loan secured by Sunset Bronson (3)

  $ 37,000        LIBOR+3.65%      $ 1,651        4/30/2011      $ 37,000   

Mortgage loan secured by First Financial

    43,000        5.34 %        2,328        12/1/2011        43,000   

Mortgage loan secured by Tierrasanta

    14,300        5.62 %        815        12/1/2011        14,300   

Secured Revolving Credit Facility (4)

    111,117        LIBOR+3.25% to 4.00%        5,351        6/29/2013        111,117   

Mortgage loan secured by 10950 Washington

    30,000        5.94 %        1,807        2/11/2012        30,000   

Mortgage loan secured by Rincon Center

    106,000        6.08 %        6,529        7/1/2011        106,000   
               

Subtotal

  $ 341,417           

Unamortized Loan Premium, net (5)

    643           
               

Total

  $ 342,060           
               

 

(1) On February 11, 2011, we closed a secured term loan totaling $92,000 with Wells Fargo Bank, N.A., secured by our Sunset Gower and Sunset Bronson media and entertainment properties. The loan bears interest at a rate equal to one-month LIBOR plus 3.50%. $37,000 of the loan is currently subject to an interest rate swap agreement that fixes one-month LIBOR to a rate of 0.75% through April 30, 2011. On March 16, 2011, we purchased an interest rate cap in order to cap one-month LIBOR at 3.715% on $50,000 of the loan through its maturity on February 11, 2016.
(2) Interest rates with respect to indebtedness are calculated on the basis of a 360-day year for the actual days elapsed. The indebtedness encumbering the Sunset Bronson property is floating rate indebtedness, subject to a secured interest rate contract that went effective upon the consummation of our initial public offering and the formation transactions on June 29, 2010, which swapped one-month LIBOR to a fixed rate of 0.75%.
(3) On February 11, 2011, this loan was repaid in full using the proceeds from our secured term loan.
(4) Subsequent to December 31, 2010, we used a portion of the proceeds from our secured term loan to pay down our secured revolving credit facility. As of April 12, 2011, we had approximately $46,500 drawn on our secured revolving credit facility. On April 4, 2011, we amended our secured revolving credit facility, one of the effects of which was to change the interest rate to LIBOR plus 250 basis points to 325 basis points, depending on our leverage ratio.
(5) Represents non-cash mark-to-market adjustment on fixed rate debt associated with office properties.

Secured Revolving Credit Facility

In conjunction with our initial public offering and the formation transactions, we entered into a $200 million secured revolving credit facility with a group of lenders for which an affiliate of Barclays Capital

 

62


Table of Contents

Inc. acts as administrative agent and joint lead arranger and affiliates of Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated act as syndication agent and joint lead arranger. In addition, each of the underwriters in this offering is a lender under our secured revolving credit facility. Effective April 4, 2011, we entered into an amendment to our secured revolving credit facility, the effects of which are reflected in the description below. From and after the date of such amendment, the secured revolving credit facility bears interest at a rate per annum equal to LIBOR plus 250 basis points to 325 basis points, depending on our leverage ratio. The secured revolving credit facility contains an accordion feature that allows us to increase the availability by $50.0 million, to $250.0 million, under specified circumstances.

The amount available for us to borrow under the facility is subject to the lesser of a percentage of the appraisal value of our properties that form the borrowing base of the facility and a minimum implied debt service coverage ratio. Our ability to borrow under the facility is subject to ongoing compliance with a number of customary restrictive covenants, including:

 

   

a maximum leverage ratio (defined as consolidated total indebtedness to total asset value) of 0.60:1.00;

 

   

a minimum fixed charge coverage ratio (defined as consolidated earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization to consolidated fixed charges) of 1.50:1.00;

 

   

a maximum consolidated floating rate debt ratio (defined as consolidated floating rate indebtedness to total asset value) of 0.25:1.00;

 

   

a maximum recourse debt ratio (defined as recourse indebtedness other than indebtedness under the revolving credit facility but including unsecured lines of credit to total asset value) of 0.15:1.00; and

 

   

a minimum tangible net worth equal to at least 85% of our tangible net worth at the closing of our initial public offering plus 75% of the net proceeds of any additional equity issuances.

Under the secured revolving credit facility, our distributions may not exceed the greater of (i) 95.0% of our FFO, (ii) the amount required for us to qualify and maintain our status as a REIT or (iii) amounts required for us to avoid the imposition of income and excise taxes. If a default or event of default occurs and is continuing, we may be precluded from making certain distributions (other than those required to allow us to qualify and maintain our status as a REIT).

We and certain of our subsidiaries have guaranteed the obligations under the secured revolving credit facility and have pledged specified assets (including real property), stock and other interests as collateral for the secured revolving credit facility obligations.

As of April 12, 2011, we had capacity of approximately $139.8 million on our secured revolving credit facility, of which approximately $46.5 million had been drawn.

Secured Term Loan

On February 11, 2011, we closed a five-year term loan totaling $92.0 million with Wells Fargo Bank, N.A., secured by our Sunset Gower and Sunset Bronson media and entertainment properties. The loan bears interest at a rate equal to one-month LIBOR plus 3.50%. $37.0 million of the loan is currently subject to an interest rate swap agreement that fixes one-month LIBOR to a rate of 0.75% through April 30, 2011. On March 16, 2011, we purchased an interest rate cap in order to cap one-month LIBOR at 3.715% on $50.0 million of the loan through its maturity on February 11, 2016. Proceeds from the loan were used to fully refinance a $37.0 million mortgage loan secured by our Sunset Bronson property that was scheduled to mature on April 30,

 

63


Table of Contents

2011. The remaining proceeds were used to partially pay down our secured revolving credit facility. The loan agreement for the term loan includes customary financial covenants for loans of this type, including a maximum ratio of total indebtedness to total assets, a minimum ratio of earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization to fixed charges, and a minimum level of net worth. In addition, the loan includes recourse to the company of up to 19.5% of the outstanding facility amount, along with events of default that we believe are usual for loans and transactions of this type.

Mortgage Loan Secured by First Financial

The First Financial Plaza property is subject to senior mortgage debt in a principal amount of $43.0 million, which is currently held by SunAmerica Life Insurance Company. The loan has a maturity date of December 1, 2011, which date may be extended for an additional five years upon modified terms at the option of the lender if the borrower fails to repay all amounts due at maturity. The loan bears interest at a fixed rate per annum of 5.34%. The loan was made to a single borrower subsidiary, and is secured by a first-priority deed of trust lien on the First Financial Plaza property, a security interest in all personal property used in connection with the First Financial Plaza property and an assignment of all leases and rents relating to the property. In the event that the debt service coverage of the borrower falls below a defined threshold, the borrower will become subject to a cash management and lockbox arrangement. The loan may be voluntarily prepaid in full upon 30 days advance notice with a prepayment premium equal to the greater of (i) 1% of the outstanding principal amount or (ii) the present value of all scheduled payments of principal and interest remaining under the promissory note, discounted at a rate, when compounded monthly, equal to the semi-annual yield on U.S. Treasuries with maturities equivalent to the maturity of the loan, less the amount of principal being prepaid, calculated as of the prepayment date. The prepayment premium does not apply to payments made during the 90-day period immediately prior to the maturity date. Partial voluntary prepayments are not permitted. The promissory note contains customary events of default, including defaults in the payment of principal or interest and defaults in compliance with the covenants contained in the documents evidencing and securing the loan. We, the borrower and the operating partnership are furthermore prohibited from consummating certain transfers and/or transactions without the consent of the lender unless certain conditions are satisfied, including the condition that the individuals comprising a majority of the board of directors are continuing directors, i.e., either those individuals who were (i) members of our board of directors, as of the closing of our initial public offering, or (ii) were nominated for membership on the board of directors or affirmatively endorsed for membership on the board of directors by at least a majority of the then continuing directors (including any director that qualifies as such pursuant to this clause (ii)).

Mortgage Loan Secured by Tierrasanta

The Tierrasanta property is subject to senior mortgage debt in a principal amount of $14.3 million, which is securitized debt that is currently held by Wells Fargo Bank, N.A., as Trustee for the Registered Holders of CD 2007-CD4 Commercial Mortgage Pass-Through Certificates. The loan has a maturity date of December 1, 2011, and bears interest at a rate per annum of 5.62%. The loan was made to a single borrower subsidiary, and is secured by a first-priority deed of trust lien on the Tierrasanta property, a security interest in all personal property used in connection with the Tierrasanta property and an assignment of all leases, rents and security deposits relating to the property. The loan may be voluntarily defeased in whole or in part, subject to satisfaction of customary defeasance requirements in effect for a prepayment prior to June 1, 2011, at which time the loan may be voluntarily prepaid without penalty or premium. The loan agreement contains customary events of default, including defaults in the payment of principal or interest, defaults in compliance with the covenants contained in the documents evidencing the loan and bankruptcy or other insolvency events.

Mortgage Loan Secured by 10950 Washington

The office building located at 10950 Washington is subject to senior mortgage debt in the original principal amount of $30.0 million, which is currently held by Wachovia Bank, National Association. The loan

 

64


Table of Contents

has a maturity date of February 11, 2012, and bears interest at a fixed rate per annum of 5.94%. The loan was made to a single borrower subsidiary, and is secured by a first-priority deed of trust on the 10950 Washington property, a security interest in all personal property used in connection with the property, and an assignment of all leases and rents relating to the property. The loan may be voluntarily defeased in whole, subject to satisfaction of customary defeasance requirements in effect for prepayment prior to December 11, 2011, at which time the loan may be voluntarily prepaid in whole without penalty or premium. The promissory note and deed of trust contain customary events of default, including defaults in the payment of principal and interest, defaults in compliance with covenants contained in other loan documents, cross defaults to other liens, bankruptcy or other insolvency events, abandonment of the property, and diminution of the value of the property.

Mortgage Loan Secured by Rincon Center

The Rincon Center property is subject to senior mortgage debt in the original principal amount of $106.0 million which is securitized debt . The loan has a maturity date of July 1, 2011, and bears interest at a fixed rate per annum of 6.08%. The loan was made to a single borrower subsidiary, and is secured by a first-priority deed of trust on the Rincon Center property, a security interest in all personal property used in connection with the property, and an assignment of all leases and rents relating to the property. The loan may be voluntarily defeased in whole, subject to satisfaction of customary defeasance requirements in effect for prepayment prior to April 29, 2011, at which time the loan may be voluntarily prepaid in whole without penalty or premium. The promissory note and deed of trust contain customary events of default, including defaults in the payment of principal and interest, defaults in compliance with covenants contained in other loan documents, cross defaults to other liens, bankruptcy or other insolvency events, abandonment of the property, and diminution of the value of the property. If we complete the acquisition of the remaining 49% interest in the property, we will be required to repay or refinance the $106.0 million loan on the property.

Contractual Obligations

The following table provides information with respect to our commitments at December 31, 2010, including any guaranteed or minimum commitments under contractual obligations. The table does not reflect available debt extensions.

 

     Payments Due by Period  

Contractual Obligation (1)

   Total      Less than
1 year
     1-3 years      3-5 years      More than
5 years
 

Principal payments on mortgage loans (2)

   $ 341,417,000       $ 200,300,000       $ 141,117,000       $ —         $ —     

Interest payments (2)(3)

     4,993,930         4,299,958         693,972         —           —     

Operating leases

     592,558         179,300         413,258         —           —     

Tenant-related commitments

     3,455,538         3,451,122         4,416         —           —     

Ground leases (4)

     53,005,389         1,231,201         3,693,603         3,693,603         44,386,982   
                                            

Total:

   $ 403,464,415       $ 209,461,581       $ 145,922,249       $ 3,693,603       $ 44,386,982   
                                            

 

(1) Does not reflect any potential payments of principal or interest on our $92.0 million secured term loan, which we closed on February 11, 2011. The loan bears interest at a rate equal to one-month LIBOR plus 3.50%. $37.0 million of the loan is currently subject to an interest rate swap agreement that fixes one-month LIBOR to a rate of 0.75% through April 30, 2011. On March 16, 2011, we purchased an interest rate cap in order to cap one-month LIBOR at 3.715% on $50.0 million of the loan through its maturity on February 11, 2016. Proceeds from the loan were used to fully refinance a $37.0 million mortgage loan secured by our Sunset Bronson property that was scheduled to mature on April 30, 2011. The remaining proceeds were used to partially pay down our secured revolving credit facility. As a result, as of April 12, 2011, we had approximately $46.5 million drawn on our secured revolving credit facility.
(2) Subsequent to December 31, 2010, we repaid approximately $64.6 million, net, on our secured revolving credit facility. As of April 12, 2011, we had approximately $46.5 million drawn on our secured revolving credit facility.
(3) Interest rates with respect to indebtedness are calculated on the basis of a 360 day year for the actual days elapsed. The indebtedness encumbering the Sunset Bronson property is floating rate indebtedness, subject to a secured interest rate contract that went effective upon the consummation of our initial public offering and the formation transactions on June 29, 2010, which swapped one-month LIBOR to a fixed rate of 0.75%.

 

65


Table of Contents
(4) Reflects current annual base rents of $181,200, $1, $975,000 and $75,000 under the Sunset Gower, Del Amo Office, 222 Kearny and 9300 Wilshire ground leases, expiring March 31, 2060, June 30, 2049, June 14, 2054 and August 14, 2032, respectively. Assumes Sunset Gower and 222 Kearny ground rent is fixed at the current rent, although such ground rent is subject to periodic adjustments.

Off Balance Sheet Arrangements

At December 31, 2010, we did not have any off-balance sheet arrangements.

Cash Flows

Comparison of year ended December 31, 2010 to year ended December 31, 2009

Cash and cash equivalents were $48.9 million and $3.7 million at December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively.

Our cash flows from operating activities are primarily dependent upon the occupancy level of our portfolio, the rental rates achieved on our leases, the collectability of rent and recoveries from our tenants and the level of operating expenses and other general and administrative costs. Net cash provided by operating activities increased by $3.1 million to $7.6 million for 2010 compared to $4.5 million for 2009. The increase is primarily due to the purchase of certain ownership interests in properties contributed in connection with our initial public offering and related formation transactions and the purchase of six properties subsequent to our initial public offering.

Our net cash used in investing activities is generally used to fund property acquisitions, development and redevelopment projects and recurring and non-recurring capital expenditures. Net cash used in investing activities increased $226.7 million to $242.2 million for 2010 compared to $15.5 million for 2009. The increase was primarily due to an increase in investments in real estate, chiefly as a result of the purchase of certain ownership interests in properties contributed in connection with our initial public offering and related formation transactions and purchase of six properties subsequent to the initial public offering.

Our net cash related to financing activities is generally impacted by our borrowings, capital activities net of dividends and distributions paid to common stockholders and noncontrolling interests. Net cash flows from financing activities amounted to net proceeds of cash for 2010 totaling $279.7 million compared to net proceeds of cash for 2009 totaling $8.8 million. The increase was due to the contribution of proceeds from the issuance of common stock in connection with our initial public offering and private placement and proceeds from the issuance of our series B preferred stock, which was partially offset by the repayment of certain indebtedness in connection with the related formation transactions.

Comparison of year ended December 31, 2009 to year ended December 31, 2008

Cash and cash equivalents were $3.7 million and $5.8 million at December 31, 2009 and 2008, respectively.

Net cash provided by operating activities decreased by $15.5 million to $4.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2009 compared to $20.0 million provided by operating activities for the year ended December 31, 2008. The decrease was primarily due to (i) the receipt of $16.3 million of pre-paid rent from KTLA in the year ended December 31, 2008 with no comparable activity in the year ended December 31, 2009, and (ii) an increase in lease commissions, prepaid expenses and other assets primarily associated with the prepaid property taxes and leasing commissions paid at the 875 Howard Street property.

Net cash used in investing activities decreased $163.1 million to $15.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2009 compared to $178.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2008. The decrease was

 

66


Table of Contents

primarily due to $192.6 million of additions to investments in real estate properties in the year ended December 31, 2008 as a result of the acquisition of Sunset Bronson and City Plaza properties compared to $15.5 million of additions to investments in real estate in the year ended December 31, 2009 primarily as a result of capital investments associated with the Technicolor Building partially offset by (i) $11.4 million of proceeds from the sale of a lot in the year ended December 31, 2008 with no comparable activity in the year ended December 31, 2009, and (ii) restricted cash inflow of $2.6 million in the year ended December 31, 2008 as a result of the reduction of the restricted cash required for the Sunset Bronson note payable, with no comparable activity in the year ended December 31, 2009.

Net cash provided by financing activities decreased $155.0 million to $8.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2009 compared to $163.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2008. The decrease was primarily due to (i) decrease in net contributions by members of $142.4 million from $147.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2008 as a result of the acquisition of Sunset Bronson and City Plaza properties compared to $5.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2009 primarily as a result of capital investments associated with the Technicolor Building, (ii) proceeds from notes payable of $41.9 million for the acquisition of Sunset Bronson and $3.9 million proceeds from notes payable in the year ended December 31, 2009 for 875 Howard Street loan draws, partially offset by net repayments of notes payable of $23.9 million for Sunset Gower in the year ended December 31, 2008 and (iii) payment of $0.6 million of loan costs associated with the extension of the note payable on Sunset Gower in the year ended December 31, 2009 compared to $2.2 million of loan costs associated with the Sunset Bronson note payable in the year ended December 31, 2008.

Funds from Operations

We calculate funds from operations before non-controlling interest, or FFO, in accordance with the standards established by the National Association of Real Estate Investment Trusts, or NAREIT. FFO is defined by NAREIT as net income (loss) (computed in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles, or GAAP), excluding gains (or losses) from sales of depreciable operating property, plus real estate depreciation and amortization (excluding amortization of above (below) market rents for acquisition properties and amortization of deferred financing costs and debt discounts/premiums) and after adjustments for unconsolidated partnerships and joint ventures.

FFO is a supplemental non-GAAP financial measure. We use FFO as a supplemental performance measure because, in excluding real estate depreciation and amortization and gains and losses from property dispositions, it provides a performance measure that, when compared year over year, captures trends in occupancy rates, rental rates and operating costs. We also believe that, as a widely recognized measure of the performance of REITs, FFO will be used by investors as a basis to compare our operating performance with that of other REITs.

 

67


Table of Contents

However, because FFO excludes depreciation and amortization and captures neither the changes in the value of our properties that result from use or market conditions nor the level of capital expenditures and leasing commissions necessary to maintain the operating performance of our properties, all of which have real economic effects and could materially impact our results from operations, the utility of FFO as a measure of our performance is limited. Other equity REITs may not calculate FFO in accordance with the NAREIT definition as we do, and, therefore, our FFO may not be comparable to such other REITs’ FFO. Accordingly, FFO should be considered only as a supplement to net income as a measure of our performance. FFO should not be used as a measure of our liquidity, nor is it indicative of funds available to fund our cash needs, including our ability to pay dividends. FFO should not be used as a supplement to or substitute for cash flow from operating activities computed in accordance with GAAP. The following table sets forth a reconciliation of our pro forma net income to pro forma FFO before non-controlling interest for the periods presented:

 

     Pro Forma  
     Year Ended
December 31,
2010
 
     (In thousands)  

Net loss

   $ (3,987

Adjustments:

  

Net income attributable to preferred stock and units

     (8,108

Real estate depreciation and amortization

     39,376   
        

Funds from operations before common non-controlling interests

   $ 27,281   
        

Inflation

Substantially all of our office leases provide for separate real estate tax and operating expense escalations. In addition, most of the leases provide for fixed rent increases. We believe that inflationary increases may be at least partially offset by the contractual rent increases and expense escalations described above.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

Changes to GAAP are established by the FASB in the form of accounting standards updates (ASUs) to the FASB’s Accounting Standards Codification. We consider the applicability and impact of all ASUs. Newly issued ASUs not listed below are expected to not have any material impact on our consolidated financial position and results of operations, because either the ASU is not applicable or the impact is expected to be immaterial.

In January 2010, we adopted FASB guidance contained in ASU No. 2009-17, Consolidations (Topic 810): Improvements to Financial Reporting by Enterprises Involved with Variable Interest Entities. This standard requires an enterprise to perform an analysis to determine whether an enterprise’s variable interest or interests give it a controlling financial interest in a variable interest entity. Additionally, an enterprise is required to assess whether it has an implicit financial responsibility to ensure that a variable interest entity operates as designed when determining whether it has the power to direct the activities of the variable interest entity that most significantly impact the entity’s economic performance. The adoption of ASU 2009-17 did not have a material effect on our consolidated financial position or results of operations.

In January 2010, the FASB issued ASU No. 2010-06, Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures (Topic 820): Improving Disclosures about Fair Value Measurements. This guidance provides for new disclosures requiring us to (i) disclose separately the amounts of significant transfers in and out of Level 1 and Level 2 fair value measurements and describe the reasons for the transfers and (ii) present separately information about purchases, sales, issuances and settlements in the reconciliation of Level 3 fair value measurements. This

 

68


Table of Contents

guidance also provides clarification of existing disclosures requiring us to (i) determine each class of assets and liabilities based on the nature and risks of the investments rather than by major security type and (ii) for each class of assets and liabilities, disclose the valuation techniques and inputs used to measure fair value for both Level 2 and Level 3 fair value measurements. This ASU is effective for annual and interim reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2009 for most of the new disclosures and for periods beginning after December 15, 2010 for the new Level 3 disclosures. The adoption of this ASU did not have a material effect on our financial position and results of operations as it only addresses disclosures.

In February 2010, the FASB issued ASU No. 2010-09, Subsequent Events (Topic 855): Amendments to Certain Recognition and Disclosure Requirements. This standard amends the authoritative guidance for subsequent events that was previously issued and, among other things, exempts SEC registrants from the requirement to disclose the date through which it has evaluated subsequent events for either original or restated financial statements. This standard does not apply to subsequent events or transactions that are within the scope of other applicable GAAP that provides different guidance on the accounting treatment for subsequent events or transactions. The adoption of this ASU did not have a material effect on our financial position and results of operations as it only addresses disclosures.

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk

The primary market risk we face is interest rate risk. Our future income, cash flows and fair values relevant to financial instruments are dependent upon prevalent market interest rates. Market risk refers to the risk of loss from adverse changes in market prices and interest rates. As more fully described below, we use derivative financial instruments to manage, or hedge, interest rate risks related to our borrowings. We only enter into contracts with major financial institutions based on their credit rating and other factors.

As of December 31, 2010, we had an interest rate agreement with respect to our indebtedness on the Sunset Bronson property pursuant to which we swapped one-month LIBOR to a fixed rate of 0.75% through April 30, 2011, which effectively results in a 4.40% fixed rate on the Sunset Bronson loan. As of December 31, 2010, one-month LIBOR was 0.26%. Therefore, if one-month LIBOR were to either increase or decrease by 10%, or approximately .0026% as of December 31, 2010, the resulting increase or decrease in interest expense would have had no impact on our future earnings and cash flows as the resulting one-month LIBOR would have remained below the 0.75% interest rate swap in effect through April 30, 2011.

On February 11, 2011, we closed a five-year term loan totaling $92.0 million with Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. secured by our Sunset Gower and Sunset Bronson media and entertainment properties. $37.0 million of the loan was used to fully repay the indebtedness on the Sunset Bronson property. The loan bears interest at a rate equal to one-month LIBOR plus 3.50%. $37.0 million of the loan is currently subject to an interest rate swap agreement that fixes one-month LIBOR to a rate of 0.75% through April 30, 2011. On March 16, 2011, we purchased an interest rate cap in order to cap one-month LIBOR at 3.715% on $50.0 million of the loan through its maturity on February 11, 2016.

Interest risk amounts were determined by considering the impact of hypothetical interest rates on our financial instruments. These analyses do not consider the effect of any change in overall economic activity that could occur. Further, in the event of a change in overall economic activity of that magnitude, we may take actions to further mitigate our exposure to the change. However, due to the uncertainty of the specific actions that would be taken and their possible effects, these analyses assume no changes in our financial structure.

As of December 31, 2010, our total outstanding debt was approximately $342.1 million, which was comprised of a $111.1 million line of credit not mitigated by interest rate contracts, $37.0 million of variable rate secured mortgage loans subject to the interest rate agreement described above and $193.3 million (before unamortized loan premium) of fixed rate secured mortgage loans. As of December 31, 2010, the fair value of our fixed rate secured mortgage loans, including the indebtedness on the Sunset Bronson property, was approximately $231.0 million.

 

69


Table of Contents

BUSINESS AND PROPERTIES

Overview

We are a full-service, vertically integrated real estate company focused on owning, operating and acquiring high-quality office properties in select growth markets primarily in Northern and Southern California. Our investment strategy is focused on high barrier-to-entry, in-fill locations with favorable, long-term supply-demand characteristics. These markets include Los Angeles, Orange County, San Diego, San Francisco, Silicon Valley and the East Bay, which we refer to as our target markets. Our portfolio includes 12 wholly-owned properties and a 51% interest in the joint venture that owns the Rincon Center property, which collectively total approximately 4.0 million square feet. These properties are strategically located in many of our target markets.

We were formed as a Maryland corporation in 2009 to succeed the business of Hudson Capital, LLC, a Los Angeles-based real estate investment firm founded by Victor J. Coleman and Howard S. Stern, our Chief Executive Officer and President, respectively. We completed our initial public offering on June 29, 2010.

We have access to and are actively pursuing a pipeline of potential acquisitions consistent with our investment strategy. We believe Mr. Coleman’s and Mr. Stern’s successful history of operating a publicly traded real estate company, significant expertise in operating in the California office sector and extensive, long-term relationships with real estate owners, developers and lenders, coupled with our conservative capital structure and access to capital, will allow us to continue to capitalize on the current market opportunity.

We focus our investment strategy on office and media and entertainment properties located in high barrier-to-entry submarkets with growth potential as well as on underperforming properties that provide opportunities to implement a value-add strategy to increase occupancy rates and cash flow. This strategy includes active management, aggressive leasing efforts, focused capital improvement programs, the reduction and containment of operating costs and an emphasis on tenant satisfaction. We believe our senior management team’s experience in the California office and media and entertainment sectors positions us to improve cash flow in our portfolio, as well as any newly acquired properties, as the recovery in the California economy and the real estate markets takes hold.

Our portfolio includes 11 office properties, including the Rincon Center property in which we currently own a 51% joint venture interest, comprising an aggregate of approximately 3.1 million square feet, and two state-of-the-art media and entertainment properties comprising approximately 544,763 square feet of office and support space and approximately 312,669 square feet of sound-stage production facilities. As of December 31, 2010, our office properties were approximately 87.7% leased to approximately 170 tenants and our media and entertainment properties were approximately 72.6% leased to approximately 72 tenants. We also own 1.85 acres of undeveloped land adjacent to our media and entertainment properties, which together with redevelopment opportunities at our media and entertainment properties, could support over one million square feet of additional office and support space. Our properties are concentrated in premier submarkets that have high barriers to entry with limited supply of land, high construction costs and rigorous entitlement processes.

We intend to elect to be taxed as a REIT for federal income tax purposes on our federal income tax return for our taxable year ended December 31, 2010. We believe that we have operated, and we intend to continue operating, in a manner that will allow us to qualify as a REIT for federal income tax purposes commencing with such taxable year. We conduct substantially all of our business through our operating partnership, of which we serve as the sole general partner. As of December 31, 2010, we owned approximately 89.6% of the outstanding common units of partnership interest in our operating partnership, or common units. See “Description of the Partnership Agreement of Hudson Pacific Properties, L.P.” The remaining 10.4% limited partnership interest in our operating partnership as of December 31, 2010 was owned by certain of our executive officers and directors, certain of their affiliates, and other outside investors, including funds affiliated with Farallon.

 

70


Table of Contents

Our Competitive Strengths

We believe the following competitive strengths distinguish us from other owners and operators of office and media and entertainment properties and enable us to capitalize on the general dislocation in the real estate market to successfully expand and operate our portfolio.

 

   

Experienced Management Team with a Proven Track Record of Acquiring and Operating Assets and Managing a Public Office REIT . Our senior management team, led by Victor J. Coleman and Howard S. Stern, our Chief Executive Officer and President, respectively, has an average of over 20 years of experience in owning, acquiring, developing, operating, financing and selling office properties in California. In particular, Messrs. Coleman and Stern, who have worked together for approximately 10 years through all stages of the real estate market cycle, have overseen the acquisition and operation of more than 20 million square feet, with an aggregate purchase price in excess of $10 billion. Since our initial public offering on June 29, 2010, we have acquired six new properties, including our joint venture interest in the Rincon Center property, for an aggregate of approximately $401.4 million representing 2,072,016 square feet.

 

   

Committed and Incentivized Management Team . Our senior management team is dedicated to our successful operation and growth, with no real estate business interests outside of our company. Additionally, upon completion of this offering and the concurrent private placement, our senior management team will own approximately     % of our common stock on a fully diluted basis, thereby aligning management’s interests with those of our stockholders.

 

   

California Focus with Local and Regional Expertise . We are primarily focused on acquiring and managing office properties in Northern and Southern California, where our senior management has significant expertise and relationships. California has historically experienced strong rebounds in its real estate market after prior recessions, as demand for commercial real estate in California is driven by its dynamic, innovative and diversified economy that we believe will continue to grow and create demand for office space over the long term. California outpaced the rate of national job creation during several cycles, including the periods following the mid-1970s recession, the late 1980s recession, and during the late 1990s. Additionally, many of California’s leading markets are supply-constrained as a result of the scarcity of available land, high construction costs and restrictive entitlement processes, which we believe have helped drive strong rebounds in the California real estate market after prior recessions. We believe our experience, in-depth market knowledge and meaningful industry relationships with brokers, tenants, landlords, lenders and other market participants enhances our ability to identify and capitalize on attractive acquisition opportunities, particularly those that arise in California.

 

   

Long-Standing Relationships that Provide Access to an Extensive Pipeline of Investment and Leasing Opportunities . We have an extensive network of long-standing relationships with real estate developers, individual and institutional real estate owners, national and regional lenders, brokers, tenants and other participants in the California real estate market. We believe these relationships have provided us with access to attractive acquisition opportunities, including off-market acquisition opportunities. We believe these relationships will continue to provide us access to an ongoing pipeline of attractive acquisition opportunities and potential joint venture partners, both of which may not be available to our competitors. Additionally, we focus on establishing strong relationships with our tenants in order to understand their long-term business needs, which we believe enhances our ability to retain quality tenants, facilitates our leasing efforts and maximizes cash flows from our properties.

 

   

Growth-Oriented, Flexible and Conservative Capital Structure . We have remained well-capitalized since our initial public offering, including through our series B preferred stock offering

 

71


Table of Contents
 

completed in the fourth quarter of 2010. The proceeds of this offering and the concurrent private placement, available cash on hand, our secured revolving credit facility, and our new $92 million secured term loan should provide us with a significant amount of capital to pursue acquisitions and execute our growth strategy, while maintaining a flexible and conservative capital structure. As of the February 11, 2011 closing of the secured term loan, the outstanding balance on our secured revolving credit facility was $38.5 million and we had approximately $90.6 million available for draw under such facility. We believe our access to capital and flexible and conservative capital structure provide us with an advantage over many of our private and public competitors, as we look to take advantage of growth opportunities. We are free from legacy balance sheet issues and have a manageable debt maturity schedule, which allows our management to focus on our business and growth strategies rather than balance sheet repair.

 

   

Irreplaceable Media and Entertainment Assets in a Premier California Submarket . Our Sunset Gower and Sunset Bronson media and entertainment properties are located on Sunset Boulevard, just off of the Hollywood Freeway in the heart of Hollywood. These facilities, which are situated on approximately 15.6 and 10.6 acres, respectively, were originally built in the 1920s as the headquarters of Columbia Pictures and Warner Brothers and represent a unique and irreplaceable assemblage of land in densely populated Los Angeles. We are the largest owner and operator of independent media and entertainment properties in Los Angeles and possess large, modern sound stages and plentiful office space with state-of-the-art telecommunications and data network infrastructure. Our properties are important facilities for major film and television companies and independent producers, most of which outsource a portion of their productions to independent media and entertainment properties. We believe our media and entertainment properties are attractively located and benefit from high barriers to entry, with a limited supply of readily developable land. In addition, there are substantial costs associated with acquiring and developing suitable land and extensive knowledge required to develop and operate such facilities. As a result of these high barriers to entry, there is effectively no new supply of media and entertainment space in the urban core of Los Angeles. We believe the limited supply of media and entertainment properties, coupled with the continued demand for such properties in Los Angeles, which remains the center of the entertainment industry in the United States, will help ensure that these assets remain critical to the industry.

Business and Growth Strategies

Our primary business objectives are to increase operating cash flows, generate long-term growth and maximize stockholder value. Specifically, we intend to pursue the following strategies to achieve these objectives:

 

   

Pursue Acquisitions of Distressed and/or Underperforming Office Properties . We intend to capitalize on the attractive investment environment by acquiring properties at meaningful discounts to our estimates of their intrinsic value. Additionally, we intend to acquire properties or portfolios that are distressed due to near-term debt maturities or underperforming properties where we believe better management, focused leasing efforts and/or capital improvements would improve the property’s operating performance and value. We believe our success implementing this strategy is exemplified by our acquisition of City Plaza, a 333,922 square foot Class-A office building located in Orange, California. Our predecessor acquired the loan on the City Plaza property in August 2008 at a substantial discount and subsequently obtained title to the property. Our acquisition of City Plaza illustrates how our relationships with other real estate owners, lenders, joint venture partners and tenants can create a competitive advantage to capitalize on new acquisition opportunities. In that case, long-standing ties to the existing owner and their project lender and our record of

 

72


Table of Contents
 

performance facilitated that acquisition through a joint venture with Farallon. We believe that our extensive relationships with real estate owners, developers and lenders, together with our strong balance sheet and access to liquidity, will allow us to capitalize on similar value-add opportunities. Since our initial public offering on June 29, 2010, we have acquired six additional properties, including our Rincon Center joint venture, together totaling 2,072,016 square feet.

 

   

Focus on High Barrier-to-Entry Markets . We target in-fill, suburban markets and central business districts primarily in California. These markets have historically had favorable long-term supply/demand characteristics and significant institutional ownership of real estate, which we believe have helped support real estate fundamentals and valuations over the long term. We believe that these factors will help preserve our capital during periods of economic decline and generate above average returns during periods of economic recovery and growth.

 

   

Proactive Asset and Property Management. We intend to actively manage our portfolio, employ aggressive leasing strategies and leverage our existing tenant relationships to increase the occupancy rates at our properties, attract high quality tenants and maximize tenant retention rates. In addition, we are focused on extending lease durations at our media and entertainment properties to provide greater visibility and less volatility in cash flows. We believe our successful leasing of the City Plaza property illustrates our proactive asset management. At the time of its acquisition in August 2008, the property was only approximately 38% leased. By employing aggressive leasing strategies, leveraging our extensive tenant relationships and focusing on tenant retention, we have increased the leased square footage of the property to approximately 93.7% as of December 31, 2010. We believe that we will be able to apply our management and leasing expertise to newly acquired, underperforming properties in order to similarly maximize the performance of such properties.

We have also targeted ways to improve net operating income through controlling or reducing operating costs. For example, the close proximity of our two Hollywood media and entertainment properties has enabled us to proactively cut various operating costs. Leveraging our economies of scale, we restructured our security staffing at these locations to eliminate certain redundancies in personnel. We also reduced costs by consolidating service contracts, such as elevator maintenance services, fire life safety maintenance, pest control services and lot sweeping services.

 

   

Repositioning and Development of Properties . We intend to leverage our real estate expertise to reposition and redevelop our existing properties, as well as properties that we acquire in the future, with the objective of increasing occupancy, rental rates and risk-adjusted returns on our invested capital. Our media and entertainment properties encompass approximately 26 acres in the heart of Hollywood—one of the largest land holdings under common control in the market. In addition, we control two land parcels adjacent to our Sunset Bronson property that are available for new ground-up developments in a supply- and land-constrained market. We believe our media and entertainment properties and undeveloped land offer significant growth potential, with over one million square feet of potential incremental development and redevelopment space. We believe the limited supply of media and entertainment space in the market, as well as the aging of much of the existing inventory, creates a unique opportunity to reshape this asset class. We also have a fully-entitled development agreement for our City Plaza property that allows for a new 360,000 square foot building and parking structure to be developed on our 11.5 acre site that we believe could be a valuable long-term asset. Our senior management team’s development and redevelopment experience includes:

 

   

the development of Technicolor’s worldwide headquarters, a six-story, build-to-suit, 114,958 square foot office and production building at our Sunset Gower property;

 

73


Table of Contents
   

the development of the Howard Hughes Center, a 70-acre development located adjacent to Interstate 405 near Los Angeles International Airport, which involved the master planning, development and construction of a business park with four Class-A, multi-story office buildings totaling approximately 972,000 square feet and structured parking totaling approximately 2,700 stalls. We also obtained entitlements to build 600 residential units on vacant parcels throughout the center; and

 

   

the redevelopment of the Westwood Center, a 328,515 square foot, Class-A office building located in West Los Angeles, which involved the complete redesign and reconstruction of building exterior curtain walls, structural systems, elevators, common areas, tenant areas and mechanical, electrical and plumbing systems, or MEP.

 

   

Value Creation Through Capital Recycling Program . We intend to pursue an efficient asset allocation strategy that maximizes the value of our investments by selectively disposing of properties whose returns appear to have been maximized and redeploying capital into acquisition, development and redevelopment opportunities with higher return prospects, in each case in a manner that is consistent with our qualification as a REIT. Our management team has a demonstrated history of selling assets and reinvesting proceeds in acquisition, development and redevelopment opportunities with higher returns in target submarkets.

Acquisition Pipeline

We have an extensive network of long-standing relationships with real estate developers, individual and institutional real estate owners and national and regional lenders in the California and West Coast real estate markets. We believe our network of relationships will provide us access to an ongoing pipeline of attractive acquisition opportunities, which may not be available to our competitors. For example, we acquired the 222 Kearny property in an off-market transaction that was the result of our long-standing relationship with the lender who had acquired the property through foreclosure.

We are currently in discussions regarding a number of acquisition opportunities in our target markets that have come to our attention through our network of relationships. As of April 12, 2011, we were tracking and evaluating acquisition opportunities that include single-asset and portfolio transactions located throughout California and the Pacific Northwest with an estimated aggregate purchase price of in excess of $1.0 billion and approximately 5.5 million square feet. We are continuing to engage in discussions and preliminary negotiations with sellers and, in the some instances, have commenced the process of conducting diligence or have submitted non-binding indications of interest. However, we have not agreed upon terms relating to, or entered into binding commitments with respect to, any of these potential acquisition opportunities. As such, there can be no assurance that we will complete any of the potential acquisitions that we are currently evaluating.

Our Portfolio

Our stabilized portfolio consists of 12 wholly-owned properties and a 51% consolidated joint venture investment in the Rincon Center property, located in eight California submarkets, containing a total of approximately 4.0 million square feet, which properties we refer to as our portfolio. The following table presents an overview of our portfolio, based on information as of December 31, 2010. Rental data presented in the table below for office properties reflects annualized base rent on leases in place as of December 31, 2010 and does not reflect actual cash rents historically received because such data does not reflect abatements or tenant reimbursements for real estate taxes, insurance, common area or other operating expenses. Rental data presented in the table below for media and entertainment properties reflects actual cash base rents, excluding tenant reimbursements, received during the 12 months ended December 31, 2010. Leases at our media and entertainment properties are typically short-term leases of one year or less, and other than the KTLA lease at our Sunset Bronson property, substantially all of the current in-place leases at our media and entertainment properties will expire in 2011 and 2012. All of our properties are located in California, and are owned through our operating partnership.

 

74


Table of Contents

Property

 

City

  Year
Built/
Renovated
    Square
Feet (1)
    Percent
Leased (2)
    Annualized
Base Rent/
Annual
Base Rent (3)
    Annualized
Base Rent/
Annual Base
Rent Per
Leased
Square Foot (4)
    Annualized
Net Effective
Base Rent
Per Leased
Square Foot (5)
 

OFFICE PROPERTIES

             

1455 Market

  San Francisco     1977        1,012,012        92.1   $ 13,293,602      $ 14.26      $ 14.55   

Rincon Center (6)

  San Francisco     1985        580,850        81.1        17,405,916        36.96        37.11   

City Plaza

  Orange     1969/99        333,922        93.7        7,794,151        24.90        26.95   

875 Howard

  San Francisco     Various        286,270        65.6        2,858,829        15.21        11.49   

First Financial

  Encino (LA)     1986        222,423        84.8        6,314,462        33.49        35.52   

10950 Washington

  Culver City (LA)     Various        158,873        99.5        4,282,389        27.09        29.53   

222 Kearny Street (7)

  San Francisco     Various        148,797        76.9        4,157,584        36.34        38.28   

Technicolor Building

  Hollywood (LA)     2008        114,958        100.0        4,103,173        35.69        39.04   

Del Amo Office (8)

  Torrance     1986        113,000        100.0        3,069,070        27.16        28.38   

Tierrasanta

  San Diego     1985        104,234        96.8        1,580,915        15.67        16.09   

9300 Wilshire Boulevard (9)

  Beverly Hills     1965/2001        58,484        90.5        2,238,706        42.30        42.42   
                                           

Total/Weighted Average Office Properties:

        3,133,823        87.7   $ 67,098,796      $ 24.43      $ 25.10   
                                           

MEDIA & ENTERTAINMENT PROPERTIES

           

Sunset Gower (10)

  Hollywood (LA)     Various        543,709        70.9   $ 11,670,642      $ 30.27     

Sunset Bronson

  Hollywood (LA)     Various        313,723        75.5        9,520,517        40.18     
                                     

Total/Weighted Average Media & Entertainment Properties:

        857,432        72.6   $ 21,191,159      $ 34.04     
                                     

Portfolio Total:

        3,991,255           
                   

LAND

             

Sunset Bronson—Lot A

  Hollywood (LA)     N/A        273,913           

Sunset Bronson—Redevelopment

  Hollywood (LA)     N/A        389,740           

Sunset Gower—Redevelopment

  Hollywood (LA)     N/A        423,396           

City Plaza

  Orange     N/A        360,000           
                   

Total Land Assets:

        1,447,049           
                   

 

(1) Square footage for office and media and entertainment properties has been determined by management based upon estimated leasable square feet, which may be less or more than the Building Owners and Managers Association, or BOMA, rentable area. Square footage may change over time due to remeasurement or releasing. Square footage for land assets represents management’s estimate of developable square feet, the majority of which remains subject to receipt of entitlement approvals that have not yet been obtained.
(2) Percent leased for office properties is calculated as (i) square footage under commenced leases as of December 31, 2010, divided by (ii) total square feet, expressed as a percentage. Percent leased for media and entertainment properties is the average percent leased for the 12 months ended December 31, 2010. As a result of the short-term nature of the leases into which we enter at our media and entertainment properties, and because entertainment industry tenants generally do not shoot on weekends due to higher costs, we believe stabilized occupancy rates at our media and entertainment properties are lower than those rates achievable at our traditional office assets, where tenants enter into longer-term lease arrangements.
(3)

We present rent data for office properties on an annualized basis, and for media and entertainment properties on an annual basis. Annualized base rent for office properties is calculated by multiplying (i) base rental payments (defined as cash base rents (before abatements)) for the month ended December 31, 2010, by (ii) 12. Total abatements with respect to the office properties for leases in effect as of December 31, 2010 for the 12 months ending December 31, 2011 are $844,336 pursuant to leases in effect. Annualized base rent, net of abatements, as of December 31, 2010 is $7,583,452 for City Plaza, $6,234,180 for First Financial, $3,926,224 for the Technicolor Building, $2,609,147 for 875 Howard Street and $2,111,982 for 9300 Wilshire Boulevard. There are no abatements associated with the leases in place as of December 31, 2010 at the Del Amo Office, Tierrasanta, 222 Kearny, 1455 Market, Rincon Center and 10950 Washington properties. Total annualized base rent, net of abatements, for our office properties is $66,254,460 as of December 31, 2010. Annual base rent for media and entertainment properties reflects actual base rent for the 12 months ended December 31, 2010, excluding tenant reimbursements. Our leases at our 9300 Wilshire, City Plaza, First Financial, and Del Amo Office properties are full service gross leases, and annualized base rent data for these properties does not reflect tenant reimbursements in excess of the base year expense stop. Some or all of the leases at our 1455 Market, Rincon Center, 222 Kearny, Technicolor, Tierrasanta, 875 Howard Street and 10950 Washington properties, as well as the KTLA lease at the Sunset Bronson property, are either triple net leases or modified gross leases pursuant to which the

 

75


Table of Contents
 

tenant reimburses the landlord or directly pays for some operating expenses, such as real estate taxes, insurance, common area and other operating expenses, and annualized base rent for these properties does not reflect such amounts. We estimate that the full service gross equivalent annualized base rent for these properties as of December 31, 2010 is $24,227,599 for 1455 Market, $18,107,199 for Rincon Center, $4,389,220 for 222 Kearny, $5,388,866 for the Technicolor Building, $2,097,558 for Tierrasanta, $3,799,559 for 875 Howard Street, and $4,595,849 for 10950 Washington. We estimate that the full service gross equivalent annual base rent as of December 31, 2010 is $11,707,435 for Sunset Gower and $10,837,258 for Sunset Bronson.

(4) Annualized base rent per leased square foot for the office properties is calculated as (i) annualized base rent divided by (ii) square footage under lease as of December 31, 2010. Annual base rent per leased square foot for the media and entertainment properties is calculated as (i) actual base rent for the 12 months ended December 31, 2010, excluding tenant reimbursements, divided by (ii) average square feet under lease for the 12 months ended December 31, 2010. We estimate that the full service gross equivalent annualized base rent per leased square foot as of December 31, 2010 is $25.98 for 1455 Market, $38.45 for Rincon Center, $38.36 for 222 Kearny, $46.88 for the Technicolor Building, $20.79 for Tierrasanta, $20.22 for 875 Howard Street and $29.08 for 10950 Washington, and the full service gross equivalent annual base rent per leased square foot as of December 31, 2010 is $30.36 for Sunset Gower and $45.74 for Sunset Bronson.
(5) Annualized net effective base rent per leased square foot represents (i) the contractual base rent for leases in place as of December 31, 2010, calculated on a straight-line basis to amortize free rent periods and abatements, but without regard to tenant improvement allowances and leasing commissions, divided by (ii) the net rentable square footage under lease as of December 31, 2010. Our leases at our 9300 Wilshire, City Plaza, First Financial, and Del Amo Office properties are full service gross leases, and annualized net effective base rent data for these properties does not reflect tenant reimbursements in excess of the base year expense stop. Some or all of the leases at our 1455 Market, Rincon Center, 222 Kearny, Technicolor, Tierrasanta, 875 Howard Street and 10950 Washington properties, as well as the KTLA lease at the Sunset Bronson property, are either triple net leases or modified gross leases pursuant to which the tenant reimburses the landlord or directly pays for some operating expenses, and annualized net effective base rent for these properties does not reflect such amounts. We estimate that the full service gross equivalent annualized net effective base rent per leased square foot for these properties as of December 31, 2010 is $26.23 for 1455 Market, $39.02 for Rincon Center, $40.31 for 222 Kearny, $49.98 for the Technicolor Building, $21.07 for Tierrasanta, $15.49 for 875 Howard Street and $31.48 for 10950 Washington.
(6) Data represents 100% of the Rincon Center property. We currently own a 51% joint venture interest in this property. On February 24, 2011, we exercised our call right to purchase the remaining 49% interest in the Rincon Center property from our joint venture partner at a purchase price of approximately $38.7 million (before prorations). The transaction is expected to close in the second quarter of 2011, subject to the completion of various closing conditions. We cannot assure you that the acquisition will be consummated on the anticipated schedule or at all. For a summary of certain risks related to our acquisition of the remaining 49% interest in the Rincon Center property, see “Risk Factors—Risks Related to Our Properties and Our Business—Our acquisition of the remaining 49% interest in the Rincon Center property from our joint venture partner is subject to closing conditions that could delay or prevent the acquisition of such interest and a failure to complete such acquisition could result in the loss of our current 51% interest in the property.”
(7) A portion representing approximately 64% of the building area of this property (excluding the 180 Sutter building) is subject to a ground lease that expires June 14, 2054; the remaining portion is owned in fee.
(8) This property is subject to a ground sublease that expires June 30, 2049.
(9) This property is subject to a ground lease that expires August 14, 2032.
(10) Approximately 0.59 acres of this property is subject to a ground lease that expires March 31, 2060; the remaining portion is owned in fee.

Office Portfolio

Our portfolio consists of 11 office properties, including our Rincon Center joint venture interest, comprising an aggregate of approximately 3.1 million square feet. As of December 31, 2010, our office properties were approximately 87.7% leased to approximately 170 tenants. All of our office properties are located in prime California submarkets. As of December 31, 2010, the weighted average remaining lease term for our office portfolio was 58 months.

 

76


Table of Contents

Tenant Diversification of Office Portfolio

Our office portfolio is currently leased to a variety of companies. The following table sets forth information regarding the ten largest tenants in our office portfolio based on annualized base rent as of December 31, 2010.

 

Tenant

  

Property

   Lease
Expiration
    Earliest
Optional
Termination
date by
Tenant
    Total
Leased
Square
Feet
     Percentage
of Office
Portfolio
Square
Feet
    Annualized
Base  Rent (1)
     Percentage
of Office
Portfolio
Annualized
Base Rent
 

Bank of America

   1455 Market      Various        —   (2)       835,649         26.7   $ 9,950,860         14.8

AIG

   Rincon Center (3)      Various (4)       08/1/2012 (5)       170,089         5.4        6,809,675         10.1   

AT&T

   Rincon Center (3)      8/31/2013        —          155,964         5.0        5,850,333         8.7   

Technicolor Creative Services USA, Inc.

   Technicolor Building      5/31/2020        —          114,958         3.7        4,103,173         6.1   

GSA – U.S. Corps of Engineers

   1455 Market      2/19/2017        02/20/2015        89,995         2.9        3,150,982         4.7   

Saatchi & Saatchi North America, Inc. (6)

   Del Amo Office      12/31/2019        12/31/2011        113,000         3.6        3,069,070         4.6   

Kondaur Capital Corp.

   City Plaza      3/31/2013        —          125,208         4.0        3,004,992         4.5   

NFL Enterprises

   10950 Washington      3/31/2015        —          95,570         3.0        2,808,595         4.2   

State of California

   Rincon Center (3)      7/31/2012        —   (7)       35,452         1.1        1,659,606         2.5   

Pepperdine University

   First Financial      1/31/2019        —          35,351         1.1        1,367,659         2.0   
                                         

Total:

            1,771,236         56.5   $ 41,774,945         62.3
                                         

 

(1) Annualized base rent is calculated by multiplying (i) base rental payments (defined as cash base rents (before abatements)) for the month ended December 31, 2010, by (ii) 12. Annualized base rent does not reflect tenant reimbursements. Total abatements for the ten largest tenants in our office portfolio as of December 31, 2010 for the year ending December 31, 2011 are $176,949.
(2) Bank of America lease expiration by square footage, assuming the exercise of all early termination rights: (i) 28,574 square feet at December 31, 2011; (ii) 25,474 square feet at December 31, 2012; (iii) 236,522 square feet at December 31, 2013; (iv) 331,197 square feet at December 31, 2015; and (v) 213,882 square feet at December 31, 2017.
(3) We currently own a 51% joint venture interest in this property. On February 24, 2011, we exercised our call right to purchase the remaining 49% interest in the Rincon Center property from our joint venture partner at a purchase price of approximately $38.7 million (before prorations). The transaction is expected to close in the second quarter of 2011, subject to the completion of various closing conditions. We cannot assure you that the acquisition will be consummated on the anticipated schedule or at all. For a summary of certain risks related to our acquisition of the remaining 49% interest in the Rincon Center property, see “Risk Factors—Risks Related to Our Properties and Our Business—Our acquisition of the remaining 49% interest in the Rincon Center property from our joint venture partner is subject to closing conditions that could delay or prevent the acquisition of such interest and a failure to complete such acquisition could result in the loss of our current 51% interest in the property.”
(4) AIG lease expiration by square footage: (i) 3,332 square feet at May 31, 2011; and (ii) 166,757 square feet at July 31, 2017.
(5) The early termination option is subject to payment of an early termination fee calculated pursuant to a formula in the lease.
(6) The Saatchi & Saatchi lease provides the tenant with the option to terminate the office lease on any of the following dates in each case upon nine months’ prior notice: December 31, 2014 and December 31, 2016, in each case in exchange for the payment of an early termination fee, as described above.
(7) The tenant has the right to terminate the lease at any time upon 90 days’ written notice.

 

77


Table of Contents

Lease Distribution of Office Portfolio

The following table sets forth information relating to the distribution of leases in our office portfolio, based on net rentable square feet under lease as of December 31, 2010.

 

Square Feet Under Lease

   Number
of
Leases
     Percentage
of All
Leases
    Total Leased
Square Feet
     Percentage
of Office
Portfolio
Leased
Square Feet
    Annualized
Base Rent (1)
     Percentage
of Office
Portfolio
Annualized
Base Rent
 

2,500 or less

     72         42.1     89,902         3.3   $ 3,000,670         4.5

2,501-10,000

     61         35.7        309,682         11.3        10,295,562         15.3   

10,001-20,000

     12         7.0        175,386         6.4        5,024,180         7.5   

20,001-40,000

     11         6.4        309,578         11.3        8,299,815         12.4   

40,001-100,000

     4         2.3        335,897         12.2        7,690,466         11.5   

Greater than 100,000

     6         3.5        1,514,868         55.1        32,788,103         48.9   

Building management use

     5         2.9        11,785         0.4        —           —     
                                                   

Office Portfolio Total:

     171         100.0     2,747,098         100.0   $ 67,098,796         100.0
                                                   

 

(1) Annualized base rent is calculated by multiplying (i) base rental payments (defined as cash base rents (before abatements)) for the month ended December 31, 2010 by (ii) 12. Annualized base rent does not reflect tenant reimbursements. Total abatements for leases in effect as of December 31, 2010 for the year ended December 31, 2011 are $844,336.

Lease Expirations of Office Portfolio

The following table sets forth a summary schedule of the lease expirations for leases in place as of December 31, 2010 plus available space, for each of the ten full calendar years beginning January 1, 2011 at the properties in our office portfolio. Unless otherwise stated in the footnotes, the information set forth in the table assumes that tenants exercise no renewal options and all early termination rights.

 

Year of Lease Expiration

   Square
Footage of
Expiring
Leases
    Percentage
of Office
Portfolio
Square Feet
    Annualized
Base Rent (1)
     Percentage
of Office
Portfolio
Annualized
Base Rent
    Annualized
Base Rent
Per Leased
Square Foot
 

Available

     377,437 (2)       12.1   $ —           —     $ —     

2010

     3,509        0.1        94,743         0.1        27.00   

2011 (3)

     439,114        14.1        10,290,701         15.3        23.44   

2012

     161,131        5.2        3,962,376         5.9        24.59   

2013

     615,757        19.7        16,454,647         24.5        26.72   

2014

     114,084        3.7        3,643,231         5.4        31.93   

2015

     470,100        15.0        7,535,645         11.2        16.03   

2016

     136,964        4.4        3,721,921         5.5        27.17   

2017

     615,705        19.7        15,322,987         22.8        24.89   

2018

     27,613        0.9        562,686         0.8        20.38   

2019

     36,378        1.2        1,406,685         2.1        38.67   

2020

     114,958        3.7        4,103,173         6.1        35.69   

Thereafter

     —          —          —           —          —     

Building management use

     11,785        0.4        —           —          —     
                                         

Office Portfolio Total/Weighted Average:

     3,124,535        100.0   $ 67,098,796         100.0   $ 24.43   
                                         

 

(1)

Annualized base rent is calculated, including for uncommenced leases, by multiplying (i) base rental payments (defined as cash base rents (before abatements)) for the month ended December 31, 2010, by (ii) 12. Annualized base rent does

 

78


Table of Contents
 

not reflect tenant reimbursements. Total abatements for leases in effect as of December 31, 2010 for the year ended December 31, 2011 are $844,336.

(2) Includes the Burlington Coat Factory lease representing 94,505 square feet of space at our 875 Howard Street property, which has an expiration date of December 13, 2013 but is subject to a continuing early termination right that can be exercised upon one year’s prior notice. Also includes the Saatchi & Saatchi lease representing 113,000 square feet of space at our Del Amo Office property, which is scheduled to expire on December 31, 2019. The lease is subject to early termination options on December 31, 2011, December 31, 2014 and December 31, 2016, in each case in exchange for payment of an early termination fee estimated to be approximately $5.0 million for 2011, $3.1 million for 2014 and $1.9 million for 2016. Also includes the State of California lease representing 35,452 square feet at the Rincon Center property, which is scheduled to expire on July 31, 2012. The tenant has the right to terminate the lease anytime after July 31, 2010 by giving landlord at least 90 days notice. If neither Saatchi & Saatchi, Burlington Coat Factory nor the State of California exercise their early termination rights in 2011, leases representing only 6.3% of our office portfolio will expire in 2011. This 6.3% represents $4,947,674 in annualized base rent and 7.4% of office portfolio annualized base rent.
(3) Includes approximately 9,288 square feet subject to uncommenced leases.

Description of Our Office Properties

1455 Market, San Francisco, California

On December 16, 2010, we acquired 1455 Market, a 22-story, 1,012,012 square foot office property located in San Francisco, California. The property sits on 3.01 acres and contains 353 parking spaces. 1455 Market was built in 1977 by Bank of America as one of the firm’s West Coast “mission critical” facilities housing a vault, data center, check processing facility and call center. Bank of America owned and operated the property from the time the building was completed up until the closing of the acquisition. The property is located in close proximity to some of San Francisco’s largest government and culture institutions, including City Hall, the San Francisco Public Library and the Supreme Court of California, which should make it an appealing location to various firms servicing both local and national governmental agencies. As of December 31, 2010 the property was 92.1% leased to eight tenants. Bank of America is the largest tenant occupying a total of 835,649 square feet.

1455 Market Primary Tenants

The following table summarizes information regarding the primary tenants of 1455 Market as of December 31, 2010:

 

Tenant

  Principal
Nature of
Business
    Lease
Expiration
    Earliest
Optional
Termination
Date by
Tenant
    Renewal
Options
    Total
Leased
Square
Feet
    Percentage
of
Property
Square
Feet
    Annualized
Base
Rent (1)
    Base
Rent

Per
Leased
Square
Foot
    Percentage
of
Property
Annualized
Base Rent
 

Bank of America

    Financial        Various        —   (2)      
 
2 x 5
years
  
(3)  
    835,649        82.6   $ 9,950,860      $ 11.91        74.9

GSA- U.S. Corps of Engineers

    Government        2/19/2017        02/20/2015       
 
1 x 5
years
  
  
    89,995        8.9     3,150,982        35.01        23.7   
                                               

Total / Weighted Average:

            925,644        91.5   $ 13,101,842      $ 14.15        98.6
                                               

 

(1) Annualized base rent is calculated by multiplying (i) base rental payments (defined as cash base rents (before abatements)) for the month ended December 31, 2010, by (ii) 12.
(2) Bank of America lease expiration by square footage, assuming the exercise of all early termination options: (i) 28,574 square feet at December 31, 2011, (ii) 25,474 square feet at December 31, 2012, (iii) 236,522 square feet at December 31, 2013, (iv) 331,197 square feet at December 31, 2015 and (v) 213,882 square feet at December 31, 2017.
(3) The renewal options do not apply to three of the fourteen floors leased by Bank of America.

1455 Market Lease Expirations

The following table sets forth the lease expirations for leases in place at 1455 Market as of December 31, 2010, plus available space, for each of the ten full calendar years beginning January 1, 2011.

 

79


Table of Contents

Unless otherwise stated in the footnotes, the information set forth in the table assumes that tenants exercise no renewal options and all early termination rights. As of December 31, 2010, the weighted average remaining lease term for this property was 58 months.

 

Year of Lease Expiration

   Number
of Leases
Expiring
     Square Footage
of Expiring
Leases
     Percentage  of
Property
Square Feet
    Annualized
Base Rent (1)
     Percentage
of  Property
Annualized
Base Rent
    Annualized
Base Rent
Per Leased

Square Foot
 

Vacant

     —           97,591         9.5   $ —           —     $ —     

2011

     1         28,574         2.8        342,888         2.6        12.00   

2012

     2         27,901         2.7        347,688         2.6        12.46   

2013

     3         238,183         23.1        4,390,263         33.0        18.43   

2014

     1         1,500         0.1        55,722         0.4        37.15   

2015

     2         331,547         32.2        3,108,550         23.4        9.38   

2016

     1         875         0.1        32,100         0.2        36.69   

2017

     2         303,877         29.5        5,016,392         37.7        16.51   

2018

     —           —           —          —           —          —     

2019

     —           —           —          —           —          —     

2020

     —           —           —          —           —          —     

Thereafter

     —           —           —          —           —          —     
                                                   

Total/Weighted Average:

     12         1,030,048         100.0   $ 13,293,602         100.0   $ 14.26   
                                                   

 

(1) Annualized base rent is calculated by multiplying (i) base rental payments (defined as cash base rents (before abatements)) for the month ended December 31, 2010, by (ii) 12.

1455 Market Percent Leased and Base Rent

The following table sets forth the percentage leased, annualized base rent per leased square foot and annualized net effective base rent per leased square foot for 1455 Market as of the date indicated below:

 

Date (1)

   Percent
Leased
    Annualized Base Rent
Per Leased
Square Foot
     Annualized Net
Effective Base Rent Per
Leased Square Foot (2)
 

December 31, 2010

     92.1   $ 14.26       $ 14.55   

 

(1) Because we did not own this property prior to December 2010, we are unable to show data for years prior to 2010.
(2) Annualized net effective base rent per leased square foot represents (i) the contractual base rent for leases in place as of the dates indicated above, calculated on a straight-line basis to amortize free rent periods and abatements, but without regard to tenant improvement allowances and leasing commissions, divided by (ii) the net rentable square footage under lease as of the same date.

Other than recurring capital expenditures, we have no plans with respect to major renovation, improvement or redevelopment of 1455 Market.

The current real estate tax rate for 1455 Market is $11.64 per $1,000 of assessed value. The total annual tax for 1455 Market for the tax year ending June 30, 2011 is $1,680,540 (at a taxable assessed value of $144.4 million). In addition, there was $161,209 in direct assessments and personal property tax imposed on 1455 Market by the City and County of San Francisco for the tax year ending June 30, 2011.

 

80


Table of Contents

Rincon Center, San Francisco, California

On December 16, 2010, a joint venture in which we own a 51% interest acquired the Rincon Center property, a mixed-use, two-building, five- and six-story, office and retail property located in San Francisco, California. Rincon Center sits on 3.5 acres, and contains 279 parking spaces. Located in the South Financial District, Rincon Center is located near all major transportation hubs in San Francisco, making it appealing to tenants across a variety of industries. As of December 31, 2010 the property was 81.1% leased to approximately 35 tenants. AIG is the largest tenant occupying a total of 166,757 square feet. On February 24, 2011, we exercised our call right to purchase the remaining 49% interest in the Rincon Center property from our joint venture partner at a purchase price of approximately $38.7 million (before prorations). The transaction is expected to close in the second quarter of 2011, subject to the completion of various closing conditions. We cannot assure you that the acquisition will be consummated on the anticipated schedule or at all. For a summary of certain risks related to our acquisition of the remaining 49% interest in the Rincon Center property, see “Risk Factors—Risks Related to Our Properties and Our Business—Our acquisition of the remaining 49% interest in the Rincon Center property from our joint venture partner is subject to closing conditions that could delay or prevent the acquisition of such interest and a failure to complete such acquisition could result in the loss of our current 51% interest in the property.” If we complete the acquisition of the remaining 49% interest in the Rincon Center property, we will dissolve the joint venture entity and our operating partnership will own the property through a single-member limited liability company. In addition, we will repay or refinance the $106.0 million loan on the property.

Rincon Center Primary Tenants

The following table summarizes information regarding the primary tenants of Rincon Center as of December 31, 2010:

 

Tenant

  Principal
Nature of
Business
    Lease
Expiration
    Earliest
Optional
Termination
Date by
Tenant
    Renewal
Options
    Total
Leased
Square
Feet
    Percentage
of
Property
Square
Feet
    Annualized
Base
Rent (1)
    Base
Rent

Per
Leased
Square
Foot
    Percentage
of
Property
Annualized
Base Rent
 

AIG

    Insurance        7/31/2017        08/01/2012 (2)      
 
1 x 10
years
  
  
    166,757        16.5     6,729,707      $ 40.36        38.7

AT&T

    Technology        8/31/2013        —         
 
1 x 5
years
 
  
    155,964        15.4        5,850,333        37.51        33.6   

State of California

    Government        7/31/2012        —   (3)       —          35,452        3.5        1,659,606        46.81        9.5   

Yank Sing

    Retail        6/30/2016        —         
 
2 x 5
years
 
  
    13,651        1.3        412,259        30.20        2.4   

Salon Media Group

   
 
Media &
Entertainment
  
  
    2/28/2014        —          —          8,623        0.9        308,000        35.72        1.8   
                                               

Total / Weighted Average:

            380,447        37.6   $ 14,959,905      $ 39.32        85.9
                                               

 

(1) Annualized base rent is calculated by multiplying (i) base rental payments (defined as cash base rents (before abatements)) for the month ended December 31, 2010, by (ii) 12.
(2) The AIG lease is subject to an early termination right commencing on August 1, 2012 with respect to up to ten percent of the then current rentable square footage of the lease premises or a certain 18,362 rentable square feet of the lease premises as set forth in the lease, in each case in exchange for payment of an early termination fee based on a formula set forth in the lease.
(3) The State of California lease is subject to an early termination right that can be exercised upon 90 days’ prior notice.

 

81


Table of Contents

Rincon Center Lease Expirations

The following table sets forth the lease expirations for leases in place at Rincon Center as of December 31, 2010, plus available space, for each of the ten full calendar years beginning January 1, 2011. Unless otherwise stated in the footnotes, the information set forth in the table assumes that tenants exercise no renewal options and all early termination rights. As of December 31, 2010, the weighted average remaining lease term for this property was 53 months.

 

Year of Lease Expiration

   Number
of Leases
Expiring
     Square Footage
of Expiring
Leases
     Percentage  of
Property
Square Feet
    Annualized
Base Rent (1)
     Percentage
of  Property
Annualized
Base Rent
    Annualized
Base Rent
Per Leased

Square Foot
 

Vacant

     —           109         18.9   $ —           —     $ —     

2011

     7         52         9.1        2,164,522         12.4        40.88   

2012

     6         9         1.6        317,481         1.8        34.93   

2013

     6         162         27.9        6,064,902         34.8        37.41   

2014

     6         16         2.9        624,181         3.6        37.10   

2015

     5         9         1.7        413,656         2.4        41.75   

2016

     1         13         2.4        412,259         2.4        30.20   

2017

     3         195         33.7        7,230,833         41.5        36.90   

2018

     1         4         0.8        139,055         0.8        31.57   

2019

     1         1         0.2        39,026         0.2        38.00   

2020

     —           —           —          —           —          —     

Thereafter

     1         4,986         0.9        —           —          —     
                                                   

Total/Weighted Average:

     37         580,850         100.0   $ 17,405,916         100.0   $ 36.96   
                                                   

 

(1) Annualized base rent is calculated by multiplying (i) base rental payments (defined as cash base rents (before abatements)) for the month ended December 31, 2010, by (ii) 12.

Rincon Center Percent Leased and Base Rent

The following table sets forth the percentage leased, annualized base rent per leased square foot and annualized net effective base rent per leased square foot for Rincon Center as of the date indicated below:

 

Date (1)

   Percent
Leased
    Annualized Base Rent
Per Leased
Square Foot
     Annualized Net
Effective Base Rent Per
Leased Square Foot (2)
 

December 31, 2010

     81.1   $ 36.96       $ 37.11   

 

(1) Because we did not own this property prior to December 2010, we are unable to show data for years prior to 2010.
(2) Annualized net effective base rent per leased square foot represents (i) the contractual base rent for leases in place as of the dates indicated above, calculated on a straight-line basis to amortize free rent periods and abatements, but without regard to tenant improvement allowances and leasing commissions, divided by (ii) the net rentable square footage under lease as of the same date.

Other than recurring capital expenditures, we have no plans with respect to major renovation, improvement or redevelopment of Rincon Center.

Rincon Center is subject to a $106.0 million mortgage loan, as described in “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Liquidity and Capital Resources—Consolidated Indebtedness—Description of Certain Debt—Mortgage Loan Secured by Rincon Center.”

The current real estate tax rate for Rincon Center is $11.64 per $1,000 of assessed value. The total annual tax for Rincon Center for the tax year ending June 30, 2011 is $1,786,862 (at a taxable assessed value of $153.5 million).   In addition, there was $475.68 in direct assessments imposed on Rincon Center by the City and County of San Francisco.

 

82


Table of Contents

City Plaza, Orange, California

City Plaza is a nineteen-story, steel-framed, Class-A office building located in Orange, California. The property, built in 1969 and renovated in 1999, contains 333,922 net rentable square feet situated on a 11.5 acre lot with 1,189 parking spaces. The property is located near the intersection of two major freeways, Interstate 5 and Highway 22, at the geographic center of Orange County, a location that has attracted many diverse, high-quality tenants from across Orange County, including United States Fire Insurance Company, Calco Insurance Brokers, Walsworth, Franklin, Bevins & McCall, Kondaur Capital Corp. and Brady, Vorwerck Rider & Caspino. Additionally, the property is located adjacent to The Block, a 715,000 square-foot regional mall providing an array of amenities, including restaurants, retail establishments and movie theaters that are attractive to potential and existing tenants, as well as local residents. Our predecessor acquired the loan on City Plaza in August 2008 at a substantial discount and subsequently obtained title to the property from the borrower. At the time of acquisition, the property was only approximately 38% leased. As of December 31, 2010, City Plaza was approximately 93.7% leased to approximately 30 tenants (including the property management tenant) operating in various industries.

City Plaza Primary Tenants

The following table summarizes information regarding the primary tenants of City Plaza as of December 31, 2010:

 

Tenant

  Principal
Nature of
Business
    Lease
Expiration
    Earliest
Optional
Termination
Date by
Tenant
    Renewal
Options
    Total
Leased
Square
Feet
    Percentage
of
Property
Square
Feet
    Annualized
Base
Rent (1)
    Annualized
Base Rent
Per
Leased
Square
Foot
    Percentage
Of
Property

Annualized
Base Rent
 

Kondaur Capital Corp.

    Financial        03/31/13        —         
 
1 x 5
years
 
  
    125,208        37.5   $ 3,004,992      $ 24.00        38.6

Medical
Specialties
(2)

   
 
Business
Services
  
  
    01/31/17        —         
 
1 x 5
years
 
  
    29,369        8.8        740,099        25.20        9.5   

Walsworth,
Franklin, Bevins
(3)

    Legal        12/31/19        12/31/16       
 
1 x 5
years
 
  
    28,141        8.4        675,384        24.00        8.7   

Master Halco

   
 
Industrial /
Fencing
  
  
    02/28/19        02/28/17 (4)      
 
1 x 5
years
 
  
    19,876        6.0        663,302        33.37        8.5   

Liberty Mutual Insurance

    Insurance        08/31/11        —         
 
1 x 5
years
 
  
    18,550        5.6        513,835        27.70        6.6   
                                               

Total / Weighted Average:

            221,144        66.2   $ 5,597,612      $ 25.31        71.8
                                               

 

(1) Annualized base rent is calculated by multiplying (i) base rental payments (defined as cash base rents (before abatements)) for the month ended December 31, 2010, by (ii) 12.
(2) In connection with the entry into a lease with this tenant, we assumed the tenant’s remaining obligation under its prior lease, which we estimate at $33,184 per year through August 2011. This obligation may be reduced if we are able to sublease the tenant’s previous space or if the tenant’s previous landlord offers to acquire our leasehold interest.
(3) Total abatements under the Walsworth, Franklin, Bevins lease for the year ending December 31, 2011 are $173,067.
(4) Effective January 31, 2011, this lease was terminated in exchange for the payment of a termination fee of approximately $2.8 million.

 

83


Table of Contents

City Plaza Lease Expirations

The following table sets forth the lease expirations for leases in place at City Plaza as of December 31, 2010, plus available space, for each of the ten full calendar years beginning January 1, 2011. Unless otherwise stated in the footnotes, the information set forth in the table assumes that tenants exercise no renewal options and all early termination rights. As of December 31, 2010, the weighted average remaining lease term for this property was 40 months.

 

Year of Lease Expiration

   Number
of  Leases

Expiring
     Square Footage
of Expiring

Leases
     Percentage of
Property
Square Feet
    Annualized
Rent
     Percentage
of  Property
Annualized
Rent
    Annualized
Base Rent (1)
 

Vacant

     —           20,949         6.3   $ —           —     $ —     

2011

     11         48,591         14.6        1,302,001         16.7        26.80   

2012

     5         14,333         4.3        394,537         5.1        27.53   

2013

     4         127,993         38.3        3,078,890         39.5        24.06   

2014 (2)

     3         22,079         6.6        533,644         6.8        24.17   

2015

     —           —           —          —           —          —     

2016 (3)

     3         46,435         13.9        1,063,295         13.6        22.90   

2017 (4)

     3         50,011         15.0        1,421,785         18.2        28.43   

2018

     —           —           —          —           —          —     

2019

     —           —           —          —           —          —     

2020

     —           —           —          —           —          —     

Thereafter (5)

     1         3,531         1.1        —           —          —     
                                 

Total/Weighted Average:

     30         333,922         100.0   $ 7,794,151         100.0   $ 24.90   
                                                   

 

(1) Annualized base rent is calculated by multiplying (i) base rental payments (defined as cash base rents (before abatements)) for the month ended December 31, 2010, by (ii) 12. Total abatements for leases in effect as of December 31, 2010 for the year ending December 31, 2011 are $210,669.
(2) Includes the Brady, Vorwerck, Ryder & Caspino lease representing 18,350 square feet of space, which is scheduled to expire on August 31, 2019. However, this lease is subject to a one-time early termination right on August 31, 2014 in exchange for an early termination fee.
(3) Includes the Walsworth, Franklin, Bevins lease representing 28,141 square feet, which is scheduled to expire on December 31, 2019, and is subject to a one-time early termination right on December 31, 2016 in exchange for an early termination fee.
(4) Includes the Master Halco lease representing 19,876 square feet of space, which was terminated effective January 31, 2011 in exchange for the payment of a termination fee of approximately $2.8 million.
(5) Includes 3,531 square feet that is leased to our subsidiary for property management offices.

City Plaza Percent Leased and Base Rent

The following table sets forth the percentage leased, annualized base rent per leased square foot and annualized net effective base rent per leased square foot for City Plaza as of the dates indicated below:

 

Date (1)

   Percent
Leased
    Annualized Base Rent
Per Leased
Square Foot
     Annualized Net
Effective Base Rent Per
Leased Square Foot (2)
 

December 31, 2010

     93.7   $ 24.90       $ 26.95   

December 31, 2009

     72.8        25.39         25.56   

December 31, 2008

     43.0        27.75         28.08   

 

(1) Because we did not own this property prior to 2008, we are unable to show data for years prior to this time.
(2) Annualized net effective base rent per leased square foot represents (i) the contractual base rent for leases in place as of the dates indicated above, calculated on a straight-line basis to amortize free rent periods and abatements, but without regard to tenant improvement allowances and leasing commissions, divided by (ii) the net rentable square footage under lease as of the same date.

 

84


Table of Contents

Other than recurring capital expenditures, we have no plans with respect to major renovation, improvement or redevelopment of City Plaza.

City Plaza is included in the portfolio of properties that secure our secured revolving credit facility. For more information regarding our secured revolving credit facility, see “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Liquidity and Capital Resources—Consolidated Indebtedness—Secured Revolving Credit Facility.”

Also in connection with our acquisition of the City Plaza property, we agreed to assume certain costs of design and construction, in the amount of approximately $1.0 million, related to the reconfiguration of certain surface parking areas and the construction of a new road way that will be located on both the City Plaza property and adjacent property, which improvements will improve access to both the City Plaza property and the adjacent retail center from the highway. We have modified the agreement related to this construction to allow for certain time extensions for completion. The construction of these improvements has also since commenced and should be complete within 2011. An initial payment of $350,000 was made in accordance with our commitment. Also, we filed certain land swap documents and easement rights with the city which are also required in accordance with the assumed agreement documents.

With respect to our City Plaza property, we are obligated under a parking easement agreement to provide 1,250 parking spaces for use by the adjacent property owner. However, due to a condemnation event that occurred subsequent to the granting of such parking easement, we are currently only able to provide 1,139 parking spaces for such use. We are in discussions with the holder of the easement to address the current deficiency.

The current real estate tax rate for City Plaza is $10.35 per $1,000 of assessed value. The total annual tax for City Plaza for the tax year ending June 30, 2011 is $727,984 (at a taxable assessed value of $70.3 million). In addition, there was $28,989 in various direct assessments and supplemental taxes imposed on City Plaza by the County of Orange for the 2010/2011 tax year.

875 Howard Street, San Francisco, California

Our 875 Howard Street property is located in San Francisco, California and consists of two buildings totaling 286,270 square feet. One of the buildings is a 191,765 square foot, six-story building that underwent redevelopment from its prior use as a museum to use as an office property. The redevelopment included a new lobby, demolition of all floors to core and shell and the completion of exterior upgrades, all of which were completed on April 1, 2010. The other building is a 94,505 square foot, three-story retail building leased to Burlington Coat Factory. The property is located in the South of Market area in San Francisco, a submarket that has historically had a high concentration of high technology and internet-related tenants. We believe that as venture capital investments in technology related companies increase, our property will attract many of the high technology and internet tenants that tend to be located in the South of Market submarket. Additionally, the property is located across the street from the Moscone Convention Center near Market Street, which provides an array of amenities, including access to San Francisco’s primary mass transit corridor, restaurants, retail establishments and movie theaters, all of which are attractive to potential and existing tenants.

One of our contributors, Farallon, acquired the property in 2007 with its operating partner, TMG Partners, or TMG, when the office component of the property was occupied by the California Academy of Sciences, which was scheduled to vacate the property in 2008. Farallon and TMG acquired the property with the intent to redevelop the office space that had been underutilized when the California Academy of Sciences occupied the space. Concurrently with the completion of our initial public offering and the consummation of the formation transactions, we entered into an agreement with TMG relating to this property, pursuant to which we will pay a 3% commission on hard costs of first generation tenant improvements and a leasing commission equal to $2 per square foot of new space leased during the term of the agreement. This agreement terminates upon the

 

85


Table of Contents

earlier of two years or the date on which the property is 95% leased. As of December 31, 2010, the 875 Howard Street retail building was 100% leased to Burlington Coat Factory, while the office building was 49% leased to three tenants totaling 93,425 square feet. Overall, as of December 31, 2010, the property was 65.6% leased.

The Burlington Coat Factory lease is subject to a continuous termination right by the tenant on one year’s prior notice. However, we believe Burlington Coat Factory’s lease is at substantially below market rates as of December 31, 2010, which we believe may encourage the tenant to exercise one or more of its two five-year renewal options at the current rental rate.

875 Howard Street Primary Tenants

The following table summarizes information regarding the primary tenants of 875 Howard Street as of December 31, 2010:

 

Tenant

  Principal
Nature of
Business
    Lease
Expiration
    Earliest
Optional
Termination
Date by
Tenant
    Renewal
Options
    Total
Leased
Square
Feet
    Percentage
of

Property
Square

Feet
    Annualized
Base
Rent (1)
    Annualized
Base Rent
Per Leased
Square
Foot
    Percentage
of

Property
Annualized
Base Rent
 

Heald College (2)

    Educational        12/13/2020        3/13/2017       

 

1 x 5

years

  

  

    55,827        19.5   $ 1,116,538        20.00        39.1

Carat USA (3)

   
 
Media &
Entertainment
  
  
    3/31/2017        3/31/2016       

 

1 x 5

years

  

  

    33,291        11.6        998,730        30.00        34.9   

Burlington Coat Factory (4)

    Retail        12/31/2013        9/30/2011       

 

2 x 5

years

  

  

    94,505        33.00        614,351        6.5        21.5   

Playhaven (Medium Entertainment)

   
 
Media &
Entertainment
  
  
    11/30/2013        11/30/2013          4,307        1.5        129,210        30.00        4.5   
                                               

Total/Weighted Average:

            187,930        65.6   $ 2,858,829      $ 15.21        100.00
                                               

 

(1) Annualized base rent is calculated by multiplying (i) base rental payments (defined as cash base rents (before abatements)) for the month ended December 31, 2010, by (ii) 12. The Burlington Coat Factory lease is a modified gross lease pursuant to which the tenant, in addition to its base rental payment, reimburses the landlord for certain operating expenses. We estimate that the full service gross equivalent annualized base rent for the Burlington Coat Factory lease is $1,181,381, or $12.50 per leased square foot. The Heald College, Carat USA and Playhaven leases are modified gross leases pursuant to which the tenant, in addition to its base rental payment, reimburses the landlord for expenses in excess of a base year expense stop, as well as janitorial costs and utilities. We estimate that the full service gross equivalent annualized base rent for the Heald College lease is $1,339,846, or $24.00 per leased square foot. We estimate that the full service gross equivalent annualized base rent for the Carat USA lease is $1,131,894, or $34.00 per leased square foot. We estimate that the full service gross equivalent annualized base rent for the Playhaven lease is $146,438, or $34.00 per leased square foot.
(2) The Heald College lease is subject to an early termination right for an early termination payment of approximately $2.2 million.
(3) Total abatements under this lease for the year ending December 31, 2011 are $249,683. The early termination right is subject to an early termination fee of $412,106. The Carat USA lease provides the tenant a complete abatement of base rent for the first year of the lease term.
(4) The Burlington Coat Factory lease is subject to a continuing early termination right that can be exercised upon one year’s prior notice.

 

86


Table of Contents

875 Howard Street Lease Expirations

The following table sets forth the lease expirations for leases in place at 875 Howard Street as of December 31, 2010, plus available space, for each of the ten full calendar years beginning January 1, 2011. Unless otherwise stated in the footnotes, the information set forth in the table assumes that tenants exercise no renewal options and all early termination rights. As of December 31, 2010, the weighted average remaining lease term for this property was 43 months due to the continuous termination right of Burlington Coat Factory on one year’s prior notice; to date, such notice has not been provided.

 

Year of Lease Expiration

  Number
of Leases
Expiring
    Square Footage
of Expiring
Leases
    Percentage of
Property
Square Feet
    Annualized
Base  Rent (1)
    Percentage
of  Property
Annualized
Base Rent
    Annualized
Base Rent

Per Leased
Square Foot
 

Vacant

    —          98,340        34.4   $ —          —     $ —     

2011 (2)

    1        94,505        33.0        614,351        21.5        6.50   

2012

    —          —          —          —          —          —     

2013

    1        4,307        1.5        129,210        4.5        30.00   

2014

    —          —          —          —          —          —     

2015

    —          —          —          —          —          —     

2016

    1        33,291        11.6        998,730        34.9        30.00   

2017

    1        55,827        19.5        1,116,538        39.1        20.00   

2018

    —          —          —          —          —          —     

2019

    —          —          —          —          —          —     

2020

    —          —          —          —          —          —     

Thereafter

    —          —          —          —          —          —     
                                               

Thereafter Total/Weighted Average:

    4        286,270        100.0   $ 2,858,829        100.0   $ 15.21   
                                               

 

(1) Annualized base rent is calculated by multiplying (i) base rental payments (defined as cash base rents (before abatements)) for the month ended December 31, 2010, by (ii) 12. Annualized net effective base rent per leased square foot does not reflect tenant reimbursements.
(2) Includes the Burlington Coat Factory lease representing 94,505 square feet of space that has an expiration date of December 31, 2013 and is subject to a continuing early termination right that can be exercised upon one year’s prior notice. To date, such notice has not been provided. Excluding Burlington Coat Factory, none of our 875 Howard Street property leases would expire in 2011.

875 Howard Street Percent Leased and Base Rent

The following table sets forth the percentage leased, annualized base rent per leased square foot and annualized net effective base rent per leased square foot for 875 Howard Street as of the dates indicated below:

 

Date (1)

   Percent
Lease
    Annualized Base Rent
Per Leased Square
Foot (2)
     Annualized Net
Effective Base Rent Per
Leased Square Foot (3)
 

December 31, 2010

     65.6   $ 15.21       $ 11.49   

December 31, 2009

     33.0        6.50         6.50   

December 31, 2008

     100.0        7.81         7.81   

December 31, 2007

     100.0        6.66         6.66   

 

(1) Because we did not own this property prior to 2007, we are unable to show data for years prior to 2007.
(2) We estimate that the full service gross equivalent annualized base rent per leased square foot is $20.22 as of December 31, 2010.
(3) Annualized net effective base rent per leased square foot represents (i) the contractual base rent for leases in place as of the dates indicated above, calculated on a straight-line basis to amortize free rent periods and abatements, but without regard to tenant improvement allowances and leasing commissions, divided by (ii) the net rentable square footage under lease as of the same date. Annualized net effective base rent per leased square foot does not reflect tenant reimbursements. We estimate that the full service gross equivalent net effective base rent per leased square foot as of December 31, 2010 is $22.88 for 875 Howard Street.

 

87


Table of Contents

875 Howard Street is included in the portfolio of properties that secure our secured revolving credit facility. For more information regarding our secured revolving credit facility, see “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Liquidity and Capital Resources—Consolidated Indebtedness—Secured Revolving Credit Facility.”

The current real estate tax rate for 875 Howard Street is $11.64 per $1,000 of assessed value. The total annual tax for 875 Howard Street for the tax year ending June 30, 2011 is $555,752 (at a taxable assessed value of $47.7 million). In addition, there was $20,519 in various direct assessments imposed on 875 Howard Street by the City and County of San Francisco.

First Financial, Encino, California

First Financial is a six-story, steel-framed office building located in Encino, California at the intersection of Ventura and Balboa Boulevards. The property, built in 1986, contains 222,423 net rentable square feet and a 49,560 square foot four-story parking garage with 690 parking spaces. The property has access to two major freeways, the Ventura (Highway 101) and San Diego (Interstate 405) Freeways, and is located near many of Los Angeles’s residential communities in the central part of the San Fernando Valley. As of December 31, 2010, First Financial was approximately 84.8% leased to approximately 35 tenants (including the property management tenant).

First Financial Primary Tenants

The following table summarizes information regarding the primary tenants of First Financial as of December 31, 2010:

 

Tenant

  Principal
Nature of
Business
    Lease
Expiration
    Earliest
Optional
Termination
Date by
Tenant
    Renewal
Options
    Total
Leased
Square
Feet
    Percentage
of
Property
Square
Feet
    Annualized
Base
Rent (1)
    Annualized
Base Rent
Per
Leased
Square
Foot
    Percentage
of
Property
Annualized
Base Rent
 

Pepperdine University

    Educational        01/31/19        —         
 
1 x 5
years
 
  
    35,351        15.9   $ 1,367,659      $ 38.69        21.7

Marcus & Millichap (2)

    Real Estate        09/30/16        09/30/11       
 
1 x 5
years
 
  
    14,500        6.5        475,621        32.80        7.5   

Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated

    Financial        04/30/16        04/30/12 (3)      
 
2 x 5
years
 
  
    15,838        7.1        437,129        27.60        6.9   

Haber Corporation

    Financial        09/30/12        —         
 
1 x 5
years
 
  
    12,973        5.8        423,741        32.66        6.7   

Vitas Healthcare Corp.

    Healthcare        02/28/14        —         
 
1 x 5
years
 
  
    13,390        6.0        385,204        28.77        6.1   
                                               

Total/Weighted Average:

            92,052        41.4   $ 3,089,353      $ 33.56        48.9
                                               

 

(1) Annualized base rent is calculated by multiplying (i) base rental payments (defined as cash base rents (before abatements)) for the month ended December 31, 2010, by (ii) 12.
(2) The Marcus & Millichap lease is subject to early termination options with respect to 3,036 square feet on September 30, 2011 and with respect to 11,464 square feet on September 30, 2014, in each case in exchange for payment of an early termination fee based on a formula set forth in the lease. Total abatements under this lease for the year ending December 31, 2011 are $40,824.
(3) The early termination right is subject to an early termination fee of $234,212.

 

88


Table of Contents

First Financial Lease Expirations

The following table sets forth the lease expirations for leases in place at First Financial as of December 31, 2010, plus available space, for each of the ten full calendar years beginning January 1, 2011. Unless otherwise stated in the footnotes, the information set forth in the table assumes that tenants exercise no renewal options and all early termination rights. As of December 31, 2010, the weighted average remaining lease term for this property was 45 months.

 

Year of Lease Expiration

   Number of
Leases
Expiring
     Square Footage
of Expiring
Leases
     Percentage
of
Property
Square
Feet
    Annualized
Rent
     Percentage  of
Property
Annualized
Rent
    Percentage
Of Office
Portfolio
Annualized
Base Rent
 

Vacant

     —           33,873         15.2   $ —           —     $ —     

2011

     4         14,051         6.3        442,099         7.0        31.46   

2012 (2)

     9         50,851         22.9        1,586,353         25.1        31.20   

2013

     9         20,711         9.3        773,418         12.2        37.34   

2014 (3)

     8         54,073         24.3        1,730,280         27.4        32.00   

2015

     1         2,806         1.3        84,449         1.3        30.10   

2016

     1         8,048         3.6        278,396         4.4        34.59   

2017

     1         1,669         0.8        51,806         0.8        31.04   

2018

     —           —           —          —           —          —     

2019

     1         35,351         15.9        1,367,659         21.7        38.69   

2020

     —           —           —          —           —          —     

Thereafter (4)

     1         990         0.4        —           —          —     
                                                   

Office Portfolio Total:

     35         222,423         100.0   $ 6,314,462         100.0   $ 33.49   
                                                   

 

(1) Annualized base rent is calculated by multiplying (i) base rental payments (defined as cash base rents (before abatements)) for the month ended December 31, 2010, by (ii) 12. Total abatements for leases in effect as of December 31, 2010 for the year ending December 31, 2011 are $80,281.
(2) Includes the Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated lease representing 15,838 square feet, which is scheduled to expire on April 30, 2016. However, this lease is subject to a one-time early termination right on April 30, 2012 in exchange for an early termination fee of $234,212.
(3) Includes the Marcus & Millichap lease representing 14,500 square feet, which is scheduled to expire on September 30, 2016. However, the tenant has a right to terminate the lease with respect to 3,036 square feet on September 30, 2011. The tenant also has a right to terminate the remaining 11,464 square feet on September 30, 2014 in exchange for an early termination fee based on a formula set forth in the lease.
(4) Includes 990 square feet that is leased to our subsidiary for property management offices.

First Financial Percent Leased and Base Rent

The following table sets forth the percentage leased, annualized base rent per leased square foot and annualized net effective base rent per leased square foot for First Financial as of the dates indicated below:

 

Date (1)

   Percent
Leased
    Annualized Base
Rent Per Leased
Square Foot
     Annualized Net
Effective Base Rent Per
Leased Square Foot (2)
 

December 31, 2010

     84.8   $ 33.49       $ 35.52   

December 31, 2009

     92.1        32.81         30.56   

December 31, 2008

     93.2        30.40         30.06   

December 31, 2007

     95.1        28.34         23.42   

December 31, 2006

     98.7        27.34         26.27   

December 31, 2005

     92.5        26.71         25.89   

 

(1) Annualized net effective base rent per leased square foot represents (i) the contractual rent for leases in place as of the dates indicated above, calculated on a straight-line basis to amortize free rent periods and abatements, but without regard to tenant improvement allowances and leasing commissions, divided by (ii) the net rentable square footage under lease as of the same date.

 

89


Table of Contents

Other than recurring capital expenditures, we have no plans with respect to major renovation, improvement or redevelopment of First Financial.

First Financial is subject to a $43.0 million mortgage loan, as described in “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Liquidity and Capital Resources—Consolidated Indebtedness— Description of Certain Debt—Mortgage Loan Secured by First Financial.”

The current real estate tax rate for First Financial is $12.70 per $1,000 of assessed value. The total annual tax for First Financial for the tax year ending June 30, 2011 is $737,915 (at a taxable assessed value of $58.1 million). In addition, there was $20,036 in various direct assessments and voted indebtedness imposed on First Financial by the City of Los Angeles and County of Los Angeles for the 2010/2011 tax year.

10950 Washington, Culver City, California

On December 22, 2010, we acquired 10950 Washington, a 158,873 square foot office property located in Culver City, California, from an unrelated third party for $46.0 million in cash (including the assumption of a $30.0 million mortgage loan) funded with borrowings under our secured revolving credit facility. The 10950 Washington property consists of a three-story office building totaling 86,987 square feet and a 71,886 square foot building containing two sounds stages, creative office space and a café, for an aggregate of 158,873 square feet. The property sits on 5.5 acres, and contains structured and surface parking with a total of 441 parking spaces. As of December 31, 2010 the property was 99.5% leased to eight tenants. NFL Enterprises is the largest tenant occupying a total of 95,570 square feet, and they broadcast the company’s NFL Network from the two sound stages on site. Located in Culver City, California, the 10950 Washington property benefits from close proximity to the 405 Freeway and the amenities that downtown Culver City provides, making it an attractive location for many media and entertainment companies seeking “creative office” space on the westside of Los Angeles.

10950 Washington Primary Tenants

The following table summarizes information regarding the primary tenants of the 10950 Washington property as of December 31, 2010:

 

Tenant

  Principal
Nature of
Business
    Lease
Expiration
    Earliest
Optional
Termination
Date by
Tenant
    Renewal
Options
    Total
Leased
Square
Feet
    Percentage
of
Property
Square
Feet
    Annualized
Base
Rent (1)
    Base
Rent

Per
Leased
Square
Foot
    Percentage
of
Property
Annualized
Base Rent
 

NFL Enterprises

   
 
Media &
Entertainment
  
  
    03/31/15        —          —          95,570        60.2   $ 2,808,595      $ 29.39        65.6

SDI Media

   
 
Media &
Entertainment
  
  
    04/30/16        —         
 
1 x 5
years
  
  
    30,300        19.1        754,899        24.91        17.6   

All3Media/Studio Lambert

   
 
Media &
Entertainment
  
  
    06/30/13        —          —          20,047        12.6        396,000        19.75        9.2   

David Larkins

    Architecture        09/30/11        —         
 
1 x 5
years
  
  
    4,767        3.0        132,630        27.82        3.1   

The Point Media Consultants

   
 
Media &
Entertainment
  
  
    10/31/11        —          —          3,447        2.2        120,975        35.10        2.8   
                                               

Total / Weighted Average:

            154,131        97.0   $ 4,213,100      $ 27.33        98.4
                                               

 

(1) Annualized base rent is calculated by multiplying (i) base rental payments (defined as cash base rents (before abatements)) for the month ended December 31, 2010, by (ii) 12.

 

90


Table of Contents

10950 Washington Lease Expirations

The following table sets forth the lease expirations for leases in place at the 10950 Washington property as of December 31, 2010, plus available space, for each of the ten full calendar years beginning January 1, 2011. Unless otherwise stated in the footnotes, the information set forth in the table assumes that tenants exercise no renewal options and all early termination rights. As of December 31, 2010, the weighted average remaining lease term for this property was 49 months.

 

Year of Lease Expiration

  Number
of Leases
Expiring
    Square Footage
of Expiring
Leases
    Percentage  of
Property
Square Feet
    Annualized
Base  Rent (1)
    Percentage
of  Property
Annualized
Base Rent
    Annualized
Base Rent
Per Leased

Square Foot
 

Vacant

    —          805        0.5   $ —          —     $ —     

2011

    3        8,639        5.4        266,805        6.2        30.88   

2012

    —          —          —          —          —          —     

2013

    2        22,221        14.0        452,089        10.6        20.35   

2014

    —          —          —          —          —          —     

2015

    1        95,570        60.2        2,808,595        65.6        29.32   

2016

    1        30,300        19.1        754,900        17.6        24.91   

2017

    —          —          —          —          —          —     

2018

    —          —          —          —          —          —     

2019

    —          —          —          —          —          —     

2020

    —          —          —          —          —          —     

Thereafter

    1        1,338        0.8        —          —          —     
                                               

Total/Weighted Average:

    8        158,873        100.0   $ 4,282,389        100.0   $ 27.09   
                                               

 

(1) Annualized base rent is calculated by multiplying (i) base rental payments (defined as cash base rents (before abatements)) for the month ended December 31, 2010, by (ii) 12.

10950 Washington Percent Leased and Base Rent

The following table sets forth the percentage leased, annualized base rent per leased square foot and annualized net effective base rent per leased square foot for the 10950 Washington property as of the date indicated below:

 

Date (1)

   Percent
Leased
    Annualized Base Rent
Per Leased
Square Foot
     Annualized Net
Effective Base Rent Per
Leased Square Foot (2)
 

December 31, 2010

     99.5   $ 27.09       $ 29.53   

 

(1) Because we did not own this property prior to October 2010, we are unable to show data for years prior to 2010.
(2) Annualized net effective base rent per leased square foot represents (i) the contractual base rent for leases in place as of the dates indicated above, calculated on a straight-line basis to amortize free rent periods and abatements, but without regard to tenant improvement allowances and leasing commissions, divided by (ii) the net rentable square footage under lease as of the same date.

Other than recurring capital expenditures, we have no plans with respect to major renovation, improvement or redevelopment of 10950 Washington.

The 10950 Washington property is subject to a $30.0 million mortgage loan, as described in “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Liquidity and Capital Resources—Consolidated Indebtedness—Description of Certain Debt—Mortgage Loan Secured by 10950 Washington.”

The current real estate tax rate for the 10950 Washington property is $10.82 per $1,000 of assessed value. The total annual tax for the 10950 Washington property for the tax year ending June 30, 2011 is $270,374

 

91


Table of Contents

(at a taxable assessed value of $25.0 million). In addition, there was $22,397 in various direct assessments imposed on the 10950 Washington property by the City of Culver City and County of Los Angeles for the 2010/2011 tax year.

222 Kearny, San Francisco, California

On October 8, 2010 we acquired a 148,797 square foot, two-building office property located in San Francisco, California, which we refer to as 222 Kearny. The property consists of the 180 Sutter building, a 5-story building built in 1901 and renovated in 1986, and the 222 Kearny building, a 10-story building built in 1986. The property contains 60 parking stalls. Located on the border of the Union Square and Financial District submarkets of San Francisco, the property is attractive to tenants across many industries including financial services, legal, hospitality and technology. As of December 31, 2010, the property was 76.9% leased to 22 tenants (including the property management office).

A portion representing approximately 64% of the building area of the 222 Kearny property (excluding the 180 Sutter building) resides on a ground lease held by Hudson 222 Kearny, LLC pursuant to a lease dated June 15, 1984 as amended and assigned, between 154 Sutter LLC as lessor and Hudson 222 Kearny, LLC, as lessee (expiring on June 14, 2054). The ground lease provides for annual rent equal to the greater of (i) $975,000 or (ii) 20% of the annual net operating income of the portion of the property subject to the ground lease until annual net operating income reaches $8 million; once annual net operating income reaches $8 million, percentage rent equal to 25% of the excess annual net operating income above $8 million is also payable. Annual rent under the ground lease is currently $975,000.

222 Kearny Primary Tenants

The following table summarizes information regarding the primary tenants of 222 Kearny as of December 31, 2010:

 

Tenant

  Principal
Nature of
Business
    Lease
Expiration
    Earliest
Optional
Termination
Date by
Tenant
    Renewal
Options
    Total
Leased
Square
Feet
    Percentage
of
Property
Square
Feet
    Annualized
Base
Rent (1)
    Annualized
Base Rent
Per
Leased
Square
Foot
    Percentage
of
Property
Annualized
Base Rent
 

Kimpton Group Holding, LLC

    Hospitality        05/20/11        —         

 

1 x 5

years

  

  

    20,997        14.1   $ 614,342      $ 29.26        14.8

The Children’s Place

    Retail        01/31/17        —          —          8,373        5.6        485,634        58.00        11.7   

Stockwell, Harris

    Legal        09/30/13        —         

 

1 x 5

years

  

  

    8,050        5.4        378,350        47.00        9.1   

Van Der Hout

    Legal        02/29/12        —         
 
1 x 5
years
  
  
    7,647        5.1        313,527        41.00        7.5   

Adams Nye

    Legal        12/11/13        —         

 

1 x 5

years

  

  

    11,026        7.4        265,882        24.11        6.4   
                                               

Total/Weighted Average:

            56,093        37.7   $ 2,057,735      $ 36.68        49.5
                                               

 

(1) Annualized base rent is calculated by multiplying (i) base rental payments (defined as cash base rents (before abatements)) for the month ended December 31, 2010, by (ii) 12.

 

92


Table of Contents

222 Kearny Lease Expirations

The following table sets forth the lease expirations for leases in place at 222 Kearny as of December 31, 2010, plus available space, for each of the ten full calendar years beginning January 1, 2011. Unless otherwise stated in the footnotes, the information set forth in the table assumes that tenants exercise no renewal options and all early termination rights. As of December 31, 2010, the weighted average remaining lease term for this property was 26 months.

 

Year of Lease Expiration

  Number
of Leases
Expiring
    Square Footage
of Expiring
Leases
    Percentage  of
Property
Square Feet
    Annualized
Base Rent (1)
    Percentage
of  Property
Annualized
Base Rent
    Annualized
Base Rent
Per Leased

Square Foot
 

Vacant

    —          34,384        23.1   $ —          —     $ —     

2010

    1 (2)       3,509        2.4        94,743        2.3        27.00   

2011

    6        43,182        29.0        1,387,757        33.4        32.14   

2012

    4        10,831        7.3        486,669        11.8        45.21   

2013

    5        33,078        22.2        1,228,755        29.6        37.15   

2014

    1        3,708        2.5        114,917        2.8        30.99   

2015

    3        10,792        7.3        356,109        8.6        33.00   

2016

    —          —          —          —          —          —     

2017

    1        8,373        5.6        485,634        11.7        58.00   

2018

    —          —          —          —          —          —     

2019

    —          —          —          —          —          —     

2020

    —          —          —          —          —          —     

Thereafter (3)

    1        940        0.6        —          —          —     
                                               

Total/Weighted Average:

    22        148,797        100.0   $ 4,157,584        100.0   $ 36.34   
                                               

 

(1) Annualized base rent is calculated by multiplying (i) base rental payments (defined as cash base rents (before abatements)) for the month ended December 31, 2010, by (ii) 12.
(2) Represents a lease that expired on December 31, 2010.
(3) Includes 940 square feet of property management office space.

222 Kearny Percent Leased and Base Rent

The following table sets forth the percentage leased, annualized base rent per leased square foot and annualized net effective base rent per leased square foot for 222 Kearny as of the date indicated below:

 

Date (1)

   Percent
Leased
    Annualized Base Rent
Per Leased
Square Foot
     Annualized Net
Effective Base Rent Per
Leased Square Foot (2)
 

December 31, 2010

     76.9   $ 36.34       $ 38.28   

 

(1) Because we did not own this property prior to October 2010, we are unable to show data for years prior to 2010.
(2) Annualized net effective base rent per leased square foot represents (i) the contractual base rent for leases in place as of the dates indicated above, calculated on a straight-line basis to amortize free rent periods and abatements, but without regard to tenant improvement allowances and leasing commissions, divided by (ii) the net rentable square footage under lease as of the same date.

Other than recurring capital expenditures, we have no plans with respect to major renovation, improvement or redevelopment of 222 Kearny.

The current real estate tax rate for 222 Kearny is $11.64 per $1,000 of assessed value. The total annual tax for 222 Kearny for the tax year ending June 30, 2011 is $634,523 (at a taxable assessed value of $54.5 million). In addition, there was $714 in various direct assessments imposed on 222 Kearny by the City of San Francisco and County of San Francisco for the 2010/2011 tax year. We anticipate a downward assessment to occur as part of our acquisition.

 

93


Table of Contents

Technicolor Building, Hollywood, California

The Technicolor Building is a six-story, steel-framed Class-A office and motion picture technical production building located in Hollywood, California. The property comprises 114,958 square feet and is located on the Sunset Gower property (described below), with frontage on Sunset Boulevard, one of the main surface arteries in Los Angeles. The property was completed in 2008 and serves as the worldwide headquarters for Technicolor, one of the leading post-production companies in the entertainment industry. The property includes both traditional office space and space dedicated to post-production uses, such as video and sound content screening, editing and data storage and, as Technicolor’s primary office and post-production facility, it is essential to its worldwide operations. The property is 100% leased to Technicolor through May 31, 2020. Pursuant to the terms of its lease, Technicolor is obligated to reimburse us for 100% of the expenses related to the operation of the property, including, but not limited to, real property taxes, utilities and insurance premiums (excluding structural, roof and core MEP system capital replacements).

The following table summarizes information regarding the Technicolor Building lease as of December 31, 2010:

 

Tenant

  Principal
Nature of
Business
    Lease
Expiration
    Renewal
Options
    Total
Leased
Square
Feet
    Percentage
of
Property
Square
Fee
    Annualized
Base Rent (1)
    Annualized
Base Rent
Per Leased
Square
Foot
    Percentage
of
Property
Annualized
Base Rent
 

Technicolor

   
 
Media &
Entertainment
  
  
    05/31/20       
 
2 x 5
years
 
  
    114,958        100.0   $ 4,103,173      $ 35.69        100.0
                                             

Total/Weighted Average:

          114,958        100.0   $ 4,103,173      $ 35.69        100.0
                                             

 

(1) Annualized base rent is calculated by multiplying (i) base rental payments (defined as cash base rents (before abatements)) for the month ended December 31, 2010, by (ii) 12. Total abatements as of December 31, 2010 for the year ending December 31, 2011 are $176,949. Annualized base rent does not reflect tenant reimbursements. We estimate that the full service gross equivalent annualized base rent for the Technicolor Building lease is $5,388,866, or $46.88 per leased square foot.

Technicolor Building Percent Leased and Base Rent

The following table sets forth the percentage leased, annualized base rent per leased square foot and annualized net effective base rent per leased square foot for the Technicolor Building as of the dates indicated below:

 

Date (1)

   Percent
Leased
    Annualized Base
Rent Per Leased
Square Foot (2)
     Annualized Net
Effective Base Rent Per
Leased Square Foot (3)
 

December 31, 2010

     100.0   $ 35.69       $ 39.04   

December 31, 2009

     100.0        34.32         39.04   

December 31, 2008

     100.0        33.00         39.04   

 

(1) Because the property was placed into service on June 1, 2008, we are unable to show data for full years prior to 2008.
(2) We estimate that the full service gross equivalent annualized base rent per leased square foot as of December 31, 2010 is $46.88.
(3) Annualized net effective base rent per leased square foot represents (i) the contractual base rent for leases in place as of the dates indicated above, calculated on a straight-line basis to amortize free rent periods and abatements, but without regard to tenant improvement allowances and leasing commissions, divided by (ii) the net rentable square footage under lease as of the same date. Annualized net effective base rent per leased square foot does not reflect tenant reimbursements. We estimate that the full service gross equivalent annualized net effective base rent per leased square foot as of December 31, 2010 is $50.22 for the Technicolor Building.

 

94


Table of Contents

The Technicolor Building, together with the Sunset Gower property, is included in the portfolio of properties that secures our secured revolving credit facility. For more information regarding our secured revolving credit facility, see “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Liquidity and Capital Resources—Consolidated Indebtedness—Secured Revolving Credit Facility.”

The current real estate tax for the Technicolor Building is included in the real estate tax for Sunset Gower. As described above, Technicolor is obligated to reimburse us for 100% of its allocated share of real property taxes and related fees.

Del Amo Office, Torrance, California

On August 13, 2010, we acquired the Del Amo Office property and its related ground sublease for $27.5 million in cash (before closing costs and prorations).

The Del Amo Office property is a five-story, steel-framed office building located on Sepulveda Boulevard in Torrance, California. The property, built in 1986, contains 113,000 net rentable square feet and is situated on 2.3 acres with 150 parking spaces. The property is 100% leased to Saatchi & Saatchi North America, Inc., a leading advertising agency, pursuant to a written lease. Saatchi & Saatchi has been a tenant at this property for over 20 years, over which period significant capital improvements have been made to the property. The current term of the office lease expires December 31, 2019, provided that Saatchi & Saatchi has the option to terminate the office lease on any of the following dates: December 31, 2014 and December 31, 2016, in each case in exchange for the payment of an early termination fee, based on an amount equal to the unamortized tenant improvement allowances, brokerage commissions and abated rent granted to Saatchi & Saatchi for the initial 15-year term. We estimate the early termination fee to be approximately $5.0 million, $3.1 million and $1.9 million for the termination rights exercisable on December 31, 2011, December 31, 2014 and December 31, 2016, respectively. Saatchi & Saatchi also has one 10-year extension option, at a rental rate equal to 95% of the projected prevailing rental rate as of the first day of the option term (based on a formula set forth in the office lease). The office lease provides for the payment of monthly base rent, plus tenant’s share (100%) of all increases in direct costs of operation, repair and maintenance of the building and common areas, including real property taxes and assessments levied or assessed against the building (including in connection with a change of ownership), over such costs for the 2005 base year.

The following table summarizes information regarding the Del Amo Office property lease as of December 31, 2010:

 

Tenant

  Principal
Nature of
Business
    Lease
Expiration
    Earliest
Optional
Termination
Date by
Tenant
    Renewal
Options
    Total
Leased
Square
Feet
    Percentage
of
Property
Square
Feet
    Annualized
Base
Rent (1)
    Annualized
Base Rent
Per Leased
Square
Foot
    Percentage
of
Property
Annualized
Base Rent
 

Saatchi & Saatchi

    Advertising        12/31/19        12/31/11 (2)      
 
1 x 10
years
 
  
    113,000        100.0   $ 3,069,070      $ 27.16        100.0

Total/Weighted Average:

            113,000        100.0   $ 3,069,070      $ 27.16        100.0
                                               

 

(1) Annualized base rent is calculated by multiplying (i) base rental payments (defined as cash base rents (before abatements)) for the month ended December 31, 2010, by (ii) 12.
(2) The Saatchi & Saatchi lease provides the tenant with the option to terminate the office lease on any of the following dates in each case upon nine months’ prior notice: December 31, 2014 and December 31, 2016, in each case in exchange for the payment of an early termination fee, as described above.

The property on which the Del Amo Office building is located is subleased by Del Amo Fashion Center Operating Company, L.L.C., a Delaware limited liability company, or Del Amo, through a long-term ground sublease entered into on February 12, 1985 between Sears, Roebuck & Co., as sublessor, and Del Amo (as successor-in-interest to Del Amo Mills Limited Partnership, successor-in-interest to The Torrance Company), as

 

95


Table of Contents

sublessee. The current term of the ground sublease expires June 30, 2049. The ground sublease is subject and subordinate to the terms of a ground lease dated June 29, 1959 between certain persons and entities therein referred to as The Sears Investors, as lessor, and Sears, Roebuck and Co., as lessee, and an improvement agreement and agreement to ground sublease dated September 15, 1983 between Sears, Roebuck and Co. and The Torrance Company, predecessor to Del Amo. The fee owner of the property has not granted to the subtenant under the ground sublease any rights of non-disturbance. Accordingly, a termination of the ground lease for any reason, including a rejection thereof by the ground tenant under the ground lease in a bankruptcy proceeding, could result in a termination of the ground sublease. In the event of a termination of the ground sublease, the Company may lose its interest in the Del Amo Office building and may no longer have the right to receive any of the rental income from the Del Amo Office building. In addition, the failure of the Company to have any non-disturbance rights from the fee owner may impair the Company’s ability to obtain financing for the Del Amo Office building. See “Risk Factors—Risks Related to Our Properties and Our Business—The ground sublease for the Del Amo Office property is subject and subordinate to a ground lease, the termination of which could result in a termination of the ground sublease.”

Fixed Net Rent under the ground sublease is $1.00 per year, with sublessee being responsible for all impositions, insurance premiums, operating charges, maintenance charges, construction costs and other charges, costs and expenses that arise or may be contemplated under any provisions of the ground sublease, including its pro rata share of all exterior common area maintenance costs charged to sublessor with respect to the larger tract of land of which the property is a part, and all real property taxes applicable to the property (and if not separately assessed, then sublessee’s liability shall be for such equitable portion of the real property taxes as the property bears to all of the land and improvements included within the tax parcel assessed, as determined mutually by sublessor and sublessee).

The sublessee is also responsible for sublessor’s obligations under the ground lease applicable to the property, other than those obligations involving the payment of rent or other charges. The ground sublease is not expressly terminable for any reason by either party other than in connection with a casualty or condemnation. The sublessee has the right to mortgage its leasehold interest in the property, but is not otherwise permitted to assign, mortgage, pledge, encumber or in any manner transfer the ground sublease, or any part thereof, further sublease the property, or any part thereof (other than subleasing of space within the improvements to tenants in occupancy from time to time), or sell, transfer, mortgage, pledge, lease, license or encumber the improvements or the interest of sublessee in any lease of the improvements or the rentals thereunder, without the prior written consent of sublessor, which shall not be unreasonably withheld.

Other than normally recurring capital expenditures, we have no plans with respect to major renovation, improvement or redevelopment of the Del Amo Office property.

The Del Amo Office property is included in the portfolio of properties that secure our secured revolving credit facility. For more information regarding our secured revolving credit facility, see “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Liquidity and Capital Resources—Consolidated Indebtedness—Secured Revolving Credit Facility.”

For the tax year ending June 30, 2011, the allocated tax expense for the Del Amo Office property was $77,698.

Tierrasanta, San Diego, California

Tierrasanta is a wood-framed office complex located in the Kearny Mesa submarket of San Diego, California. Built in 1985, Tierrasanta consists of four buildings that contain an aggregate of 104,234 net rentable square feet situated on a 6.5 acre lot with 382 parking spaces. The property is located directly adjacent to Interstate 15 and has access to two major highways, Highway 163 and Highway 52. As of December 31, 2010, Tierrasanta was approximately 96.8% leased to nine tenants. As of December 31, 2010, the weighted average remaining lease term for this property was 32 months.

 

96


Table of Contents

Tierrasanta Primary Tenants

The following table summarizes information regarding the tenants of Tierrasanta as of December 31, 2010:

 

Tenant

  Principal
Nature of
Business
    Lease
Expiration
    Earliest
Optional
Termination
Date by
Tenant
    Renewal
Options
    Total
Leased
Square
Feet
    Percentage
of

Property
Square

Feet
    Annualized
Base
Rent (1)
    Annualized
Base Rent
Per Leased
Square
Foot
    Percentage
of
Property
Annualized
Base Rent
 

RBF Consulting (2)

   
 
Construction
Services
  
  
    3/31/14        03/31/12       

 

1 x 5

years

  

  

    31,422        30.1   $ 427,214      $ 13.60        27.0

California Bank & Trust

    Financial        6/30/18        —         

 

1 x 5

years

  

  

    23,208        22.3        423,631        18.25        26.8   

NxGen

    Technology        8/31/12        —          —          9,629        9.2        231,470        24.04        14.6   

Diversified Copier

    Technology        6/30/11        —         

 

1 x 3

years

  

  

    8,305        8.0        126,876        15.28        8.0   

Quake Global, Inc.

    Technology        3/31/11        —          —          8,690        8.3        111,684        12.85        7.1   
                                               

Total/Weighted Average:

            81,254        78.0   $ 1,320,874      $ 16.26        83.6
                                               

 

(1) Annualized base rent is calculated by multiplying (i) base rental payments (defined as cash base rents (before abatements)) for the month ended December 31, 2010, by (ii) 12. Annualized base rent does not reflect tenant reimbursements.
(2) The RBF Consulting lease provides the tenant with an option to terminate, subject to the payment of an early termination fee based on a formula set forth in the lease.

Other than normally recurring capital expenditures, we have no plans with respect to major renovation, improvement or redevelopment of Tierrasanta.

Tierrasanta is subject to a $14.3 million mortgage loan, as described in “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Liquidity and Capital Resources—Consolidated Indebtedness—Description of Certain Debt—Mortgage Loan Secured by Tierrasanta.”

The current real estate tax rate for Tierrasanta is $11.02 per $1,000 of assessed value. The total annual tax for Tierrasanta for the tax year ending June 30, 2011 is $137,148 (at a taxable assessed value of $12.5 million). In addition, there was $260 in various direct assessments imposed on Tierrasanta by the City and County of San Diego for the 2010/2011 tax year.

9300 Wilshire Boulevard, Beverly Hills, California

9300 Wilshire Boulevard is a six-story office building located in Beverly Hills, California. The property, built in 1965 and renovated in 2001, contains 58,484 net rentable square feet situated on a 0.3767 acre lot with 160 parking spaces. The property is located on the southwest corner of Wilshire Boulevard and Rexford Drive, strategically located near the Golden Triangle district of Beverly Hills, which features world class restaurants, shops and other amenities. As of December 31, 2010, 9300 Wilshire Boulevard was approximately 90.5% leased to eighteen tenants operating in various industries.

The 9300 Wilshire Boulevard property is subject to a ground lease held by Hudson 9300 Wilshire, LLC pursuant to a lease dated August 15, 1962, as amended and assigned, between Cassabell Stone, as lessor, and Hudson 9300 Wilshire, LLC, as lessee (expiring August 14, 2032).

 

97


Table of Contents

9300 Wilshire Boulevard Primary Tenants

The following table summarizes information regarding the primary tenants of 9300 Wilshire Boulevard as of December 31, 2010:

 

Tenant

  Principal
Nature of
Business
    Lease
Expiration
    Earliest
Optional
Termination
Date by
Tenant
    Renewal
Options
    Total
Leased
Square
Feet
    Percentage
of
Property
Square
Feet
    Annualized
Base
Rent (1)
    Annualized
Base Rent
Per Leased
Square
Foot
    Percentage
of
Property
Annualized
Base Rent
 

Hanmi Bank

    Financial        09/30/17        09/30/14       
 
2 x 5
years
  
  
    5,253        9.0   $ 279,557      $ 53.22        12.5

Provident Title Company (2)

    Real Estate        12/31/15        —          —          6,171        10.6        247,334        40.08        11.0   

Knock Out Creative

   
 
Media &
Entertainment
  
  
    05/31/14        —          —          5,321        9.1        242,382        45.55        10.8   

Paul Kohner

   
 
Media &
Entertainment
  
  
    09/30/15        —          —          5,461        9.3        212,979        39.00        9.5   

KR Capital Partners (3)

    Financial        03/31/16        —          —          4,364        7.5        182,241        41.76        8.1   
                                               

Total/Weighted Average:

            26,570        45.4   $ 1,164,492      $ 43.83        52.0
                                               

 

(1) Annualized base rent is calculated by multiplying (i) base rental payments (defined as cash base rents (before abatements)) for the month ended December 31, 2010, by (ii) 12. Total abatements for leases in effect as of December 31, 2010 for the year ending December 31, 2011 are $126,724.
(2) Total abatements under this lease for the year ending December 31, 2011 are $101,877.
(3) Total abatements under this lease for the year ending December 31, 2011 are $14,183.

9300 Wilshire Boulevard Lease Expirations

The following table sets forth the lease expirations for leases in place at 9300 Wilshire Boulevard as of December 31, 2010, plus available space, for each of the ten full calendar years beginning January 1, 2011. Unless otherwise stated in the footnotes, the information set forth in the table assumes that tenants exercise no renewal options and all early termination rights. As of December 31, 2010, the weighted average remaining lease term for this property was 40 months.

 

Year of Lease Expiration

  Number
of Leases
Expiring
    Square Footage
of Expiring
Leases
    Percentage  of
Property
Square Feet
    Annualized
Base Rent (1)
    Percentage
of  Property
Annualized
Base Rent
    Annualized
Base Rent

Per Leased
Square Foot
 

Vacant

    —          5,564        9.5   $ —          —     $ —     

2011

    4        9,603        16.4        361,248        16.1        37.62   

2012

    1        1,772        3.0        71,872        3.2        40.56   

2013

    4        7,131        12.2        337,120        15.1        47.28   

2014

    2        10,574        18.1        521,939        23.3        49.36   

2015

    6        19,476        33.3        764,285        34.2        39.24   

2016

    1        4,364        7.5        182,241        8.1        41.76   

2017

    —          —          —          —          —          —     

2018

    —          —          —          —          —          —     

2019

    —          —          —          —          —          —     

2020

    —          —          —          —          —          —     

Thereafter:

    —          —          —          —          —          —     
                                               

Total/Weighted Average

    18        58,484        100.0   $ 2,238,705        100.0   $ 42.30   
                                               

 

(1) Annualized base rent is calculated by multiplying (i) base rental payments (defined as cash base rents (before abatements)) for the month ended December 31, 2010, by (ii) 12. Total abatements for leases in effect as of December 31, 2010 for the year ending December 31, 2011 are $126,724.

 

98


Table of Contents

9300 Wilshire Boulevard Percent Leased and Base Rent

The following table sets forth the percentage leased, annualized base rent per leased square foot and annualized net effective base rent per leased square foot for 9300 Wilshire Boulevard as of the date indicated below:

 

Date (1)

   Percent
Leased
    Annualized Base Rent
Per Leased
Square Foot
     Annualized Net
Effective Base Rent Per
Leased Square Foot (2)
 

December 31, 2010

     90.5   $ 42.30       $ 42.42   

 

(1) Because we did not own this property prior to August 2010, we are unable to show data for years prior to 2010.
(2) Annualized net effective base rent per leased square foot represents (i) the contractual base rent for leases in place as of the dates indicated above, calculated on a straight-line basis to amortize free rent periods and abatements, but without regard to tenant improvement allowances and leasing commissions, divided by (ii) the net rentable square footage under lease as of the same date.

Other than recurring capital expenditures, we have no plans with respect to major renovation, improvement or redevelopment of 9300 Wilshire Boulevard.

The current real estate tax rate for 9300 Wilshire Boulevard is $11.10 per $1,000 of assessed value. The total annual tax for 9300 Wilshire Boulevard for the tax year ending June 30, 2011 is $79,447 (at a taxable assessed value of $7,159,650). In addition, there was $3,232 in various direct assessments imposed on 9300 Wilshire Boulevard by the County of Los Angeles.

Media and Entertainment Portfolio

Our portfolio of operating properties includes two properties that we consider to be media and entertainment properties, encompassing an aggregate of 857,432 square feet. We define our media and entertainment properties as those properties in our portfolio that are primarily used for the physical production of media content, such as television, feature films, commercials, music videos and photographs. These properties generally also feature a traditional office component that is leased to production companies and content providers. For the 12 months ended December 31, 2010, our media and entertainment properties were approximately 72.6% leased. Our media and entertainment properties are located in prime Southern California submarkets.

Leasing Characteristics of Media and Entertainment Properties

The duration of typical lease terms for tenants of media and entertainment properties tends to be shorter than those of traditional office properties. Generally, terms of the media and entertainment leases are one year or less, as tenants are never certain as to whether their productions will continue to be carried by networks or cable channels. However, historically, many entertainment tenants have exercised renewal options such that their actual tenancy is extended for multiple years. As an example, productions such as Judge Judy , Judge Joe Brown , Family Feud and Hannah Montana have been tenants at Sunset Bronson Studios for between three and 12 years. At Sunset Gower Studios, NBC’s Heroes was a tenant for four years prior to its cancellation and Showtime’s Dexter has been a tenant for three years. Additionally, occupancy levels for sound stage space and office and support space tend to run in parallel, as a majority of stage users also require office and support space. In addition, we require tenants at our media and entertainment properties to use our facilities for items such as lighting, equipment rental, parking, power, HVAC and telecommunications (telephone and internet). As a result, our other property-related revenues tend to track overall occupancy of our media and entertainment properties. As a result of the short-term nature of the leases into which we enter at our media and entertainment properties, and because entertainment industry tenants generally do not shoot on weekends due to higher costs, we believe stabilized occupancy rates at our media and entertainment properties are lower than those rates achievable at our traditional office assets, where tenants enter into longer-term lease arrangements.

 

99


Table of Contents

Entertainment Industry Overview

The entertainment industry is one of Los Angeles’s core economic strengths and one of the region’s most high-profile economic sectors. Although feature film and television production have historically dominated the entertainment industry in southern California, the industry has grown to also include the information services sector, largely driven by media-related industries such as publishing, broadcasting and telecommunications activities.

Although production on location occurs throughout Los Angeles County, film and television media and entertainment properties are primarily concentrated north and west of the downtown region within the Hollywood, San Fernando Valley/Tri-Cities and West Los Angeles submarkets. Of the approximately 130 sound stages located at independent media and entertainment properties in Los Angeles, roughly 53% are clustered in the Hollywood area where the Sunset Gower and Sunset Bronson media and entertainment properties are located. The 23 stages that are situated at Sunset Gower and Sunset Bronson represent approximately 33% of the total sound stage inventory at independent studios in the Hollywood area and roughly 23% of total stage inventory in the Hollywood area, at both major and independent media and entertainment properties. Other competing independent media and entertainment properties not in the Hollywood area are located in such submarkets as Downtown Los Angeles and Manhattan Beach.

Description of Our Media and Entertainment Properties

Sunset Gower, Hollywood, California

Sunset Gower is a 15.6 acre media and entertainment property located in the heart of Hollywood, four blocks west of the Hollywood (101) Freeway. The property encompasses almost an entire city block, bordered by Sunset Boulevard to the north, Gower Street to the west, Gordon Street to the east and Fountain Avenue to the south. The property, a fixture in the Los Angeles-based entertainment industry since it was built in the 1920s, served as Columbia Pictures’ headquarters through 1972 and is now one of the largest independent media and entertainment properties in the United States. Sunset Gower provides a fully-integrated environment for its media and entertainment-focused tenants within which they can access creative and technical talent for film and television production and post-production. Sunset Gower typically serves as home to single camera television and motion picture production tenants. The property is comprised of 368,149 square feet of office and support space, along with 12 sound stage facilities totaling 175,560 square feet. In addition, there are 1,450 parking spaces (situated in both surface and structured parking lots). Included in the total office square feet is a building, known as 6060 Sunset, which is comprised of approximately 17,000 square feet and was purchased separately from the Sunset Gower property and completely renovated, including core and shell upgrades. The renovation was completed in October 2009 and we believe that this space will be well suited for longer term media and entertainment tenants. For the year ended December 31, 2010, Sunset Gower was approximately 70.9% leased.

Approximately 0.59 acres of the site is subject to a ground lease held by SGS Holdings, LLC pursuant to a lease dated August 26, 1949 between Elizabeth K. Chadwick, as lessor, and SGS Holdings (as successor-in-interest to Columbia Pictures Corporation), as lessee (expiring March 31, 2060); the remaining portion of the Sunset Gower property is owned by SGS Holdings in fee, with the exception of 6060 Sunset, which is owned by SGS Realty II, LLC.

In addition to Sunset Gower’s existing facilities, the current zoning designation for Sunset Gower, M1-1—Limited Industrial, City of Los Angeles, permits a floor area ratio, or FAR, of 1.5x, which implies a maximum allowable density of 1,022,933 square feet, or an incremental 423,436 square feet above the existing 599,497 floor area ratio, including the Technicolor Building. However, as of December 31, 2010, we had no immediate plans to develop additional facilities on the property.

 

100


Table of Contents

Leases at Sunset Gower are typically for one year or less. However, historically, many media and entertainment property tenants have exercised renewal options such that the actual tenancy of many of these tenants may be for multiple years. As an example, at our Sunset Gower media and entertainment property, productions such as NBC’s Heroes was a tenant for four years prior to its cancellation and Showtime’s Dexter has been a tenant for three years. Additionally, occupancy for sound stage space and office and support space tend to parallel one another, as a majority of stage users also require office and support space.

Sunset Gower Primary Tenants

The following table summarizes information regarding the primary tenants of Sunset Gower for the year ended December 31, 2010:

 

Tenant

  Principal
Nature of
Business
    Lease
Expiration
    Renewal
Options
    Total
Leased
Square
Feet (1)
    Percentage
of
Property
Square
Feet
    Annual
Base Rent (2)
    Annual
Base

Rent
Per

Leased
Square
Foot (3)
    Percentage
of
Property
Annual
Base Rent
 

Blind Decker Productions ( Dexter )

   

 

Television/

Entertainment

  

  

    12/31/13 (4)       —          58,809        10.8   $ 1,839,262      $ 31.28        15.8
                                             

Total/Weighted Average:

          58,809        10.8   $ 1,839,262      $ 31.28        15.8
                                             

 

(1) Reflects average square feet under lease to such tenant during the period of its tenancy. Of the 58,809 square feet leased to Blind Decker Productions, approximately 20,328 square feet is office and support space and approximately 38,481 square feet is sound stage space.
(2) Annual base rent reflects actual base rent for the year ended December 31, 2010, excluding tenant reimbursements.
(3) Annual base rent per leased square foot is calculated as actual rent for the year ended December 31, 2010, excluding tenant reimbursements, divided by average square feet under lease for the year ended December 31, 2010.
(4) The tenant has a termination option, which it may exercise by (i) giving 90 days’ notice and paying a fee equivalent of seven months of rent or (ii) giving 90 days’ notice without any fee if Dexter is cancelled or moved to another state.

Sunset Gower Percent Leased and Base Rent

The following table sets forth the percentage leased, annual base rent per leased square foot and annual net effective base rent per leased square foot for Sunset Gower as of the dates indicated below:

 

Date (1)

   Percent
Leased (2)
    Annual Base
Rent Per  Leased
Square Foot (3)
     Annual Net
Effective Base Rent Per
Leased Square Foot (4)
 

December 31, 2010

     70.9   $ 30.27       $ 30.27   

December 31, 2009

     68.2        29.83         29.83   

December 31, 2008

     74.2        27.94         27.94   

 

(1) Because we did not own this property prior to 2007, we are unable to show data for full years prior to 2008.
(2) Percent leased is the average percent leased for the 12 month period ended as of each of the respective measurement dates indicated above. As a result of the short-term nature of the leases into which we enter at our media and entertainment properties, and because entertainment industry tenants generally do not shoot on weekends due to higher costs, we believe stabilized occupancy rates at our media and entertainment properties are lower than those rates achievable at our traditional office assets, where tenants enter into longer-term lease arrangements.
(3) Annual base rent per leased square foot is calculated as actual base rent, excluding tenant reimbursements, for the 12 month period ended as of each of the respective measurement dates indicated above divided by average square feet under lease for the 12 month period ended as of each of the respective measurement dates indicated above. We estimate that the full service gross equivalent annual base rent per leased square foot as of December 31, 2010 is $30.36.
(4) Annual net effective base rent per leased square foot represents (i) actual base rent, excluding tenant reimbursements, for the 12 month period ended as of each of the respective measurement dates indicated above, calculated on a straight-line basis to amortize free rent periods and abatements, but without regard to tenant improvement allowances and leasing commissions, divided by (ii) the average square feet under lease for the 12 month period ended as of each of the respective measurement dates indicated above.

 

101


Table of Contents

On February 11, 2011, we closed a five-year term loan totaling $92.0 million with Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. secured by our Sunset Gower and Sunset Bronson media and entertainment properties. Sunset Gower was removed from the portfolio of properties that secure our secured revolving credit facility in connection with the closing of this term loan.

Sunset Gower Lease Expirations

The following table sets forth the lease expirations for leases in place at Sunset Gower as of December 31, 2010, plus available space, for each of the ten full calendar years beginning January 1, 2011. Unless otherwise stated in the footnotes, the information set forth in the table assumes that tenants exercise no renewal options and all early termination rights. As of December 31, 2010, the weighted average remaining lease term for this property was less than one year.

 

Year of Lease Expiration

   Number
of Leases
Expiring
     Square Footage
of Expiring
Leases
     Percentage  of
Property
Square Feet
    Annualized
Base Rent (1)
     Percentage
of  Property
Annualized
Base Rent
    Annualized
Base Rent
Per Leased
Square Foot
 

Vacant

             169,843         31.2   $ —           —     $ —     

2011

     59         315,647         58.1        9,290,397         83.8        29.43   

2012

             —           —          —           —          —     

2013

     1         51,569         9.5        1,594,932         14.4        30.93   

2014

             —           —          —           —          —     

2015

     1         6,650         1.2        202,476         1.8        30.45   

2016

             —           —          —           —          —     

2017

             —           —          —           —          —     

2018

             —           —          —           —          —     

2019

             —           —          —           —          —     

2020

             —           —          —           —          —     

Thereafter

             —           —          —           —          —     
                                                   

Total/Weighted Average:

     61         543,709         100.0   $ 11,087,805         100.0   $ 29.66   
                                                   

 

(1) Annualized base rent is calculated by multiplying (i) base rental payments (defined as cash base rents (before abatements)) for the month ended December 31, 2010, by (ii) 12. Annualized base rent excludes tenant reimbursements.

Sunset Gower has an ongoing capital improvement program. Our capital expenditure budget at Sunset Gower for 2011 is $655,000. This amount reflects improvements largely consisting of deferred maintenance items.

Proceeds from the term loan were used to fully refinance the $37.0 million mortgage loan secured by our Sunset Bronson property that was scheduled to mature on April 30, 2011. The remaining proceeds were used to partially pay down our $200 million secured revolving credit facility. For more information regarding our term loan, see “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Liquidity and Capital Resources—Consolidated Indebtedness—Secured Term Loan.”

The current real estate tax rate for the Sunset Gower property (including the Technicolor Building) is $12.6986 per $1,000 of assessed value. The total annual tax for Sunset Gower (including the Technicolor Building) for the tax year ending June 30, 2011 is $2,790,509 (at a taxable assessed value of $219,749,550). In addition, there was $144,098 in various direct assessments imposed on Sunset Gower (including the Technicolor Building) by the City of Los Angeles and County of Los Angeles for the 2010 tax year. We expect a downward reassessment of this property as a result of the formation transactions.

 

102


Table of Contents

Sunset Bronson, Hollywood, California

Sunset Bronson is a 10.6 acre media and entertainment property located in the heart of Hollywood, one block west of the Hollywood (101) Freeway and in close proximity to the Sunset Gower property. The property encompasses a full city block, bordered by Sunset Boulevard to the north, Bronson Avenue to the west, Van Ness Avenue to the east and Fernwood Avenue to the south. The property, which was built in phases from 1924 through 1981, formerly served as Warner Brothers Studios’ headquarters and has been continuously operated as a media and entertainment property since the 1920s. The property includes a Historical-Cultural Monument designation for the Site of the Filming of the First Talking Film ( The Jazz Singer ) that is specific to the building structure that fronts Sunset Boulevard. Similar to nearby Sunset Gower, Sunset Bronson is a multi-use property with a full complement of production, post-production and support facilities that enable its media and entertainment focused tenants to conduct their business in a collaborative and efficient setting. In contrast to Sunset Gower, which typically serves single camera television and motion picture productions, Sunset Bronson caters to multi-camera television productions, such as game shows, talk shows or courtroom shows that record in video and require a control room to manage and edit the productions’ multiple cameras. Excluding the KTLA portion of the property, which is described below, Sunset Bronson consists of approximately 86,108 square feet of office and support space and nine sound stage facilities with approximately 137,109 square feet, along with 455 parking spaces. The property has three digital control rooms, one of which has high-definition technology, which allow tenants to edit productions filmed with high-definition cameras. For the year ended December 31, 2010, Sunset Bronson was approximately 75.5% leased.

Sunset Bronson also includes the KTLA facility, which is a multi-use office, broadcasting and production facility located on the Sunset Bronson property described above. The KTLA facility is 100% leased by KTLA Channel 5, one of the largest independent television stations in Los Angeles and has served as KTLA’s only broadcast facility and its primary office and production location for over 50 years. In connection with the acquisition of the Sunset Bronson property, KTLA, Inc., a subsidiary of Tribune Company, entered into a five-year lease for approximately 90,506 square feet, which includes 83,531 square feet of office and support space and 6,975 square feet encompassing two sound stages. At the time of the closing of the acquisition of the Sunset Bronson property, our predecessor received a prepayment of $16.3 million from KTLA in prepayment of its rents for the initial five-year term of its lease. On December 8, 2008, Tribune Company and several of its affiliates, including KTLA, Inc., filed voluntary petitions for relief under Chapter 11 of the United States Bankruptcy Code. On June 25, 2009, KTLA assumed its lease for the KTLA facility and cured all outstanding pre-petition amounts due us.

We have entered into an amendment to the KTLA lease that extends the lease term through January 31, 2016. As of February 1, 2013, annualized base rent for KTLA will be $2,707,940, subject to annual increases of three percent and abatements of $676,985, $697,294, and $718,213 for 2013, 2014 and 2015, respectively.

Leases at Sunset Bronson (other than the KTLA lease) are typically for one year or less. However, historically, many media and entertainment property tenants have exercised renewal options such that the actual tenancy of many of these tenants may be for multiple years. For example, productions such as Judge Judy , Judge Joe Brown , Family Feud and Hannah Montana have been tenants at our Sunset Bronson media and entertainment property for between three and 12 years. Additionally, occupancy for sound stage space and office and support space tend to parallel one another, as a majority of stage users also require office and support space.

In addition to Sunset Bronson’s existing facilities, the current zoning designation for Sunset Bronson, M1-1—Limited Industrial, City of Los Angeles, permits a FAR of 1.5x, which implies a maximum allowable density of 689,565 square feet or an incremental 391,836 square feet above the existing 297,729 total FAR, including the KTLA portion of the property.

 

103


Table of Contents

Sunset Bronson Primary Tenants

The following table summarizes information regarding the primary tenants of Sunset Bronson as of December 31, 2010:

 

Tenant

  Principal
Nature of
Business
    Lease
Expiration
    Renewal
Options
    Total
Leased
Square
Feet (2)
    Percentage
of
Property
Square
Feet
    Annual Base
Rent (3)
    Annual
Base Rent
Per Leased
Square
Foot (4)
    Percentage
of
Property
Annual
Base Rent
 

KTLA

   
 
Television/
Entertainment
  
  
    1/31/2016        —          90,506        28.8   $ 3,256,498      $ 35.98        34.2

3 Doors Productions

   
 
Television/
Entertainment
  
  
    1/28/2011 (1)       —          43,429        13.8        1,267,123        31.83        13.3   
                                             

Total/Weighted Average:

          133,935        42.6   $ 4,523,621      $ 34.71        47.5
                                             

 

(1) The lease for 3 Doors Production has been extended to May 29, 2011.
(2) Reflects average square feet under lease to such tenant during the period of its tenancy.
(3) Annual base rent reflects actual base rent for the year ended December 31, 2010, excluding tenant reimbursements. As of February 1, 2013, annualized base rent for KTLA will be $2,707,940, subject to annual increases of three percent and abatements of $676,985, $697,294, and $718,213 for 2013, 2014 and 2015, respectively.
(4) Annual base rent per leased square foot is calculated as actual base rent for the year ended December 31, 2010, excluding tenant reimbursements, divided by average square feet under lease for the year ended December 31, 2010.

Sunset Bronson Percent Leased and Base Rent

The following table sets forth the percentage leased, annual base rent per leased square foot and annual net effective base rent per leased square foot for the Sunset Bronson property as of the dates indicated below:

 

Date (1)

   Percent
Leased (2)
    Annual Base Rent Per
Leased Square Foot (3)
     Annual Net
Effective Base Rent Per
Leased Square Foot (4)
 

December 31, 2010

     75.5   $ 40.18       $ 37.97   

December 31, 2009

     68.5        40.12         38.70   

 

(1) Because we did not own this property prior to 2008, we are unable to show data for full years prior to 2009.
(2) Percent leased is the average percent leased for the year ended as of each of the respective measurement dates indicated above. As a result of the short-term nature of the leases into which we enter at our media and entertainment properties, and because entertainment industry tenants generally do not shoot on weekends due to higher costs, we believe stabilized occupancy rates at our media and entertainment properties are lower than those rates achievable at our traditional office assets, where tenants enter into longer-term lease arrangements.
(3) Annual base rent per leased square foot is calculated as actual base rent, excluding tenant reimbursements, for the year ended as of each of the respective measurement dates indicated above divided by average square feet under lease for the year ended as of each of the respective measurement dates indicated above. We estimate that the full service gross equivalent annual base rent per leased square foot as of December 31, 2010 is $45.74.
(4) Annual net effective base rent per leased square foot represents (i) actual base rent, excluding tenant reimbursements, for the year ended as of each of the respective measurement dates indicated above, calculated on a straight-line basis to amortize free rent periods and abatements, but without regard to tenant improvement allowances and leasing commissions, divided by (ii) the average square feet under lease for the year ended as of each of the respective measurement dates indicated above.

On February 11, 2011, we closed a five-year term loan totaling $92.0 million with Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. secured by our Sunset Gower and Sunset Bronson media and entertainment properties.

 

104


Table of Contents

Sunset Bronson Lease Expirations

The following table sets forth the lease expirations for leases in place at Sunset Bronson as of December 31, 2010, plus available space, for each of the ten full calendar years beginning January 1, 2011. Unless otherwise stated in the footnotes, the information set forth in the table assumes that tenants exercise no renewal options and all early termination rights. As of December 31, 2010, the weighted average remaining lease term for this property was 27.3 months.

 

Year of Lease Expiration

   Number
of
Leases

Expiring
     Square
Footage

of
Expiring

Leases
     Percentage
of

Property
Square
Feet
    Annualized
Base Rent (1)
     Percentage
of
Property

Annualized
Base Rent
    Annualized
Base Rent
Per Leased
Square
Foot
 

Vacant

             63,713         20.3   $ —           —     $ —     

2011

     10         159,504         50.8        6,332,805         66.0        39.70   

2012

             —           —          —           —          —     

2013

             —           —          —           —          —     

2014

             —           —          —           —          —     

2015

             —           —          —           —          —     

2016

     1         90,506         28.9        3,256,498         34.0        35.98   

2017

             —           —          —           —          —     

2018

             —           —          —           —          —     

2019

             —           —          —           —          —     

2020

             —           —          —           —          —     

Thereafter

             —           —          —           —          —     
                                                   

Total/Weighted Average:

     11         313,723         100.0   $ 9,589,304         100.0   $ 38.36   
                                                   

 

(1) Annualized base rent is calculated by multiplying (i) base rental payments (defined as cash base rents (before abatements)) for the month ended December 31, 2010, by (ii) 12. Annualized base rent excludes tenant reimbursements.

Sunset Bronson has an ongoing capital improvement program. Our capital expenditure budget at Sunset Bronson for 2011 is $805,000. This amount reflects improvements largely consisting of deferred maintenance items and certain upgrades to studio control room equipment.

Proceeds from the term loan were used to fully refinance the $37.0 million mortgage loan secured by our Sunset Bronson property that was scheduled to mature on April 30, 2011. The remaining proceeds were used to partially pay down our $200 million secured revolving credit facility. For more information regarding our term loan, see “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Liquidity and Capital Resources—Consolidated Indebtedness—Secured Term Loan.”

The current real estate tax rate for Sunset Bronson is $12.6986 per $1,000 of assessed value. The total annual tax for Sunset Bronson for the tax year ending June 30, 2011 is $1,390,367 (at a taxable assessed value of $109,910,126). In addition, various direct assessments in the amount of $133,444 were imposed on Sunset Bronson by the City of Los Angeles and County of Los Angeles for the 2010 tax year. We expect a downward reassessment of this property as a result of the formation transactions.

Sunset Bronson Lot A

In connection with our acquisition of Sunset Bronson in 2008, we acquired a 67,381 square foot undeveloped lot located on the northwest corner of Sunset Boulevard and Bronson Avenue. The lot is located two blocks west of the Hollywood (101) Freeway, in between the Sunset Gower and Sunset Bronson properties. The site is currently used as a surface parking lot and can be developed to include up to 60,855 square feet of retail and office space based on current zoning, with the opportunity to add additional developable square footage

 

105


Table of Contents

through certain municipal land entitlement approvals. We estimate that with further entitlements, we could increase the developable square footage to approximately 273,913 square feet. The lot also includes a signage take down credit that allows for a 2,496 square foot supergraphic sign to be placed on the property, conditioned upon approval by the Los Angeles Department of Building and Safety. While we are holding this property for its development potential, we do not currently have any plans for its development.

Depreciation

The following table sets forth for each property in our portfolio and component thereof upon which depreciation is taken, the (i) federal tax basis as of December 31, 2010, (ii) rate, (iii) method, and (iv) life claimed with respect to such property or component thereof for purposes of depreciation.

 

Property

   Federal
Tax Basis
     Rate      Method (1)      Life
Claimed
 

City Plaza

   $ 39,498,760         Various         Straight-line         40/20 years   

First Financial

   $ 64,609,936         Various         Straight-line         40/20 years   

KTLA

   $ 24,573,160         Various         Straight-line         40/20 years   

Del Amo Office

   $ 27,240,990         Various         Straight-line         40/20 years   

875 Howard Street

   $ 51,042,869         Various         Straight-line         40/20 years   

Sunset Bronson

   $ 26,345,006         Various         Straight-line         40/20 years   

Sunset Gower

   $ 97,316,581         Various         Straight-line         40/20 years   

Sunset Bronson – Lot A

   $ 25,848,800         Various         Straight-line         —     

Technicolor Building

   $ 78,228,130         Various         Straight-line         40/20 years   

Tierrasanta

   $ 14,839,257         Various         Straight-line         40/20 years   

9300 Wilshire Boulevard

   $ 14,915,899         Various         Straight-line         40/20 years   

10950 Washington

   $ 46,269,320         Various         Straight-line         40/20 years   

222 Kearny

   $ 34,993,721         Various         Straight-line         40/20 years   

1455 Market St

   $ 93,210,040         Various         Straight-line         40/20 years   

Rincon Center (2 )  

   $ 94,282,217         Various         Straight-line         40/20 years   

 

(1) Unless otherwise noted, depreciation method and life claimed for each property and component thereof is determined by reference to the IRS-mandated method for depreciating assets placed into service after 1986, known as the Modified Accelerated Cost Recovery System.
(2) Represents our 51% joint venture interest in this property at December 31, 2010.

In addition, we have an aggregate of approximately $ 7,445,065 in additional tax basis of depreciable furniture, fixtures and equipment associated with the properties in our portfolio as of December 31, 2010. Depreciation on this furniture, fixtures and equipment is computed on the straight-line method over the claimed life of such property, which is either seven or ten years.

Regulation

General

Our properties are subject to various covenants, laws, ordinances and regulations, including regulations relating to common areas and fire and safety requirements. We believe that each of the properties in our portfolio has the necessary permits and approvals to operate its business.

Americans With Disabilities Act

Our properties must comply with Title III of the ADA to the extent that such properties are “public accommodations” as defined by the ADA. The ADA may require removal of structural barriers to access by persons with disabilities in certain public areas of our properties where such removal is readily achievable. We have developed and undertaken continuous capital improvement programs at certain properties in the past. These

 

106


Table of Contents

capital improvement programs continue to progress and certain ADA upgrades continue to be integrated into the planned improvements, specifically at the media and entertainment properties where we are able to utilize in-house construction crews to minimize costs for required ADA related improvements. However, some of our properties may currently be in noncompliance with the ADA. Such noncompliance could result in the incurrence of additional costs to attain compliance, the imposition of fines or an award of damages to private litigants. The obligation to make readily achievable accommodations is an ongoing one, and we will continue to assess our properties and to make alterations as appropriate in this respect.

Environmental Matters

Under various federal, state and local laws and regulations relating to the environment, as a current or former owner or operator of real property, we may be liable for costs and damages resulting from the presence or discharge of hazardous or toxic substances, waste or petroleum products at, on, in, under, or migrating from such property, including costs to investigate and clean up such contamination and liability for natural resources. Such laws often impose liability without regard to whether the owner or operator knew of, or was responsible for, the presence of such contamination, and the liability may be joint and several. These liabilities could be substantial and the cost of any required remediation, removal, fines, or other costs could exceed the value of the property and/or our aggregate assets. In addition, the presence of contamination or the failure to remediate contamination at our properties may expose us to third-party liability for costs of remediation and/or personal or property damage or materially adversely affect our ability to sell, lease or develop our properties or to borrow using the properties as collateral. In addition, environmental laws may create liens on contaminated sites in favor of the government for damages and costs it incurs to address such contamination. Moreover, if contamination is discovered on our properties, environmental laws may impose restrictions on the manner in which property may be used or businesses may be operated, and these restrictions may require substantial expenditures.

Some of our properties contain, have contained, or are adjacent to or near other properties that have contained or currently contain storage tanks for the storage of petroleum products or other hazardous or toxic substances. Similarly, some of our properties were used in the past for commercial or industrial purposes, or are currently used for commercial purposes, that involve or involved the use of petroleum products or other hazardous or toxic substances, or are adjacent to or near properties that have been or are used for similar commercial or industrial purposes. As a result, some of our properties have been or may be impacted by contamination arising from the releases of such hazardous substances or petroleum products. Where we have deemed appropriate, we have taken steps to address identified contamination or mitigate risks associated with such contamination; however, we are unable to ensure that further actions will not be necessary. As a result of the foregoing, we could potentially incur material liabilities.

Independent environmental consultants have conducted Phase I Environmental Site Assessments at all of the properties in our portfolio using the American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM) Practice E 1527-05. A Phase I Environmental Site Assessment is a report prepared for real estate holdings that identifies potential or existing environmental contamination liabilities. Site assessments are intended to discover and evaluate information regarding the environmental condition of the surveyed property and surrounding properties. These assessments do not generally include soil samplings, subsurface investigations or an asbestos survey. None of the recent site assessments identified any known past or present contamination that we believe would have a material adverse effect on our business, assets or operations. However, the assessments are limited in scope and may have failed to identify all environmental conditions or concerns. A prior owner or operator of a property or historic operations at our properties may have created a material environmental condition that is not known to us or the independent consultants preparing the site assessments. Material environmental conditions may have arisen after the review was completed or may arise in the future, and future laws, ordinances or regulations may impose material additional environmental liability. Moreover, conditions identified in environmental assessments that did not appear material at that time, may in the future result in material liability.

 

107


Table of Contents

Environmental laws also govern the presence, maintenance and removal of hazardous materials in building materials (e.g. asbestos and lead), and may impose fines and penalties for failure to comply with these requirements or expose us to third party liability (e.g., liability for personal injury associated with exposure to asbestos). Such laws require that owners or operators of buildings containing hazardous materials (and employers in such buildings) properly manage and maintain certain hazardous materials, adequately notify or train those who may come into contact with certain hazardous materials, and undertake special precautions, including removal or other abatement, if certain hazardous materials would be disturbed during renovation or demolition of a building. Some of our properties contain hazardous materials and we could be liable for such damages, fines or penalties.

In addition, the properties in our portfolio are subject to various federal, state, and local environmental and health and safety requirements, such as state and local fire requirements. Moreover, some of our tenants routinely handle and use hazardous or regulated substances and wastes, which are subject to regulation, as part of their operations at our properties. Such environmental and health and safety laws and regulations could subject us or our tenants to liability resulting from these activities. Environmental liabilities could affect a tenant’s ability to make rental payments to us. In addition, changes in laws could increase the potential liability for noncompliance. We sometimes require our tenants to comply with environmental and health and safety laws and regulations and to indemnify us for any related liabilities. But in the event of the bankruptcy or inability of any of our tenants to satisfy such obligations, we may be required to satisfy such obligations. In addition, we may be held directly liable for any such damages or claims regardless of whether we knew of, or were responsible for, the presence or disposal of hazardous or toxic substances or waste and irrespective of tenant lease provisions. The costs associated with such liability could be substantial and could have a material adverse effect on us.

When excessive moisture accumulates in buildings or on building materials, mold growth may occur, particularly if the moisture problem remains undiscovered or is not addressed over a period of time. Some molds may produce airborne toxins or irritants. Indoor air quality issues can also stem from inadequate ventilation, chemical contamination from indoor or outdoor sources, and other biological contaminants such as pollen, viruses and bacteria. Indoor exposure to airborne toxins or irritants above certain levels can be alleged to cause a variety of adverse health effects and symptoms, including allergic or other reactions. As a result, the presence of significant mold or other airborne contaminants at any of our properties could require us to undertake a costly remediation program to contain or remove the mold or other airborne contaminants from the affected property or increase indoor ventilation. In addition, the presence of significant mold or other airborne contaminants could expose us to liability from our tenants, employees of our tenants or others if property damage or personal injury occurs. We are not presently aware of any material adverse indoor air quality issues at our properties.

Insurance

We carry commercial property (including earthquake), liability and terrorism coverage on all the properties in our portfolio under a blanket insurance policy, in addition to other coverages, such as trademark, pollution and other environmental coverage, that may be appropriate for specific properties. We believe the policy specifications and insured limits are appropriate and adequate given the relative risk of loss, the cost of the coverage and industry practice; however, our insurance coverage may not be sufficient to fully cover our losses. We do not carry insurance for certain losses, including, but not limited to, losses caused by riots or war. Some of our policies, like those covering losses due to terrorism, earthquakes and floods, are insured subject to limitations involving substantial self insurance portions and significant deductibles and co-payments for such events. In addition, the properties in our portfolio are located in California, an area subject to an increased risk of earthquakes. While we carry earthquake insurance on our properties, the amount of our earthquake insurance coverage may not be sufficient to fully cover losses from earthquakes. In addition, we may reduce or discontinue earthquake, terrorism or other insurance on some or all of our properties in the future if the cost of premiums for any of these policies exceeds, in our judgment, the value of the coverage discounted for the risk of loss. In the event that we or one or more of our tenants experiences a loss that is uninsured or that exceeds policy limits, we may not be able to rebuild certain of our properties due to current zoning and land use regulations. In addition,

 

108


Table of Contents

our title insurance policies may not insure for the current aggregate market value of our portfolio, and we do not intend to increase our title insurance coverage as the market value of our portfolio increases. See “Risk Factors—Risks Related to Our Properties and Our Business—Potential losses, including from adverse weather conditions, natural disaster and title claims, may not be covered by insurance.”

Competition

We compete with a number of developers, owners and operators of office and commercial real estate, many of which own properties similar to ours in the same markets in which our properties are located and some of which have greater financial resources than we do. In operating and managing our portfolio, we compete for tenants based on a number of factors, including location, rental rates, security, flexibility and expertise to design space to meet prospective tenants’ needs and the manner in which the property is operated, maintained and marketed. As leases at our properties expire, we may encounter significant competition to renew or re-let space in light of the large number of competing properties within the markets in which we operate. As a result, we may be required to provide rent concessions or abatements, incur charges for tenant improvements and other inducements, including early termination rights or below-market renewal options, or we may not be able to timely lease vacant space. In that case, our financial condition, results of operations, cash flow, the per share trading price of our securities and ability to satisfy our debt service obligations and to pay dividends to you may be adversely affected.

We also face competition when pursuing acquisition and disposition opportunities. Our competitors may be able to pay higher property acquisition prices, may have private access to opportunities not available to us and may otherwise be in a better position to acquire a property. Competition may also have the effect of reducing the number of suitable acquisition opportunities available to us, increase the price required to consummate an acquisition opportunity and generally reduce the demand for commercial office space in our markets. Likewise, competition with sellers of similar properties to locate suitable purchasers may result in us receiving lower proceeds from a sale or in us not being able to dispose of a property at a time of our choosing due to the lack of an acceptable return.

Employees

We currently employ approximately 76 people. As of December 31, 2010, two of our employees were subject to collective bargaining agreements. Both of these employees are on-site employees at the Sunset Bronson property.

Principal Executive Offices

Our principal executive offices are located at 11601 Wilshire Blvd., Suite 1600, Los Angeles, California. We believe that our current facilities are adequate for our present and future operations; however, based on the anticipated growth of our company, we may add regional offices or relocate our headquarters, depending upon our future operational needs.

Legal Proceedings

From time to time, we are party to various lawsuits, claims and other legal proceedings that arise in the ordinary course of our business. We are not currently a party, as plaintiff or defendant, to any legal proceedings that we believe to be material or which, individually or in the aggregate, would be expected to have a material effect on our business, financial condition or results of operation if determined adversely to us.

 

109


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT

Our Directors and Executive Officers

Our board of directors consists of nine directors, a majority of whom are independent within the meaning of the listing standards of the NYSE. Each of our directors will serve until the next annual meeting of our stockholders and until his or her successor is duly elected and qualifies. See “Material Provisions of Maryland Law and of Our Charter and Bylaws—Our Board of Directors.” We expect the first annual meeting of our stockholders after this offering to be held in June 2011. Subject to rights pursuant to any employment agreements, officers serve at the pleasure of our board of directors.

The following table sets forth certain information concerning our directors and executive officers:

 

Name

   Age     

Position

Victor J. Coleman*

     49       Chief Executive Officer and Chairman of the Board of Directors

Howard S. Stern*

     49       President, Secretary and Director

Mark T. Lammas*

     44       Chief Financial Officer

Christopher Barton*

     46       Executive Vice President, Operations and Development

Dale Shimoda*

     43       Executive Vice President, Finance

Kay L. Tidwell

     33       Executive Vice President, Legal Affairs

Harout Diramerian

     36       Chief Accounting Officer

Alexander Vouvalides

     32       Vice President, Asset Management

Theodore R. Antenucci†

     46       Director

Mark Burnett†

     50       Director

Richard B. Fried

     43       Director

Jonathan M. Glaser†

     48       Director

Mark D. Linehan†

     48       Director

Robert M. Moran, Jr.†

     48       Director

Barry A. Porter†

     53       Director

 

* Denotes our named executive officers.
Independent within the meaning of the NYSE listing standards.

Biographical Summaries of Directors, Executive Officers and Certain Other Officers

The following are biographical summaries of the experience of our directors, executive officers and certain other officers.

Victor J. Coleman serves as Chief Executive Officer and as Chairman of our board of directors. Prior to the formation of our company, Mr. Coleman founded and served as a managing partner of our predecessor, Hudson Capital, LLC, a private real estate investment company based in Los Angeles, California. In 1990, Mr. Coleman co-founded and led Arden Realty, Inc. as its President and Chief Operating Officer and as a director, taking that company public on the NYSE in 1996 and selling it to GE Real Estate, a division of General Electric Capital Corporation, in 2006. Prior to that sale, Mr. Coleman was primarily responsible for all facets of Arden Realty, Inc.’s strategic planning and growth, as well as management of that company’s team of top real estate professionals. Mr. Coleman is an active community leader, has been the recipient of the Humanitarian Award for the National Conference of Christians and Jews, and is on the Founding Board of Directors for the Ziman Center for Real Estate (from 2004 to the present) at the Anderson School, UCLA, and the Boards of Fisher Center for Real Estate and Urban Economics, Los Angeles Sports & Entertainment Commission, the Archer School (from 2007 to the present) and the Bel Air Chapter of YPO. Mr. Coleman’s previous experience as a director also includes service on the board of other public companies such as Douglas Emmett, Inc. (from 2006 to 2009) and People’s Choice (2003 to 2006). He holds a Master of Business Administration degree from Golden Gate University and a Bachelor of Arts in History from the University of California, Berkeley. Mr. Coleman was selected by our board of directors to serve as a director based on his deep knowledge of our company and his experience in the real estate investment industry.

 

110


Table of Contents

Howard S. Stern serves as President, Secretary and as a director on our board of directors. Prior to the formation of our company, Mr. Stern served as a managing partner of our predecessor, Hudson Capital, LLC, where he acted as President of the Sunset Gower and Sunset Bronson media and entertainment properties in Hollywood, and oversaw the daily operations of 23 production sound stages and over approximately 550,000 square feet of office. Before joining Hudson Capital, LLC, Mr. Stern served as Senior Vice President and Chief Investment Officer for Arden Realty, Inc. from 2003 until its sale in 2006, where he was responsible for acquisition, disposition, development, structured finance and new investment activities. In his early tenure with Arden Realty, Inc., which began in 2001, he first served as Vice President of Strategic Planning, then as First Vice President of Operations and Leasing. Before his tenure at Arden Realty, Inc., Mr. Stern spent five years as Vice President of the Archon Group, a subsidiary of Goldman, Sachs & Co., where he oversaw all Western Region mezzanine financing and real estate management activities. Mr. Stern is a graduate of the University of California, Berkeley with a Bachelor of Arts degree in Political Science and Economics, and has a Master of Business Administration degree from the University of Southern California. Mr. Stern was selected by our board of directors to serve as a director based on his deep knowledge of our company and his experience in the real estate investment industry.

Mark T. Lammas serves as Chief Financial Officer. Prior to the formation of our company, Mr. Lammas was a consultant to our predecessor, Hudson Capital, LLC, from September 2009. Before that time, Mr. Lammas was a Senior Vice President (from 1998 to 2005), then Executive Vice President (from 2006 to 2009) of Maguire Properties, Inc. where he principally oversaw finance and other transactional matters, since first joining that company as its General Counsel in 1998, then assuming other senior executive responsibilities after Maguire Properties went public on the NYSE in 2003. During his tenure, Mr. Lammas directed that company’s major capital market transactions, including corporate and asset financings and common and preferred equity offerings, acted as its principal liaison with institutional partners, and was responsible for compliance with corporate financial covenants and the accuracy of all financial reports and public disclosures. Prior to joining Maguire Properties in 1998, Mr. Lammas was an attorney with Cox, Castle & Nicholson LLP, where he specialized in representing developers, institutional investors and pension funds in their acquisition, development, financing, investing, and entity structuring and restructuring activities. Mr. Lammas is a graduate of the Boalt Hall School of Law (University of California, Berkeley). He obtained his Bachelor of Arts degree from the University of California, Berkeley in Political Economies of Industrial Societies, graduating magna cum laude and Phi Beta Kappa.

Christopher Barton serves as Executive Vice President, Operations and Development. Prior to the formation of our company, Mr. Barton served as Vice President of Construction & Development of our predecessor, Hudson Capital, LLC, where he was responsible for operations and development, including establishing and monitoring property budgets, managing property staff and administering vendor contracts. He also managed the development and construction of the Technicolor Building and renovation activity at the Sunset Gower and Sunset Bronson properties. With 20 years of experience in development and construction, encompassing mixed use, office, industrial, and residential projects, Mr. Barton has developed over 2.5 million square feet of commercial property, from conceptual site plan analysis and entitlements through completion. Prior to joining Hudson Capital, LLC in November 2006, Mr. Barton served as First Vice President for Arden Realty, Inc., from January 1997, where he was responsible for conceptual development, land entitlements, financial analysis and construction management for all real estate developments, including the Howard Hughes Center project, a planned 2.7 million square foot mixed-use development in Los Angeles, California. Before his tenure at Arden Realty, Inc., Mr. Barton was Project Manager at Beers-Skanska Construction Company where he managed large scale construction projects in the southeast United States, including the Celebration Place office building complex for Walt Disney Company in Orlando, Florida. He currently serves on the Board of Directors of Hollywood Freeway Central Park. Mr. Barton holds a Bachelor of Science degree from Purdue University and Master of Business Administration degree in both Real Estate and Finance from the University of Georgia.

Dale Shimoda serves as Executive Vice President, Finance. Prior to the formation of our company, Mr. Shimoda was a consultant to our predecessor, Hudson Capital, LLC, on various financial and operational

 

111


Table of Contents

matters, primarily related to its media and entertainment properties at Sunset Gower and Sunset Bronson. Prior to his engagement with Hudson Capital, LLC, Mr. Shimoda was Vice President of Acquisitions at Arden Realty, Inc., where he underwrote and performed due diligence on most of that company’s acquisitions. Mr. Shimoda has also worked in capital transactions at the Yarmouth Group, a New York-based pension fund advisor owned by Lend Lease, and as a management consultant at Ernst & Young and Robert Charles Lesser & Co. Mr. Shimoda is a graduate of the University of California, Berkeley, Haas School of Business.

Kay L. Tidwell serves as Executive Vice President, Legal Affairs. Prior to joining us, Ms. Tidwell was an attorney with the global law firm of Latham & Watkins LLP, where she began her legal career in 2002, and where she advised on a wide variety of corporate and securities matters, including our initial public offering. From 2006 to 2008, Ms. Tidwell served as the U.S. associate in the German offices of Latham & Watkins. In 2004, Ms. Tidwell was awarded the Robert Bosch Foundation Fellowship, through which she worked in Germany in the legal department of Deutsche Bank and served as a US legal advisor to the German Federal Ministry of Justice. Ms. Tidwell holds a Bachelor of Arts degree in English, magna cum laude , from Yale College and a Juris Doctor degree from Yale Law School.

Harout Diramerian serves as Chief Accounting Officer. Prior joining us, Mr. Diramerian was Vice President of Finance and Analysis at Thomas Properties Group, Inc., or TPG, where he was responsible for corporate level earnings and cash flow projections, net asset valuations, and corporate finance forecasting and analysis. Mr. Diramerian was instrumentally involved in all equity offerings at TPG, including the initial public offering, secondary offering, private placements and an at-the-market equity offering. When he started at TPG in 2003, his primary focus was managing the joint venture relationships and leading the related financial reporting efforts. In addition, Mr. Diramerian was also involved with leading the budgeting and forecasting processes as well as tracking and analyzing property performance. Prior to joining TPG, Mr. Diramerian spent a total of eight years in real estate practice groups, first at Nanas, Stern, Biers, Neinstein and Co. LLP, then at Arthur Andersen LLP, and lastly at KPMG LLP, where he was a manager. Mr. Diramerian is a graduate of the University of California, Santa Barbara, and holds a Bachelor of Arts degree in business economics with an emphasis in accounting.

In March 2010, Mr. Diramerian filed for protection under Chapter 7, Title 11 of the United States Code, following his father’s diagnosis and untimely passing after a battle with leukemia. His father was in the process of constructing a condominium project, as to which Mr. Diramerian had provided a construction loan guarantee. Following the death of Mr. Diramerian’s father prior to the completion of construction, the construction lender placed the property into receivership. The construction lender’s subsequent enforcement of Mr. Diramerian’s guarantee, along with associated claims of fraud and misrepresentation in connection with the loan application process, ultimately precipitated Mr. Diramerian’s decision to seek bankruptcy protection. He has informed us that he is strenuously rejecting all claims of fraud or misrepresentation and that he expects a favorable resolution of this matter.

Alexander Vouvalides serves as Vice President, Asset Management. Prior to the formation of our company, Alexander Vouvalides joined our predecessor, Hudson Capital, LLC, in 2009 as an Associate focused on acquisitions and investments, primarily responsible for acquisition analyses, financial due diligence and asset management assignments. Before joining Hudson Capital, LLC, he was an Associate in the Real Estate Finance & Securitization Group at Credit Suisse working in both the firm’s New York and Los Angeles offices, where he underwrote and closed major acquisition and recapitalization loans across various asset types including office, hotel, retail, land and construction. Prior to that, Mr. Vouvalides worked as a Corporate Finance Analyst in the Technology, Media & Telecommunications group at JPMorgan Chase & Co. in New York. Mr. Vouvalides graduated from Emory University with a Bachelor of Arts degree in Political Science.

Theodore R. Antenucci has been a member of our board of directors since our initial public offering. Mr. Antenucci currently serves on a transitional basis in the dual capacity as President and CEO of Catellus Development Corporation and President and Chief Investment Officer of ProLogis; he intends to resign from his

 

112


Table of Contents

ProLogis role in June of 2011. He is also a member of the Executive Committee at Pro Logis, which is a leading global provider of distribution facilities with over $32 billion in real estate assets under management. Mr. Antenucci oversees all major transactions and provides oversight and direction to the senior management teams. Mr. Antenucci also serves on the Board of Directors for ProLogis European Properties, a public fund trading on the Euronext stock exchange in Amsterdam. Before joining ProLogis in September 2005, Mr. Antenucci served as President of Catellus Commercial Development Commercial, and was responsible for all development, construction and acquisition activities. Prior to that, he served as Executive Vice President of Catellus Commercial Group, where he managed the company’s industrial development activities throughout the western United States. Additionally, Mr. Antenucci has served on the Board of Trustees of the Children’s Hospital Foundation since December of 2010. Mr. Antenucci earned a Bachelor of Arts degree in Business Economics from the University of California, Santa Barbara. Mr. Antenucci was selected by our board based on his experience as an executive and board member of a REIT and his extensive real estate and development expertise in the Southern California market. Mr. Antenucci is a member of our board’s audit committee.

Mark Burnett serves as a member of our board of directors. Since the 1990s, Mr. Burnett has created and led several successful production companies and has produced numerous hit television series including Survivor, Apprentice, Are You Smarter than a 5th Grader? and Shark Tank. Additionally, Mr. Burnett produces the annual People’s Choice Awards and the MTV Movie Awards. He has extensive experience in the creation and development of unscripted series in the U.S. and internationally. Since 2001, Mr. Burnett’s shows have garnered a total of 67 Emmy nominations, including two wins for best reality series and one win for outstanding lifestyle program, along with four People’s Choice Awards. Mr. Burnett’s series reach a wide international audience, and he is a leader in the business of integrating brands and products into series content. Mr. Burnett has also served two elected terms on the Board of the British Academy of Film and Television. Our board of directors determined that Mr. Burnett should serve on the board based on his familiarity with the entertainment and production business. Mr. Burnett is a member of our board’s nominating and corporate governance committee.

Richard B. Fried serves as a member of our board of directors. His selection as a member of our board was made in connection with the negotiation of our formation transactions. Mr. Fried is currently a Managing Member and co-head of the real estate group at Farallon Capital Management, L.L.C., an investment management company that he has been with since 1995. Mr. Fried also currently serves as a Board Member of One California Bank, a position he has held since the bank’s inception in 2007. Previously, Mr. Fried was a Vice President in acquisitions for Security Capital Industrial Trust (now called ProLogis), a real estate investment trust specializing in industrial properties. Mr. Fried has also worked as an associate in capital markets at JMB Institutional Realty Corporation. Mr. Fried graduated cum laude from the University of Pennsylvania with a Bachelor of Science degree in Economics and a Bachelor of Arts degree in History. Our board of directors determined that Mr. Fried should serve as a director based on an agreement made with Farallon in connection with the negotiation of the formation transactions.

Jonathan M. Glaser serves as a member of our board of directors. Mr. Glaser has been Managing Member of JMG Capital Management LLC since he founded the company in 1992. JMG Capital Management LLC is the General Partner of JMG Capital Partners, L.P., an investment limited partnership that has been a leader in various capital market strategies, private placements and additional financing strategies. Prior to founding JMG, Mr. Glaser was a member floor trader on both the American Stock Exchange and Pacific Stock Exchange. Mr. Glaser received a Juris Doctor degree from the Boalt Hall School of Law at the University of California, Berkeley, as well as a Bachelor of Arts degree from the University of California, Berkeley. Our board of directors has determined that Mr. Glaser should serve on our board based on his capital markets expertise, as well as his extensive experience in portfolio management, financial oversight and directorship service. Mr. Glaser is the chair of our board’s compensation committee and is a member of our board’s audit committee.

Mark D. Linehan serves as a member of our board of directors. Mr. Linehan has served as President and Chief Executive Officer of Wynmark Company since he founded the company in 1993. Wynmark Company is a

 

113


Table of Contents

private real estate investment and development company with interests in properties in California, Nevada, Oregon and Montana. Prior to founding Wynmark Company, Mr. Linehan was a Senior Vice President with the Trammell Crow Company in Los Angeles, California. Before that, Mr. Linehan was with Kenneth Leventhal & Co. (now Ernst & Young LLP), a Los Angeles-based public accounting firm. In addition, Mr. Linehan is actively involved with the community through his service on the board of the UC Santa Barbara Foundation, the National Cowboy and Western Heritage Museum, and the Goleta Valley Hospital, as well as his previous board memberships with the Signet Corporation and the Camino Real Park Foundation. Mr. Linehan received a Bachelor of Arts degree in Business Economics from the University of California, Santa Barbara and is a Certified Public Accountant. Mr. Linehan was selected by our board based on his extensive experience in real estate investment and development as well as his expertise in accounting matters. Mr. Linehan is the chair of our board’s audit committee and is a member of our board’s compensation committee.

Robert M. Moran, Jr. serves as a member of our board of directors. Mr. Moran co-founded and co-owns FJM Investments LLC, a private real estate investment company that owns interest in properties in the western United States and British Columbia, Canada. Previously, Mr. Moran developed his extensive experience in real estate investment activities at Westridge Investments, LLC and as Chief Investment Officer of Cornerstone Properties, Inc. He also served as a partner at William Wilson & Associates, as well as the Director of Acquisitions in four real estate opportunity funds resulting in the $1.2 billion sale to Cornerstone Properties, Inc. In addition, Mr. Moran has significant experience in real estate lending, having worked at Travelers Insurance, Wells Fargo Bank, Manufacturers Hanover and Chemical Bank. Mr. Moran received his Bachelor of Arts in Economics from Stanford University. Our board of directors has determined that Mr. Moran should serve as a director on our board based on his familiarity with the Northern California real estate market and his experience with REITs and public companies. Mr. Moran is the chair of our board’s nominating and corporate governance committee.

Barry A. Porter serves as a member of our board of directors. Mr. Porter co-founded Clarity Partners L.P. in 2000 and has served as a Managing General Partner of the partnership since then. Clarity Partners L.P. is a private equity firm focused exclusively on investments in media, communications and business services. In 2007 Mr. Porter co-founded Clarity China L.P., a private equity firm specializing in investments in growth companies in the Greater China region. He serves on the Investment Committee of that partnership, which has also invested in real estate in China. Mr. Porter serves on the Board of Impredia, the leading Hispanic news and information company in the United States and on the Board of Naylor Publishing, a publishing company focused on the North American trade association market. Prior to co-founding Clarity Partners, Mr. Porter held senior executive positions at Global Crossing, a company he co-founded in 1997 that was involved in the international fiber optic telecommunications business. Before that, Mr. Porter was a Managing Director at Pacific Capital Group, a firm he joined after serving as a Senior Managing Director in the investment banking group of Bear Stearns. In addition, Mr. Porter worked as an attorney at the Los Angeles firm of Wyman, Bautzer, Rothman, Kuchel and Silbert. He received his Juris Doctor and Master of Business Administration degrees from the University of California, Berkeley, and graduated from the Wharton School of Business, where he earned a Bachelor of Science degree with dual majors in Finance and Political Science. Mr. Porter was selected by our board of directors to serve as a director based on his expertise in public companies, capital markets, and his accounting and financial background. Mr. Porter is a member of our board’s compensation committee and our board’s nominating and corporate governance committee.

Corporate Governance Profile

We have structured our corporate governance in a manner we believe closely aligns our interests with those of our stockholders. Notable features of our corporate governance structure include the following:

 

   

our board of directors is not staggered, with each of our directors subject to re-election annually;

 

   

of the nine persons who serve on our board of directors, our board of directors has determined that 6, or 66.7%, of our directors satisfy the listing standards for independence of the NYSE and Rule 10A-3 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or the Exchange Act;

 

114


Table of Contents
   

at least one of our directors qualifies as an “audit committee financial expert” as defined by the SEC;

 

   

we have opted out of the control share acquisition statute in the MGCL and have exempted from the business combination provisions of the MGCL any business combination that is first approved by our board of directors, including a majority of our disinterested directors; and

 

   

we do not have a stockholder rights plan.

Our directors stay informed about our business by attending meetings of our board of directors and its committees and through supplemental reports and communications. Our independent directors meet regularly in executive sessions without the presence of our corporate officers or non-independent directors.

Role of the Board in Risk Oversight

One of the key functions of our board of directors is informed oversight of our risk management process. Our board of directors administers this oversight function directly, with support from its three standing committees, the audit committee, the nominating and corporate governance committee and the compensation committee, each of which addresses risks specific to their respective areas of oversight. In particular, our audit committee has the responsibility to consider and discuss our major financial risk exposures and the steps our management has taken to monitor and control these exposures, including guidelines and policies to govern the process by which risk assessment and management is undertaken. The audit committee also monitors compliance with legal and regulatory requirements, in addition to oversight of the performance of our internal audit function. Our nominating and corporate governance committee monitors the effectiveness of our corporate governance guidelines, including whether they are successful in preventing illegal or improper liability-creating conduct. Our compensation committee assesses and monitors whether any of our compensation policies and programs has the potential to encourage excessive risk-taking.

Board Committees

Our board of directors has established three standing committees: an audit committee, a compensation committee and a nominating and corporate governance committee. The principal functions of each committee are briefly described below. We comply with the listing requirements and other rules and regulations of the NYSE, as amended or modified from time to time, with respect to each of these committees and each of these committees is comprised exclusively of independent directors. Additionally, our board of directors may from time to time establish other committees to facilitate the management of our company.

Audit Committee

Our audit committee consists of three of our independent directors. We have determined that the chairman of our audit committee qualifies as an “audit committee financial expert” as that term is defined by the applicable SEC regulations and NYSE corporate governance listing standards. Our board of directors has determined that each of the audit committee members is “financially literate” as that term is defined by the NYSE corporate governance listing standards. We have adopted an audit committee charter, which details the principal functions of the audit committee, including oversight related to:

 

   

our accounting and financial reporting processes;

 

   

the integrity of our consolidated financial statements and financial reporting process;

 

   

our systems of disclosure controls and procedures and internal control over financial reporting;

 

115


Table of Contents
   

our compliance with financial, legal and regulatory requirements;

 

   

the evaluation of the qualifications, independence and performance of our independent registered public accounting firm;

 

   

the performance of our internal audit function; and

 

   

our overall risk profile.

The audit committee is also responsible for engaging an independent registered public accounting firm, reviewing with the independent registered public accounting firm the plans and results of the audit engagement, approving professional services provided by the independent registered public accounting firm, including all audit and non-audit services, reviewing the independence of the independent registered public accounting firm, considering the range of audit and non-audit fees and reviewing the adequacy of our internal accounting controls. The audit committee also prepares the audit committee report required by SEC regulations to be included in our annual proxy statement. Mr. Linehan is chair and Messrs. Antenucci and Glaser are members of the audit committee.

Compensation Committee

Our compensation committee consists of three of our independent directors. We adopted a compensation committee charter, which details the principal functions of the compensation committee, including:

 

   

reviewing and approving on an annual basis the corporate goals and objectives relevant to our chief executive officer’s compensation, evaluating our chief executive officer’s performance in light of such goals and objectives and determining and approving the remuneration of our chief executive officer based on such evaluation;

 

   

reviewing and approving the compensation of all of our other officers;

 

   

reviewing our executive compensation policies and plans;

 

   

implementing and administering our incentive compensation equity-based remuneration plans;

 

   

assisting management in complying with our proxy statement and annual report disclosure requirements;

 

   

producing a report on executive compensation to be included in our annual proxy statement; and

 

   

reviewing, evaluating and recommending changes, if appropriate, to the remuneration for directors.

Mr. Glaser is chair and Messrs. Linehan and Porter are members of the compensation committee.

Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee

Our nominating and corporate governance committee consists of three of our independent directors. We adopted a nominating and corporate governance committee charter, which details the principal functions of the nominating and corporate governance committee, including:

 

   

identifying and recommending to the full board of directors qualified candidates for election as directors and recommending nominees for election as directors at the annual meeting of stockholders;

 

116


Table of Contents
   

developing and recommending to the board of directors corporate governance guidelines and implementing and monitoring such guidelines;

 

   

reviewing and making recommendations on matters involving the general operation of the board of directors, including board size and composition, and committee composition and structure;

 

   

recommending to the board of directors nominees for each committee of the board of directors;

 

   

annually facilitating the assessment of the board of directors’ performance as a whole and of the individual directors, as required by applicable law, regulations and the NYSE corporate governance listing standards; and

 

   

overseeing the board of directors’ evaluation of the performance of management.

Mr. Moran is chair and Messrs. Burnett and Porter are members of the nominating and corporate governance committee.

Code of Business Conduct and Ethics

Our board of directors established a code of business conduct and ethics that applies to our officers, directors and employees. Among other matters, our code of business conduct and ethics is designed to deter wrongdoing and to promote:

 

   

honest and ethical conduct, including the ethical handling of actual or apparent conflicts of interest between personal and professional relationships;

 

   

full, fair, accurate, timely and understandable disclosure in our SEC reports and other public communications;

 

   

compliance with applicable governmental laws, rules and regulations;

 

   

prompt internal reporting of violations of the code to appropriate persons identified in the code; and

 

   

accountability for adherence to the code of business conduct and ethics.

Any waiver of the code of business conduct and ethics for our executive officers or directors must be approved by a majority of our independent directors, and any such waiver shall be promptly disclosed as required by law or NYSE regulations.

Limitation of Liability and Indemnification

We have entered into indemnification agreements with each of our directors and executive officers that obligate us to indemnify them to the maximum extent permitted by Maryland law as discussed under “Material Provisions of Maryland Law and of Our Charter and Bylaws—Indemnification and Limitation of Directors’ and Officers’ Liability.” The indemnification agreements provide that, if a director or executive officer is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any proceeding by reason of his or her status as a director, officer, employee or agent of our company or as a director, trustee, officer, partner, manager, managing member, fiduciary, employee or agent of any other foreign or domestic corporation, partnership, limited liability company, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise that he or she is or was serving in such capacity at our request, we must indemnify the director or executive officer for all expenses and liabilities actually and reasonably incurred by him or her, or on his or her behalf, to the maximum extent permitted under Maryland law, including in any proceeding brought by the director or executive officer to enforce his or her rights under the indemnification

 

117


Table of Contents

agreement, to the extent provided by the agreement. The indemnification agreements also require us to advance reasonable expenses incurred by the indemnitee within ten days of the receipt by us of a statement from the indemnitee requesting the advance, provided the statement evidences the expenses and is accompanied by:

 

   

a written affirmation of the indemnitee’s good faith belief that he or she has met the standard of conduct necessary for indemnification; and

 

   

a written unsecured undertaking to reimburse us if a court of competent jurisdiction determines that the director or executive officer is not entitled to indemnification.

The indemnification agreements also provide for procedures for the determination of entitlement to indemnification, including requiring such determination be made by independent counsel after a change of control of us.

Our charter permits us, and our bylaws obligate us, to the maximum extent permitted by Maryland law, to indemnify and to pay or reimburse reasonable expenses in advance of final disposition of a proceeding to (1) any of our present or former directors or officers who is made or threatened to be made a party to the proceeding by reason of his service in that capacity or (2) any individual who, while serving as our director or officer and at our request, serves or has served as a director, officer, partner, member, manager or trustee of another corporation, real estate investment trust, partnership, limited liability company, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or any other enterprise and who is made or threatened to be made a party to the proceeding by reason of his service in that capacity, as discussed under “Material Provisions of Maryland Law and of Our Charter and Bylaws—Indemnification and Limitation of Directors’ and Officers’ Liability.”

Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the Securities Act, may be permitted to directors, officers or persons controlling our company pursuant to the foregoing provisions, we have been informed that in the opinion of the SEC such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is therefore unenforceable.

In addition, our directors and officers may be entitled to indemnification pursuant to the terms of the partnership agreement of our operating partnership. See “Description of the Partnership Agreement of Hudson Pacific Properties, L.P.—Exculpation and Indemnification.”

 

118


Table of Contents

EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

Compensation Discussion and Analysis

This section discusses the principles underlying the material components of our executive compensation program for our executive officers who are named in the “Summary Compensation Table” below and the factors relevant to an analysis of these policies and decisions. Our “named executive officers” during 2010 were Victor J. Coleman, Chief Executive Officer; Howard S. Stern, President; Mark T. Lammas, Chief Financial Officer; Christopher Barton, Executive Vice President, Operations and Development; and Dale Shimoda, Executive Vice President, Finance.

Our executive compensation strategy focuses on providing a total compensation package intended to attract and retain high-caliber executive officers and employees, and also to incentivize employee contributions that are consistent with our corporate objectives and stockholder interests. It is our policy to provide a competitive total compensation package and share our success with our named executive officers, as well as our other employees, when our objectives are met.

Each of the key elements of our executive compensation program is discussed in more detail below. Our compensation programs are designed to be flexible and complementary and to collectively serve the principles and objectives of our executive compensation and benefits program. We have not adopted any formal or informal policies or guidelines for allocating compensation between long-term and short-term compensation, between cash and non-cash compensation or among different forms of cash and non-cash compensation.

Executive Compensation Philosophy and Objectives

Objectives of Our Compensation Program

Our compensation committee has adopted an executive compensation philosophy designed to accomplish the following objectives:

 

   

To attract, retain and motivate a high-quality executive management team capable of creating long-term stockholder value;

 

   

To provide compensation opportunities that are competitive with the prevailing market, are rooted in a pay-for-performance philosophy, and create a strong alignment of management and stockholder interests; and

 

   

To achieve an appropriate balance between risk and reward in our compensation programs that does not incentivize unnecessary or excessive risk taking.

In order to achieve these objectives, a comprehensive and market-based compensation program is provided to the executive officers that includes both fixed and discretionary amounts, the components of which are described in more detail below under “Elements of Executive Officer Compensation.” A substantial portion of each named executive officer’s compensation has been provided in the form of equity compensation subject to multi-year vesting provisions designed to ensure that management maintains a long-term focus that serves the best interests of our company.

How We Determine Executive Compensation

Our compensation committee determines compensation for our named executive officers and is comprised of three independent directors, Jonathan Glaser (Chairman), Mark Linehan and Barry Porter. Our compensation committee exercises independent discretion with respect to executive compensation matters and administers our equity incentive programs, including reviewing and approving equity grants to our named executive officers

 

119


Table of Contents

pursuant to our Hudson Pacific Properties, Inc. and Hudson Pacific Properties, L.P. 2010 Incentive Award Plan, which we refer to as the 2010 Plan. Our compensation committee operates under a written charter adopted by our board of directors, a copy of which is available on our Web site at http://www.hudsonpacificproperties.com. Information contained on our Web site is not incorporated by reference into this prospectus and you should not consider information contained on our Web site to be part of this prospectus.

The initial compensation arrangements with our named executive officers were determined in negotiations with each individual executive prior to our initial public offering. Since the completion of our initial public offering in 2010, our compensation committee has worked with our compensation consultant, as described in greater detail below in “—Engagement of Compensation Consultant”, to implement compensation policies based on the following factors: (i) our desire to align the interests of our named executive officers with those of our stockholders and incentivize them over the near, medium and long term, (ii) our need to reward our named executive officers for exceptional performance and (iii) our need to retain our named executive officers’ services over the long term. In addition, our compensation committee continues to consider additional factors that may be appropriate for inclusion in our long-term compensation philosophy.

In making compensation decisions following our initial public offering, our compensation committee evaluated our performance and the performance of the Chief Executive Officer and, together with the Chief Executive Officer, assessed the individual performance of the other named executive officers. The compensation committee also reviewed market-based compensation data provided by its compensation consultant, as described in greater detail below in “—Engagement of Compensation Consultant.” The other named executive officers do not play a role in determining their own compensation, other than discussing their performance with our Chief Executive Officer. During 2010, the compensation committee held meetings both independently and with the participation of our Chief Executive Officer. The compensation committee’s compensation consultant also participated in select meetings, at the committee’s request.

Engagement of Compensation Consultant

The compensation committee is authorized to retain the services of one or more executive compensation advisors, in its discretion, to assist with the establishment and review of our compensation programs and related policies. In connection with the preparation of our initial public offering in 2010, FTI Schonbraun McCann Group, or SMG, a compensation consulting firm, was engaged to provide advice regarding an executive compensation program for our senior executive management team to be implemented upon completion of the offering.

Following our initial public offering, the compensation committee engaged SMG to provide market-based compensation data and to advise on industry trends and best practices. In connection with these efforts, SMG prepared for the compensation committee two peer group compensation analyses: (i) a Performance-Based Peer Group analysis and (ii) a Size-Based Peer Group analysis. The Performance-Based Peer Group was comprised of other publicly-traded real estate investment trusts generally with an investment focus on office properties and/or a geographic concentration on the West Coast, and included the following 16 companies: Alexandria Real Estate Equities, Inc., BioMed Realty Trust, Inc., Corporate Office Properties Trust, Digital Realty Trust, Inc., Douglas Emmett, Inc., Entertainment Properties Trust, Highwoods Properties, Inc., Kilroy Realty Corporation, Lexington Realty Trust, Mack-Cali Realty Corporation, Parkway Properties, Inc., Piedmont Office Realty Trust, Inc., PS Business Parks, Inc., Realty Income Corporation and Washington Real Estate Investment Trust.

Additionally, in order to be more exhaustive and evaluate a broader scope of information, and in recognition of our size relative to several of the companies included in the Performance-Based Peer Group, the compensation committee requested that SMG prepare a Size-Based Peer Group comprised of other publicly-traded real estate investment trusts across various asset sectors with a total equity market capitalization level below $1 billion (similar to the company). The Size-Based Peer Group was comprised of the following 28 companies: Acadia Realty Trust, Anworth Mortgage Corporation, Arlington Asset Investment Corp., Ashford

 

120


Table of Contents

Hospitality Trust, Inc., Associated Estates Realty Corporation, Cedar Shopping Centers, Inc., Cousins Properties Incorporated, FelCor Lodging Trust Incorporated, First Industrial Realty Trust, Inc., First Potomac Realty Trust, Glimcher Realty Trust, Gramercy Capital Corp., Hersha Hospitality Trust, iStar Financial Inc., Lexington Realty Trust, LTC Properties, Inc., Morgans Hotel Group Company, MPG Office Trust, Inc., National HealthCare Corporation, NorthStar Realty Finance Corp., Pebblebrook Hotel Trust, Pennsylvania Real Estate Investment Trust, Retail Opportunity Investments Corp., Strategic Hotels & Resorts, Sun Communities, Inc., Sunstone Hotel Investors, Inc., Urstadt Biddle Properties Inc. and U-Store-It Trust.

The compensation analysis for each peer group provided an overview of typical compensation components (e.g., base salaries, annual bonuses and long-term equity incentives), as well as the range of compensation levels by position, in each case, generally found within the relevant peer group. The peer group compensation analyses prepared by SMG were utilized by the compensation committee for informational purposes only and were not utilized for benchmarking purposes.

Other than advising the compensation committee as described above, SMG did not provide any material services to our company in 2010. However, during 2010, EdgeRock Realty Advisors, or EdgeRock, a company in which SMG holds a substantial minority equity stake, was retained by us to provide services unrelated to executive compensation, including real estate and financial advisory services in connection with our initial public offering and subsequent activities. EdgeRock was engaged to provide real estate and financial advisory services directly by our management team. The compensation committee did not, apart from its members’ participation in the general board of directors approval, review or approve the services provided by EdgeRock to our company, as those services did not relate to compensation matters. Furthermore, our management team neither made the decision, nor recommended that the compensation committee decide, to engage SMG. The compensation committee has sole authority to hire, fire and set the terms of engagement with SMG. The compensation committee believes that the compensation consulting advice it received from SMG relating to executive compensation matters was objective and not influenced by EdgeRock’s relationship with our company or the services provided by EdgeRock to the company. The aggregate fees paid for SMG’s services in 2010 totaled approximately $87,000 and the aggregate fees paid to EdgeRock for those other services in 2010 totaled approximately $1.2 million.

Measuring 2010 Performance

With the assistance of SMG, the compensation committee performed a comprehensive review of corporate and individual performance for 2010 as part of its determination of year-end 2010 performance-based compensation, including cash bonuses and annual grants of equity awards. The compensation committee’s review did not include an assessment of any pre-determined metrics or hurdles (as no such metrics or hurdles were applicable), but instead was based on an evaluation of company and individual performance in relation to select market and operational criteria the compensation committee felt were most appropriate given our recent transition into the public arena and growth stage. Such criteria included success achieved in relation to acquisitions and capital deployment, capital markets strategy, organizational development, and stockholder value creation, among others.

Individual performance metrics are discussed in more detail below in the sections entitled “Elements of Executive Officer Compensation—Cash Bonuses” and “—Long-Term Equity Incentives.” Examples of key company performance achievements attained in 2010 that the compensation committee took into account when setting 2010 compensation include the following:

 

   

Expansion of our asset base and property portfolio through the successful sourcing and acquisition of approximately 2.4 million square feet of office property in key California markets, including the Los Angeles and San Francisco metropolitan areas;

 

   

Successful execution of capital markets strategy that included the completion of an $87.5 million preferred stock offering in December 2010;

 

121


Table of Contents
   

Continued development of an internal infrastructure and management platform that would best position us to pursue and support future growth; and

 

   

Development and implementation of internal infrastructure, control systems and procedures to accommodate the requirements of becoming a public company, including the satisfaction of public company reporting requirements under applicable SEC regulations and NYSE listing standards.

Compensation Philosophy

We design the principal components of our executive compensation program to achieve one or more of the principles and objectives described above. We view each component of our executive compensation program as related but distinct, and we will continue to regularly reassess the total compensation of our executive officers to ensure that our overall compensation objectives are met. Compensation of our named executive officers consists of the following elements:

 

   

base salary;

 

   

discretionary performance-based bonuses;

 

   

equity incentive compensation;

 

   

certain severance and change in control benefits; and

 

   

health and welfare benefits and certain limited perquisites and other personal benefits.

During 2010, our named executive officers were eligible to earn cash compensation in the form of base salaries and discretionary annual bonuses that we believe appropriately recognize ongoing performance of job responsibilities and reward our executive officers for their individual contributions to our company. When making bonus decisions, the compensation committee considered our financial and operational performance (as described above) as well as each executive officer’s individual contributions during the year. Grants of restricted shares of our common stock comprised another key component of our executive compensation program during 2010. We believe that these equity awards incentivize our executive officers to focus on the growth of our overall enterprise value and, correspondingly, the creation of value for our stockholders, while also providing a valuable retention tool by virtue of applicable vesting requirements.

Each of the primary elements of our 2010 executive compensation program is discussed in more detail below. While we have identified particular compensation objectives that each element of executive compensation serves, our compensation programs are designed to be flexible and complementary and to collectively serve all of the executive compensation principles and objectives described above. Accordingly, whether or not specifically mentioned below, we believe that, as a part of our overall executive compensation policy, each individual element, to a greater or lesser extent, serves each of our compensation objectives. In addition, the compensation levels of our named executive officers reflect to a significant degree the varying roles and responsibilities of such executives. As a result of our board’s assessment of our Chief Executive Officer’s substantial roles and responsibilities within our company, there is a significant compensation differential between his compensation levels and those of our other named executive officers.

 

122


Table of Contents

Elements of Executive Officer Compensation

The following is a discussion of the primary elements of 2010 compensation for each of our named executive officers.

Base Salaries

Each named executive officer’s compensation was initially established based on negotiations in connection with our initial public offering in 2010. We believe that these salary levels provide appropriate levels of fixed income based on the background, qualifications and skill set of each executive. Base salaries of our named executive officers initially were approved by our board and, going forward, periodically will be reviewed by our compensation committee. No formulaic base salary increases are provided to our named executive officers; however our compensation committee may adjust base salaries in connection with its periodic review. The actual base salaries paid to all of our named executive officers during 2010 are set forth in the “Summary Compensation Table” below. No changes to base salary levels have been made for 2011.

Cash Bonuses

Our named executive officers are eligible to earn discretionary annual cash bonuses based on our company’s and each executive officer’s individual performance in relation to select performance criteria, as determined by our compensation committee. Eligibility to receive these cash bonuses incentivizes our named executive officers to strive to perform at their highest levels and further our interests and the interests of our stockholders. The amounts of any discretionary cash bonuses are determined each year by our compensation committee after taking into account individual and company-wide performance.

The compensation committee conducted a comprehensive evaluation of corporate and individual performance in 2010 for purposes of determining discretionary cash bonuses. The company performance criteria that were considered in this analysis are described in detail above under the section entitled “Executive Compensation Philosophy and Objectives—Measuring 2010 Performance.” The Chief Executive Officer conducted a subjective assessment of each other named executive officer’s individual performance, which reflected each executive’s contribution to the achievement of the company performance criteria described above. The compensation committee similarly conducted a subjective assessment of Mr. Coleman’s individual performance and contribution towards the achievement of company performance criteria. Based upon the compensation committee’s performance evaluation, its general review of market compensation data as provided by SMG and the relative roles and responsibility for our named executive officers, the compensation committee approved cash performance bonuses for the named executive officers for 2010 at the following levels:

 

Executive

   2010 Bonus  

Victor J. Coleman

   $ 500,000   

Howard S. Stern

   $ 400,000   

Mark T. Lammas

   $ 225,000   

Christopher Barton

   $ 225,000   

Dale Shimoda

   $ 225,000   

These discretionary bonuses were not determined based on the attainment of any particular individual or company-level performance goal(s) or the application of any benchmarking or formula(e). Instead, the compensation committee considered all of the factors described in the preceding paragraph as applied to each named executive officer (including, in the case of company-level metrics, such named executive officer’s contribution to the attainment of those metrics), and made a subjective determination as to the appropriate bonus level based on that information, considered in light of the compensation committee’s collective experience regarding appropriate compensation and bonus levels.

 

123


Table of Contents

Long-Term Equity Incentives

The goals of our long-term, equity-based awards are to incentivize and reward increases in long-term stockholder value and to align the interests of our named executive officers with the interests of our stockholders. Because vesting is based on continued employment, our equity-based incentives also encourage the retention of our named executive officers through the award vesting period. In determining the size of the long-term equity incentives awarded to our executive officers for 2010 service, we considered, among other things, the role and responsibilities of the individual, competitive factors and individual performance history. We granted restricted shares of our common stock to certain of our employees, including our named executive officers, as the primary incentive vehicle for long-term compensation. These awards were intended to enable our executive officers to establish a meaningful equity stake in our company that would vest over a period of years based on continued service. We believe that theses awards enable us to deliver competitive compensation value to the executive officers at levels sufficient to attract and retain top talent within our executive officer ranks.

In connection with the completion of our initial public offering in June 2010, Messrs. Coleman, Stern, Lammas, Barton and Shimoda were granted restricted stock awards of 117,647 shares, 53,529 shares, 17,647 shares, 17,647 shares and 17,647 shares, respectively, under the 2010 Plan. These restricted stock awards will vest in three equal, annual installments on each of the first three anniversaries of the grant date, subject to the executive’s continued employment (and further subject to accelerated vesting upon a change in control or certain terminations as described below in the section entitled “—Potential Payments Upon Termination or Change in Control”). These awards, which represented “founder share awards,” were one-time grants made in connection with the completion of the initial public offering that were designed to recognize and reward the efforts of our named executive officers in leading our company through its initial public offering and to provide these officers with a meaningful initial ownership stake in our company. The size and vesting terms of these awards were determined by our compensation committee’s assessment of appropriate levels of initial ownership and incentive compensation based on its review of market data provided by SMG and its collective experience in setting compensation levels, without reliance on any formal benchmarking process.

As part of its review of 2010 performance, in determining whether to make annual grants of equity awards to our named executive officers in respect of services provided during 2010 (eligibility for which is contemplated under these officers’ employment agreements), the compensation committee analyzed prevailing market practices based on market data provided by SMG with respect to the Performance-Based Peer Group and Size-Based Peer Group, as well as company and individual performance. This analysis considered the same performance and market factors as those considered in determining the named executive officers’ discretionary cash bonuses for 2010, as described in more detail above in the sections entitled “Executive Compensation Philosophy and Objectives—Measuring 2010 Performance” and “—Cash Bonuses.” As with the discretionary cash bonuses, annual equity awards were not determined based on the attainment of any particular individual or company-level performance goal(s) or the application of any benchmarking or formula(e). Instead, the compensation committee considered all of the relevant factors as applied to each named executive officer (including, in the case of company-level metrics, such named executive officer’s contribution to the attainment of those metrics), and made a subjective determination as to the appropriate equity grant level based on that information, taking into consideration the compensation committee’s collective experience regarding appropriate annual equity grant levels.

Based on this assessment, on December 22, 2010, the compensation committee approved grants of restricted stock to Messrs. Coleman, Stern, Lammas, Barton and Shimoda of 99,933 shares, 43,304 shares, 23,318 shares, 16,656 shares and 16,656 shares, respectively, pursuant to the 2010 Plan. These restricted stock awards will vest in three equal, annual installments on each of the first three anniversaries of the grant date, subject to the executive’s continued employment (and further subject to accelerated vesting upon a change in control or certain terminations as described below in the section entitled “—Potential Payments Upon Termination or Change in Control”).

 

124


Table of Contents

Employee Benefits

Our full-time employees, including our named executive officers, are eligible to participate in health and welfare benefit plans, which provide medical, dental, prescription, life insurance and other health benefits. We believe that these benefits are a key component of a comprehensive compensation package, providing essential protections to our named executive officers and enhancing the overall desirability and competitiveness of our compensation program. Additionally, we reimburse Mr. Coleman for any premiums paid by him for the continuation of healthcare coverage provided through COBRA.

Additional Compensation Components

In the future, we may provide different and/or additional compensation components, benefits and/or perquisites to our named executive officers to ensure that we provide a balanced and comprehensive compensation structure. We believe that it is important to maintain flexibility to adapt our compensation structure at this time to properly attract, motivate and retain the top executive talent for which we compete. All future practices regarding compensation components, benefits and/or perquisites will be subject to periodic review by our compensation committee.

Severance and Change in Control Benefits

As described more fully below in the sections entitled “—Narrative Disclosure to Summary Compensation Table and Grants of Plan-Based Awards in 2010 Table” and “—Potential Payments Upon Termination or Change in Control,” we entered into employment agreements with our named executive officers, in connection with the completion of our initial public offering, that provide for various severance and change in control benefits and other terms and conditions of employment. We believe that the protections contained in these employment agreements will help to ensure the day-to-day stability necessary to our executives to enable them to properly focus their attention on their duties and responsibilities with our company and will provide security with regard to some of the most uncertain events relating to continued employment, thereby limiting concern and uncertainty and promoting productivity. For a description of the material terms of these employment agreements, see “—Narrative Disclosure to Summary Compensation Table and Grants of Plan-Based Awards in 2010 Table” and “—Potential Payments Upon Termination or Change in Control” below.

Tax Considerations

Section 162(m) of the Internal Revenue Code

Section 162(m) of the Code (“Section 162(m)”) disallows a tax deduction for any publicly held corporation for individual compensation exceeding $1.0 million in any taxable year for our chief executive officer and each of the other named executive officers (other than our chief financial officer), unless compensation is performance based. We expect that our compensation committee will adhere to the principle that, where reasonably practicable, we will seek to qualify the variable compensation paid to our named executive officers for an exemption from the deductibility limitations of Section 162(m). As such, in approving the amount and form of compensation for our named executive officers in the future, our compensation committee will consider all elements of the cost to our company of providing such compensation, including the potential impact of Section 162(m). However, our compensation committee may, in its judgment, authorize compensation payments that do not comply with the exemptions in Section 162(m) when it believes that such payments are appropriate to attract and retain executive talent.

Furthermore, we do not expect Section 162(m) to apply to awards under the 2010 Plan until the earliest to occur of our annual stockholders’ meeting in 2014, a material modification of the 2010 Plan or exhaustion of the share supply under the 2010 Plan. However, performance criteria may be used with respect to performance awards that are not intended to constitute performance-based compensation for purposes of Section 162(m).

 

125


Table of Contents

Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code

Section 409A of the Code (“Section 409A”) requires that “nonqualified deferred compensation” be deferred and paid under plans or arrangements that satisfy the requirements of the statute with respect to the timing of deferral elections, timing of payments and certain other matters. Failure to satisfy these requirements can expose employees and other service providers to accelerated income tax liabilities, penalty taxes and interest on their vested compensation under such plans. Accordingly, as a general matter, it is our intention to design and administer our compensation and benefits plans and arrangements for all of our employees and other service providers, including our named executive officers, so that they are either exempt from, or satisfy the requirements of, Section 409A.

Section 280G of the Internal Revenue Code

Section 280G of the Code (“Section 280G”) disallows a tax deduction with respect to excess parachute payments to certain executives of companies which undergo a change in control. In addition, Section 4999 of the Internal Revenue Code imposes a 20% penalty on the individual receiving the excess payment.

Parachute payments are compensation that is linked to or triggered by a change in control and may include, but are not limited to, bonus payments, severance payments, certain fringe benefits, and payments and acceleration of vesting from long-term incentive plans including stock options and other equity-based compensation. Excess parachute payments are parachute payments that exceed a threshold determined under Section 280G based on the executive’s prior compensation. In approving the compensation arrangements for our named executive officers in the future, our compensation committee will consider all elements of the cost to our company of providing such compensation, including the potential impact of Section 280G. However, our compensation committee may, in its judgment, authorize compensation arrangements that could give rise to loss of deductibility under Section 280G and the imposition of excise taxes under Section 4999 when it believes that such arrangements are appropriate to attract and retain executive talent.

Accounting Standards

ASC Topic 718, Compensation—Stock Compensation (referred to as ASC Topic 718 and formerly known as FASB 123R), requires us to calculate the grant date “fair value” of our stock-based awards using a variety of assumptions. ASC Topic 718 also requires us to recognize an expense for the fair value of equity-based compensation awards. Grants of stock options, restricted stock, restricted stock units and performance units under our equity incentive award plans will be accounted for under ASC Topic 718. Our compensation committee will regularly consider the accounting implications of significant compensation decisions, especially in connection with decisions that relate to our equity incentive award plans and programs. As accounting standards change, we may revise certain programs to appropriately align the accounting expense of our equity awards with our overall executive compensation philosophy and objectives.

Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation

None of our executive officers serves as a member of a board of directors or compensation committee, or other committee serving an equivalent function, of any other entity that has one or more of its executive officers serving as a member of our board or compensation committee.

 

126


Table of Contents

Compensation Tables

Summary Compensation Table

The following table sets forth information concerning the compensation of our named executive officers for the year ended December 31, 2010.

 

Name and Principal Position

  Year     Salary($) (1)     Bonus($) (2)     Stock
Awards($) (3)
    All Other
Compensation
($) (4)
    Total($)  

Victor J. Coleman

    Chief Executive Officer

    2010        253,425        500,000        3,499,994        15,167        4,268,586   

Howard S. Stern

    President

    2010        202,740        400,000        1,559,993        321        2,163,054   

Mark T. Lammas

    Chief Financial Officer

    2010        152,055        225,000        650,003        321        1,027,379   

Christopher Barton

    Executive Vice President, Operations and Development

    2010        152,055        225,000        550,007        321        927,383   

Dale Shimoda

    Executive Vice President, Finance

    2010        152,055        225,000        550,007        321        927,383   

 

(1) Amounts shown in the “Salary” column represent each named executive officer’s annual base salary prorated to reflect partial-year service since the completion of our initial public offering in 2010.
(2) Amounts represent discretionary bonuses paid to our named executive officers in respect of services provided during 2010.
(3) Amounts reflect the full grant-date fair value of restricted stock awards granted in 2010 computed in accordance with ASC Topic 718, rather than the amounts paid to or realized by the named individual. We provide information regarding the assumptions used to calculate the value of all restricted stock awards made to executive officers in Notes 2 and 12 to the consolidated financial statements contained elsewhere in this prospectus. There can be no assurance that awards will vest (in which case no value will be realized by the individual).
(4) Amounts reflect premium payments for group term life insurance for Messrs. Coleman, Stern, Lammas, Barton and Shimoda and, with respect to Mr. Coleman only, the reimbursement of premium payments paid by him for COBRA healthcare coverage.

Grants of Plan-Based Awards in 2010

The following table sets forth information regarding grants of plan-based awards made to our named executive officers during the year ended December 31, 2010:

 

          All Other Stock
Awards: Number of
Shares of Stock or Units
    Grant Date
Fair Value
of Stock
and
Options
 

Name

  

Grant Date

   (# shares)     Awards($) (1)  

Victor J. Coleman

   June 29, 2010      117,647 (2)       2,000,000   
   December 22, 2010      99,933 (3)       1,499,994   

Howard S. Stern

   June 29, 2010      53,529 (2)       910,000   
   December 22, 2010      43,304 (3)       649,993   

Mark T. Lammas

   June 29, 2010      17,647 (2)       300,000   
   December 22, 2010      23,318 (3)       350,003   

Christopher Barton

   June 29, 2010      17,647 (2)       300,000   
   December 22, 2010      16,656 (3)       250,007   

Dale Shimoda

   June 29, 2010      17,647 (2)       300,000   
   December 22, 2010      16,656 (3)       250,007   

 

(1) Amounts reflect the full grant date fair value of restricted stock granted during 2010 computed in accordance with ASC Topic 718, rather than the amounts paid to or realized by the named individual. We provide information regarding the assumptions used to calculate the value of all restricted stock awards made to executive officers in Notes 2 and 12 to the consolidated financial statements contained elsewhere in this prospectus. There can be no assurance that awards will vest (in which case no value will be realized by the individual).

 

127


Table of Contents
(2) On June 29, 2010, in connection with the completion of our initial public offering, our board approved these restricted stock awards to each named executive officer, each of which will vest in three equal, annual installments on each of the first three anniversaries of the grant date, subject to continued service with us through the applicable vesting dates (and further subject to accelerated vesting upon a change in control or certain terminations as described below in the section entitled “—Potential Payments Upon Termination or Change in Control”).
(3) On December 22, 2010, the compensation committee approved these restricted stock awards to each named executive officer, each of which will vest, and the restrictions thereon will lapse, in three equal, annual installments on each of December 29, 2011, December 29, 2012 and December 29, 2013, subject to continued service with us through the applicable vesting dates (and further subject to accelerated vesting upon a change in control or certain terminations as described below in the section entitled “—Potential Payments Upon Termination or Change in Control”).

Narrative Disclosure to Summary Compensation Table and Grants of Plan-Based Awards in 2010 Table

We entered into employment agreements with each of our named executive officers, effective as of the date of the completion of our initial public offering on June 29, 2010. The following is a summary of the material terms of the agreements.

Under the employment agreements, Messrs. Coleman, Stern, Lammas, Barton and Shimoda serve as the company’s Chief Executive Officer, President, Chief Financial Officer, Executive Vice President—Operations and Development and Executive Vice President—Finance, respectively. Messrs. Coleman and Stern report directly to our board, while the other executives report to our Chief Executive Officer. The initial term of the employment agreements will end on June 29, 2013. On that date, the term of the employment agreements will automatically be extended for one year, unless earlier terminated. In the event that we experience a “change in control” (as defined in the 2010 Plan) during the one-year extension period, the term of the employment agreements will instead continue through the first anniversary of the consummation of the change in control. Pursuant to Messrs. Coleman and Stern’s employment agreements, during the terms of their employment, we will nominate each for election as a director.

Under the employment agreements, Messrs. Coleman, Stern, Lammas, Barton and Shimoda are entitled to receive annual base salaries of $500,000, $400,000, $300,000, $300,000 and $300,000, respectively, each of which are subject to increase at the discretion of our compensation committee. In addition, each executive is eligible to receive an annual discretionary cash performance bonus, the amount of which will be determined based on the attainment of performance criteria established by our compensation committee. In connection with entering into the employment agreements, Messrs. Coleman, Stern, Lammas, Barton and Shimoda were each granted an award of restricted shares of our common stock, with respect to 117,647 shares, 53,529 shares, 17,647 shares, 17,647 shares and 17,647 shares, respectively. These restricted stock awards will vest in three equal, annual installments on each of the first three anniversaries of June 29, 2010, the date of our initial public offering, subject to the executive’s continued employment through the applicable vesting date (and further subject to accelerated vesting upon a change in control or certain terminations as described below in the section entitled “—Potential Payments Upon Termination or Change in Control”). In addition, the executives are eligible to participate in customary health, welfare and fringe benefit plans, and are eligible to accrue up to four weeks of paid vacation per year.

If an executive’s employment is terminated by us without “cause” or by the executive for “good reason” (each, as defined in the employment agreements), because we elect not to renew the initial term of the employment agreement or by reason of the executive’s death or disability, the executive will be entitled to certain payments and benefits, as described under “—Potential Payments Upon Termination or Change in Control” below. The employment agreements also contain customary confidentiality and non-solicitation provisions.

 

128


Table of Contents

Outstanding Equity Awards at 2010 Fiscal Year-End

The following table summarizes the number of shares of common stock underlying outstanding equity incentive plan awards for each named executive officer as of December 31, 2010:

 

     Stock Awards  

Name

   Number
of Shares
of Stock
That Have
Not Vested
     Market
Value of
Shares of
Stock That
Have Not
Vested($) (1)
 

Victor J. Coleman

     117,647 (2)        1,770,587   
     99,933 (3)        1,503,992   

Howard S. Stern

     53,529 (2)        805,611   
     43,304 (3)        651,725   

Mark T. Lammas

     17,647 (2)        265,587   
     23,318 (3)        350,936   

Christopher Barton

     17,647 (2)        265,587   
     16,656 (3)        250,673   

Dale Shimoda

     17,647 (2)        265,587   
     16,656 (3)        250,673   

 

(1) The market value of shares of restricted stock that have not vested is calculated by multiplying the fair market value of a share of our common stock on December 31, 2010 ($15.05) by the number of unvested shares of restricted stock outstanding under the award.
(2) Consists of restricted stock granted on June 29, 2010, which will vest in three substantially equal installments on each of June 29, 2011, 2012 and 2013, subject to continued service with us through the applicable vesting dates.
(3) Consists of restricted stock granted on December 22, 2010, which will vest in three substantially equal installments on each of December 29, 2011, 2012 and 2013, respectively, subject to continued service with us through the applicable vesting dates.

2010 Option Exercises and Stock Vested

The company has not granted any stock option awards to its named executive officers. Additionally, no stock awards previously issued to the named executive officers vested in 2010.

Potential Payments Upon Termination or Change in Control

Termination Without Cause or for Good Reason; Non-Renewal

Under the executives’ employment agreements, if an executive’s employment is terminated by us without “cause” or by the executive for “good reason” (each, as defined in the employment agreements) then, in addition to accrued amounts and any earned but unpaid bonuses, the executive will be entitled to receive the following:

 

   

A lump-sum payment in an amount equal to two (or, with respect to Messrs. Coleman and Stern, three) times the sum of (i) the executive’s annual base salary then in effect, (ii) the highest annual bonus earned by the executive during the employment term (or, in the event of a termination prior to the end of the completion of our first full fiscal year, an amount as determined by our compensation committee in its sole discretion, but in no event less than the executive’s base salary in effect on the termination date) and (iii) the highest value of any annual equity award(s) made to the executive during the employment term (not including the initial grant of restricted stock described above or any award(s) granted pursuant to a multi-year or long-term performance program, initial hiring or retention award or similar non-reoccurring award);

 

129


Table of Contents
   

accelerated vesting of all outstanding equity awards held by the executive as of the termination date; and

 

   

company-subsidized continuation healthcare coverage for up to 18 months after the termination date.

In the event that an executive’s employment is terminated because we elect not to renew the initial term of the employment agreement, then the executive will be entitled to receive the same payments and benefits described above for a termination without cause or for good reason, except that the amount of the cash severance will be multiplied by one rather than two (or, with respect to Messrs. Coleman and Stern, two rather than three). However, if such a non-renewal termination occurs upon or within 12 months after a change in control of our company, the executive will be entitled to receive the same payments and benefits described above for a termination without cause or for good reason (without reduction of the cash severance multiplier). The executive’s right to receive the severance payments and benefits described above is, in all cases, subject to his delivery of an effective general release of claims in favor of our company.

Death or Disability of Executive

Upon a termination of employment by reason of death or disability, the executive or his/her estate will be entitled to accelerated vesting of all outstanding equity awards held by the executive as of the termination date, in addition to accrued amounts and earned but unpaid bonuses.

Change in Control

Under the employment agreements, if an executive remains employed through a change in control of our company, the executive’s initial restricted stock award (granted on June 29, 2010) will vest in full to the extent then unvested.

 

130


Table of Contents

The following table summarizes the payments that would be made to our named executive officers upon the occurrence of certain qualifying terminations of employment or change in control, in any case, occurring on December 31, 2010. Amounts shown do not include (i) accrued but unpaid base salary through the date of termination, and (ii) other benefits earned or accrued by the named executive officer during his employment that are available to all salaried employees, such as accrued vacation.

 

Executive

  

Benefit

   Company
Non-

Renewal($) (1)
    Death or
Disability($)
    Change in
Control($) (6)
     Company
Non-Renewal
or Termination
without Cause
or for Good
Reason at any
time ($) (7)
 

Victor J. Coleman

            
   Cash Severance (2)      4,999,989        —          —           7,499,983   
   Continued Health Benefits (3)      45,503        —          —           45,503   
   Equity Acceleration      3,274,579 (4)       3,274,579 (4)       1,770,587         3,274,579 (4)  
   Life Insurance (5)      —          50,000        —           —     
   Total      8,320,071        3,324,579        1,770,587         10,820,065   

Howard S. Stern

            
   Cash Severance (2)      2,899,986        —          —           4,349,979   
   Continued Health Benefits (3)      44,434        —          —           44,434   
   Equity Acceleration      1,457,337 (4)       1,457,337 (4)       805,611         1,457,337 (4)  
   Life Insurance (5)      —          50,000        —           —     
   Total      4,401,757        1,507,337        805,611         5,851,750   

Mark T. Lammas

            
   Cash Severance (2)      950,003        —          —           1,900,006   
   Continued Health Benefits (3)      44,434        —          —           44,434   
   Equity Acceleration      616,523 (4)       616,523 (4)       265,587         616,523 (4)  
   Life Insurance (5)      —          50,000        —           —     
   Total      1,610,961        666,523        265,587         2,560,964   

Christopher Barton

            
   Cash Severance (2)      850,007        —          —           1,700,013   
   Continued Health Benefits (3)      44,434        —          —           44,434   
   Equity Acceleration      516,260 (4)       516,260 (4)       265,587         516,260 (4)  
   Life Insurance (5)      —          50,000        —           —     
   Total      1,410,701        566,260        265,587         2,260,708   

Dale Shimoda

            
   Cash Severance (2)      850,007        —          —           1,700,013   
   Continued Health Benefits (3)      26,560        —          —           26,560   
   Equity Acceleration      516,260 (4)       516,260 (4)       265,587         516,260 (4)  
   Life Insurance (5)      —          50,000        —           —     
   Total      1,392,827        566,260        265,587         2,242,834   

 

(1) This column describes the payments and benefits that become payable if we elect not to renew the initial term of the agreement prior to the occurrence of a change in control. These amounts reflect the non-renewal severance multiples described above, but are purely hypothetical in light of the fact that the employment agreements continue in effect until 2013 and, therefore, a non-renewal severance termination would not have been possible on December 31, 2010.
(2) Cash severance is calculated by multiplying the applicable severance multiple (described above) by the sum of (i) the executive’s annual base salary in effect on December 31, 2010; (ii) the highest annual bonus earned by the named executive officer during the employment term; and (iii) the highest value of annual equity awards made to the executive during the employment term, not including the initial grant of restricted stock awarded in connection with the employment agreement.
(3) Represents the aggregate full premium payments that we would be required to pay to or on behalf of each executive to provide continued health insurance coverage under COBRA (based on the executive’s health insurance coverage as of December 31, 2010) for 18 months.
(4)

Represents the value attributable to the vesting of 117,647 shares, 53,529 shares, 17,647 shares, 17,647 shares and 17,647 shares, underlying the 2010 restricted stock awards, and 99,933 shares, 43,304 shares, 23,318 shares, 16,656 shares and 16,656 shares, underlying the December 2010 restricted stock awards granted to Messrs. Coleman, Stern,

 

131


Table of Contents
 

Lammas, Barton and Shimoda, respectively. The value of accelerated restricted stock was calculated by multiplying (x) the number of shares subject to acceleration by (y) the fair market value of a share of common stock on December 31, 2010 ($15.05).

(5) Represents the life insurance proceeds payable by a third-party insurer under the executive’s life insurance policy upon a termination of employment due to death.
(6) Represents the value attributable to the vesting of 117,647 shares, 53,529 shares, 17,647 shares, 17,647 shares and 17,647 shares, underlying the June 2010 restricted stock awards granted to Messrs. Coleman, Stern, Lammas, Barton and Shimoda, respectively. The value of accelerated restricted stock was calculated by multiplying (x) the number of shares subject to acceleration by (y) the fair market value of a share of common stock on December 31, 2010 ($15.05).
(7) In accordance with the employment agreement terms, if any payments made upon a qualifying termination in connection with a change in control would otherwise be subject to an excise tax under Section 4999 of the Code by reason of the “golden parachute” rules contained in Section 280G, such payments will be reduced if and to the extent that doing so will result in net after-tax payments and benefits for the executive that are more favorable than the net after-tax payments and benefits payable to the executive in the absence of such a reduction after the imposition of the excise tax.

2010 Director Compensation

The following table sets forth information concerning the compensation of our non-employee directors during the year ended December 31, 2010:

 

Name (1)

   Fees Earned
in Cash
($) (2)
    Stock
Awards($) (4)
     Total($)  

Richard B. Fried

     25,549        24,993         50,542   

Theodore R. Antenucci

     25,549        124,987         150,536   

Mark Burnett

     25,549        124,987         150,536   

Jonathan M. Glaser

     30,063 (3)       124,987         155,050   

Mark D. Linehan

     33,131        124,987         158,118   

Robert M. Moran, Jr.

     29,340        124,987         154,327   

Barry A. Porter

     25,008 (3)       124,987         149,995   

 

(1) Mr. Coleman, our Chief Executive Officer, and Mr. Stern, our President, are not included in this table as they are employees of our company and do not receive compensation for their services as directors. All compensation paid to Messrs. Coleman and Stern for the services they provide to us is reflected in the Summary Compensation Table.
(2) Reflects annual retainer fees earned in 2010 following the completion of our initial public offering.
(3) Pursuant to our Director Stock Plan, Messrs. Glaser and Porter elected to receive all of their non-committee cash retainer fees earned in 2010 in the form of fully-vested shares of our common stock having an equal value to the amount otherwise payable in cash.
(4) Amounts reflect the full grant-date fair value of restricted stock awards granted with respect to services performed in 2010 computed in accordance with ASC Topic 718, rather than the amounts paid to or realized by the named individual. We provide information regarding the assumptions used to calculate the value of all restricted stock awards made to directors in Notes 2 and 12 to the consolidated financial statements contained elsewhere in this prospectus. In connection with the completion of our initial public offering, each non-employee director nominee received a grant of 5,882 shares of our restricted common stock. In addition, on January 20, 2011, each non-employee director received a grant of 1,653 shares of our restricted common stock. These grants were made in respect of services performed in 2010 following the completion of our initial public offering. Each restricted stock award will vest, and the restrictions thereon will lapse, in three equal, annual installments on each of the first three anniversaries of the grant date, subject to continued service with us through the applicable vesting dates.

Narrative Disclosure to Director Compensation Table

Non-Employee Director Compensation Program

The compensation program for our non-employee directors is intended to fairly compensate our directors for the time and effort necessary to serve on our board. Non-employee members of our board receive a combination of cash and equity-based compensation.

Cash compensation. In 2010, our board approved a non-employee director compensation program, effective upon completion of our initial public offering, pursuant to which each non-employee director is entitled to receive an annual base fee for his or her services of $50,000. In addition, if a non-employee director serves as

 

132


Table of Contents

the chair of the audit, compensation or nominating and corporate governance committees, such non-employee director is entitled to receive an additional annual cash retainer of $15,000, $10,000 or $7,500, respectively. Retainers are payable in quarterly installments over the course of the service year.

In June 2010, our board adopted our Director Stock Plan, under which non-employee directors are permitted to elect to receive some or all of their cash compensation in the form of fully-vested shares of our common stock having an equal value to the amount otherwise payable in cash. In 2010, participating non-employee directors were able to elect to currently receive fully vested shares in lieu of cash fees. In 2011 and going forward, non-employee directors will be able to elect to receive fully vested shares in lieu of cash fees currently and/or on a deferred basis for fees paid with respect to services performed from and after January 1, 2011.

We reimburse each of our directors for his or her travel expenses incurred in connection with his or her attendance at full board and committee meetings.

Equity compensation . Concurrently with the completion of our initial public offering, we made one-time grants of 5,882 shares of restricted common stock (valued at approximately $100,000) to each of our non-employee director nominees under the 2010 Plan. These awards of restricted stock vest ratably as to one-third of the shares subject to each grant on each of the first three anniversaries of the grant date, subject to the director’s continued service on our board.

Under the non-employee director compensation program, in addition to the cash retainer fees and one-time restricted stock grants described above (and whether or not the director elects to receive such cash fees in vested shares), each non-employee director is entitled to receive an annual grant of restricted stock valued at $50,000 on the date of our annual stockholders’ meeting. These awards of restricted stock vest ratably as to one-third of their shares on each of the first three anniversaries of the applicable grant date, subject to the director’s continued service on our board. Non-employee directors did not receive annual grants of restricted stock in 2010.

Discretionary Stock Awards

Our board awarded discretionary grants of restricted stock to each non-employee director on January 20, 2011, valued at approximately $25,000. These supplemental restricted stock awards were intended to compensate our non-employee directors for services rendered to our company following our initial public offering in 2010, in light of the fact that we did not have an annual meeting in 2010 at which to make annual grants. We expect to make the first annual grants of restricted stock to non-employee directors pursuant to the non-employee compensation program at our 2011 annual stockholders’ meeting. Each of these restricted stock awards vest ratably as to one-third of their shares on each of the first three anniversaries of the applicable grant date, subject to the director’s continued service on our board.

 

133


Table of Contents

Equity Compensation Plan Information

The following table provides information as of December 31, 2010 regarding compensation plans under which our equity securities are authorized for issuance:

 

Plan Category

   Number of Securities
to be Issued Upon
Exercise of
Outstanding Options
     Weighted Average
Exercise Price of
Outstanding Options
     Number of Securities
Remaining
Available
for Future Issuance
Under Equity
Compensation
Plans
 

Equity compensation plans approved by stockholders (1)

     —           —           1,159,558   
                    

Equity compensation plans not approved by stockholders

     —           —           —     
                          

Total

     —           —           1,159,558   
                          

 

(1) Consists of the Hudson Pacific Properties, Inc. and Hudson Pacific Properties, L.P. 2010 Incentive Award Plan.

Compensation Risk Analysis

As part of the 2010 compensation process, the compensation committee, in conjunction with SMG, considered the matter of risks to stockholders and to the achievement of performance objectives that may be inherent in the compensation programs. After reviewing and discussing the foregoing, it was concluded that the company’s compensation programs are designed with an appropriate risk-reward balance in relation to the company’s business strategy and that none of the compensation programs encourage any executive or employee to take on excessive or unnecessary risks that are reasonably likely to have a material adverse effect on the company. The following elements of our executive compensation plans and practices were considered in evaluating whether such plans and practices encourage our executives to take unnecessary risks:

 

   

We evaluate performance based on a variety of business objectives, including but not limited to, execution of capital markets strategy, expansion of asset base, sourcing and completion of accretive acquisitions, strength of balance sheet, earnings, and occupancy and leasing performance, that we believe correlate to the long-term, sustainable creation of stockholder value;

 

   

The most material component of executive compensation since completion of our initial public offering has been in the form of restricted stock, which, as compared to stock options or other market-based equity compensation vehicles, retains some degree of value even in periods of depressed markets and thus provides executives with a baseline of value that lessens the likelihood that executives will undertake any unnecessary risks to get or keep options (or other similar vehicle) “in-the-money”;

 

   

As our compensation committee retains ultimate discretion in setting compensation and does not rely on pre-determined formulas, our executives are not encouraged to take unreasonable risks to meet certain hurdles to avoid not achieving the required formulaic metric;

As the most material portion of each executive’s compensation to date has been in the form of stock, our executives have sizable holdings of equity in our company, which aligns an appropriate portion of their personal wealth with our long-term performance.

 

134


Table of Contents

CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS

Concurrent Private Placement

Concurrently with the completion of this offering, the Farallon Funds will purchase                      shares of our common stock, at a price per share equal to the public offering price and without payment by us of any underwriting discount or commission. The proceeds will be contributed to our operating partnership in exchange for common units.

In connection with this offering and the concurrent private placement, our board of directors will grant to the Farallon excepted holders revised exemptions from the ownership limits, subject to substantially the same conditions and limitations as those that have been in place under the exemptions previously granted to the Farallon excepted holders in connection with our initial public offering. See “Description of Stock—Restrictions on Ownership and Transfer.”

2010 Private Placement

Concurrently with the completion of our initial public offering on June 29, 2010, Mr. Coleman purchased $2.0 million in shares of common stock and the Farallon Funds purchased $18.0 million in shares of our common stock, in each case at a price per share equal to the initial public offering price of $17.00 and without payment by us of any underwriting discount or commission. The proceeds were contributed to our operating partnership in exchange for common units.

Contribution Agreements

Hudson Contribution Agreement

In connection with the consummation of our initial public offering, Mr. Coleman and Mr. Stern entered into a contribution agreement, or the Hudson contribution agreement, with us and our operating partnership pursuant to which Messrs. Coleman and Stern contributed their direct or indirect interests in a portfolio of properties and a property management business to our operating partnership in exchange for common units. Under the Hudson contribution agreement, Mr. Coleman received 402,907 common units and Mr. Stern received 216,949 common units. The aggregate value of the common units issued to Messrs. Coleman and Stern was $6.8 million and $3.7 million, respectively.

Pursuant to the Hudson contribution agreement, we assumed or succeeded to all of the contributors’ rights, obligations and responsibilities with respect to the properties and the property entities contributed. The Hudson contribution agreement contains representations and warranties by Messrs. Coleman and Stern to our operating partnership with respect to the condition and operations of the properties and interests contributed to us and certain other matters. With some exceptions, Messrs. Coleman and Stern agreed to severally indemnify us and our operating partnership for breach of these representations and warranties under claims brought within one year of the closing of our initial public offering, subject to a deductible equal to 1% of the aggregate total consideration received by them under the contribution agreement, and up to a maximum of 10% of their aggregate total consideration under the contribution agreement or, in the case of claims relating to a specific property, 10% of their aggregate total consideration allocable to that property under the contribution agreement. As described below under “—Representation, Warranty and Indemnity Agreement,” the Farallon Funds agreed to severally indemnify us and our operating partnership for breach of the property and certain entity representations and warranties made by Messrs. Coleman and Stern in the Hudson contribution agreement. Messrs. Coleman and Stern pledged common units to our operating partnership with a value, based on the initial public offering price of $17.00 per share of our common stock, equal to 10% of their aggregate total consideration under the contribution agreement, in order to secure their indemnity obligations, and except in limited circumstances, these units will be the sole recourse of our operating partnership against Messrs. Coleman and Stern in the case of a breach of a representation or warranty or other claim for indemnification.

 

135


Table of Contents

The contribution of properties under the Hudson contribution agreement was subject to customary commercial real estate prorations, whereby the buyer and seller apportion rents, taxes, utilities, escrowed or restricted funds and other operating expenses.

Farallon Contribution Agreement

In connection with the consummation of our initial public offering, affiliates of the Farallon Funds entered into a contribution agreement, or the Farallon contribution agreement, with us and our operating partnership pursuant to which such affiliates contributed their direct or indirect interests in a portfolio of properties and approximately $14.8 million in cash (subject to adjustments based on credits to affiliates of the Farallon Funds for payments made prior to closing) for prepaid rents, outstanding tenant improvement costs and outstanding infrastructure costs in exchange for common units and shares of our common stock. Under the Farallon contribution agreement, the Farallon Funds received 1,806,731 common units and 6,026,007 shares of common stock. The aggregate value of the common units and common stock issued to the Farallon Funds was $133.2 million.

Pursuant to the Farallon contribution agreement, we assumed or succeeded to all of the contributors’ rights, obligations and responsibilities with respect to the properties and the property entities contributed. The Farallon contribution agreement contains representations and warranties by the Farallon Funds to our operating partnership with respect to the interests to be contributed to us and certain other matters. As described below under “—Representation, Warranty and Indemnity Agreement,” the Farallon Funds agreed to severally indemnify us and our operating partnership for breach of the representations and warranties made by the contributors in the Farallon contribution agreement.

In addition, pursuant to the Farallon contribution agreement, our board of directors granted to the Farallon excepted holders an exemption from the ownership limits, subject to various conditions and limitations. See “Description of Stock—Restrictions on Ownership and Transfer.”

The contribution of properties under the Farallon contribution agreement was subject to customary commercial real estate prorations, whereby the buyer and seller apportion rents, taxes, utilities, escrowed or restricted funds and other operating expenses as of the closing. In addition, prior to the consummation of our initial public offering and the formation transactions, cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash relating to the Sunset Gower property, the Technicolor Building, the Sunset Bronson property and the City Plaza property were distributed to their owners, including the Farallon Funds.

875 Howard Street Contribution Agreement

In connection with the consummation of our initial public offering, the third party that owned interests in the 875 Howard Street property entered into a contribution agreement, or the 875 Howard Street contribution agreement, with us and our operating partnership pursuant to which the third party contributed its indirect interests in that property to the operating partnership in exchange for 24,030 shares of common stock and 6,787 common units with an aggregate value of approximately $0.5 million that were issued directly to certain nominees of the Farallon Funds. Pursuant to the 875 Howard Street contribution agreement, we assumed or succeed to all of the contributors’ rights, obligations and responsibilities with respect to the property and the property entities contributed. The 875 Howard Street contribution agreement contains representations and warranties by the contributor to our operating partnership with respect to the condition and operations of the property and interests to be contributed to us and certain other matters. As described below under “—Representation, Warranty and Indemnity Agreement,” the Farallon Funds have agreed to severally indemnify us and our operating partnership for breach of the representations and warranties made by in the 875 Howard Street contribution agreement by the contributor. The contribution of property under the 875 Howard Street contribution agreement was subject to customary commercial real estate prorations, whereby the buyer and seller apportion rents, taxes, utilities, escrowed or restricted funds and other operating expenses as of the closing.

 

136


Table of Contents

Reimbursement of Costs Related to Our Initial Public Offering

In connection with our initial public offering and the formation transactions, Hudson Capital, LLC, the Farallon Funds, and certain other contributors advanced or incurred an aggregate of approximately $2.6 million in organizational and other similar expenses. These funds were advanced or incurred with the understanding that they would be repaid out of the proceeds of the completed public offering. Accordingly, upon consummation of our initial public offering, we repaid approximately $0.6 million of such advances to Hudson Capital, LLC and approximately $1.7 million of such advances to the Farallon Funds. The remaining approximately $0.3 million of such advances were repaid to unaffiliated third parties. We are in the process of completing reconciliations of property prorations and costs advanced or incurred by the contributors in connection with our initial public offering and formation transactions.

Management Contracts

Prior to our initial public offering and related formation transactions, the media and entertainment properties (Sunset Gower and Sunset Bronson) owned by our predecessor were managed by Hudson Studios Management, LLC, and our City Plaza property was managed by Hudson OP Management, LLC, both of which were affiliates of our predecessor.

Upon our predecessor’s acquisition of the Sunset Gower property, the Sunset Gower property-owning subsidiary entered into a five-year management agreement with Hudson Studios Management, LLC, an affiliate of our predecessor, to pay a monthly management fee equal to $54,000 for the first 24 months of the term and $42,000 for the remaining 36 months. For the 12 months ended December 31, 2010 and 2009, management fees of approximately $250,000 and $325,000, respectively, had been incurred. In addition, Hudson Studios Management, LLC was entitled to a construction management fee of $300,000 plus 5% of the costs of labor and materials in association with other future developments. As of December 31, 2010 and December 31, 2009, $300,000 of construction management fees had been capitalized to construction in progress.

Upon our predecessor’s acquisition of the Sunset Bronson property, the Sunset Bronson property-owning subsidiary entered into an agreement with Hudson Studios Management, LLC to pay a management fee equal to $33,000 per month through December 31, 2009 and $25,000 per month thereafter for the remaining five-year term. For the 12 months ended December 31, 2010 and 2009, approximately $150,000 and $200,000, respectively, of management fees had been incurred.

Upon our acquisition of the City Plaza property, the City Plaza property-owning subsidiary entered into an agreement with Hudson OP Management, LLC to pay a management fee equal to $10,000 per month. For the 12 months ended December 31, 2010 and 2009, approximately $60,000 of management fees had been incurred.

Representation, Warranty and Indemnity Agreements

In connection with the formation transactions, we entered into representation, warranty and indemnity agreements with the Farallon Funds, pursuant to which they each made limited representations and warranties to us and our operating partnership regarding their investment intent with respect to the equity securities received by them as nominees, and certain other matters. The Farallon Funds also agreed to indemnify us and our operating partnership for breaches of such representations and warranties, in addition to the representations and warranties made by their affiliates that are the contributors in the Farallon contribution agreement, the representations and warranties in the 875 Howard Street contribution agreement made by the third party that owns interests in such property, and certain representations and warranties of Messrs. Coleman and Stern in the Hudson contribution agreement. Such indemnification is limited to claims made by June 29, 2011 and is subject to a deductible equal to 1% of the aggregate total consideration received by the Farallon Funds under the Farallon contribution agreement, and to a maximum, in the case of each Farallon Fund, of 10% of that Farallon Fund’s aggregate total consideration under the Farallon and 875 Howard Street contribution agreements or, in the case of

 

137


Table of Contents

claims relating to a specific property, 10% of that Farallon Fund’s aggregate total consideration allocable to that property under the Farallon and 875 Howard Street contribution agreements. The Farallon Funds pledged common units and common stock to our operating partnership with a value, based on the initial public offering price of $17.00 per share of our common stock, equal to 10% of their aggregate total consideration under the contribution agreement, in order to secure their indemnity obligations, and except in limited circumstances, these units and shares will be the sole recourse of our operating partnership in the case of a breach of a representation or warranty or other claim for indemnification under the Farallon and 875 Howard Street contribution agreements, and, together with our recourse against Messrs. Coleman and Stern under the Hudson contribution agreement in the case of a breach of a representation or warranty or other claim for indemnification under that agreement, will constitute our operating partnership’s sole recourse for claims of indemnification under the contribution agreements.

Pursuant to a separate agreement between Messrs. Coleman and Stern, on the one hand, and the Farallon Funds, on the other, Messrs. Coleman and Stern agreed to indemnify the Farallon Funds for certain losses incurred by the Farallon Funds for claims arising under the Hudson contribution agreement, subject to a maximum equal to the aggregate total consideration received by Messrs. Coleman and Stern in respect of their indirect interests in the property entities that own each of the Sunset Gower property, the Technicolor Building, the Sunset Bronson property and the City Plaza property.

Partnership Agreement

In connection with the closing of the formation transactions and our initial public offering, we entered into an amended and restated partnership agreement with the various limited partners of our operating partnership, including the Farallon Funds. Pursuant to the partnership agreement, persons holding common units as a result of the formation transactions have rights, beginning August 29, 2011, to cause our operating partnership to redeem their common units for cash equal to the then-current market value of one share of common stock, or, at our election, to exchange their common units for shares of our common stock on a one-for-one basis, subject to adjustment in certain circumstances described in the partnership agreement. The partnership agreement also provides for redemption, conversion, exchange and other rights with respect to our operating partnership’s series A preferred units. See “Description of the Partnership Agreement of Hudson Pacific Properties, L.P.—Material Terms of Our Series A Preferred Units.”

Del Amo Purchase Agreement

In connection with our acquisition of a 100% ownership interest in the Del Amo Office property ground subleasehold interest and improvements, the Farallon Funds received $4.3 million (before prorations) in cash in their capacity as indirect owners of the limited partners of the entity that owned the Del Amo Office property ground subleasehold interest and improvements.

Registration Rights

We also entered into a registration rights agreement with the various persons that received shares of our common stock and/or common units in the formation transactions or pursuant to the 2010 private placement, including the Farallon Funds, the Morgan Stanley Investment Partnership and certain of our executive officers. Under the registration rights agreement, subject to certain limitations, commencing not later than August 29, 2011, we will file one or more registration statements covering the resale of the shares of our common stock issued in the formation transactions and the 2010 private placement, and the resale of the shares of our common stock issued or issuable, at our option, in exchange for operating partnership units issued in the formation transactions. We may, at our option, satisfy our obligation to prepare and file a resale registration statement by filing a registration statement registering the issuance by us of shares of our common stock registered under the Securities Act to the holders of units upon redemption of such units and, to the extent such shares constitute restricted securities, their resale. Commencing on December 26, 2010, the Farallon Funds have the right, on one

 

138


Table of Contents

occasion, to require us to register shares of our common stock issued in the formation transactions and the 2010 private placement for resale in an underwritten offering registered pursuant to the Securities Act; provided, such registration shall be limited to a number of shares of common stock representing up to 25% of the aggregate number of shares of our common stock and common units issued to the Farallon Funds and their affiliates in the formation transactions and the 2010 private placement. Commencing upon our filing of a resale registration statement not later than August 29, 2011, under certain circumstances, we are also required to undertake an underwritten offering upon the written request of holders of at least 10% in the aggregate of the securities originally issued in the formation transactions, provided that we are not obligated to effect more than two such underwritten offerings in addition to the demand registration. We have agreed to enter into an amendment to the registration rights agreement pursuant to which the common stock purchased by the Farallon Funds in the concurrent private placement will be entitled to the benefits of the registration rights agreement.

Acquisition of Certain Properties by Hudson Capital and the Farallon Funds Prior to the Formation Transactions

Through various transactions during the two years prior to our initial public offering and the formation transactions, Hudson Capital, LLC and affiliates of the Farallon Funds acquired the City Plaza property for an aggregate net purchase price paid of $53.3 million (before closing costs and prorations), after acquiring the mortgage on the property for $69.3 million and receiving a $1.3 million loan paydown from the original borrower along with a transfer of $14.7 million from existing loan reserves.

Employment Agreements

We have entered into employment agreements with our executive officers, effective June 29, 2010. The material terms of the employment agreements with our named executive officers are described under “Executive Compensation—Narrative Disclosure to Summary Compensation Table” and “Executive Compensation—Potential Payments Upon Termination or Change in Control.”

Indemnification of Directors and Executive Officers

We have entered into indemnification agreements with each of our directors and executive officers as described in “Management—Limitation of Liability and Indemnification.”

 

139


Table of Contents

POLICIES WITH RESPECT TO CERTAIN ACTIVITIES

The following is a discussion of certain of our investment, financing and other policies. These policies have been determined by our board of directors and, in general, may be amended or revised from time to time by our board of directors without a vote of our stockholders.

Investment Policies

Investments in Real Estate or Interests in Real Estate

We conduct all of our investment activities through our operating partnership and its subsidiaries. Our investment objectives are to maximize the cash flow of our properties, acquire properties with cash flow growth potential, provide quarterly cash distributions and achieve long-term capital appreciation for our stockholders through increases in the value of our company. We have not established a specific policy regarding the relative priority of these investment objectives. For a discussion of our properties and our acquisition and other strategic objectives, see “Business and Properties.”

We expect to pursue our investment objectives primarily through the ownership by our operating partnership of our existing properties and other acquired properties and assets. We currently intend to invest primarily in office and media and entertainment properties. While we may diversify in terms of property locations, size and market, we do not have any limit on the amount or percentage of our assets that may be invested in any one property or any one geographic area. We intend to engage in such future investment activities in a manner that is consistent with the maintenance of our status as a REIT for federal income tax purposes. In addition, we may purchase or lease income-producing office or other types of properties for long-term investment, expand and improve the properties we presently own or other acquired properties, or sell such properties, in whole or in part, when circumstances warrant.

We may also participate with third parties in property ownership, through joint ventures or other types of co-ownership. For example, we currently own a 51% interest in a joint venture that owns the Rincon Center property. These types of investments may permit us to own interests in larger assets without unduly restricting our diversification and, therefore, provide us with flexibility in structuring our portfolio. We will not, however, enter into a joint venture or other partnership arrangement to make an investment that would not otherwise meet our investment policies.

Equity investments in acquired properties may be subject to existing mortgage financing and other indebtedness or to new indebtedness which may be incurred in connection with acquiring or refinancing these properties. Debt service on such financing or indebtedness will have a priority over any dividends with respect to our common stock or series B preferred stock. We will limit our investment in any securities so that we do not fall within the definition of an “investment company” under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, or the 1940 Act.

Investments in Real Estate Mortgages

While our portfolio consists of, and our business objectives emphasize, equity investments in office and media and entertainment properties, we may, at the discretion of our board of directors and without a vote of our stockholders, invest in mortgages and other types of real estate interests in a manner that is consistent with our qualification as a REIT. We do not presently intend to invest in mortgages or deeds of trust, but may invest in participating or convertible mortgages if we conclude that we may benefit from the gross revenues or any appreciation in value of the property. If we choose to invest in mortgages, we would expect to invest in mortgages secured by office or media and entertainment-related properties. However, there is no restriction on the proportion of our assets that may be invested in a type of mortgage or any single mortgage or type of mortgage loan. Investments in real estate mortgages run the risk that one or more borrowers may default under

 

140


Table of Contents

the mortgages and that the collateral securing those mortgages may not be sufficient to enable us to recoup our full investment. We will limit our investment in any securities so that we do not fall within the definition of an “investment company” under the 1940 Act.

Securities of or Interests in Persons Primarily Engaged in Real Estate Activities and Other Issuers

Subject to the percentage of ownership limitations and the income and asset tests necessary for REIT qualification, we may in the future invest in securities of other REITs, other entities engaged in real estate activities or securities of other issuers where such investment would be consistent with our investment objectives. We may invest in the debt or equity securities of such entities, including for the purpose of exercising control over such entities. We currently intend to invest primarily in entities that own office and media and entertainment properties. We have no current plans to invest in entities that are not engaged in real estate activities. While we may attempt to diversify our investments with respect to the office and media and entertainment properties owned by such entities, in terms of property locations, size and market, we do not have any limit on the amount or percentage of our assets that may be invested in any one entity, property or geographic area. Our investment objectives are to maximize cash flow of our investments, acquire investments with growth potential and provide cash distributions and long-term capital appreciation to our stockholders through increases in the value of our company. We have not established a specific policy regarding the relative priority of these investment objectives. We will limit our investment in such securities so that we will not fall within the definition of an “investment company” under the 1940 Act.

Investments in Other Securities

Other than as described above, we do not intend to invest in any additional securities such as bonds, preferred stocks or common stock.

Dispositions

We do not currently intend to dispose of any of our properties, although we reserve the right to do so if, based upon management’s periodic review of our portfolio, our board of directors determines that such action would be in our best interest and consistent with our qualification as a REIT.

Financings and Leverage Policy

We anticipate using a number of different sources to finance our acquisitions and operations, including cash flows from operations, asset sales, seller financing, issuance of debt securities, private financings (such as additional bank credit facilities, which may or may not be secured by our assets), property-level mortgage debt, common or preferred equity issuances or any combination of these sources, to the extent available to us, or other sources that may become available from time to time. Any debt that we incur may be recourse or non-recourse and may be secured or unsecured. We also may take advantage of joint venture or other partnering opportunities as such opportunities arise in order to acquire properties that would otherwise be unavailable to us. We may use the proceeds of our borrowings to acquire assets, to refinance existing debt or for general corporate purposes.

Although we are not required to maintain any particular leverage ratio, we intend, when appropriate, to employ prudent amounts of leverage and to use debt as a means of providing additional funds for the acquisition of assets, to refinance existing debt or for general corporate purposes. We expect to use leverage conservatively, assessing the appropriateness of new equity or debt capital based on market conditions, including prudent assumptions regarding future cash flow, the creditworthiness of tenants and future rental rates, with the ultimate objective of becoming an issuer of investment grade debt. Our charter and bylaws do not limit the amount of debt that we may incur. Although our board of directors has not adopted a policy limiting the total amount of debt that we may incur, we intend upon full deployment of the net proceeds of this offering and the concurrent private placement and utilization of our secured revolving credit facility to target a ratio of debt to total assets of 40-45%

 

141


Table of Contents

based on the cost of our assets. We intend to target a limit on our floating rate debt of no more than 30% of outstanding debt through fixed rate borrowing or interest rate hedges.

Our board of directors will consider a number of factors in evaluating the amount of debt that we may incur. Our board of directors may from time to time modify its views regarding the appropriate amount of debt financing in light of then-current economic conditions, relative costs of debt and equity capital, market values of our properties, general conditions in the market for debt and equity securities, fluctuations in the market price of our common and series B preferred stock, growth and acquisition opportunities and other factors. Our decision to use leverage in the future to finance our assets will be at our discretion and will not be subject to the approval of our stockholders.

Lending Policies

We have not made any loans to third parties, although we do not have a policy limiting our ability to make loans to other persons. We may consider offering purchase money financing in connection with the sale of properties where the provision of that financing will increase the value to be received by us for the property sold. We also may make loans to joint ventures in which we participate. However, we do not intend to engage in significant lending activities. Any loan we make will be consistent with maintaining our qualification as a REIT.

Equity Capital Policies

To the extent that our board of directors determines to obtain additional capital, we may issue debt or equity securities, including additional units and senior securities, retain earnings (subject to provisions in the Code requiring distributions of income to maintain REIT qualification) or pursue a combination of these methods. As long as our operating partnership is in existence, the proceeds of all equity capital raised by us generally will be contributed to our operating partnership in exchange for additional interests in our operating partnership, which will dilute the ownership interests of the limited partners in our operating partnership.

Existing stockholders will have no preemptive right to common or preferred stock or units issued in any securities offering by us, and any such offering might cause a dilution of a stockholder’s investment in us. Although we have no current plans to do so, we may in the future issue shares of common stock or units in connection with acquisitions of property.

We may, under certain circumstances, purchase shares of our common stock or other securities in the open market or in private transactions with our stockholders, provided that those purchases are approved by our board of directors. Our board of directors has no present intention of causing us to repurchase any shares of our common stock or other securities, and any such action would only be taken in conformity with applicable federal and state laws and the applicable requirements for qualification as a REIT.

Conflict of Interest Policies

Overview. Conflicts of interest could arise in the future as a result of the relationships between us and our affiliates, on the one hand, and our operating partnership or any partner thereof, on the other. Our directors and officers have duties to our company under applicable Maryland law in connection with their management of our company. At the same time, we, as the general partner of our operating partnership, have fiduciary duties and obligations to our operating partnership and its limited partners under Maryland law in connection with the management of our operating partnership. Our fiduciary duties and obligations as general partner to our operating partnership and its partners may come into conflict with the duties of our directors and officers to our company.

Under Maryland law, the general partner of a Maryland limited partnership has fiduciary duties of loyalty and care to the partnership and its partners and an obligation to discharge its duties and exercise its rights as general partner under the partnership agreement or Maryland law consistently with the obligation of good faith

 

142


Table of Contents

and fair dealing. The duty of loyalty requires a general partner of a Maryland general partnership to account to the partnership and hold as trustee for it any property, profit, or benefit derived by the general partner in the conduct of the partnership business or derived from a use by the general partner of partnership property, including the appropriation of a partnership opportunity, to refrain from dealing with the partnership in the conduct or winding up of the partnership business as or on behalf of a party having an interest adverse to the partnership and to refrain from competing with the partnership in the conduct of the partnership business, although the partnership agreement may identify specific types or categories of activities that do not violate the duty of loyalty. Our operating partnership agreement provides that we, in our capacity as general partner of our operating partnership, are under no obligation not to give priority to our separate interests or those of our stockholders. The partnership agreement also provides that any action or failure to act by us or our directors that gives priority to the separate interests of our company or our stockholders and does not result in a violation of the contract rights of the limited partners of our operating partnership does not violate the duty of loyalty that we owe in our capacity as the general partner of our operating partnership to the operating partnership or its partners. The duty of care requires a general partner to refrain from engaging in grossly negligent or reckless conduct, intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law, and this duty may not be unreasonably reduced by the partnership agreement.

The partnership agreement provides that neither we, as the general partner of the operating partnership, nor any of our directors or officers, will be liable or accountable in damages or otherwise to our operating partnership, the limited partners or assignees for losses sustained, liabilities incurred or benefits not derived as a result of errors in judgment, mistakes of fact or law or for any act or omission if we, or such director or officer, acted in good faith. The partnership agreement also provides that we will not be liable to the operating partnership or any partner for monetary damages for losses sustained, liabilities incurred or benefits not derived by the operating partnership or any limited partner, except for liability for our intentional harm or gross negligence. In addition, the partnership agreement provides that our operating partnership must indemnify us, each of our directors, officers and employees, and any other person designated by us, against any and all losses, claims, damages, liabilities (whether joint or several), expenses (including, without limitation, attorneys’ fees and other legal fees and expenses), judgments, fines, settlements and other amounts arising from any and all claims, demands, actions, suits or proceedings, civil, criminal, administrative or investigative, that relate to the operations of the operating partnership, except (1) if the act or omission of such person was material to the matter giving rise to the action and either was committed in bad faith or was the result of active and deliberate dishonesty, (2) for any transaction for which such person received an improper personal benefit in money, property or services or otherwise, in violation or breach of any provision of the partnership agreement, or (3) in the case of a criminal proceeding, if the person had reasonable cause to believe the act or omission was unlawful.

No reported decision of a Maryland appellate court has interpreted provisions similar to the provisions of the partnership agreement of our operating partnership that modify or reduce the fiduciary duties and obligations of a general partner or reduce or eliminate our liability for money damages to the operating partnership and its partners, and we have not obtained an opinion of counsel as to the enforceability of the provisions set forth in the partnership agreement that purport to modify or reduce our fiduciary duties that would be in effect were it not for the partnership agreement.

Policies Applicable to All Directors and Officers. Our governing instruments do not restrict any of our directors, officers, stockholders or affiliates from having a pecuniary interest in an investment or transaction in which we have an interest or from conducting, for their own account, business activities of the type we conduct. However, we have adopted policies that are designed to eliminate or minimize potential conflicts of interest, including a policy for the review, approval or ratification of any related person transaction, which is any transaction or series of transactions in which we or any of our subsidiaries is or are to be a participant, the amount involved exceeds $120,000, and a “related person” (as defined under SEC rules) has a direct or indirect material interest. This policy provides that the audit committee of our board of directors will review the relevant facts and circumstances of each related person transaction, including whether the transaction is on terms comparable to those that could be obtained in arm’s length dealings with an unrelated third party. Based on its

 

143


Table of Contents

consideration of all of the relevant facts and circumstances, the audit committee will decide whether or not to approve such transaction and will generally approve only those transactions that do not create a conflict of interest. If we become aware of an existing related person transaction that has not been pre-approved under this policy, the transaction will be referred to the audit committee, which will evaluate all options available, including ratification, revision or termination of such transaction. This policy also requires any director who may be interested in a related person transaction to recuse himself or herself from any consideration of such related person transaction. We also adopted a code of business conduct and ethics, which provides that all of our directors, officers and employees are prohibited from taking for themselves opportunities that are discovered through the use of corporate property, information or position without our consent. See “Management—Code of Business Conduct and Ethics.” However, we cannot assure you that these policies or provisions of law will always be successful in eliminating the influence of such conflicts, and if they are not successful, decisions could be made that might fail to reflect fully the interests of all stockholders.

Interested Director and Officer Transactions

Pursuant to the MGCL, a contract or other transaction between us and a director or between us and any other corporation or other entity in which any of our directors is a director or has a material financial interest is not void or voidable solely on the grounds of such common directorship or interest, the presence of such director at the meeting at which the contract or transaction is authorized, approved or ratified or the counting of the director’s vote in favor thereof, provided that:

 

   

the fact of the common directorship or interest is disclosed or known to our board of directors or a committee of our board, and our board or such committee authorizes, approves or ratifies the transaction or contract by the affirmative vote of a majority of disinterested directors, even if the disinterested directors constitute less than a quorum;

 

   

the fact of the common directorship or interest is disclosed or known to our stockholders entitled to vote thereon, and the transaction or contract is authorized, approved or ratified by a majority of the votes cast by the stockholders entitled to vote other than the votes of shares owned of record or beneficially by the interested director or corporation, firm or other entity; or

 

   

the transaction or contract is fair and reasonable to us at the time it is authorized, ratified or approved.

Furthermore, under Maryland law (where our operating partnership is formed), we, as general partner, have fiduciary duties and obligations to our operating partnership and its partners and, consequently, such transactions also are subject to the fiduciary duties of care and loyalty and the obligation of good faith and fair dealing that we, as general partner, owe to the operating partnership and its limited partners (to the extent such duties have not been modified or reduced pursuant to the terms of the partnership agreement). We have adopted a policy which requires that all contracts and transactions between us, our operating partnership or any of our subsidiaries, on the one hand, and any of our directors or executive officers or any entity in which such director or executive officer is a director or has a material financial interest, on the other hand, must be approved by the affirmative vote of a majority of the disinterested directors even if less than a quorum. Where appropriate, in the judgment of the disinterested directors, our board of directors may obtain a fairness opinion or engage independent counsel to represent the interests of non-affiliated security holders, although our board of directors will have no obligation to do so.

Policies With Respect To Other Activities

We have authority to offer common stock, preferred stock or options to purchase stock, or units convertible into common stock, in exchange for property and to repurchase or otherwise acquire our common stock or other securities in the open market or otherwise, and we may engage in such activities in the future. As

 

144


Table of Contents

described in “Description of the Partnership Agreement of Hudson Pacific Properties, L.P.,” we expect, but are not obligated, to issue common stock to holders of units upon exercise of their redemption rights. Except in connection with our initial public offering, the 2010 private placement, the formation transactions, the offering of our series B preferred stock, this offering and the concurrent private placement, and grants of equity compensation to our directors, officers and employees we have not issued common stock, units or any other securities in exchange for property or any other purpose, and our board of directors has no present intention of causing us to repurchase any common stock. Subject to the rights of holders of series B preferred stock to approve the classification or issuance of shares of any class or series ranking senior to the series B preferred stock, our board of directors has the authority, without further stockholder approval, to amend our charter to increase the number of authorized shares of common stock or preferred stock and to authorize us to issue additional shares of common stock or preferred stock, in one or more series, including senior securities, in any manner, and on the terms and for the consideration, it deems appropriate. See “Description of Stock.” We have not engaged in trading, underwriting or agency distribution or sale of securities of other issuers other than our operating partnership and do not intend to do so. At all times, we intend to make investments in such a manner as to qualify as a REIT, unless because of circumstances or changes in the Code, or the Treasury Regulations, our board of directors determines that it is no longer in our best interests to qualify as a REIT. In addition, we intend to make investments in such a way that we will not be treated as an investment company under the 1940 Act.

Reporting Policies

We intend to make available to our stockholders our annual reports, including our audited financial statements. We are subject to the information reporting requirements of the Exchange Act. Pursuant to those requirements, we are required to file annual and periodic reports, proxy statements and other information, including audited financial statements, with the SEC.

 

145


Table of Contents

STRUCTURE OF OUR COMPANY

Our Operating Entities

Our Operating Partnership

Our operating partnership, directly or indirectly through its wholly owned subsidiaries, holds substantially all of our assets and conducts substantially all of our operations. We will contribute the net proceeds from the sale of common stock in this offering and the concurrent private placement to our operating partnership in exchange for common units in our operating partnership. Subject to the preferred rights of holders of series A preferred units, our preferential rights as the holder of series B preferred units and any other class or series of units that our operating partnership may issue in the future, our interest in our operating partnership entitles us to share in cash distributions from, and allocations of profits and losses of, our operating partnership in proportion to our percentage ownership of common units. As the sole general partner of our operating partnership, we generally have the exclusive power under the partnership agreement to manage and conduct its business, subject to limited approval and voting rights of the limited partners described more fully below in “Description of the Partnership Agreement of Hudson Pacific Properties, L.P.” Our board of directors manages the business and affairs of our company by directing the business and affairs of our operating partnership.

Beginning on or after August 29, 2011, limited partners of our operating partnership and certain qualifying assignees of limited partners will have the right to require our operating partnership to redeem part or all of their outstanding common units for cash, or, at our election, shares of our common stock, based upon the fair market value of an equivalent number of shares of our common stock at the time of the redemption, subject to the restrictions on ownership and transfer of our stock set forth in our charter and described under the section entitled “Description of Stock—Restrictions on Ownership and Transfer.” Beginning on or after June 29, 2013, the limited partners of our operating partnership holding series A preferred units and certain qualifying assignees of such limited partners will also have the right to either (i) convert up to approximately $12.5 million in aggregate liquidation preference of their outstanding series A preferred units into common units with an equivalent value (valuing each common unit to be received at the fair market value of a share of our common stock at the time of conversion), or (ii) require our operating partnership to redeem such series A preferred units or, at our option, exchange them for registered shares of our common stock with a value equal to the redemption price (valuing each share of common stock to be received at the fair market value of such share at the time of redemption), subject to the applicable restrictions on ownership and transfer of our stock set forth in our charter. With each redemption of common units or series A preferred units, we will increase our percentage ownership interest in our operating partnership and our share of our operating partnership’s cash distributions and profits and losses. See “Description of the Partnership Agreement of Hudson Pacific Properties, L.P.”

Our Services Company

As part of our formation transactions, we formed Hudson Pacific Services, Inc., or our services company, a Maryland corporation that is wholly owned by our operating partnership. We have elected, together with our services company, to treat our services company as a taxable REIT subsidiary for federal income tax purposes, and we may form additional taxable REIT subsidiaries in the future. Our services company generally may provide both customary and non-customary services to our tenants and engage in other activities that we may not engage in directly without adversely affecting our qualification as a REIT. Our services company and its wholly owned subsidiaries provide a number of services to certain tenants at our media and entertainment properties and, from time to time, one or more taxable REIT subsidiaries may provide services to our tenants at these and other properties. See “Federal Income Tax Considerations—Taxation of Our Company—Income Tests.” In addition, our operating partnership has contributed some or all of its interests in certain wholly owned subsidiaries or their assets to our services company. We currently lease space to wholly owned subsidiaries of our services company at our media and entertainment properties and may, from time to time, enter into additional leases with one or more taxable REIT subsidiaries. Any income earned by our taxable REIT subsidiaries will not

 

146


Table of Contents

be included in our taxable income for purposes of the 75% or 95% gross income tests, except to the extent such income is distributed to us as a dividend, in which case such dividend income will qualify under the 95%, but not the 75%, gross income test. See “Federal Income Tax Considerations—Taxation of Our Company—Income Tests.” Because a taxable REIT subsidiary is subject to federal income tax, and state and local income tax (where applicable), as a regular C corporation, the income earned by our taxable REIT subsidiaries generally will be subject to an additional level of tax as compared to the income earned by our other subsidiaries.

The following diagram depicts our ownership structure and the ownership structure of our operating partnership upon completion of this offering and the concurrent private placement.

LOGO

 

(1) Represents $87.5 million aggregate liquidation preference on our outstanding 8.375% Series B Cumulative Redeemable Preferred Stock, $0.01 par value per share.
(2) Reflects shares of our common stock acquired by the Farallon Funds in the 2010 private placement, the formation transactions and the concurrent private placement.
(3) Reflects shares of our common stock acquired by Victor J. Coleman in the 2010 private placement and shares of restricted stock granted to Victor J. Coleman, other members of management and directors.
(4) Reflects an aggregate of approximately $12.5 million in liquidation preference of series A preferred units, which were issued in connection with our initial public offering and formation transactions that may be converted into common units commencing June 29, 2013.
(5) On February 24, 2011, we exercised our call right to purchase the remaining 49% interest at a purchase price of approximately $38.7 million (before prorations). The transaction is expected to close in the second quarter of 2011.

 

147


Table of Contents

DESCRIPTION OF THE PARTNERSHIP AGREEMENT OF HUDSON PACIFIC PROPERTIES, L.P.

We have summarized the material terms and provisions of the Second Amended and Restated Agreement of Limited Partnership of Hudson Pacific Properties, L.P., which we refer to as the “partnership agreement.” This summary is not complete. For more detail, you should refer to the partnership agreement itself, a copy of which is filed as an exhibit to the registration statement of which this prospectus is part. For purposes of this section, references to “we,” “our,” “us,” “our company” and the “general partner” refer to Hudson Pacific Properties, Inc. in our capacity as the general partner of our operating partnership.

General

All of our assets are held by, and substantially all of our operations are conducted through, our operating partnership, either directly or through subsidiaries. We are the general partner of the operating partnership and, following the completion of this offering and the concurrent private placement, we will own         % of the outstanding common units in the operating partnership.

Certain persons who contributed interests in properties and/or other assets pursuant to the formation transactions received common units or series A preferred units in our operating partnership. Holders of common units in the operating partnership are generally entitled to share in cash distributions from, and in the profits and losses of, the operating partnership in proportion to their respective percentage interests of common units in the operating partnership if and to the extent authorized by us and subject to the preferential rights of holders of outstanding preferred units, including series A preferred units and series B preferred units. Series A preferred units rank senior to any other partnership interest and holders of series A units are entitled to receive preferential cash distributions, a liquidation preference in the event of any voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the affairs of the operating partnership (but only to the extent consistent with a liquidation in accordance with positive capital account balances), as well as certain conversion and redemption rights as described below in “—Material Terms of Our Series A Preferred Units.” Series B preferred units rank junior to the series A preferred units and senior to the common units of our operating partnership and, subject to the rights of holders of series A preferred units, holders of series B preferred units are entitled to receive preferential cash distributions and a liquidation preference in the event of any voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the affairs of the operating partnership that are substantially similar to those of the series B preferred stock (but, in the case of distributions upon the liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the affairs of the operating partnership, only to the extent consistent with a liquidation in accordance with positive capital account balances). Series B preferred units are also subject to redemption by the operating partnership in connection with our reacquisition of shares of series B preferred stock. See “Description of Stock—Preferred Stock—8.375% Series B Preferred Stock” The units in the operating partnership are not listed on any exchange or quoted on any national market system.

Provisions in the partnership agreement could discourage third parties from making proposals involving an unsolicited acquisition of us or change of our control, although some stockholders might consider such proposals, if made, desirable. These provisions also make it more difficult for third parties to alter the management structure of the operating partnership without the concurrence of our board of directors. These provisions include, among others:

 

   

redemption rights of qualifying parties;

 

   

transfer restrictions on units, including our common units;

 

   

our ability, as general partner, in some cases, to amend the partnership agreement and to cause the partnership to issue preferred units with terms that we, in our capacity as the general partner of our operating partnership, may determine, without the consent of the limited partners;

 

   

the right of the limited partners to consent to transfers of the general partnership interest and mergers under specified circumstances; and

 

148


Table of Contents
   

restrictions on debt levels and equity requirements pursuant to the terms of our series A preferred units, as well as required distributions to holders of series A preferred units of our operating partnership, following certain changes of control of us.

Purposes, Business and Management

The purpose of the operating partnership includes the conduct of any business, enterprise or activity permitted by or under the Maryland Revised Uniform Limited Partnership Act. The operating partnership may enter into partnerships, joint ventures or similar arrangements and may own interests in any other entity. However, the operating partnership may not, without our consent, take, or refrain from taking, any action that, in our judgment, in our sole and absolute discretion:

 

   

could adversely affect our ability to continue to qualify as a REIT;

 

   

could subject us to any taxes under Code Section 857 or Code Section 4981 or any other related or successor provision under the Code; or

 

   

could violate any law or regulation of any governmental body or agency having jurisdiction over us, our securities or the operating partnership.

In general, our board of directors manages the business and affairs of the operating partnership by directing our business and affairs, in our capacity as the general partner of the operating partnership.

Except as otherwise expressly provided in the partnership agreement, all management powers over the business and affairs of the operating partnership are exclusively vested in us, in our capacity as the general partner of the operating partnership. No limited partner or any other person to whom one or more partnership units has been transferred may, in its capacity as a limited partner or assignee, participate in or exercise control or management power over the business and affairs of the operating partnership. The general partner may not be removed by the partners with or without cause, except with the general partner’s consent. In addition to the powers granted to the general partner under applicable law or that are granted to the general partner under any other provision of the partnership agreement, the general partner, subject to the other provisions of the partnership agreement (including the restrictions on the general partner’s authority described below), has the full and exclusive power and authority to do all things deemed necessary or desirable by the general partner to conduct the business of the operating partnership, to exercise or direct the exercise of all powers of the operating partnership and to effectuate the purposes of the operating partnership. The operating partnership may incur debt or enter into credit, guarantee, financing or refinancing arrangements for any purpose, including, without limitation, in connection with any acquisition of properties, upon such terms as the general partner determines to be appropriate. Except in connection with certain transactions involving the general partner discussed in “—Restrictions on Mergers, Sales, Transfers and Other Significant Transactions of the General Partner” and “—Material Terms of Series A Preferred Units—Voting and Consent Rights,” the general partner may authorize the operating partnership to dispose of any, all or substantially all of the assets (including the goodwill) of the operating partnership or merge, consolidate, reorganize or otherwise combine with or into another entity. With limited exceptions, the general partner is authorized to execute, deliver and perform agreements and transactions on behalf of the operating partnership without any further act, approval or vote of the limited partners.

Restrictions on General Partner’s Authority

The general partner may not take any action in contravention of the partnership agreement. The general partner may not, without the prior consent of a majority in interest of the partners (including us), undertake any actions on behalf of the operating partnership, or enter into any transaction, that would have the effect of amending, modifying or terminating the partnership agreement, except as provided in the partnership agreement. For a description of the provisions of the partnership agreement permitting the general partner to amend the

 

149


Table of Contents

partnership agreement without the consent of the limited partners see “—Amendment of the Partnership Agreement—Amendment by the General Partner without the Consent of the Limited Partners.” The general partner may not, without the prior consent of a majority in interest of the limited partners holding common units (excluding us and any limited partner a majority of whose equity is owned, directly or indirectly, by us), transfer all or any portion of its interest in the operating partnership, withdraw as the general partner of the operating partnership or admit into the operating partnership any successor general partners, subject to the exceptions discussed in “—Transfers and Withdrawals—Restrictions on Transfers by General Partner.”

In addition, the general partner may not amend the partnership agreement or take any action on behalf of the operating partnership, without the prior consent of each partner adversely affected by such amendment or action, if such amendment or action would:

 

   

convert a limited partner into a general partner;

 

   

modify the limited liability of a limited partner;

 

   

alter the rights of any limited partner to receive the distributions to which such partner is entitled, or alter the allocations specified in the partnership agreement, except in connection with the creation and issuance of any class or series of units, to the extent permitted by the partnership agreement;

 

   

alter or modify the redemption rights or conversion rights of limited partners and certain qualifying assignees or the related definitions;

 

   

alter the restrictions on the general partner’s ability to transfer all or any portion of its interest in the operating partnership or voluntarily withdraw as the general partner;

 

   

enter into any contract, mortgage, loan or other agreement that expressly prohibits or restricts, or has the effect of prohibiting or restricting, the general partner or the operating partnership from performing its obligations in connection with the redemption of units or any limited partner from exercising its redemption or conversion rights under the partnership agreement;

 

   

remove, alter or amend certain provisions of the partnership agreement related to the requirements for us to qualify as a REIT or permitting us to avoid paying tax under Code Sections 857 or 4981;

 

   

reduce any limited partners’ rights to indemnification;

 

   

create any liability of the limited partners not already provided in the partnership agreement; or

 

   

amend the provisions of the partnership agreement requiring the consent of each affected partner before taking any of the actions described above.

Additional Limited Partners

Subject to the rights of limited partners holding series A preferred units, the general partner may cause the operating partnership to issue additional units from time to time, on terms and conditions and for such capital contributions as may be established by the general partner in its sole and absolute discretion. The net capital contribution need not be equal for all limited partners. No person may be admitted as an additional limited partner without the general partner’s consent, which consent may be given or withheld in its sole and absolute discretion.

No action or consent by the limited partners is required in connection with the admission of any additional limited partner. The general partner is expressly authorized to cause the operating partnership to issue additional units:

 

   

upon the conversion, redemption or exchange of any debt, units or other securities issued by the operating partnership;

 

150


Table of Contents
   

for less than fair market value, so long as the general partner concludes in good faith that such issuance is in the best interests of the general partner and the operating partnership; and

 

   

in connection with any merger of any other entity into the operating partnership.

Subject to the rights of the limited partners holding series A preferred units, any additional units may be issued in one or more classes, or one or more series of any of such classes, with such designations, preferences, conversion or other rights, voting powers or rights, restrictions, limitations as to distributions, qualifications or terms or conditions of redemption (including, without limitation, terms that may be senior or otherwise entitled to preference over existing units) as the general partner shall determine, in its sole and absolute discretion without the approval of any limited partner or any other person. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the general partner has authority to specify:

 

   

the allocations of items of partnership income, gain, loss, deduction and credit to each such class or series of units;

 

   

the right of each such class or series of units to share in distributions;

 

   

the rights of each such class or series of units upon dissolution and liquidation of the operating partnership;

 

   

the voting rights, if any, of each such class or series of units; and

 

   

the conversion, redemption or exchange rights applicable to each such class or series of units.

In connection with this offering and the concurrent private placement, our operating partnership will issue to us an equivalent number of common units.

Ability to Engage in Other Businesses; Conflicts of Interest

We may not conduct any business other than in connection with the ownership, acquisition and disposition of partnership interests, the management of the business of the operating partnership, our operation as a reporting company with a class or classes of securities registered under the Exchange Act, our operations as a REIT, the offering, sale, syndication, private placement or public offering of stock, bonds, securities or other interests related to the partnership or its assets or activities or our activities in our capacity as general partner, financing or refinancing of any type related to the operating partnership or its assets or activities, and such activities as are incidental to those activities discussed above. We may, however, in our sole and absolute discretion, from time to time hold or acquire assets in our own name or otherwise other than through the operating partnership so long as we take commercially reasonable measures to ensure that the economic benefits and burdens of such property are otherwise vested in the operating partnership.

Distributions

We are required to cause the operating partnership to distribute quarterly, or on a more or less frequent basis as we may determine, all, or such portion as we may in our sole and absolute discretion determine, of the available cash (as such term is defined in the partnership agreement) generated by the operating partnership during such quarter to us and the limited partners:

 

   

first, with respect to the series A preferred units and any other units that are entitled to any preference in distribution, in accordance with the rights of such class or classes of units, and, within such class or classes, among the holders of such units, pro rata in proportion to their respective percentage interests;

 

151


Table of Contents
   

second, with respect to the series B preferred units and any other units ranking on parity with the series B preferred units as to distributions, in accordance with the rights of holders of such units, as applicable, and, within such class, among the holders of such units, pro rata in proportion to their respective percentage interests; and

 

   

third, with respect to any units that are not entitled to any preference in distribution, including common units, in accordance with the rights of holders of such units, as applicable, and, within such class, among the holders of such units, pro rata in proportion to their respective percentage interests.

Distributions payable with respect to any units that were not outstanding during the entire quarterly period in respect of which a distribution is made, other than units issued to us in connection with the issuance of shares of our common or preferred stock, will be prorated based on the portion of the period that such units were outstanding.

Allocations

Net income or net loss of our operating partnership will generally be allocated to us, as the general partner, and to the limited partners in accordance with the partners’ respective interests in the operating partnership. Allocations of net income will be made, first, to holders of series A preferred units to the extent of the accrued preferred return on such units and then to us to the extent of the accrued preferred return on our series B preferred units. Any remaining net income will be allocated to holders of common units. Allocations to holders of common units will generally be made proportionately to all such holders in respect of such units. However, in some cases gain or loss may be disproportionately allocated to partners who have contributed appreciated property or guaranteed debt of our operating partnership. The allocations described above are subject to special rules relating to depreciation deductions and to compliance with the provisions of Sections 704(b) and 704(c) of the Code and the associated Treasury Regulations. See “Federal Income Tax Considerations—Taxation of Our Company—Tax Aspects of Our Operating Partnership, the Subsidiary Partnerships and the Limited Liability Companies.”

Reimbursement of Expenses; Transactions with Our Affiliates and Us

We are not entitled to receive any compensation for our services as the general partner of our operating partnership. Through our interest in our operating partnership, we have the same right to distributions as other holders of common units. In addition, the operating partnership is required to reimburse us for all amounts expended by us in connection with the operating partnership’s business, including expenses relating to the ownership of interests in and management and operation of, or for the benefit of, the operating partnership, compensation of our officers and employees and officers and employees of the operating partnership, including payments under future compensation plans that may provide for stock units, or phantom stock, pursuant to which our employees or employees of the operating partnership will receive payments based upon dividends on or the value of our common stock, director or manager fees and expenses and all costs and expenses that we incur in connection with our being a public company, including costs of filings with the SEC, reports and other distributions to our stockholders. The operating partnership is required to reimburse us for all expenses incurred by us relating to any offering of stock, including any underwriting discounts or commissions in such case based on the percentage of the net proceeds from such issuance contributed to or otherwise made available to the operating partnership. Any reimbursement will be reduced by the amount of any interest that we earn on funds we hold on behalf of the operating partnership.

Except as expressly permitted by the partnership agreement, we and our affiliates may not engage in any transactions with the operating partnership except on terms we determine in good faith to be fair and reasonable.

 

152


Table of Contents

Our Liability and that of the Limited Partners

We, as general partner of the operating partnership, are ultimately liable for all general recourse obligations of the operating partnership to the extent not paid by the operating partnership. We are not liable for the nonrecourse obligations of the operating partnership.

Except as may be provided in the terms of any class or series of units, the limited partners are not required to make additional contributions to the operating partnership. Assuming that a limited partner does not take part in the control of the business of the operating partnership, the liability of the limited partner for obligations of the operating partnership under the partnership agreement and the Maryland Revised Uniform Limited Partnership Act is generally limited to the loss of the limited partner’s investment in the operating partnership represented by such limited partner’s units.

Exculpation and Indemnification

The partnership agreement generally provides that we, as general partner, and any of our respective directors or officers will incur no liability to the operating partnership, or any limited partner or assignee, for losses sustained or liabilities incurred or benefits not derived as a result of errors in judgment, mistakes of fact or law or any acts or omissions if we or such officer or director acted in good faith. The partnership agreement also provides that we will not be liable to the operating partnership or any partner for monetary damages for losses sustained, liabilities incurred or benefits not derived by the operating partnership or any limited partner, except for liability for our intentional harm or gross negligence. In addition, we, as general partner, are not responsible to the partnership for any misconduct or negligence on the part of our employees or agents, provided we appointed such employees or agents in good faith. We, as general partner, may consult with legal counsel, accountants, appraisers, management consultants, investment bankers and other consultants and advisors, and any action we take or omit to take in reliance upon the opinion of such persons, as to matters which we, as general partner, reasonably believe to be within their professional or expert competence, will be conclusively presumed to have been done or omitted in good faith and in accordance with such opinion.

The partnership agreement also provides for the indemnification of us, as general partner, and our directors, officers and employees, officers and employees of the operating partnership and such other persons as we, as general partner, may from time to time designate from and against any and all losses, claims, damages, liabilities, joint or several, expenses, judgments, fines, settlements and other amounts arising from any and all claims, demands, actions, suits or proceedings that relate to the operations of the operating partnership, provided that such person will not be indemnified for (i) any act or omission of such person that was material to the matter giving rise to the action and either was committed in bad faith or was the result of active and deliberate dishonesty, (ii) in the case of any criminal proceeding, any act or omission that such person had reason to believe was unlawful, or (iii) any transaction for which such person actually received an improper personal benefit in money, property or services or otherwise, in violation or breach of any provision of the partnership agreement. The operating partnership must also pay or reimburse the reasonable expenses of any such person upon its receipt of a written affirmation of the person’s good faith belief that the standard of conduct necessary for indemnification has been met and a written undertaking to repay any amounts paid or advanced if it is ultimately determined that the person did not meet the standard of conduct for indemnification. The operating partnership will not indemnify or advance funds to any person with respect to any action initiated by the person seeking indemnification (other than an action to enforce such person’s right to indemnification under the partnership agreement) without our approval or if the person is found to be liable to the operating partnership on any portion of any claim in the action.

The partnership agreement also provides for the indemnification of each of the limited partners of our operating partnership, their affiliates and each of their respective directors, officers, stockholders and any other individual acting on its or their behalf, from and against any costs incurred by such person resulting from any litigation or other proceeding in which any limited partner is named as a defendant or any claim threatened or

 

153


Table of Contents

asserted against any limited partner that relates to the operations of the operating partnership or any obligation assumed by the operating partnership, unless such costs are the result of intentional harm or gross negligence on the part of, or a breach of partnership agreement by, such limited partner.

Sales of Partnership Assets; Mergers; Consolidations

Under the partnership agreement, the general partner generally has the authority to cause the operating partnership to sell all or substantially all of the assets of the operating partnership or to merge, consolidate or otherwise combine its assets with another entity, without the consent or approval of any limited partner, subject to certain limitations described below. However, in connection with the acquisition of properties from persons to whom the general partner issued units as part of the purchase price, in order to preserve such persons’ tax deferral, the general partner may contractually agree, in general, not to sell or otherwise transfer the properties for a specified period of time, or in some instances, not to sell or otherwise transfer the properties without compensating the sellers of the properties for their loss of the tax deferral.

Redemption Rights of Limited Partners

After fourteen months of becoming a holder of common units, each limited partner and some assignees have the right, subject to the terms and conditions set forth in the partnership agreement, to require the operating partnership to redeem all or a portion of the common units held by such party in exchange for a cash amount per common unit equal to the value of one share of our common stock, as determined in accordance with, and subject to adjustment as provided in, the partnership agreement. The operating partnership’s obligation to effect a redemption, however, will not arise or be binding against the operating partnership unless and until we, as general partner, decline or fail to exercise our prior and independent right to acquire such common units in exchange for common stock.

On or before the close of business on the fifth business day after a limited partner gives us a notice of redemption with respect to common units, we may, in our sole and absolute discretion but subject to the restrictions on ownership and transfer of our stock discussed in “Description of Stock—Restrictions on Ownership and Transfer,” acquire some or all of the tendered common units from the tendering party in exchange for shares of common stock, based on an exchange ratio of one share of common stock for each common unit, subject to adjustment as provided in the partnership agreement. The partnership agreement does not obligate us to register, qualify or list any common stock issued in exchange for common units with the SEC, with any state securities commissioner, department or agency, or with any stock exchange. Common stock issued in exchange for common units pursuant to the partnership agreement may contain legends regarding restrictions under the Securities Act and applicable state securities laws as we in good faith determine to be necessary or advisable in order to ensure compliance with securities laws.

Our operating partnership is required to redeem series B preferred units from us in connection with any redemption by us of shares of series B preferred stock. See “Description of Stock—Preferred Stock—8.375% Series B Preferred Stock.”

The partnership agreement also provides redemption rights with respect to our series A preferred units as described below in “—Material Terms of Our Series A Preferred Units.”

Transfers and Withdrawals

The partnership agreement restricts the transferability of units. Any transfer or purported transfer of a unit not made in accordance with the partnership agreement will be void.

Restrictions on Transfer by Limited Partners

Until the expiration of 14 months from the date on which a limited partner first acquired units, such limited partner generally may not, without our consent, directly or indirectly transfer all or any portion of its units

 

154


Table of Contents

to any transferee, except for certain permitted transfers to certain affiliates, family members and charities, transfers by a person who was a limited partner upon the completion of our initial public offering to its shareholders, members, partners or beneficiaries and certain pledges of units to lending institutions in connection with bona fide loans.

After the expiration of 14 months from the date on which a limited partner first acquired units, in addition to the permitted transfers described above, such limited partner has the right to transfer all or any portion of its units to any person that is an “accredited investor,” subject to the satisfaction of conditions specified in the partnership agreement, including minimum transfer requirements and our right of first refusal. For purposes of this transfer restriction, “accredited investor” has the meaning set forth in Rule 501 promulgated under the Securities Act. It is a condition to any transfer that the transferee assumes by operation of law or express agreement all of the obligations of the transferor limited partner under the partnership agreement with respect to such units, and no such transfer will relieve the transferor limited partner of its obligations under the partnership agreement without our approval, in our sole and absolute discretion. This transfer restriction does not apply to a statutory merger or consolidation pursuant to which all obligations and liabilities of the limited partner are assumed by a successor corporation by operation of law.

In connection with any transfer of units other than a permitted transfer, we will have the right to require an opinion of counsel reasonably satisfactory to us to the effect that the proposed transfer may be effected without registration under the Securities Act, and will not otherwise violate any federal or state securities laws or regulations applicable to the operating partnership or the partnership interests or units transferred.

No transfer by a limited partner of its units, including in connection with any redemption or any acquisition of partnership interests or units by us or by the operating partnership, may be made to any person without our consent if:

 

   

it could result in the operating partnership being treated as an association taxable as a corporation for federal income tax purposes;

 

   

it could result in a termination of the partnership under Code Section 708;

 

   

it could be treated as effectuated through an “established securities market” or a “secondary market (or the substantial equivalent thereof)” within the meaning of Code Section 7704 and the Treasury Regulations promulgated thereunder; or

 

   

it could result in the operating partnership being unable to qualify for one or more of the “safe harbors” set forth in Treasury Regulations Section 1.7704-1 (or such other guidance subsequently published by the IRS setting forth safe harbors under which interests will not be treated as “readily tradable on a secondary market (or the substantial equivalent thereof)” within the meaning of Section 7704 of the Code).

In addition, except in the case of permitted transfers, we have a right of first refusal with respect to any proposed transfers by other limited partners, exercisable within ten business days of notice of the transfer and a description of the proposed consideration to be paid for the operating partnership units.

Admission of Substituted Limited Partners

No limited partner will have the right to substitute a transferee as a limited partner in its place. A transferee of the interest of a limited partner may be admitted as a substituted limited partner only with our consent, which consent may be given or withheld in our sole and absolute discretion. If we in our sole and absolute discretion, do not consent to the admission of any permitted transferee as a substituted limited partner, such transferee will be considered an assignee for purposes of the partnership agreement. An assignee will be

 

155


Table of Contents

entitled to all the rights of an assignee of a limited partnership interest under the partnership agreement and the Maryland Revised Uniform Limited Partnership Act, including the right to receive distributions from the operating partnership and the share of net income, net losses and other items of income, gain, loss, deduction and credit of the operating partnership attributable to the units assigned to such transferee and the rights to transfer and redemption of the units provided in the partnership agreement, but will not be deemed to be a limited partner for any other purpose under the partnership agreement or the Maryland Revised Uniform Limited Partnership Act, and will not be entitled to effect a consent or vote with respect to such units on any matter presented to the limited partners for approval. The right to consent or vote, to the extent provided in the partnership agreement or under the Maryland Revised Uniform Limited Partnership Act, will fully remain with the transferor limited partner.

Restrictions on Transfers by General Partner

We, as general partner, may not transfer any of our units or other partnership interest, whether by sale, disposition, statutory merger or consolidation, liquidation or otherwise, unless:

 

   

we transfer our units in a merger, consolidation or other combination of our assets with another entity, a sale of all or substantially all of our assets or a reclassification, recapitalization or change in any outstanding shares of the our stock described below in “—Restrictions on Mergers, Sales, Transfers and Other Significant Transactions of the General Partner” or we receive the prior consent of a majority in interest of the limited partners holding common units (excluding us and any limited partner whose equity is owned, directly or indirectly, by us);

 

   

the transferee is admitted as a general partner pursuant to the terms of the partnership agreement;

 

   

the transferee assumes, by operation of law or express agreement, all of the obligations of the general partner under the partnership agreement with respect to such transferred partnership interest; and

 

   

the transferee has executed such instruments as may be necessary to effectuate such admission and to confirm the agreement of such transferee to be bound by all the terms and provisions of the partnership agreement with respect to the partnership interest so acquired and the admission of such transferee as the general partner.

Restrictions on Transfers by Any Partner

Units and other partnership interests may be transferred only on the first day of a fiscal quarter unless we otherwise agree. No partner may transfer any units, including in connection with any redemption or acquisition of partnership interests or units by us or by the operating partnership, if:

 

   

the proposed transferee lacks the legal right, power or capacity to own the interest or units to be transferred;

 

   

the proposed transfer would violate applicable law;

 

   

the proposed transfer is of any component portion of a partnership interest, such as a partner’s capital account or rights to distributions, separate and apart from all other components of the partner’s interest in the partnership, unless we consent, which we may give or withhold in our sole and absolute discretion;

 

   

the proposed transfer could cause us or any of our affiliates to fail to comply with the requirements under the Code for qualifying as a REIT or “qualified REIT subsidiary” (within the meaning of Code Section 856(i)(2));

 

156


Table of Contents
   

the proposed transfer could, based on the advice of counsel to us or the operating partnership, cause a termination of the operating partnership for federal or state income tax purposes (other than as a result of the redemption (or acquisition by us) of all units held by all limited partners or with our consent, which we may give or withhold in our sole and absolute discretion);

 

   

the proposed transfer could, based on the advice of legal counsel to the operating partnership, cause the operating partnership to cease to be classified as a partnership for federal income tax purposes (other than as a result of the redemption (or acquisition by us) of all units held by all limited partners);

 

   

the proposed transfer would cause the operating partnership to become, with respect to any employee benefit plan subject to Title I of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended, or ERISA, a “party-in-interest” (as defined in ERISA Section 3(14)) or a “disqualified person” (as defined in Code Section 4975(c));

 

   

the proposed transfer could, based on the advice of counsel to us or the operating partnership, cause any portion of the assets of the operating partnership to constitute assets of any employee benefit plan pursuant to United States Department of Labor Regulations Section 2510.3-101;

 

   

the proposed transfer requires the registration of such partnership interest or units under any applicable Federal or state securities laws;

 

   

the proposed transfer (1) could be treated as effectuated through an “established securities market” or a “secondary market” (or the substantial equivalent thereof) within the meaning of Section 7704 of the Code and the Treasury Regulations promulgated thereunder, (2) could cause the operating partnership to become a “publicly traded partnership,” as such term is defined in Sections 469(k)(2) or 7704(b) of the Code, (3) could cause the operating partnership to have more than 100 partners or cause the partnership interest initially issued to such partner to be held by more than three partners, including, for these purposes, certain persons indirectly owning an interest in the operating partnership through an entity treated as a partnership or S corporation or disregarded entity for federal income tax purposes, or (4) could cause the operating partnership to fail one or more of the “safe harbors” set forth in Treasury Regulations Section 1.7704-1, except, in any case, with our consent, which we may give or withhold in our sole and absolute discretion;

 

   

the proposed transfer would cause the operating partnership (as opposed to us) to become a reporting company under the Exchange Act; or

 

   

the proposed transfer would subject the operating partnership to regulation under the Investment Company Act of 1940, the Investment Advisors Act of 1940 or ERISA, each as amended.

Withdrawal of Partners

We may not voluntarily withdraw as a general partner of the operating partnership without the consent of a majority in interest of the limited partners holding common units (excluding us and any limited partner 50% or more of whose equity is owned, directly or indirectly, by us) other than upon the transfer of our entire interest in the operating partnership and the admission of our successor as a general partner of the operating partnership. A limited partner of the operating partnership may withdraw from the operating partnership only as a result of a transfer of the limited partner’s entire interest in the operating partnership units in accordance with the partnership agreement and the admission of the limited partner’s successor as a limited partner of the operating partnership or as a result of the redemption or acquisition by us of the limited partner’s entire interest in the operating partnership.

 

157


Table of Contents

Restrictions on Mergers, Sales, Transfers and Other Significant Transactions of the General Partner

We may not merge, consolidate or otherwise combine our assets with another entity, or sell all or substantially all of our assets not in the ordinary course of our business, or reclassify, recapitalize or change the terms of our outstanding common equity interests (other than in connection with a stock split, reverse stock split, stock dividend, change in par value, increase in authorized shares, designation or issuance of new classes of equity securities or any event that does not require the approval of our stockholders), unless:

 

   

such event has been approved by the consent of a majority in interest of the partners, including us, and all limited partners holding common units will receive, or will have the right to elect to receive, for each common unit, consideration that is equivalent to the greatest amount of cash, securities or other property received by a holder of one share of our common stock; and, if such event occurs in connection with a purchase, tender or exchange offer, each holder of common units has the right to receive, or elect to receive, the greatest amount of cash, securities or other property that such holder of units would have received had it exercised its right to redemption pursuant to the partnership agreement and received shares of our common stock in exchange for its units immediately before the expiration of the purchase, tender or exchange offer and had accepted the purchase, tender or exchange offer; or

 

   

substantially all of the assets of our operating partnership are to be owned by a surviving entity in which our limited partners holding common units will hold a percentage interest based on the relative fair market value of the net assets of the operating partnership and the other net assets of such entity, which interest will be on terms that are at least as favorable as the terms of the common units and will include a right to redeem interests in such entity for the consideration described in the preceding bullet, cash on similar terms as those with respect to the common units or, if common equity securities of the person controlling the surviving entity are publicly traded, such common equity securities.

Amendment of the Partnership Agreement

Amendments to the partnership agreement may be proposed only by the general partner or by limited partners holding 25% or more of the partnership interests held by limited partners. Following such proposal, the general partner must submit to the partners entitled to vote thereon any proposed amendment that, pursuant to the terms of the partnership agreement, requires the consent, approval or vote of such partners. The general partner may seek the written consent of the partners entitled to vote on the proposed amendment or call a meeting of the partners to vote on the proposed amendment and to transact any other business that it may deem appropriate. If the general partner seeks the written consent of the partners entitled to vote on a proposed amendment, the general partner may require a response within a reasonable specified time, but not less than fifteen days, and failure to respond in such time period shall constitute a partner’s consent consistent with the general partner’s recommendation, if any, with respect to the proposed amendment.

Amendment by the General Partner without the Consent of the Limited Partners

The general partner has the power, without the consent of the limited partners, to amend the partnership agreement as may be required to facilitate or implement any of the following purposes:

 

   

to add to its obligations as general partner or surrender any right or power granted to it or any of its affiliates for the benefit of the limited partners;

 

   

to reflect the admission, substitution or withdrawal of partners, the transfer of any partnership interest or the termination of the operating partnership in accordance with the partnership agreement;

 

158


Table of Contents
   

to reflect a change that is of an inconsequential nature or does not adversely affect the limited partners in any material respect, or to cure any ambiguity, correct or supplement any provision in the partnership agreement not inconsistent with law or with other provisions of the partnership agreement, or make other changes with respect to matters arising under the partnership agreement that will not be inconsistent with law or with the provisions of the partnership agreement;

 

   

subject to certain rights of limited partners holding series A preferred units, to set forth or amend the designations, preferences, conversion or other rights, voting powers, restrictions, limitations as to distributions, qualifications or terms or conditions of redemption of the holders of any additional partnership interests issued pursuant to the partnership agreement;

 

   

to reflect the termination of the series A preferred units if and from the time that all of the series A preferred units shall no longer be, or be deemed to be, outstanding for any purpose;

 

   

to satisfy any requirements, conditions or guidelines contained in any order, directive, opinion, ruling or regulation of a federal or state agency or contained in federal or state law;

 

   

to reflect such changes as are reasonably necessary for the general partner to maintain its status as a REIT or to reflect the transfer of all or any part of a partnership interest among the general partner and any entity treated as a disregarded entity with respect to the general partner for federal income tax purposes;

 

   

to modify the manner in which items of net income or net loss are allocated or the manner in which capital accounts are adjusted, computed, or maintained (but in each case only to the extent provided by the partnership agreement); and

 

   

to reflect the issuance of additional partnership interests permitted under the partnership agreement.

Amendment With the Consent of the Limited Partners

Except as discussed above and under “—Material Terms of Our Series A Preferred Units—Voting and Consent Rights,” the general partner may amend the partnership agreement only with the consent of the partners, including the general partner.

Procedures for Actions and Consents of Partners

Meetings of the partners may be called by the general partner at any time in its own discretion, and must be called by the general partner upon the written request of limited partners holding 25% or more of the partnership interests held by limited partners. Notice of any such meeting must be given to all partners entitled to act at the meeting not less than seven days nor more than 60 days prior to the date of such meeting. Partners may vote in person or by proxy at such meeting. Each meeting of partners will be conducted by the general partner or such other person as it may appoint pursuant to such rules for the conduct of the meeting as it or such other person deems appropriate in its sole and absolute discretion. Whenever the vote or consent of partners is permitted or required under the partnership agreement, such vote or consent may be given at a meeting of partners or may be given by written consent. Any action required or permitted to be taken at a meeting of the partners may be taken without a meeting if a written consent is signed by partners holding a majority in interest of the outstanding partnership interests, including the general partner (or such other percentage as is expressly required by the partnership agreement for the action in question). The series B preferred units do not carry any voting rights, and our ownership of series B preferred units does not increase our voting power on any matter that requires approval by partners holding a majority (or other percentage) in interest of the outstanding partnership interests.

 

159


Table of Contents

Dissolution

The operating partnership will dissolve, and its affairs will be wound up, upon the first to occur of any of the following:

 

   

the removal of the last remaining general partner in accordance with the partnership agreement, the withdrawal of the last remaining general partner in violation of the partnership agreement, the death, adjudication of incompetency, dissolution or other termination of the legal existence of the last remaining general partner or the occurrence of certain events relating to the bankruptcy or insolvency of the last remaining general partner unless, within ninety days after the withdrawal, a majority in interest of the limited partners remaining agree in writing, in their sole and absolute discretion, to continue the business of the operating partnership and to the appointment, effective as of the date of such withdrawal, of a successor general partner;

 

   

an election to dissolve the operating partnership made by the general partner in its sole and absolute discretion, with or without the consent of the partners;

 

   

the entry of a decree of judicial dissolution of the operating partnership pursuant to the provisions of the Maryland Revised Uniform Limited Partnership Act;

 

   

the occurrence of any sale or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the operating partnership not in the ordinary course of its business or a related series of transactions that, taken together, result in the sale or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the operating partnership not in the ordinary course of its business; or

 

   

the redemption, or acquisition by us or the partnership, of all partnership interests other than partnership interests held by us.

Upon dissolution of the operating partnership, or, in the event that there is no remaining general partner, a liquidator will proceed to liquidate the assets of the operating partnership and apply the proceeds from such liquidation in the order of priority set forth in the partnership agreement.

Tax Matters

Pursuant to the partnership agreement, we, as the general partner, are the tax matters partner of our operating partnership, and in such capacity, have the authority to handle tax audits on behalf of the operating partnership. In addition, as the general partner, we have the authority to arrange for the preparation and filing of the operating partnership’s tax returns and to make tax elections under the Code on behalf of the operating partnership.

Material Terms of Our Series A Preferred Units

The following is a discussion of certain of the rights, privileges and preferences of the series A preferred units.

Liquidation Preference

In the event of any voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the affairs of the operating partnership, holders of series A preferred units will be entitled to receive and be paid in cash an amount equal to $25.00 per preferred unit plus any accrued and unpaid distributions before any distribution or payment may be made with respect to any other series or class of partnership interest ranking junior to the series A preferred units (but only to the extent consistent with a liquidation in accordance with positive capital account balances).

 

160


Table of Contents

Distributions

Holders of series A preferred units are entitled to receive, when, as and if declared by the operating partnership, out of available cash, cumulative preferential cash distributions in an amount equal to 6.25% per annum of the $25.00 liquidation preference per unit from the date of issuance of such unit, payable quarterly in arrears on or before the last calendar day of March, June, September and December of each year, commencing on the first of such dates to occur after the completion of our initial public offering. Distributions that are due but unpaid will accumulate and compound quarterly. If any such preferential distribution payments for any past quarterly period are in arrears, no distributions may be authorized or paid on any other series or class of partnership interest ranking junior to the series A preferred units, nor shall any other series or class of partnership interests ranking junior to the series A preferred units be redeemed, purchased or acquired by the operating partnership or us, except for:

 

   

a redemption of common units from us in connection with a redemption or repurchase by us of common stock for cash pursuant to the restrictions on ownership and transfer of our stock described in “Description of Stock—Restrictions on Ownership and Transfer” or a redemption of preferred units from us in connection with a redemption or repurchase by us of outstanding preferred stock for cash;

 

   

the acquisition by us of common units tendered for redemption with shares of our common stock; or

 

   

the conversion into or exchange for shares of our common stock or units ranking junior to the series A preferred units with no cash distributed.

Redemption Rights

Beginning on June 29, 2013, each limited partner holding series A preferred units and certain assignees will have the right, subject to the terms and conditions set forth in the partnership agreement, to require the operating partnership to redeem all or a portion of their series A preferred units in exchange for a cash redemption price equal to $25.00 per unit plus any accrued distributions that have not been paid on or prior to the redemption date. The operating partnership’s obligation to effect a redemption, however, will not arise or be binding against the operating partnership unless and until we, as general partner, decline or fail to exercise our prior and independent right to acquire such preferred units in exchange for shares of our common stock that are issued under an effective registration statement under the Securities Act.

Any notice of redemption must be delivered at least 30 business days prior to the last day of the calendar quarter in which the redemption right is being exercised. On or before the close of business on the tenth business day after such a notice of redemption is received, we may, in our sole and absolute discretion but subject to the restrictions on ownership and transfer of our stock discussed in “Description of Stock—Restrictions on Ownership and Transfer,” acquire some or all of the tendered series A preferred units in exchange for a number of registered shares of our common stock per unit with a value equal to the redemption price per unit, such value to be based on the 10-day trailing average closing price of our common stock calculated as of the business day immediately prior to the date of redemption.

Conversion Rights

Beginning on June 29, 2013, each limited partner holding series A preferred units and certain assignees will have the right, subject to the terms and conditions set forth in the partnership agreement, to convert all or any portion of its series A preferred units into a number of common units with a value equal to the aggregate redemption price of the series A preferred units tendered for conversion, the value of such common units to be based on the 10-day trailing average closing price of our common stock calculated as of the business day immediately prior to the date of redemption. Any such conversion of series A preferred units will be deemed to have been made at the close of business on the date that we, as general partner, receive notice of conversion.

 

161


Table of Contents

In the event of a recapitalization, reclassification or change of outstanding common units (other than a subdivision or combination of outstanding common units), a merger, sale or other business combination of our operating partnership, a sale, conveyance or lease to another or entity of all or substantially all of the operating partnership’s property and assets (other than to one or more of our subsidiaries) or an exchange of substantially all of the outstanding common units for securities of another entity, in each case in which holders of common units are entitled to receive securities, other property or assets with respect to or in exchange for their common units, qualifying holders of series A preferred units will thereafter be entitled to convert their series A preferred units into the kind and amount of securities or other consideration that such holder would have owned or been entitled to receive upon such a business combination if such holder had converted its series A preferred units into common units immediately before the business combination.

Voting and Consent Rights

Generally, the series A preferred units are entitled to limited voting rights and in most cases vote on an as-converted basis with the holders of common units on any matter on which all limited partners are entitled to vote. However, so long as any series A preferred units remain outstanding, the consent of the limited partners holding a majority in interest of series A preferred units other than any limited partner 50% or more of whose equity is owned, directly or indirectly, by us will be required to:

 

   

authorize, designate or issue any class or series of partnership interests ranking pari passu with or senior to the series A preferred units with respect to payment of dividends or the distribution of assets upon liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the affairs of the operating partnership;

 

   

increase the authorized or issued amount of series A preferred units; or

 

   

amend, alter or repeal the terms of the series A preferred units, whether by merger, consolidation, transfer or conveyance of all or substantially all of the operating partnership’s assets or otherwise, so as to materially and adversely affect any right, preference or privilege of the series A preferred units, except that, so long as the series A preferred units remain outstanding following any such merger, consolidation, transfer or conveyance of all or substantially all of the operating partnership’s assets with the terms thereof materially unchanged, taking into account that, upon the occurrence of such an event, the operating partnership may not be the surviving entity and the surviving entity may not be a limited partnership, the occurrence of such an event will not be deemed to materially and adversely affect the rights, preferences or privileges of the series A preferred units and, in such case, no consent of limited partners holding series A preferred units would be required.

 

   

except as discussed below under “—General Partner Fundamental Change,” effect a “fundamental change,” which is generally defined as a merger, consolidation or other combination of our assets with another entity, a sale of all or substantially all of our assets not in the ordinary course of our business, a reclassification, recapitalization or change in the terms of our outstanding common equity interests (other than in connection with a stock split, reverse stock split, stock dividend, change in par value, increase in authorized shares, designation or issuance of new classes of equity securities or any event that does not require the approval of our stockholders), as a result of which our stock ceases to be publicly traded or common units cease to be exchangeable (at our option) for publicly traded shares of our stock.

General Partner Fundamental Change

Without the approval of limited partners holding a majority in interest of the series A preferred units, we may not engage in a “fundamental change,” unless upon consummation of such a fundamental change transaction

 

162


Table of Contents

the partnership agreement or other organizational documents of any successor to the operating partnership will contain certain provisions requiring our operating partnership or such successor to:

 

   

make minimum tax distributions to holders of our series A preferred units;

 

   

continue to own an aggregate of at least 33% of the equity in our operating partnership through the ownership of equity interests which are subordinate to our series A preferred units; and

 

   

refrain from incurring additional indebtedness if its ratio of total indebtedness to gross asset value exceeds 50%, or allow this leverage ratio to exceed 60%, so long as series A preferred units remain outstanding.

In connection with any fundamental change transaction, the operating partnership has the right to redeem all or any portion of the then outstanding series A preferred units for cash per unit equal to the redemption price.

 

163


Table of Contents

PRINCIPAL STOCKHOLDERS

The following table sets forth certain information regarding the beneficial ownership of shares of our common stock and shares of common stock into which units are exchangeable for (i) each person who is the beneficial owner of 5% or more of our outstanding common stock as of the time immediately following this offering and the concurrent private placement, (ii) each of our directors and named executive officers, and (iii) all of our directors and executive officers as a group. Each person named in the table has sole voting and investment power with respect to all of the shares of our common stock shown as beneficially owned by such person, except as otherwise set forth in the notes to the table. The extent to which a person will hold shares of common stock as opposed to units is set forth in the footnotes below.

The SEC has defined “beneficial ownership” of a security to mean the possession, directly or indirectly, of voting power and/or investment power over such security. A stockholder is also deemed to be, as of any date, the beneficial owner of all securities that such stockholder has the right to acquire within 60 days after that date through (a) the exercise of any option, warrant or right, (b) the conversion of a security, (c) the power to revoke a trust, discretionary account or similar arrangement, or (d) the automatic termination of a trust, discretionary account or similar arrangement. In computing the number of shares beneficially owned by a person and the percentage ownership of that person, shares of common stock subject to options or other rights (as set forth above) held by that person that are exercisable as of April 12, 2011 or will become exercisable within 60 days thereafter, are deemed outstanding, while such shares are not deemed outstanding for purposes of computing percentage ownership of any other person.

Unless otherwise indicated, the address of each named person is c/o Hudson Pacific Properties, Inc., 11601 Wilshire Blvd., Suite 1600, Los Angeles, California 90025.

 

Name of Beneficial Owner

   Number of Shares
and Common Units
Beneficially Owned
     Percentage of
All Shares (1)
    Percentage of
All Shares and
Common Units (2)
 

Farallon Partners, L.L.C. (3)

    
8,924,032
  
     36.8     35.6

Cohen & Steers, Inc. (4)

     2,394,699         10.7     9.6

Morgan Stanley (5)

     1,522,530         6.8     6.1

Deutsche Bank AG (6)

     1,126,565         5.0     4.5

Victor J. Coleman

     738,234         3.2     2.9

Howard S. Stern (7)

     313,782         1.4     1.3

Christopher Barton

     34,303         *        *   

Mark T. Lammas

     40,965         *        *   

Dale Shimoda

     34,303         *        *   

Theodore R. Antenucci

     7,535         *        *   

Mark Burnett

     7,535         *        *   

Richard B. Fried (8)

     8,924,032         36.8     35.6

Jonathan M. Glaser (9)

     35,059         *        *   

Mark D. Linehan (10)

     10,035         *        *   

Robert M. Moran, Jr.

     7,535         *        *   

Barry A. Porter (11)

     16,059         *        *   

All directors and executive officers as a group (15 persons)

     10,191,915         41.0     40.7

 

* Represents less than 1.0%.
(1) Based on 22,453,569 shares of common stock outstanding as of April 12, 2011. In addition, amounts for individuals assume that all common units held by the person are exchanged for shares of our common stock, and amounts for all directors and executive officers as a group assume all common units held by them are exchanged for shares of our common stock in each case, regardless of when such common units are exchangeable. The total number of shares of our common stock outstanding used in calculating this percentage assumes that none of the common units held by other persons are exchanged for shares of our common stock.

 

164


Table of Contents
(2) Based on 22,453,569 shares of common stock outstanding as of April 12, 2011, and 2,610,941 outstanding common units held by limited partners as of April 12, 2011, which units may be redeemed for cash or, at our option, exchanged for shares of our common stock as described in “Description of the Partnership Agreement of Hudson Pacific Properties, L.P.” Does not include shares of our common stock that may be issued upon exchange of our series A preferred units issued in the formation transactions or upon exchange of common units into which such series A preferred units may be converted.
(3) Farallon Partners, L.L.C., a Delaware limited liability company, is the general partner of Farallon Capital Partners, L.P., Farallon Capital Institutional Partners, L.P. and Farallon Capital Institutional Partners III, L.P., and may be deemed to beneficially own the shares owned by each such partnership. As managing members of Farallon Partners, L.L.C, each of Richard B. Fried, Daniel J. Hirsch, Monica R. Landry, Michael G. Linn, Stephen L. Millham, Rajiv A. Patel, Thomas G. Roberts, Jr., Andrew J. M. Spokes, Thomas F. Steyer, John R. Warren and Mark C. Wehrly may be deemed to beneficially own the shares owned by Farallon Capital Partners, L.P., Farallon Capital Institutional Partners, L.P. and Farallon Capital Institutional Partners III, L.P. Farallon Partners, L.L.C. and each of its managing members disclaim any beneficial ownership of such shares. All of the above-mentioned entities and persons disclaim group attribution. Farallon Capital Partners, L.P. and Farallon Capital Institutional Partners, L.P. are California limited partnerships, and Farallon Capital Institutional Partners III, L.P. is a Delaware limited partnership. The address for all of the above-mentioned entities and persons is One Maritime Plaza, Suite 2100, San Francisco, CA 94111. The information in this footnote is based solely upon information provided by Farallon. Farallon Capital Partners, L.P., Farallon Capital Institutional Partners, L.P. and Farallon Capital Institutional Partners III, L.P. have entered into an agreement to purchase                      shares in the concurrent private placement, which are not reflected in the total for Farallon Partners, L.L.C. as of April 12, 2011.
(4)

Cohen & Steers, Inc., a Delaware corporation, holds a 100% interest in Cohen & Steers Capital Management, Inc., a New York corporation. Cohen & Steers, Inc. and Cohen & Steers Capital Management, Inc. together hold a 100% interest in Cohen & Steers Europe S.A., a Belgium limited company. Cohen & Steers, Inc. may be deemed to beneficially own the shares owned by Cohen & Steers Capital Management, Inc. and Cohen & Steers Europe S.A. The principal address for Cohen & Steers, Inc. and Cohen & Steers Capital Management, Inc. is 280 Park Avenue, 10 th Floor, New York, NY 10017. The principal address for Cohen & Steers Europe S.A. is Chausee de la Hulpe 116, 1170 Brussels, Belgium. The information in this footnote is based solely upon a Schedule 13G/A filed by Cohen & Steers, Inc. on February 14, 2011.

(5) Morgan Stanley Investment Management Inc., a Delaware corporation, is wholly-owned by Morgan Stanley, a Delaware corporation. Morgan Stanley may be deemed to beneficially own the shares owned by Morgan Stanley Investment Management Inc. The principal address for Morgan Stanley is 1585 Broadway, New York, NY 10036. The principal address for Morgan Stanley Investment Management Inc. is 522 Fifth Avenue, New York NY 10036. The information in this footnote is based solely upon a Schedule 13G filed by Morgan Stanley Inc. on February 9, 2011.
(6) Deutsche Bank AG, a German corporation, is the parent holding company of RREEF America, L.L.C., a Delaware limited liability company. Deutsche Bank AG may be deemed to beneficially own the shares owned by RREEF America, L.L.C. The principal address for Deutsche Bank AG is Theodor-Heuss-Allee 70, 60468 Frankfurt am Main, Federal Republic of Germany. The information in this footnote is based solely upon a Schedule 13G filed by Deutsche Bank AG on February 11, 2011.
(7) Howard S. Stern has pledged 96,833 shares of our common stock and 195,254 common units as security for a personal loan.
(8) Mr. Fried is a managing member of Farallon Partners, L.L.C. and may be deemed to have beneficial ownership of the shares of common stock and common units owned by each of the following entities of which Farallon Partners, L.L.C. is the general partner: Farallon Capital Partners, L.P.; Farallon Capital Institutional Partners, L.P.; and Farallon Capital Institutional Partners III, L.P. Mr. Fried disclaims beneficial ownership of all such shares. The information in this footnote is based solely upon a Form 4 filed by Richard B. Fried on January 24, 2011.
(9) Includes 25,000 shares of our common stock purchased in our initial public offering.
(10) Includes 2,500 shares of our common stock purchased in our initial public offering.
(11) Includes 6,000 shares of our common stock purchased in our initial public offering.

 

165


Table of Contents

DESCRIPTION OF STOCK

The following description of the material terms of the stock of our company does not purport to be complete and is subject to and qualified in its entirety by reference to applicable Maryland law and to our charter, including the articles supplementary setting forth the terms of our series B preferred stock, and our bylaws, as amended, copies of which are filed as exhibits to the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part. See “Where You Can Find More Information.”

General

Our charter provides that we may issue up to 490 million shares of common stock, $0.01 par value per share, or common stock, and 10 million shares of preferred stock, $0.01 par value per share, or preferred stock, of which 3,600,000 shares are classified and designated as shares of series B preferred stock. Our charter authorizes our board of directors, with the approval of a majority of the entire board and without any action by our stockholders, to amend our charter to increase or decrease the aggregate number of shares of stock or the number of shares of stock of any class or series that we have the authority to issue. Upon completion of this offering and the concurrent private placement,              shares of our common stock will be issued and outstanding and 3,500,000 shares of our series B preferred stock will be issued and outstanding.

Under Maryland law, stockholders generally are not personally liable for our debts or obligations solely as a result of their status as stockholders.

Common Stock

Subject to the preferential rights of the holders of series B preferred stock and any other class or series of stock, and to the provisions of our charter regarding the restrictions on ownership and transfer of our stock, holders of shares of our common stock are entitled to receive dividends and other distributions on such shares if, as and when authorized by our board of directors out of funds legally available therefor and declared by us, and to share ratably in the assets of our company legally available for distribution to our stockholders in the event of our liquidation, dissolution or winding up after payment or establishment of reserves for all known debts and liabilities of our company.

Subject to the provisions of our charter regarding the restrictions on ownership and transfer of our stock and except as may otherwise be specified in the terms of any class or series of our common stock, each outstanding share of our common stock entitles the holder to one vote on all matters submitted to a vote of stockholders, including the election of directors, and, except as provided with respect to any other class or series of stock (including our series B preferred stock), the holders of shares of common stock will possess the exclusive voting power. There is no cumulative voting in the election of our directors. Directors are elected by a plurality of the votes cast.

Holders of shares of our common stock have no preference, conversion, exchange, sinking fund or redemption rights, and have no preemptive rights to subscribe for any securities of our company. Our charter provides that our stockholders generally have no appraisal rights unless our board of directors determines prospectively that appraisal rights will apply to one or more transactions in which holders of our common stock would otherwise be entitled to exercise appraisal rights. Subject to the provisions of our charter regarding the restrictions on ownership and transfer of our stock, holders of shares of our common stock will have equal dividend, liquidation and other rights.

Under the MGCL, a Maryland corporation generally cannot dissolve, amend its charter, merge, consolidate, sell all or substantially all of its assets or engage in a statutory share exchange unless declared advisable by the board of directors and approved by the affirmative vote of stockholders entitled to cast at least

 

166


Table of Contents

two-thirds of all of the votes entitled to be cast on the matter unless a lesser percentage (but not less than a majority of the votes entitled to be cast on the matter) is set forth in the corporation’s charter. Our charter provides for the approval of these matters by a majority of the votes entitled to be cast on the matter, except for the limited rights of holders of series B preferred stock described below under the heading “—Preferred Stock—8.375% Series B Preferred Stock” to approve certain amendments to our charter, and except that the approval of stockholders entitled to cast at least two-thirds of all of the votes entitled to be cast is required to remove a director elected by holders of our common stock or to amend the removal provisions of our charter. Holders of outstanding shares of series B preferred stock, voting together as a single class with the holders of all outstanding shares of any other similarly-affected class or series of parity preferred stock upon which like voting rights have been conferred, have the exclusive right to vote on any amendment to our charter on which holders of series B preferred stock are entitled to vote and that would alter only the contract rights, as expressly set forth in our charter, of the series B preferred stock and such other class(es) and series of parity preferred stock, and the holders of any other class(es) or series of our stock, including our common stock, will not be entitled to vote on such an amendment. Maryland law also permits a corporation to transfer all or substantially all of its assets without the approval of its stockholders to an entity all of the equity interests of which are owned, directly or indirectly, by the corporation. Because our operating assets may be held by our operating partnership or its wholly owned subsidiaries, these subsidiaries may be able to merge or transfer all or substantially all of their assets without the approval of our stockholders.

Our charter authorizes our board of directors to reclassify any unissued shares of our common stock into other classes or series of stock, to establish the designation and number of shares of each such class or series and to set, subject to the provisions of our charter regarding the restrictions on ownership and transfer of our stock, the preferences, conversion or other rights, voting powers, restrictions, limitations as to dividends or other distributions, qualifications or terms or conditions of redemption of each such class or series.

Preferred Stock

Our charter authorizes our board of directors to classify any unissued shares of preferred stock and to reclassify any previously classified but unissued shares of preferred stock into one or more classes or series of stock. Prior to issuance of shares of each new class or series, our board of directors is required by the MGCL and our charter to set, subject to the provisions of our charter regarding the restrictions on ownership and transfer of our stock, the preferences, conversion or other rights, voting powers, restrictions, limitations as to dividends or other distributions, qualifications or terms or conditions of redemption of each such class or series. As a result, our board of directors could authorize the issuance of shares of stock that have priority over shares of our common stock with respect to dividends, distributions or rights upon liquidation or with other terms or conditions that could have the effect of delaying, deferring or preventing a transaction or a change of control of our company that might involve a premium price for our common stock or that our common stockholders otherwise believe to be in their best interests.

8.375% Series B Preferred Stock.

We currently have outstanding 3,500,000 shares of our 8.375% series B cumulative redeemable preferred stock, or series B preferred stock. Our series B preferred stock is listed on the NYSE under the symbol “HPP Pr B.” Dividends on outstanding shares of our series B preferred stock are cumulative from the date of original issue and are payable quarterly in arrears at the rate of 8.375% per annum of its $25.00 liquidation preference, or $2.09375 per annum per share.

If following a change of control of our company, either our series B preferred stock (or any preferred stock of the surviving entity that is issued in exchange for our series B preferred stock) or the common stock of the surviving entity, as applicable, is not listed on the NYSE or quoted on the NASDAQ Stock Market, or NASDAQ (or listed or quoted on a successor exchange or quotation system), dividends on outstanding shares of our series B preferred stock will accrue and be cumulative from, and including, the first date on which both the

 

167


Table of Contents

change of control occurred and either our series B preferred stock (or any preferred stock of the surviving entity that is issued in exchange for our series B preferred stock) or the common stock of the surviving entity, as applicable, is not so listed or quoted, at the increased rate of 12.375% per annum per share of the liquidation preference of our series B preferred stock (equivalent to $3.09375 per annum per share), for as long as either our series B preferred stock (or any preferred stock of the surviving entity that is issued in exchange for our series B preferred stock) or the common stock of the surviving entity, as applicable, is not so listed or quoted.

Except in instances relating to preservation of our qualification as a REIT or in connection with a change of control of our company, our series B preferred stock is not redeemable prior to December 10, 2015. On and after December 10, 2015, we may redeem our series B preferred stock in whole, at any time, or in part, from time to time, for cash at a redemption price of $25.00 per share, plus any accrued and unpaid dividends to, but not including, the date of redemption. If at any time following a change of control either our series B preferred stock (or any preferred stock of the surviving entity that is issued in exchange for our series B preferred stock) or the common stock of the surviving entity, as applicable, is not listed on the NYSE or quoted on NASDAQ (or listed or quoted on a successor exchange or quotation system), we will have the option to redeem our series B preferred stock, in whole but not in part, within 90 days after the first date on which both the change of control has occurred and our series B preferred stock is not so listed or quoted, for cash at $25.00 per share, plus accrued and unpaid dividends, if any, to, but not including, the redemption date. Our series B preferred stock has no maturity date and will remain outstanding indefinitely unless redeemed by us, and it is not subject to any sinking fund or mandatory redemption and is not convertible into or exchangeable for any property or any other securities.

Upon any liquidation, dissolution or winding up of our company, holders of our series B preferred stock will have the right to receive $25.00 per share, plus an amount per share equal to all accumulated and unpaid dividends (whether or not earned or declared) to, but not including, the date of payment, before any payments or distributions are made to holders of our common stock or other junior securities.

Holders of our series B preferred stock generally have no voting rights except that, if we are in arrears on dividends on our series B preferred stock for six or more quarterly periods (whether or not consecutive), the holders of series B preferred stock, voting together as a single class with the holders of all other classes and series of parity preferred stock upon which like voting rights have been conferred and are exercisable, will have the right to elect an additional two directors until all such dividends and dividends for the then current quarterly period on our series B preferred stock have been paid or declared and set aside for payment in full. In addition, the approval of two-thirds of the votes entitled to be cast by the holders of outstanding shares of series B preferred stock, voting together as a single class with holders of all other similarly-affected classes and series of parity preferred stock upon which like voting rights have been conferred, is required to authorize, create or increase the authorized number of shares of any class or series of our stock having rights senior to our series B preferred stock with respect to the payment of dividends or amounts upon liquidation, dissolution or winding up or to amend our charter, whether by merger, consolidation or otherwise, to affect materially and adversely the voting powers, rights or preferences of the series B preferred stock, unless in connection with any such amendment, alteration or repeal, our series B preferred stock remains outstanding without the terms thereof being materially and adversely affected or is converted into or exchanged for preferred equity interests in the surviving entity having preferences, conversion and other rights, voting powers, restrictions, limitations as to dividends, qualifications and terms and conditions of redemption thereof that are substantially similar to those of our series B preferred stock (taking into account that we may not be the surviving entity).

Power to Increase or Decrease Authorized Shares of Common Stock and Issue Additional Shares of Common and Preferred Stock

We believe that the power of our board of directors to amend our charter to increase or decrease the aggregate number of authorized shares of stock, to authorize us to issue additional authorized but unissued shares of our common stock or preferred stock and to classify or reclassify unissued shares of our common stock or

 

168


Table of Contents

preferred stock and thereafter to cause us to issue such classified or reclassified shares will provide us with increased flexibility in structuring possible future financings and acquisitions and in meeting other needs that might arise. Subject to the rights of holders of series B preferred stock to approve the classification or issuance of shares of a class or series of our stock ranking senior to the series B preferred stock, the additional classes or series of stock, as well as the additional authorized shares of stock, will be available for issuance without further action by our stockholders unless such action is required by applicable law or the rules of any stock exchange or automated quotation system on which our securities may be listed or traded. Although our board of directors does not currently intend to do so, it could authorize us to issue a class or series of stock that could, depending upon the terms of the particular class or series, delay, defer or prevent a transaction or a change of control of our company that might involve a premium price for our common stock or that our common stockholders otherwise believe to be in their best interests. See “Material Provisions of Maryland Law and of Our Charter and Bylaws—Anti-takeover Effect of Certain Provisions of Maryland Law and of Our Charter and Bylaws.”

Restrictions on Ownership and Transfer

In order for us to qualify as a REIT under the Code, our stock must be beneficially owned by 100 or more persons during at least 335 days of a taxable year of 12 months (other than the first year for which an election to be a REIT has been made) or during a proportionate part of a shorter taxable year. Also, not more than 50% of the value of the outstanding shares of stock (after taking into account certain options to acquire shares of stock) may be owned, directly, indirectly or through attribution, by five or fewer individuals (for this purpose, the term “individual” includes a supplemental unemployment compensation benefit plan, a private foundation or a portion of a trust permanently set aside or used exclusively for charitable purposes, but generally does not include a qualified pension plan or profit sharing trust) at any time during the last half of a taxable year (other than the first year for which an election to be a REIT has been made).

Our charter contains restrictions on the ownership and transfer of our stock that are intended to assist us in complying with these requirements and continuing to qualify as a REIT. The relevant sections of our charter provide that, subject to the exceptions described below, no person or entity may actually or beneficially own, or be deemed to own by virtue of the applicable constructive ownership provisions of the Code, more than 9.8% (in value or in number of shares, whichever is more restrictive) of the outstanding shares of our common stock or of our series B preferred stock, excluding any shares of common stock or series B preferred stock, respectively, that are not treated as outstanding for federal income tax purposes, or 9.8% (in value) of the aggregate of the outstanding shares of all classes and series of our stock. We refer to each of these restrictions as an “ownership limit” and collectively as the “ownership limits.” A person or entity that would have acquired actual, beneficial or constructive ownership of our stock but for the application of the ownership limits or any of the other restrictions on ownership and transfer of our stock discussed below is referred to as a “prohibited owner.”

The constructive ownership rules under the Code are complex and may cause stock owned actually or constructively by a group of related individuals and/or entities to be owned constructively by one individual or entity. As a result, the acquisition of less than 9.8% of our common stock or series B preferred stock (or the acquisition of an interest in an entity that owns, actually or constructively, our common stock or series B preferred stock) by an individual or entity could, nevertheless, cause that individual or entity, or another individual or entity, to own constructively in excess of 9.8% in value or in number of shares (whichever is more restrictive) of our outstanding common stock or series B preferred stock, as applicable, and thereby violate the applicable ownership limit.

Our board of directors may, in its sole and absolute discretion, prospectively or retroactively, waive one or more of the ownership limits with respect to a particular person if, among other limitations, it:

 

   

determines that such waiver will not cause any individual (for this purpose, the term “individual” includes a supplemental unemployment compensation benefit plan, a private foundation or a portion of a trust permanently set aside or used exclusively for charitable purposes, but generally

 

169


Table of Contents
 

does not include a qualified pension plan or profit sharing trust) to own, actually or beneficially, more than 9.8% in value of the aggregate of the outstanding shares of all classes or series of our stock; and

 

   

determines that, subject to certain exceptions, such person does not and will not own, actually or constructively, an interest in a tenant of ours (or a tenant of any entity owned in whole or in part by us) that would cause us to own, actually or constructively, more than a 9.9% interest (as set forth in Section 856(d)(2)(B) of the Code) in such tenant.

As a condition of our waiver, our board of directors may require an opinion of counsel or IRS ruling satisfactory to our board of directors in its sole and absolute discretion in order to determine or ensure our status as a REIT or such representations and/or undertakings as are reasonably necessary to make the determinations above. Our board of directors may impose such conditions or restrictions as it deems appropriate in connection with such an exception.

In connection with our initial public offering, our board of directors granted to the Farallon excepted holders an exemption from the ownership limits, subject to various conditions and limitations. During the time that such waiver is effective, each Farallon excepted holder has been and will be subject to an increased ownership limit applicable to such holder, or the excepted holder limit. As a condition to granting such excepted holder limit, the Farallon excepted holders made certain representations and covenants to us, including representations that, to their best knowledge, as a result of their ownership of shares of our common stock, no other person (other than our operating partnership) actually, beneficially, or constructively owns shares of our common stock in excess of the ownership limit and that, as of June 23, 2010, they did not actually or constructively own, or reasonably anticipate so owning, in excess of 9.9% of the outstanding equity interests in any of the tenants that we expected to have at the closing of our initial public offering. Before we enter into or acquire a lease with a new tenant, we are obligated to disclose the new tenant to the Farallon excepted holders, and such holders have one business day to inform us as to whether they actually or constructively own, or reasonably anticipate so owning, more than 9.9% of the equity interests in such tenant. If they do own such an interest, if we enter into a lease with that tenant, the rent from that tenant would fail to qualify under the REIT income tests. If this rent could prevent us from satisfying the REIT gross income tests, then our charter would require that the number of shares owned by the Farallon excepted holders in excess of the ownership limit be automatically transferred to a trust as described below. If this occurs, and the Farallon excepted holders gave us advance notice of their tenant ownership as described above, we would be obligated to indemnify the Farallon excepted holders for any damages they suffer as a result of the transfer of shares to the trust. In addition, even if the Farallon excepted holders do not own one of our tenants, in connection with the granting of their exemption, they may later acquire over 9.9% of the equity interests in that tenant provided (i) our annual income from that tenant and other tenants in which they own over a 9.9% interest would not exceed 2% of our gross income; and (ii) such ownership could not otherwise cause us to fail to qualify as a REIT. As a result, ownership of our tenants by the Farallon excepted holders may increase our nonqualifying income or prevent us from entering into certain leases with certain tenants. The representations and covenants made by the Farallon excepted holders in connection with the granting of the exemptions are intended to ensure that, as a result of granting such exemptions, we will continue to qualify as a REIT. The Farallon excepted holders must inform us if any of these representations becomes untrue or is violated, in which case they will lose their excepted holder limit. Subject to certain conditions, we may reduce the excepted holder limit (but not below the ownership limit) if the Farallon excepted holders actually, beneficially or constructively own fewer shares than the excepted holder limit for a specified period. Because the Farallon excepted holders’ actual and constructive ownership of our common stock and interests in our operating partnership would cause our operating partnership to be deemed to constructively own shares of our common stock in excess of the ownership limits, our board of directors has granted to our operating partnership an exemption from the ownership limits. In addition, in connection with our initial public offering, our board of directors granted to each of Cohen & Steers Capital Management, Inc. and Morgan Stanley Investment Management Inc. (and certain of its affiliates) an exemption from the ownership limits, based on certain representations and covenants made to us by each such holder regarding its ownership and disposition of

 

170


Table of Contents

shares of our common stock. In connection with our series B preferred stock offering, our board of directors granted to each of Brookfield Investment Management Inc., Cohen & Steers Capital Management, Inc., Forward Management LLC (and certain of its affiliates) and Security Capital Research & Management Incorporated (and certain of its affiliates) an exemption from the ownership limits, based on certain representations and covenants made to us by each such holder regarding its ownership and disposition of shares of our series B preferred stock. In connection with this offering and the concurrent private placement, our board of directors will grant to the Farallon excepted holders and, if necessary, our operating partnership revised exemptions from the ownership limits, subject to substantially the same conditions and limitations as those that have been in place under the exemptions previously granted to the Farallon excepted holders and, if applicable, our operating partnership in connection with our initial public offering. We believe that these exemptions will not jeopardize our status as a REIT for federal income tax purposes.

In connection with a waiver of an ownership limit or at any other time, our board of directors may increase or decrease one or more of the ownership limits, except that a decreased ownership limit will not be effective for any person whose actual, beneficial or constructive ownership of our stock exceeds the decreased ownership limit at the time of the decrease until the person’s actual, beneficial or constructive ownership of our stock equals or falls below the decreased ownership limit, although any further acquisition of our stock will violate the decreased ownership limit. Our board of directors may not increase or decrease any ownership limit if the new ownership limit would allow five or fewer persons to actually or beneficially own more than 49% in value of our outstanding stock or could cause us to be “closely held” under Section 856(h) of the Code (without regard to whether the ownership interest is held during the last half of a taxable year) or otherwise cause us to fail to qualify as a REIT.

Our charter provisions further prohibit:

 

   

any person from actually, beneficially or constructively owning shares of our stock that could result in us being “closely held” under Section 856(h) of the Code (without regard to whether the ownership interest is held during the last half of a taxable year) or otherwise cause us to fail to qualify as a REIT; and

 

   

any person from transferring shares of our stock if such transfer would result in shares of our stock being beneficially owned by fewer than 100 persons (determined without reference to any rules of attribution).

Any person who acquires or attempts or intends to acquire actual, beneficial or constructive ownership of shares of our stock that will or may violate the ownership limits or any of the other restrictions on ownership and transfer of our stock described above must give written notice immediately to us or, in the case of a proposed or attempted transaction, provide us at least 15 days prior notice, and provide us with such other information as we may request in order to determine the effect of such transfer on our status as a REIT.

The ownership limits and other restrictions on ownership and transfer of our stock described above will not apply if our board of directors determines that it is no longer in our best interest to attempt to qualify, or to continue to qualify, as a REIT or that compliance is no longer required in order for us to qualify as a REIT.

Pursuant to our charter, if any purported transfer of our stock or any other event would otherwise result in any person violating the ownership limits or such other limit established by our board of directors, or could result in us being “closely held” within the meaning of Section 856(h) of the Code (without regard to whether the ownership interest is held during the last half of a taxable year) or otherwise failing to qualify as a REIT, then the number of shares causing the violation (rounded up to the nearest whole share) will be automatically transferred to, and held by, a trust for the exclusive benefit of one or more charitable organizations selected by us. The prohibited owner will have no rights in shares of our stock held by the trustee. The automatic transfer will be effective as of the close of business on the business day prior to the date of the violative transfer or other event

 

171


Table of Contents

that results in the transfer to the trust. Any dividend or other distribution paid to the prohibited owner, prior to our discovery that the shares had been automatically transferred to a trust as described above, must be repaid to the trustee upon demand. If the transfer to the trust as described above is not automatically effective, for any reason, to prevent violation of the applicable ownership limit or our being “closely held” (without regard to whether the ownership interest is held during the last half of a taxable year) or otherwise failing to qualify as a REIT, then the transfer of the number of shares that otherwise would cause any person to violate the above restrictions will be void. If any transfer of our stock would result in shares of our stock being beneficially owned by fewer than 100 persons (determined without reference to any rules of attribution), then any such purported transfer will be void and of no force or effect and the intended transferee will acquire no rights in the shares.

Shares of our stock transferred to the trustee are deemed offered for sale to us, or our designee, at a price per share equal to the lesser of (1) the price per share paid by the prohibited owner for the shares (or, if the prohibited owner did not give value in connection with the transfer or other event that resulted in the transfer to the trust ( e.g. , a gift, devise or other such transaction), the last sales price reported on the NYSE on the day of the transfer or other event that resulted in the transfer of such shares to the trust) and (2) the last sale price reported on the NYSE on the date we, or our designee, accepts such offer. We must reduce the amount payable to the prohibited owner by the amount of dividends and distributions paid to the prohibited owner and owed by the prohibited owner to the trustee. We will pay the amount of such reduction to the trustee for the benefit of the charitable beneficiary. We have the right to accept such offer until the trustee has sold the shares of our stock held in the trust. Upon a sale to us, the interest of the charitable beneficiary in the shares sold terminates and the trustee must distribute the net proceeds of the sale to the prohibited owner and any dividends or other distributions held by the trustee with respect to such stock will be paid to the charitable beneficiary.

If we do not buy the shares, the trustee must, within 20 days of receiving notice from us of the transfer of shares to the trust, sell the shares to a person or persons, designated by the trustee, who could own the shares without violating the ownership limits or other restrictions on ownership and transfer of our stock. Upon such sale, the trustee must distribute to the prohibited owner an amount equal to the lesser of (1) the price paid by the prohibited owner for the shares (or, if the prohibited owner did not give value in connection with the transfer or other event that resulted in the transfer to the trust ( e.g. , a gift, devise or other such transaction), the last sales price reported on the NYSE on the day of the event that resulted in the transfer of such shares to the trust) and (2) the sales proceeds (net of commissions and other expenses of sale) received by the trustee for the shares. The trustee must reduce the amount payable to the prohibited owner by the amount of dividends and other distributions paid to the prohibited owner and owed by the prohibited owner to the trustee. Any net sales proceeds in excess of the amount payable to the prohibited owner will be immediately paid to the charitable beneficiary, together with any dividends or other distributions thereon. In addition, if, prior to discovery by us that shares of our stock have been transferred to the trustee, such shares of stock are sold by a prohibited owner, then such shares shall be deemed to have been sold on behalf of the trust and, to the extent that the prohibited owner received an amount for or in respect of such shares that exceeds the amount that such prohibited owner was entitled to receive, such excess amount shall be paid to the trustee upon demand.

The trustee will be designated by us and will be unaffiliated with us and with any prohibited owner. Prior to the sale of any shares by the trust, the trustee will receive, in trust for the charitable beneficiary, all dividends and other distributions paid by us with respect to such shares, and may exercise all voting rights with respect to such shares for the exclusive benefit of the charitable beneficiary.

Subject to Maryland law, effective as of the date that the shares have been transferred to the trust, the trustee shall have the authority, at the trustee’s sole discretion:

   

to rescind as void any vote cast by a prohibited owner prior to our discovery that the shares have been transferred to the trust; and

 

172


Table of Contents
   

to recast the vote in accordance with the desires of the trustee acting for the benefit of the beneficiary of the trust.

However, if we have already taken irreversible corporate action, then the trustee may not rescind and recast the vote.

If our board of directors or a committee thereof determines in good faith that a proposed transfer or other event has taken place that violates the restrictions on ownership and transfer of our stock set forth in our charter, our board of directors or such committee may take such action as it deems advisable in its sole discretion to refuse to give effect to or to prevent such transfer, including, but not limited to, causing the company to redeem shares of stock, refusing to give effect to the transfer on our books or instituting proceedings to enjoin the transfer.

Every owner of 5% or more (or such lower percentage as required by the Code or the Treasury Regulations promulgated thereunder) of the outstanding shares of our stock, within 30 days after the end of each taxable year, must give written notice to us stating the name and address of such owner, the number of shares of each class and series of our stock that the owner beneficially owns and a description of the manner in which the shares are held. Each such owner also must provide us with any additional information that we request in order to determine the effect, if any, of the person’s actual or beneficial ownership on our status as a REIT and to ensure compliance with the ownership limits. In addition, any person that is an actual, beneficial or constructive owner of shares of our stock and any person (including the stockholder of record) who is holding shares of our stock for an actual, beneficial or constructive owner must, on request, disclose to us such information as we may request in good faith in order to determine our status as a REIT and comply with requirements of any taxing authority or governmental authority or determine such compliance.

Any certificates representing shares of our stock will bear a legend referring to the restrictions on ownership and transfer of our stock described above.

These restrictions on ownership and transfer could delay, defer or prevent a transaction or a change of control of our company that might involve a premium price for our common stock that our common stockholders otherwise believe to be in their best interest.

Transfer Agent and Registrar

The transfer agent and registrar for our shares of common stock is Computershare Trust Company, N.A.

 

173


Table of Contents

MATERIAL PROVISIONS OF MARYLAND LAW AND OF OUR CHARTER AND BYLAWS

The following summary of certain provisions of Maryland law and our charter and bylaws does not purport to be complete and is subject to and qualified in its entirety by reference to Maryland law and our charter and bylaws, copies of which are filed as exhibits to the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part. See “Where You Can Find More Information.”

Our Board of Directors

Our charter and bylaws provide that the number of directors of our company may be established, increased or decreased only by a majority of our entire board of directors but may not be fewer than the minimum number required under the MGCL nor, unless our bylaws are amended, more than 15. We currently have nine directors.

Each of our directors is elected by our stockholders to serve until the next annual meeting of our stockholders and until his or her successor is duly elected and qualifies under the MGCL. Holders of shares of our common stock will have no right to cumulative voting in the election of directors. Directors are elected by a plurality of the votes cast in the election of directors. Additionally, in the event that we are in arrears on dividends on our series B preferred stock for six or more quarterly periods, whether or not consecutive, holders of our series B preferred stock, voting together as a single class with all other classes and series of parity preferred stock upon which like voting rights have been conferred and are exercisable, will have the right to elect an additional two directors until all such dividends and dividends for the then current quarterly period on our series B preferred stock have been paid or declared and set aside for payment in full.

We have elected by a provision of our charter to be subject to a provision of Maryland law requiring that, except as otherwise provided in the terms of any class or series of our stock, vacancies on our board of directors may be filled only by the remaining directors and that any individual elected to fill a vacancy will serve for the remainder of the full term of the class of directors in which the vacancy occurred and until his or her successor is duly elected and qualifies. Our charter provides that holders of series B preferred stock and parity preferred stock may fill vacancies among the directors entitled to be elected by the holders of series B preferred stock and parity preferred stock.

Removal of Directors

Our charter provides that, subject to the rights of holders of one or more classes or series of preferred stock to elect or remove one or more directors, a director may be removed only for cause (as defined in our charter) and only by the affirmative vote of at least two-thirds of the votes entitled to be cast generally in the election of directors. This provision, when coupled with the exclusive power of our board of directors to fill vacant directorships (other than vacancies among any directors elected by holders of our series B preferred stock pursuant to their right to elect an additional two directors to our board in certain circumstances as described above), may preclude stockholders from removing incumbent directors and filling the vacancies created by such removal with their own nominees. In addition, any director elected to our board by the holders of our series B preferred stock and any class or series of parity preferred stock in the circumstances described above may only be removed by a vote of the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of series B preferred stock and all classes and series of such parity preferred stock.

Business Combinations

Under the MGCL, certain “business combinations” (including a merger, consolidation, statutory share exchange or, in certain circumstances specified under the statute, an asset transfer or issuance or reclassification of equity securities) between a Maryland corporation and any interested stockholder, or an affiliate of such an

 

174


Table of Contents

interested stockholder, are prohibited for five years after the most recent date on which the interested stockholder becomes an interested stockholder. Maryland law defines an interested stockholder as:

 

   

any person who beneficially owns, directly or indirectly, 10% or more of the voting power of the corporation’s outstanding voting stock; or

 

   

an affiliate or associate of the corporation who, at any time within the two-year period prior to the date in question, was the beneficial owner of 10% or more of the voting power of the then-outstanding voting stock of the corporation.

A person is not an interested stockholder if the board of directors approved in advance the transaction by which the person otherwise would have become an interested stockholder. In approving a transaction, however, the board of directors may provide that its approval is subject to compliance, at or after the time of the approval, with any terms and conditions determined by it.

After such five-year period, any such business combination must be recommended by the board of directors of the corporation and approved by the affirmative vote of at least:

 

   

80% of the votes entitled to be cast by holders of outstanding shares of voting stock of the corporation; and

 

   

two-thirds of the votes entitled to be cast by holders of voting stock of the corporation other than shares held by the interested stockholder with whom (or with whose affiliate) the business combination is to be effected or held by an affiliate or associate of the interested stockholder.

These supermajority approval requirements do not apply if, among other conditions, the corporation’s common stockholders receive a minimum price (as defined in the MGCL) for their shares and the consideration is received in cash or in the same form as previously paid by the interested stockholder for its shares.

These provisions of the MGCL do not apply, however, to business combinations that are approved or exempted by a corporation’s board of directors prior to the time that the interested stockholder becomes an interested stockholder. Pursuant to the statute, our board of directors has by resolution exempted from the business combination provisions of the MGCL, and, consequently, the five-year prohibition and the supermajority vote requirements will not apply to, business combinations between us and any interested stockholder that have been approved by our board, including a majority of our directors who are not affiliated with the interested stockholder, unless our board in the future alters or repeals this resolution. As a result, anyone who is or later becomes an interested stockholder may be able to enter into business combinations with us without compliance by our company with the five-year moratorium, supermajority vote requirements and the other provisions of the statute.

We cannot assure you that our board of directors will not opt to be subject to such business combination provisions in the future. However, an alteration or repeal of this resolution will not have any effect on any business combinations that have been consummated or upon any agreements existing at the time of such modification or repeal.

Control Share Acquisitions

The MGCL provides that a holder of “control shares” of a Maryland corporation acquired in a “control share acquisition” has no voting rights with respect to such shares except to the extent approved by the affirmative vote of at least two-thirds of the votes entitled to be cast by stockholders entitled to exercise or direct the exercise of the voting power in the election of directors generally but excluding: (1) the person who has made or proposes to make the control share acquisition, (2) any officer of the corporation or (3) any employee of the corporation who is also a director of the corporation. “Control shares” are voting shares of stock that, if aggregated with all other such shares of stock previously acquired by the acquirer or in respect of which the

 

175


Table of Contents

acquirer is able to exercise or direct the exercise of voting power (except solely by virtue of a revocable proxy), would entitle the acquirer to exercise voting power in electing directors within one of the following ranges of:

 

   

one-tenth or more but less than one-third;

 

   

one-third or more but less than a majority; or

 

   

a majority or more of all voting power.

Control shares do not include shares that the acquiring person is then entitled to vote as a result of having previously obtained stockholder approval. A “control share acquisition” means the acquisition, directly or indirectly, of ownership of, or the power to direct the exercise of voting power with respect to, issued and outstanding control shares, subject to certain exceptions.

A person who has made or proposes to make a control share acquisition, upon satisfaction of certain conditions (including an undertaking to pay expenses and making an “acquiring person statement” as described in the MGCL), may compel the board of directors to call a special meeting of stockholders to be held within 50 days of demand to consider the voting rights of the control shares. If no request for a special meeting is made, the corporation may itself present the question at any stockholders meeting.

If voting rights of control shares are not approved at the meeting or if the acquiring person does not deliver an “acquiring person statement” as required by the statute, then, subject to certain conditions and limitations, the corporation may redeem any or all of the control shares (except those for which voting rights have previously been approved) for fair value determined, without regard to the absence of voting rights for the control shares, as of the date of the last control share acquisition by the acquirer or of any meeting of stockholders at which the voting rights of such shares are considered and not approved. If voting rights for control shares are approved at a stockholders meeting and the acquirer becomes entitled to vote a majority of the shares entitled to vote, all other stockholders may exercise appraisal rights. The fair value of the shares as determined for purposes of such appraisal rights may not be less than the highest price per share paid by the acquirer in the control share acquisition.

The control share acquisition statute does not apply (1) to shares acquired in a merger, consolidation or statutory share exchange if the corporation is a party to the transaction or (2) to acquisitions approved or exempted by the charter or bylaws of the corporation.

Our bylaws contain a provision exempting from the control share acquisition statute any and all control share acquisitions by any person of shares of our stock. Our board of directors may amend or eliminate this provision at any time in the future.

Subtitle 8

Subtitle 8 of Title 3 of the MGCL permits a Maryland corporation with a class of equity securities registered under the Exchange Act and at least three independent directors to elect to be subject, by provision in its charter or bylaws or a resolution of its board of directors and notwithstanding any contrary provision in the charter or bylaws, to any or all of the following five provisions:

 

   

a classified board;

 

   

a two-thirds vote requirement for removing a director;

 

   

a requirement that the number of directors be fixed only by vote of the directors;

 

   

a requirement that a vacancy on the board be filled only by the remaining directors and for the remainder of the full term of the class of directors in which the vacancy occurred; or

 

176


Table of Contents
   

a majority requirement for the calling of a special meeting of stockholders.

We have elected by a provision in our charter to be subject to the provisions of Subtitle 8 relating to the filling of vacancies on our board of directors. Through provisions in our charter and bylaws unrelated to Subtitle 8, we already (1) require a two-thirds vote for the removal of any director elected by holders of our common stock from the board, which removal must be for cause, (2) vest in the board the exclusive power to fix the number of directorships, subject to limitations set forth in our charter and bylaws, and (3) require, unless called by the chairman of our board of directors, our president, our chief executive officer or our board of directors, the request of stockholders entitled to cast not less than a majority of all votes entitled to be cast on a matter at such meeting to call a special meeting to consider and vote on any matter that may properly be considered at a meeting of stockholders. We have not elected to create a classified board. In the future, our board of directors may elect, without stockholder approval, to create a classified board or adopt one or more of the other provisions of Subtitle 8.

Amendments to Our Charter and Bylaws

Our charter generally may be amended only if such amendment is declared advisable by our board of directors and approved by the affirmative vote of stockholders entitled to cast a majority of the votes entitled to be cast on the matter, except that (i) the provisions of our charter relating to the removal of directors and the vote required to amend the removal provision may be amended only with the approval of stockholders entitled to cast at least two-thirds of all of the votes entitled to be cast on the matter and (ii) certain amendments to our charter, whether by merger, consolidation, transfer or conveyance of all or substantially all of our assets, or otherwise, that would materially and adversely affect the terms of our series B preferred stock must be approved by the holders of the outstanding shares of our series B preferred stock entitled to cast at least two-thirds of the votes entitled to be cast on the matter, voting together as a single class with holders of shares of any similarly-affected class or series of parity preferred stock upon which like voting rights have been conferred. Holders of outstanding shares of series B preferred stock, voting together as a single class with the holders of outstanding shares of any other similarly-affected class or series of parity preferred stock upon which like voting rights have been conferred, have the exclusive right to vote on any amendments to our charter on which holders of series B preferred stock are entitled to vote and that would alter only the contract rights, as expressly set forth in our charter, of the series B preferred stock and such other class(es) and series of parity preferred stock, and the holders of shares of any other class(es) or series of our stock, including our common stock, will not be entitled to vote on such an amendment. Our board of directors has the exclusive power to adopt, alter or repeal any provision of our bylaws or to make new bylaws.

Meetings of Stockholders

Under our bylaws, annual meetings of stockholders will be held each year at a date and time determined by our board of directors. Special meetings of stockholders may be called only by our board of directors, the chairman of our board of directors, our president or our chief executive officer. Additionally, subject to the provisions of our bylaws, special meetings of the stockholders to act on any matter must be called by our secretary upon the written request of stockholders entitled to cast at least a majority of the votes entitled to be cast at such meeting on such matter who have requested the special meeting in accordance with the procedures set forth in, and provided the information and certifications required by, our bylaws. In addition, at any time that holders of our series B preferred stock and any other class or series of parity preferred stock upon which like voting rights have been conferred have the right to elect two directors, but such directors have not been elected, our secretary is required to call a special meeting for the purpose of electing the preferred stock directors upon the written request of the holders of record of 10% of the outstanding shares of series B preferred stock and such parity preferred stock, if this request is received more than 90 days before the date fixed for our next annual meeting of our stockholders. Only matters set forth in the notice of the special meeting may be considered and acted upon at such a meeting.

 

177


Table of Contents

Advance Notice of Director Nominations and New Business

Our bylaws provide that:

 

   

with respect to an annual meeting of stockholders, nominations of individuals for election to our board of directors and the proposal of business to be considered by stockholders at the annual meeting may be made only:

 

   

pursuant to our notice of the meeting;

 

   

by or at the direction of our board of directors; or

 

   

by a stockholder who was a stockholder of record both at the time the stockholder provides the notice required by our bylaws and at the time of the annual meeting, who is entitled to vote at the meeting in the election of each individual so nominated or such other business and who has complied with the advance notice procedures set forth in, and provided the information and certifications required by, our bylaws; and

 

   

with respect to special meetings of stockholders, only the business specified in our company’s notice of meeting may be brought before the meeting of stockholders, and nominations of individuals for election to our board of directors may be made only:

 

   

by or at the direction of our board of directors; or

 

   

provided that the meeting has been called in accordance with our bylaws for the purpose of electing directors, by a stockholder who is a stockholder of record both at the time the stockholder provides the notice required by our bylaws and at the time of the meeting, who is entitled to vote at the meeting in the election of each individual so nominated and who has complied with the advance notice provisions set forth in, and provided the information and certifications required by, our bylaws.

The purpose of requiring stockholders to give advance notice of nominations and other proposals is to afford our board of directors the opportunity to consider the qualifications of the proposed nominees or the advisability of the other proposals and, to the extent considered necessary by our board of directors, to inform stockholders and make recommendations regarding the nominations or other proposals. Although our bylaws do not give our board of directors the power to disapprove timely stockholder nominations and proposals, our bylaws may have the effect of precluding a contest for the election of directors or proposals for other action if the proper procedures are not followed, and of discouraging or deterring a third party from conducting a solicitation of proxies to elect its own slate of directors to our board of directors or to approve its own proposal.

Anti-takeover Effect of Certain Provisions of Maryland Law and Our Charter and Bylaws

The supermajority vote required to remove directors, our election to be subject to the provision of Subtitle 8 generally vesting in our board of directors the exclusive power to fill vacancies on our board of directors, the limited rights of holders of series B preferred stock to vote on certain mergers or consolidations involving us or transfers of all or substantially all of our assets and the advance notice provisions of our bylaws could delay, defer or prevent a transaction or a change of control of our company that might involve a premium price for our common stock or that our common stockholders otherwise believe to be in their best interests. Likewise, if our board of directors were to elect to be subject to the provision of Subtitle 8 providing for a classified board or if the provision in our bylaws opting out of the control share acquisition provisions of the MGCL were amended or rescinded, these provisions of the MGCL could have similar anti-takeover effects.

 

178


Table of Contents

Indemnification and Limitation of Directors’ and Officers’ Liability

Maryland law permits a Maryland corporation to include in its charter a provision limiting the liability of its directors and officers to the corporation and its stockholders for money damages except for liability resulting from actual receipt of an improper benefit or profit in money, property or services or active and deliberate dishonesty that is established by a final judgment and is material to the cause of action. Our charter contains such a provision that eliminates such liability to the maximum extent permitted by Maryland law.

The MGCL requires a Maryland corporation (unless its charter provides otherwise, which our charter does not) to indemnify a director or officer who has been successful, on the merits or otherwise, in the defense of any proceeding to which he or she is made or threatened to be made a party by reason of his or her service in that capacity. The MGCL permits a Maryland corporation to indemnify its present and former directors and officers, among others, against judgments, penalties, fines, settlements and reasonable expenses actually incurred by them in connection with any proceeding to which they may be made or are threatened to be made a party by reason of their service in those or other capacities unless it is established that:

 

   

the act or omission of the director or officer was material to the matter giving rise to the proceeding and:

 

   

was committed in bad faith; or

 

   

was the result of active and deliberate dishonesty;

 

   

the director or officer actually received an improper personal benefit in money, property or services; or

 

   

in the case of any criminal proceeding, the director or officer had reasonable cause to believe that the act or omission was unlawful.

However, under the MGCL, a Maryland corporation may not indemnify a director or officer for an adverse judgment in a suit by or in the right of the corporation or if the director or officer was adjudged liable on the basis that personal benefit was improperly received, unless in either case a court orders indemnification and then only for expenses.

In addition, the MGCL permits a Maryland corporation to advance reasonable expenses to a director or officer upon the corporation’s receipt of:

 

   

a written affirmation by the director or officer of his or her good faith belief that he or she has met the standard of conduct necessary for indemnification by the corporation; and

 

   

a written unsecured undertaking by the director or officer or on his or her behalf to repay the amount paid or reimbursed by the corporation if it is ultimately determined that he or she did not meet the standard of conduct.

Our charter authorizes us to obligate our company and our bylaws obligate us, to the fullest extent permitted by Maryland law in effect from time to time, to indemnify and to pay or reimburse reasonable expenses in advance of final disposition of a proceeding without requiring a preliminary determination of the director’s or officer’s ultimate entitlement to indemnification to:

 

   

any present or former director or officer who is made or threatened to be made a party to the proceeding by reason of his or her service in that capacity; or

 

   

any individual who, while a director or officer of our company and at our request, serves or has served as a director, officer, partner, member, manager or trustee of another corporation, real estate

 

179


Table of Contents
 

investment trust, partnership, limited liability company, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or any other enterprise and who is made or threatened to be made a party to the proceeding by reason of his or her service in that capacity.

Our charter and bylaws also permit us, with the approval of our board of directors, to indemnify and advance expenses to any person who served a predecessor of ours in any of the capacities described above and to any employee or agent of our company or a predecessor of our company.

The partnership agreement of our operating partnership also provides that we, as general partner, and our directors, officers and employees, officers and employees of our operating partnership and our designees are indemnified against any and all losses, claims, damages, liabilities (whether joint or several), expenses (including, without limitation, attorneys’ fees and other legal fees and expenses), judgments, fines, settlements and other amounts arising from any and all claims, demands, actions, suits or proceedings, civil, criminal, administrative or investigative, that relate to the operations of the operating partnership, except (1) if the act or omission of such person was material to the matter giving rise to the action and either was committed in bad faith or was the result of active and deliberate dishonesty, (2) for any transaction for which such person received an improper personal benefit in money, property or services or otherwise, in violation or breach of any provision of the partnership agreement or (3) in the case of a criminal proceeding, if the person had reasonable cause to believe the act or omission was unlawful. The operating partnership must also pay or reimburse the reasonable expenses of any such person upon its receipt of a written affirmation of the person’s good faith belief that the standard of conduct necessary for indemnification has been met and a written undertaking to repay any amounts paid or advanced if it is ultimately determined that the person did not meet the standard of conduct for indemnification. The operating partnership will not indemnify or advance funds to any person with respect to any action initiated by the person seeking indemnification (other than an action to enforce such person’s right to indemnification under the partnership agreement) without our approval or if the person is found to be liable to the operating partnership on any portion of any claim in the action. See “Description of the Partnership Agreement of Hudson Pacific Properties, L.P.—Exculpation and Indemnification.”

Insofar as the foregoing provisions permit indemnification of directors, officers or persons controlling us for liability arising under the Securities Act, we have been informed that in the opinion of the SEC, this indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is therefore unenforceable.

Indemnification Agreements

We have entered into indemnification agreements with each of our executive officers and directors as described in “Management—Limitation of Liability and Indemnification.”

Restrictions on Ownership and Transfer of our Stock

Our charter contains restrictions on the ownership and transfer of our stock that are intended to assist us in continuing to qualify as a REIT. Subject to certain exceptions, our charter provides that no person or entity may beneficially own, or be deemed to own by virtue of the applicable constructive ownership provisions of the Code, more than 9.8% (in value or in number of shares, whichever is more restrictive) of the outstanding shares of our common stock or of our series B preferred stock, or 9.8% (in value) of the aggregate of the outstanding shares of all classes and series of our stock. For more information regarding these and other restrictions on the ownership and transfer of our stock imposed by our charter and the remedies for a violation of such restrictions, see “Description of Stock—Restrictions on Ownership and Transfer.”

REIT Qualification

Our charter provides that our board of directors may revoke or otherwise terminate our REIT election, without approval of our stockholders, if it determines that it is no longer in our best interest to continue to be qualified as a REIT.

 

180


Table of Contents

SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE

General

Upon completion of this offering and the concurrent private placement, we will have outstanding              shares of our common stock (             shares if the underwriters’ overallotment option is exercised in full). In addition, upon completion of this offering and the concurrent private placement,              shares of our common stock will be issuable upon exchange of outstanding common units. Our operating partnership will also have outstanding approximately $12.5 million in liquidation preference of series A preferred units, which are redeemable for cash, or at our option, exchangeable for registered shares of our common stock following the third anniversary of this offering.

Of these shares,              shares (             shares if the underwriters’ overallotment option is exercised in full) will be freely transferable without restriction or further registration under the Securities Act, subject to the restrictions on ownership and transfer of our stock set forth in our charter. The              shares of common stock issued to the Farallon Funds in the concurrent private placement, the shares of common stock already owned by the Farallon Funds prior to this offering and the              shares of our common stock issuable to officers, directors and affiliates upon exchange of units are or will be “restricted shares” as defined in Rule 144.

No prediction can be made as to the effect, if any, that future sales of shares, or the availability of shares for future sale, will have on the market price prevailing from time to time. Sales of substantial amounts of our common stock (including shares issued upon the exchange of units or the exercise of stock options), or the perception that such sales could occur, may adversely affect prevailing market prices of our common stock. See “Risk Factors—Risks Related to this Offering.”

For a description of certain restrictions on ownership and transfer of our stock, see “Description of Stock—Restrictions on Ownership and Transfer.”

Rule 144

In general, under Rule 144 as currently in effect, beginning 90 days after the date of this prospectus, a person who is not deemed to have been an affiliate of ours at any time during the three months preceding a sale and who has beneficially owned shares considered to be restricted securities under Rule 144 for at least six months would be entitled to sell those shares, subject only to the availability of current public information about us. A non-affiliated person who has beneficially owned shares considered to be restricted securities under Rule 144 for at least one year would be entitled to sell those shares without regard to the provisions of Rule 144.

An affiliate of ours who has beneficially owned shares of our common stock for at least six months would be entitled to sell, within any three-month period, a number of shares that does not exceed the greater of:

 

   

1% of the shares of our common stock then outstanding, which will equal approximately              shares immediately after this offering (             shares if the underwriters exercise their overallotment option in full); or

 

   

the average weekly trading volume of our common stock on the NYSE during the four calendar weeks preceding the date on which notice of the sale is filed with the SEC.

Sales under Rule 144 by our affiliates or persons selling shares on behalf of our affiliates are also subject to manner of sale provisions, notice requirements and the availability of current public information about us.

Redemption/Exchange Rights

In connection with the formation transactions at the time of our initial public offering, our operating partnership issued an aggregate of 2,610,941 common units to contributors of interests in the property entities.

 

181


Table of Contents

Beginning on or after the date which is 14 months after becoming a holder of common units, limited partners of our operating partnership and certain qualifying assignees of a limited partner have the right, subject to the terms and conditions set forth in the partnership agreement, to require our operating partnership to redeem part or all of their common units for a cash amount per common unit equal to the value of one share of our common stock, as determined in accordance with, and subject to adjustment as provided in, the partnership agreement. The operating partnership’s obligation to effect a redemption, however, will not arise or be binding against the operating partnership unless and until we, as general partner, decline or fail to exercise our prior and independent right to acquire such common units in exchange for common stock, in our sole discretion and subject to the restrictions on ownership and transfer of our stock set forth in our charter and described under the section entitled “Description of Stock—Restrictions on Ownership and Transfer.” See “Description of the Partnership Agreement of Hudson Pacific Properties, L.P.” In addition, beginning three years after the completion of our initial public offering (June 29, 2013), limited partners holding series A preferred units and certain qualifying assignees will have the right, subject to the terms and conditions set forth in the partnership agreement, to require the operating partnership to redeem all or a portion of their series A preferred units in exchange for a cash redemption price equal to $25.00 per unit plus any accrued distributions that have not been paid on or prior to the redemption date. The operating partnership’s obligation to effect a redemption, however, will not arise or be binding against the operating partnership unless and until we, as general partner, decline or fail to exercise our prior and independent right to acquire such series A preferred units in exchange for shares of our common stock that are issued under an effective registration statement under the Securities Act, in our sole discretion and subject to the restrictions on ownership and transfer of our stock set forth in our charter and described under the section entitled “Description of Stock—Restrictions on Ownership and Transfer.” See “Description of the Partnership Agreement of Hudson Pacific Properties, L.P.”

Registration Rights

We entered into a registration rights agreement with the various persons receiving shares of our common stock and/or common units in the formation transactions or pursuant to the 2010 private placement, including the Farallon Funds, the Morgan Stanley Investment Partnership and certain of our executive officers. Under the registration rights agreement, subject to certain limitations, commencing not later than 14 months after the date of our initial public offering (August 29, 2011), we will file one or more registration statements covering the resale of the shares of our common stock issued in the formation transactions and the 2010 private placement and the resale of the shares of our common stock issued or issuable, at our option, in exchange for operating partnership units issued in the formation transactions. We may, at our option, satisfy our obligation to prepare and file a resale registration statement by filing a registration statement registering the issuance by us of shares of our common stock registered under the Securities Act to the holders of units upon redemption of such units and, to the extent such shares constitute restricted securities, their resale. The Farallon Funds have the right, on one occasion, to require us to register shares of our common stock issued in the formation transactions and the 2010 private placement for resale in an underwritten offering registered pursuant to the Securities Act; provided, such registration shall be limited to a number of shares of common stock representing up to 25% of the aggregate number of shares of our common stock and common units issued to the Farallon Funds and their affiliates in the formation transactions and the 2010 private placement. Commencing upon our filing of a resale registration statement not later than 14 months after the date of our initial public offering (August 29, 2011), under certain circumstances, we are also required to undertake an underwritten offering upon the written request of holders of at least 10% in the aggregate of the securities originally issued in the formation transactions, provided that we are not obligated to effect more than two such underwritten offerings in addition to the demand registration. We have agreed to enter into an amendment to the registration rights agreement pursuant to which the common stock purchased by the Farallon Funds in the concurrent private placement will be entitled to the benefits of the registration rights agreement.

 

182


Table of Contents

Equity Incentive Plan

We have adopted the 2010 Plan, which provides for the grant of incentive awards to eligible service providers. 1,650,000 shares of common stock are reserved for issuance under the 2010 Plan. As of April 12, 2011, 490,442 shares of restricted stock had been granted under the 2010 Plan and 1,159,558 shares remained available for future issuance.

We filed with the SEC a Registration Statement on Form S-8 covering the shares of common stock issuable under the 2010 Plan. Shares of our common stock covered by this registration statement, including any shares of our common stock issuable upon the exercise of options or shares of restricted common stock, will be eligible for transfer or resale without restriction under the Securities Act unless held by affiliates.

Lock-up Agreements and Other Contractual Restrictions on Resale

In addition to the limits placed on the sale of our common stock by operation of Rule 144 and other provisions of the Securities Act, our directors and executive officers, and the Farallon Funds have agreed with the underwriters of this offering, subject to certain exceptions, not to sell or otherwise transfer or encumber, or enter into any transaction that transfers, in whole or in part, directly or indirectly, any shares of common stock or securities convertible or exchangeable into shares of common stock owned by them at the completion of this offering and the concurrent private placement or thereafter acquired by them for a period of 90 days after the date of this prospectus; provided, that the Farallon Funds may (i) sell shares of common stock representing up to 25% of the aggregate number of shares of our common stock and common units issued to the Farallon Funds in the formation transactions and the 2010 private placement pursuant to a demand registration statement or (ii) distribute such amount of shares to their limited partners, members or stockholders), without the prior consent of Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated and Barclays Capital Inc. However, each of our directors and executive officers may transfer or dispose of his or her shares during this 90-day lock-up period in the case of gifts or for estate planning purposes where the transferee agrees to a similar lock-up agreement for the remainder of this 90-day lock-up period, provided that no report is required to be filed by the transferor under the Exchange Act as a result of the transfer.

 

183


Table of Contents

FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSIDERATIONS

The following is a general summary of certain material U.S. federal income tax considerations regarding our company and this offering of our common stock. For purposes of this discussion, references to “we,” “our” and “us” mean only Hudson Pacific Properties, Inc., and do not include any of its subsidiaries, except as otherwise indicated. This summary is for general information only and is not tax advice. The information in this summary is based on:

 

   

the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, or the Code;

 

   

current, temporary and proposed Treasury Regulations promulgated under the Code;

 

   

the legislative history of the Code;

 

   

administrative interpretations and practices of the Internal Revenue Service, or the IRS; and

 

   

court decisions;

in each case, as of the date of this prospectus. In addition, the administrative interpretations and practices of the IRS include its practices and policies as expressed in private letter rulings that are not binding on the IRS except with respect to the particular taxpayers who requested and received those rulings. Future legislation, Treasury Regulations, administrative interpretations and practices and/or court decisions may adversely affect the tax considerations contained in this discussion. Any such change could apply retroactively to transactions preceding the date of the change. We have not requested and do not intend to request a ruling from the IRS that we qualify as a REIT, and the statements in this prospectus are not binding on the IRS or any court. Thus, we can provide no assurance that the tax considerations contained in this discussion will not be challenged by the IRS or will be sustained by a court if challenged by the IRS. This summary does not discuss any state, local or non-U.S. tax consequences associated with the purchase, ownership, or disposition of our common stock or our election to be taxed as a REIT.

You are urged to consult your tax advisors regarding the tax consequences to you of:

 

   

the purchase, ownership or disposition of our common stock, including the federal, state, local, non-U.S. and other tax consequences;

 

   

our election to be taxed as a REIT for federal income tax purposes; and

 

   

potential changes in applicable tax laws.

Taxation of Our Company

General

We intend to elect to be taxed as a REIT under Sections 856 through 860 of the Code commencing with our taxable year ended December 31, 2010. We believe that we have been organized and have operated in a manner that will allow us to qualify for taxation as a REIT under the Code commencing with our taxable year ended December 31, 2010, and we intend to continue to be organized and operate in this manner. However, qualification and taxation as a REIT depend upon our ability to meet the various qualification tests imposed under the Code, including through actual annual operating results, asset composition, distribution levels and diversity of stock ownership. Accordingly, no assurance can be given that we have been organized or have operated in a manner so as to qualify or remain qualified as a REIT. See “—Failure to Qualify.”

The sections of the Code and the corresponding Treasury Regulations that relate to qualification and taxation as a REIT are highly technical and complex. The following discussion sets forth certain material aspects

 

184


Table of Contents

of the sections of the Code that govern the federal income tax treatment of a REIT and its stockholders. This summary is qualified in its entirety by the applicable Code provisions, Treasury Regulations promulgated under the Code, and administrative and judicial interpretations thereof.

Latham & Watkins LLP has acted as our tax counsel in connection with this offering of our common stock and our intended election to be taxed as a REIT. Latham & Watkins LLP will render an opinion to us to the effect that, commencing with our taxable year ended December 31, 2010, we have been organized and have operated in conformity with the requirements for qualification and taxation as a REIT under the Code, and our proposed method of operation will enable us to continue to meet the requirements for qualification and taxation as a REIT under the Code. It must be emphasized that this opinion will be based on various assumptions and representations as to factual matters, including representations made by us in a factual certificate provided by one of our officers. In addition, this opinion will be based upon our factual representations set forth in this prospectus. Moreover, our qualification and taxation as a REIT depend upon our ability to meet the various qualification tests imposed under the Code, which are discussed below, including through actual annual operating results, asset composition, distribution levels and diversity of stock ownership, the results of which have not been and will not be reviewed by Latham & Watkins LLP. Accordingly, no assurance can be given that our actual results of operation for any particular taxable year will satisfy those requirements. Further, the anticipated federal income tax treatment described in this discussion may be changed, perhaps retroactively, by legislative, administrative or judicial action at any time. Latham & Watkins LLP has no obligation to update its opinion subsequent to the date of such opinion.

Provided we qualify for taxation as a REIT, we generally will not be required to pay federal corporate income taxes on our REIT taxable income that is currently distributed to our stockholders. This treatment substantially eliminates the “double taxation” that ordinarily results from investment in a C corporation. A C corporation is a corporation that generally is required to pay tax at the corporate level. Double taxation means taxation once at the corporate level when income is earned and once again at the stockholder level when the income is distributed. We will, however, be required to pay federal income tax as follows:

 

   

First, we will be required to pay tax at regular corporate rates on any undistributed REIT taxable income, including undistributed net capital gains.

 

   

Second, we may be required to pay the “alternative minimum tax” on our items of tax preference under some circumstances.

 

   

Third, if we have (1) net income from the sale or other disposition of “foreclosure property” held primarily for sale to customers in the ordinary course of business or (2) other nonqualifying income from foreclosure property, we will be required to pay tax at the highest corporate rate on this income. To the extent that income from foreclosure property is otherwise qualifying income for purposes of the 75% gross income test, this tax is not applicable. Subject to certain other requirements, foreclosure property generally is defined as property we acquired through foreclosure or after a default on a loan secured by the property or a lease of the property.

 

   

Fourth, we will be required to pay a 100% tax on any net income from prohibited transactions. Prohibited transactions are, in general, sales or other taxable dispositions of property, other than foreclosure property, held primarily for sale to customers in the ordinary course of business.

 

   

Fifth, if we fail to satisfy the 75% gross income test or the 95% gross income test, as described below, but have otherwise maintained our qualification as a REIT because certain other requirements are met, we will be required to pay a tax equal to (1) the greater of (A) the amount by which we fail to satisfy the 75% gross income test and (B) the amount by which we fail to satisfy the 95% gross income test, multiplied by (2) a fraction intended to reflect our profitability.

 

185


Table of Contents
   

Sixth, if we fail to satisfy any of the asset tests (other than a de minimis failure of the 5% or 10% asset test), as described below, due to reasonable cause and not due to willful neglect, and we nonetheless maintain our REIT qualification because of specified cure provisions, we will be required to pay a tax equal to the greater of $50,000 or the highest corporate tax rate multiplied by the net income generated by the nonqualifying assets that caused us to fail such test.

 

   

Seventh, if we fail to satisfy any provision of the Code that would result in our failure to qualify as a REIT (other than a violation of the gross income tests or certain violations of the asset tests, as described below) and the violation is due to reasonable cause and not due to willful neglect, we may retain our REIT qualification but we will be required to pay a penalty of $50,000 for each such failure.

 

   

Eighth, we will be required to pay a 4% excise tax to the extent we fail to distribute during each calendar year at least the sum of (1) 85% of our ordinary income for the year, (2) 95% of our capital gain net income for the year, and (3) any undistributed taxable income from prior periods.

 

   

Ninth, if we acquire any asset from a corporation that is or has been a C corporation in a transaction in which our basis in the asset is determined by reference to the C corporation’s basis in the asset, and we subsequently recognize gain on the disposition of the asset during the ten-year period beginning on the date on which we acquired the asset, then we will be required to pay tax at the highest regular corporate tax rate on this gain to the extent of the excess of (1) the fair market value of the asset over (2) our adjusted basis in the asset, in each case determined as of the date on which we acquired the asset. The results described in this paragraph with respect to the recognition of gain assume that the C corporation will refrain from making an election to receive different treatment under applicable Treasury Regulations on its tax return for the year in which we acquire the asset from the C corporation.

 

   

Tenth, our subsidiaries that are C corporations, including our “taxable REIT subsidiaries,” generally will be required to pay federal corporate income tax on their earnings.

 

   

Eleventh, we will be required to pay a 100% tax on any “redetermined rents,” “redetermined deductions” or “excess interest.” See “—Penalty Tax.” In general, redetermined rents are rents from real property that are overstated as a result of services furnished to any of our tenants by a taxable REIT subsidiary of ours. Redetermined deductions and excess interest generally represent amounts that are deducted by a taxable REIT subsidiary of ours for amounts paid to us that are in excess of the amounts that would have been deducted based on arm’s length negotiations.

 

   

Twelfth, we may elect to retain and pay income tax on our net capital gain. In that case, a stockholder would include its proportionate share of our undistributed net capital gain (to the extent we make a timely designation of such gain to the stockholder) in its income, would be deemed to have paid the tax that we paid on such gain, and would be allowed a credit for its proportionate share of the tax deemed to have been paid, and an adjustment would be made to increase the basis of the stockholder in our common stock.

Requirements for Qualification as a REIT. The Code defines a REIT as a corporation, trust or association:

 

  (1) that is managed by one or more trustees or directors;

 

  (2) that issues transferable shares or transferable certificates to evidence its beneficial ownership;

 

  (3) that would be taxable as a domestic corporation, but for Sections 856 through 860 of the Code;

 

186


Table of Contents
  (4) that is not a financial institution or an insurance company within the meaning of certain provisions of the Code;

 

  (5) that is beneficially owned by 100 or more persons;

 

  (6) not more than 50% in value of the outstanding stock of which is owned, actually or constructively, by five or fewer individuals, including certain specified entities, during the last half of each taxable year; and

 

  (7) that meets other tests, described below, regarding the nature of its income and assets and the amount of its distributions.

The Code provides that conditions (1) to (4), inclusive, must be met during the entire taxable year and that condition (5) must be met during at least 335 days of a taxable year of 12 months, or during a proportionate part of a taxable year of less than 12 months. Conditions (5) and (6) do not apply until after the first taxable year for which an election is made to be taxed as a REIT. For purposes of condition (6), the term “individual” includes a supplemental unemployment compensation benefit plan, a private foundation or a portion of a trust permanently set aside or used exclusively for charitable purposes, but generally does not include a qualified pension plan or profit sharing trust.

We believe that we have been organized and have operated in a manner that has or, as applicable, will allow us to satisfy conditions (1) through (7) inclusive, during the relevant time periods. In addition, our charter provides for restrictions regarding ownership and transfer of our shares which are intended to assist us in continuing to satisfy the share ownership requirements described in (5) and (6) above. A description of the share ownership and transfer restrictions relating to our common stock is contained in the discussion in this prospectus under the heading “Description of Stock—Restrictions on Ownership and Transfer.” These restrictions, however, may not ensure that we will, in all cases, be able to satisfy the share ownership requirements described in (5) and (6) above. If we fail to satisfy these share ownership requirements, except as provided in the next sentence, our status as a REIT will terminate. If, however, we comply with the rules contained in applicable Treasury Regulations that require us to ascertain the actual ownership of our shares and we do not know, or would not have known through the exercise of reasonable diligence, that we failed to meet the requirement described in condition (6) above, we will be treated as having met this requirement. See “—Failure to Qualify.”

In addition, we may not maintain our status as a REIT unless our taxable year is the calendar year. We have and will continue to have a calendar taxable year.

Ownership of Interests in Partnerships, Limited Liability Companies and Qualified REIT Subsidiaries . In the case of a REIT that is a partner in a partnership or a member in a limited liability company treated as a partnership for federal income tax purposes, Treasury Regulations provide that the REIT will be deemed to own its proportionate share of the assets of the partnership or limited liability company, as the case may be, based on its interest in partnership capital, subject to special rules relating to the 10% asset test described below. Also, the REIT will be deemed to be entitled to its proportionate share of the income of that entity. The assets and gross income of the partnership or limited liability company retain the same character in the hands of the REIT for purposes of Section 856 of the Code, including satisfying the gross income tests and the asset tests. Thus, our pro rata share of the assets and items of income of our operating partnership, including our operating partnership’s share of these items of any partnership or limited liability company treated as a partnership or disregarded entity for federal income tax purposes in which it owns an interest, is treated as our assets and items of income for purposes of applying the requirements described in this discussion, including the gross income and asset tests described below. A brief summary of the rules governing the federal income taxation of partnerships and limited liability companies is set forth below in “—Tax Aspects of Our Operating Partnership, the Subsidiary Partnerships and the Limited Liability Companies.”

 

187


Table of Contents

We have control of our operating partnership and the subsidiary partnerships and limited liability companies and intend to operate them in a manner consistent with the requirements for our qualification as a REIT. If we become a limited partner or non-managing member in any partnership or limited liability company and such entity takes or expects to take actions that could jeopardize our status as a REIT or require us to pay tax, we may be forced to dispose of our interest in such entity. In addition, it is possible that a partnership or limited liability company could take an action which could cause us to fail a gross income or asset test, and that we would not become aware of such action in time to dispose of our interest in the partnership or limited liability company or take other corrective action on a timely basis. In that case, we could fail to qualify as a REIT unless we were entitled to relief, as described below.

We may from time to time own and operate certain properties through subsidiaries that we intend to be treated as “qualified REIT subsidiaries” under the Code. A corporation will qualify as our qualified REIT subsidiary if we own 100% of the corporation’s outstanding stock and do not elect with the subsidiary to treat it as a “taxable REIT subsidiary,” as described below. A qualified REIT subsidiary is not treated as a separate corporation, and all assets, liabilities and items of income, gain, loss, deduction and credit of a qualified REIT subsidiary are treated as assets, liabilities and items of income, gain, loss, deduction and credit of the parent REIT for all purposes under the Code, including all REIT qualification tests. Thus, in applying the federal tax requirements described in this discussion, any qualified REIT subsidiaries we own are ignored, and all assets, liabilities and items of income, gain, loss, deduction and credit of such corporations are treated as our assets, liabilities and items of income, gain, loss, deduction and credit. A qualified REIT subsidiary is not subject to federal income tax, and our ownership of the stock of a qualified REIT subsidiary will not violate the restrictions on ownership of securities, as described below under “—Asset Tests.”

Ownership of Interests in Taxable REIT Subsidiaries. We currently own an interest in one taxable REIT subsidiary and may acquire securities in additional taxable REIT subsidiaries in the future. A taxable REIT subsidiary is a corporation other than a REIT in which a REIT directly or indirectly holds stock, and that has made a joint election with such REIT to be treated as a taxable REIT subsidiary. If a taxable REIT subsidiary owns more than 35% of the total voting power or value of the outstanding securities of another corporation, such other corporation will also be treated as a taxable REIT subsidiary. Other than some activities relating to lodging and health care facilities, a taxable REIT subsidiary may generally engage in any business, including the provision of customary or non-customary services to tenants of its parent REIT. A taxable REIT subsidiary is subject to federal income tax as a regular C corporation. In addition, a taxable REIT subsidiary may be prevented from deducting interest on debt funded directly or indirectly by its parent REIT if certain tests regarding the taxable REIT subsidiary’s debt to equity ratio and interest expense are not satisfied. A REIT’s ownership of securities of a taxable REIT subsidiary is not subject to the 5% or 10% asset test described below. See “—Asset Tests.”

Income Tests

We must satisfy two gross income requirements annually to maintain our qualification as a REIT. First, in each taxable year we must derive directly or indirectly at least 75% of our gross income (excluding gross income from prohibited transactions, certain hedging transactions, and certain foreign currency gains) from investments relating to real property or mortgages on real property, including “rents from real property” and, in certain circumstances, interest, or certain types of temporary investments. Second, in each taxable year we must derive at least 95% of our gross income (excluding gross income from prohibited transactions, certain hedging transactions, and certain foreign currency gains) from the real property investments described above or dividends, interest and gain from the sale or disposition of stock or securities, or any combination of the foregoing. For these purposes, the term “interest” generally does not include any amount received or accrued, directly or indirectly, if the determination of all or some of the amount depends in any way on the income or profits of any person. However, an amount received or accrued generally will not be excluded from the term “interest” solely by reason of being based on a fixed percentage or percentages of receipts or sales.

 

188


Table of Contents

Rents we receive from a tenant will qualify as “rents from real property” for the purpose of satisfying the gross income requirements for a REIT described above only if all of the following conditions are met:

 

   

The amount of rent is not based in any way on the income or profits of any person. However, an amount we receive or accrue generally will not be excluded from the term “rents from real property” solely because it is based on a fixed percentage or percentages of receipts or sales;

 

   

Neither we nor an actual or constructive owner of 10% or more of our capital stock actually or constructively owns 10% or more of the interests in the assets or net profits of a non-corporate tenant, or, if the tenant is a corporation, 10% or more of the voting power or value of all classes of stock of the tenant. Rents we receive from such a tenant that is a taxable REIT subsidiary of ours, however, will not be excluded from the definition of “rents from real property” as a result of this condition if at least 90% of the space at the property to which the rents relate is leased to third parties, and the rents paid by the taxable REIT subsidiary are substantially comparable to rents paid by our other tenants for comparable space. Whether rents paid by a taxable REIT subsidiary are substantially comparable to rents paid by other tenants is determined at the time the lease with the taxable REIT subsidiary is entered into, extended, and modified, if such modification increases the rents due under such lease. Notwithstanding the foregoing, however, if a lease with a “controlled taxable REIT subsidiary” is modified and such modification results in an increase in the rents payable by such taxable REIT subsidiary, any such increase will not qualify as “rents from real property.” For purposes of this rule, a “controlled taxable REIT subsidiary” is a taxable REIT subsidiary in which the parent REIT owns stock possessing more than 50% of the voting power or more than 50% of the total value of the outstanding stock of such taxable REIT subsidiary. We currently lease space to wholly owned subsidiaries of our taxable REIT subsidiary at our media and entertainment properties and may, from time to time, enter into additional leases with one or more taxable REIT subsidiaries. To the extent any rent from such lease does not satisfy the 90% rental exception described above, our receipt of such rent will not qualify under the gross income tests;

 

   

Rent attributable to personal property, leased in connection with a lease of real property, is not greater than 15% of the total rent received under the lease. If this condition is not met, then the portion of the rent attributable to personal property will not qualify as “rents from real property.” To the extent that rent attributable to personal property, leased in connection with a lease of real property, exceeds 15% of the total rent received under the lease, we may transfer a portion of such personal property to a taxable REIT subsidiary. Our taxable REIT subsidiary indirectly owns certain personal property leased to tenants at our media and entertainment properties and, from time to time, one or more of our taxable REIT subsidiaries may own personal property leased to tenants at other properties; and

 

   

We generally do not operate or manage the property or furnish or render services to our tenants, subject to a 1% de minimis exception and except as provided below. We may, however, perform services that are “usually or customarily rendered” in connection with the rental of space for occupancy only and are not otherwise considered “rendered to the occupant” of the property. Examples of these services include the provision of light, heat, or other utilities, trash removal and general maintenance of common areas. In addition, we may employ an independent contractor from whom we derive no revenue to provide customary services, or a taxable REIT subsidiary (which may be wholly or partially owned by us) to provide both customary and non-customary services to our tenants without causing the rent we receive from those tenants to fail to qualify as “rents from real property.” Certain wholly owned subsidiaries of our taxable REIT subsidiary (which is our services company) provide non-customary services to certain of our tenants at our media and entertainment properties and, from time to time, one or more taxable REIT subsidiaries may provide non-customary services to our tenants at these and other properties. Any amounts we

 

189


Table of Contents
 

receive from a taxable REIT subsidiary with respect to the taxable REIT subsidiary’s provision of non-customary services will, however, be nonqualifying income under the 75% gross income test and, except to the extent received through the payment of dividends, the 95% gross income test.

We generally do not intend, and as a general partner of our operating partnership, do not intend to permit our operating partnership, to take actions we believe will cause us to fail to satisfy the rental conditions described above. However, we may intentionally fail to satisfy some of these conditions to the extent we determine, based on the advice of our tax counsel, that the failure will not jeopardize our tax status as a REIT. In addition, with respect to the limitation on the rental of personal property, we have not obtained appraisals of the real property and personal property leased to tenants. Accordingly, there can be no assurance that the IRS will not disagree with our determinations of value. Moreover, in connection with granting the excepted holder limit to the Farallon excepted holders, we have obtained representations from these entities in order to ensure that we generally will not be deemed to own an interest in any of our tenants, or in the event we are treated as owning such an interest as a result of granting such waiver, we will not derive nonqualifying rental income in excess of certain thresholds.

Some of our leases are in the form of licenses and have terms of less than 30 days (“short-term licenses”). The treatment of rents derived with respect to these short-term licenses for purposes of the gross income tests is not entirely clear. We believe that rents derived with respect to these short-term licenses should qualify as “rents from real property” for purposes of the gross income tests, although there can be no assurance that the IRS will not take a contrary position. If the payments we receive in connection with such short-term licenses do not qualify as “rents from real property,” such payments would not be treated as qualifying income for purposes of the gross income tests.

Income we receive that is attributable to the rental of parking spaces at the properties generally will constitute rents from real property for purposes of the gross income tests if certain services provided with respect to the parking spaces are performed by independent contractors from whom we derive no revenue, either directly or indirectly, or by a taxable REIT subsidiary, and certain other conditions are met. We believe that the income we receive that is attributable to parking spaces meets these tests and, accordingly, will constitute rents from real property for purposes of the gross income tests.

From time to time, we may enter into hedging transactions with respect to one or more of our assets or liabilities. Our hedging activities may include entering into interest rate swaps, caps, and floors, options to purchase these items, and futures and forward contracts. Income from a hedging transaction, including gain from the sale or disposition of such a transaction, that is clearly identified as a hedging transaction as specified in the Code will not constitute gross income and thus will be exempt from the 75% and 95% gross income tests. The term “hedging transaction,” as used above, generally means any transaction we enter into in the normal course of our business primarily to manage risk of (1) interest rate changes or fluctuations with respect to borrowings made or to be made by us to acquire or carry real estate assets, or (2) for hedging transactions, currency fluctuations with respect to an item of qualifying income under the 75% or 95% gross income test. To the extent that we do not properly identify such transactions as hedges or we hedge with other types of financial instruments, the income from those transactions is not likely to be treated as qualifying income for purposes of the gross income tests. We intend to structure any hedging transactions in a manner that does not jeopardize our status as a REIT.

To the extent our taxable REIT subsidiaries pay dividends, we generally will derive our allocable share of such dividend income through our interest in our operating partnership. Such dividend income will qualify under the 95%, but not the 75%, gross income test.

We will monitor the amount of the dividend and other income from our taxable REIT subsidiaries and will take actions intended to keep this income, and any other nonqualifying income, within the limitations of the gross income tests. Although we expect these actions will be sufficient to prevent a violation of the gross income tests, we cannot guarantee that such actions will in all cases prevent such a violation.

 

190


Table of Contents

If we fail to satisfy one or both of the 75% or 95% gross income tests for any taxable year, we may nevertheless qualify as a REIT for the year if we are entitled to relief under certain provisions of the Code. We generally may make use of the relief provisions if:

 

   

following our identification of the failure to meet the 75% or 95% gross income tests for any taxable year, we file a schedule with the IRS setting forth each item of our gross income for purposes of the 75% or 95% gross income tests for such taxable year in accordance with Treasury Regulations to be issued; and

 

   

our failure to meet these tests was due to reasonable cause and not due to willful neglect.

It is not possible, however, to state whether in all circumstances we would be entitled to the benefit of these relief provisions. For example, if we fail to satisfy the gross income tests because nonqualifying income that we intentionally accrue or receive exceeds the limits on nonqualifying income, the IRS could conclude that our failure to satisfy the tests was not due to reasonable cause. If these relief provisions do not apply to a particular set of circumstances, we will not qualify as a REIT. As discussed above in “—Taxation of Our Company—General,” even if these relief provisions apply, and we retain our status as a REIT, a tax would be imposed with respect to our nonqualifying income. We may not always be able to comply with the gross income tests for REIT qualification despite periodic monitoring of our income.

Prohibited Transaction Income . Any gain that we realize on the sale of property held as inventory or otherwise held primarily for sale to customers in the ordinary course of business, including our share of any such gain realized by our operating partnership, either directly or through its subsidiary partnerships and limited liability companies, will be treated as income from a prohibited transaction that is subject to a 100% penalty tax, unless certain safe harbor exceptions apply. This prohibited transaction income may also adversely affect our ability to satisfy the gross income tests for qualification as a REIT. Under existing law, whether property is held as inventory or primarily for sale to customers in the ordinary course of a trade or business is a question of fact that depends on all the facts and circumstances surrounding the particular transaction. Our operating partnership intends to hold its properties for investment with a view to long-term appreciation, to engage in the business of acquiring, developing and owning its properties and to make occasional sales of the properties as are consistent with our operating partnership’s investment objectives. We do not intend to enter into any sales that are prohibited transactions. However, the IRS may successfully contend that some or all of the sales made by our operating partnership or its subsidiary partnerships or limited liability companies are prohibited transactions. We would be required to pay the 100% penalty tax on our allocable share of the gains resulting from any such sales.

Penalty Tax . Any redetermined rents, redetermined deductions or excess interest we generate will be subject to a 100% penalty tax. In general, redetermined rents are rents from real property that are overstated as a result of any services furnished to any of our tenants by a taxable REIT subsidiary of ours, and redetermined deductions and excess interest represent any amounts that are deducted by a taxable REIT subsidiary of ours for amounts paid to us that are in excess of the amounts that would have been deducted based on arm’s length negotiations. Rents we receive will not constitute redetermined rents if they qualify for certain safe harbor provisions contained in the Code.

Currently, certain wholly owned subsidiaries of our taxable REIT subsidiary (which is our services company) provide services to certain of our tenants and pay rent to us and, from time to time, we may enter into additional leases with our taxable REIT subsidiaries that also provide services to our tenants. We believe we have set, and we intend to set in the future, any fees paid to our taxable REIT subsidiaries for such services, and any rent payable to us by our taxable REIT subsidiaries, at arm’s length rates, although the amounts paid may not satisfy the safe-harbor provisions described above. These determinations are inherently factual, and the IRS has broad discretion to assert that amounts paid between related parties should be reallocated to clearly reflect their respective incomes. If the IRS successfully made such an assertion, we would be required to pay a 100% penalty

 

191


Table of Contents

tax on the excess of an arm’s length fee for tenant services over the amount actually paid, or on the excess rents paid to us.

Asset Tests

At the close of each calendar quarter of our taxable year, we must also satisfy four tests relating to the nature and diversification of our assets. First, at least 75% of the value of our total assets must be represented by real estate assets, cash, cash items and government securities. For purposes of this test, the term “real estate assets” generally means real property (including interests in real property and interests in mortgages on real property) and shares (or transferable certificates of beneficial interest) in other REITs, as well as any stock or debt instrument attributable to the investment of the proceeds of a stock offering or a public offering of debt with a term of at least five years, but only for the one-year period beginning on the date the REIT receives such proceeds.

Second, not more than 25% of the value of our total assets may be represented by securities (including securities of taxable REIT subsidiaries), other than those securities includable in the 75% asset test.

Third, of the investments included in the 25% asset class, and except for investments in other REITs, our qualified REIT subsidiaries and taxable REIT subsidiaries, the value of any one issuer’s securities may not exceed 5% of the value of our total assets, and we may not own more than 10% of the total vote or value of the outstanding securities of any one issuer except, in the case of the 10% value test, securities satisfying the “straight debt” safe-harbor or securities issued by a partnership that itself would satisfy the 75% income test if it were a REIT. Certain types of securities we may own are disregarded as securities solely for purposes of the 10% value test, including, but not limited to, any loan to an individual or an estate, any obligation to pay rents from real property and any security issued by a REIT. In addition, solely for purposes of the 10% value test, the determination of our interest in the assets of a partnership or limited liability company in which we own an interest will be based on our proportionate interest in any securities issued by the partnership or limited liability company, excluding for this purpose certain securities described in the Code.

Our operating partnership currently owns 100% of the securities of a corporation that has elected, together with us, to be treated as our taxable REIT subsidiary. So long as this corporation qualifies as a taxable REIT subsidiary, we will not be subject to the 5% asset test, the 10% voting securities limitation or the 10% value limitation with respect to our ownership of its securities. We may acquire securities in other taxable REIT subsidiaries in the future. We believe that the aggregate value of our taxable REIT subsidiary has not exceeded, and in the future will not exceed, 25% of the aggregate value of our gross assets. No independent appraisals have been obtained to support these conclusions. In addition, there can be no assurance that the IRS will not disagree with our determinations of value.

The asset tests must be satisfied at the close of each calendar quarter of our taxable year in which we (directly or through our operating partnership) acquire securities in the applicable issuer, and also at the close of each calendar quarter in which we increase our ownership of securities of such issuer (including as a result of increasing our interest in our operating partnership). For example, our indirect ownership of securities of each issuer will increase as a result of our capital contributions to our operating partnership or as limited partners exercise their redemption/exchange rights. Accordingly, after initially meeting the asset tests at the close of any quarter, we will not lose our status as a REIT for failure to satisfy the asset tests at the end of a later quarter solely by reason of changes in asset values. If we fail to satisfy an asset test because we acquire securities or other property during a quarter (including as a result of an increase in our interest in our operating partnership), we may cure this failure by disposing of sufficient nonqualifying assets within 30 days after the close of that quarter. We believe that we have maintained, and we intend to maintain, adequate records of the value of our assets to ensure compliance with the asset tests. If we fail to cure any noncompliance with the asset tests within the 30 day cure period, we would cease to qualify as a REIT unless we are eligible for certain relief provisions discussed below.

 

192


Table of Contents

Certain relief provisions may be available to us if we discover a failure to satisfy the asset tests described above after the 30-day cure period. Under these provisions, we will be deemed to have met the 5% and 10% asset tests if the value of our nonqualifying assets (i) does not exceed the lesser of (a) 1% of the total value of our assets at the end of the applicable quarter or (b) $10,000,000, and (ii) we dispose of the nonqualifying assets or otherwise satisfy such tests within (a) six months after the last day of the quarter in which the failure to satisfy the asset tests is discovered or (b) the period of time prescribed by Treasury Regulations to be issued. For violations of any of the asset tests due to reasonable cause and not due to willful neglect and that are, in the case of the 5% and 10% asset tests, in excess of the de minimis exception described above, we may avoid disqualification as a REIT after the 30-day cure period by taking steps including (i) the disposition of sufficient nonqualifying assets, or the taking of other actions, which allow us to meet the asset tests within (a) six months after the last day of the quarter in which the failure to satisfy the asset tests is discovered or (b) the period of time prescribed by Treasury Regulations to be issued, (ii) paying a tax equal to the greater of (a) $50,000 or (b) the highest corporate tax rate multiplied by the net income generated by the nonqualifying assets, and (iii) disclosing certain information to the IRS.

Although we believe we have satisfied the asset tests described above and plan to take steps to ensure that we satisfy such tests for any quarter with respect to which retesting is to occur, there can be no assurance that we will always be successful, or will not require a reduction in our operating partnership’s overall interest in an issuer (including in a taxable REIT subsidiary). If we fail to cure any noncompliance with the asset tests in a timely manner, and the relief provisions described above are not available, we would cease to qualify as a REIT.

Annual Distribution Requirements

To maintain our qualification as a REIT, we are required to distribute dividends, other than capital gain dividends, to our stockholders in an amount at least equal to the sum of:

 

   

90% of our “REIT taxable income”; and

 

   

90% of our after-tax net income, if any, from foreclosure property; minus

 

   

the excess of the sum of certain items of non-cash income over 5% of our “REIT taxable income.”

For these purposes, our “REIT taxable income” is computed without regard to the dividends paid deduction and our net capital gain. In addition, for purposes of this test, non-cash income means income attributable to leveled stepped rents, original issue discount on purchase money debt, cancellation of indebtedness, or a like-kind exchange that is later determined to be taxable.

In addition, if we dispose of any asset we acquired from a corporation which is or has been a C corporation in a transaction in which our basis in the asset is determined by reference to the basis of the asset in the hands of that C corporation, within the ten-year period following our acquisition of such asset, we would be required to distribute at least 90% of the after-tax gain, if any, we recognized on the disposition of the asset, to the extent that gain does not exceed the excess of (a) the fair market value of the asset over (b) our adjusted basis in the asset, in each case, on the date we acquired the asset.

We generally must pay, or be treated as paying, the distributions described above in the taxable year to which they relate. At our election, a distribution will be treated as paid in a taxable year if it is declared before we timely file our tax return for such year and paid on or before the first regular dividend payment after such declaration, provided such payment is made during the 12-month period following the close of such year. These distributions are treated as received by our stockholders in the year in which paid. This is so even though these distributions relate to the prior year for purposes of the 90% distribution requirement. In order to be taken into account for purposes of our distribution requirement, the amount distributed must not be preferential— i.e. , every stockholder of the class of stock to which a distribution is made must be treated the same as every other

 

193


Table of Contents

stockholder of that class, and no class of stock may be treated other than according to its dividend rights as a class. To the extent that we do not distribute all of our net capital gain, or distribute at least 90%, but less than 100%, of our “REIT taxable income,” as adjusted, we will be required to pay tax on the undistributed amount at regular corporate tax rates. We believe that we have made, and we intend to continue to make, timely distributions sufficient to satisfy these annual distribution requirements and to minimize our corporate tax obligations. In this regard, the partnership agreement of our operating partnership authorizes us, as general partner of our operating partnership, to take such steps as may be necessary to cause our operating partnership to distribute to its partners an amount sufficient to permit us to meet these distribution requirements and to minimize our corporate tax obligation.

We expect that our REIT taxable income will be less than our cash flow because of depreciation and other non-cash charges included in computing REIT taxable income. Accordingly, we anticipate that we generally will have sufficient cash or liquid assets to enable us to satisfy the distribution requirements described above. However, from time to time, we may not have sufficient cash or other liquid assets to meet these distribution requirements due to timing differences between the actual receipt of income and actual payment of deductible expenses, and the inclusion of income and deduction of expenses in determining our taxable income. In addition, we may decide to retain our cash, rather than distribute it, in order to repay debt or for other reasons. If these timing differences occur, we may borrow funds to pay dividends or pay dividends in the form of taxable stock dividends in order to meet the distribution requirements, while preserving our cash.

Pursuant to recent guidance issued by the IRS, certain part-stock and part-cash dividends distributed by publicly traded REITs with respect to calendar years 2008 though 2011, and in some cases declared as late as December 31, 2012, will be treated as distributions for purposes of the REIT distribution requirements. Under the terms of this guidance, up to 90% of distributions by a REIT could be paid in shares of its stock. If we make such a distribution, taxable stockholders would be required to include the full amount of the dividend ( i.e. , the cash and the stock portion) as ordinary income (subject to limited exceptions), to the extent of our current and accumulated earnings and profits for federal income tax purposes, as described under the headings “—Federal Income Tax Considerations for Holders of Our Common Stock—Taxation of Taxable U.S. Stockholders—Distributions Generally” and “—Federal Income Tax Considerations for Holders of Our Common Stock—Taxation of Non-U.S. Stockholders—Distributions Generally.” As a result, our stockholders could recognize taxable income in excess of the cash received and may be required to pay tax with respect to such dividends in excess of the cash received. If a taxable stockholder sells the stock it receives as a dividend, the sales proceeds may be less than the amount included in income with respect to the dividend, depending on the market price of the stock at the time of the sale. Furthermore, with respect to non-U.S. stockholders, we may be required to withhold U.S. tax with respect to such dividends, including in respect of all or a portion of such dividend that is payable in stock.

Under some circumstances, we may be able to rectify an inadvertent failure to meet the 90% distribution requirement for a year by paying “deficiency dividends” to our stockholders in a later year, which may be included in our deduction for dividends paid for the earlier year. Thus, we may be able to avoid being taxed on amounts distributed as deficiency dividends, subject to the 4% excise tax described below. However, we will be required to pay interest to the IRS based upon the amount of any deduction claimed for deficiency dividends.

Furthermore, we will be required to pay a 4% excise tax to the extent we fail to distribute during each calendar year at least the sum of 85% of our ordinary income for such year, 95% of our capital gain net income for the year and any undistributed taxable income from prior periods. Any ordinary income and net capital gain on which this excise tax is imposed for any year is treated as an amount distributed during that year for purposes of calculating such tax.

For purposes of the 90% distribution requirement and excise tax described above, dividends declared during the last three months of the taxable year, payable to stockholders of record on a specified date during such

 

194


Table of Contents

period and paid during January of the following year, will be treated as paid by us and received by our stockholders on December 31 of the year in which they are declared.

Like-Kind Exchanges

We may dispose of properties in transactions intended to qualify as like-kind exchanges under the Code. Such like-kind exchanges are intended to result in the deferral of gain for federal income tax purposes. The failure of any such transaction to qualify as a like-kind exchange could require us to pay federal income tax, possibly including the 100% prohibited transaction tax, depending on the facts and circumstances surrounding the particular transaction.

Failure To Qualify

If we discover a violation of a provision of the Code that would result in our failure to qualify as a REIT, certain specified cure provisions may be available to us. Except with respect to violations of the gross income tests and asset tests (for which the cure provisions are described above), and provided the violation is due to reasonable cause and not due to willful neglect, these cure provisions generally impose a $50,000 penalty for each violation in lieu of a loss of REIT status. If we fail to satisfy the requirements for taxation as a REIT in any taxable year, and the relief provisions do not apply, we will be required to pay tax, including any applicable alternative minimum tax, on our taxable income at regular corporate rates. Distributions to stockholders in any year in which we fail to qualify as a REIT will not be deductible by us, and we will not be required to distribute any amounts to our stockholders. As a result, we anticipate that our failure to qualify as a REIT would reduce the cash available for distribution by us to our stockholders. In addition, if we fail to qualify as a REIT, all distributions to stockholders will be taxable as regular corporate dividends to the extent of our current and accumulated earnings and profits. In such event, corporate distributees may be eligible for the dividends-received deduction. In addition, non-corporate stockholders, including individuals, may be eligible for the preferential tax rates on qualified dividend income. See “Federal Income Tax Considerations—Federal Income Tax Considerations for Holders of Our Common Stock—Taxation of Taxable U.S. Stockholders—Tax Rates” for a discussion of the scheduled “sunset” of the preferential tax rates on qualified dividend income. Unless entitled to relief under specific statutory provisions, we would also be ineligible to elect to be treated as a REIT for the four taxable years following the year for which we lose our qualification. It is not possible to state whether in all circumstances we would be entitled to this statutory relief.

Tax Aspects of Our Operating Partnership, the Subsidiary Partnerships and the Limited Liability Companies

General . All of our investments are held indirectly through our operating partnership. In addition, our operating partnership holds certain of its investments indirectly through subsidiary partnerships and limited liability companies which we believe have been and will continue to be treated as partnerships or disregarded entities for federal income tax purposes. In general, entities that are treated as partnerships or disregarded entities for federal income tax purposes are “pass-through” entities which are not required to pay federal income tax. Rather, partners or members of such entities are allocated their shares of the items of income, gain, loss, deduction and credit of the partnership or limited liability company, and are potentially required to pay tax on this income, without regard to whether they receive a distribution from the partnership or limited liability company. We will include in our income our share of these partnership and limited liability company items for purposes of the various gross income tests, the computation of our REIT taxable income, and the REIT distribution requirements. Moreover, for purposes of the asset tests, we will include our pro rata share of assets held by our operating partnership, including its share of its subsidiary partnerships and limited liability companies, based on our capital interests in each such entity. See “—Taxation of Our Company.”

Entity Classification . Our interests in our operating partnership and the subsidiary partnerships and limited liability companies involve special tax considerations, including the possibility that the IRS might challenge the status of these entities as partnerships (or disregarded entities). For example, an entity that would

 

195


Table of Contents

otherwise be treated as a partnership for federal income tax purposes may nonetheless be taxable as a corporation if it is a “publicly traded partnership” and certain other requirements are met. A partnership or limited liability company would be treated as a publicly traded partnership if its interests are traded on an established securities market or are readily tradable on a secondary market or a substantial equivalent thereof, within the meaning of applicable Treasury Regulations. We do not anticipate that our operating partnership or any subsidiary partnership or limited liability company will be treated as a publicly traded partnership that is taxable as a corporation. However, if any such entity were treated as a corporation, it would be required to pay an entity-level tax on its income. In this situation, the character of our assets and items of gross income would change and could prevent us from satisfying the REIT asset tests and possibly the REIT income tests. See “—Taxation of Our Company—Asset Tests” and “—Income Tests.” This, in turn, could prevent us from qualifying as a REIT. See “—Failure to Qualify” for a discussion of the effect of our failure to meet these tests. In addition, a change in the tax status of our operating partnership or a subsidiary partnership or limited liability company might be treated as a taxable event. If so, we might incur a tax liability without any related cash payment. We believe our operating partnership and each of our other partnerships and limited liability companies have been and will continue to be treated as partnerships or disregarded entities for federal income tax purposes.

Allocations of Income, Gain, Loss and Deduction . The operating partnership agreement generally provides that allocations of net income will be made first to holders of series A preferred units to the extent of the accrued preferred return on such units and then to us to the extent of the accrued preferred return on our series B preferred units. Any remaining net income will be allocated to holders of common units. Allocations to holders of common units will generally be made proportionately to all such holders in respect of such units. Certain limited partners have guaranteed debt of our operating partnership, indirectly through an agreement to make capital contributions to our operating partnership under limited circumstances. As a result of these guaranties or contribution agreements, and notwithstanding the foregoing discussion of allocations of income and loss of our operating partnership to holders of units, such limited partners could under limited circumstances be allocated a disproportionate amount of net loss upon a liquidation of our operating partnership, which net loss would have otherwise been allocable to us.

If an allocation of partnership income or loss does not comply with the requirements of Section 704(b) of the Code and the Treasury Regulations thereunder, the item subject to the allocation will be reallocated in accordance with the partners’ interests in the partnership. This reallocation will be determined by taking into account all of the facts and circumstances relating to the economic arrangement of the partners with respect to such item. Our operating partnership’s allocations of taxable income and loss are intended to comply with the requirements of Section 704(b) of the Code and the Treasury Regulations thereunder.

Tax Allocations With Respect to the Properties. Under Section 704(c) of the Code, income, gain, loss and deduction attributable to appreciated or depreciated property that is contributed to a partnership in exchange for an interest in the partnership, must be allocated in a manner so that the contributing partner is charged with the unrealized gain or benefits from the unrealized loss associated with the property at the time of the contribution. The amount of the unrealized gain or unrealized loss generally is equal to the difference between the fair market value or book value and the adjusted tax basis of the contributed property at the time of contribution, as adjusted from time to time. These allocations are solely for federal income tax purposes and do not affect the book capital accounts or other economic or legal arrangements among the partners.

Our operating partnership may, from time to time, acquire interests in property in exchange for interests in our operating partnership. In that case, the tax basis of these property interests generally carries over to the operating partnership, notwithstanding their different book ( i.e ., fair market) value (this difference is referred to as a book-tax difference). The partnership agreement requires that income and loss allocations with respect to these properties be made in a manner consistent with Section 704(c) of the Code. Treasury Regulations issued under Section 704(c) of the Code provide partnerships with a choice of several methods of accounting for book-tax differences. Depending on the method we choose in connection with any particular contribution, the carryover basis of each of the contributed interests in the properties in the hands of our operating partnership

 

196


Table of Contents

(i) will or could cause us to be allocated lower amounts of depreciation deductions for tax purposes than would be allocated to us if any of the contributed properties were to have a tax basis equal to its respective fair market value at the time of the contribution and (ii) could cause us to be allocated taxable gain in the event of a sale of such contributed interests or properties in excess of the economic or book income allocated to us as a result of such sale, with a corresponding benefit to the other partners in our operating partnership. An allocation described in clause (ii) above might cause us or the other partners to recognize taxable income in excess of cash proceeds in the event of a sale or other disposition of property, which might adversely affect our ability to comply with the REIT distribution requirements. See “—General—Requirements for Qualification as a REIT” and “—Annual Distribution Requirements.”

Any property acquired by our operating partnership in a taxable transaction will initially have a tax basis equal to its fair market value, and Section 704(c) of the Code generally will not apply.

Federal Income Tax Considerations for Holders of Our Common Stock

The following summary describes the principal federal income tax consequences to you of purchasing, owning and disposing of our common stock. This summary assumes you hold shares of our common stock as a “capital asset” (generally, property held for investment within the meaning of Section 1221 of the Code). It does not address all the tax consequences that may be relevant to you in light of your particular circumstances. In addition, this discussion does not address the tax consequences relevant to persons who receive special treatment under the federal income tax law, except where specifically noted. Holders receiving special treatment include, without limitation:

 

   

financial institutions, banks and thrifts;

 

   

insurance companies;

 

   

tax-exempt organizations;

 

   

“S” corporations;

 

   

traders in securities that elect to mark to market;

 

   

partnerships, pass-through entities and persons holding our common stock through a partnership or other pass-through entity;

 

   

stockholders subject to the alternative minimum tax;

 

   

regulated investment companies and REITs;

 

   

non-U.S. governments and international organizations;

 

   

non-U.S. stockholders that are passive foreign investment companies or controlled foreign corporations;

 

   

broker-dealers or dealers in securities or currencies;

 

   

U.S. expatriates;

 

   

persons holding our common stock as part of a hedge, straddle, conversion, integrated or other risk reduction or constructive sale transaction; or

 

   

U.S. stockholders (as defined below) whose functional currency is not the U.S. dollar.

 

197


Table of Contents

If you are considering purchasing our common stock, you should consult your tax advisors concerning the application of federal income tax laws to your particular situation as well as any consequences of the purchase, ownership and disposition of our common stock arising under the laws of any state, local or non-U.S. taxing jurisdiction.

When we use the term “U.S. stockholder,” we mean a holder of shares of our common stock who, for federal income tax purposes, is:

 

   

an individual who is a citizen or resident of the United States;

 

   

a corporation, including an entity treated as a corporation for federal income tax purposes, created or organized in or under the laws of the United States or of any state thereof or in the District of Columbia;

 

   

an estate the income of which is subject to federal income taxation regardless of its source; or

 

   

a trust that (1) is subject to the primary supervision of a U.S. court and the control of one or more U.S. persons or (2) has a valid election in effect under applicable Treasury Regulations to be treated as a U.S. person.

If you hold shares of our common stock and are not a U.S. stockholder, you are a “non-U.S. stockholder.”

If a partnership or other entity treated as a partnership for federal income tax purposes holds shares of our common stock, the tax treatment of a partner generally will depend on the status of the partner and on the activities of the partnership. Partners of partnerships holding shares of our common stock are encouraged to consult their tax advisors.

Taxation of Taxable U.S. Stockholders

Distributions Generally . Distributions out of our current or accumulated earnings and profits will be treated as dividends and, other than with respect to capital gain dividends and certain amounts which have previously been subject to corporate level tax discussed below, will be taxable to our taxable U.S. stockholders as ordinary income when actually or constructively received. See “—Tax Rates” below. As long as we qualify as a REIT, these distributions will not be eligible for the dividends-received deduction in the case of U.S. stockholders that are corporations or, except to the extent provided in “—Tax Rates” below, the preferential rates on qualified dividend income applicable to non-corporate U.S. stockholders, including individuals. For purposes of determining whether distributions to holders of common stock are out of current or accumulated earnings and profits, our earnings and profits will be allocated first to our outstanding preferred stock and then to our outstanding common stock.

To the extent that we make distributions on our common stock in excess of our current and accumulated earnings and profits, these distributions will be treated first as a tax-free return of capital to a U.S. stockholder. This treatment will reduce the U.S. stockholder’s adjusted tax basis in such shares of stock by the amount of the distribution, but not below zero. Distributions in excess of our current and accumulated earnings and profits and in excess of a U.S. stockholder’s adjusted tax basis in its shares will be taxable as capital gain. Such gain will be taxable as long-term capital gain if the shares have been held for more than one year. Dividends we declare in October, November, or December of any year and which are payable to a stockholder of record on a specified date in any of these months will be treated as both paid by us and received by the stockholder on December 31 of that year, provided we actually pay the dividend on or before January 31 of the following year. U.S. stockholders may not include in their own income tax returns any of our net operating losses or capital losses.

 

198


Table of Contents

Certain stock dividends, including dividends partially paid in our capital stock and partially paid in cash that comply with recent IRS guidance, generally will be taxable to the recipient U.S. stockholder to the same extent as if paid in cash.

Capital Gain Dividends . Dividends that we properly designate as capital gain dividends will be taxable to our taxable U.S. stockholders as a gain from the sale or disposition of a capital asset held for more than one year, to the extent that such gain does not exceed our actual net capital gain for the taxable year. U.S. stockholders that are corporations may, however, be required to treat up to 20% of certain capital gain dividends as ordinary income. If we properly designate any portion of a dividend as a capital gain dividend, then, except as otherwise required by law, we presently intend to allocate a portion of the total capital gain dividends paid or made available to holders of all classes of our stock for the year to the holders of our common stock in proportion to the amount that our total dividends, as determined for U.S. federal income tax purposes, paid or made available to the holders of our common stock for the year bears to the total dividends, as determined for U.S. federal income tax purposes, paid or made available to holders of all classes of our stock for the year.

Retention of Net Capital Gains . We may elect to retain, rather than distribute as a capital gain dividend, all or a portion of our net capital gains. If we make this election, we would pay tax on our retained net capital gains. In addition, to the extent we so elect, our earnings and profits (determined for federal income tax purposes) would be adjusted accordingly, and a U.S. stockholder generally would:

 

   

include its pro rata share of our undistributed net capital gains in computing its long-term capital gains in its return for its taxable year in which the last day of our taxable year falls, subject to certain limitations as to the amount that is includable;

 

   

be deemed to have paid its share of the capital gains tax imposed on us on the designated amounts included in the U.S. stockholder’s income as long-term capital gain;

 

   

receive a credit or refund for the amount of tax deemed paid by it;

 

   

increase the adjusted basis of its common stock by the difference between the amount of includable gains and the tax deemed to have been paid by it; and

 

   

in the case of a U.S. stockholder that is a corporation, appropriately adjust its earnings and profits for the retained capital gains in accordance with Treasury Regulations to be promulgated by the IRS.

Passive Activity Losses and Investment Interest Limitations . Distributions we make and gain arising from the sale or exchange by a U.S. stockholder of our shares will not be treated as passive activity income. As a result, U.S. stockholders generally will not be able to apply any “passive losses” against this income or gain. A U.S. stockholder may elect to treat capital gain dividends, capital gains from the disposition of our stock and income designated as qualified dividend income, described in “—Tax Rates” below, as investment income for purposes of computing the investment interest limitation, but in such case, the stockholder will be taxed at ordinary income rates on such amount. Other distributions made by us, to the extent they do not constitute a return of capital, generally will be treated as investment income for purposes of computing the investment interest limitation.

Dispositions of Our Common Stock . If a U.S. stockholder sells or disposes of shares of common stock, it will recognize gain or loss for federal income tax purposes in an amount equal to the difference between the amount of cash and the fair market value of any property received on the sale or other disposition and the holder’s adjusted basis in the shares. This gain or loss, except as provided below, will be a long-term capital gain or loss if the holder has held such common stock for more than one year. However, if a U.S. stockholder recognizes a loss upon the sale or other disposition of common stock that it has held for six months or less, after

 

199


Table of Contents

applying certain holding period rules, the loss recognized will be treated as a long-term capital loss to the extent the U.S. stockholder received distributions from us which were required to be treated as long-term capital gains.

Tax Rates. The maximum tax rate for non-corporate taxpayers for (1) capital gains, including certain “capital gain dividends,” has generally been reduced to 15% (although depending on the characteristics of the assets which produced these gains and on designations which we may make, certain capital gain dividends may be taxed at a 25% rate) and (2) “qualified dividend income” has generally been reduced to 15%. In general, dividends payable by REITs are not eligible for the reduced tax rate on qualified dividend income, except to the extent that certain holding requirements have been met and the REIT’s dividends are attributable to dividends received from taxable corporations (such as its taxable REIT subsidiaries) or to income that was subject to tax at the corporate/REIT level (for example, if it distributed taxable income that it retained and paid tax on in the prior taxable year) or to dividends properly designated by the REIT as “capital gain dividends.” The currently applicable provisions of the federal income tax laws relating to the 15% tax rate are currently scheduled to “sunset” or revert to the provisions of prior law effective for taxable years beginning after December 31, 2012, at which time the capital gains tax rate will be increased to 20% and the rate applicable to dividends will be increased to the tax rate then applicable to ordinary income. U.S. stockholders that are corporations may be required to treat up to 20% of some capital gain dividends as ordinary income.

Medicare Tax on Unearned Income. Legislation enacted in 2010 requires certain U.S. stockholders that are individuals, estates or trusts to pay an additional 3.8% tax on, among other things, dividends on and capital gains from the sale or other disposition of stock for taxable years beginning after December 31, 2012. U.S. stockholders should consult their tax advisors regarding the effect, if any, of this legislation on their ownership and disposition of our common stock.

Legislation Relating to Foreign Accounts. Under legislation enacted in 2010, certain payments made after December 31, 2012 to “foreign financial institutions” in respect of accounts of U.S. stockholders at such financial institutions may be subject to withholding at a rate of 30%. U.S. stockholders should consult their tax advisors regarding the effect, if any, of this legislation on their ownership and disposition of our common stock. See “—Taxation of Non-U.S. Stockholders—Legislation Relating to Foreign Accounts.”

Information Reporting and Backup Withholding . We are required to report to our U.S. stockholders and the IRS the amount of dividends paid during each calendar year, and the amount of any tax withheld. Under the backup withholding rules, a stockholder may be subject to backup withholding with respect to dividends paid unless the holder is a corporation or comes within certain other exempt categories and, when required, demonstrates this fact, or provides a taxpayer identification number, certifies as to no loss of exemption from backup withholding, and otherwise complies with applicable requirements of the backup withholding rules. A U.S. stockholder that does not provide us with its correct taxpayer identification number may also be subject to penalties imposed by the IRS. Backup withholding is not an additional tax. Any amount paid as backup withholding will be creditable against the stockholder’s federal income tax liability, provided the required information is timely furnished to the IRS. In addition, we may be required to withhold a portion of capital gain distributions to any stockholders who fail to certify their non-foreign status. See “—Taxation of Non-U.S. Stockholders.”

Taxation of Tax-Exempt Stockholders

Dividend income from us and gain arising upon a sale of our shares generally should not be unrelated business taxable income, or UBTI, to a tax-exempt stockholder, except as described below. This income or gain will be UBTI, however, if a tax-exempt stockholder holds its shares as “debt-financed property” within the meaning of the Code or if the shares are used in a trade or business of the tax-exempt stockholder. Generally, “debt-financed property” is property the acquisition or holding of which was financed through a borrowing by the tax-exempt stockholder.

 

200


Table of Contents

For tax-exempt stockholders that are social clubs, voluntary employee benefit associations, supplemental unemployment benefit trusts, or qualified group legal services plans exempt from federal income taxation under Sections 501(c)(7), (c)(9), (c)(17) or (c)(20) of the Code, respectively, income from an investment in our shares will constitute UBTI unless the organization is able to properly claim a deduction for amounts set aside or placed in reserve for specific purposes so as to offset the income generated by its investment in our shares. These prospective investors should consult their tax advisors concerning these “set aside” and reserve requirements.

Notwithstanding the above, however, a portion of the dividends paid by a “pension-held REIT” may be treated as unrelated business taxable income as to certain trusts that hold more than 10%, by value, of the interests in the REIT. A REIT will not be a “pension-held REIT” if it is able to satisfy the “not closely held” requirement without relying on the “look-through” exception with respect to certain trusts or if such REIT is not “predominantly held” by “qualified trusts.” As a result of restrictions on ownership and transfer of our stock contained in our charter, we do not expect to be classified as a “pension-held REIT,” and as a result, the tax treatment described above should be inapplicable to our stockholders. However, because our common stock is (and, we anticipate, will continue to be) publicly traded, we cannot guarantee that this will always be the case.

Taxation of Non-U.S. Stockholders

The following discussion addresses the rules governing federal income taxation of the purchase, ownership and disposition of our common stock by non-U.S. stockholders. These rules are complex, and no attempt is made herein to provide more than a brief summary of such rules. Accordingly, the discussion does not address all aspects of federal income taxation and does not address state, local or non-U.S. tax consequences that may be relevant to a non-U.S. stockholder in light of its particular circumstances. We urge non-U.S. stockholders to consult their tax advisors to determine the impact of federal, state, local and non-U.S. income tax laws on the purchase, ownership and disposition of shares of our common stock, including any reporting requirements.

Distributions Generally . Distributions (including any taxable stock dividends) that are neither attributable to gains from sales or exchanges by us of U.S. real property interests nor designated by us as capital gain dividends (except as described below) will be treated as dividends of ordinary income to the extent that they are made out of our current or accumulated earnings and profits. Such distributions ordinarily will be subject to withholding of federal income tax at a 30% rate or such lower rate as may be specified by an applicable income tax treaty, unless the distributions are treated as effectively connected with the conduct by the non-U.S. stockholder of a U.S. trade or business. Under certain treaties, however, lower withholding rates generally applicable to dividends do not apply to dividends from a REIT. Certain certification and disclosure requirements must be satisfied to be exempt from withholding under the effectively connected income exemption. Dividends that are treated as effectively connected with a U.S. trade or business will generally not be subject to withholding but will be subject to federal income tax on a net basis at graduated rates, in the same manner as dividends paid to U.S. stockholders are subject to federal income tax. Any such dividends received by a non-U.S. stockholder that is a corporation may also be subject to an additional branch profits tax at a 30% rate (applicable after deducting federal income taxes paid on such effectively connected income) or such lower rate as may be specified by an applicable income tax treaty.

Except as otherwise provided below, we expect to withhold federal income tax at the rate of 30% on any distributions made to a non-U.S. stockholder unless:

 

  (1) a lower treaty rate applies and the non-U.S. stockholder files with us an IRS Form W-8BEN evidencing eligibility for that reduced treaty rate; or

 

  (2) the non-U.S. stockholder files an IRS Form W-8ECI with us claiming that the distribution is income effectively connected with the non-U.S. stockholder’s trade or business.

 

201


Table of Contents

Distributions in excess of our current and accumulated earnings and profits will not be taxable to a non-U.S. stockholder to the extent that such distributions do not exceed the adjusted basis of the stockholder’s common stock, but rather will reduce the adjusted basis of such stock. To the extent that such distributions exceed the non-U.S. stockholder’s adjusted basis in such common stock, they will give rise to gain from the sale or exchange of such stock, the tax treatment of which is described below. For withholding purposes, we expect to treat all distributions as made out of our current or accumulated earnings and profits. However, amounts withheld may be refundable if it is subsequently determined that the distribution was, in fact, in excess of our current and accumulated earnings and profits, provided that certain conditions are met.

Capital Gain Dividends and Distributions Attributable to a Sale or Exchange of U.S. Real Property Interests . Distributions to a non-U.S. stockholder that we properly designate as capital gain dividends, other than those arising from the disposition of a U.S. real property interest, generally should not be subject to federal income taxation, unless:

 

  (1) the investment in our common stock is treated as effectively connected with the non-U.S. stockholder’s U.S. trade or business, in which case the non-U.S. stockholder will be subject to the same treatment as U.S. stockholders with respect to such gain, except that a non-U.S. stockholder that is a non-U.S. corporation may also be subject to a branch profits tax of up to 30%, as discussed above; or

 

  (2) the non-U.S. stockholder is a nonresident alien individual who is present in the United States for 183 days or more during the taxable year and certain other conditions are met, in which case the nonresident alien individual will be subject to a 30% tax on the individual’s capital gains.

Pursuant to the Foreign Investment in Real Property Tax Act, which is referred to as “FIRPTA,” distributions to a non-U.S. stockholder that are attributable to gain from sales or exchanges by us of “U.S. real property interests,” or USRPI, whether or not designated as capital gain dividends, will cause the non-U.S. stockholder to be treated as recognizing such gain as income effectively connected with a U.S. trade or business. Non-U.S. stockholders would generally be taxed at the same rates applicable to U.S. stockholders, subject to any applicable alternative minimum tax. We also will be required to withhold and to remit to the IRS 35% (or 15% to the extent provided in Treasury Regulations) of any distribution to non-U.S. stockholders that is designated as a capital gain dividend or, if greater, 35% of any distribution to non-U.S. stockholders that could have been designated as a capital gain dividend. The amount withheld is creditable against the non-U.S. stockholder’s federal income tax liability. However, any distribution with respect to any class of stock that is “regularly traded” on an established securities market located in the United States is not subject to FIRPTA, and therefore, not subject to the 35% U.S. withholding tax described above, if the non-U.S. stockholder did not own more than 5% of such class of stock at any time during the one-year period ending on the date of the distribution. Instead, such distributions will generally be treated as ordinary dividend distributions and subject to withholding in the manner described above with respect to ordinary dividends.

Retention of Net Capital Gains . Although the law is not clear on the matter, it appears that amounts designated by us as retained net capital gains in respect of the common stock held by stockholders generally should be treated with respect to non-U.S. stockholders in the same manner as actual distributions of capital gain dividends. Under that approach, the non-U.S. stockholders would be able to offset as a credit against their federal income tax liability resulting from their proportionate share of the tax paid by us on such retained net capital gains and to receive from the IRS a refund to the extent their proportionate share of such tax paid by us exceeds their actual federal income tax liability. If we were to designate any portion of our net capital gain as retained net capital gain, a non-U.S. stockholder should consult its tax advisor regarding the taxation of such retained net capital gain.

Sale of Our Common Stock . Gain recognized by a non-U.S. stockholder upon the sale, exchange or other taxable disposition of our common stock generally will not be subject to federal income taxation unless such

 

202


Table of Contents

stock constitutes a USRPI. In general, stock of a domestic corporation that constitutes a “U.S. real property holding corporation,” or USRPHC, will constitute a USRPI. We believe that we are a USRPHC. Our common stock will not, however, constitute a USRPI so long as we are a “domestically controlled qualified investment entity.” A “domestically controlled qualified investment entity” includes a REIT in which at all times during a specified testing period less than 50% in value of its stock is held directly or indirectly by non-U.S. stockholders. We believe, but cannot guarantee, that we are a “domestically controlled qualified investment entity.” Because our common stock is (and, we anticipate, will continue to be) publicly traded, no assurance can be given that we will continue to be a “domestically controlled qualified investment entity.”

Notwithstanding the foregoing, gain from the sale, exchange or other taxable disposition of our common stock not otherwise subject to FIRPTA will be taxable to a non-U.S. stockholder if either (a) the investment in our common stock is treated as effectively connected with the non-U.S. stockholder’s U.S. trade or business or (b) the non-U.S. stockholder is a nonresident alien individual who is present in the United States for 183 days or more during the taxable year and certain other conditions are met. In addition, even if we are a domestically controlled qualified investment entity, upon disposition of our common stock (subject to the 5% exception applicable to “regularly traded” stock described below), a non-U.S. stockholder may be treated as having gain from the sale or other taxable disposition of a USRPI if the non-U.S. stockholder (1) disposes of such stock within a 30-day period preceding the ex-dividend date of a distribution, any portion of which, but for the disposition, would have been treated as gain from the sale or exchange of a USRPI and (2) acquires, or enters into a contract or option to acquire, or is deemed to acquire, other shares of that stock during the 61-day period beginning with the first day of the 30-day period described in clause (1).

Even if we do not qualify as a “domestically controlled qualified investment entity” at the time a non-U.S. stockholder sells our common stock, gain arising from the sale or other taxable disposition by a non-U.S. stockholder of such stock would not be subject to federal income taxation under FIRPTA as a sale of a USRPI if:

 

  (3) such class of stock is “regularly traded,” as defined by applicable Treasury Regulations, on an established securities market such as the NYSE; and

 

  (4) such non-U.S. stockholder owned, actually and constructively, 5% or less of such class of our stock throughout the five-year period ending on the date of the sale or exchange.

If gain on the sale, exchange or other taxable disposition of our common stock were subject to taxation under FIRPTA, the non-U.S. stockholder would be subject to regular federal income tax with respect to such gain in the same manner as a taxable U.S. stockholder (subject to any applicable alternative minimum tax and a special alternative minimum tax in the case of nonresident alien individuals). In addition, if the sale, exchange or other taxable disposition of our common stock were subject to taxation under FIRPTA, and if shares of our common stock were not “regularly traded” on an established securities market, the purchaser of such common stock would generally be required to withhold and remit to the IRS 10% of the purchase price.

Information Reporting and Backup Withholding Tax . Generally, we must report annually to the IRS the amount of dividends paid to a non-U.S. stockholder, such holder’s name and address, and the amount of tax withheld, if any. A similar report is sent to the non-U.S. stockholder. Pursuant to tax treaties or other agreements, the IRS may make its reports available to tax authorities in the non-U.S. stockholder’s country of residence.

Payments of dividends or of proceeds from the disposition of stock made to a non-U.S. stockholder may be subject to information reporting and backup withholding unless such holder establishes an exemption, for example, by properly certifying its non-U.S. status on an IRS Form W-8BEN or another appropriate version of IRS Form W-8. Notwithstanding the foregoing, backup withholding and information reporting may apply if either we have or our paying agent has actual knowledge, or reason to know, that a non-U.S. stockholder is a U.S. person.

 

203


Table of Contents

Backup withholding is not an additional tax. Rather, the federal income tax liability of persons subject to backup withholding will be reduced by the amount of tax withheld. If withholding results in an overpayment of taxes, a refund or credit may be obtained, provided that the required information is timely furnished to the IRS.

Legislation Relating to Foreign Accounts . Legislation enacted in 2010 may impose withholding taxes on certain types of payments made to “foreign financial institutions” and certain other non-U.S. entities after December 12, 2012. The legislation imposes a 30% withholding tax on dividends on, and gross proceeds from the sale or other disposition of, stock paid to a foreign financial institution or to a foreign nonfinancial entity, unless (i) the foreign financial institution undertakes certain diligence and reporting obligations or (ii) the foreign non-financial entity either certifies it does not have any substantial U.S. owners or furnishes identifying information regarding each substantial U.S. owner. In addition, if the payee is a foreign financial institution, it generally must enter into an agreement with the U.S. Treasury that requires, among other things, that it undertake to identify accounts held by certain U.S. persons or U.S.-owned foreign entities, annually report certain information about such accounts, and withhold 30% on payments to certain other account holders. Prospective investors should consult their tax advisors regarding this legislation.

Other Tax Consequences

State, local and non-U.S. income tax laws may differ substantially from the corresponding federal income tax laws, and this discussion does not purport to describe any aspect of the tax laws of any state, local or non-U.S. jurisdiction. You should consult your tax advisor regarding the effect of state, local and non-U.S. tax laws with respect to our tax treatment as a REIT and on an investment in our common stock.

 

204


Table of Contents

ERISA CONSIDERATIONS

General

The following is a summary of certain considerations arising under the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended, or ERISA, and the prohibited transaction provisions of Section 4975 of the Code that may be relevant to a prospective purchaser that is an employee benefit plan subject to ERISA. The following summary may also be relevant to a prospective purchaser that is not an employee benefit plan subject to ERISA, but is a tax-qualified retirement plan or an individual retirement account, individual retirement annuity, medical savings account or education individual retirement account, which we refer to collectively as an “IRA.” This discussion does not address all aspects of ERISA or Section 4975 of the Code or, to the extent not preempted, state law that may be relevant to particular employee benefit plan stockholders in light of their particular circumstances, including plans subject to Title I of ERISA, other employee benefit plans and IRAs subject to the prohibited transaction provisions of Section 4975 of the Code, and governmental, church, foreign and other plans that are exempt from ERISA and Section 4975 of the Code but that may be subject to other federal, state, local or foreign law requirements.

A fiduciary making the decision to invest in shares of our common stock on behalf of a prospective purchaser which is an ERISA plan, a tax qualified retirement plan, an IRA or other employee benefit plan is advised to consult its legal advisor regarding the specific considerations arising under ERISA, Section 4975 of the Code, and, to the extent not preempted, state law with respect to the purchase, ownership or sale of shares of our common stock by the plan or IRA.

Plans should also consider the entire discussion under the heading “Federal Income Tax Considerations,” as material contained in that section is relevant to any decision by an employee benefit plan, tax-qualified retirement plan or IRA to purchase our common stock.

Employee Benefit Plans, Tax-Qualified Retirement Plans and IRAs

Each fiduciary of an “ERISA plan,” which is an employee benefit plan subject to Title I of ERISA, should carefully consider whether an investment in shares of our common stock is consistent with its fiduciary responsibilities under ERISA. In particular, the fiduciary requirements of Part 4 of Title I of ERISA require that:

 

   

an ERISA plan make investments that are prudent and in the best interests of the ERISA plan, its participants and beneficiaries;

 

   

an ERISA plan make investments that are diversified in order to reduce the risk of large losses, unless it is clearly prudent for the ERISA plan not to do so;

 

   

an ERISA plan’s investments are authorized under ERISA and the terms of the governing documents of the ERISA plan; and

 

   

the fiduciary not cause the ERISA plan to enter into transactions prohibited under Section 406 of ERISA (and certain corresponding provisions of the Code).

In determining whether an investment in shares of our common stock is prudent for ERISA purposes, the appropriate fiduciary of an ERISA plan should consider all of the facts and circumstances, including whether the investment is reasonably designed, as a part of the ERISA plan’s portfolio for which the fiduciary has investment responsibility, to meet the objectives of the ERISA plan, taking into consideration the risk of loss and opportunity for gain or other return from the investment, the diversification, cash flow and funding requirements of the ERISA plan, and the liquidity and current return of the ERISA plan’s portfolio. A fiduciary should also take into account the nature of our business, the length of our operating history and other matters described in the

 

205


Table of Contents

section entitled “Risk Factors.” Specifically, before investing in shares of our common stock, any fiduciary should, after considering the employee plan’s or IRA’s particular circumstances, determine whether the investment is appropriate under the fiduciary standards of ERISA or other applicable law including standards with respect to prudence, diversification and delegation of control and the prohibited transaction provisions of ERISA and the Code.

Our Status Under ERISA

In some circumstances where an ERISA plan holds an interest in an entity, the assets of the entity are deemed to be ERISA plan assets. This is known as the “look-through rule.” Under those circumstances, the obligations and other responsibilities of plan sponsors, plan fiduciaries and plan administrators, and of parties in interest and disqualified persons, under Parts 1 and 4 of Subtitle B of Title I of ERISA and Section 4975 of the Code, as applicable, may be expanded, and there may be an increase in their liability under these and other provisions of ERISA and the Code (except to the extent (if any) that a favorable statutory or administrative exemption or exception applies). For example, a prohibited transaction may occur if our assets are deemed to be assets of investing ERISA plans and persons who have certain specified relationships to an ERISA plan (“parties in interest” within the meaning of ERISA, and “disqualified persons” within the meaning of the Code) deal with these assets. Further, if our assets are deemed to be assets of investing ERISA plans, any person that exercises authority or control with respect to the management or disposition of the assets is an ERISA plan fiduciary.

ERISA plan assets are not defined in ERISA or the Code, but the United States Department of Labor has issued regulations that outline the circumstances under which an ERISA plan’s interest in an entity will be subject to the look-through rule. The Department of Labor regulations apply to the purchase by an ERISA plan of an “equity interest” in an entity, such as stock of a REIT. However, the Department of Labor regulations provide an exception to the look-through rule for equity interests that are “publicly offered securities.”

Under the Department of Labor regulations, a “publicly offered security” is a security that is:

 

   

freely transferable;

 

   

part of a class of securities that is widely held; and

 

   

either part of a class of securities that is registered under section 12(b) or 12(g) of the Exchange Act or sold to an ERISA plan as part of an offering of securities to the public pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act, and the class of securities of which this security is a part is registered under the Exchange Act within 120 days, or longer if allowed by the SEC, after the end of the fiscal year of the issuer during which this offering of these securities to the public occurred.

Whether a security is considered “freely transferable” depends on the facts and circumstances of each case. Under the Department of Labor regulations, if the security is part of an offering in which the minimum investment is $10,000 or less, then any restriction on or prohibition against any transfer or assignment of the security for the purposes of preventing a termination or reclassification of the entity for federal or state tax purposes will not ordinarily prevent the security from being considered freely transferable. Additionally, limitations or restrictions on the transfer or assignment of a security which are created or imposed by persons other than the issuer of the security or persons acting for or on behalf of the issuer will ordinarily not prevent the security from being considered freely transferable.

A class of securities is considered “widely held” if it is a class of securities that is owned by 100 or more investors independent of the issuer and of one another. A security will not fail to be “widely held” because the number of independent investors falls below 100 subsequent to the initial public offering as a result of events beyond the issuer’s control.

 

206


Table of Contents

The shares of our common stock offered in this prospectus may meet the criteria of the publicly offered securities exception to the look-through rule. First, the common stock could be considered to be freely transferable, as the minimum investment will be less than $10,000 and the only restrictions upon its transfer are those generally permitted under the Department of Labor regulations, those required under federal tax laws to maintain our status as a REIT, resale restrictions under applicable federal securities laws with respect to securities not purchased pursuant to this prospectus and those owned by our officers, directors and other affiliates, and voluntary restrictions agreed to by the selling stockholder regarding volume limitations.

Second, we expect (although we cannot confirm) that our common stock will be held by 100 or more investors, and we expect that at least 100 or more of these investors will be independent of us and of one another.

Third, the shares of our common stock will be part of an offering of securities to the public pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act and the common stock is registered under the Exchange Act.

In addition, the Department of Labor regulations provide exceptions to the look-through rule for equity interests in some types of entities, including any entity that qualifies as either a “real estate operating company” or a “venture capital operating company.”

Under the Department of Labor regulations, a “real estate operating company” is defined as an entity which on testing dates has at least 50% of its assets, other than short-term investments pending long-term commitment or distribution to investors, valued at cost:

 

   

invested in real estate which is managed or developed and with respect to which the entity has the right to substantially participate directly in the management or development activities; and

 

   

which, in the ordinary course of its business, is engaged directly in real estate management or development activities.

According to those same regulations, a “venture capital operating company” is defined as an entity that on testing dates has at least 50% of its assets, other than short-term investments pending long-term commitment or distribution to investors, valued at cost:

 

   

invested in one or more operating companies with respect to which the entity has management rights; and

 

   

that, in the ordinary course of its business, actually exercises its management rights with respect to one or more of the operating companies in which it invests.

We have not endeavored to determine whether we will satisfy the “real estate operating company” or “venture capital operating company” exception.

Prior to making an investment in the shares offered in this prospectus, prospective employee benefit plan investors (whether or not subject to ERISA or section 4975 of the Code) should consult with their legal and other advisors concerning the impact of ERISA and the Code (and, particularly in the case of non-ERISA plans and arrangements, any additional state, local and foreign law considerations), as applicable, and the potential consequences in their specific circumstances of an investment in such shares.

 

207


Table of Contents

UNDERWRITING

Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated, Barclays Capital Inc., Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated and Wells Fargo Securities, LLC are acting as representatives of each of the underwriters named below. Subject to the terms and conditions set forth in a purchase agreement among us and the underwriters, we have agreed to sell to the underwriters, and each of the underwriters has agreed, severally and not jointly, to purchase from us, the number of shares of common stock set forth opposite its name below.

 

                        Underwriter   

Number

of Shares

 

Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith

                       Incorporated

  

Barclays Capital Inc.

  

Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated

  

Wells Fargo Securities, LLC

  

KeyBanc Capital Markets Inc.

  

                       Total

  

Subject to the terms and conditions set forth in the purchase agreement, the underwriters have agreed, severally and not jointly, to purchase all of the shares of common stock sold under the purchase agreement if any of these shares are purchased. If an underwriter defaults, the purchase agreement provides that the purchase commitments of the nondefaulting underwriters may be increased or the purchase agreement may be terminated.

We have agreed to indemnify the underwriters against the following:

 

   

liabilities arising out of untrue statements or omissions of a material fact contained in or omitted from this prospectus or the related registration statement;

 

   

liabilities arising out of any settlement of any litigation, investigation, proceeding or claim based upon such untrue statements or omissions; and

 

   

expenses reasonably incurred in investigating, preparing or defending against any litigation, investigation, proceeding or claim based upon such untrue statements or omissions.

In addition, we are obligated to contribute to payments the underwriters may be required to make in respect of those liabilities if indemnification is not permitted.

The underwriters are offering the shares of common stock, subject to prior sale, when, as and if issued to and accepted by them, subject to approval of legal matters by their counsel, including the validity of the shares of common stock, and other conditions contained in the purchase agreement, such as the receipt by the underwriters of officer’s certificates and legal opinions. The underwriters reserve the right to withdraw, cancel or modify offers to the public and to reject orders in whole or in part.

Commissions and Discounts

The representatives have advised us that the underwriters propose initially to offer the shares of common stock to the public at the public offering price set forth on the cover page of this prospectus and to dealers at that price less a concession not in excess of $              per share. The underwriters may allow, and dealers may reallow, a concession not to exceed $              per share on sales to other dealers. After the initial offering, the public offering price, concession or any other term of the offering may be changed.

 

208


Table of Contents

The following table shows the public offering price, underwriting discount and proceeds before expenses to us. The information assumes either no exercise or full exercise by the underwriters of their overallotment option.

 

      

Per Share

     Without Option      With Option

Public offering price

             $              $      $

Underwriting discount

             $              $      $

Proceeds, before expenses, to us

             $              $      $

The expenses of the offering, including the filing fees and reasonable fees and disbursements of counsel to the underwriters in connection with FINRA filings, but not including the underwriting discount, are estimated at approximately $                 million and are payable by us.

Overallotment Option

We have granted an option to the underwriters to purchase up to              additional shares at the public offering price, less the underwriting discount. The underwriters may exercise this option for 30 days from the date of this prospectus solely to cover any overallotments. If the underwriters exercise this option, each will be obligated, subject to conditions contained in the purchase agreement, to purchase a number of additional shares proportionate to that underwriter’s initial amount reflected in the above table.

No Sales of Similar Securities

We, our executive officers, directors and the Farallon Funds have agreed not to sell or transfer any common stock or securities convertible into, exchangeable for or exercisable for common stock (including units in our operating partnership), for 90 days after the date of this prospectus (provided, that, the Farallon Funds have the right to (i) sell shares of common stock representing up to 25% of the aggregate number of shares of our common stock and common units issued to the Farallon Funds in the formation transactions related to our initial public offering and the 2010 private placement pursuant to a demand registration statement or (ii) to distribute such amount of shares to their limited partners, members or stockholders) without first obtaining the written consent of Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated and Barclays Capital Inc. Specifically, we and these other persons have agreed not to directly or indirectly:

 

   

offer, pledge, sell or contract to sell any common stock;

 

   

sell any option or contract to purchase any common stock;

 

   

purchase any option or contract to sell any common stock;

 

   

grant any option, right or warrant for the sale of any common stock;

 

   

otherwise dispose of or transfer any common stock;

 

   

request or demand that we file a registration statement related to the common stock; or

 

   

enter into any swap or other agreement that transfers, in whole or in part, the economic consequence of ownership of any common stock whether any such swap or transaction is to be settled by delivery of shares or other securities, in cash or otherwise.

 

209


Table of Contents

The restrictions described in the immediately preceding paragraph do not apply to: (A) with respect to us, (1) the sale of shares to the underwriters, (2) any shares of our common stock issued or options to purchase our common stock granted pursuant to our existing employee benefit plans referred to in this prospectus, (3) any shares of our common stock issued pursuant to any non-employee director stock plan or dividend reinvestment plan referred to in this prospectus, (4) shares of our common stock transferred in accordance with Article VI of our charter, (5) shares of our common stock, in the aggregate not to exceed 10% of the number of shares of common stock outstanding, issued in connection with other acquisitions of real property or real property companies, provided, in the case of this clause (5), that each acquirer agrees to similar restrictions, and (6) the filing of a registration statement on Form S-8 relating to the offering of securities in accordance with the terms of an equity incentive plan; (B) with respect to our officers, directors and the Farallon Funds, (1)(i) gifts or other dispositions by will or intestacy, (ii) transfers made to (x) limited partners, members, stockholders or affiliates or (y) any wholly-owned subsidiary, (iii) bona fide gifts, sales or other dispositions to (w) members of the transferor’s family, (x) affiliates of the transferor that are controlled by the transferor, or (y) a trust the beneficiaries of which are a limited liability company or a partnership owned exclusively by the transferor and/or members of the transferor’s family, or (iv) donations or transfer to charitable organizations, provided, in the case of this clause (1), that (a) the transferee agrees to similar restrictions, (b) no filing by any party under the Exchange Act shall be required or shall be voluntarily made in connection with such transfer or distribution, (c) each party shall agree to not voluntarily make, any public announcement of the transfer or disposition and (d) the transferor notifies the underwriter representatives at least three business days prior to the proposed disposition, and (2) transactions relating to shares of our common stock acquired by the transferor in the open market after completion of the offering; provided, however, that (a) any subsequent sale of the shares of our common stock acquired in the open market are not required to be reported in any public report or filing with the SEC, or otherwise and (ii) the transferor does not otherwise voluntarily effect any public filing or report regarding such sales; (C) with respect to each of Victor J. Coleman, Howard S. Stern and the Farallon Funds, in addition to the exceptions set forth in clause (B) above, transfers made to an escrow account by such individual or entity, or from an escrow account to the company, in connection with the operation of any pledge agreements entered into in connection with indemnification obligations under agreements entered into in connection with the formation transactions related to our initial public offering, in each case for the benefit of the company; and (D) with respect to Howard S. Stern, the existing pledge of 96,833 shares of common stock and 195,254 common units of partnership interest in our operating partnership to Citigroup Global Markets Inc., Morgan Stanley Smith Barney LLC and certain of their affiliates as collateral to secure lending obligations; provided, that upon expiration or termination of the pledge and security agreement covering such pledged securities, such pledged securities shall be subject to and bound by the terms of the lock-up restrictions for the remainder of the 90-day term.

This lock-up provision applies to common stock and to securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for common stock. It also applies to common stock owned now or acquired later by the person executing the agreement or for which the person executing the agreement later acquires the power of disposition. In the event that either (x) during the last 17 days of lock-up period referred to above, we issue an earnings release or material news or a material event relating to us occurs or (y) prior to the expiration of the lock-up period, we announce that we will release earnings results or become aware that material news or a material event will occur during the 16-day period beginning on the last day of the lock-up period, the restrictions described above will continue to apply until the expiration of the 18-day period beginning on the issuance of the earnings release or the occurrence of the material news or material event, as applicable.

New York Stock Exchange Listing

Our common stock is listed on the NYSE under the symbol “HPP.”

 

210


Table of Contents

Price Stabilization, Short Positions and Penalty Bids

Until the distribution of the shares of common stock is completed, SEC rules may limit underwriters and selling group members from bidding for and purchasing our common stock. However, the representatives may engage in transactions that stabilize the price of the common stock, such as bids or purchases to peg, fix or maintain that price.

In connection with the offering, the underwriters may purchase and sell our common stock in the open market. These transactions may include short sales, purchases on the open market to cover positions created by short sales and stabilizing transactions. Short sales involve the sale by the underwriters of a greater number of shares than they are required to purchase in the offering. “Covered” short sales are sales made in an amount not greater than the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares in the offering. The underwriters may close out any covered short position by either exercising their overallotment option or purchasing shares in the open market. In determining the source of shares to close out the covered short position, the underwriters will consider, among other things, the price of shares available for purchase in the open market as compared to the price at which they may purchase shares through the overallotment option. “Naked” short sales are sales in excess of the overallotment option. The underwriters must close out any naked short position by purchasing shares in the open market. A naked short position is more likely to be created if the underwriters are concerned that there may be downward pressure on the price of our common stock in the open market after pricing that could adversely affect investors who purchase in the offering. Stabilizing transactions consist of various bids for or purchases of shares of common stock made by the underwriters in the open market prior to the completion of the offering.

The underwriters may also impose a penalty bid. This occurs when a particular underwriter repays to the underwriters a portion of the underwriting discount received by it because the representatives have repurchased shares sold by or for the account of such underwriter in stabilizing or short covering transactions.

Similar to other purchase transactions, the underwriters’ purchases to cover the syndicate short sales may have the effect of raising or maintaining the market price of our common stock or preventing or retarding a decline in the market price of our common stock. As a result, the price of our common stock may be higher than the price that might otherwise exist in the open market.

Neither we nor any of the underwriters make any representation or prediction as to the direction or magnitude of any effect that the transactions described above may have on the price of our common stock. In addition, neither we nor any of the underwriters make any representation that the representatives will engage in these transactions or that these transactions, once commenced, will not be discontinued without notice.

Electronic Offer, Sale and Distribution of Shares

In connection with the offering, certain of the underwriters or securities dealers may distribute prospectuses by electronic means, such as e-mail. In addition, certain of the underwriters may facilitate Internet distribution for this offering to certain of their Internet subscription customers. These underwriters may allocate a limited number of shares for sale to its online brokerage customers. An electronic prospectus may be available on the Internet Web site maintained by certain underwriters. Other than any prospectus in electronic format, the information on an underwriter’s Web site is not part of this prospectus.

Other Relationships

Some of the underwriters and their affiliates have engaged in, and may in the future engage in, investment banking and other commercial dealings in the ordinary course of business with us and/or our affiliates. They have received, or may in the future receive, customary fees and commissions for these transactions. Each of Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated , Barclays Capital Inc., Morgan Stanley

 

211


Table of Contents

& Co. Incorporated, Wells Fargo Securities, LLC, and KeyBanc Capital Markets Inc. acted as an underwriter in our initial public offering, which closed on June 29, 2010, and each of Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated, Barclays Capital Inc., Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated and Wells Fargo Securities, LLC acted as an underwriter in our offering of series B preferred stock, which closed on December 10, 2010, and in each case each underwriter received customary underwriting discounts and commissions in connection therewith.

In addition, in the ordinary course of their business activities, the underwriters and their affiliates may make or hold a broad array of investments and actively trade debt and equity securities (or related derivative securities) and financial instruments (including bank loans) for their own account and for the accounts of their customers. Such investments and securities activities may involve securities and/or instruments of ours or our affiliates. The underwriters and their affiliates may also make investment recommendations and/or publish or express independent research views in respect of such securities or financial instruments and may hold, or recommend to clients that they acquire, long and/or short positions in such securities and instruments.

On December 16, 2010, we acquired 1455 Market, a 1,012,012 square foot office property located in San Francisco, California, from Bank of America, National Association, an affiliate of Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated, one of the underwriters in this offering. We acquired the property for $92.9 million in cash (before prorations) in an arms-length, negotiated transaction. Bank of America, National Association is currently the largest tenant at 1455 Market.

Affiliates of Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated, Barclays Capital Inc., Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated, Wells Fargo Securities, LLC and KeyBanc Capital Markets Inc., each of which is an underwriter in this offering, are lenders under our $200 million secured revolving credit facility. Under this facility, an affiliate of Barclays Capital Inc. also acts as administrative agent and joint lead arranger, an affiliate of Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated acts as syndication agent and Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated (as successor in interest to Banc of America Securities LLC) acts as joint lead arranger. In connection with their participation in the secured revolving credit facility, our underwriters or their affiliates receive customary fees. In addition, to the extent that we use a portion of the net proceeds of this offering to repay borrowings outstanding under our secured revolving credit facility, such affiliates of our underwriters will receive their proportionate shares of any amount of the secured revolving credit facility that is repaid with the net proceeds of this offering. Furthermore, an affiliate of Wells Fargo Securities, LLC serves as a lender under our $92 million secured term loan.

The Morgan Stanley Investment Partnership, the general partner of which is owned by investment funds managed by an affiliate of Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated, an underwriter in this offering, contributed properties to us in the formation transactions related to our initial public offering. In exchange for its contribution to our operating partnership of the property entities that own the First Financial and Tierrasanta properties, the Morgan Stanley Investment Partnership and certain of its limited partners received an aggregate of approximately $12.5 million in liquidation preference of series A preferred units, 177,567 common units with a value of $3.0 million and $7.2 million in cash. As a result of the foregoing, certain of the limited partners of the Morgan Stanley Investment Partnership became limited partners in our operating partnership and ceased to be limited partners in the Morgan Stanley Investment Partnership. In connection with this contribution and pursuant to debt guarantee agreements, certain partners of the Morgan Stanley Investment Partnership were granted the opportunity to guarantee an aggregate of up to approximately $55.1 million (or, under certain circumstances, up to approximately $70.0 million) of indebtedness of our operating partnership (or a subsidiary thereof) which will, among other things, allow them to defer recognition of gain in connection with the formation transactions related to our initial public offering.

Notice to Prospective Investors in the European Economic Area

In relation to each member state of the European Economic Area which has implemented the Prospectus Directive (each, a “Relevant Member State”), including each Relevant Member State that has implemented the 2010 PD Amending Directive with regard to persons to whom an offer of securities is addressed and the

 

212


Table of Contents

denomination per unit of the offer of securities (each, an “Early Implementing Member State”), with effect from and including the date on which the Prospectus Directive is implemented in that Relevant Member State (the “Relevant Implementation Date”), no offer of shares of common stock will be made to the public in that Relevant Member State (other than offers (the “Permitted Public Offers”) where a prospectus will be published in relation to the shares that has been approved by the competent authority in a Relevant Member State or, where appropriate, approved in another Relevant Member State and notified to the competent authority in that Relevant Member State, all in accordance with the Prospectus Directive), except that with effect from and including that Relevant Implementation Date, offers of shares of common stock may be made to the public in that Relevant Member State at any time:

 

  A. to “qualified investors” as defined in the Prospectus Directive, including:

 

  (a) (in the case of Relevant Member States other than Early Implementing Member States), legal entities which are authorized or regulated to operate in the financial markets or, if not so authorized or regulated, whose corporate purpose is solely to invest in securities, or any legal entity which has two or more of (i) an average of at least 250 employees during the last financial year; (ii) a total balance sheet of more than €43.0 million and (iii) an annual turnover of more than €50.0 million as shown in its last annual or consolidated accounts; or

 

  (b) (in the case of Early Implementing Member States), persons or entities that are described in points (1) to (4) of Section I of Annex II to Directive 2004/39/EC, and those who are treated on request as professional clients in accordance with Annex II to Directive 2004/39/EC, or recognized as eligible counterparties in accordance with Article 24 of Directive 2004/39/EC unless they have requested that they be treated as non-professional clients; or

 

  B. to fewer than 100 (or, in the case of Early Implementing Member States, 150) natural or legal persons (other than “qualified investors” as defined in the Prospectus Directive), as permitted in the Prospectus Directive, subject to obtaining the prior consent of the representatives for any such offer; or

 

  C. in any other circumstances falling within Article 3(2) of the Prospectus Directive, provided that no such offer of shares of common stock shall result in a requirement for the publication of a prospectus pursuant to Article 3 of the Prospectus Directive or of a supplement to a prospectus pursuant to Article 16 of the Prospectus Directive.

Each person in a Relevant Member State (other than a Relevant Member State where there is a Permitted Public Offer) who initially acquires any shares of common stock or to whom any offer is made will be deemed to have represented, acknowledged and agreed that (A) it is a “qualified investor”, and (B) in the case of any shares of common stock acquired by it as a financial intermediary, as that term is used in Article 3(2) of the Prospectus Directive, (x) the shares of common stock acquired by it in the offering have not been acquired on behalf of, nor have they been acquired with a view to their offer or resale to, persons in any Relevant Member State other than “qualified investors” as defined in the Prospectus Directive, or in circumstances in which the prior consent of the Subscribers has been given to the offer or resale, or (y) where shares of common stock have been acquired by it on behalf of persons in any Relevant Member State other than “qualified investors” as defined in the Prospectus Directive, the offer of those shares of common stock to it is not treated under the Prospectus Directive as having been made to such persons.

For the purpose of the above provisions, the expression “an offer to the public” in relation to any shares of common stock in any Relevant Member State means the communication in any form and by any means of sufficient information on the terms of the offer of any shares of common stock to be offered so as to enable an investor to decide to purchase any shares of common stock, as the same may be varied in the Relevant Member State by any measure implementing the Prospectus Directive in the Relevant Member State and the expression “Prospectus Directive” means Directive 2003/71 EC (including the 2010 PD Amending Directive, in the case of

 

213


Table of Contents

Early Implementing Member States) and includes any relevant implementing measure in each Relevant Member State and the expression “2010 PD Amending Directive” means Directive 2010/73/EU.

Notice to Prospective Investors in Switzerland

We have not and will not register with the Swiss Financial Market Supervisory Authority (“FINMA”) as a foreign collective investment scheme pursuant to Article 119 of the Federal Act on Collective Investment Scheme of 23 June 2006, as amended (“CISA”), and accordingly the shares of common stock being offered pursuant to this prospectus have not and will not be approved, and may not be licenseable, with FINMA. Therefore, the securities have not been authorized for distribution by FINMA as a foreign collective investment scheme pursuant to Article 119 CISA and the shares of common stock offered hereby may not be offered to the public (as this term is defined in Article 3 CISA) in or from Switzerland. The securities may solely be offered to “qualified investors,” as this term is defined in Article 10 CISA, and in the circumstances set out in Article 3 of the Ordinance on Collective Investment Scheme of 22 November 2006, as amended (“CISO”), such that there is no public offer. Investors, however, do not benefit from protection under CISA or CISO or supervision by FINMA. This prospectus and any other materials relating to the shares of common stock are strictly personal and confidential to each offeree and do not constitute an offer to any other person. This prospectus may only be used by those qualified investors to whom it has been handed out in connection with the offer described herein and may neither directly or indirectly be distributed or made available to any person or entity other than its recipients. It may not be used in connection with any other offer and shall in particular not be copied and/or distributed to the public in Switzerland or from Switzerland. This prospectus does not constitute an issue prospectus as that term is understood pursuant to Article 652a and/or 1156 of the Swiss Federal Code of Obligations. We have not applied for a listing of the securities on the SIX Swiss Exchange or any other regulated securities market in Switzerland, and consequently, the information presented in this prospectus does not necessarily comply with the information standards set out in the listing rules of the SIX Swiss Exchange and corresponding prospectus schemes annexed to the listing rules of the SIX Swiss Exchange.

Notice to Prospective Investors in the Dubai International Financial Centre

This prospectus relates to an Exempt Offer in accordance with the Offered Securities Rules of the Dubai Financial Services Authority (“DFSA”). This prospectus is intended for distribution only to persons of a type specified in the Offered Securities Rules of the DFSA. It must not be delivered to, or relied on by, any other person. The DFSA has no responsibility for reviewing or verifying any documents in connection with Exempt Offers. The DFSA has not approved this prospectus nor taken steps to verify the information set forth herein and has no responsibility for the prospectus. The securities to which this prospectus relates may be illiquid and/or subject to restrictions on their resale. Prospective purchasers of the securities offered should conduct their own due diligence on the securities. If you do not understand the contents of this prospectus you should consult an authorized financial advisor.

 

214


Table of Contents

LEGAL MATTERS

Certain legal matters will be passed upon for us by Latham & Watkins LLP, Los Angeles, California, and for the underwriters by Hogan Lovells US LLP. Venable LLP will pass upon the validity of the shares of common stock sold in this offering and certain other matters under Maryland law.

EXPERTS

Ernst & Young, LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, has audited (i) our consolidated financial statements as of and for the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009 as set forth in their report, (ii) the financial statements of Howard Street Associates, LLC as of December 31, 2009 and 2008 and for the years ended December 31, 2009 and 2008 and the period from February 14, 2007 (commencement of operations) to December 31, 2007 as set forth in their report, (iii) the statement of revenues and certain expenses of ECI Washington, LLC for the year ended December 31, 2009 as set forth in their report, (iv) the statement of revenues and certain expenses of Canpartners IV 222 Kearny, LLC for the year ended December 31, 2009 as set forth in their report, (v) the combined statement of revenues and certain expenses of GLB Encino, LLC and Glenborough Tierrasanta, LLC for the year ended December 31, 2009 as set forth in their report, (vi) the statement of revenues and certain expenses of City Plaza for the year ended December 31, 2007 as set forth in their report and (vii) the statements of revenues and certain expenses of Rincon Center JV LLC for the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009 as set forth in their report. We have included each of the aforementioned financial statements in this prospectus and elsewhere in the registration statement in reliance on Ernst & Young, LLP’s reports, given on their authority as experts in accounting and auditing.

The combined financial statements of our predecessor as of and for the year ended December 31, 2008 appearing in this prospectus and registration statement have been audited by McGladrey & Pullen, LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, as stated in their report appearing elsewhere herein, and are included in reliance upon such report and upon the authority of such firm as experts in accounting and auditing.

 

215


Table of Contents

WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION

We maintain a Web site at www.hudsonpacificproperties.com. Information contained on our Web site is not incorporated by reference into this prospectus and you should not consider information contained on our Web site to be part of this prospectus.

We have filed with the SEC a Registration Statement on Form S-11, including exhibits, schedules and amendments filed with this registration statement, of which this prospectus is a part, under the Securities Act with respect to the shares of our common stock to be sold in this offering. This prospectus does not contain all of the information set forth in the registration statement and exhibits and schedules to the registration statement. For further information with respect to our company and the shares of our common stock to be sold in this offering, reference is made to the registration statement, including the exhibits and schedules thereto. Statements contained in this prospectus as to the contents of any contract or other document referred to in this prospectus are not necessarily complete and, where that contract or other document has been filed as an exhibit to the registration statement, each statement in this prospectus is qualified in all respects by the exhibit to which the reference relates. Copies of the registration statement, including the exhibits and schedules to the registration statement, may be examined without charge at the public reference room of the SEC, 100 F Street, N.E., Washington, DC 20549. Information about the operation of the public reference room may be obtained by calling the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0300. Copies of all or a portion of the registration statement can be obtained from the public reference room of the SEC upon payment of prescribed fees. Our SEC filings, including our registration statement, are also available to you, free of charge, on the SEC’s Web site, www.sec.gov.

We are subject to the information and reporting requirements of the Exchange Act and, accordingly, file annual, quarterly and periodic reports and other information with the SEC. These reports and other information are available for inspection and copying at the SEC’s public reference facilities and the Web site of the SEC referred to above.

 

216


Table of Contents

INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

Hudson Pacific Properties, Inc.:

  

Pro Forma Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (unaudited):

  

Pro Forma Consolidated Balance Sheet as of December 31, 2010

     F-4   

Pro Forma Consolidated Statement of Operations for the Year Ended December 31, 2010

     F-5   

Notes to Pro Forma Consolidated Financial Statements

     F-6   

Consolidated Financial Statements :

  

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

     F-10   

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

     F-11   

Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2010 and December 31, 2009

     F-12   

Consolidated Statements of Operations for the Years Ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008

     F-13   

Consolidated Statements of Equity for the Years Ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008

     F-14   

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the Years Ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008

     F-15   

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

     F-16   

Howard Street Associates, LLC:

  

Annual Financial Statements

  

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

     F-43   

Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2009 and 2008

     F-44   

Statements of Operations for the Years Ended December 31, 2009 and 2008, and the Period from February 14, 2007 (Commencement of Operations) to December 31, 2007

     F-45   

Statements of Members’ Equity for the Years Ended December 31, 2009 and 2008, and the Period from February 14, 2007 (Commencement of Operations) to December 31, 2007

     F-46   

Statements of Cash Flows for the Years Ended December 31, 2009 and 2008, and the Period from February 14, 2007 (Commencement of Operations) to December 31, 2007

     F-47   

Notes to the Financial Statements Years Ended December 31, 2009 and 2008, and the Period from February 14, 2007 (Commencement of Operations) to December 31, 2007

     F-48   

Canpartners IV 222 Kearny, LLC:

  

Report of Independent Auditors

     F-57   

Statements of Revenues and Certain Expenses for the Nine Months Ended September 30, 2010 (unaudited) and the Year Ended December 31, 2009

     F-58   

Notes to Statement of Revenues and Certain Expenses for the Nine Months Ended September 30, 2010 (unaudited) and the Year Ended December 31, 2009

     F-59   

ECI Washington, LLC:

  

Report of Independent Auditors

     F-61   

Statements of Revenues and Certain Expenses for the Nine Months Ended September 30, 2010 (unaudited) and the Year Ended December 31, 2009

     F-62   

Notes to Statement of Revenues and Certain Expenses for the Nine Months Ended September 30, 2010 (unaudited) and the Year Ended December 31, 2009

     F-63   

GLB Encino, LLC and Glenborough Tierrasanta, LLC:

  

Report of Independent Auditors

     F-65   

Combined Statement of Revenues and Certain Expenses for the Three Months Ended March 31, 2010 (unaudited) and the Year Ended December 31, 2009

     F-66   

Notes to Combined Statement of Revenues and Certain Expenses for the Three Months Ended March 31, 2010 (unaudited) and the Year Ended December 31, 2009

     F-67   

City Plaza:

  

Unaudited Statements of Revenues and Certain Expenses for the Six Months Ended June 30, 2008 and 2007

     F-70   

Notes to Unaudited Statement of Revenues and Certain Expenses for the Six Months Ended June 30, 2008 and 2007 (unaudited)

     F-71   

Report of Independent Auditors

     F-73   

Statement of Revenues and Certain Expenses for the Year Ended December 31, 2007

     F-74   

Notes to Statement of Revenues and Certain Expenses for the Year Ended December 31, 2007

     F-75   

Rincon Center JV LLC:

  

Report of Independent Auditors

     F-77   

Combined Statements of Revenues and Certain Expenses for the Years Ended December 31, 2010 and 2009

     F-78   

Notes to Combined Statements of Revenues and Certain Expenses for the Years Ended December 31, 2010 and 2009

     F-79   
 

 

F-i


Table of Contents

Hudson Pacific Properties, Inc.

Pro Forma Consolidated Financial Statements

(Unaudited and in thousands)

The pro forma consolidated financial statements of Hudson Pacific Properties, Inc. (together with its consolidated entities as discussed further below, the “Company,” “we,” “our” or “us”) as of and for the year ended December 31, 2010 are derived from the financial statements of Hudson Pacific Properties, Inc., which includes Howard Street Associates, LLC and our predecessor entities consisting of HFOP City Plaza, LLC, Sunset Bronson Entertainment Properties, LLC, and SGS Really II, LLC for the periods prior our initial public offering (“IPO”) on June 29, 2010. Subsequent to our IPO on June 29, 2010, our historical results also included Glenborough Tierrasanta, LLC, GLB Encino, LLC, Del Amo Fashion Center Operating Company, L.L.C., the 9300 Wilshire property, Hudson Capital, LLC, the 10950 Washington property, the 1455 Market office property, a 51% interest in the Rincon Center property, and the 222 Kearny property, for the periods disclosed in our historical audited financial statements included elsewhere in this filing. The unaudited pro forma consolidated financial statements discussed above are presented as if this offering and the related concurrent private placement (including the application of the net proceeds therefrom as set forth under “Use of Proceeds”), the acquisition of the remaining 49% interest in the Rincon Center property and the refinancing transactions relating to the Sunset Bronson and Sunset Gower media properties had occurred on December 31, 2010 for the pro forma consolidated balance sheet, and as if this offering and the related concurrent private placement (including the application of the net proceeds therefrom as set forth under “Use of Proceeds”), the acquisitions of Glenborough Tierrasanta, LLC, GLB Encino, LLC, Del Amo Fashion Center Operating Company, L.L.C., Hudson Capital, LLC, the 9300 Wilshire property, the 222 Kearny property, the 10950 Washington property, the 1455 Market office property and 100% of the Rincon Center property, the refinancing of the Sunset Bronson and Sunset Gower media properties and our IPO and the 2010 private placement had occurred on January 1, 2010 for the pro forma consolidated statement of operations.

Our pro forma consolidated financial statements are presented for informational purposes only and should be read in conjunction with the historical financial statements and related notes thereto included elsewhere in this prospectus. The adjustments to our pro forma consolidated financial statements are based on available information and assumptions that we consider reasonable. Our pro forma consolidated financial statements do not purport to (1) represent our financial position that would have actually occurred had this offering, the acquisition of the remaining 49% interest in the Rincon Center property and the refinancing transactions relating to the Sunset Bronson and Sunset Gower media properties occurred on December 31, 2010, (2) represent the results of our operations that would have actually occurred had this offering and the related concurrent private placement, the acquisitions of Glenborough Tierrasanta, LLC, GLB Encino, LLC, Del Amo Fashion Center Operating Company, L.L.C., Hudson Capital, LLC, the 9300 Wilshire property, the 222 Kearny property, the 10950 Washington property, the 1455 Market office property and 100% of the Rincon Center property, the refinancing of the Sunset Bronson and Sunset Gower media properties and our IPO and the 2010 private placement occurred on January 1, 2010 and (3) project our financial position or results of operations as of any future date or for any future period, as applicable.

We were formed as a Maryland corporation on November 9, 2009 to acquire the entities owning various real estate assets and to succeed the business of Hudson Capital, LLC, a Los Angeles-based real estate investment firm founded by Victor J. Coleman and Howard S. Stern, our Chief Executive Officer and President, respectively. Hudson Pacific Properties, L.P. (our “Operating Partnership”) was formed as a Maryland limited partnership on January 15, 2010. After the completion of the IPO, the 2010 private placement, and the related formation transactions that occurred on June 29, 2010, we became a fully integrated, self-administered, and self-managed real estate investment trust (“REIT”). Through our controlling interest in our operating partnership and its subsidiaries, we own, manage, lease, acquire and develop real estate, consisting primarily of office and media and entertainment properties.

 

F-1


Table of Contents

As a result of our IPO, one of the entities comprising our predecessor, SGS Realty II, LLC, was determined to be the acquirer for accounting purposes. In addition, we concluded that any interests contributed by the controlling member of the other entities comprising our predecessor and Howard Street Associates, LLC was a transaction between entities under common control. In accordance with Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) Accounting Standards Codification 805 Business Combinations (“ASC 805”), a “business combination” excludes the transfers of net assets or exchanges of equity interests between entities under common control. Further, the transfers of net assets or exchanges of equity interests between entities under common control should be accounted for similar to the pooling-of-interests method in that the entity that receives the net assets or the equity interests initially recognizes the assets and liabilities transferred at their carrying amounts in the accounts of the transferring entity at the date of transfer. Because the Company, SGS Realty II, LLC, Sunset Bronson Entertainment Properties, LLC, HFOP City Plaza, LLC, and Howard Street Associates, LLC were under common control at the time of the IPO and the formation transactions, the transfer of assets and liabilities of each of these entities were accounted for at historical cost in a manner similar to a pooling of interests.

Subsequent to the acquisitions of Glenborough Tierrasanta, LLC, GLB Encino, LLC, and Hudson Capital, LLC as part of our IPO on June 29, 2010, the acquisition of Del Amo Fashion Center Operating Company, L.L.C. on August 16, 2010, the acquisition of 9300 Wilshire on August 24, 2010, the acquisition of 222 Kearny on October 8, 2010, the acquisitions of 1455 Market and our 51% interest of the Rincon Center joint venture on December 16, 2010 and the acquisition of 10950 Washington on December 22, 2010, our operations included such entities’ operations. Elsewhere in this prospectus, we have included the audited consolidated statements of revenues and certain expenses of Glenborough Tierrasanta, LLC and GLB Encino, LLC for the year ended December 31, 2009 and the unaudited statements of revenues and certain expenses for those same entities for the three months ended March 31, 2010. We have also included the audited statements of revenues and certain expenses of Canpartners IV 222 Kearny, LLC (222 Kearny property) and ECI Washington, LLC (10950 Washington property) for the year ended December 31, 2009 and the unaudited statements of revenues and certain expenses for those same entities for the nine months ended September 30, 2010. In addition, we have included the audited statements of revenues and certain expenses of Rincon Center JV, LLC for the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009.

Upon completion of this offering, we expect net proceeds from this offering of approximately $            , or approximately $             if the underwriters’ overallotment option is exercised in full (after deducting the underwriting discount and commissions and estimated expenses of this offering). We expect proceeds from the concurrent private placement of approximately $            . We will use the proceeds received from this offering and the concurrent private placement, as well as cash on hand, if any, as described under “Use of Proceeds” elsewhere in this prospectus.

In December 2009, the FASB issued ASU 2009-17, Consolidations (Topic 810): Improvements to Financial Reporting by Enterprises Involved with Variable Interest Entities. This ASU amends FASB Accounting Standards Codification for Statement 167 and introduces a more qualitative approach to evaluating VIEs for consolidation. In addition, we are required to perform an analysis to determine whether a variable interest gives us a controlling financial interest in a VIE. This analysis identifies the primary beneficiary of a VIE as the entity that has (i) the power to direct the activities of the VIE that most significantly impact the VIE’s economic performance, and (ii) the obligation to absorb losses or the right to receive benefits that could potentially be significant to the VIE. In determining whether it has the power to direct the activities of the VIE that most significantly affect the VIE’s performance, the provision requires a company to assess whether it has an implicit financial responsibility to ensure that a VIE operates as designed. It also requires continuous reassessment of primary beneficiary status rather than periodic, event-driven assessments as previously required, and incorporates expanded disclosure requirements. This guidance was effective for interim and annual periods beginning after November 15, 2009.

We acquired a 51% interest in the Rincon Center joint venture from an affiliate of Beacon Capital Partners on December 16, 2010. We concluded that the Rincon Center joint venture is a variable interest entity

 

F-2


Table of Contents

and we are the primary beneficiary since we have authority, power and discretion to manage and control the business and affairs of the property which includes the day-to-day property management, leasing, development and obtaining property level financing. As a result of our assessment, we have consolidated the joint venture. We expect to acquire the remaining 49% interest in the Rincon Center joint venture as a result of our exercise of our call right to purchase such interest on February 24, 2011. The acquisition of such 49% interest is expected to close in the second quarter of 2011. Our pro forma adjustments reflect this acquisition, which has been accounted for as a redemption of the non-controlling equity interest in accordance with ASC 810 Consolidation .

 

F-3


Table of Contents

Hudson Pacific Properties, Inc.

Pro Forma Consolidated Balance Sheet

As of December 31, 2010

(Unaudited and in thousands)

 

     Hudson
Pacific
Properties,
Inc.
     Refinancing
Transactions
    Acquisition of
Rincon Center
    Proceeds
from
Private
Placement
     Proceeds
from
Offering
     Use of
Proceeds
    Company
Pro Forma
 
     (A)      (B)     (C)     (D)      (E)      (F)        

ASSETS

                 

Investment in real estate, net

   $ 838,777       $ —        $ —        $ —         $ —         $ —        $ 838,777   

Cash and cash equivalents

     48,875         (11,681     (40,328     43,075         87,291         (46,500     80,732   

Restricted cash

     4,121         —          —          —           —           —          4,121   

Accounts receivable, net

     4,478         —          —          —           —           —          4,478   

Straight-line rent receivables

     6,703         —          —          —           —           —          6,703   

Deferred leasing costs and lease intangibles, net

     85,241         —          —          —           —           —          85,241   

Deferred finance costs, net

     3,211         2,064        —          —           —           —          5,275   

Goodwill

     8,754         —          —          —           —           —          8,754   

Prepaid expenses and other assets

     4,416         —          —          —           —           —          4,416   
                                                           

TOTAL ASSETS

   $ 1,004,576       $ (9,617   $ (40,328   $ 43,075       $ 87,291       $ (46,500   $ 1,038,497   
                                                           

LIABILITIES AND EQUITY

                 

Notes payable

   $ 230,943       $ 55,000      $ —        $ —         $ —         $ —        $ 285,943   

Secured Revolving Credit Facility

     111,117         (64,617     —          —           —           (46,500     —     

Accounts payable and accrued liabilities

     11,507         —          —          —           —           —          11,507   

Below-market leases and above-market ground leases

     20,994         —          —          —           —           —          20,994   

Security deposits

     5,052         —          —          —           —           —          5,052   

Prepaid rent

     10,559         —          —          —           —           —          10,559   

Interest rate contracts

     71         —          —          —           —           —          71   
                                                           

TOTAL LIABILITIES

   $ 390,243       $ (9,617   $ —        $ —         $ —         $ (46,500   $ 334,126   

6.25% Series A Cumulative Redeemable Preferred units of the Operating Partnership

     12,475         —          —          —           —           —          12,475   

Redeemable non-controlling interest in consolidated real estate entity

     40,328         —          (40,328     —           —           —          —     

EQUITY

                 

Hudson Pacific Properties, Inc. shareholders’ equity:

                 

Series B Cumulative Redeemable Preferred Stock

     87,500         —          —          —           —           —          87,500   

Common stockholders

     408,346         —          —          43,075         87,291         —          538,712   
                                                           

Total Hudson Pacific Properties, Inc. shareholders’ equity

     495,846         —          —          43,075         87,291         —          626,212   

Non-controlling unitholders in Operating Partnership

     65,684         —          —          —           —           —          65,684   
                                                           

TOTAL EQUITY

     561,530         —          —          43,075         87,291         —          691,896   
                                                           

TOTAL LIABILITIES & EQUITY

   $ 1,004,576       $ (9,617   $ (40,328   $ 43,075       $ 87,291       $ (46,500   $ 1,038,497   
                                                           

 

F-4


Table of Contents

Hudson Pacific Properties Inc

Pro Forma Consolidated Statement of Operations

For the Year Ended December 31, 2010

(Unaudited and in thousands, except share data)

 

    Hudson
Pacific
Properties,
Inc.
    Other
Acquisitions
and
Adjustments
    Refinancing
Transactions
    Pro Forma
before
Offering and
Use of Proceeds
    Acquisition
of Rincon
Center
    Use of
Proceeds
    Income
Allocation
    Pro Forma
Consolidated
       
    (AA)     (BB)     (CC)     (DD)     (EE)     (FF)     (GG)              

REVENUES

                 

Office

                 

Rental

  $ 22,247      $ 29,764      $      $ 52,011      $ 15,331      $      $      $ 67,342     

Tenant recoveries

    4,023        22,174               26,197        1,469                      27,666     

Other

    233        779               1,012        1,542                      2,554     
                                                                 
    26,503        52,717               79,220        18,342                      97,562     

Media and entertainment properties

                 

Rental

    20,931                      20,931                             20,931     

Tenant recoveries

    1,571                      1,571                             1,571     

Other property related revenue

    11,397                      11,397                             11,397     

Other

    238                      238                             238     
                                                                 
    34,137                      34,137                             34,137     

Total Revenues

    60,640        52,717               113,357        18,342                      131,699     

OPERATING EXPENSES

                 

Office property related expenses

    10,212        30,762               40,974        7,357                      48,331     

Media and entertainment properties

    19,815        (400            19,415                             19,415     

General and administrative

    4,493        2,709               7,402                             7,402     

Depreciation and amortization

    15,912        15,546               31,458        7,918                      39,376     
                                                                 

Total operating expenses

    50,432        48,817               99,249        15,275                      114,524     

Income from operations

    10,208        3,900               14,108        3,067                      17,175     

OTHER EXPENSE (INCOME)

                 

Interest expense

    8,831        3,220        172        12,223        5,777        (1,097            16,903     

Interest income

    (59                   (59                          (59  

Unrealized gain of interest rate collar

    (347                   (347                          (347  

Acquisition-related expenses

    4,273                      4,273                             4,273     

Other expense

    192        200               392                             392     
                                                                 
    12,890        3,420        172        16,482        5,777        (1,097            21,162     

Net income

  $ (2,682   $ 480      $ (172   $ (2,374   $ (2,710   $ 1,097      $      $ (3,987  

Less: Net income attributable to preferred stock and units

    (817                   (817                   (7,291     (8,108  

Less: Net income attributable to restricted shares

    (50                   (50                   (194     (244  

Add: Net loss attributable to non-controlling members in consolidated real estate entities

    (119                   (119     148               (29         

Add: Net loss attributable to Unitholders in the Operating Partnership

    418                      418                      894        1,312     
                                                                 

Net income attributable to the Company

  $ (3,250   $ 480      $ (172   $ (2,942   $ (2,562   $ 1,097      $ (6,620   $ (11,027  
                                                                 

Pro Forma earnings per share—basic and diluted

                $        (HH )  

Pro Forma weighted average shares outstanding—basic and diluted

                         (HH )  

 

F-5


Table of Contents

Hudson Pacific Properties, Inc.

Notes to Pro Forma Consolidated Financial Statements

(Unaudited and in thousands, except share data)

1. Adjustments to the Pro Forma Consolidated Balance Sheet

The adjustments to the pro forma consolidated balance sheet as of December 31, 2010 are as follows:

 

  (A) Represents the balance sheet of Hudson Pacific Properties, Inc. (the “Company,” “we,” “our” or “us”) as of December 31, 2010. Hudson Pacific Properties, Inc. is comprised of the real estate activity and holdings of the entities comprising our predecessor (SGS Realty II, LLC, Sunset Bronson Entertainment Properties, LLC and HFOP City Plaza, LLC) and Howard Street Associates, LLC for reasons discussed below. The Company completed its initial public offering (the “IPO”) and 2010 private placement of its common stock on June 29, 2010. In connection with the IPO, the Company completed the formation transactions and consolidated its asset management, property management, property development, leasing, tenant improvement construction, acquisition and financing businesses into Hudson Pacific Properties, L.P., the operating partnership formed by and managed by the Company, and consolidated the ownership of our portfolio of office and media and entertainment properties, together with certain other real estate assets, under the operating partnership.

 

       As a result of our IPO, one of the entities comprising our predecessor, SGS Realty II, LLC, was determined to be the acquirer for accounting purposes. In addition, we concluded that any interests contributed by the controlling member of the other entities comprising our predecessor and Howard Street Associates, LLC was a transaction between entities under common control. In accordance with Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) Accounting Standards Codification 805 Business Combinations (“ASC 805”), a “business combination” excludes the transfers of net assets or exchanges of equity interests between entities under common control. Further, the transfers of net assets or exchanges of equity interests between entities under common control should be accounted for similar to the pooling-of-interests method in that the entity that receives the net assets or the equity interests initially recognizes the assets and liabilities transferred at their carrying amounts in the accounts of the transferring entity at the date of transfer. Because the Company, SGS Realty II, LLC, Sunset Bronson Entertainment Properties, LLC, HFOP City Plaza, LLC, and Howard Street Associates, LLC were under common control at the time of the initial public offering and the formation transactions, the transfer of assets and liabilities of each of these entities were accounted for at historical cost in a manner similar to a pooling of interests. For financial accounting purposes, the acquisition was viewed as a change in reporting entity and, as a result, we have retrospectively changed the presentation of the Company’s financial statements for all periods subsequent to February 14, 2007, the date at which common control of the entities contributed by Farallon Partners, L.L.C. commenced. Accordingly, the Company’s historical consolidated balance sheets as of December 31, 2009 and 2008, and the historical consolidated statements of operations, equity and cash flows for the years ended December 31, 2009 and 2008 and for the period from February 14, 2007 (commencement of operations) through December 31, 2007 include the results of the Company, SGS Realty II, LLC, Sunset Bronson Entertainment Properties, LLC, HFOP City Plaza, LLC, and Howard Street Associates, LLC.

 

      

Concurrent with and subsequent to our IPO on June 29, 2010, we acquired Glenborough Tierrasanta, LLC, GLB Encino, LLC, Hudson Capital, LLC, Del Amo Fashion Center Operating Company, L.L.C., the 9300 Wilshire property, the 222 Kearny property, the 1455 Market property, our 51% interest in the Rincon Center joint venture, and the 10950 Washington property, and our

 

F-6


Table of Contents

Hudson Pacific Properties, Inc.

Notes to Pro Forma Consolidated Financial Statements

(Unaudited and in thousands, except share data)

 

 

balance sheet includes the acquired properties at December 31, 2010 and their historical results for the periods subsequent to the respective acquisitions.

 

       Our historical consolidated financial statements as of and for the year ended December 31, 2010 have been included elsewhere in this filing.

 

  (B) Reflects the $92,000 refinancing of the Sunset Bronson and Sunset Gower media properties, which occurred on February 11, 2011. The net proceeds, along with cash on hand, were used to pay down our secured revolving credit facility. The calculation of such refinancing transaction and use of proceeds is as follows:

 

Gross proceeds

   $ 92,000   

Repayment of existing Sunset Bronson loan

     (37,000
        

Net debt increase after repayment of Sunset Bronson loan

     55,000   

Loan closing costs

     (2,064
        

Net proceeds

   $ 52,936   
        

Net proceeds

   $ 52,936   

Cash on hand used for secured revolving credit facility pay down

     11,681   
        

Secured revolving credit facility pay down

   $ 64,617   
        

 

  (C) We expect to acquire the remaining 49% interest in the Rincon Center joint venture as a result of our exercise of our call right to purchase such interest on February 24, 2011. The acquisition of such 49% interest is expected to close in the second quarter of 2011. The pro forma adjustment reflects this acquisition, which has been accounted for as a redemption of the non-controlling equity interest in accordance with ASC 810 Consolidation .

 

  (D) Reflects the sale of shares of common stock to certain investment funds affiliated with Farallon at a price per share equal to the public offering price.

 

  (E) Reflects the sale of shares of common stock in this offering, net of underwriting discounts, commissions and offering expenses as follows:

 

Gross proceeds from offering

   $ 92,978   

Less:

  

Underwriting discounts, commissions and offering expenses

     (5,687
        

Available proceeds

   $ 87,291   
        

 

  (F) We will use the net proceeds received by us from this offering and the concurrent private placement, together with cash on hand, to repay the remaining outstanding revolving credit facility balance of $46,500.

 

F-7


Table of Contents

Hudson Pacific Properties, Inc.

Notes to Pro Forma Consolidated Financial Statements

(Unaudited and in thousands, except share data)

 

2. Adjustments to the Pro Forma Consolidated Statement of Operations

The adjustments to the pro forma consolidated statement of operations for the year ended December 31, 2010:

 

  (AA) Reflects our historical consolidated statement of operations for the year ended December 31, 2010. See Note (A) above and the introduction to the pro forma financial statements for further discussion on the presentation of our historical financial statements.

 

  (BB) Reflects the incremental impact on our pro forma results of operations for the year ended December 31, 2010 from our IPO, the 2010 private placement and related formation transactions including (1) repayment of debt secured by the Sunset Gower property, the Technicolor Building and 875 Howard Street property; (2) contracted additional general and administrative expenses as a result of becoming a public company, including, but not limited to, incremental salaries including amortization of non-cash compensation expense on restricted shares issued to management and board of directors’ fees and expenses; (3) expected tax expense to be incurred by our taxable REIT subsidiary for other property related income; and (4) the elimination of management fee expenses as a result of the acquisition of the Hudson Capital, LLC management company. We expect to incur additional general and administrative expenses as a result of operating as a public company, including, but not limited to, incremental salaries, board of directors’ fees and expenses, directors’ and officers’ insurance, Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 compliance costs, and incremental audit and tax fees. We estimate that these costs could result in general and administrative expenses of approximately $8,868 per year, before additional non-cash compensation expenses of approximately $2,984 per year (including the $7,402 in general and administrative expenses reflected in our pro forma consolidated results of operations). In addition, this reflects the incremental impact on our pro forma results of operations for the year ended December 31, 2010 from our acquisitions of Glenborough Tierrasanta, LLC, GLB Encino, LLC, Del Amo Fashion Center Operating Company, L.L.C., Hudson Capital, LLC, the 9300 Wilshire property, the 222 Kearny property, the 10950 Washington property, and the 1455 Market property, as if these acquisitions had occurred on January 1, 2010. In addition, we include interest expense on our secured revolving credit facility balance as of December 31, 2010, as if the entire balance was outstanding commencing on January 1, 2010 and for the entire year. The calculation of interest expense relating to our secured revolving credit facility assumes an interest rate of LIBOR plus 2.50% and a 0.40% unused line fee.

 

  (CC) Reflects the incremental impact on our pro forma results of operations for the year ended December 31, 2010 from the refinancing transactions relating to the Sunset Bronson and Sunset Gower media properties and the related pay down on the secured revolving credit facility (see Note (B)) as if such transaction had occurred on January 1, 2010.

 

  (DD) Reflects pro forma results of operations for the year ended December 31, 2010 prior to giving effect of the offering, the concurrent private placement and use of proceeds thereof.

 

  (EE) The pro forma adjustments reflect the acquisition of 100% of the Rincon Center property for the year ended December 31, 2010 as if the property was acquired on January 1, 2010. (We purchased 51% of the Rincon Center property on December 16, 2010 and expect to acquire the remaining 49% interest in the Rincon Center property in the second quarter of 2011 (see Note (C)). The results of operations of the Rincon Center property from December 16, 2010 to December 31, 2010 are reflected in our historical results of operations (See Note (AA)).

 

F-8


Table of Contents

Hudson Pacific Properties, Inc.

Notes to Pro Forma Consolidated Financial Statements

(Unaudited and in thousands, except share data)

 

 

     Rincon
Center
Property
 

REVENUES

  

Rental

   $ 15,331   

Tenant recoveries

     1,469   

Other

     1,542   
        
     18,342   

OPERATING EXPENSES

  

Office operating expenses

     7,357   

Depreciation and amortization

     7,918   
        
     15,275   
        

Income (loss) from operations

     3,067   

OTHER EXPENSE (INCOME)

  

Interest expense

     5,777 (1)
        
     5,777   
        

Net income (loss)

   $ (2,710

Add: Net loss attributable to non-controlling members in consolidated real estate entities

     148   

 

 

  (1) The Rincon Center property is subject to a $106,000 note payable secured by the property. The note bears interest at a stated rate of 6.08% and matures in July 2011.

 

  (FF) Reflects use of proceeds of this offering to repay our secured revolving credit facility balance of $46,500. This repayment will result in an increase in the unused line fee as if repayment had occurred on January 1, 2010.

 

  (GG) Reflects the incremental impact on our pro forma results of operations for the year ended December 31, 2010 as a result of (1) the income allocation to the series A preferred operating partnership units and the income allocation to the series B cumulative redeemable preferred stock; (2) the income allocation to the unvested restricted shares; and (3) the income allocation to unitholders in our operating partnership. The issuance of shares in this offering and the concurrent private placement will cause more of our pro forma net loss to be attributable to the company and less to unitholders in our operating partnership. See Notes (AA) through (FF).

 

  (HH) Pro forma earnings (loss) per share—basic and diluted are calculated by dividing pro forma consolidated net income (loss) allocable to common stockholders by the number of weighted average shares of common stock outstanding. For each period, the series A preferred units in our operating partnership and the participating securities have been excluded from the computation of diluted pro forma earnings per share as such inclusion would be anti-dilutive.

 

F-9


Table of Contents

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

The Board of Directors and Stockholders of

Hudson Pacific Properties, Inc.

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets, as of December 31 , 2010 and 2009, of Hudson Pacific Properties, Inc. (the “Company”), and the related consolidated statements of operations, equity, and cash flows for the years then ended. Our audits also included the financial statement schedule listed in the index at Exhibit 15(a). These financial statements and schedule are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements and schedule based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. We were not engaged to perform an audit of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Our audit included consideration of internal control over financial reporting as a basis for designing audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An audit also includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, and evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the consolidated financial position at December 31, 2010 and 2009, of the Company, and the consolidated results of its operations and its cash flows for the years then ended in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles. Also, in our opinion, the related financial statement schedule, when considered in relation to the basic financial statements taken as a whole, presents fairly in all material respects the information set forth therein.

/s/ E RNST & Y OUNG LLP

Los Angeles, California

March 23, 2011

 

F-10


Table of Contents

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

To the Board of Directors and Shareholders of

Hudson Pacific Properties, Inc.

We have audited the accompanying combined statements of operations, members’ equity, and cash flows of Hudson Pacific Properties Inc., which includes the combined real estate activity and holdings of certain entities as described in Note 1 to the combined financial statements (referred to as the “Company”), for the year ended December 31, 2008. These combined financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audit. We did not audit the financial statements of Howard Street Associates, LLC, a wholly-owned combined subsidiary, which statements reflect total revenues constituting 12.7 percent in 2008. Those statements were audited by other auditors whose report has been furnished to us, and our opinion, insofar as it relates to the amounts included for Howard Street Associates, LLC, is based solely on the report of the other auditors.

We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, based on our audit and the reports of the other auditors, the combined financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the results of operations of the Hudson Pacific Properties, Inc. and its cash flows for the year ended December 31, 2008, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.

As discussed in Note 1 to the combined financial statements, on June 29, 2010, the Company completed its initial public offering and the related formation transactions which included a transaction between the Company and Howard Street Associates, LLC accounted for as entities under common control. For periods prior to the initial public offering, the Company’s combined financial statements were retrospectively amended to include Howard Street Associates, LLC.

/s/ M C G LADREY  & P ULLEN , LLP

Chicago, Illinois

November 22, 2010

 

F-11


Table of Contents

HUDSON PACIFIC PROPERTIES, INC.

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

(in thousands, except share data)

 

     December 31,
2010
    December 31,
2009
 

ASSETS

    

REAL ESTATE ASSETS

    

Land

   $ 329,630      $ 193,042   

Building and improvements

     469,407        206,715   

Tenant improvements

     47,538        13,412   

Furniture and fixtures

     11,411        11,097   

Property under development

     7,904        4,148   
                

Total real estate held for investment

     865,890        428,414   

Accumulated depreciation

     (27,113     (16,329
                

Investment in real estate, net

     838,777        412,085   

Cash and cash equivalents

     48,875        3,694   

Restricted cash

     4,121        4,231   

Accounts receivable, net of allowance of $309 and $308

     4,478        1,273   

Straight-line rent receivables

     6,703        2,935   

Deferred leasing costs and lease intangibles, net

     85,241        19,612   

Deferred financing costs, net

     3,211        668   

Goodwill

     8,754        —     

Prepaid expenses and other assets

     4,416        3,736   
                

TOTAL ASSETS

   $ 1,004,576      $ 448,234   
                

LIABILITIES AND EQUITY

    

Notes payable

   $ 342,060      $ 189,518   

Accounts payable and accrued liabilities

     11,507        6,026   

Below-market leases, net

     20,994        11,636   

Security deposits

     5,052        2,939   

Prepaid rent

     10,559        11,102   

Interest rate contracts

     71        425   
                

TOTAL LIABILITIES

     390,243        221,646   

6.25% Series A cumulative redeemable preferred units of the Operating Partnership

     12,475        —     

Redeemable non-controlling interest in consolidated real estate entity

     40,328        —     

EQUITY

    

Members’ equity

     —          223,240   

Hudson Pacific Properties, Inc. stockholders’ equity:

    

Series B cumulative redeemable preferred stock

     87,500        —     

Common stock, $0.01 par value 490,000,000 authorized, 22,436,950 outstanding at December 31, 2010

     224        —     

Additional paid-in capital

     411,598        —     

Accumulated other comprehensive income

     6        —     

Accumulated deficit

     (3,482     —     
                

Total Hudson Pacific Properties, Inc. stockholders’ and members’ equity

     495,846        223,240   

Non-controlling interests:

    

Members in consolidated real estate entities

     —          3,348   

Unitholders in the Operating Partnership

     65,684        —     
                
     65,684        3,348   
                

TOTAL EQUITY

     561,530        226,588   
                

TOTAL LIABILITIES AND EQUITY

   $ 1,004,576      $ 448,234   
                

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

F-12


Table of Contents

HUDSON PACIFIC PROPERTIES, INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS

(in thousands, except share and per share amounts)

 

     Twelve Months Ended
December 31
 
     2010     2009     2008  

Revenues

      

Office

      

Rental

   $ 22,247      $ 11,046      $ 8,235   

Tenant recoveries

     4,023        2,024        1,504   

Other

     233        252        41   
                        

Total office revenues

     26,503        13,322        9,780   

Media & entertainment

      

Rental

     20,931        19,916        22,075   

Tenant recoveries

     1,571        1,792        1,544   

Other property-related revenue

     11,397        9,427        13,509   

Other

     238        64        92   
                        

Total media & entertainment revenues

     34,137        31,199        37,220   
                        

Total revenues

     60,640        44,521        47,000   
                        

Operating expenses

      

Office operating expenses

   $ 10,212      $ 6,242      $ 3,003   

Media & entertainment operating expenses

     19,815        19,545        23,881   

General and administrative

     4,493        —          —     

Depreciation and amortization

     15,912        10,908        9,693   
                        

Total operating expenses

   $ 50,432      $ 36,695      $ 36,577   
                        

Income from operations

     10,208        7,826        10,423   

Other expense (income)

      

Interest expense

     8,831        8,792        12,029   

Interest income

     (59     (19     (48

Unrealized (gain) loss on interest rate contracts

     (347     (400     835   

Sale of lot

     —          —          208   

Acquisition-related expenses

     4,273        —          —     

Other expense

     192        97        21   
                        
     12,890        8,470        13,045   
                        

Net loss

     (2,682     (644     (2,622

Less: Net income attributable to preferred stock and units

     (817     —          —     

Less: Net income attributable to restricted shares

     (50     —          —     

Add: Net (income) loss attributable to non-controlling members in consolidated real estate entities

     (119     29        81   

Add: Net loss attributable to unitholders in the Operating Partnership

     418        —          —     
                        

Net (loss) income attributable to Hudson Pacific Properties, Inc. shareholders’ / controlling members’ equity

   $ (3,250   $ (615   $ (2,541
                        

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

F-13


Table of Contents

HUDSON PACIFIC PROPERTIES, INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF EQUITY

(in thousands, except share and per share amounts)

 

      Hudson Pacific Properties Inc., Stockholders’ Equity                          
    Common
Shares
    Stock
Amount
    Series B
Cumulative
Redeemable
Preferred
Stock
    Additional
Paid in
Capital
    Accumulated
Deficit
    Accumulated
Other Comp
Income
    Members’
Real

Estate
Equity
    Non-
controlling
Interests -
Unitholders
in the
Operating
Partnership

Units
    Non-
controlling
Interest -
Members in
Consolidated
Entities
    Total  

Balance, January 1, 2008

    —        $ —        $ —        $ —        $ —        $ —        $ 74,654      $ —        $ 1,793      $ 76,447   

Contributions

                193,060          2,023        195,083   

Distributions

                (46,724       (453     (47,177

Net loss

                (2,541       (81     (2,622
                                                                               

Balance December 31, 2008

    —        $ —        $ —        $ —        $ —        $ —        $ 218,449      $ —        $ 3,282      $ 221,731   

Contributions

                6,390          111        6,501   

Distributions

                (984       (16     (1,000

Net loss

                (615       (29     (644
                                                                               

Balance, December 31, 2009

    —        $ —        $ —        $ —        $ —        $ —        $ 223,240      $ —        $ 3,348      $ 226,588   

Contributions

                4,122            4,122   

Distributions

                (1,703         (1,703

Proceeds from sale of common stock, net of underwriters discount

    14,720,000        147          232,574                  232,721   

Proceeds from private placement

    1,176,471        12          19,988                  20,000   

Issuance of restricted stock

    490,442        4          (4               —     

Shares repurchased

          (1               (1

Issuance of Series B Cumulative Redeemable Preferred Stock

        87,500                    87,500   

Issuance of common units for acquisition of properties

                  12,019          12,019   

Transaction related costs

          (11,241               (11,241

Declared dividend

        (427     (4,271           (502       (5,200

Amortization of stock based compensation

          765                  765   

Acquisition of non-controlling member’s interest

                    (828     (828

Net income (loss)

        427          (3,482       283        (418     (29     (3,219

Cash flow hedge adjustment

              6          1          7   
                         

Comprehensive loss

                      (3,212

Exchange of members’ equity for common stock and units

    6,050,037        61          173,788            (225,942     54,584        (2,491     —     
                                                                               

Balance, December 31, 2010

    22,436,950      $ 224      $ 87,500      $ 411,598      $ (3,482   $ 6      $ —        $ 65,684      $ —        $ 561,530   
                                                                               

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

F-14


Table of Contents

HUDSON PACIFIC PROPERTIES, INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

(in thousands)

 

     Twelve Months Ended
December 31
 
     2010     2009     2008  

CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES

      

Net loss

   $ (2,682   $ (644   $ (2,622

Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash (used in) provided by operating activities:

      

Depreciation and amortization

     15,912        10,930        9,693   

Amortization of deferred financing costs and loan premium, net

     1,328        1,549        2,454   

Amortization of stock based compensation

     765        —          —     

Straight-line rent receivables

     (3,768     (1,356     (1,579

Amortization of above-market leases

     1,119        672        366   

Amortization of below-market leases

     (1,186     (1,096     (2,169

Amortization of lease incentive costs

     135        —          —     

Bad debt expense

     36        191        214   

Amortization of ground lease

     63        —          —     

Unrealized gain on interest rate contracts

     (347     (399     835   

Other non-cash losses

     —          75        —     

Loss on sale of asset

     —          33        —     

Loss on sale of lot

     —          —          208   

Change in operating assets and liabilities:

      

Restricted cash

     1,571        746        679   

Accounts receivable

     (3,817     (236     (595

Deferred leasing costs and lease intangibles, net

     (1,309     (5,032     (838

Prepaid expenses and other assets

     (137     —          —     

Accounts payable and accrued liabilities

     626        1,036        (1,287

Security deposits

     907        1,123        675   

Prepaid rent

     (1,597     (3,054     14,015   
                        

Net cash provided by operating activities

     7,619        4,538        20,049   
                        

CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES

      

Additions to investment property

     (11,629     (15,487     (192,562

Purchase of properties

     (230,527     30        11,404   

Proceeds from sale of lot

     —          —          2,632   
                        

Net cash used in investing activities

     (242,156     (15,457     (178,526
                        

CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES

      

Proceeds from notes payable

     116,385        3,924        41,937   

Payments of notes payable

     (157,786     —          (23,875

Proceeds from issuance of common stock

     232,720        —          —     

Proceeds from issuance of Series B cumulative redeemable preferred stock

     87,500        —          —     

Proceeds from private placement of common stock

     20,000        —          —     

Common stock and Series B issuance transaction costs

     (11,241     —          —     

Acquisition of non-controlling members interest

     (828     —          —     

Dividends paid to common stock and unit holders

     (4,773     —          —     

Dividends paid to preferred stock and unit holders

     (816     —          —     

Contributions by members

     4,122        6,501        195,083   

Distribution to members

     (1,703     (1,000     (47,177

Payment of loan costs

     (3,862     (625     (2,174
                        

Net cash provided by financing activities

     279,718        8,800        163,794   
                        

Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

     45,181        (2,119     5,317   

Cash and cash equivalents-beginning of period

     3,694        5,813        496   

Cash and cash equivalents-end of period

   $ 48,875      $ 3,694      $ 5,813   
                        

Supplemental disclosure of cash flow information

      

Cash paid for interest, net of amounts capitalized

   $ 7,870      $ 8,123      $ 9,745   
                        

Supplemental schedule of non-cash investing and financing activities

      

Accounts payable and accrued liabilities for investment in property

   $ 3,477      $ 1,201      $ 5,692   
                        

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

F-15


Table of Contents

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(in thousands, except square footage and share data)

1. Organization and Basis of Presentation

Hudson Pacific Properties, Inc. (which is referred to in these financial statements as the “Company,” “we,” “us,” or “our”) is a Maryland corporation formed on November 9, 2009 that did not have any meaningful operating activity until the consummation of our initial public offering and the related acquisition of our predecessor and certain other entities in June 2010.

We combined with our predecessor and Howard Street Associates LLC and acquired certain other entities simultaneously with the closing of our initial public offering on June 29, 2010 (“IPO”). On June 29, 2010, we completed the following formation transactions:

 

   

In our IPO we issued a total of 14,720,000 shares of our common stock in exchange for gross proceeds of approximately $250.2 million in cash.

 

   

In a concurrent private placement, we issued a total of 1,176,471 shares of our common stock in exchange for gross proceeds of $20.0 million in cash.

 

   

In our formation transactions, we acquired certain assets of our predecessor and other entities in exchange for the assumption or discharge of $246.3 million in indebtedness, the payment of $7.2 million in cash, and the issuance of 2,610,941 common units of partnership interest in our operating partnership, 499,014 series A preferred units of partnership interest in our operating partnership and 6,050,037 million shares of our common stock.

 

   

We entered into a $200.0 million senior secured revolving credit facility, with an accordion feature to increase the availability to $250.0 million under specified circumstances.

Because these transactions did not occur until shortly before June 30, 2010, the financial condition and results of operations for the entities acquired by our predecessor in connection with the IPO and related formation transactions are only included in certain historical financial statements. More specifically, our financial condition as of December 31, 2009 and results of operations for the year ending December 31, 2009 and 2008 reflect the financial condition and operating results for the combined predecessor entities consisting of HFOP City Plaza, LLC (asset owning entity of City Plaza), Sunset Bronson Entertainment Properties, LLC (asset owning entity of Sunset Bronson media and entertainment property), SGS Realty II, LLC (asset owning entity of Sunset Gower media and entertainment property and the Technicolor building), in addition to Howard Street Associates LLC (the asset-owning entity of 875 Howard Street). Our financial condition as of December 31, 2010 and results of operations for the year ending December 31, 2010 reflect the financial condition of the aforementioned entities, together with the entities we acquired at the time of our IPO, namely, Glenborough Tierrasanta, LLC (asset-owning entity of Tierrasanta), GLB Encino, LLC (asset-owning entity of First Financial) and Hudson Capital, LLC, in each case from the date of their acquisition. Our financial condition as of December 31, 2010 and results of operations for the year ending December 31, 2010 also reflect the acquisitions the Del Amo Office property, 9300 Wilshire Boulevard office property, 222 Kearny property, the Rincon Center joint venture interest, 1455 Market property, and 10950 Washington Boulevard property, from the date of each such acquisition.

We have determined that one of the entities comprising our predecessor, SGS Realty II, LLC, was the acquirer for accounting purposes in our formation transactions that occurred in connection with our IPO. In addition, we have concluded that any interests contributed by the controlling member of the other entities comprising our predecessor and Howard Street Associates, LLC in connection with our IPO was a transaction between entities under common control. As a result, the contribution of interests in each of these entities has been

 

F-16


Table of Contents

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(in thousands, except square footage and share data)

 

recorded at historical cost. The consideration we paid in connection with the contribution of the ownership of these entities to us is described in the third bullet point appearing above.

After the completion of the IPO, the concurrent private placement, and the related formation transactions that occurred on June 29, 2010, we are a fully integrated, self-administered, and self-managed real estate investment trust (“REIT”). Through our controlling interest in Hudson Pacific Properties, L.P. (our “Operating Partnership”) and its subsidiaries, we own, manage, lease, acquire and develop real estate, consisting primarily of office and media and entertainment properties. As of December 31, 2010, we owned a portfolio of 11 office properties (including our joint venture interest in the Rincon Center property) and two media and entertainment properties. All of these properties are located in California.

Any reference to the number of properties and square footage are unaudited and outside the scope of our independent registered public accounting firm’s audit of our financial statements in accordance with the standards of the United States Public Company Accounting Oversight Board.

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

Basis of Presentation

The accompanying consolidated/combined financial statements of the Company are prepared in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles (“GAAP”). The effect of all significant intercompany balances and transactions has been eliminated. The real estate entities included in the accompanying consolidated/combined financial statements have been consolidated/combined on the basis that, for the periods prior to the completion of the offering, such entities were under common control.

Reclassifications

For periods prior to 2010, we have reclassified certain other property-related revenue and tenant recoveries relating to our media and entertainment properties which had been included as an offset to corresponding operating expenses, such that on account of such reclassification our media and entertainment revenue, other property-related revenue, and tenant recoveries and our media and entertainment operating expenses reflect the gross revenue and gross expenses, as applicable, without regard to such offset. This reclassification conforms the periods prior to 2010 with the current period presentation.

Use of Estimates

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of commitments and contingencies at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could materially differ from these estimates.

Investment in Real Estate Properties

The properties are carried at cost less accumulated depreciation and amortization. The Company allocates the cost of an acquisition, including the assumption of liabilities, to the acquired tangible assets and identifiable intangibles based on their estimated fair values in accordance with GAAP. The Company assesses fair value based on estimated cash flow projections that utilize discount and/or capitalization rates and available market information. Estimates of future cash flows are based on a number of factors including historical operating results, known and anticipated trends, and market and economic conditions. The fair value of tangible assets of an acquired property considers the value of the property as if it was vacant.

 

F-17


Table of Contents

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(in thousands, except square footage and share data)

 

Acquisition-related expenses are expensed in the period incurred.

The Company records acquired “above and below” market leases at fair value using discount rates which reflect the risks associated with the leases acquired. The amount recorded is based on the present value of the difference between (i) the contractual amounts to be paid pursuant to each in-place lease and (ii) management’s estimate of fair market lease rates for each in-place lease, measured over a period equal to the remaining term of the lease for above-market leases and the initial term plus the extended term for any leases with below-market renewal options. Other intangible assets acquired include amounts for in-place lease values that are based on the Company’s evaluation of the specific characteristics of each tenant’s lease. Factors considered include estimates of carrying costs during hypothetical expected lease-up periods, market conditions and costs to execute similar leases. In estimating carrying costs, the Company includes estimates of lost rents at market rates during the hypothetical expected lease-up periods, which are dependent on local market conditions. In estimating costs to execute similar leases, the Company considers leasing commissions, legal and other related costs.

The Company capitalizes direct construction and development costs, including predevelopment costs, interest, property taxes, insurance and other costs directly related and essential to the acquisition, development or construction of a real estate project. Construction and development costs are capitalized while substantial activities are ongoing to prepare an asset for its intended use. The Company considers a construction project as substantially complete and held available for occupancy upon the completion of tenant improvements, but no later than one year after cessation of major construction activity. Costs incurred after a project is substantially complete and ready for its intended use, or after development activities have ceased, are expensed as incurred. Costs previously capitalized related to abandoned acquisitions or developments are charged to earnings. Expenditures for repairs and maintenance are expensed as incurred.

The Company computes depreciation using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of a range of 39 years for building and improvements, 15 years for land improvements, 5 or 7 years for furniture and fixtures and equipment, and over the life of the lease for tenant improvements. Depreciation is discontinued when a property is identified as held for sale. Above- and below-market lease intangibles are amortized primarily to revenue over the remaining non-cancellable lease terms and bargain renewal periods, if any. Other in-place lease intangibles are amortized to expense over the remaining non-cancellable lease term and bargain renewal periods, if any.

Impairment of Long-Lived Assets

The Company assesses the carrying value of real estate assets and related intangibles, whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of an asset or asset group may not be recoverable in accordance with GAAP. Impairment losses are recorded on real estate assets held for investment when indicators of impairment are present and the future undiscounted cash flows estimated to be generated by those assets are less than the assets’ carrying amount. The Company recognizes impairment losses to the extent the carrying amount exceeds the fair value of the properties. Properties held for sale are recorded at the lower of cost or estimated fair value less cost to sell. The Company did not record any impairment charges related to its real estate assets and related intangibles during the year ended December 31, 2010 and 2009.

Goodwill

Goodwill represents the excess of acquisition cost over the fair value of net tangible and identifiable intangible assets acquired in business combinations. Our goodwill balance of $8,754 is reported as of

 

F-18


Table of Contents

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(in thousands, except square footage and share data)

 

December 31, 2010. Goodwill has an indefinite life and, accordingly, we do not amortize this asset but instead analyze it on an annual basis for impairment. No impairments have been noted for the year ended December 31, 2010.

Cash and Cash Equivalents

Cash and cash equivalents are defined as cash on hand and in banks plus all short term investments with a maturity of three months or less when purchased.

The Company maintains some of its cash in bank deposit accounts that, at times, may exceed the federally insured limit. No losses have been experienced related to such accounts.

Restricted Cash

Restricted cash consists of amounts held by lenders to provide for future real estate taxes and insurance expenditures, repairs and capital improvements reserves, general and other reserves and security deposits.

Accounts Receivable and Allowance for Doubtful Accounts

Accounts receivable consist of amounts due for monthly rents and other charges. The Company maintains an allowance for doubtful accounts, including an allowance for straight-line rent receivables, for estimated losses resulting from tenant defaults or the inability of tenants to make contractual rent and tenant recovery payments. The Company monitors the liquidity and creditworthiness of its tenants and operators on an ongoing basis. This evaluation considers industry and economic conditions, property performance, credit enhancements and other factors. For straight-line rent amounts, the Company’s assessment is based on amounts estimated to be recoverable over the term of the lease. At December 31, 2010 and 2009, management believes that the collectability of straight-line rent balances are reasonably assured; accordingly, no allowance was established against straight-line rent receivables. The Company evaluates the collectability of accounts receivable based on a combination of factors. The allowance for doubtful accounts is based on specific identification of uncollectible accounts and the Company’s historical collection experience. The Company recognizes an allowance for doubtful accounts based on the length of time the receivables are past due, the current business environment and the Company’s historical experience. Historical experience has been within management’s expectations.

Revenue Recognition

The Company recognizes rental revenue from tenants on a straight-line basis over the lease term when collectability is reasonably assured and the tenant has taken possession or controls the physical use of the leased asset. If the lease provides for tenant improvements, the Company determines whether the tenant improvements, for accounting purposes, are owned by the tenant or the Company. When the Company is the owner of the tenant improvements, the tenant is not considered to have taken physical possession or have control of the physical use of the leased asset until the tenant improvements are substantially completed. When the tenant is the owner of the tenant improvements, any tenant improvement allowance that is funded is treated as a lease incentive and amortized as a reduction of revenue over the lease term. Tenant improvement ownership is determined based on various factors including, but not limited to:

 

   

whether the lease stipulates how and on what a tenant improvement allowance may be spent;

 

   

whether the tenant or landlord retains legal title to the improvements at the end of the lease term;

 

F-19


Table of Contents

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(in thousands, except square footage and share data)

 

   

whether the tenant improvements are unique to the tenant or general-purpose in nature; and

 

   

whether the tenant improvements are expected to have any residual value at the end of the lease.

Certain leases provide for additional rents contingent upon a percentage of the tenant’s revenue in excess of specified base amounts or other thresholds. Such revenue is recognized when actual results reported by the tenant, or estimates of tenant results, exceed the base amount or other thresholds. Such revenue is recognized only after the contingency has been removed (when the related thresholds are achieved), which may result in the recognition of rental revenue in periods subsequent to when such payments are received.

Other property related revenue is revenue that is derived from the tenants’ use of lighting, equipment rental, parking, power, HVAC and telecommunications (phone and internet). Other property related revenue is recognized when these items are provided.

Tenant recoveries related to reimbursement of real estate taxes, insurance, repairs and maintenance, and other operating expenses are recognized as revenue in the period the applicable expenses are incurred. The reimbursements are recognized and presented gross, as the Company is generally the primary obligor with respect to purchasing goods and services from third-party suppliers, has discretion in selecting the supplier and bears the associated credit risk.

The Company recognizes gains on sales of properties upon the closing of the transaction with the purchaser. Gains on properties sold are recognized using the full accrual method when (i) the collectability of the sales price is reasonably assured, (ii) the Company is not obligated to perform significant activities after the sale, (iii) the initial investment from the buyer is sufficient and (iv) other profit recognition criteria have been satisfied. Gains on sales of properties may be deferred in whole or in part until the requirements for gain recognition have been met.

Deferred Financing Costs

Deferred financing costs are amortized over the term of the respective loan.

Derivative Financial Instruments

The Company manages interest rate risk associated with borrowings by entering into interest rate derivative contracts. The Company recognizes all derivatives on the balance sheet at fair value. Derivatives that are not hedges are adjusted to fair value and the changes in fair value are reflected as income or expense. If the derivative is a hedge, depending on the nature of the hedge, changes in the fair value of derivatives are either offset against the change in fair value of the hedged assets, liabilities, or firm commitments through earnings, or recognized in other comprehensive income, which is a component of equity. The ineffective portion of a derivative’s change in fair value is immediately recognized in earnings.

The Company held one interest rate swap at December 31, 2010, which has been accounted for as a cash flow hedge as more fully described in footnote 6 below. The Company held one interest rate contract instrument at December 31, 2009. The Company did not use hedge accounting for this instrument.

Stock Based Compensation

ASC Topic 718, Compensation—Stock Compensation (referred to as ASC Topic 718 and formerly known as FASB 123R), requires us to recognize an expense for the fair value of equity-based compensation awards. Grants of stock options, restricted stock, restricted stock units and performance units under our equity

 

F-20


Table of Contents

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(in thousands, except square footage and share data)

 

incentive award plans are accounted for under ASC Topic 718. Our compensation committee will regularly consider the accounting implications of significant compensation decisions, especially in connection with decisions that relate to our equity incentive award plans and programs.

Income Taxes

Our taxable income prior to the completion of our IPO is reportable by the members of the limited liability companies that comprise our predecessor. Our property-owning subsidiaries are limited liability companies and are treated as pass-through entities for income tax purposes. Accordingly, no provision has been made for federal income taxes in the accompanying consolidated financial statements for the activities of these entities.

We have elected to be taxed as a REIT under the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (“IRC”) commencing with our initial taxable year. To qualify as a REIT, we are required to distribute at least 90% of our REIT taxable income to our stockholders and meet the various other requirements imposed by the IRC relating to such matters as operating results, asset holdings, distribution levels and diversity of stock ownership. Provided we qualify for taxation as a REIT, we are generally not subject to corporate level income tax on the earnings distributed currently to our stockholders that we derive from our REIT qualifying activities. If we fail to qualify as a REIT in any taxable year, and are unable to avail ourselves of certain savings provisions set forth in the IRC, all of our taxable income would be subject to federal income tax at regular corporate rates, including any applicable alternative minimum tax.

We have elected, together with one of our subsidiaries, to treat such subsidiary as a taxable REIT subsidiary (“TRS”) for federal income tax purposes. Certain activities that we undertake must be conducted by a TRS, such as non-customary services for our tenants, and holding assets that we cannot hold directly. A TRS is subject to federal and state income taxes.

The Company is subject to the statutory requirements of the state in which it conducts business.

The Company periodically evaluates it tax positions to evaluate whether it is more likely than not that such positions would be sustained upon examination by a tax authority for all open tax years, as defined by the statute of limitations, based on their technical merits. As of December 31, 2010, the Company has not established a liability for uncertain tax positions.

Fair Value of Assets and Liabilities

Under GAAP, the Company is required to measure certain financial instruments at fair value on a recurring basis. In addition, the Company is required to measure other financial instruments and balances at fair value on a non-recurring basis (e.g., carrying value of impaired real estate and long-lived assets). Fair value is defined as the price that would be received upon the sale of an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. The GAAP fair value framework uses a three-tiered approach. Fair value measurements are classified and disclosed in one of the following three categories:

 

   

Level 1: unadjusted quoted prices in active markets that are accessible at the measurement date for identical assets or liabilities;

 

   

Level 2: quoted prices for similar instruments in active markets, quoted prices for identical or similar instruments in markets that are not active, and model-derived valuations in which significant inputs and significant value drivers are observable in active markets; and

 

F-21


Table of Contents

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(in thousands, except square footage and share data)

 

   

Level 3: prices or valuation techniques where little or no market data is available that requires inputs that are both significant to the fair value measurement and unobservable.

When available, the Company utilizes quoted market prices from an independent third-party source to determine fair value and classifies such items in Level 1 or Level 2. In instances where the market for a financial instrument is not active, regardless of the availability of a nonbinding quoted market price, observable inputs might not be relevant and could require the Company to make a significant adjustment to derive a fair value measurement. Additionally, in an inactive market, a market price quoted from an independent third party may rely more on models with inputs based on information available only to that independent third party. When the Company determines the market for a financial instrument owned by the Company to be illiquid or when market transactions for similar instruments do not appear orderly, the Company uses several valuation sources (including internal valuations, discounted cash flow analysis and quoted market prices) and establishes a fair value by assigning weights to the various valuation sources.

Changes in assumptions or estimation methodologies can have a material effect on these estimated fair values. In this regard, the derived fair value estimates cannot be substantiated by comparison to independent markets and, in many cases, may not be realized in an immediate settlement of the instrument.

The Company considers the following factors to be indicators of an inactive market: (i) there are few recent transactions, (ii) price quotations are not based on current information, (iii) price quotations vary substantially either over time or among market makers (for example, some brokered markets), (iv) indexes that previously were highly correlated with the fair values of the asset or liability are demonstrably uncorrelated with recent indications of fair value for that asset or liability, (v) there is a significant increase in implied liquidity risk premiums, yields, or performance indicators (such as delinquency rates or loss severities) for observed transactions or quoted prices when compared with the Company’s estimate of expected cash flows, considering all available market data about credit and other nonperformance risk for the asset or liability, (vi) there is a wide bid-ask spread or significant increase in the bid-ask spread, (vii) there is a significant decline or absence of a market for new issuances (that is, a primary market) for the asset or liability or similar assets or liabilities, and (viii) little information is released publicly (for example, a principal-to-principal market).

The Company considers the following factors to be indicators of non-orderly transactions: (i) there was not adequate exposure to the market for a period before the measurement date to allow for marketing activities that are usual and customary for transactions involving such assets or liabilities under current market conditions, (ii) there was a usual and customary marketing period, but the seller marketed the asset or liability to a single market participant, (iii) the seller is in or near bankruptcy or receivership (that is, distressed), or the seller was required to sell to meet regulatory or legal requirements (that is, forced), and (iv) the transaction price is an outlier when compared with other recent transactions for the same or similar assets or liabilities.

In August 2009, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued Accounting Standards Update No. 2009-05, Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures (Topic 820), Measuring Liabilities at Fair Value. This update provides amendments to the Accounting Standard Codification (“ASC”) for the fair value measurement of liabilities. In circumstances in which a quoted price in an active market for the identical liability is not available, the reporting entity is required to measure fair value using (i) a valuation technique that uses the quoted price of the identical liability when traded as an asset or quoted prices for similar liabilities when traded as assets, or (ii) another valuation technique that is consistent with the principles of fair value measurement, such as the income approach or the market approach. The amendments in this update also clarify that when estimating the fair value of a liability, a reporting entity is not required to include a separate input or adjustment to other inputs relating to the existence of a restriction that prevents the transfer of the liability. These amendments to the ASC are effective upon issuance and did not have a significant impact on our financial statements.

 

F-22


Table of Contents

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(in thousands, except square footage and share data)

 

The Company’s interest rate contract and interest rate cap agreements are classified as Level 2 and their fair value is derived from estimated values obtained from the counterparties based on observable market data for similar instruments.

Unrealized gain associated with Level 2 assets was $7 for the year ended December 31, 2010. Unrealized gains associated with Level 2 liabilities was $347 for the year ended December 31, 2010. Unrealized gains associated with Level 2 liabilities were $400 for the year ended December 31, 2009. The unrealized gain associated with Level 2 assets for the year ended December 31, 2010 relates to an interest rate swap which has been accounted for as a cash flow hedge, therefore changes in the fair value of that derivative are recognized in other comprehensive income, which is a component of equity.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

In January 2010, we adopted FASB guidance contained in ASU No. 2009-17, Consolidations (Topic 810): Improvements to Financial Reporting by Enterprises Involved with Variable Interest Entities. This standard requires an enterprise to perform an analysis to determine whether an enterprise’s variable interest or interests give it a controlling financial interest in a variable interest entity. Additionally, an enterprise is required to assess whether it has an implicit financial responsibility to ensure that a variable interest entity operates as designed when determining whether it has the power to direct the activities of the variable interest entity that most significantly impact the entity’s economic performance. The adoption of ASU 2009-17 did not have a material effect on our consolidated financial position or results of operations.

In January 2010, the FASB issued ASU No. 2010-06, Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures (Topic 820): Improving Disclosures about Fair Value Measurements. This guidance provides for new disclosures requiring us to (i) disclose separately the amounts of significant transfers in and out of Level 1 and Level 2 fair value measurements and describe the reasons for the transfers and (ii) present separately information about purchases, sales, issuances and settlements in the reconciliation of Level 3 fair value measurements. This guidance also provides clarification of existing disclosures requiring us to (i) determine each class of assets and liabilities based on the nature and risks of the investments rather than by major security type and (ii) for each class of assets and liabilities, disclose the valuation techniques and inputs used to measure fair value for both Level 2 and Level 3 fair value measurements. This ASU is effective for annual and interim reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2009 for most of the new disclosures and for periods beginning after December 15, 2010 for the new Level 3 disclosures. The adoption of this ASU did not have a material effect on our financial position and results of operations as it only addresses disclosures.

In February 2010, the FASB issued ASU No. 2010-09, Subsequent Events (Topic 855): Amendments to Certain Recognition and Disclosure Requirements. This standard amends the authoritative guidance for subsequent events that was previously issued and, among other things, exempts SEC registrants from the requirement to disclose the date through which it has evaluated subsequent events for either original or restated financial statements. This standard does not apply to subsequent events or transactions that are within the scope of other applicable GAAP that provides different guidance on the accounting treatment for subsequent events or transactions. The adoption of this ASU did not have a material effect on our financial position and results of operations as it only addresses disclosures.

 

F-23


Table of Contents

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(in thousands, except square footage and share data)

 

3. Investment in Real Estate

A summary of the activity of our investment in real estate is as follows:

 

     Year ended
December 31, 2010
    Year ended
December 31, 2009
    Year ended
December 31, 2008
 

Investment in real estate

      

Beginning balance

   $ 428,414      $ 418,002      $ 239,378   

Acquisitions

     422,417        —          170,702   

Improvements, capitalized costs

     15,059        10,488        19,534   

Cost of property sold

     —          (76     (11,612
                        

Ending Balance

   $ 865,890      $ 428,414      $ 418,002   
                        

Accumulated depreciation

      

Beginning balance

   $ (16,329   $ (8,810   $ (2,306

Additions

     (10,784     (7,532     (6,504

Deletions

     —          13        —     
                        

Ending Balance

   $ (27,113   $ (16,329   $ (8,810
                        

We capitalized interest cost relating to the development of the Technicolor Building in the amounts of $0, $0, and $1,054 for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008, respectively. We capitalized real estate taxes relating to the development of the Technicolor Building in the amounts of $0, $0, and $401 for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008, respectively.

During 2009, the 875 Howard Street Property began a redevelopment of a portion of the property, which was completed during 2010. For the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009, we capitalized $165 and $544 of interest expense, respectively and $112 and $359, respectively of property operating costs as part of the redevelopment.

We acquired the Sunset Bronson and City Plaza properties on January 30, 2008 and August 26, 2008, respectively, and the results of operations for each are included in our consolidated statements of operations only from the date of acquisition. The following table represents our purchase price allocation for these acquisitions.

 

Date of acquisition

   Sunset Bronson
January 30, 2008
     City Plaza
August 26, 2008
 

Land

   $ 89,309       $ 14,939   

Building and improvements

     24,886         33,149   

Tenant improvements

     487         931   

Furniture and fixtures

     7,001         —     

Above-market leases

     —           1,296   

In-place leases

     3,541         3,181   
                 

Net assets acquired

   $ 125,224       $ 53,496   

 

F-24


Table of Contents

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(in thousands, except square footage and share data)

 

As described above, we also acquired GLB Encino, LLC, Glenborough Tierrasanta, LLC, and Hudson Capital, LLC as part of the formation transactions in connection with our IPO for approximately $89.0 million. The results of operations for each of the acquired entities are included in our consolidated statements of operations only from the date of acquisition. The following table represents our purchase price allocation for these acquisitions.

 

     GLB Encino,
LLC and
Glenborough
Tierrasanta, LLC
    Hudson Capital,
LLC
     Total  

Consideration paid

       

Issuance of common shares or common operating partnership units

   $ 3,019      $ 9,000       $ 12,019   

Issuance of preferred operating partnership units

     12,475        —           12,475   

Cash consideration

     7,200        —           7,200   

Debt assumed

     57,300        —           57,300   
                         

Total consideration paid

   $ 79,994      $ 9,000       $ 88,994   
                         

Allocation of consideration paid

       

Investment in real estate, net

     72,978        —           72,978   

In-place leases

     6,570        —           6,570   

Goodwill

     —          8,754         8,754   

Other lease intangibles

     1,940        —           1,940   

Fair market favorable debt value

     280        —           280   

Below-market leases

     (1,062     —           (1,062

Cash

     —          23         23   

Other asset (liabilities) assumed, net

     (712     223         (489
                         

Total consideration paid

   $ 79,994      $ 9,000       $ 88,994   
                         

 

F-25


Table of Contents

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(in thousands, except square footage and share data)

 

As described above, we also acquired the Del Amo Office property, the 9300 Wilshire Boulevard office building, the 222 Kearny property, the Rincon Center joint venture interest, the 1455 Market property and the 10950 Washington Boulevard property. The results of operations for each of these acquisitions are included in our consolidated statements of operations from the date of acquisition. The following table represents our purchase price allocation for these acquisitions.

 

Date of Acquisition

  Del Amo
August 13,
2010
    9300
Wilshire
August 24,
2010
    222 Kearny
October 8,
2010
    Rincon
Center
December 16,
2010
    1455
Market
December  16,
2010
    10950
Washington
December 22,
2010
    Total  

Consideration paid

             

Cash consideration

  $ 27,327      $ 14,684      $ 34,174      $ 38,391      $ 92,365      $ 16,409      $ 223,350   

Redeemable Non-controlling Interest in Consolidated Real Estate Entity

    —          —          —          40,180        —          —          40,180   

Debt Assumed

    —          —          —          106,000        —          30,000        136,000   
                                                       

Total consideration

  $ 27,327      $ 14,684      $ 34,174      $ 184,571      $ 92,365      $ 46,409      $ 399,530   
                                                       

Allocation of consideration paid

             

Investment in real estate, net

    18,000        10,718        31,356        170,060        76,216        43,089        349,439   

Above-market leases

    2,626        689        1,296        3,718        903        1,160        10,392   

In-place leases

    2,118        677        1,942        9,742        13,471        2,417        30,367   

Other lease intangibles

    558        198        491        3,717        8,212        765        13,941   

Fair market unfavorable debt value

    —          —          —          (650     —          (230     (880

Below-market ground lease

    4,198        2,822        494        —          —          —          7,514   

Below-market leases

    —          (104     (691     (1,587     (5,899     (1,201     (9,482

Other asset (liabilities) assumed, net

    (173     (316     (714     (429     (538     409        (1,761
                                                       

Total consideration paid

  $ 27,327      $ 14,684      $ 34,174      $ 184,571      $ 92,365      $ 46,409      $ 399,530   
                                                       

The table below shows the pro forma financial information (unaudited) for the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009 as if all properties had been acquired as of January 1, 2010 and 2009.

 

     Year ended December 31,  
     2010     2009  

Total revenues

   $ 120,213      $ 111,294   

Operating expenses

     100,403        93,172   

Interest expense

     18,401        16,434   

Net loss

   $ (2,594   $ (2,260
                

On March 25, 2008, we sold to an unrelated third party a 37,351 square foot (unaudited) vacant lot related to our Sunset Bronson property with approximately 56,026 square feet of FAR (unaudited) for a sale price of $12.0 million, which resulted in a loss of $208.

 

F-26


Table of Contents

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(in thousands, except square footage and share data)

 

The table below shows the pro forma financial information (unaudited) for the year ended December 31, 2008 as if the City Plaza Property and Sunset Bronson Property had been acquired as of January 1, 2008. The Technicolor Building was completed and placed into service on June 1, 2008 and only had a partial year of operating in 2008.

 

     Year ended
December 31, 2008
 
     Actual     Pro forma  

Total revenue

   $ 35,588      $ 39,240   

Operating expenses

     28,302        33,123   

Interest expense

     7,977        8,115   

Net income (loss)

   $ (158   $ 1,998   
                

Variable Interest Entities (“VIE”)

In December 2009, the FASB issued ASU 2009-17, Consolidations (Topic 810): Improvements to Financial Reporting by Enterprises Involved with Variable Interest Entities. This ASU amends FASB Accounting Standards Codification for Statement 167 and introduces a more qualitative approach to evaluating VIEs for consolidation. In addition, we are required to perform an analysis to determine whether a variable interest gives us a controlling financial interest in a VIE. This analysis identifies the primary beneficiary of a VIE as the entity that has (i) the power to direct the activities of the VIE that most significantly impact the VIE’s economic performance, and (ii) the obligation to absorb losses or the right to receive benefits that could potentially be significant to the VIE. In determining whether it has the power to direct the activities of the VIE that most significantly affect the VIE’s performance, the provision requires a company to assess whether it has an implicit financial responsibility to ensure that a VIE operates as designed. It also requires continuous reassessment of primary beneficiary status rather than periodic, event-driven assessments as previously required, and incorporates expanded disclosure requirements. This guidance is effective for interim and annual periods beginning after November 15, 2009.

Upon the acquisition of the 51% interest of the Rincon Center joint venture from an affiliate of Beacon Capital Partners on December,16 2010, we concluded that we are be the primary beneficiary of the Rincon Center joint venture and as a result of our assessment, we have consolidated the joint venture. We have authority, power and discretion to manage and control the business and affairs of the property which includes the day-to-day property management, leasing, development and obtaining property level financing. We have a call right and Beacon has a put right that, if exercised, obligates us to make an additional investment to acquire the remaining 49% interest in the Rincon Center joint venture in the second quarter of 2011 at a purchase price of approximately $38.7 million (before prorations). Further, if we default on our obligations under the put/call arrangement, we will be obligated to pay a termination fee of $17.5 million, and Beacon may elect to either purchase our interest in the Rincon Center joint venture or pursue a forced sale of the property.

The carrying value of real estate, nonrecourse mortgage debt and noncontrolling interest of the VIE for which the Company is the primary beneficiary is as follows:

 

     December 31,
2010
     December 31,
2009
 

Investment in real estate, net

   $ 169,872       $ —     

Notes payable, net of loan premium

   $ 106,598       $ —     

Redeemable non-controlling interest in consolidated real estate entity

   $ 40,328       $ —     

 

F-27


Table of Contents

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(in thousands, except square footage and share data)

 

4. Deferred leasing costs and lease intangibles, net

The following summarizes our deferred leasing costs and lease intangibles assets, net as of:

 

     December 31,
2010
    December 31,
2009
 

Above-market leases

   $ 15,780      $ 3,111   

In-place leases

     44,464        10,503   

Below-market ground leases

     7,513        —     

Other lease intangibles

     25,929        9,469   

Lease incentive costs

     956        1,096   

Deferred leasing costs

     4,154        3,967   
                
   $ 98,796      $ 28,146   

Accumulated amortization

     (13,555     (8,534
                

Deferred leasing costs and lease intangibles, net

   $ 85,241      $ 19,612   
                

Below-market leases

   $ 24,713      $ 14,169   

Accumulated accretion

     (3,719     (2,533
                

Below-market leases, net

   $ 20,994      $ 11,636   
                

During the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008, the Company recognized $4,932, $2,528, and $3,059, respectively, of amortization expense related to lease costs and in-place leases, and amortized $1,119, $672, and $366, respectively, of above-market leases against rental revenue. As of December 31, 2010, the weighted-average amortization period for lease intangibles is 8.53 years.

As of December 31, 2010, the estimated aggregate amortization of deferred leasing costs and lease intangible assets, net for each of the next five years and thereafter are as follows:

 

2011

   $ 19,749   

2012

     16,385   

2013

     13,433   

2014

     8,581   

2015

     7,231   

Thereafter

     19,862   
        
   $ 85,241   
        

During the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008, the Company amortized $1,186, $1,096, and $2,169, respectively of below-market leases in rental revenue. As of December 31, 2010, the weighted-average amortization period for below-market leases is 7.79 years.

 

F-28


Table of Contents

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(in thousands, except square footage and share data)

 

As of December 31, 2010 the estimated amortization of below-market leases, net for each of the next five years and thereafter are as follows:

 

2011

   $ 3,748   

2012

     3,628   

2013

     3,237   

2014

     1,724   

2015

     1,599   

Thereafter

     7,058   
        
   $ 20,994   
        

5. Prepaid Expenses and Other Assets

Prepaid expenses and other assets consisted of the following as of:

 

     December 31,
2010
     December 31,
2009
 

Prepaid insurance

   $ 2,078       $ 1,146   

Prepaid property taxes

     335         1,412   

Corporate furniture, fixtures and equipment, net of accumulated depreciation of $275 and $0, respectively

     286         —     

Trade name, net of accumulated amortization of $345 and $243, respectively

     677         779   

Other

     1,040         399   
                 
   $ 4,416       $ 3,736   
                 

Trade name is being amortized over a ten year period from the date of acquisition of our Sunset Gower property on August 17, 2007.

6. Notes Payable

Senior Secured Revolving Credit Facility

In conjunction with our initial public offering and formation transactions, we entered into a $200 million secured revolving credit facility with a group of lenders for which an affiliate of Barclays Capital Inc. acts as administrative agent and joint lead arranger and affiliates of Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated act as syndication agent and joint lead arranger. The credit facility bears interest at a rate per annum equal to LIBOR plus 325 basis points to 400 basis points, depending on our leverage ratio, provided that LIBOR is subject to a floor of 1.50%. The secured revolving credit facility contains an accordion feature that allows us to increase the availability by $50.0 million, to $250.0 million, under specified circumstances.

The amount available for us to borrow under the facility will be subject to the lesser of a percentage of the appraisal value of our properties that form the borrowing base of the facility and a minimum implied debt service coverage ratio. Our ability to borrow under the facility is subject to ongoing compliance with a number of customary restrictive covenants, including:

 

   

a maximum leverage ratio (defined as consolidated total indebtedness to total asset value) of 0.60:1.00;

 

   

a minimum fixed charge coverage ratio (defined as consolidated earnings before interest, taxes; depreciation and amortization to consolidated fixed charges) of 1.75:1.00;

 

F-29


Table of Contents

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(in thousands, except square footage and share data)

 

   

a maximum consolidated floating rate debt ratio (defined as consolidated floating rate indebtedness to total asset value) of 0.25:1.00;

 

   

a maximum recourse debt ratio (defined as recourse indebtedness other than indebtedness under the revolving credit facility but including unsecured lines of credit to total asset value) of 0.15:1.00; and

 

   

a minimum tangible net worth equal to at least 85% of our tangible net worth at the closing of our initial public offering plus 75% of the net proceeds of any additional equity issuances.

As of December 31, 2010 we are in compliance with all of the covenants on our secured revolving credit facility.

Outstanding Indebtedness

The following table sets forth information as of December 31, 2010 with respect to our outstanding indebtedness. The $115.0 million note secured by the Sunset Gower property and $37.5 million note secured by the 875 Howard Street property summarized below were repaid from proceeds of the initial public offering. Approximately $36.7 million was undrawn and available to us under the secured revolving credit facility as of December 31, 2010.

 

     Outstanding              

Debt

   December 31,
2010
     December 31,
2009
    

Interest Rate

   Maturity
Date
 

Mortgage loan secured by Sunset Bronson

   $ 37,000       $ 37,000       LIBOR+3.65%      4/30/2011   

Mortgage loan secured by Rincon Center

     106,000         —         6.08%      7/1/2011   

Mortgage loan secured by First Financial

     43,000         —         5.34%      12/1/2011   

Mortgage loan secured by Tierrasanta

     14,300         —         5.62%      12/1/2011   

Mortgage loan secured by Sunset Gower

     —           115,000       LIBOR+2.75%      3/14/2010   

Construction loan secured by 875 Howard Street

     —           37,518       LIBOR+1.75%      2/13/2011   

Mortgage loan secured by 10950 Washington

     30,000         —         5.94%      2/11/2012   

Secured Revolving Credit Facility

     111,117         —         LIBOR+3.25% to 4.00%      6/29/2013   
                       

Subtotal

   $ 341,417       $ 189,518         

Unamortized loan premium, net

     643         —           
                       

Total

   $ 342,060       $ 189,518         
                       

The following table summarizes stated debt maturities and scheduled principal repayments as of December 31, 2010:

 

2011

   $ 200,300   

2012

     30,000   

2013

     111,117   
        
   $ 341,417   
        

 

F-30


Table of Contents

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(in thousands, except square footage and share data)

 

As a requirement of the Sunset Bronson mortgage loan, we entered into an interest rate collar agreement with a notional amount of $37.0 million, which sets the interest rate cap at 3.87% and the floor at 2.55%. The expiration date of the collar was June 1, 2010. We had not designated the interest rate collar agreement as a hedging instrument for accounting purposes; therefore, the change in the fair value of the derivative instrument is reported in current earnings. A new secured interest rate contract with respect to this loan went effective upon the closing of the IPO and related formation transaction on June 29, 2010, which swapped one-month LIBOR to a fixed rate of 0.75%. We designated this interest rate swap as a cash flow hedge for accounting purposes. The fair market value of the interest rate swap at December 31, 2010 was a $71 liability position and the fair market value of the interest rate collar as of December 31, 2009 was a $425 liability position and are included in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets. Of the 2010 change in fair value of $354, $347 is included in earnings and the remaining change in value of $7 is included in accumulated other comprehensive income. The change in fair value $410 for the year ended December 31, 2009 is included in earnings.

As a requirement of the Sunset Gower mortgage loan, we entered into an interest rate cap agreement, in order to cap the one-month LIBOR rate at 6.00%. As part of a May 2008 loan modification, we entered into another interest rate cap agreement in order to cap the one-month LIBOR rate at 4.75%, which was effective as of September 15, 2008. The notional amount and the terms of the interest rate cap are identical to the principal amount and terms of the mortgage loan. The cost related to the cap was $43 and it expired on September 15, 2009. On May 21, 2009, the Company entered into another interest rate cap agreement effective September 15, 2009 through March 15, 2010 to cap the interest rate during the extension of the loan at 4.75%. The fair market value of the interest rate cap agreement at December 31, 2009 was $0. The change in fair value of $20 for the year ended December 31, 2009 is included in earnings.

On February 11, 2011, we closed a five-year term loan totaling $92.0 million with Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. secured by our Sunset Gower and Sunset Bronson media and entertainment campuses, see Item 14: Subsequent Events.

7. Lease Payments Future Minimum Rents (Ground Leases) and Future Minimum Base Rents

Lease Payments Future Minimum Rents (Ground Leases)

In conjunction with the acquisition of the Sunset Gower property, our Sunset Gower subsidiary assumed a ground lease agreement for a portion of the land with an unrelated party. Commencing September 1, 2007, the monthly rent increased to $15, whereas the monthly rent totaled $14 at the time of acquisition. The rental rate is currently being renegotiated and is subject to adjustment in February, every seven years. The ground lease terminates March 31, 2060.

In conjunction with the acquisitions of the 9300 Wilshire property, our 9300 Wilshire subsidiary assumed a ground lease agreement with an unrelated party. Minimum rent under the ground lease is $75 per year (additional rent under this lease of 6% of gross rentals less minimum rent, as defined in such lease, is not included in this amount). The ground lease terminates August 14, 2032.

In conjunction with the acquisitions of the Del Amo property, our Del Amo subsidiary assumed a ground sublease agreement with an unrelated party. Rent under the ground sublease is $1.00 per year, with sublessee being responsible for all impositions, insurance premiums, operating charges, maintenance charges, construction costs and other charges, costs and expenses that arise or may be contemplated under any provisions of the ground sublease. The ground lease terminates June 30, 2049.

 

F-31


Table of Contents

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(in thousands, except square footage and share data)

 

In conjunction with the acquisitions of the 222 Kearny property, our 222 Kearny subsidiary assumed a ground lease agreement underlying approximately 64.3% of the square footage of the building commonly known as 222 Kearny, with an unrelated party. Rent under the ground lease is the greater of: (A) $975 or (B) 20.0% of the first $8.0 million of tenant’s “Operating Income” during each “Lease Year” (as such terms are defined under the ground lease). The ground lease terminates June 14, 2054.

Total ground lease expense for the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009, and 2008 totaled $462, $181 and $181, respectively.

The future ground lease payments in each of the next five years and thereafter are as follows:

 

2011

   $ 1,231   

2012

     1,231   

2013

     1,231   

2014

     1,231   

2015

     1,231   

Thereafter

     46,850   
        
   $ 53,005   
        

Future Minimum Base Rents

Our properties are leased to tenants under operating leases with initial term expiration dates ranging from 2011 to 2020. As of December 31, 2010, the minimum future cash rents to be received (excluding tenant reimbursements for operating expenses) under noncancelable operating leases for the properties in each of the next five years and thereafter are as follows:

 

2011

   $ 57,962   

2012

     55,626   

2013

     53,322   

2014

     41,960   

2015

     37,908   

Thereafter

     79,537   
        
   $ 326,315   
        

8. Fair Value of Financial Instruments

The carrying values of cash and cash equivalents, restricted cash, receivables, payables, and accrued liabilities are reasonable estimates of fair value because of the short-term maturities of these instruments. Fair values for notes payable are estimates based on rates currently prevailing for similar instruments of similar maturities. The estimated fair values of interest-rate hedge instruments were derived from estimated values obtained from the counterparties based on observable market data for similar instruments.

 

     December 31, 2010      December 31, 2009  
     Carrying Value      Fair Value      Carrying Value      Fair Value  

Notes payable

   $ 342,060       $ 342,153       $ 189,518       $ 188,389   

Interest rate contracts

     71         71         425         425   
                                   
   $ 342,131       $ 342,224       $ 189,943       $ 188,814   
                                   

 

F-32


Table of Contents

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(in thousands, except square footage and share data)

 

9. Commitments and Contingencies

Legal

The Company is subject to certain legal proceedings and claims arising in connection with its business. Management believes, based in part upon consultation with legal counsel, that the ultimate resolution of all such claims will not have a material adverse effect on the Company’s results of operations, financial position, or cash flows.

Commitments

Pursuant to the Purchase and Sale Agreement dated August 11, 2008, City Plaza entered into an agreement pursuant to which it agreed to pay the Seller, as defined in the agreement, of the City Plaza property a Contingent Payment, as defined in the agreement, equal to 25% of net proceeds from any Capital Event, as defined in the agreement, in excess of proceeds necessary to provide an 11% unlevered IRR on the investment amount of $54,000. This obligation was to continue until either the Seller received $5,000, a transfer of the property to an unaffiliated third party occurred or a transfer of the membership interest of the Company to an unaffiliated third party occurred. Pursuant to a letter agreement dated March 1, 2010, the Seller agreed that the transfer of City Plaza in the formation transactions terminated the Contingent Payment obligation without giving rise to any payment.

Concentrations

All of the Company’s Properties are located in California which exposes the Company to greater economic risks than if it owned a more geographically dispersed portfolio. Further, for the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009, approximately 56% and 70% , respectively of the Company’s revenues were derived from tenants in the media and entertainment industry which makes the Company particularly susceptible to demand for rental space in such industry. Consequently, the Company is subject to the risks associated with an investment in real estate with a concentration of tenants in that industry. For the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009, the Technicolor Lease accounted for approximately 10% and 15%, respectively of total revenues and the KTLA lease accounted for approximately 5% and 7%, respectively, of total revenues.

Bank of America leases approximately 836,000 square feet (unaudited) of our 1455 Market property for various lease terms between one and seven years. As a result of our purchase of this property on December 16, 2010, this lease did not account for a material portion of our total revenue for the years ended December 31, 2010. For future periods, so long as this lease remains in place we expect that is will comprise a significant portion of our rental revenue. Consequently, the Company is subject to risks associated with this tenant.

10. Related-Party Transactions

Property management fees

For the periods prior to our initial public offering, we entered into a management agreement with Hudson Management to manage our properties. For the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009, and 2008, management fees of $460, $1,111 and $930, respectively, had been incurred. In addition, Hudson Management was entitled to a construction management fee of $300 plus 5% of the hard costs in association with other future developments. As of December 31, 2009 and 2008, $300 of construction management fees had been capitalized to construction in progress. These agreements were effectively terminated upon our acquisition of Hudson Management.

 

F-33


Table of Contents

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(in thousands, except square footage and share data)

 

The developers and managers of the 875 Howard Street Property were TMG Partners and Flynn Properties, Inc. TMG Partners was also the managing member. TMG Partners and Flynn Properties, Inc. jointly began providing property management services for the 875 Howard Street Property starting February 15, 2007. A monthly property management fee equal to the greater of $20 per month or 2.5% of gross rents received from tenants during each calendar month was paid in equal parts to TMG Partners and Flynn Properties, Inc. These fees totaled $152, $240 and $240 for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009, and 2008.

11. Segment Reporting

The Company’s reporting segments are based on the Company’s method of internal reporting which classifies its operations into two reporting segments: (i) office properties, and (ii) media and entertainment Properties. The Company evaluates performance based upon property net operating income from continuing operations (“NOI”) of the combined properties in each segment. NOI is not a measure of operating results or cash flows from operating activities as measured by GAAP, is not indicative of cash available to fund cash needs and should not be considered an alternative to cash flows as a measure of liquidity. All companies may not calculate NOI in the same manner. The Company considers NOI to be an appropriate supplemental financial measure to net income because it helps both investors and management to understand the core operations of the Company’s properties. The Company defines NOI as operating revenues (including rental revenues, other property related revenue, tenant recoveries and other operating revenues), less property-level operating expenses (which includes external management fees and property level general and administrative expenses). NOI excludes corporate general and administrative expenses, depreciation and amortization, impairments, gain/loss on sale of real estate, interest expense, acquisition-related expenses, and other non-operating items.

Summary information for the reportable segments for the year ended December 31, 2010 is as follows:

 

     Office
Properties
     Media and
Entertainment
Properties
     Total  

Rental revenues

   $ 22,247       $ 20,931       $ 43,178   

Tenant recoveries

     4,023         1,571         5,594   

Other property related revenue

     —           11,397         11,397   

Other

     233         238         471   
                          

Total revenues

     26,503         34,137         60,640   

Operating expenses

     10,212         19,815         30,027   
                          

Net operating income

   $ 16,291       $ 14,322       $ 30,613   
                          

Summary information for the reportable segments follows for the year ended December 31, 2009 is as follows:

 

     Office
Properties
     Media and
Entertainment
Properties
     Total  

Rental revenues

   $ 11,046       $ 19,916       $ 30,962   

Tenant recoveries

     2,024         1,792         3,816   

Other property related revenue

     —           9,427         9,427   

Other operating revenues

     252         64         316   
                          

Total revenues

     13,322         31,199         44,521   

Operating expenses

     6,242         19,545         25,787   
                          

Net operating income

   $ 7,080       $ 11,654       $ 18,734   
                          

 

F-34


Table of Contents

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(in thousands, except square footage and share data)

 

Summary information for the reportable segments follows for the year ended December 31, 2008 is as follows:

 

     Office
Properties
     Media and
Entertainment
Properties
     Total  

Rental revenues

   $ 8,235       $ 22,075       $ 30,310   

Tenant recoveries

     1,504         1,544         3,048   

Other property related revenue

     —           13,509         13,509   

Other operating revenues

     41         92         133   
                          

Total revenues

     9,780         37,220         47,000   

Operating expenses

     3,003         23,881         26,884   
                          

Net operating income

   $ 6,777       $ 13,339       $ 20,116   
                          

The following is a reconciliation from NOI to reported net income, the most direct comparable financial measure calculated and presented in accordance with GAAP:

 

     Year ended December 31,  
     2010     2009     2008  

Net operating income

   $ 30,613      $ 18,734      $ 20,116   

General and administrative

     (4,493     —          —     

Depreciation and amortization

     (15,912     (10,908     (9,693

Interest expense

     (8,831     (8,792     (12,029

Interest income

     59        19        48   

Unrealized gain (loss) on interest rate contracts

     347        400        (835

Sale of lot

     —          —          (208

Acquisition-related expenses

     (4,273     —          —     

Other expenses

     (192     (97     (21
                        

Net loss

   $ (2,682   $ (644   $ (2,622
                        

12. Equity

Common Stock

In our June 29, 2010 IPO we issued a total of 14,720,000 shares of our common stock in exchange for gross proceeds of approximately $250.2 million in cash. In a concurrent private placement, we issued a total of 1,176,471 shares of our common stock in exchange for gross proceeds of $20.0 million in cash. In our formation transactions, we acquired certain assets of our predecessor and other entities in exchange for the assumption or discharge of $246.3 million in indebtedness, the payment of $7.2 million in cash, and the issuance of 2,610,941 common units of partnership interest in our operating partnership (discussed below), 499,014 series A preferred units of partnership interest in our operating partnership (discussed below) and 6,050,037 shares of our common stock.

Non-controlling Interests

Non-controlling common partnership interests in our operating partnership relate to interests in the partnership that are not owned by us. Non-controlling interests consisted of 2,610,941 common units of partnership interest in our operating partnership, or common units, and represented approximately 10.4% of the outstanding common units in our operating partnership at December 31, 2010. Common units and shares of our

 

F-35


Table of Contents

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(in thousands, except square footage and share data)

 

common stock have essentially the same economic characteristics as they share equally in the total net income or loss distributions of our operating partnership. Commencing fourteen months after the completion of IPO, investors who own common units have the right to cause our operating partnership to redeem any or all of their common units for cash equal to the then-current market value of one share of common stock, or, at our election, shares of our common stock on a one-for-one basis.

Redeemable non-controlling interest in consolidated real estate entity relates to a joint venture relationship with an affiliate of Beacon Capital Partners (“Beacon”), an unrelated third party, in the Rincon Center property. We acquired a 51% interest in a 581,000 (unaudited) square foot commercial space owned by Beacon as described in note 3. We have a call right and Beacon has a put right that, if exercised, obligates us to make an additional investment to acquire the remaining 49% interest in the Rincon Center joint venture in the second quarter of 2011 at a purchase price of approximately $38.7 million (before prorations). Further, if we default on our obligations under the put/call arrangement, we will be obligated to pay a termination fee of $17.5 million, and Beacon may elect to either purchase our interest in the Rincon Center joint venture or pursue a forced sale of the property.

Non-controlling series A preferred partnership interests in our operating partnership relate to 499,014 series A preferred units of partnership interest our operating partnership, or series A preferred units, that are not owned by us. The following is a discussion of certain of the rights, privileges and preferences of the series A preferred units.

Liquidation Preference

In the event of any voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the affairs of the operating partnership, holders of series A preferred units will be entitled to receive and be paid in cash an amount equal to $25.00 per preferred unit plus any accrued and unpaid distributions before any distribution or payment may be made with respect to any other series or class of partnership interest ranking junior to the series A preferred units (but only to the extent consistent with a liquidation in accordance with positive capital account balances).

Distributions

Holders of series A preferred units are entitled to receive, when, as and if declared by the operating partnership, out of available cash, cumulative preferential cash distributions in an amount equal to 6.25% per annum of the $25.00 liquidation preference per unit from the date of issuance of such unit, payable quarterly in arrears on or before the last calendar day of March, June, September and December of each year, commencing on the first of such dates to occur after the completion of our initial public offering. Distributions that are due but unpaid will accumulate and compound quarterly. If any such preferential distribution payments for any past quarterly period are in arrears, no distributions may be authorized or paid on any other series or class of partnership interest ranking junior to the series A preferred units, nor shall any other series or class of partnership interests ranking junior to the series A preferred units be redeemed, purchased or acquired by the operating partnership or us, except for:

 

   

a redemption of common units from us in connection with a redemption or repurchase by us of common stock for cash pursuant to certain restrictions on ownership and transfer of our stock or a redemption of preferred units from us in connection with a redemption or repurchase by us of outstanding preferred stock for cash;

 

   

the acquisition by us of common units tendered for redemption with shares of our common stock; or

 

F-36


Table of Contents

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(in thousands, except square footage and share data)

 

   

the conversion into or exchange for shares of our common stock or units ranking junior to the series A preferred units with no cash distributed.

Redemption Rights

Beginning three years after the completion of our initial public offering, each limited partner holding series A preferred units and certain assignees will have the right, subject to the terms and conditions set forth in the partnership agreement, to require the operating partnership to redeem all or a portion of their series A preferred units in exchange for a cash redemption price equal to $25.00 per unit plus any accrued distributions that have not been paid on or prior to the redemption date. The operating partnership’s obligation to effect a redemption, however, will not arise or be binding against the operating partnership unless and until we, as general partner, decline or fail to exercise our prior and independent right to acquire such preferred units in exchange for shares of our common stock that are issued under an effective registration statement under the Securities Act.

Any notice of redemption must be delivered at least 30 business days prior to the last day of the calendar quarter in which the redemption right is being exercised. On or before the close of business on the tenth business day after such a notice of redemption is received, we may, in our sole and absolute discretion but subject to certain restrictions on ownership and transfer of our stock, acquire some or all of the tendered series A preferred units in exchange for a number of registered shares of our common stock per unit with a value equal to the redemption price per unit, such value to be based on the 10-day trailing average closing price of our common stock calculated as of the business day immediately prior to the date of redemption.

Conversion Rights

Beginning three years after the completion of this offering, each limited partner holding series A preferred units and certain assignees will have the right, subject to the terms and conditions set forth in the partnership agreement, to convert all or any portion of its series A preferred units into a number of common units with a value equal to the aggregate redemption price of the series A preferred units tendered for conversion, the value of such common units to be based on the 10-day trailing average closing price of our common stock calculated as of the business day immediately prior to the date of redemption. Any such conversion of series A preferred units will be deemed to have been made at the close of business on the date that we, as general partner, receive notice of conversion.

In the event of a recapitalization, reclassification or change of outstanding common units (other than a subdivision or combination of outstanding common units), a merger, sale or other business combination of our operating partnership, a sale, conveyance or lease to another or entity of all or substantially all of the operating partnership’s property and assets (other than to one or more of our subsidiaries) or an exchange of substantially all of the outstanding common units for securities of another entity, in each case in which holders of common units are entitled to receive securities, other property or assets with respect to or in exchange for their common units, qualifying holders of series A preferred units will thereafter be entitled to convert their series A preferred units into the kind and amount of securities or other consideration that such holder would have owned or been entitled to receive upon such a business combination if such holder had converted its series A preferred units into common units immediately before the business combination.

 

F-37


Table of Contents

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(in thousands, except square footage and share data)

 

Voting and Consent Rights

Generally, the series A preferred units are entitled to limited voting rights and in most cases vote on an as-converted basis with the holders of common units on any matter on which all limited partners are entitled to vote. However, so long as any series A preferred units remain outstanding, the consent of the limited partners holding a majority in interest of series A preferred units other than any limited partner 50% or more of whose equity is owned, directly or indirectly, by us will be required to:

 

   

authorize, designate or issue any class or series of partnership interests ranking pari passu with or senior to the series A preferred units with respect to payment of dividends or the distribution of assets upon liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the affairs of the operating partnership;

 

   

increase the authorized or issued amount of series A preferred units; or

 

   

amend, alter or repeal the terms of the series A preferred units, whether by merger, consolidation, transfer or conveyance of all or substantially all of the operating partnership’s assets or otherwise, so as to materially and adversely affect any right, preference or privilege of the series A preferred units, except that, so long as the series A preferred units remain outstanding following any such merger, consolidation, transfer or conveyance of all or substantially all of the operating partnership’s assets with the terms thereof materially unchanged, taking into account that, upon the occurrence of such an event, the operating partnership may not be the surviving entity and the surviving entity may not be a limited partnership, the occurrence of such an event will not be deemed to materially and adversely affect the rights, preferences or privileges of the series A preferred units and, in such case, no consent of limited partners holding series A preferred units would be required.

 

   

except as discussed below under “—General Partner Fundamental Change,” effect a “fundamental change,” which is generally defined as a merger, consolidation or other combination of our assets with another entity, a sale of all or substantially all of our assets not in the ordinary course of our business, a reclassification, recapitalization or change in the terms of our outstanding common equity interests (other than in connection with a stock split, reverse stock split, stock dividend, change in par value, increase in authorized shares, designation or issuance of new classes of equity securities or any event that does not require the approval of our stockholders), as a result of which our stock ceases to be publicly traded or common units cease to be exchangeable (at our option) for publicly traded shares of our stock.

General Partner Fundamental Change

Without the approval of limited partners holding a majority in interest of the series A preferred units, we may not engage in a “fundamental change,” unless upon consummation of such a fundamental change transaction the partnership agreement or other organizational documents of any successor to the operating partnership will contain certain provisions requiring our operating partnership or such successor to:

 

   

make minimum tax distributions to holders of our series A preferred units;

 

   

continue to own an aggregate of at least 33% of the equity in our operating partnership through the ownership of equity interests which are subordinate to our series A preferred units; and

 

   

refrain from incurring additional indebtedness if its ratio of total indebtedness to gross asset value exceeds 50%, or allow this leverage ratio to exceed 60%, so long as series A preferred units remain outstanding.

 

F-38


Table of Contents

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(in thousands, except square footage and share data)

 

In connection with any fundamental change transaction, the operating partnership has the right to redeem all or any portion of the then outstanding series A preferred units for cash per unit equal to the redemption price.

Series B cumulative redeemable preferred stock

Series B cumulative redeemable preferred stock relates to 3,500,000 shares of our series B preferred stock, $0.01 par value per share. Dividends on our series B preferred stock are cumulative from the date of original issue (December 10, 2010) and payable quarterly on or about the last calendar day of each March, June, September and December, commencing on December 31, 2010, at the rate of 8.375% per annum of its $25.00 per share liquidation preference (equivalent to $2.09375 per share per annum). If following a change of control of our Company, either our series B preferred stock (or any preferred stock of the surviving entity that is issued in exchange for our series B preferred stock) or the common stock of the surviving entity, as applicable, is not listed on the New York Stock Exchange, or NYSE, or quoted on the NASDAQ Stock Market, or NASDAQ (or listed or quoted on a successor exchange or quotation system), holders of our series B preferred stock will be entitled to receive cumulative cash dividends from, and including, the first date on which both the change of control occurred and either our series B preferred stock (or any preferred stock of the surviving entity that is issued in exchange for our series B preferred stock) or the common stock of the surviving entity, as applicable, is not so listed or quoted, at the increased rate of 12.375% per annum per share of the liquidation preference of our series B preferred stock (equivalent to $3.09375 per annum per share) for as long as either our series B preferred stock (or any preferred stock of the surviving entity that is issued in exchange for our series B preferred stock) or the common stock of the surviving entity, as applicable, is not so listed or quoted. Except in instances relating to preservation of our qualification as a real estate investment trust, or REIT, or in connection with a change of control of our company, our series B preferred stock is not redeemable prior to December 10, 2015. On and after December 10, 2015, we may redeem our series B preferred stock in whole, at any time, or in part, from time to time, for cash at a redemption price of $25.00 per share, plus any accrued and unpaid dividends to, but not including, the date of redemption. If at any time following a change of control either our series B preferred stock (or any preferred stock of the surviving entity that is issued in exchange for our series B preferred stock) or the common stock of the surviving entity, as applicable, is not listed on the NYSE or quoted on NASDAQ (or listed or quoted on a successor exchange or quotation system), we will have the option to redeem our series B preferred stock, in whole but not in part, within 90 days after the first date on which both the change of control has occurred and either our series B preferred stock (or any preferred stock of the surviving entity that is issued in exchange for our series B preferred stock) or the common stock of the surviving entity, as applicable, is not so listed or quoted, for cash at $25.00 per share, plus accrued and unpaid dividends, if any, to, but not including, the redemption date. Our series B preferred stock has no maturity date and will remain outstanding indefinitely unless redeemed by us, and it is not subject to any sinking fund or mandatory redemption and is not convertible into any of our other securities. For a description of the Series B cumulative redeemable preferred stock, please see “Description of our Preferred Stock” in our December 7, 2010 Prospectus.

Dividends

During the year ended December 31, 2010, we declared three dividends on our common stock and non-controlling common partnership interests of $0.0021 per share and unit for the period from June 29, 2010 to June 30, 2010, and $0.095 per share and unit for the third quarter ending September 30, 2010 and fourth quarter ended December 31, 2010. We also declared three dividends on our series A preferred partnership interests of $0.0086 per unit for the period from June 29, 2010, to June 30, 2010, and $0.3906 per unit for the third quarter ending September 30, 2010 and fourth quarter ended December 31, 2010. In addition, we declared dividends on our series B preferred shares of $0.12214 per share for the period from December 10, 2010 to December 31,

 

F-39


Table of Contents

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(in thousands, except square footage and share data)

 

2010. The third quarter dividends were declared on September 22, 2010, to holders of record on September 30, 2010. The fourth quarter dividends were declared on December 12, 2010, to holders of record on December 20, 2010.

Taxability of Dividends

Earnings and profits, which determine the taxability of distributions to stockholders, may differ from income reported for financial reporting purposes due to the differences for federal income tax purposes in the treatment of loss on extinguishment of debt, revenue recognition, and compensation expense and in the basis of depreciable assets and estimated useful lives used to compute depreciation.

The Company’s dividends related to its common stock (CUSIP #444097109) and described above under “Dividends,” will be classified for United States federal income tax purposes as follows (unaudited):

 

                  Ordinary Dividends         

Record Date

   Payment Date      Distribution Per
Share
    Total     Non-Qualified      Qualified      Return of Capital  

9/30/2010

     10/15/2010       $ 0.09710      $ 0.05465      $ 0.04768       $ 0.00697       $ 0.04245   

12/20/2010

     12/31/2010       $ 0.09500      $ 0.05347      $ 0.04665       $ 0.00682       $ 0.04153   
                                             
     Totals       $ 0.19210      $ 0.10812      $ 0.09433       $ 0.01379       $ 0.08398   
        100     56.28           43.72
                                 

The Company’s dividends related to its 8.375% Series B Cumulative Preferred Stock (CUSIP #444097208) and described above under “Dividends,” will be classified for United States federal income tax purposes as follows (unaudited):

 

                   Ordinary Dividends  

Record Date

   Payment Date      Distribution Per
Share
     Total      Non-Qualified      Qualified  

12/20/2010

     12/31/2010       $ 0.12214       $ 0.12214       $ 0.10657       $ 0.01557   
                                      
     Totals       $ 0.12214       $ 0.12214       $ 0.10657       $ 0.01557   

Stock-Based Compensation

In connection with entering into the employment arrangements effective as of closing of the IPO, Messrs. Coleman, Stern, Lammas, Barton, Shimoda, and certain non-executive employees and directors were granted 270,588 restricted shares of our common stock at our initial offering price of $17.00 per restricted share resulting in $4.5 million in total compensation expense. These restricted stock awards will vest in three equal, annual installments on each of the first three anniversaries of the date of the IPO, subject to the executive’s continued employment. In addition, on December 29, 2010, various executives were granted 219,854 restricted shares of our common stock at the closing price of $15.01 per restricted share resulting in $3.3 million total compensation expense. We have elected to recognize the total compensation expense for time-vested shares on a straight-line basis over the vesting period based on the fair value of the award on the date of grant. None of the restricted shares were vested at December 31, 2010. For the year ended December 31, 2010, $765 of non-cash compensation expense was recognized in general and administrative expenses and additional paid in capital.

 

F-40


Table of Contents

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(in thousands, except square footage and share data)

 

13. Quarterly Financial Information (unaudited)

 

     Three months ended  
     December 31,
2010
    September 31,
2010
    June 30,
2010
    March 31,
2010
 

Total revenues

   $ 21,090      $ 17,505      $ 11,087      $ 10,958   

Net loss

     (531     27        (2,847     669   

Less: Net income attributable to preferred non-controlling partnership interest

     (622     (195     —          —     

Less: Net income attributable to restricted shares

     (25     (25     —          —     

Less: Net (income) loss attributable to non-controlling members in consolidated real estate entities

     (148     —          32        (3

Add: Net loss attributable to unitholders in the Operating Partnership

     141        21        256        —     
                                

Net loss attributable to Hudson Pacific Properties, Inc. shareholders’ / controlling member’s equity

     (1,185     (172     (2,559     666   
                                

Net loss per common share—basic and diluted

     (0.05     (0.01     —       

Weighted average shares of common stock outstanding—basic and diluted

     21,946,508        21,946,508        —          —     
     Three months ended  
     December 31,
2009
    September 31,
2009
    June 30,
2009
    March 31,
2009
 

Total revenues

   $ 10,602      $ 11,556      $ 10,828      $ 11,535   

Net loss

     (868     97        (71     198   

Less: Net (income) attributable to non-controlling members in consolidated real estate entities

     33        (2     3        (5
                                

Net loss attributable to Hudson Pacific Properties, Inc. shareholders’ / controlling member’s equity

     (835     95        (68     193   
                                

14. Subsequent Events

On February 11, 2011, we closed a five-year term loan totaling $92.0 million with Wells Fargo Bank, N.A., secured by our Sunset Gower and Sunset Bronson media and entertainment campuses. The loan bears interest at a rate equal to one-month LIBOR plus 3.50%. $37.0 million of the loan is currently subject to an interest rate swap agreement that fixes one-month LIBOR to a rate of 0.75% through April 30, 2011. On March 16, 2011, we purchased an interest rate cap in order to cap one-month LIBOR at 3.715% on $50.0 million of the loan through its maturity on February 11, 2016. Proceeds from the loan were used to fully refinance a $37.0 million mortgage loan secured by our Sunset Bronson campus that was scheduled to mature on April 30, 2011. The remaining proceeds were used to partially pay down our secured credit facility. As a result, as of February 15, 2011 $38.5 million of our secured credit facility had been drawn.

On February 24, 2011, we exercised our call right to purchase the remaining 49% interest in the Rincon Center property at a purchase price of approximately $38.7 million (before prorations). The transaction is expected to close in the second quarter of 2011.

 

F-41


Table of Contents

Schedule III

Consolidated Real Estate and Accumulated Depreciation

(In thousands)

 

          Initial Costs     Cost Capitalized
subsequent to Acquisition
    Gross Carrying Amount
at December 31, 2010
    Accumulated
Depreciation at
December 31,
2010
    Year Built/
Renovated
    Year
Acquired
 

Property name

  Encumbrances at
December 31,
2010
    Land     Building &
Improvements
    Improvements     Carrying
Costs
    Land     Building &
Improvements
    Total        

Office

                     

City Plaza

  $ —        $ 14,939      $ 34,135      $ 3,221      $ —        $ 14,939      $ 37,356      $ 52,295      $ (2,544     1969/1999        2008   

Techniccolor Building

    —          6,598        27,187        28,064        3,088        6,598        58,339        64,937        (5,291     2008        2007   

875 Howard Street Property

    —          18,058        41,046        10,256        1,180        18,058        52,482        70,540        (4,984     Various        2007   

First Financial

    43,000        8,115        52,137        930        —          8,115        53,067        61,182        (940     1986        2010   

Tierrasanta

    14,300        3,056        9,670        32        —          3,056        9,702        12,758        (229     1985        2010   

Del Amo

    —          —          18,000        14        —          —          18,014        18,014        (199     1986        2010   

9300 Wilshire

    —          —          10,718        24        —          —          10,742        10,742        (121     1965/2001        2010   

222 Kearny

    —          7,563        23,793        —          —          7,563        23,793        31,356        (238     Various        2010   

Rincon Center

    106,000        58,649        111,411        17        —          58,649        111,428        170,077        (206     1985        2010   

1455 Market

    —          41,226        34,990        —          —          41,226        34,990        76,216        (338     1977        2010   

10950 Washington

    30,000        17,979        25,110        —          —          17,979        25,110        43,089        (27     Various        2010   

Media & Entertainment

                     

Sunset Gower

    —          75,749        58,969        6,488        —          75,749        65,457        141,206        (6,591     Various        2007   

Sunset Bronson

    37,000        77,698        32,374        3,406        —          77,698        35,780        113,478        (5,405     Various        2008   
                                                                           

Total

  $ 230,300      $ 329,630      $ 479,540      $ 52,452      $ 4,268      $ 329,630      $ 536,260      $ 865,890      $ (27,113    
                                                                           

 

F-42


Table of Contents

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

The Board of Directors and Stockholders of Hudson Pacific Properties, Inc.

We have audited the accompanying balance sheets of Howard Street Associates, LLC (the Company) as of December 31, 2009 and 2008, and the related statements of operations, members’ equity, and cash flows for the years ended December 31, 2009 and 2008, and the period from February 14, 2007 (Commencement of Operations) to December 31, 2007. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. We were not engaged to perform an audit of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Our audits included consideration of internal control over financial reporting as a basis for designing audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An audit also includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, and evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Howard Street Associates, LLC as of December 31, 2009 and 2008, and the results of their operations and its cash flows for the years ended December 31, 2009 and 2008, and the period from February 14, 2007 (Commencement of Operations) to December 31, 2007, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.

/s/ E RNST  & Y OUNG LLP

Los Angeles, California

November 22, 2010

 

F-43


Table of Contents

Howard Street Associates, LLC

Balance Sheets

 

     December 31,  
     2009     2008  
     (In Thousands)  

Assets

    

Real estate assets:

    

Land

   $ 18,058      $ 18,058   

Land improvements

     564        564   

Building and improvements

     38,393        38,393   

Tenant improvements

     2,278        2,278   

Property under development

     3,637        93   
                

Total real estate held for investment

     62,930        59,386   

Accumulated depreciation and amortization

     (3,870 )     (3,218 )
                

Total investment in real estate, net

     59,060        56,168   

Cash and cash equivalents

     1,438        858   

Restricted cash

     523        373   

Deferred financing costs, net of accumulated amortization of $560 and $358 at December 31, 2009 and 2008, respectively

     201        364   

Lease intangibles, net of accumulated amortization of $2,047 and $1,848 at December 31, 2009 and 2008, respectively

     794        993   

Lease commissions, net of accumulated amortization of $720 and $878 at December 31, 2009 and 2008, respectively

     1,535        502   

Prepaid expenses and other assets

     66        77   
                

Total assets

   $ 63,617      $ 59,335   
                

Liabilities and members’ equity

    

Notes payable

   $ 37,518      $ 33,594   

Accounts payable and accrued liabilities

     1,818        493   

Below-market leases net of accumulated amortization of $5,430 and $4,334 at December 31, 2009 and 2008, respectively

     11,637        12,733   

Prepaid rent

     83        181   

Security deposits

     904        —     
                

Total liabilities

     51,960        47,001   

Members’ equity

     11,657        12,334   
                

Total liabilities and equity

   $ 63,617      $ 59,335   
                

 

See accompanying notes.

 

F-44


Table of Contents

Howard Street Associates, LLC

Statements of Operations

 

     Year Ended
December 31,
    Period From
February 14,
2007
(Commencement
of Operations)
to December 31,
2007
 
     2009     2008    
     (In Thousands)  

Revenues:

      

Rental income

   $ 1,997      $ 4,444      $ 3,905   

Tenant recoveries

     396        718        620   

Other

     140        —          —     
                        

Total revenues

     2,533        5,162        4,525   

Expenses:

      

Office operating expenses

     1,589        641        720   

Real estate taxes

     239        557        462   

Depreciation and amortization

     950        3,094        2,851   
                        

Total operating expenses

     2,778        4,292        4,033   
                        

Income from operations

     (245 )     870        492   

Other expense (income):

      

Interest expense

     422        1,785        2,236   

Interest income

     (1 )     (3 )     (14 )

Unrealized loss of interest rate contracts

     11        —          24   
                        
     432        1,782        2,246   
                        

Net loss

   $ (677 )   $ (912 )   $ (1,754 )
                        

See accompanying notes.

 

F-45


Table of Contents

Howard Street Associates, LLC

Statements of Members’ Equity

 

     TMG-Flynn
SOMA, LLC
    SOMA
Square
Investors,
LLC
    Total
Members’
Equity
 
     (In Thousands)  

February 14, 2007 (Commencement of Operations)

   $ —        $ —        $ —     

Member contributions

     900        14,100        15,000   

Net loss

     (105 )     (1,649 )     (1,754 )
                        

Balance at December 31, 2007

     795        12,451        13,246   

Net loss

     (55 )     (857 )     (912 )
                        

Balance at December 31, 2008

     740        11,594        12,334   

Net loss

     (41 )     (636 )     (677 )
                        

Balance at December 31, 2009

   $ 699      $ 10,958      $ 11,657   
                        

See accompanying notes.

 

F-46


Table of Contents

Howard Street Associates, LLC

Statements of Cash Flows

 

     Year Ended
December 31,
    Period From
February 14,
2007
(Commencement
of Operations) to
December 31,
2007
 
     2009     2008    
     (In Thousands)  

Operating activities

      

Net loss

   $ (677 )   $ (912 )   $ (1,754 )

Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash provided by (used in) operating activities

      

Depreciation and amortization

     950        3,094        2,851   

Amortization of deferred financing costs

     88        187        171   

Amortization of below-market rents

     (1,096 )     (2,169 )     (2,165 )

Unrealized loss on interest loss contract

     11        —          24   

Changes in operating assets and liabilities:

      

Lease commissions, prepaid expenses and other assets

     (1,122 )     7        (343 )

Accounts payable and accrued liabilities

     431        115        521   

Restricted cash

     (150 )     (145 )     (228 )

Prepaid rent

     (98 )     40        141   

Security deposits

     904        —          —     
                        

Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities

     (759 )     217        (782 )

Investing activities

      

Additions to investment in real estate

     (2,535 )     (102 )     (66 )

Acquisition of investment property

     —          —          (46,257 )
                        

Net cash used in investing activities

     (2,535 )     (102 )     (46,323 )

Financing activities

      

Proceeds from notes payable

     3,924        343        33,251   

Contributions by members

     —          —          15,000   

Payment of loan costs and interest rate contracts

     (50 )     —          (746 )
                        

Net cash provided by financing activities

     3,874        343        47,505   
                        

Net increase in cash and cash equivalents

     580        458        400   

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period

     858        400        —     
                        

Cash and cash equivalents at end of period

   $ 1,438      $ 858      $ 400   
                        

Supplemental disclosure of cash flow information

      

Cash paid for interest, net of amounts capitalized

   $ 719      $ 1,667      $ 1,923   
                        

See accompanying notes.

 

F-47


Table of Contents

Howard Street Associates, LLC

Notes to the Financial Statements

Years Ended December 31, 2009 and 2008

and the Period from February 14, 2007 (Commencement of Operations) to December 31, 2007

(In Thousands)

1. Formation and Limited Liability Company Agreement

Howard Street Associates, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the Company), was formed on December 6, 2006, to acquire, refurbish, re-tenant, improve, operate, market, lease, finance, and ultimately dispose of a commercial building located at 875-899 Howard Street, San Francisco, California (the Project).

The Project was acquired on February 15, 2007, and the Company commenced operation of the Project.

The members of the Company are TMG-Flynn SOMA, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the Managing Member), and SOMA Square Investors, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the Investor Member). The percentage interests of the Managing Member and the Investor Member are 6% and 94%, respectively. The members have committed to contribute a maximum of $18,000 in cash to the Company on a pari passu basis.

The Company will continue until December 31, 2057, unless terminated sooner, as provided in the Limited Liability Company Agreement (the Company Agreement).

The Members are to receive various cash distribution preferences. The Managing Member will receive additional cash distributions as each level of the cash distribution preferences is attained. The preferences include a complete return of the members’ invested capital, and preferred returns on invested capital at rates of 10%, 18%, 27.5%, and 35%, depending upon the amount of cash proceeds actually distributed.

Profits and losses are allocated in accordance with the partnership agreement and generally follow distributions.

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

Basis of Presentation

The accompanying combined financial statements of the Company are prepared in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles (GAAP).

Use of Estimates

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of commitments and contingencies at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting periods. Actual results could materially differ from these estimates.

Investment in Real Estate

The property is carried at cost less accumulated depreciation and amortization. The Company allocates the cost of an acquisition, including the assumption of liabilities, to the acquired tangible assets and identifiable intangibles based on their estimated fair values in accordance with GAAP. The Company assesses fair value

 

F-48


Table of Contents

Howard Street Associates, LLC

Notes to the Financial Statements

Years Ended December 31, 2009 and 2008

and the Period from February 14, 2007 (Commencement of Operations) to December 31, 2007

(In Thousands)

 

based on estimated cash flow projections that utilize appropriate discount and/or capitalization rates and available market information. Estimates of future cash flows are based on a number of factors, including historical operating results, known and anticipated trends, and market and economic conditions. The fair value of tangible assets of an acquired property considers the value of the property as if it was vacant.

The Company records acquired “above and below” market leases at fair value using discount rates that reflect the risks associated with the leases acquired. The amount recorded is based on the present value of the difference between (i) the contractual amounts to be paid pursuant to each in-place lease;; and (ii) management’s estimate of fair market lease rates for each in-place lease, measured over a period equal to the remaining term of the lease for above-market leases and the initial term plus the extended term for any leases with below-market renewal options. Other intangible assets acquired include amounts for in-place lease values that are based on the Company’s evaluation of the specific characteristics of each tenant’s lease. Factors considered include estimates of carrying costs during hypothetical expected lease-up periods, market conditions, and costs to execute similar leases. In estimating carrying costs, the Company includes estimates of lost rents at market rates during the hypothetical expected lease-up periods, which are dependent on local market conditions. In estimating costs to execute similar leases, the Company considers leasing commissions, legal, and other related costs.

The capitalized below-market lease values are amortized as an increase to rental income over the terms in the respective leases. As of December 31, 2009 and 2008, the Company had a liability related to below-market leases of $11,637 and $12,733, respectively, net of accumulated amortization of $5,430 and $4,334, respectively. The weighted-average amortization period for the Company’s below market leases was approximately 13.2 and 13.9 years as of December 31, 2009 and 2008, respectively.

The table below presents the expected amortization related to the acquired in-place lease value and acquired below-market leases at December 31, 2009:

 

     2010      2011      2012      2013      2014      Thereafter      Total  

Amortization expense:

                    

Acquired in-place lease value

   $ 60       $ 60       $ 60       $ 60       $ 60       $ 494       $ 794   

Adjustments to rental revenues:

                    

Below market leases

   $ 880       $ 881       $ 881       $ 881       $ 881       $ 7,233       $ 11,637   

The Company capitalizes direct construction and development costs, including predevelopment costs, interest, property taxes, insurance, and other costs directly related and essential to the acquisition, development, or construction of a real estate project. Construction and development costs are capitalized while substantial activities are ongoing to prepare an asset for its intended use. The Company considers a construction project as substantially complete and held available for occupancy upon the completion of tenant improvements, but no later than one year after cessation of major construction activity. Costs incurred after a project is substantially complete and ready for its intended use, or after development activities have ceased, are expensed as incurred. Costs previously capitalized related to abandoned acquisitions or developments are charged to earnings. Expenditures for repairs and maintenance are expensed as incurred.

 

F-49


Table of Contents

Howard Street Associates, LLC

Notes to the Financial Statements

Years Ended December 31, 2009 and 2008

and the Period from February 14, 2007 (Commencement of Operations) to December 31, 2007

(In Thousands)

 

The Company computes depreciation using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives as follows:

 

Land improvements

     15 years   

Building and improvements

     39 years   

Tenant improvements and leasing commissions

     15 years   

Furniture and equipment

     5 to 7 years   

Above- and below-market lease intangibles are amortized to revenue over the remaining non-cancelable lease terms and bargain renewal periods, if any. Other in-place lease intangibles are amortized to expense over the remaining non-cancelable lease term and bargain renewal periods, if any.

Impairment of Long-Lived Assets

The Company assesses the carrying value of real estate assets and related intangibles whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of an asset or asset group may not be recoverable in accordance with GAAP. Impairment losses are recorded on real estate assets held for investment when indicators of impairment are present and the future undiscounted cash flows estimated to be generated by those assets are less than the assets’ carrying amount. The Company recognizes impairment losses to the extent the carrying amount exceeds the fair value of the properties. Properties held for sale are recorded at the lower of cost or estimated fair value less the cost to sell. The Company did not record any impairment charges related to its real estate assets and related intangibles during 2009, 2008 and 2007.

Cash and Cash Equivalents

Cash and cash equivalents are defined as cash on hand and in banks plus all short-term investments with an original maturity of three months or less when purchased.

The Company maintains some of its cash in bank deposit accounts that, at times, may exceed the federally insured limit. No losses have been experienced related to such accounts.

Restricted Cash

Restricted cash consists of amounts held by lenders to provide for future real estate taxes and insurance expenditures.

Accounts Receivable and Allowance for Doubtful Accounts

Accounts receivable consist of amounts due for monthly rents and other charges. The Company maintains an allowance for doubtful accounts, including an allowance for straight-line rent receivables, for estimated losses resulting from tenant defaults or the inability of tenants to make contractual rent and tenant recovery payments. The Company monitors the liquidity and creditworthiness of its tenants and operators on an ongoing basis. This evaluation considers industry and economic conditions, property performance, credit enhancements, and other factors. For straight-line rent amounts, the Company’s assessment is based on amounts estimated to be recoverable over the term of the lease. At December 31, 2009 and 2008, management believes that the collectability of straight-line rent balances is reasonably assured; accordingly, no allowance was established against straight-line rent

 

F-50


Table of Contents

Howard Street Associates, LLC

Notes to the Financial Statements

Years Ended December 31, 2009 and 2008

and the Period from February 14, 2007 (Commencement of Operations) to December 31, 2007

(In Thousands)

 

receivables. The Company evaluates the collectability of accounts receivable based on a combination of factors. The allowance for doubtful accounts is based on specific identification of uncollectable accounts and the Company’s historical collection experience. The Company recognizes an allowance for doubtful accounts based on the length of time the receivables are past due, the current business environment, and the Company’s historical experience. Historical experience has been within management’s expectations.

Revenue Recognition

The Company recognizes rental revenue from tenants on a straight-line basis over the lease term when collectability is reasonably assured and the tenant has taken possession or controls the physical use of the leased asset. The net impact of the amortization of acquired below-market leases increased revenue by $1,096, $2,169 and $2,165 for the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008, and the period from February 14, 2007 (Commencement of Operations) to December 31, 2007, respectively. For assets acquired subject to leases, the Company recognizes revenue upon acquisition of the asset, provided the tenant has taken possession or controls the physical use of the leased asset.

If the lease provides for tenant improvements, the Company determines whether the tenant improvements, for accounting purposes, are owned by the tenant or the Company. When the Company is the owner of the tenant improvements, the tenant is not considered to have taken physical possession or have control of the physical use of the leased asset until the tenant improvements are substantially completed. When the tenant is the owner of the tenant improvements, any tenant improvement allowance that is funded is treated as a lease incentive and amortized as a reduction of revenue over the lease term. Tenant improvement ownership is determined based on various factors, including, but not limited to:

 

   

Whether the lease stipulates how and on what a tenant improvement allowance may be spent;

 

   

Whether the tenant or landlord retains legal title to the improvements at the end of the lease term;

 

   

Whether the tenant improvements are unique to the tenant or general purpose in nature; and

 

   

Whether the tenant improvements are expected to have any residual value at the end of the lease.

Certain leases provide for additional rents contingent upon a percentage of the tenant’s revenue in excess of specified base amounts or other thresholds. Such revenue is recognized when actual results reported by the tenant, or estimates of tenant results, exceed the base amount or other thresholds. Such revenue is recognized only after the contingency has been removed (when the related thresholds are achieved), which may result in the recognition of rental revenue in periods subsequent to when such payments are received.

Other property-related revenue is revenue that is derived from the tenants’ use of lighting, equipment rental, parking, power, HVAC and telecommunications (phone and internet). Other property-related revenue is recognized when these items are provided.

Tenant recoveries related to reimbursement of real estate taxes, insurance, repairs and maintenance, and other operating expenses are recognized as revenue in the period the applicable expenses are incurred. The reimbursements are recognized and presented gross, as the Company is generally the primary obligor with respect to purchasing goods and services from third-party suppliers, has discretion in selecting the supplier, and bears the associated credit risk.

 

F-51


Table of Contents

Howard Street Associates, LLC

Notes to the Financial Statements

Years Ended December 31, 2009 and 2008

and the Period from February 14, 2007 (Commencement of Operations) to December 31, 2007

(In Thousands)

 

The Company recognizes gains on sales of properties upon the closing of the transaction with the purchaser. Gains on properties sold are recognized using the full accrual method when (i) the collectability of the sales price is reasonably assured, (ii) the Company is not obligated to perform significant activities after the sale, (iii) the initial investment from the buyer is sufficient, and (iv) other profit recognition criteria have been satisfied. Gains on sales of properties may be deferred in whole or in part until the requirements for gain recognition have been met.

Deferred Financing Costs

Deferred financing costs are amortized over the term of the respective loan. Loan costs, net of related amortization, totaled $201 and $364 as of December 31, 2009 and 2008, respectively, and are included in deferred financing costs, net of accumulated amortization of $560 and $358 as of December 31, 2009 and 2008, respectively, in the accompanying balance sheets.

Derivative Financial Instruments

The Company manages interest rate risk associated with borrowings by entering into interest rate derivative contracts. The Company recognizes all derivatives on the balance sheet at fair value. Derivatives that are not hedges are adjusted to fair value and the changes in fair value are reflected as income or expense. If the derivative is a hedge, depending on the nature of the hedge, changes in the fair value of derivatives are either offset against the change in the fair value of the hedged assets, liabilities, or firm commitments through earnings, or recognized in other comprehensive income, which is a component of equity. The ineffective portion of a derivative’s change in fair value is immediately recognized in earnings.

The Company held one interest rate cap with a fair value of $0 at December 31, 2009 and 2008. The Company did not use hedge accounting for this instrument.

Fair Value of Assets and Liabilities

Under GAAP, the Company is required to measure certain financial instruments at fair value on a recurring basis. In addition, the Company is required to measure other financial instruments and balances at fair value on a non-recurring basis (e.g., carrying value of impaired real estate and long-lived assets). Fair value is defined as the price that would be received upon the sale of an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. The GAAP fair value framework uses a three-tiered approach. Fair value measurements are classified and disclosed in one of the following three categories:

 

Level 1:

   Unadjusted quoted prices in active markets that are accessible at the measurement date for identical assets or liabilities;

Level 2:

   Quoted prices for similar instruments in active markets, quoted prices for identical or similar instruments in markets that are not active, and model-derived valuations in which significant inputs and significant value drivers are observable in active markets; and

Level 3:

   Prices or valuation techniques where little or no market data is available that requires inputs that are both significant to the fair value measurement and unobservable.

 

F-52


Table of Contents

Howard Street Associates, LLC

Notes to the Financial Statements

Years Ended December 31, 2009 and 2008

and the Period from February 14, 2007 (Commencement of Operations) to December 31, 2007

(In Thousands)

 

When available, the Company utilizes quoted market prices from an independent third-party source to determine fair value and classifies such items in Level 1 or Level 2. In instances where the market for a financial instrument is not active, regardless of the availability of a non-binding quoted market price, observable inputs might not be relevant and could require the Company to make a significant adjustment to derive a fair value measurement. Additionally, in an inactive market, a market price quoted from an independent third party may rely more on models with inputs based on information available only to that independent third party. When the Company determines the market for a financial instrument owned by the Company to be illiquid or when market

transactions for similar instruments do not appear orderly, the Company uses several valuation sources (including internal valuations, discounted cash flow analysis, and quoted market prices) and establishes a fair value by assigning weights to the various valuation sources.

Changes in assumptions or estimation methodologies can have a material effect on these estimated fair values. In this regard, the derived fair value estimates cannot be substantiated by comparison to independent markets and, in many cases, may not be realized in an immediate settlement of the instrument.

The Company considers the following factors to be indicators of an inactive market: (i) there are few recent transactions; (ii) price quotations are not based on current information; (iii) price quotations vary substantially either over time or among market makers (for example, some brokered markets); (iv) indexes that previously were highly correlated with the fair values of the asset or liability are demonstrably uncorrelated with recent indications of fair value for that asset or liability; (v) there is a significant increase in implied liquidity risk premiums, yields, or performance indicators (such as delinquency rates or loss severities) for observed transactions or quoted prices when compared with the Company’s estimate of expected cash flows, considering all available market data about credit and other non-performance risk for the asset or liability; (vi) there is a wide bid-ask spread or significant increase in the bid-ask spread; (vii) there is a significant decline or absence of a market for new issuances (that is, a primary market) for the asset or liability or similar assets or liabilities; and (viii) little information is released publicly (for example, a principal-to-principal market).

The Company considers the following factors to be indicators of non-orderly transactions: (i) there was not adequate exposure to the market for a period before the measurement date to allow for marketing activities that are usual and customary for transactions involving such assets or liabilities under current market conditions; (ii) there was a usual and customary marketing period, but the seller marketed the asset or liability to a single market participant; (iii) the seller is in or near bankruptcy or receivership (that is, distressed), or the seller was required to sell to meet regulatory or legal requirements (that is, forced); and (iv) the transaction price is an outlier when compared with other recent transactions for the same or similar assets or liabilities.

The Company’s interest rate contract and interest rate cap agreements are classified as Level 2 and their fair value is derived from estimated values obtained from the counterparties based on observable market data for similar instruments.

Unrealized losses associated with Level 2 liabilities were $11, $0 and $24 for the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008, and the period from February 14, 2007 (Commencement of Operations) to December 31, 2007, respectively.

 

F-53


Table of Contents

Howard Street Associates, LLC

Notes to the Financial Statements

Years Ended December 31, 2009 and 2008

and the Period from February 14, 2007 (Commencement of Operations) to December 31, 2007

(In Thousands)

 

Income Taxes

No provision for federal income taxes has been made as the liabilities for such taxes is that of the members, not the Company. The Company is subject to the statutory requirements of the state in which it conducts business.

3. Investment in Real Estate

As described above, the property was acquired for $46,000 plus closing costs and prorations on February 15, 2007, and, as such, the following table represents the Company’s purchase price allocation:

 

     Total  

Consideration paid to acquire Project:

  

Cash consideration

   $ 46,257   
        

Total consideration paid to acquire Project

   $ 46,257   
        

Allocation of consideration paid to acquire Project:

  

Investment in real estate, net

   $ 59,104   

Lease intangibles, net

     2,841   

Leasing commissions

     1,122   

Below-market leases

     (17,067 )

Other net assets acquired

     257   
        

Total allocation of consideration paid to acquire Project

   $ 46,257   
        

During 2009, the Company began a redevelopment of a portion of the Project which was completed during 2010. For the year ended December 31, 2009, the Company capitalized $544 of interest expense and $358 of property operating costs as part of the redevelopment.

4. Loan Payable

On February 15, 2007, the Company obtained a loan commitment of $57,628 with a bank as financing for the Project, with monthly interest-only payments due. An initial loan advance of $32,618 was made on February 15, 2007 and additional draws were taken of $633, $343 and $3,924, during the period from February 14, 2007 (Commencement of Operations) to December 31, 2007, and the years ended December 31, 2008 and 2009, respectively. The additional loan advances are for capital expenses, leasing expenses, operating expenses, and interest coverage expenses. The loan was originally scheduled to mature on February 13, 2011, subject to an option to extend the maturity date for one 12-month term upon compliance with certain terms and conditions. In June 2010, the loan was repaid. The loan is secured by a deed of trust, assignment of leases, security agreement, and fixture filing on the Project.

The loan bears interest at the 30-day LIBOR plus 1.75% (2.000% at December 31, 2009, 3.625% at December 31, 2008, and 7.0% at December 31, 2007). The loan interest rate is reset on the second London business day before the ninth day of each calendar month, and is rounded up to the nearest one-eighth of one percent (1/8%).

 

F-54


Table of Contents

Howard Street Associates, LLC

Notes to the Financial Statements

Years Ended December 31, 2009 and 2008

and the Period from February 14, 2007 (Commencement of Operations) to December 31, 2007

(In Thousands)

 

Under the loan agreement, the Company was required to purchase an interest rate cap agreement and maintain such a cap for the duration of the loan until the loan is fully repaid. On February 14, 2007 (Commencement of Operations), the Company purchased, for a premium of $24, an interest rate cap effective February 14, 2007 (Commencement of Operations) through February 14, 2009, which limited its LIBOR exposure to a maximum rate of 6.25%. Upon the termination of the interest rate cap, the Company purchased, for a premium of $11, an interest rate cap effective February 14, 2009 through February 14, 2010, which limited its LIBOR exposure to a maximum rate of 4.25%. Under a separate agreement entered into between the bank and the Company, the Company’s right, title, and interest in the cap were assigned directly to the bank, such that during the period of time the loan remains outstanding, in the event that LIBOR exceeded the capped rate, the excess due to the Company from the provider of the cap will be paid directly to the bank, resulting in the Company limiting its variable portion of the interest expense to the capped rate plus 1.75%. Through December 31, 2009, no amounts have been paid to the bank under the interest rate cap as the LIBOR has not exceeded the capped rate.

The Company is exposed to credit loss in the event of non-performance by other parties to the interest rate cap agreement; however, the Company does not anticipate any non-performance by counter parties.

5. Tenant Concentrations

For the years ended December 31, 2009 and 2008, one tenant accounted for 32% and 73%, respectively, of the Property’s total revenues and another tenant accounted for 68% and 27%, respectively, of total revenues for the same period. For the period from February 14, 2007 (Commencement of Operations) to December 31, 2007, one tenant accounted for 69% of the Property’s total revenues and another tenant accounted for 31% of total revenues for the same period.

6. Related-Party Transactions

The developer and manager of the Project is TMG Partners and Flynn Properties, Inc. TMG Partners is also the managing member of the Managing Member. TMG Partners and Flynn Properties, Inc. jointly began providing property management services for the Company starting February 15, 2007. A monthly property management fee equal to the greater of $20 per month or 2.5% of gross rents received from tenants during each calendar month is paid in equal parts to TMG Partners and Flynn Properties, Inc. These fees totaled $240, $240 and $210 for the years ended December 31, 2009 and 2008, and the period from February 14, 2007 (Commencement of Operations) to December 31, 2007, respectively.

Under the management agreement, payroll-related costs were reimbursed to Flynn Properties, Inc. in the amount of $38 for the period from February 14, 2007 (Commencement of Operations) to December 31, 2007, and to TMG Partners and Flynn Properties, Inc. in the amount of $98 and $58 for the years ended December 31, 2009 and 2008, respectively.

Payroll-related costs are included in maintenance and repairs expense.

 

F-55


Table of Contents

Howard Street Associates, LLC

Notes to the Financial Statements

Years Ended December 31, 2009 and 2008

and the Period from February 14, 2007 (Commencement of Operations) to December 31, 2007

(In Thousands)

 

7. Commitments and Contingencies

The Company has been named as a defendant in a number of lawsuits in the ordinary course of business. Management believes that the ultimate settlement of these suits will not have a material adverse effect on the Company’s financial position and results of operations.

8. Lease Commitments

The Project was 65% leased and occupied at December 31, 2009 and 100% leased and occupied as of December 31, 2008 and 2007. One of the tenants has a lease that will expire in December 2013, with two five-year renewal options, while the more significant tenant was on a six-month renewal option and moved out in February 2009.

On September 2, 2009, the Company entered into a 10-year lease agreement with a new tenant. On November 16, 2009, the Company entered into a seven-year lease agreement with another new tenant. The lease is subject to extension for one term of five years.

Minimum future rental income as of December 31, 2009, is as follows:

 

2010

   $ 708   

2011

     2,286   

2012

     2,588   

2013

     3,163   

2014

     2,608   

Thereafter

     12,303   
        

Total future minimum rents

   $ 23,656   
        

Minimum future rentals do not include expenses reimbursed by tenants, which are to be paid based on the building operating costs and property taxes.

9. Fair Value of Financial Instruments

The carrying values of cash and cash equivalents, restricted cash, receivables, payables, and accrued liabilities are reasonable estimates of fair value because of the short-term maturities of these instruments. The carrying value of variable rate notes payable are reasonable estimates of fair value.

 

     December 31, 2009      December 31, 2008  
     Carrying
Value
     Fair
Value
     Carrying
Value
     Fair
Value
 

Notes payable

   $ 37,518       $ 37,518       $ 33,594       $ 33,594   

 

F-56


Table of Contents

Report of Independent Auditors

The Board of Directors and Stockholders of Hudson Pacific Properties, Inc.

We have audited the accompanying statement of revenues and certain expenses (as defined in Note 1) of Canpartners IV 222 Kearny, LLC (the “Company”), for the year ended December 31, 2009. This statement of revenues and certain expenses is the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on this statement based on our audit.

We conducted our audit in accordance with auditing standards generally accepted in the United States. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the statement of revenues and certain expenses is free of material misstatement. We were not engaged to perform an audit of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Our audit included consideration of internal control over financial reporting as a basis for designing audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An audit also includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the combined statement, assessing the accounting principles used, and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

The accompanying statement of revenues and certain expenses of the Company was prepared for the purpose of complying with the rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission for inclusion in the Registration Statement on Form S-11 of Hudson Pacific Properties, Inc. as described in Note 1, and are not intended to be a complete presentation of the revenues and expenses of the Company.

In our opinion, the statement of revenues and certain expenses referred to above presents fairly, in all material respects, the revenues and certain expenses, as defined above, of Canpartners IV 222 Kearny, LLC for the year ended December 31, 2009, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.

/s/ E RNST  & Y OUNG LLP

Los Angeles, California

November 22, 2010

 

F-57


Table of Contents

Canpartners IV 222 Kearny, LLC

Statements of Revenues and Certain Expenses

Nine Months Ended September 30, 2010 (unaudited) and Year Ended December 31, 2009

(In thousands)

 

     Nine Months
Ended
September 30,
2010
(unaudited)
     Year Ended
December 31,
2009
 

REVENUES

     

Rental revenues

   $ 3,036       $ 4,346   

Tenant recoveries

     268         394   

Parking

     173         228   
                 
     3,477         4,968   

CERTAIN EXPENSES

     

Property operating expenses

     1,343         1,994   

Ground lease expense

     731         975   
                 
     2,074         2,969   
                 

Revenues in excess of certain expenses

   $ 1,403       $ 1,999   
                 

See accompanying notes.

 

F-58


Table of Contents

Canpartners IV 222 Kearny, LLC

Notes to Statements of Revenues and Certain Expenses

Nine Months Ended September 30, 2010 (unaudited) and Year Ended December 31, 2009

(In thousands)

1. Basis of Presentation

The accompanying statements of revenues and certain expenses includes the operations of 222 Kearny Plaza (“222 Kearny”), an office building located in San Francisco, California. 222 Kearny is owned by Canpartners IV 222 Kearny, LLC (the “Company”).

The accompanying statements of revenues and certain expenses relate to 222 Kearny and have been prepared for the purpose of complying with Rule 3-14 of Regulation S-X promulgated under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended. Accordingly, the statements are not representative of the actual operations for the periods presented as revenues and certain operating expenses, which may not be directly attributable to the revenues and expenses expected to be incurred to the future operations of the Property, have been excluded. Such items include depreciation, amortization, management fees, general and administrative expense, interest expense, interest income and amortization of above and below market leases.

Unaudited Interim Financial Information

The accompanying interim unaudited financial statements have been prepared by 222 Kearny management pursuant to the rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission. Certain information and footnote disclosure normally included in the financial statements prepared in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles may have been condensed or omitted pursuant to such rules and regulations, although management believes that the disclosures are adequate to make the presentation not misleading. The unaudited statement of revenues and certain expenses for the nine months ended September 30, 2010 include, in the opinion of management, all adjustments, consisting of normal recurring adjustments, necessary to present fairly the financial information set forth therein. The results of operations for the interim period ended September 30, 2010 are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected for the year ended December 31, 2010. The interim unaudited statement of revenues and certain expenses should be read in conjunction with the Company’s audited statement of revenues and certain expenses for the year ended December 31, 2009.

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

Revenue Recognition

The Company recognizes rental revenue from tenants on a straight-line basis over the lease term when collectability is reasonably assured and the tenant has taken possession or controls the physical use of the leased asset.

Tenant recoveries related to reimbursement of real estate taxes, insurance, repairs and maintenance, and other operating expenses are recognized as revenue in the period the applicable expenses are incurred. The reimbursements are recognized and presented gross, as the Company is generally the primary obligor with respect to purchasing goods and services from third-party suppliers, has discretion in selecting the supplier and bears the associated credit risk.

Use of Estimates

Management has made a number of estimates and assumptions relating to the reporting and disclosure of revenues and certain expenses during the reporting periods to prepare the statements of revenues and certain expenses in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

 

F-59


Table of Contents

Canpartners IV 222 Kearny, LLC

Notes to Statements of Revenues and Certain Expenses

Nine Months Ended September 30, 2010 (unaudited) and Year Ended December 31, 2009

(In thousands)

 

3. Minimum Future Lease Rentals

As of September 30, 2010, the minimum future cash rents receivable under non-cancelable operating leases in each of the next five years and thereafter are as follows (unaudited):

 

Three-months ended December 31, 2010

   $ 1,021   

2011

     3,379   

2012

     2,463   

2013

     1,737   

2014

     996   

Thereafter

     1,337   
        
   $ 10,933   
        

Leases generally require reimbursement of the tenant’s proportional share of common area, real estate taxes and other operating expenses, which are excluded from the amounts above.

4. Tenant Concentrations

One of the Property’s tenants accounted for 11% of the Company’s total revenues for the year ended December 31, 2009 and the nine months ended September 30, 2010 (unaudited).

5. Minimum Future Lease Payments

As of September 30, 2010, the minimum future cash rents payable under a non-cancelable land leases in each of the next five years and thereafter are as follows (unaudited):

 

Three-months ended December 31, 2010

   $ 244   

2011

     975   

2012

     975   

2013

     975   

2014

     975   

Thereafter

     39,000   
        
   $ 43,144   
        

6. Commitments and Contingencies

The Company is subject to various legal proceedings and claims that arise in the ordinary course of business. These matters are generally covered by insurance. Management believes that the ultimate settlement of these actions will not have a material adverse effect on the Company.

7. Subsequent Events

The Company evaluated subsequent events through the date these financial statements were issued.

 

F-60


Table of Contents

Report of Independent Auditors

The Board of Directors and Stockholders of Hudson Pacific Properties, Inc.

We have audited the accompanying statement of revenues and certain expenses (as defined in Note 1) of ECI Washington, LLC (the “Company”), for the year ended December 31, 2009. This statement of revenues and certain expenses is the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on this statement based on our audit.

We conducted our audit in accordance with auditing standards generally accepted in the United States. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the statement of revenues and certain expenses is free of material misstatement. We were not engaged to perform an audit of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Our audit included consideration of internal control over financial reporting as a basis for designing audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An audit also includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the combined statement, assessing the accounting principles used, and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

The accompanying statement of revenues and certain expenses of the Company was prepared for the purpose of complying with the rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission for inclusion in the Registration Statement on Form S-11 of Hudson Pacific Properties, Inc. as described in Note 1, and are not intended to be a complete presentation of the revenues and expenses of the Company.

In our opinion, the statement of revenues and certain expenses referred to above presents fairly, in all material respects, the revenues and certain expenses, as defined above, of ECI Washington, LLC for the year ended December 31, 2009, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.

/s/ E RNST  & Y OUNG LLP

Los Angeles, California

November 22, 2010

 

F-61


Table of Contents

ECI Washington, LLC

Statements of Revenues and Certain Expenses

Nine Months Ended September 30, 2010 (unaudited) and Year Ended December 31, 2009

(In thousands)

 

     Nine Months
Ended
September 30,
2010
(unaudited)
     Year Ended
December 31,
2009
 

REVENUES

     

Rental revenues

   $ 3,096       $ 4,058   

Tenant recoveries

     913         1,058   

Parking

     315         405   
                 
     4,324         5,521   

CERTAIN EXPENSES

     

Property operating expenses

     1,325         1,895   
                 
     1,325         1,895   
                 

Revenues in excess of certain expenses

   $ 2,999       $ 3,626   
                 

See accompanying notes.

 

F-62


Table of Contents

ECI Washington, LLC

Notes to Statements of Revenues and Certain Expenses

Nine Months Ended September 30, 2010 (unaudited) and Year Ended December 31, 2009

(In thousands)

1. Basis of Presentation

The accompanying statements of revenues and certain expenses includes the operations of 10950 Washington Boulevard (“10950 Washington”), an office building located in Culver City, California. 10950 Washington is owned by ECI Washington, LLC (the “Company”).

The accompanying statements of revenues and certain expenses relate to 10950 Washington and have been prepared for the purpose of complying with Rule 3-14 of Regulation S-X promulgated under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended. Accordingly, the unaudited statements are not representative of the actual operations for the periods presented as revenues and certain operating expenses, which may not be directly attributable to the revenues and expenses expected to be incurred to the future operations of the Property, have been excluded. Such items include depreciation, amortization, management fees, general and administrative expenses, interest expense, interest income and amortization of above and below market leases.

Unaudited Interim Financial Information

The accompanying interim unaudited financial statements have been prepared by 10950 Washington management pursuant to the rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission. Certain information and footnote disclosure normally included in the financial statements prepared in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles may have been condensed or omitted pursuant to such rules and regulations, although management believes that the disclosures are adequate to make the presentation not misleading. The unaudited statement of revenues and certain expenses for the nine months ended September 30, 2010 include, in the opinion of management, all adjustments, consisting of normal recurring adjustments, necessary to present fairly the financial information set forth therein. The results of operations for the interim period ended September 30, 2010 are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected for the year ended December 31, 2010. The interim unaudited statement of revenues and certain expenses should be read in conjunction with the Company’s audited statement of revenues and certain expenses for the year ended December 31, 2009.

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

Revenue Recognition

The Company recognizes rental revenue from tenants on a straight-line basis over the lease term when collectability is reasonably assured and the tenant has taken possession or controls the physical use of the leased asset.

Tenant recoveries related to reimbursement of real estate taxes, insurance, repairs and maintenance, and other operating expenses are recognized as revenue in the period the applicable expenses are incurred. The reimbursements are recognized and presented gross, as the Company is generally the primary obligor with respect to purchasing goods and services from third-party suppliers, has discretion in selecting the supplier and bears the associated credit risk.

Use of Estimates

Management has made a number of estimates and assumptions relating to the reporting and disclosure of revenues and certain expenses during the reporting periods to prepare the statements of revenues and certain expenses in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

 

F-63


Table of Contents

ECI Washington, LLC

Notes to Statements of Revenues and Certain Expenses

Nine Months Ended September 30, 2010 (unaudited) and Year Ended December 31, 2009

(In thousands)

 

3. Minimum Future Lease Rentals

As of September 30, 2010, the minimum future cash rents receivable under non-cancelable operating leases in each of the next five years and thereafter are as follows (unaudited):

 

Three-months ended December 31, 2010

   $ 1,073   

2011

     4,374   

2012

     4,361   

2013

     4,304   

2014

     4,149   

Thereafter

     2,006   
        
   $ 20,267   
        

Leases generally require reimbursement of the tenant’s proportional share of common area, real estate taxes and other operating expenses, which are excluded from the amounts above.

4. Tenant Concentrations

One of the Property’s tenants, accounted for 70% of the Company’s total revenues for the year ended December 31, 2009 and the nine months ended September 30, 2010 (unaudited).

5. Commitments and Contingencies

The Company is subject to various legal proceedings and claims that arise in the ordinary course of business. These matters are generally covered by insurance. Management believes that the ultimate settlement of these actions will not have a material adverse effect on the Company.

6. Subsequent Events

The Company evaluated subsequent events through the date these financial statements were issued.

 

F-64


Table of Contents

Report of Independent Auditors

The Stockholder of Hudson Pacific Properties, Inc.

We have audited the accompanying combined statement of revenues and certain expenses (as defined in Note 1) of GLB Encino, LLC and Glenborough Tierrasanta, LLC (the “Company”), for the year ended December 31, 2009. This combined statement of revenues and certain expenses is the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on this combined statement based on our audit.

We conducted our audit in accordance with auditing standards generally accepted in the United States. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the statement of revenues and certain expenses is free of material misstatement. We were not engaged to perform an audit of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Our audit included consideration of internal control over financial reporting as a basis for designing audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An audit also includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the combined statement, assessing the accounting principles used, and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall combined financial statement presentation. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

The accompanying statement of revenues and certain expenses of the Company were prepared for the purpose of complying with the rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission for inclusion in the Registration Statement on Form S-11 of Hudson Pacific Properties, Inc. as described in Note 1, and are not intended to be a complete presentation of the revenues and expenses of the Company.

In our opinion, the statement of revenues and certain expenses referred to above presents fairly, in all material respects, the combined revenues and certain expenses, as defined above of GLB Encino, LLC and Glenborough Tierrasanta, LLC for the year ended December 31, 2009, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.

/s/ E RNST  & Y OUNG LLP

Los Angeles, California

April 9, 2010

 

F-65


Table of Contents

GLB Encino, LLC and Glenborough Tierrasanta, LLC

Combined Statement of Revenues and Certain Expenses

Three-Months Ended March 31, 2010 (Unaudited) and the Year Ended December 31, 2009

(In thousands)

 

     Three-
Months
Ended
March 31,
2010
(Unaudited)
     Year Ended
December 31,
2009
 

Revenues

     

Rental revenues

   $ 2,122       $ 8,493   

Parking and other

     310         1,198   

Tenant recoveries

     171         717   
                 
     2,603         10,408   

Certain expenses

     

Property operating expenses

     745         2,695   

Other operating expenses

     —           145   
                 

Revenues in excess of certain expenses

   $ 1,858       $ 7,568   
                 

See accompanying notes.

 

F-66


Table of Contents

GLB Encino, LLC and Glenborough Tierrasanta, LLC

Notes to Combined Statement of Revenues and Certain Expenses

Three-Months Ended March 31, 2010 (Unaudited) and the Year Ended December 31, 2009

(In thousands)

1. Basis of Presentation

The accompanying combined statements of revenues and certain expenses includes the combined operations of First Financial Plaza (“First Financial”), an office building located in Los Angeles, California and Tierrasanta Research Park (“Tierrasanta”), an office building located in San Diego, California. First Financial and Tierrasanta are owned by GLB Encino, LLC and Glenborough Tierrasanta, LLC, respectively (collectively, the “Company”). Glenborough Fund XIV, L.P. is the managing and sole member of GLB Encino, LLC and Glenborough Tierrasanta, LLC.

The accompanying combined statements of revenues and certain expenses relates to the Company and has been prepared for the purpose of complying with Rule 3-14 of Regulation S-X promulgated under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended. Accordingly, the combined statement is not representative of the actual operations for the year presented as revenues and certain operating expenses, which may not be directly attributable to the revenues and expenses expected to be incurred to the future operations of the Company, have been excluded. Such items include depreciation, amortization, management fees, interest expense, interest income and amortization of above and below market leases. The Company is not aware of any material factors relating to First Financial and Tierrasanta other than those discussed above that would cause the reported financial information not to be necessarily indicative of future operating results.

First Financial and Tierrasanta are under common management and their acquisition will be conditioned on a single event, consummation of an initial public offering. Due to common management, and consistent with Accounting Standards Codification (ASC) 810-10, Consolidation , management views First Financial and Tierrasanta on a combined basis.

Unaudited Interim Financial Information

The accompanying interim unaudited combined statement of revenues and certain expenses have been prepared by the Company’s management pursuant to the rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission. Certain information and footnote disclosure normally included in the financial statements prepared in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles (“GAAP”) may have been condensed or omitted pursuant to such rules and regulations, although management believes that the disclosures are adequate to make the presentation not misleading. The unaudited combined statement of revenues and certain expenses for the three months ended March 31, 2010, include, in the opinion of management, all adjustments, consisting of normal recurring adjustments, necessary to present fairly the financial information set forth therein. The results of operations for the interim period ended March 31, 2010 are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected for the years ended December 31, 2010. The interim unaudited combined statement of revenues and certain expenses should be read in conjunction with the Company’s audited combined statement of revenues and certain expenses for the year ended December 31, 2009 and notes thereto.

2. Principles of Combination

The combined financial statement includes selected accounts of the Company as described in Note 1. All significant intercompany accounts and transactions have been eliminated in the combined statements of revenues and certain expenses.

 

F-67


Table of Contents

GLB Encino, LLC and Glenborough Tierrasanta, LLC

Notes to Combined Statement of Revenues and Certain Expenses

Three-Months Ended March 31, 2010 (Unaudited) and the Year Ended December 31, 2009

(In thousands)

 

3. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

Revenue Recognition

The Company recognizes rental revenue from tenants on a straight-line basis over the lease term when collectability is reasonably assured and the tenant has taken possession or controls the physical use of the leased asset.

Tenant recoveries related to reimbursement of real estate taxes, insurance, repairs and maintenance, and other operating expenses are recognized as revenue in the period the applicable expenses are incurred. The reimbursements are recognized and presented gross, as the Company is generally the primary obligor with respect to purchasing goods and services from third-party suppliers, has discretion in selecting the supplier and bears the associated credit risk.

Use of Estimates

Management has made a number of estimates and assumptions relating to the reporting and disclosure of revenues and certain expenses during the reporting periods to prepare the combined statements of revenues and certain expenses in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

4. Minimum Future Lease Rentals

There are various lease agreements in place with tenants to lease space in the Company. As of March 31, 2010 , the minimum future cash rents receivable under noncancelable operating leases in each of the next five years and thereafter are as follows (unaudited):

 

April 1, 2010 to December 31, 2010

   $ 5,876   

2011

     7,216   

2012

     6,758   

2013

     5,676   

2014

     4,357   

Thereafter

     11,307   
        
   $ 41,190   
        

Leases generally require reimbursement of the tenant’s proportional share of common area, real estate taxes and other operating expenses, which are excluded from the amounts above.

5. Tenant Concentrations

For the three months ended March 31, 2010 (unaudited) and the year ended December 31, 2009, one tenant represented 13% of the Company’s total revenue.

6. Related-Party Transactions

The Company reimburses an operating company that is owned by the minority owner of Glenborough Fund XIV, L.P. for property management payroll and related expenses. Such reimbursable costs are included in operating expenses in the accompanying statements of revenues and certain expenses.

 

F-68


Table of Contents

GLB Encino, LLC and Glenborough Tierrasanta, LLC

Notes to Combined Statement of Revenues and Certain Expenses

Three Months Ended March 31, 2010 (Unaudited) and the Year Ended December 31, 2009

(In thousands)

 

7. Commitments and Contingencies

The Company is subject to various legal proceedings and claims that arise in the ordinary course of business. These matters are generally covered by insurance. Management believes that the ultimate settlement of these actions will not have a material adverse effect on the Company’s results of operations.

8. Subsequent Events

The Company evaluated subsequent events through the date these combined financial statements were issued.

 

F-69


Table of Contents

City Plaza

Unaudited Statements of Revenues and Certain Expenses

Six Months Ended June 30, 2008 and 2007

(In thousands)

 

     2008      2007  

Revenues

     

Rental revenues

   $ 2,174       $ 3,571   

Parking and other

     89         121   

Tenant recoveries

     162         367   
                 
     2,425         4,059   

Certain expenses

     

Property operating expenses

     1,742         1,689   
                 

Excess of revenues over certain expenses

   $ 683       $ 2,370   
                 

See accompanying notes.

 

F-70


Table of Contents

City Plaza

Notes to the Unaudited Statement of Revenues and Certain Expenses

Six Months Ended June 30, 2008 and 2007

(In thousands)

1. Basis of Presentation

The accompanying statements of revenues and certain expenses include the historical operations of City Plaza (the “Property”), an office building located in Orange, California. City Plaza was acquired by HFOP City Plaza, LLC on August 26, 2008.

Concurrent with the consummation of the initial public offering of the common stock of Hudson Pacific Properties, Inc., HFOP City Plaza, LLC will contribute its ownership interest in the Property to Hudson Pacific Properties, Inc. Affiliates of the prior owners of the Property have historically provided maintenance and management services to the Property.

The accompanying statements of revenues and certain expenses relate to the Property and have been prepared for the purpose of complying with Rule 3-14 of Regulation S-X promulgated under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended. Accordingly, the statements are not representative of the actual operations for the years presented as revenues and certain operating expenses, which may not be directly attributable to the revenues and expenses expected to be incurred to the future operations of the Property, have been excluded. Such items include depreciation, amortization, management fees, interest expense, interest income, and amortization of above- and below-market leases.

Tenant reimbursements for real estate taxes, common area maintenance and other recoverable costs are recognized in the period that the expenses are incurred. Lease termination fees, and parking and miscellaneous revenues are included in parking and other income in the accompanying statements of revenues and certain expenses. Lease termination fees are recognized when the related leases are canceled and the landlord has no continuing obligation to provide services to such former tenants.

Unaudited Interim Financial Information

The accompanying interim unaudited combined statements of revenues and certain expenses have been prepared by the Property’s management pursuant to the rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission. Certain information and footnote disclosure normally included in the financial statements prepared in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles (“GAAP”) may have been condensed or omitted pursuant to such rules and regulations, although management believes that the disclosures are adequate to make the presentation not misleading. The unaudited statement of revenues and certain expenses for the six months ended June 30, 2008 and 2007, include, in the opinion of management, all adjustments, consisting of normal recurring adjustments, necessary to present fairly the financial information set forth therein. The results of operations for the interim periods ended June 30, 2008 and 2007 are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected for the years ended December 31, 2008 and 2007.

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

The interim unaudited combined statements of revenues and certain expenses should be read in conjunction with the Property’s audited statements of revenues and certain expenses for the year ended December 31, 2007, and notes thereto.

 

F-71


Table of Contents

City Plaza

Notes to the Unaudited Statement of Revenues and Certain Expenses

Six Months Ended June 30, 2008 and 2007

(In thousands)

 

Revenue Recognition

The Property recognizes rental revenue from tenants on a straight-line basis over the lease term when collectability is reasonably assured and the tenant has taken possession or controls the physical use of the leased asset.

Tenant recoveries related to reimbursement of real estate taxes, insurance, repairs and maintenance, and other operating expenses are recognized as revenue in the period the applicable expenses are incurred. The reimbursements are recognized and presented gross, as the Property is generally the primary obligor with respect to purchasing goods and services from third-party suppliers, has discretion in selecting the supplier and bears the associated credit risk.

Use of Estimates

Management has made a number of estimates and assumptions relating to the reporting and disclosure of revenues and certain expenses during the reporting periods to prepare the combined statements of revenues and certain expenses in conformity with GAAP. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

3. Commitments and Contingencies

The Property is subject to various legal proceedings and claims that arise in the ordinary course of business. These matters are generally covered by insurance. Management believes that the ultimate settlement of these actions will not have a material adverse effect on the Property’s results of operations.

4. Subsequent Events

The Company evaluated subsequent events through the date these financial statements were issued.

 

F-72


Table of Contents

Report of Independent Auditors

The Stockholder of Hudson Pacific Properties, Inc.

We have audited the accompanying statement of revenues and certain expenses (as defined in Note 1) of City Plaza (the “Property”) for the year ended December 31, 2007. The statement of revenues and certain expenses is the responsibility of the management of the Property. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the statement based on our audit.

We conducted our audit in accordance with auditing standards generally accepted in the United States. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the statement of revenues and certain expenses is free of material misstatement. We were not engaged to perform an audit of the Property’s internal control over financial reporting. Our audit included consideration of internal control over financial reporting as a basis for designing audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Property’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An audit also includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the statement, assessing the accounting principles used, and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

The accompanying statement of revenues and certain expenses of the Property was prepared for the purpose of complying with the rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission for inclusion in the Registration Statement on Form S-11 of Hudson Pacific Properties, Inc. as described in Note 1, and are not intended to be a complete presentation of the revenues and expenses of the Property.

In our opinion, the statement of revenues and certain expenses referred to above presents fairly, in all material respects, the revenue and certain expenses, as defined above, of City Plaza for the year ended December 31, 2007, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.

/s/ E RNST  & Y OUNG LLP

Los Angeles, California

February 16, 2010

 

F-73


Table of Contents

City Plaza

Statement of Revenue and Certain Expenses

Year Ended December 31, 2007

(In thousands)

 

Revenues

  

Rental revenues

   $ 5,727   

Parking and other

     901   

Tenant recoveries

     454   
        
     7,082   

Certain expenses

  

Property operating expenses

     3,874   
        

Excess of revenues over certain expenses

   $ 3,208   
        

See accompanying notes.

 

F-74


Table of Contents

City Plaza

Notes to Statement of Revenues and Certain Expenses

Year ended December 31, 2007

(In thousands)

1. Basis of Presentation

The accompanying statement of revenues and certain expenses includes the historical operations of City Plaza (the “Property”), an office building located in Orange, California. City Plaza was acquired by HFOP City Plaza, LLC on August 26, 2008.

Concurrent with the consummation of the initial public offering of the common stock of Hudson Pacific Properties, Inc., HFOP City Plaza, LLC will contribute their ownership interest in the Property to Hudson Pacific Properties, Inc. Affiliates of the prior owners of the Property have historically provided maintenance and management services to the Property.

The accompanying combined statement of revenues and certain expenses relates to the Company and has been prepared for the purpose of complying with Rule 3-14 of Regulation S-X promulgated under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended. Accordingly, the combined statement is not representative of the actual operations for the year presented as revenues and certain operating expenses, which may not be directly attributable to the revenues and expenses expected to be incurred to the future operations of the Property, have been excluded. Such items include depreciation, amortization, management fees, interest expense, interest income and amortization of above- and below-market leases.

Tenant reimbursements for real estate taxes, common area maintenance and other recoverable costs are recognized in the period that the expenses are incurred. Lease termination fees, and parking and miscellaneous revenues are included in parking and other income in the accompanying statements of revenues and certain expenses. Lease termination fees are recognized when the related leases are canceled and the landlord has no continuing obligation to provide services to such former tenants.

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

Revenue Recognition

The Property recognizes rental revenue from tenants on a straight-line basis over the lease term when collectability is reasonably assured and the tenant has taken possession or controls the physical use of the leased asset.

Tenant recoveries related to reimbursement of real estate taxes, insurance, repairs and maintenance, and other operating expenses are recognized as revenue in the period the applicable expenses are incurred. The reimbursements are recognized and presented gross, as the Property is generally the primary obligor with respect to purchasing goods and services from third-party suppliers, has discretion in selecting the supplier and bears the associated credit risk.

Use of Estimates

Management has made a number of estimates and assumptions relating to the reporting and disclosure of revenues and certain expenses during the reporting periods to prepare the combined statements of revenues and certain expenses in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

 

F-75


Table of Contents

City Plaza

Notes to Statement of Revenues and Certain Expenses

Year ended December 31, 2007

(In thousands)

 

3. Commitments and Contingencies

The Property is subject to various legal proceedings and claims that arise in the ordinary course of business. These matters are generally covered by insurance. Management believes that the ultimate settlement of these actions will not have a material adverse effect on the Property’s results of operations.

4. Subsequent Events

The Company evaluated subsequent events through the date these financial statements were issued.

 

F-76


Table of Contents

Report of Independent Auditors

The Board of Directors and Stockholders of Hudson Pacific Properties, Inc.

We have audited the accompanying statements of revenues and certain expenses (as defined in Note 1) of Rincon Center JV LLC (the “Company”), for the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009. These statements of revenues and certain expenses are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these statements based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with auditing standards generally accepted in the United States. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audits to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the statement of revenues and certain expenses is free of material misstatement. We were not engaged to perform an audit of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Our audits included consideration of internal control over financial reporting as a basis for designing audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An audit also includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the statement, assessing the accounting principles used, and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

The accompanying statements of revenues and certain expenses of the Company were prepared for the purpose of complying with the rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission for inclusion in the Registration Statement on Form S-11 of Hudson Pacific Properties, Inc. as described in Note 1, and are not intended to be a complete presentation of the revenues and expenses of the Company.

In our opinion, the statements of revenues and certain expenses referred to above presents fairly, in all material respects, the revenues and certain expenses, as defined above Rincon Center JV LLC for the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.

/s/ E RNST & Y OUNG LLP

Los Angeles, California

April 14, 2011

 

F-77


Table of Contents

Rincon Center JV LLC

Statements of Revenues and Certain Expenses

Year Ended December 31, 2010 and 2009

(In thousands)

 

     Year Ended
December 31, 2010
     Year Ended
December 31, 2009
 

Revenues

     

Rental revenues

   $ 16,832       $ 17,157   

Parking and other

     1,643         1,674   

Tenant recoveries

     1,547         1,477   
                 

Total revenues

     20,022         20,308   

Certain expenses

     

Property operating expenses

     7,770         7,931   
                 

Total certain expenses

     7,770         7,931   
                 

Revenues in excess of certain expenses

   $ 12,252       $ 12,377   
                 

 

 

See accompanying notes.

 

F-78


Table of Contents

Rincon Center JV LLC

Notes to Statements of Revenues and Certain Expenses

Years Ended December 31, 2010 and 2009

(In thousands)

1. Basis of Presentation

The accompanying statements of revenues and certain expenses include the operations of Rincon Center (“Rincon Center”), an office building located in San Francisco, California. Rincon Center is owned by Rincon Center JV LLC (the “Company”).

The accompanying statements of revenues and certain expenses relates to the Company and has been prepared for the purpose of complying with Rule 3-14 of Regulation S-X promulgated under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended. Accordingly, the statements are not representative of the actual operations for the years presented as revenues and certain operating expenses, which may not be directly attributable to the revenues and expenses expected to be incurred to the future operations of the Company, have been excluded. Such items include depreciation, amortization, management fees, interest expense, interest income and amortization of above and below market leases.

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

Revenue Recognition

The Company recognizes rental revenue from tenants on a straight-line basis over the lease term when collectability is reasonably assured and the tenant has taken possession or controls the physical use of the leased asset.

Tenant recoveries related to reimbursement of real estate taxes, insurance, repairs and maintenance, and other operating expenses are recognized as revenue in the period the applicable expenses are incurred. The reimbursements are recognized and presented gross, as the Company is generally the primary obligor with respect to purchasing goods and services from third-party suppliers, has discretion in selecting the supplier and bears the associated credit risk.

Use of Estimates

Management has made a number of estimates and assumptions relating to the reporting and disclosure of revenues and certain expenses during the reporting periods to prepare the statements of revenues and certain expenses in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

 

F-79


Table of Contents

Rincon Center JV LLC

Notes to Combined Statement of Revenues and Certain Expenses

Year Ended December 31, 2010 and 2009

(In thousands)

 

3. Minimum Future Lease Rentals

There are various lease agreements in place with tenants to lease space in the Company. As of December 31, 2010, the minimum future cash rents receivable under noncancelable operating leases in each of the next five years and thereafter are as follows:

 

2011

   $ 17,162   

2012

     16,458   

2013

     13,582   

2014

     9,432   

2015

     9,181   

Thereafter

     14,201   
        
   $ 80,016   
        

Leases generally require reimbursement of the tenant’s proportional share of common area, real estate taxes and other operating expenses, which are excluded from the amounts above.

4. Tenant Concentrations

For the year ended December 31, 2010 and 2009, two tenants represented 68.5% and 68.5%, respectively, of the Company’s rental revenues.

5. Commitments and Contingencies

The Company is subject to various legal proceedings and claims that arise in the ordinary course of business. These matters are generally covered by insurance. Management believes that the ultimate settlement of these actions will not have a material adverse effect on the Company’s results of operations.

6. Subsequent Events

The Company evaluated subsequent events through the date these statements of revenues and certain expenses were issued.

 

F-80


Table of Contents

 

 

             Shares

LOGO

Common Stock

 

 

PROSPECTUS

 

BofA Merrill Lynch

Barclays Capital

Morgan Stanley

Wells Fargo Securities

KeyBanc Capital Markets

                    , 2011

 

 

 


Table of Contents

PART II

INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS

 

Item 31. Other Expenses of Issuance and Distribution.

The following table itemizes the expenses incurred by us in connection with the issuance and registration of the securities being registered hereunder. All amounts shown are estimates except for the SEC registration fee and the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, Inc., or FINRA, filing fee.

 

SEC Registration Fee

   $ 12,414   

FINRA Filing Fee

   $ 11,193   

Printing and Engraving Expenses

   $ *       

Legal Fees and Expenses (other than Blue Sky)

   $ *       

Accounting and Fees and Expenses

   $ *       
        

Total

   $ *       
        

 

* To be completed by amendment.

 

Item 32. Sales to Special Parties.

None.

 

Item 33. Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities.

On February 1, 2010 we issued 100 shares of our common stock to Victor J. Coleman in connection with the initial capitalization of our company for an aggregate purchase price of $1,000. The issuance of such shares was effected in reliance upon an exemption from registration provided by Section 4(2) under the Securities Act.

In connection with our initial public offering and related formation transactions, on June 29, 2010, an aggregate of (i) 6,050,037 shares of common stock, (ii) 2,610,941 common units of limited partnership interest in our operating partnership, or common units and (iii) series A preferred units of limited partnership interest in our operating partnership with an aggregate liquidation preference of approximately $12.5 million (before closing costs and prorations) were issued to certain persons transferring interests in the properties and assets comprising our initial portfolio to us in consideration of such transfers. All such persons had a substantive, pre-existing relationship with us and made irrevocable elections to receive such securities in the formation transactions prior to the filing of the registration statement related to our initial public offering with the SEC. All of such persons are “accredited investors” as defined under Regulation D of the Securities Act. The issuance of such shares and units was effected in reliance upon exemptions from registration provided by Section 4(2) under the Securities Act and Regulation D of the Securities Act.

Concurrently with the closing of our initial public offering, we completed a separate private placement pursuant to which we sold 1,176,471 shares of common stock with an aggregate value of $20.0 million to Victor J. Coleman and certain investment funds affiliated with Farallon Capital Management, L.L.C., at a price per share equal to the price to the public without payment by us of any underwriting discount or commission. Mr. Coleman and each such investment fund had a substantive, pre-existing relationship with us and made irrevocable elections to receive such securities in the private placement prior to the filing of the registration statement related to our initial public offering with the SEC. Mr. Coleman and each such investment fund are “accredited investors” as defined under Regulation D of the Securities Act. The issuance of such shares was effected in reliance upon an exemption from registration provided by Section 4(2) under the Securities Act and Regulation D of the Securities Act.

Concurrently with the closing of this offering, we will complete a separate private placement pursuant to which we will sell                      shares of common stock to certain investment funds affiliated with Farallon Capital Management, L.L.C., at a price per share equal to the price to the public without payment by us of any

 

II-1


Table of Contents

underwriting discount or commission. Each such investment fund had a substantive, pre-existing relationship with us prior to the filing of this registration statement with the SEC. Each such investment fund is an “accredited investor” as defined under Regulation D of the Securities Act. The issuance of such shares will be effected in reliance upon an exemption from registration provided by Section 4(2) under the Securities Act and pursuant to Regulation D of the Securities Act.

 

Item 34. Indemnification of Directors and Officers.

Maryland law permits a Maryland corporation to include in its charter a provision limiting the liability of its directors and officers to the corporation and its stockholders for money damages except for liability resulting from:

 

   

actual receipt of an improper benefit or profit in money, property or services; or

 

   

active and deliberate dishonesty that is established by a final judgment and is material to the cause of action.

Our charter contains a provision that eliminates the liability of our directors and officers to the maximum extent permitted by Maryland law.

Maryland law requires a Maryland corporation (unless its charter provides otherwise, which our charter does not) to indemnify a director or officer who has been successful, on the merits or otherwise in the defense of any proceeding to which he or she is made or threatened to be made a party by reason of his or her service in that capacity. Maryland law permits a Maryland corporation to indemnify its present and former directors and officers, among others, against judgments, penalties, fines, settlements and reasonable expenses actually incurred by them in connection with any proceeding to which they may be made or threatened to be made a party by reason of their service in those or other capacities unless it is established that:

 

   

the act or omission of the director or officer was material to the matter giving rise to the proceeding and (i) was committed in bad faith or (ii) was the result of active and deliberate dishonesty;

 

   

the director or officer actually received an improper personal benefit in money, property or services; or

 

   

in the case of any criminal proceeding, the director or officer had reasonable cause to believe that the act or omission was unlawful.

Under Maryland law, a Maryland corporation also may not indemnify a director or officer in a suit by or in the right of the corporation in which the director or officer was adjudged liable to the corporation or for a judgment of liability on the basis that a personal benefit was improperly received. A court may order indemnification if it determines that the director or officer is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnification, even though the director or officer did not meet the prescribed standard of conduct, however, indemnification for an adverse judgment in a suit by us or in our right, or for a judgment of liability on the basis that personal benefit was improperly received, is limited to expenses.

In addition, the MGCL permits a Maryland corporation to advance reasonable expenses to a director or officer upon the corporation’s receipt of:

 

   

a written affirmation by the director or officer of his or her good faith belief that he or she has met the standard of conduct necessary for indemnification by the corporation; and

 

   

a written unsecured undertaking by the director or officer or on his or her behalf to repay the amount paid or reimbursed by the corporation if it is ultimately determined that he or she did not meet the standard of conduct.

 

II-2


Table of Contents

Our charter authorizes us, and our bylaws obligate us, to the maximum extent permitted by Maryland law in effect from time to time, to indemnify and, without requiring a preliminary determination of the ultimate entitlement to indemnification, to pay or reimburse reasonable expenses in advance of final disposition of a proceeding to any individual who:

 

   

is a present or former director or officer and who is made or threatened to be made a party to the proceeding by reason of his or her service in that capacity; or

 

   

while a director or officer and at our request, serves or has served as a director, officer, partner, manager, member or trustee of another corporation, real estate investment trust, partnership, limited liability company, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise and who is made or threatened to be made a party to the proceeding by reason of his or her service in that capacity.

Our charter and bylaws also permit us to indemnify and advance expenses to any individual who served a predecessor of ours in any of the capacities described above and to any employee or agent of our company or a predecessor of our company.

Furthermore, our officers and directors are indemnified against specified liabilities by the underwriters, and the underwriters are indemnified against certain liabilities by us, under the underwriting agreement relating to this offering. See “Underwriting.”

We have entered into indemnification agreements with each of our executive officers and directors whereby we indemnify such executive officers and directors to the fullest extent permitted by Maryland law against all expenses and liabilities, subject to limited exceptions. These indemnification agreements also provide that upon an application for indemnity by an executive officer or director to a court of appropriate jurisdiction, such court may order us to indemnify such executive officer or director.

In addition, our directors and officers are indemnified for specified liabilities and expenses pursuant to the partnership agreement of Hudson Pacific Properties, L.P., the partnership in which we serve as sole general partner.

 

Item 35. Treatment of Proceeds from Stock Being Registered.

None.

 

II-3


Table of Contents
Item 36. Financial Statements and Exhibits.

 

  (A) Financial Statements. See Index to Consolidated Financial Statements and the related notes thereto.

 

  (B) Exhibits. The following exhibits are filed as part of, or incorporated by reference into, this registration statement on Form S-11:

Exhibit

    
    1.1    Form of Underwriting Agreement.*
    3.1    Articles of Amendment and Restatement of Hudson Pacific Properties, Inc. (2)
    3.2    Amended and Restated Bylaws of Hudson Pacific Properties, Inc. (2)
    3.3    Articles Supplementary of Hudson Pacific Properties, Inc.
    4.1    Form of Certificate of Common Stock of Hudson Pacific Properties, Inc. (5)
    4.2    Form of Certificate of Series B Preferred Stock of Hudson Pacific Properties, Inc. (9)
    5.1    Opinion of Venable LLP.*
    8.1    Opinion of Latham & Watkins LLP with respect to tax matters.*
  10.1    Second Amended and Restated Agreement of Limited Partnership of Hudson Pacific Properties, L.P.
  10.2    Registration Rights Agreement among Hudson Pacific Properties, Inc. and the persons named therein. (8)
  10.3    Indemnification Agreement, dated June 29, 2010, by and between Hudson Pacific Properties, Inc. and Victor J. Coleman. (8)
  10.4    Indemnification Agreement, dated June 29, 2010, by and between Hudson Pacific Properties, Inc. and Howard S. Stern. (8)
  10.5    Indemnification Agreement, dated June 29, 2010, by and between Hudson Pacific Properties, Inc. and Mark T. Lammas. (8)
  10.6    Indemnification Agreement, dated June 29, 2010, by and between Hudson Pacific Properties, Inc. and Christopher Barton. (8)
  10.7    Indemnification Agreement, dated June 29, 2010, by and between Hudson Pacific Properties, Inc. and Dale Shimoda. (8)
  10.8    Indemnification Agreement, dated June 29, 2010, by and between Hudson Pacific Properties, Inc. and Theodore R. Antenucci. (8)
  10.9    Indemnification Agreement, dated June 29, 2010, by and between Hudson Pacific Properties, Inc. and Mark Burnett. (8)
  10.10    Indemnification Agreement, dated June 29, 2010, by and between Hudson Pacific Properties, Inc. and Richard B. Fried. (8)
  10.11    Indemnification Agreement, dated June 29, 2010, by and between Hudson Pacific Properties, Inc. and Jonathan M. Glaser. (8)
  10.12    Indemnification Agreement, dated June 29, 2010, by and between Hudson Pacific Properties, Inc. and Mark D. Linehan. (8)
  10.13    Indemnification Agreement, dated June 29, 2010, by and between Hudson Pacific Properties, Inc. and Robert M. Moran, Jr. (8)
  10.14    Indemnification Agreement, dated June 29, 2010, by and between Hudson Pacific Properties, Inc. and Barry A. Porter. (8)
  10.15    Hudson Pacific Properties, Inc. and Hudson Pacific Properties, L.P. 2010 Incentive Award Plan. (5)

 

II-4


Table of Contents

Exhibit

    
  10.16    Restricted Stock Award Grant Notice and Restricted Stock Award Agreement. (5)
  10.17    Hudson Pacific Properties, Inc. Director Stock Plan. (9)
  10.18    Employment Agreement, dated as of April 22, 2010, by and among Hudson Pacific Properties, Inc., Hudson Pacific Properties, L.P. and Victor J. Coleman. (2)
  10.19    Employment Agreement, dated as of April 22, 2010, by and among Hudson Pacific Properties, Inc., Hudson Pacific Properties, L.P. and Howard S. Stern. (2)
  10.20    Employment Agreement, dated as of May 14, 2010, by and among Hudson Pacific Properties, Inc., Hudson Pacific Properties, L.P. and Mark T. Lammas. (4)
  10.21    Employment Agreement, dated as of April 22, 2010, by and among Hudson Pacific Properties, Inc., Hudson Pacific Properties, L.P. and Christopher Barton. (2)
  10.22    Employment Agreement, dated as of April 22, 2010, by and among Hudson Pacific Properties, Inc., Hudson Pacific Properties, L.P. and Dale Shimoda. (2)
  10.23    Contribution Agreement by and among Victor J. Coleman, Howard S. Stern, Hudson Pacific Properties, L.P. and Hudson Pacific Properties, Inc., dated as of February 15, 2010. (1)
  10.24    Contribution Agreement by and among SGS Investors, LLC, HFOP Investors, LLC, Soma Square Investors, LLC, Hudson Pacific Properties, L.P. and Hudson Pacific Properties, Inc., dated as of February 15, 2010. (1)
  10.25    Contribution Agreement by and among TMG-Flynn SOMA, LLC, Hudson Pacific Properties, L.P. and Hudson Pacific Properties, Inc., dated as of February 15, 2010. (1)
  10.26    Contribution Agreement by and among Glenborough Fund XIV, L.P., Glenborough Acquisition, LLC, Hudson Pacific Properties, L.P. and Hudson Pacific Properties, Inc. dated as of February 15, 2010. (1)
  10.27    Representation, Warranty and Indemnity Agreement by and among Hudson Pacific Properties, Inc., Hudson Pacific Properties, L.P. and the persons named therein as nominees of the Farallon Funds, dated as of February 15, 2010. (1)
  10.28    Representation, Warranty and Indemnity Agreement by and among Hudson Pacific Properties, Inc., Hudson Pacific Properties, L.P. and the persons named therein as nominees of TMG-Flynn SOMA, LLC, dated as of February 15, 2010. (1)
  10.29    Representation, Warranty and Indemnity Agreement by and among Hudson Pacific Properties, Inc., Hudson Pacific Properties, L.P. and the persons named therein as nominees of Glenborough Fund XIV, L.P. dated as of February 15, 2010. (1)
  10.30    Subscription Agreement by and among Farallon Capital Partners, L.P., Farallon Capital Institutional Partners, L.P., Farallon Capital Institutional Partners III, L.P., Victor J. Coleman and Hudson Pacific Properties Inc. dated as of February 15, 2010. (2)
  10.31    Tax Protection Agreement between Hudson Pacific Properties, L.P. and the persons named therein, dated June 29, 2010. (7)
  10.32    Agreement of Purchase and Sale and Joint Escrow Instructions between Del Amo Fashion Center Operating Company and Hudson Capital, LLC dated as of May 18, 2010. (4)
  10.33    Credit Agreement among Hudson Pacific Properties, Inc., Hudson Pacific Properties L.P., Barclays Capital and Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated (as successor in interest to Banc of America Securities LLC), as Joint Lead Arrangers, Bank of America, N.A., as Syndication Agent, and Barclays Bank PLC, as Administrative Agent, and the other lenders party thereto, dated June 29, 2010. (7)

 

II-5


Table of Contents

Exhibit

    
  10.34    First Modification Agreement between Sunset Bronson Entertainment Properties, LLC and Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. dated as of June 10, 2010. (5)
  10.35    Amended and Restated First Modification Agreement between Sunset Bronson Entertainment Properties, LLC and Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. dated as of June 29, 2010. (7)
  10.36    Loan Agreement among Sunset Bronson Entertainment Properties, L.L.C., as Borrower, Wachovia Bank, National Association, as Administrative Agent, Wachovia Capital Markets, LLC, as Lead Arranger and Sole Bookrunner, and lenders party thereto, dated as of May 12, 2008. (6)
  10.37    Conditional Consent Agreement between GLB Encino, LLC, as Borrower, and SunAmerica Life Insurance Company, as Lender, dated as of June 10, 2010. (6)
  10.38    Amended and Restated Deed of Trust, Security Agreement, Fixture Filing, Financing Statement and Assignment of Leases and Rents between GLB Encino, LLC, as Trustor, SunAmerica Life Insurance Company, as Beneficiary, and First American Title Insurance Company, as Trustee, dated as of January 26, 2007. (6)
  10.39    Amended and Restated Promissory Note by GLB Encino, as Maker, to SunAmerica Life Insurance Company, as Holder, dated as of January 26, 2007. (6)
  10.40    Approval Letter from Wells Fargo, as Master Servicer, and CWCapital Asset Management, LLC, as Special Servicer to Hudson Capital LLC, dated as of June 8, 2010. (6)
  10.41    Loan and Security Agreement between Glenborough Tierrasanta, LLC, as Borrower, and German American Capital Corporation, as Lender, dated as of November 28, 2006. (6)
  10.42    Note by Glenborough Tierrasanta, LLC, as Borrower, in favor of German American Capital Corporation, as Lender, dated as of November 28, 2006. (6)
  10.43    Reaffirmation, Consent to Transfer and Substitution of Indemnitor, by and among Glenborough Tierrasanta, LLC, Morgan Stanley Real Estate Fund V U.S., L.P., MSP Real Estate Fund V, L.P., Morgan Stanley Real Estate Investors, V U.S., L.P., Morgan Stanley Real Estate Fund V Special U.S., L.P., MSP Co-Investment Partnership V, L.P., MSP Co-Investment Partnership V-A, L.P., Glenborough Fund XIV, L.P., Hudson Pacific Properties, L.P., and U.S. Bank National Association, dated June 29, 2010. (7)
  10.44    Purchase and Sale Agreement, dated September 15, 2010, by and between ECI Washington LLC and Hudson Pacific Properties, L.P. (9)
  10.45    First Amendment to Purchase and Sale Agreement, dated October 1, 2010, by and between ECI Washington LLC and Hudson Pacific Properties, L.P. (9)
  10.46    Term Loan Agreement by and between Sunset Bronson Entertainment Properties, LLC and Sunset Gower Entertainment Properties, LLC, as Borrowers, and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as Lender, dated February 11, 2011. (10)
  10.47    Contract for Sale dated as of December 15, 2010 by and between Hudson 1455 Market, LLC and Bank of America, National Association. (12)
  10.48    Contribution Agreement by and between BCSP IV U.S. Investments, L.P. and Hudson Pacific Properties, L.P., dated as of December 15, 2010.
  10.49    Limited Liability Company Agreement of Rincon Center JV LLC by and between Rincon Center Equity LLC and Hudson Rincon, LLC, dated as of December 16, 2010.
  10.50    First Amendment to Credit Agreement among Hudson Pacific Properties, Inc., Hudson Pacific Properties L.P., Barclays Capital and Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated (as

 

II-6


Table of Contents

Exhibit

    
   successor in interest to Banc of America Securities LLC), as Joint Lead Arrangers, Bank of America, N.A., as Syndication Agent, and Barclays Bank PLC, as Administrative Agent, and the other lenders party thereto, dated December 10, 2010.
  10.51    Second Amendment to Credit Agreement among Hudson Pacific Properties, Inc., Hudson Pacific Properties L.P., Barclays Capital and Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated (as successor in interest to Banc of America Securities LLC), as Joint Lead Arrangers, Bank of America, N.A., as Syndication Agent, and Barclays Bank PLC, as Administrative Agent, and the other lenders party thereto, dated April 4, 2011. (13)
  10.52    Form of First Amendment to Registration Rights Agreement by and among Hudson Pacific Properties, Inc., Farallon Capital Partners, L.P., Farallon Capital Institutional Partners, L.P. and Farallon Capital Institutional Partners III, L.P.*
  10.53    Form of Subscription Amendment by and among Hudson Pacific Properties, Inc., Farallon Capital Partners, L.P., Farallon Capital Institutional Partners, L.P. and Farallon Capital Institutional Partners III, L.P.*
  21.1    List of Subsidiaries of the Registrant. (11)
  23.1    Consent of Venable LLP (included in Exhibit 5.1).*
  23.2    Consent of Latham & Watkins LLP (included in Exhibit 8.1).*
  23.3    Consent of Ernst & Young LLP.
  23.4    Consent of McGladrey & Pullen, LLP.
  24.1    Power of Attorney (included on Signature Page).

 

* To be filed by amendment.
(1)  

Previously filed with the Registration Statement on Form S-11/A filed by the Registrant with the Securities and Exchange Commission on April 9, 2010.

(2)  

Previously filed with the Registration Statement on Form S-11/A filed by the Registrant with the Securities and Exchange Commission on May 12, 2010.

(3)  

Previously filed with the Registration Statement on Form S-11/A filed by the Registrant with the Securities and Exchange Commission on June 3, 2010.

(4)  

Previously filed with the Registration Statement on Form S-11/A filed by the Registrant with the Securities and Exchange Commission on June 11, 2010.

(5)  

Previously filed with the Registration Statement on Form S-11/A filed by the Registrant with the Securities and Exchange Commission on June 14, 2010.

(6)  

Previously filed with the Registration Statement on Form S-11/A filed by the Registrant with the Securities and Exchange Commission on June 22, 2010.

(7)  

Previously filed with the Current Report on Form 8-K filed by the Registrant with the Securities and Exchange Commission on July 1, 2010.

(8)  

Previously filed with the Registration Statement on Form S-11 filed by the Registrant with the Securities and Exchange Commission on November 22, 2010.

(9)  

Previously filed with the Registration Statement on Form S-11/A filed by the Registrant with the Securities and Exchange Commission on December 6, 2010.

(10)

Previously filed with the Current Report on Form 8-K filed by the Registrant with the Securities and Exchange Commission on February 15, 2011.

(11)

Previously filed with the Annual Report on Form 10-K filed by the Registrant with the Securities and Exchange Commission on March 24, 2011.

(12)

Previously filed with the Current Report on Form 8-K filed by the Registrant with the Securities and Exchange Commission on December 21, 2010.

(13)

Previously filed with the Current Report on Form 8-K filed by the Registrant with the Securities and Exchange Commission on April 5, 2011.

 

II-7


Table of Contents
Item 37. Undertakings.

 

  (a) Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act of 1933 may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act of 1933 and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act of 1933, and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

 

  (b) The undersigned Registrant hereby further undertakes that:

(1) For purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, the information omitted from the form of prospectus filed as part of this registration statement in reliance under Rule 430A and contained in a form of prospectus filed by the Registrant pursuant to Rule 424(b)(1) or (4) or 497(h) under the Securities Act shall be deemed to be part of this registration statement as of the time it was declared effective.

(2) For the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered herein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

 

II-8


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, the registrant certifies that it has reasonable grounds to believe that the registrant meets all of the requirements for filing on Form S-11 and has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Los Angeles, State of California, on this 14 th day of April, 2011.

 

Hudson Pacific Properties, Inc.
By:   / S /    V ICTOR J. C OLEMAN        
  Victor J. Coleman
  Chief Executive Officer

POWER OF ATTORNEY

KNOW ALL PERSONS BY THESE PRESENTS, that each person whose signature appears below does hereby constitute and appoint Victor J. Coleman and Howard S. Stern, and each of them, with full power of substitution and full power to act without the other, such person’s true and lawful attorney-in-fact and agent to act for such person in such person’s name, place and stead, in any and all capacities, to sign any and all amendments (including post-effective amendments) to this registration statement and any related registration statement filed pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, and to file this registration statement, with all exhibits thereto, and other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto said attorneys-in-fact and agents, and each of them, full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done in order to effectuate the same as fully, to all intents and purposes, as such person might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorneys-in-fact and agents may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, this Registration Statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

 

Signature

  

Title

 

Date

/ S /    V ICTOR J. C OLEMAN        

Victor J. Coleman

  

Chief Executive Officer and Chairman of the Board of Directors

(Principal Executive Officer)

  April 14, 2011

/ S /    M ARK T. L AMMAS        

Mark T. Lammas

  

Chief Financial Officer

(Principal Financial Officer)

  April 14, 2011

/ S /    H OWARD S. S TERN        

Howard S. Stern

  

President and Director

  April 14, 2011

/ S /    H AROUT D IRAMERIAN        

Harout Diramerian

  

Chief Accounting Officer

(Principal Accounting Officer)

  April 14, 2011

/ S /    R ICHARD B. F RIED        

Richard B. Fried

  

Director

  April 14, 2011

/ S /    T HEODORE R. A NTENUCCI        

Theodore R. Antenucci

  

Director

  April 14, 2011

/ S /    M ARK B URNETT        

Mark Burnett

  

Director

  April 14, 2011

 

II-9


Table of Contents

Signature

  

Title

 

Date

/ S /    J ONATHAN M. G LASER        

Jonathan M. Glaser

  

Director

  April 14, 2011

/ S /    M ARK D. L INEHAN        

Mark D. Linehan

  

Director

  April 14, 2011

/ S /    R OBERT M. M ORAN , J R .        

Robert M. Moran, Jr.

  

Director

  April 14, 2011

/ S /    B ARRY A. P ORTER        

Barry A. Porter

  

Director

  April 14, 2011

 

II-10


Table of Contents

EXHIBIT INDEX

 

Exhibit

    
    1.1    Form of Underwriting Agreement.*
    3.1    Articles of Amendment and Restatement of Hudson Pacific Properties, Inc. (2)
    3.2    Amended and Restated Bylaws of Hudson Pacific Properties, Inc. (2)
    3.3    Articles Supplementary of Hudson Pacific Properties, Inc.
    4.1    Form of Certificate of Common Stock of Hudson Pacific Properties, Inc. (5)
    4.2    Form of Certificate of Series B Preferred Stock of Hudson Pacific Properties, Inc. (9)
    5.1    Opinion of Venable LLP.*
    8.1    Opinion of Latham & Watkins LLP with respect to tax matters.*
  10.1    Second Amended and Restated Agreement of Limited Partnership of Hudson Pacific Properties, L.P.
  10.2    Registration Rights Agreement among Hudson Pacific Properties, Inc. and the persons named therein. (8)
  10.3    Indemnification Agreement, dated June 29, 2010, by and between Hudson Pacific Properties, Inc. and Victor J. Coleman. (8)
  10.4    Indemnification Agreement, dated June 29, 2010, by and between Hudson Pacific Properties, Inc. and Howard S. Stern. (8)
  10.5    Indemnification Agreement, dated June 29, 2010, by and between Hudson Pacific Properties, Inc. and Mark T. Lammas. (8)
  10.6    Indemnification Agreement, dated June 29, 2010, by and between Hudson Pacific Properties, Inc. and Christopher Barton. (8)
  10.7    Indemnification Agreement, dated June 29, 2010, by and between Hudson Pacific Properties, Inc. and Dale Shimoda. (8)
  10.8    Indemnification Agreement, dated June 29, 2010, by and between Hudson Pacific Properties, Inc. and Theodore R. Antenucci. (8)
  10.9    Indemnification Agreement, dated June 29, 2010, by and between Hudson Pacific Properties, Inc. and Mark Burnett. (8)
  10.10    Indemnification Agreement, dated June 29, 2010, by and between Hudson Pacific Properties, Inc. and Richard B. Fried. (8)
  10.11    Indemnification Agreement, dated June 29, 2010, by and between Hudson Pacific Properties, Inc. and Jonathan M. Glaser. (8)
  10.12    Indemnification Agreement, dated June 29, 2010, by and between Hudson Pacific Properties, Inc. and Mark D. Linehan. (8)
  10.13    Indemnification Agreement, dated June 29, 2010, by and between Hudson Pacific Properties, Inc. and Robert M. Moran, Jr. (8)
  10.14    Indemnification Agreement, dated June 29, 2010, by and between Hudson Pacific Properties, Inc. and Barry A. Porter. (8)
  10.15    Hudson Pacific Properties, Inc. and Hudson Pacific Properties, L.P. 2010 Incentive Award Plan. (5)
  10.16    Restricted Stock Award Grant Notice and Restricted Stock Award Agreement. (5)
  10.17    Hudson Pacific Properties, Inc. Director Stock Plan. (9)


Table of Contents

Exhibit

    
  10.18    Employment Agreement, dated as of April 22, 2010, by and among Hudson Pacific Properties, Inc., Hudson Pacific Properties, L.P. and Victor J. Coleman. (2)
  10.19    Employment Agreement, dated as of April 22, 2010, by and among Hudson Pacific Properties, Inc., Hudson Pacific Properties, L.P. and Howard S. Stern. (2)
  10.20    Employment Agreement, dated as of May 14, 2010, by and among Hudson Pacific Properties, Inc., Hudson Pacific Properties, L.P. and Mark T. Lammas. (4)
  10.21    Employment Agreement, dated as of April 22, 2010, by and among Hudson Pacific Properties, Inc., Hudson Pacific Properties, L.P. and Christopher Barton. (2)
  10.22    Employment Agreement, dated as of April 22, 2010, by and among Hudson Pacific Properties, Inc., Hudson Pacific Properties, L.P. and Dale Shimoda. (2)
  10.23    Contribution Agreement by and among Victor J. Coleman, Howard S. Stern, Hudson Pacific Properties, L.P. and Hudson Pacific Properties, Inc., dated as of February 15, 2010. (1)
  10.24    Contribution Agreement by and among SGS Investors, LLC, HFOP Investors, LLC, Soma Square Investors, LLC, Hudson Pacific Properties, L.P. and Hudson Pacific Properties, Inc., dated as of February 15, 2010. (1)
  10.25    Contribution Agreement by and among TMG-Flynn SOMA, LLC, Hudson Pacific Properties, L.P. and Hudson Pacific Properties, Inc., dated as of February 15, 2010. (1)
  10.26    Contribution Agreement by and among Glenborough Fund XIV, L.P., Glenborough Acquisition, LLC, Hudson Pacific Properties, L.P. and Hudson Pacific Properties, Inc. dated as of February 15, 2010. (1)
  10.27    Representation, Warranty and Indemnity Agreement by and among Hudson Pacific Properties, Inc., Hudson Pacific Properties, L.P. and the persons named therein as nominees of the Farallon Funds, dated as of February 15, 2010. (1)
  10.28    Representation, Warranty and Indemnity Agreement by and among Hudson Pacific Properties, Inc., Hudson Pacific Properties, L.P. and the persons named therein as nominees of TMG-Flynn SOMA, LLC, dated as of February 15, 2010. (1)
  10.29    Representation, Warranty and Indemnity Agreement by and among Hudson Pacific Properties, Inc., Hudson Pacific Properties, L.P. and the persons named therein as nominees of Glenborough Fund XIV, L.P. dated as of February 15, 2010. (1)
  10.30    Subscription Agreement by and among Farallon Capital Partners, L.P., Farallon Capital Institutional Partners, L.P., Farallon Capital Institutional Partners III, L.P., Victor J. Coleman and Hudson Pacific Properties Inc. dated as of February 15, 2010. (2)
  10.31    Tax Protection Agreement between Hudson Pacific Properties, L.P. and the persons named therein, dated June 29, 2010. (7)
  10.32    Agreement of Purchase and Sale and Joint Escrow Instructions between Del Amo Fashion Center Operating Company and Hudson Capital, LLC dated as of May 18, 2010. (4)
  10.33    Credit Agreement among Hudson Pacific Properties, Inc., Hudson Pacific Properties L.P., Barclays Capital and Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated (as successor in interest to Banc of America Securities LLC), as Joint Lead Arrangers, Bank of America, N.A., as Syndication Agent, and Barclays Bank PLC, as Administrative Agent, and the other lenders party thereto, dated June 29, 2010. (7)
  10.34    First Modification Agreement between Sunset Bronson Entertainment Properties, LLC and Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. dated as of June 10, 2010. (5)
  10.35    Amended and Restated First Modification Agreement between Sunset Bronson Entertainment Properties, LLC and Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. dated as of June 29, 2010. (7)


Table of Contents

Exhibit

    
  10.36    Loan Agreement among Sunset Bronson Entertainment Properties, L.L.C., as Borrower, Wachovia Bank, National Association, as Administrative Agent, Wachovia Capital Markets, LLC, as Lead Arranger and Sole Bookrunner, and lenders party thereto, dated as of May 12, 2008. (6)
  10.37    Conditional Consent Agreement between GLB Encino, LLC, as Borrower, and SunAmerica Life Insurance Company, as Lender, dated as of June 10, 2010. (6)
  10.38    Amended and Restated Deed of Trust, Security Agreement, Fixture Filing, Financing Statement and Assignment of Leases and Rents between GLB Encino, LLC, as Trustor, SunAmerica Life Insurance Company, as Beneficiary, and First American Title Insurance Company, as Trustee, dated as of January 26, 2007. (6)
  10.39    Amended and Restated Promissory Note by GLB Encino, as Maker, to SunAmerica Life Insurance Company, as Holder, dated as of January 26, 2007. (6)
  10.40    Approval Letter from Wells Fargo, as Master Servicer, and CWCapital Asset Management, LLC, as Special Servicer to Hudson Capital LLC, dated as of June 8, 2010. (6)
  10.41    Loan and Security Agreement between Glenborough Tierrasanta, LLC, as Borrower, and German American Capital Corporation, as Lender, dated as of November 28, 2006. (6)
  10.42    Note by Glenborough Tierrasanta, LLC, as Borrower, in favor of German American Capital Corporation, as Lender, dated as of November 28, 2006. (6)
  10.43    Reaffirmation, Consent to Transfer and Substitution of Indemnitor, by and among Glenborough Tierrasanta, LLC, Morgan Stanley Real Estate Fund V U.S., L.P., MSP Real Estate Fund V, L.P., Morgan Stanley Real Estate Investors, V U.S., L.P., Morgan Stanley Real Estate Fund V Special U.S., L.P., MSP Co-Investment Partnership V, L.P., MSP Co-Investment Partnership V-A, L.P., Glenborough Fund XIV, L.P., Hudson Pacific Properties, L.P., and U.S. Bank National Association, dated June 29, 2010. (7)
  10.44    Purchase and Sale Agreement, dated September 15, 2010, by and between ECI Washington LLC and Hudson Pacific Properties, L.P. (9)
  10.45    First Amendment to Purchase and Sale Agreement, dated October 1, 2010, by and between ECI Washington LLC and Hudson Pacific Properties, L.P. (9)
  10.46    Term Loan Agreement by and between Sunset Bronson Entertainment Properties, LLC and Sunset Gower Entertainment Properties, LLC, as Borrowers, and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as Lender, dated February 11, 2011. (10)
  10.47    Contract for Sale dated as of December 15, 2010 by and between Hudson 1455 Market, LLC and Bank of America, National Association. (12)
  10.48    Contribution Agreement by and between BCSP IV U.S. Investments, L.P. and Hudson Pacific Properties, L.P., dated as of December 15, 2010.
  10.49    Limited Liability Company Agreement of Rincon Center JV LLC by and between Rincon Center Equity LLC and Hudson Rincon, LLC, dated as of December 16, 2010.
  10.50    First Amendment to Credit Agreement among Hudson Pacific Properties, Inc., Hudson Pacific Properties L.P., Barclays Capital and Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated (as successor in interest to Banc of America Securities LLC), as Joint Lead Arrangers, Bank of America, N.A., as Syndication Agent, and Barclays Bank PLC, as Administrative Agent, and the other lenders party thereto, dated December 10, 2010.
  10.51    Second Amendment to Credit Agreement among Hudson Pacific Properties, Inc., Hudson Pacific Properties L.P., Barclays Capital and Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated (as successor in interest to Banc of America Securities LLC), as Joint Lead Arrangers, Bank of America, N.A., as Syndication Agent, and Barclays Bank PLC, as Administrative Agent, and the other lenders party thereto, dated April 4, 2011. (13)


Table of Contents

Exhibit

    
10.52    Form of First Amendment to Registration Rights Agreement by and among Hudson Pacific Properties, Inc., Farallon Capital Partners, L.P., Farallon Capital Institutional Partners, L.P. and Farallon Capital Institutional Partners III, L.P.*
10.53    Form of Subscription Amendment by and among Hudson Pacific Properties, Inc., Farallon Capital Partners, L.P., Farallon Capital Institutional Partners, L.P. and Farallon Capital Institutional Partners III, L.P.*
  21.1    List of Subsidiaries of the Registrant. (11)
  23.1    Consent of Venable LLP (included in Exhibit 5.1).*
  23.2    Consent of Latham & Watkins LLP (included in Exhibit 8.1).*
  23.3    Consent of Ernst & Young LLP.
  23.4    Consent of McGladrey & Pullen, LLP.
  24.1    Power of Attorney (included on Signature Page).

 

* To be filed by amendment.
(1)  

Previously filed with the Registration Statement on Form S-11/A filed by the Registrant with the Securities and Exchange Commission on April 9, 2010.

(2)  

Previously filed with the Registration Statement on Form S-11/A filed by the Registrant with the Securities and Exchange Commission on May 12, 2010.

(3)  

Previously filed with the Registration Statement on Form S-11/A filed by the Registrant with the Securities and Exchange Commission on June 3, 2010.

(4)  

Previously filed with the Registration Statement on Form S-11/A filed by the Registrant with the Securities and Exchange Commission on June 11, 2010.

(5)  

Previously filed with the Registration Statement on Form S-11/A filed by the Registrant with the Securities and Exchange Commission on June 14, 2010.

(6)  

Previously filed with the Registration Statement on Form S-11/A filed by the Registrant with the Securities and Exchange Commission on June 22, 2010.

(7)  

Previously filed with the Current Report on Form 8-K filed by the Registrant with the Securities and Exchange Commission on July 1, 2010.

(8)  

Previously filed with the Registration Statement on Form S-11 filed by the Registrant with the Securities and Exchange Commission on November 22, 2010.

(9)  

Previously filed with the Registration Statement on Form S-11/A filed by the Registrant with the Securities and Exchange Commission on December 6, 2010.

(10)  

Previously filed with the Current Report on Form 8-K filed by the Registrant with the Securities and Exchange Commission on February 15, 2011.

(11)  

Previously filed with the Annual Report on Form 10-K filed by the Registrant with the Securities and Exchange Commission on March 24, 2011.

(12)  

Previously filed with the Current Report on Form 8-K filed by the Registrant with the Securities and Exchange Commission on December 21, 2010.

(13)  

Previously filed with the Current Report on Form 8-K filed by the Registrant with the Securities and Exchange Commission on April 5, 2011.

Exhibit 3.3

HUDSON PACIFIC PROPERTIES, INC.

ARTICLES SUPPLEMENTARY

8.375% SERIES B CUMULATIVE REDEEMABLE PREFERRED STOCK

Hudson Pacific Properties, Inc., a Maryland corporation (the “Corporation”), hereby certifies to the State Department of Assessments and Taxation of Maryland (the “ SDAT ”) that:

FIRST : Pursuant to the authority expressly vested in the Board of Directors of the Corporation (the “Board of Directors”) by Article V of the charter of the Corporation (the “Charter”) and Section 2-208 of the Maryland General Corporation Law (the “MGCL”), the Board of Directors and a duly-authorized committee thereof have classified and designated 3,600,000 of the authorized but unissued shares of preferred stock of the Corporation, par value $0.01 per share (“Preferred Stock”), as shares of a separate class of Preferred Stock, designated as “8.375% Series B Cumulative Redeemable Preferred Stock,” with the preferences, conversion and other rights, voting powers, restrictions, limitations as to dividends and other distributions, qualifications, and terms and conditions of redemption as follows, which, upon any restatement of the Charter, shall be made a part of Article V of the Charter (or any successor provision thereto) with any necessary or appropriate changes to the enumeration or lettering of sections or subsections thereof:

8.375% Series B Cumulative Redeemable Preferred Stock

(1) Designation and Number . A series of Preferred Stock, designated as the “8.375% Series B Cumulative Redeemable Preferred Stock” (the “Series B Preferred Stock”), is hereby established. The par value of the Series B Preferred Stock is $0.01 per share. The number of shares of Series B Preferred Stock shall be 3,600,000.

(2) Ranking . The Series B Preferred Stock will, with respect to rights to receive dividends and rights upon liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the affairs of the Corporation, rank (a) senior to all classes or series of the Corporation’s common stock, par value $0.01 per share (the “Common Stock”) and any other Capital Stock (as defined in Section 6.1 of the Charter, which, for the avoidance of doubt, excludes any convertible debt securities), now or hereafter issued and outstanding, the terms of which provide that such Capital Stock ranks, as to the payment of dividends and amounts upon liquidation, dissolution or winding up, junior to such Series B Preferred Stock (“Junior Shares”); (b) on parity with any other classes or series of Capital Stock of the Corporation, now or hereafter issued and outstanding, other than the Capital Stock referred to in clauses (a) and (c), the terms of which specifically provide that such Capital Stock ranks on parity with the Series B Preferred Stock (“Parity Shares”); and (c) junior to any class or series of Capital Stock of the Corporation the terms of which specifically provide that such Capital Stock ranks senior to the Series B Preferred Stock.


(3) Dividends .

(a) Holders of the then outstanding shares of Series B Preferred Stock shall be entitled to receive, when, as and if authorized by the Board of Directors and declared by the Corporation, out of funds legally available for the payment of dividends, cumulative cash dividends per share of Series B Preferred Stock at the rate of 8.375% per annum of the $25.00 liquidation preference of each share of Series B Preferred Stock (equivalent to $2.09375 per annum per share); provided, however, that if following a “Change of Control” (as hereinafter defined), either the Series B Preferred Stock (or any preferred stock of the surviving entity that is issued in exchange for the Series B Preferred Stock) or the common stock of the surviving entity, as applicable, is not listed on the New York Stock Exchange (“NYSE”) or quoted on the NASDAQ Stock Market (or listed or quoted on a successor exchange or quotation system), holders of the then outstanding shares of Series B Preferred Stock will be entitled to receive, when, as and if authorized by the Board of Directors and declared by the Corporation, out of funds legally available for the payment of dividends, cumulative cash dividends per share of Series B Preferred Stock from, and including, the first date on which both the Change of Control has occurred and either the Series B Preferred Stock (or any preferred stock of the surviving entity that is issued in exchange for the Series B Preferred Stock) or the common stock of the surviving entity, as applicable, is not so listed or quoted, at the rate of 12.375% per annum of the $25.00 liquidation preference of each share of Series B Preferred Stock (equivalent to $3.09375 per annum per share), for as long as either the Series B Preferred Stock (or any preferred stock of the surviving entity that is issued in exchange for the Series B Preferred Stock) or the common stock of the surviving entity, as applicable, is not so listed on the NYSE or quoted on the NASDAQ Stock Market (or listed or quoted on a successor exchange or quotation system) (the “Special Dividend Rate”).

(b) Dividends on each outstanding share of Series B Preferred Stock shall be cumulative from and including the first date on which any shares of Series B Preferred Stock are issued (the “Series B Original Issue Date”) or, with respect to the Special Dividend Rate, from, and including, the first date on which both a Change of Control has occurred and either the Series B Preferred Stock (or any preferred stock of the surviving entity that is issued in exchange for the Series B Preferred Stock) or the common stock of the surviving entity, as applicable, is not listed on the NYSE or quoted on the NASDAQ Stock Market (or listed or quoted on a successor exchange or quotation system), and shall be payable (i) for the period from the Series B Original Issue Date to December 31, 2010, on or about December 31, 2010, and (ii) for each quarterly distribution period thereafter, quarterly in equal amounts in arrears on or about the last calendar day of each March, June, September and December, commencing on or about March 31, 2011 (each such day being hereinafter called a “Series B Dividend Payment Date”) at the then applicable annual rate; provided, however, that if any Series B Dividend Payment Date falls on any day other than a Business Day (as defined in Section 6.1 of the Charter), the dividend which would otherwise have been payable on such Series B Dividend Payment Date shall be paid on the next succeeding Business Day with the same force and effect as if paid on such Series B Dividend Payment Date, and no interest or other sums shall accrue on the amount so

 

- 2 -


payable from such Series B Dividend Payment Date to such next succeeding Business Day. Each dividend is payable to holders of record as they appear on the stock records of the Corporation at the close of business on the record date, not exceeding 30 days preceding the applicable Series B Dividend Payment Date, as shall be fixed by the Board of Directors. Notwithstanding any provision to the contrary contained herein, the dividend payable on each share of Series B Preferred Stock outstanding on any record date for the determination of holders of Series B Preferred Stock entitled to receive any dividend thereon shall be equal to the dividend paid with respect to each other share of Series B Preferred Stock that is outstanding on such record date. Dividends shall accumulate from the Series B Original Issue Date or the most recent Series B Dividend Payment Date to which dividends have been paid, whether or not there shall be funds legally available for the payment of such dividends, whether the Corporation has earnings or whether such dividends are authorized. No interest, or sum of money in lieu of interest, shall be payable in respect of any dividend payment or payments on the Series B Preferred Stock that may be in arrears. Holders of the Series B Preferred Stock shall not be entitled to any dividends, whether payable in cash, property or stock, in excess of full cumulative dividends, as herein provided, on the Series B Preferred Stock. Dividends payable on the Series B Preferred Stock for any period greater or less than a full dividend period will be computed on the basis of a 360-day year consisting of twelve 30-day months. Dividends payable on the Series B Preferred Stock for each full dividend period will be computed by dividing the applicable annual dividend rate by four. Notwithstanding the foregoing, after full cumulative distributions on the outstanding Series B Preferred Stock have been paid with respect to a dividend period, the holders of all Series B Preferred Stock will not be entitled to any further distributions with respect to that dividend period.

(c) No dividends on the Series B Preferred Stock shall be authorized by the Board of Directors or declared, paid or set apart for payment by the Corporation at such time as the terms and provisions of any agreement of the Corporation, including any agreement relating to its indebtedness, prohibits such declaration, payment or setting apart for payment or provides that such authorization, declaration, payment or setting apart for payment would constitute a breach thereof, or a default thereunder, or if such declaration or payment shall be restricted or prohibited by law.

(d) So long as any shares of Series B Preferred Stock are outstanding, no dividends or other distributions, except as described in the immediately following sentence, shall be declared, paid or set apart for payment on any class or series of Parity Shares for any period unless full cumulative dividends have been declared and paid or are contemporaneously declared and paid or declared and a sum sufficient for the payment thereof set apart for such payment on the Series B Preferred Stock for all prior dividend periods. When dividends are not paid in full or a sum sufficient for such payment is not set apart, as aforesaid, all dividends authorized and declared upon the Series B Preferred Stock and all dividends authorized and declared upon any class or series of Parity Shares shall be authorized and declared ratably in proportion to the respective amounts of dividends accumulated and unpaid on the Series B Preferred Stock and such Parity Shares.

 

- 3 -


(e) So long as any shares of Series B Preferred Stock are outstanding, no dividends or other distributions (other than dividends or distributions paid solely in Junior Shares or in options, warrants or rights to subscribe for or purchase any Junior Shares) shall be declared or paid or set apart for payment with respect to any Junior Shares, nor shall any Junior Shares be redeemed, purchased or otherwise acquired for any consideration, or any monies be paid to or made available for a sinking fund for the redemption of any such shares, by the Corporation, directly or indirectly (other than a redemption, purchase or other acquisition of shares of Common Stock made for purposes of and in compliance with requirements of an employee incentive or benefit plan of the Corporation or any subsidiary thereof, a conversion into or exchange for Junior Shares or options, warrants or rights to subscribe for or purchase Junior Shares or a purchase or redemption pursuant to Article VI of the Charter or Section 8 below), unless in each case full cumulative dividends on all outstanding shares of Series B Preferred Stock for all past dividend periods shall have been paid or set apart for payment.

(f) Any dividend payment made on the Series B Preferred Stock shall first be credited against the earliest accrued but unpaid dividend due with respect to such shares which remains payable.

(g) A “Change of Control” shall be deemed to have occurred at such time as (i) the date a “person” or “group” (within the meaning of Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the “Exchange Act”)) becomes the ultimate “beneficial owner” (as defined in Rules 13d-3 and 13d-5 under the Exchange Act, except that a person or group shall be deemed to have beneficial ownership of all shares of voting stock that such person or group has the right to acquire regardless of when such right is first exercisable), directly or indirectly, of voting stock representing more than 50% of the total voting power of the Corporation’s total voting stock; (ii) the date the Corporation sells, transfers or otherwise disposes of all or substantially all of its assets; or (iii) the date of the consummation of a merger or statutory share exchange of the Corporation with another entity where (A) the Corporation’s stockholders immediately prior to the merger or statutory share exchange would not beneficially own, immediately after the merger or statutory share exchange, shares representing 50% or more of all votes (without consideration of the rights of any class of stock to elect directors by a separate group vote) to which all stockholders of the corporation issuing cash or securities in the merger or statutory share exchange would be entitled in the election of directors, or where (B) the Corporation’s directors immediately prior to the merger or statutory share exchange would not immediately after the merger or statutory share exchange constitute a majority of the board of directors of the corporation issuing cash or securities in the merger or statutory share exchange. As used herein, the term “dividend” does not include dividends payable solely in Junior Shares on Junior Shares, or in options, warrants or rights to holders of Junior Shares to subscribe for or purchase any Junior Shares.

(h) Except as provided herein, the Series B Preferred Stock shall not be entitled to participate in the earnings or assets of the Corporation.

 

- 4 -


As used herein, the term “voting stock” shall mean stock of any class or kind having the power to vote generally in the election of directors.

(4) Liquidation Preference .

(a) In the event of any liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation, whether voluntary or involuntary, before any payment or distribution of the assets of the Corporation shall be made to or set apart for the holders of any Junior Shares, the holders of the Series B Preferred Stock shall be entitled to receive $25.00 per share (the “Liquidation Preference”), plus an amount per share equal to all dividends (whether or not earned or declared) accumulated and unpaid thereon to, but not including, the date of final distribution to such holders; and such holders of Series B Preferred Stock shall not be entitled to any further payment. If, upon any such liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation, the assets of the Corporation, or proceeds thereof, distributable among the holders of the Series B Preferred Stock shall be insufficient to pay in full the preferential amount aforesaid and liquidating payments on any Parity Shares, then such assets, or the proceeds thereof, shall be distributed among the holders of such Series B Preferred Stock and any such Parity Shares ratably in accordance with the respective amounts that would be payable on such Series B Preferred Stock and any such Parity Shares if all amounts payable thereon were paid in full. For the purposes of this Section 4, none of (i) a consolidation or merger of the Corporation with one or more entities, (ii) a statutory share exchange or (iii) a sale or transfer of all or substantially all of the Corporation’s assets shall be deemed to be a liquidation, dissolution or winding up, voluntary or involuntary, of the Corporation.

(b) Subject to the rights of the holders of Parity Shares, upon any liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation, after payment shall have been made in full to the holders of the Series B Preferred Stock, as provided in Section 4(a), holders of any class or series of Junior Shares shall, subject to any respective terms and provisions applying thereto, be entitled to receive any and all assets remaining to be paid or distributed, and the holders of the Series B Preferred Stock shall not be entitled to share therein.

(5) Optional Redemption .

(a) Except pursuant to Article VI of the Charter or Section 5(f) below or as otherwise permitted by paragraph (b) below, the Series B Preferred Stock shall not be redeemable by the Corporation prior to December 10, 2015. On or after December 10, 2015, the Corporation, at its option, upon giving notice as provided below, may redeem the Series B Preferred Stock, in whole, at any time, or in part, from time to time, for cash at a redemption price of $25.00 per share, plus any accumulated and unpaid dividends on the Series B Preferred Stock (whether or not declared), to, but not including, the redemption date (the “Regular Series B Redemption Right”).

(b) If at any time following a Change of Control (as defined in Section 3(g) above), either the Series B Preferred Stock (or any preferred stock of the surviving entity that is issued in exchange for the Series B Preferred Stock) or the common stock of the surviving entity, as applicable, is not listed on the NYSE or quoted on the NASDAQ Stock Market (or

 

- 5 -


listed or quoted on a successor exchange or quotation system), the Corporation will have the option, upon giving notice as provided below, to redeem the Series B Preferred Stock, in whole but not in part, within 90 days after the first date on which both the Change of Control has occurred and the Series B Preferred Stock is not so listed or quoted, for cash at a redemption price of $25.00 per share, plus any accumulated and unpaid dividends on the Series B Preferred Stock (whether or not declared), to, but not including, the redemption date (the “Special Series B Redemption Right”).

(c) The following provisions set forth the procedures for redemption pursuant to the Regular Series B Redemption Right.

(i) A notice of redemption (which may be contingent on the occurrence of a future event) shall be mailed, postage prepaid, not less than 30 nor more than 60 days prior to the redemption date, addressed to the holders of record of the Series B Preferred Stock at their addresses as they appear on the Corporation’s stock transfer records. A failure to give such notice or any defect in the notice or in its mailing shall not affect the validity of the proceedings for the redemption of any shares of Series B Preferred Stock except as to the holder to whom notice was defective or not given. In addition to any information required by law or by the applicable rules of any exchange upon which the Series B Preferred Stock may be listed or admitted to trading, each notice shall state: (i) the redemption date; (ii) the redemption price; (iii) the number of shares of Series B Preferred Stock to be redeemed and, if fewer than all the shares of Series B Preferred Stock held by such holder are to be redeemed, the number of such shares of Series B Preferred Stock to be redeemed from such holder or the method for determining such number; (iv) the place or places where the shares of Series B Preferred Stock are to be surrendered for payment, together with the certificates, if any, representing such shares and any other documents required in connection with the redemption; and (v) that dividends on the shares of Series B Preferred Stock to be redeemed will cease to accrue on such redemption date except as otherwise provided herein.

(ii) At its election, the Corporation, prior to a redemption date, may irrevocably set aside and deposit the redemption price (including all accumulated and unpaid dividends to, but not including, the redemption date) of the Series B Preferred Stock so called for redemption with a bank or trust company, in which case the redemption notice to holders of the Series B Preferred Stock to be redeemed shall (A) state the date of such deposit, (B) specify the office of such bank or trust company as the place of payment of the redemption price and (C) require such holders to surrender the certificates evidencing such shares, if any, at such place on or about the date fixed in such redemption notice (which may not be later than the redemption date) against payment of the redemption price (including all accumulated and unpaid dividends to the redemption date). Subject to applicable unclaimed property laws, any monies so deposited which remain unclaimed by the holders of the Series B Preferred Stock at the end of two years after the redemption date shall be returned by such bank or trust company to the Corporation.

 

- 6 -


(iii) If fewer than all the outstanding shares of the Series B Preferred Stock are to be redeemed, the shares to be redeemed shall be selected by lot or pro rata (as nearly as practicable without creating fractional shares) or by any other equitable method the Corporation may choose.

(iv) Except as described in the immediately following sentence, upon any redemption of Series B Preferred Stock, the Corporation shall pay any accumulated and unpaid dividends to, but not including, the redemption date. If a redemption date falls after a record date for the determination of holders of Series B Preferred Stock entitled to receive any dividend payment and prior to the corresponding Series B Dividend Payment Date, then the holders at the close of business on such record date of shares of Series B Preferred Stock called for redemption shall be entitled to receive the dividend payable on such shares of Series B Preferred Stock on the corresponding Series B Dividend Payment Date notwithstanding the redemption of such shares of Series B Preferred Stock before such Series B Dividend Payment Date. Except as provided in this Section 5(c)(iv) or in Section 5(d)(iii), the Corporation shall make no payment or allowance for unpaid dividends, whether or not in arrears, on any shares of Series B Preferred Stock called for redemption.

(v) If full cumulative dividends on the Series B Preferred Stock for all past dividend periods have not been declared and paid or declared and set apart for payment, except pursuant to Article VI of the Charter or Section 5(f) below, the Corporation may not purchase, redeem or otherwise acquire shares of Series B Preferred Stock in part or any Parity Shares other than in exchange for Junior Shares or Parity Shares or in exchange for options, warrants or rights to subscribe for or purchase any Junior Shares or Parity Shares.

(vi) On and after the date fixed for redemption, provided that the Corporation has made available at the office of the registrar and transfer agent (or the bank or trust company pursuant to Section 5(c)(ii)) for the Series B Preferred Stock a sufficient amount of cash to effect the redemption (or, if no such registrar and transfer agent (or no bank or trust company) is appointed, has delivered to the holders of record of the outstanding shares of Series B Preferred Stock a check in the amount of the redemption price payable to such holders), dividends will cease to accumulate on the shares of Series B Preferred Stock called for redemption (except that, in the case of a redemption date that falls after a record date for the determination of holders of Series B Preferred Stock entitled to receive any dividend payment and prior to the corresponding Series B Dividend Payment Date, the holders on such record date of shares of Series B Preferred Stock called for redemption shall be entitled to receive the dividend payable on such shares of Series B Preferred Stock on the corresponding Series B Dividend Payment Date in accordance with Section 5(c)(iv)), such shares shall no longer be deemed to be outstanding and all rights of the holders of such shares as holders of Series B Preferred Stock shall cease except the right to receive the cash payable upon such redemption, without interest from the date of such redemption.

 

- 7 -


(d) The following provisions set forth the procedures for redemption pursuant to the Special Series B Redemption Right.

(i) A notice of redemption (which may be contingent on the occurrence of a future event) shall be mailed, postage prepaid, not less than 30 nor more than 60 days prior to the redemption date, addressed to the holders of record of the Series B Preferred Stock at their addresses as they appear on the Corporation’s stock transfer records. A failure to give such notice or any defect in the notice or in its mailing shall not affect the validity of the proceedings for the redemption of any shares of Series B Preferred Stock except as to the holder to whom notice was defective or not given. In addition to any information required by law or by the applicable rules of any exchange upon which the Series B Preferred Stock may be listed or admitted to trading, each notice shall state: (i) the redemption date; (ii) the redemption price; (iii) the place or places where the shares of series B preferred stock are to be surrendered for payment, together with the certificates, if any, representing such shares and any other documents required in connection with the redemption; and (iv) that dividends on the shares to be redeemed will cease to accrue on such redemption date except as otherwise provided herein.

(ii) At its election, the Corporation, prior to a redemption date, may irrevocably set aside and deposit the redemption price (including all accumulated and unpaid dividends to, but not including, the redemption date) of the Series B Preferred Stock so called for redemption with a bank or trust company, in which case the redemption notice to holders of the Series B Preferred Stock to be redeemed shall (A) state the date of such deposit, (B) specify the office of such bank or trust company as the place of payment of the redemption price and (C) require such holders to surrender the certificates evidencing such shares, if any, at such place on or about the date fixed in such redemption notice (which may not be later than the redemption date) against payment of the redemption price (including all accumulated and unpaid dividends to the redemption date). Subject to applicable unclaimed property laws, any monies so deposited which remain unclaimed by the holders of the Series B Preferred Stock at the end of two years after the redemption date shall be returned by such bank or trust company to the Corporation.

(iii) Except as described in the immediately following sentence, upon the redemption of Series B Preferred Stock, the Corporation shall pay any accumulated and unpaid dividends to, but not including, the redemption date. If the redemption date falls after a record date for the determination of holders of Series B Preferred Stock entitled to receive any dividend payment and prior to the corresponding Series B Dividend Payment Date, then the holders of shares of Series B Preferred Stock at the close of business on such record date shall be entitled to receive the dividend payable on such shares of Series B Preferred Stock on the corresponding Series B Dividend Payment Date notwithstanding the redemption of such shares of Series B Preferred Stock before such Series B Dividend Payment Date. Except as provided in this Section 5(d)(iii), the Corporation shall make no payment or allowance for unpaid dividends,

 

- 8 -


whether or not in arrears, on any shares of Series B Preferred Stock called for redemption.

(iv) If full cumulative dividends on the Series B Preferred Stock for all past dividend periods have not been declared and paid or declared and set apart for payment, except pursuant to Article VI of the Charter or Section 5(f) below, the Corporation may not purchase, redeem or otherwise acquire shares of Series B Preferred Stock or any Parity Shares other than in exchange for Junior Shares or Parity Shares or in exchange for options, warrants or rights to subscribe for or purchase any Junior Shares or Parity Shares.

(v) On and after the date fixed for redemption, provided that the Corporation has made available at the office of the registrar and transfer agent (or the bank or trust company pursuant to Section 5(d)(ii)) a sufficient amount of cash to effect the redemption (or, if no such registrar and transfer agent (or no bank or trust company) is appointed, has delivered to the holders of record of the outstanding shares of Series B Preferred Stock a check in the amount of the redemption price payable to such holders), dividends will cease to accumulate on the shares of Series B Preferred Stock called for redemption (except that, in the case of a redemption date that falls after a record date for the determination of holders of Series B Preferred Stock entitled to receive any dividend payment and prior to the corresponding Series B Dividend Payment Date, the holders on such record date of shares of Series B Preferred Stock shall be entitled to receive the dividend payable on such shares on the corresponding Series B Dividend Payment Date in accordance with Section 5(d)(iii)), such shares shall no longer be deemed to be outstanding and all rights of the holders of such shares as holders of Series B Preferred Stock shall cease except the right to receive the cash payable upon such redemption, without interest from the date of such redemption.

(e) Any shares of Series B Preferred Stock that shall at any time have been redeemed, repurchased or otherwise reacquired by the Corporation shall, after such redemption, repurchase or other reacquisition, have the status of authorized but unissued Preferred Stock, without further designation as to class or series, until such shares are reclassified by the Board of Directors.

(f) In accordance with Article VI of the Charter and Section 8(d) below, shares of Series B Preferred Stock shall be redeemable to preserve the status of the Corporation as a REIT for United States federal income tax purposes. In the event of any redemption of shares of Series B Preferred Stock pursuant to Section 6.2.2 of the Charter or Section 8(d) below, such redemption shall be made in accordance with the terms and conditions set forth in Section 5(c) above. If the Corporation calls for the redemption of any shares of Series B Preferred Stock pursuant to and in accordance with this Section 5(f), then the redemption price for such shares will be an amount in cash equal to $25.00 per share plus any accumulated and unpaid dividends on the Series B Preferred Stock (whether or not declared), to, but not including, the redemption date.

 

- 9 -


(6) Voting Rights . Except as otherwise set forth herein, the Series B Preferred Stock shall not have any voting rights, and the consent or approval of the holders thereof shall not be required for the taking of any corporate action.

(a) If and whenever six quarterly dividends (whether or not consecutive) payable on the Series B Preferred Stock are in arrears, whether or not earned or declared, the number of directors of the Corporation will be increased automatically by two (unless the number of directors has previously been so increased pursuant to the terms of any class or series of Parity Shares upon which like voting rights have been conferred and are exercisable (the “Voting Preferred Shares”) and with which the holders of Series B Preferred Stock are entitled to vote together as a single class in the election of Preferred Directors (as defined below)) and the holders of Series B Preferred Stock, voting together as a single class with the holders of any other class or series of Voting Preferred Shares with which the holders of Series B Preferred Stock are entitled to vote together as a single class in the election of Preferred Directors, will have the right to elect two directors at an annual meeting of stockholders or a properly called special meeting of the holders of our series B preferred stock and such Voting Preferred Shares and at each subsequent annual meeting of stockholders (the “Preferred Directors”), until all such dividends and dividends for the then current quarterly period on the Series B Preferred Stock have been paid or declared and set aside for payment in full. Whenever all such dividends on the shares of Series B Preferred Stock then outstanding have been paid in full or declared and set apart for payment in full, and full dividends on the shares of Series B Preferred Stock then outstanding for the then current quarterly dividend period have been paid in full or declared and set apart for payment in full, then the right of the holders of the Series B Preferred Stock to elect Preferred Directors will cease and, unless Voting Preferred Shares of any class or series for which the right to vote in the election of Preferred Directors remains exercisable remain outstanding, the terms of office of the Preferred Directors will terminate automatically and the number directors of the Corporation will be reduced automatically by two; provided, however, the right of the holders of the Series B Preferred Stock to elect Preferred Directors will again vest if and whenever dividends are in arrears for six quarterly periods, as described above. If the rights of holders of shares of Series B Preferred Stock to elect Preferred Directors have terminated in accordance with this Section 6(a) after any record date for the determination of holders of shares of Series B Preferred Stock entitled to vote in any election of Preferred Directors but before the closing of the polls in such election, holders of shares of Series B Preferred Stock outstanding as of such record date shall not be entitled to vote in such election of Preferred Directors. However, the right of the holders of Series B Preferred Stock to elect the additional directors will again vest if and whenever dividends are in arrears for six quarterly periods, as described above. In no event shall the holders of Series B Preferred Stock be entitled to nominate or elect an individual as a director, and no individual shall be qualified to be nominated for election or to serve as a director, if such individual’s service as a director would cause the Corporation to fail to satisfy a requirement relating to director independence of any national securities exchange on which any class or series of the Corporation’s stock is listed.

 

- 10 -


(b) Preferred Directors shall be elected by a plurality of the votes cast in the election of such directors, and each Preferred Director will serve until the next annual meeting of the Corporation’s stockholders and until his or her successor is duly elected and qualifies, or until such Preferred Director’s term of office terminates earlier in accordance with Section 6(a). Holders of outstanding shares of Series B Preferred Stock will be entitled to cast one vote per $25.00 of liquidation preference to which such shares are entitled by their terms (excluding amounts in respect of accumulated and unpaid dividends), for as many individuals as there are Preferred Directors to be elected. Any Preferred Director may be removed at any time, and may be removed only, by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the aggregate outstanding shares of Series B Preferred Stock and Voting Preferred Shares of all classes and series with which the holders of Series B Preferred Stock are entitled to vote together as a single class in the election of Preferred Directors. At any time that holders of Series B Preferred Stock are entitled to vote in the election of Preferred Directors, holders of Series B Preferred Stock shall be entitled to vote in the election of a successor to fill a vacancy on the Board of Directors that results from the removal of a Preferred Director.

(c) At any time that holders of outstanding shares of Series B Preferred Stock are entitled to elect Preferred Directors pursuant to Section 6(a) and two Preferred Directors are not then serving, upon the written request of the holders of record of at least 10% of the outstanding shares of Series B Preferred Stock and Voting Preferred Shares of all classes and series with which the holders of Series B Preferred Stock are entitled to vote together as a single class with respect to the election of Preferred Directors, the secretary of the Corporation shall call a special meeting of stockholders of the Corporation for the purpose of electing Preferred Directors, unless such request is received less than 90 days before the date fixed for the next annual meeting of the Corporation’s stockholders, in which case, the Preferred Directors may be elected at such annual meeting or at a separate special meeting.

(d) So long as any shares of Series B Preferred Stock are outstanding, the approval of two-thirds of the votes entitled to be cast by the holders of outstanding shares of Series B Preferred Stock, voting together as a single class with the holders of all outstanding and similarly-affected Parity Shares of any class or series upon which like voting rights have been conferred and with which holders of Series B Preferred Stock are entitled to vote together as a single class on such matters, is required (i) to amend, alter or repeal any provisions of the Charter (including these Articles Supplementary), whether by merger, consolidation or otherwise, to affect materially and adversely the voting powers, rights or preferences of the Series B Preferred Stock, unless in connection with any such amendment, alteration or repeal, the Series B Preferred Stock remains outstanding without the terms thereof being materially and adversely affected or is converted into or exchanged for preferred equity interests in the surviving entity having preferences, conversion and other rights, voting powers, restrictions, limitations as to dividends, qualifications and terms and conditions of redemption thereof that are substantially similar to those of the Series B Preferred Stock (taking into account that the Corporation may not be the surviving entity), or (ii) to authorize, create, or increase the authorized number of shares of any class or series of Capital Stock having rights senior to the Series B Preferred Stock with respect to the

 

- 11 -


payment of dividends or amounts upon liquidation, dissolution or winding up. . Notwithstanding anything contrary contained herein, the voting powers, rights or preferences the Series B Preferred Stock shall not be deemed to be materially and adversely affected by, and the holders of shares of Series B Preferred Stock shall not be entitled to vote with respect to, (A) any amendment to the Charter increasing or decreasing the total number of authorized shares of stock of all classes and series, Common Stock or Preferred Stock without further designation as to class or series, (B) any issuance, classification, reclassification or amendment to the Charter increasing or decreasing the number of authorized but unissued shares of Series B Preferred Stock or (C) any issuance, classification, reclassification or amendment to the Charter increasing or decreasing the number of authorized shares of Parity Shares or Junior Shares of any class or series.

(e) So long as any shares of Series B Preferred Stock remain outstanding, the holders of shares of Series B Preferred Stock, voting together as a single class with the holders of all outstanding and similarly-affected Parity Shares of any class or series upon which like voting rights have been conferred and with which holders of Series B Preferred Stock are entitled to vote together as a single class on such amendments, will have the exclusive right to vote on any amendment to the Charter on which holders of Series B Preferred Stock are entitled to vote pursuant to Section 6(d) above and that would alter only the contract rights, as expressly set forth in the Charter, of the Series B Preferred Stock and such other class(es) and series of Parity Shares, and the holders of any other class(es) or series of Capital Stock will not be entitled to vote on such an amendment.

(f) Holders of Series B Preferred Stock shall not be entitled to vote if, at or prior to the time when the act with respect to which such vote would otherwise be required shall be effected, all outstanding shares of Series B Preferred Stock have been redeemed or called for redemption upon proper notice and sufficient funds shall have been deposited in trust or made available at the office of the registrar and transfer agent for the Series B Preferred Stock to effect such redemption.

(g) In any matter in which the Series B Preferred Stock may vote (as expressly provided herein), each share of Series B Preferred Stock shall entitle the holder thereof to cast one vote per $25.00 of liquidation preference (excluding amounts with respect to accumulated and unpaid dividends).

(7) Information Rights . During any period in which the Corporation is not subject to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act and any shares of Series B Preferred Stock are outstanding, the Corporation will (i) transmit by mail (or other permissible means under the Exchange Act) to all holders of Series B Preferred Stock, as their names and addresses appear in the record books of the Corporation and without cost to such holders, copies of the annual reports and quarterly reports that the Corporation would have been required to file with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act if the Corporation were subject thereto (other than any exhibits that would have been required) and (ii) promptly, upon request, supply copies of such reports to any prospective holder of Series B Preferred Stock. The Corporation will mail (or otherwise provide) the information to the holders of Series B Preferred Stock within 15 days after the respective dates by which a periodic report

 

- 12 -


on Form 10-K or Form 10-Q, as the case may be, in respect of such information would have been required to be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission if the Corporation were subject to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act.

(8) Restrictions on Ownership and Transfer .

(a) Definitions . For the purposes of this Section 8, all capitalized terms not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings ascribed to them in the Charter. The following terms shall have the following meanings:

“Series B Charitable Beneficiary” shall mean one or more beneficiaries of the Series B Trust as determined pursuant to Section 8(c)(vi), provided that each such organization must be described in Section 501(c)(3) of the Code and contributions to each such organization must be eligible for deduction under each of Sections 170(b)(1)(A), 2055 and 2522 of the Code.

“Series B Excepted Holder” shall mean a stockholder of the Corporation for whom a Series B Excepted Holder Limit is created by the Board of Directors pursuant to Section 8(i).

“Series B Excepted Holder Limit” shall mean for each Series B Excepted Holder, the limit established by the Board of Directors pursuant to Section 8(i), which limit may be expressed, in the discretion of the Board of Directors, as a percentage and/or number of shares of Series B Preferred Stock, provided that the affected Series B Excepted Holder agrees to comply with the requirements established by the Board of Directors pursuant to Section 8(i) and subject to adjustment pursuant to Section 8(i).

“Series B Initial Date” shall mean the Series B Original Issue Date.

“Series B Prohibited Owner” shall mean, with respect to any purported Transfer, any Person who, but for the provisions of Section 8(b), would Beneficially Own or Constructively Own shares of Series B Preferred Stock, and if appropriate in the context, shall also mean any Person who would have been the record owner of the shares that the Series B Prohibited Owner would have so owned.

“Series B Preferred Stock Ownership Limit” shall mean 9.8% (in value or in number of shares, whichever is more restrictive, and subject to adjustment from time to time by the Board of Directors in accordance with Section 8(i)(ii)) of the outstanding shares of Series B Preferred Stock of the Corporation, excluding any such outstanding Series B Preferred Stock which is not treated as outstanding for federal income tax purposes. Notwithstanding the foregoing, for purposes of determining the percentage ownership of Series B Preferred Stock by any Person, shares of Series B Preferred Stock that are treated as Beneficially Owned or Constructively Owned by such Person shall be deemed to be outstanding. The number and value of shares of outstanding Series B Preferred Stock of the Corporation shall be determined by the

 

- 13 -


Board of Directors in good faith, which determination shall be conclusive for all purposes hereof.

“Series B Trust” shall mean any trust provided for in Section 8(c) below.

“Series B Trustee” shall mean the Person unaffiliated with the Corporation and a Series B Prohibited Owner, that is appointed by the Corporation to serve as trustee of the Series B Trust.

(b) Restriction on Ownership and Transfers .

(i) During the period commencing on the Series B Initial Date and prior to the Restriction Termination Date, but subject to Section 8(l), (1) no Person, other than a Series B Excepted Holder, shall Beneficially Own or Constructively Own shares of Series B Preferred Stock in excess of the Series B Preferred Stock Ownership Limit and (2) no Series B Excepted Holder shall Beneficially Own or Constructively Own shares of Series B Preferred Stock in excess of the Series B Excepted Holder Limit for such Series B Excepted Holder.

(ii) If any Transfer of shares of Series B Preferred Stock (whether or not such Transfer is the result of a transaction entered into through the facilities of the NYSE or any other national securities exchange or automated inter dealer quotation system) occurs which, if effective, would result in any Person Beneficially Owning or Constructively Owning shares of Series B Preferred Stock in violation of Section 8(b)(i), (A) then that number of shares of the Series B Preferred Stock, the Beneficial Ownership or Constructive Ownership of which otherwise would cause such Person to violate such provisions (rounded up to the nearest whole share) shall be automatically transferred to a Series B Trust for the benefit of a Series B Charitable Beneficiary, as described in Section 8(c), effective as of the close of business on the Business Day prior to the date of such Transfer, and such Person shall acquire no rights in such shares; or (B) if the transfer to the Series B Trust described in clause (A) of this sentence would not be effective for any reason to prevent the violation of Section 8(b)(i), then the Transfer of that number of shares of Series B Preferred Stock that otherwise would cause any Person to violate such provisions shall be void ab initio, and the intended transferee shall acquire no rights in such shares of Series B Preferred Stock.

(c) Transfers of Series B Preferred Stock in Series B Trust .

(i) Upon any purported Transfer or other event described in Section 8(b)(ii) that would result in a transfer of shares of Series B Preferred Stock to a Series B Trust, such shares of Series B Preferred Stock shall be deemed to have been transferred to the Series B Trustee as trustee of a Series B Trust for the exclusive benefit of one or more Series B Charitable Beneficiaries. Such transfer to the Series B Trustee shall be deemed to be effective as of the close of business on the Business Day prior to the purported Transfer or other event that results in the transfer to the Series B Trust

 

- 14 -


pursuant to Section 8(b)(ii). The Series B Trustee shall be appointed by the Corporation and shall be a Person unaffiliated with the Corporation and any Series B Prohibited Owner. Each Series B Charitable Beneficiary shall be designated by the Corporation as provided in Section 8(c)(vi).

(ii) Shares of Series B Preferred Stock held by the Series B Trustee shall be issued and outstanding shares of Series B Preferred Stock of the Corporation. The Series B Prohibited Owner shall have no rights in the shares held by the Series B Trustee. The Series B Prohibited Owner shall not benefit economically from ownership of any shares held in trust by the Series B Trustee, shall have no rights to dividends or other distributions and shall not possess any rights to vote or other rights attributable to the shares held in the Series B Trust. The Series B Prohibited Owner shall have no claim, cause of action, or any other recourse whatsoever against the purported transferor of such Series B Preferred Stock.

(iii) The Series B Trustee shall have all voting rights and rights to dividends or other distributions with respect to shares of Series B Preferred Stock held in the Series B Trust, which rights shall be exercised for the exclusive benefit of the Series B Charitable Beneficiary. Any dividend or other distribution paid prior to the discovery by the Corporation that the shares of Series B Preferred Stock have been transferred to the Series B Trustee shall be paid by the recipient of such dividend or other distribution to the Series B Trustee upon demand and any dividend or other distribution authorized but unpaid shall be paid when due to the Series B Trustee. Any dividend or distribution so paid to the Series B Trustee shall be held in trust for the Series B Charitable Beneficiary. The Series B Prohibited Owner shall have no voting rights with respect to shares held in the Series B Trust and, subject to Maryland law, effective as of the date that the shares of Series B Preferred Stock have been transferred to the Series B Trustee, the Series B Trustee shall have the authority (at the Series B Trustee’s sole and absolute discretion) (A) to rescind as void any vote cast by a Series B Prohibited Owner prior to the discovery by the Corporation that the shares of Series B Preferred Stock have been transferred to the Series B Trustee and (B) to recast such vote in accordance with the desires of the Series B Trustee acting for the benefit of the Series B Charitable Beneficiary; provided, however, that if the Corporation has already taken irreversible corporate action, then the Series B Trustee shall not have the authority to rescind and recast such vote. Notwithstanding the provisions of this Section 8, until the Corporation has received notification that shares of Series B Preferred Stock have been transferred into a Series B Trust, the Corporation shall be entitled to rely on its share transfer and other stockholder records for purposes of preparing lists of stockholders entitled to vote at meetings, determining the validity and authority of proxies and otherwise conducting votes of stockholders.

(iv) Within 20 days of receiving notice from the Corporation that shares of Series B Preferred Stock have been transferred to the Series B Trust, the Series B Trustee of the Series B Trust shall sell the shares held in the Series B Trust to a person or persons, designated by the Series B Trustee, whose ownership of the shares will not violate the

 

- 15 -


ownership limitations set forth in Section 8(b)(i). Upon such sale, the interest of the Series B Charitable Beneficiary in the shares sold shall terminate and the Series B Trustee shall distribute the net proceeds of the sale to the Series B Prohibited Owner and to the Series B Charitable Beneficiary as provided in this Section 8(c)(iv). The Series B Prohibited Owner shall receive the lesser of (A) the price paid by the Series B Prohibited Owner for the shares or, if the Series B Prohibited Owner did not give value for the shares in connection with the event causing the shares to be held in the Series B Trust (e.g., in the case of a gift, devise or other such transaction), the Market Price of the shares on the day of the event causing the shares to be held in the Series B Trust and (B) the price per share received by the Series B Trustee (net of any commissions and other expenses of sale) from the sale or other disposition of the shares held in the Series B Trust. The Series B Trustee shall reduce the amount payable to the Series B Prohibited Owner by the amount of dividends and other distributions which have been paid to the Series B Prohibited Owner and are owed by the Series B Prohibited Owner to the Series B Trustee pursuant to Section 8(c)(iii). Any net sales proceeds in excess of the amount payable to the Series B Prohibited Owner shall be immediately paid to the Series B Charitable Beneficiary. If, prior to the discovery by the Corporation that shares of Series B Preferred Stock have been transferred to the Series B Trustee, such shares are sold by a Series B Prohibited Owner, then (A) such shares shall be deemed to have been sold on behalf of the Series B Trust and (B) to the extent that the Series B Prohibited Owner received an amount for such shares that exceeds the amount that such Series B Prohibited Owner was entitled to receive pursuant to this Section 8(c)(iv), such excess shall be paid to the Series B Trustee upon demand.

(v) Shares of Series B Preferred Stock transferred to the Series B Trustee shall be deemed to have been offered for sale to the Corporation, or its designee, at a price per share equal to the lesser of (A) the price per share in the transaction that resulted in such transfer to the Series B Trust (or, in the case of a devise, gift or other transaction, the Market Price at the time of such devise, gift or other transaction) and (B) the Market Price on the date the Corporation, or its designee, accepts such offer. The Corporation shall reduce the amount payable to the Series B Prohibited Owner by the amount of dividends and distributions which has been paid to the Series B Prohibited Owner and are owed by the Series B Prohibited Owner to the Series B Trustee pursuant to Section 8(c)(iii). The Corporation shall pay the amount of such reduction to the Series B Trustee for the benefit of the Series B Charitable Beneficiary. The Corporation shall have the right to accept such offer until the Series B Trustee has sold the shares held in the Series B Trust pursuant to Section 8(c)(iv). Upon such a sale to the Corporation, the interest of the Series B Charitable Beneficiary in the shares sold shall terminate and the Series B Trustee shall distribute the net proceeds of the sale to the Series B Prohibited Owner.

(vi) By written notice to the Series B Trustee, the Corporation shall designate one or more nonprofit organizations to be the Series B Charitable Beneficiary of the interest in the Series B Trust such that the shares of Series B Preferred Stock held in the Series B Trust would not violate the restrictions set forth in Section 8(b)(i) in the

 

- 16 -


hands of such Series B Charitable Beneficiary. Neither the failure of the Corporation to make such designation nor the failure of the Corporation to appoint the Series B Trustee before the automatic transfer provided for in Section 8(b)(ii) shall make such transfer ineffective, provided that the Corporation thereafter makes such designation and appointment.

(d) Remedies For Breach . If the Board of Directors or any duly authorized committee thereof shall at any time determine in good faith that a Transfer or other event has taken place that results in a violation of Section 8(b) or that a Person intends or has attempted to acquire Beneficial Ownership or Constructive Ownership of any shares of Series B Preferred Stock in violation of Section 8(b) (whether or not such violation is intended), the Board of Directors or a committee thereof shall take such action as it deems advisable, in its sole and absolute discretion, to refuse to give effect to or to prevent such Transfer or other event, including, without limitation, causing the Corporation to redeem shares of Series B Preferred Stock, refusing to give effect to such Transfer on the books of the Corporation or instituting proceedings to enjoin such Transfer or other event; provided, however, that any Transfer or attempted Transfer or other event in violation of Section 8(b)(i) shall automatically result in the transfer to the Series B Trust described above, or, where applicable, such Transfer (or other event) shall be void ab initio as provided above irrespective of any action (or non action) by the Board of Directors or a committee thereof.

(e) Notice of Restricted Transfer . Any Person who acquires or attempts or intends to acquire Beneficial Ownership or Constructive Ownership of shares of Series B Preferred Stock that will or may violate Section 8(b) or any Person who would have owned shares of Series B Preferred Stock that resulted in a transfer to the Series B Trust pursuant to the provisions of Section 8(b)(ii) shall immediately give written notice to the Corporation of such event or, in the case of such a proposed or attempted transaction, give at least 15 days prior written notice, and shall provide to the Corporation such other information as the Corporation may request in order to determine the effect, if any, of such Transfer on the Corporation’s status as a REIT.

(f) Owners Required To Provide Information . From the Series B Initial Date and prior to the Restriction Termination Date, (i) every owner of five percent or more (or such lower percentage as required by the Code or the Treasury Regulations promulgated thereunder) of the outstanding shares of Series B Preferred Stock, within 30 days after the end of each taxable year, shall give written notice to the Corporation stating the name and address of such owner, the number of shares of Series B Preferred Stock Beneficially Owned and a description of the manner in which such shares are held. Each such owner shall provide promptly to the Corporation such additional information as the Corporation may request in order to determine the effect, if any, of such Beneficial Ownership on the Corporation’s status as a REIT and to ensure compliance with the Series B Preferred Stock Ownership Limit; and (ii) each Person who is a Beneficial or Constructive Owner of shares of Series B Preferred Stock and each Person (including the stockholder of record) who is holding shares of Series B Preferred Stock for a Beneficial or Constructive Owner shall, on demand, provide to the Corporation such information as the Corporation may request, in good faith,

 

- 17 -


in order to determine the Corporation’s status as a REIT and to comply with requirements of any taxing authority or governmental authority or to determine such compliance.

(g) Remedies Not Limited . Subject to Section 4.7 of the Charter, nothing contained in this Section 8 (but subject to Section 8(l)) shall limit the authority of the Board of Directors to take such other action as it deems necessary or advisable to protect the Corporation and the interests of its stockholders in preserving the Corporation’s status as a REIT.

(h) Ambiguity . In the case of an ambiguity in the application of any of the provisions of this Section 8, including any definition contained in Section 8(a) or any defined term used in this Section 8 but defined in the Charter, the Board of Directors shall have the power to determine the application of the provisions of this Section 8 with respect to any situation based on the facts known to it. In the event this Section 8 requires an action by the Board of Directors and the Charter fails to provide specific guidance with respect to such action, the Board of Directors shall have the power to determine the action to be taken so long as such action is not contrary to the provisions of this Section 8. Absent a decision to the contrary by the Board of Directors (which the Board of Directors may make in its sole and absolute discretion), if a Person would have (but for the remedies set forth in Section 8(b)) acquired Beneficial or Constructive Ownership of shares of Series B Preferred Stock in violation of Section 8(b)(i), such remedies (as applicable) shall apply first to the shares of Series B Preferred Stock which, but for such remedies, would have been actually owned by such Person, and second to shares of Series B Preferred Stock which, but for such remedies, would have been Beneficially Owned or Constructively Owned (but not actually owned) by such Person, pro rata among the Persons who actually own such shares of Series B Preferred Stock based upon the relative number of the shares of Series B Preferred Stock held by each such Person.

(i) Exceptions .

(i) Subject to Section 6.2.1(a)(ii) of the Charter, the Board of Directors of the Corporation, in its sole and absolute discretion, may exempt (prospectively or retroactively) a Person from the Series B Preferred Stock Ownership Limit or may establish or increase a Series B Excepted Holder Limit for such Person if: (A) the Board of Directors determines, based on such representations and undertakings from such Person to the extent required by the Board of Directors and as are reasonably necessary to ascertain, that such exemption will not cause any Individual’s Beneficial Ownership of shares of Capital Stock to violate the Aggregate Stock Ownership Limit; and (B) the Board of Directors determines that such Person does not and will not Constructively Own an interest in a tenant of the Corporation (or a tenant of any entity directly or indirectly owned, in whole or in part, by the Corporation) that would cause the Corporation to Constructively Own more than a 9.9% interest (as set forth in Section 856(d)(2)(B) of the Code) in such tenant, and the Board of Directors obtains such representations and undertakings from such Person to the extent required by the Board of Directors as are reasonably necessary to ascertain this fact (for this purpose, in the Board of Director’s sole and absolute discretion, a tenant from whom the Corporation (or an entity directly or indirectly owned, in whole or in part, by the

 

- 18 -


Corporation) derives (and is expected to continue to derive) a sufficiently small amount of revenue such that, in the opinion of the Board of Directors of the Corporation, rent from such tenant would not adversely affect the Corporation’s ability to qualify as a REIT shall not be treated as a tenant of the Corporation).

(ii) Subject to Section 6.2.1(a)(ii) of the Charter and the rest of this Section 8(i)(ii), the Board of Directors may, in its sole and absolute discretion, from time to time increase or decrease the Series B Preferred Stock Ownership Limit for one or more Persons; provided, however, that a decreased Series B Preferred Stock Ownership Limit will not be effective for any Person who Beneficially Owns or Constructively Owns, as applicable, shares of Series B Preferred Stock in excess of such decreased Series B Preferred Stock Ownership Limit at the time such limit is decreased, until such time as such Person’s Beneficial Ownership or Constructive Ownership of shares of Series B Preferred Stock, as applicable, equals or falls below the decreased Series B Preferred Stock Ownership Limit, but any further acquisition of shares of Series B Preferred Stock or increased Beneficial Ownership or Constructive Ownership of shares of Series B Preferred Stock will be in violation of the Series B Preferred Stock Ownership Limit and, provided further, that the new Series B Preferred Stock Ownership Limit would not allow five or fewer Persons to Beneficially Own more than 49% in value of the outstanding Capital Stock.

(iii) The Board of Directors may only reduce the Series B Excepted Holder Limit for a Series B Excepted Holder: (1) with the written consent of such Series B Excepted Holder at any time, or (2) pursuant to the terms and conditions of the agreements and undertakings entered into with such Series B Excepted Holder in connection with the establishment of the Series B Excepted Holder Limit for that Series B Excepted Holder. No Series B Excepted Holder Limit shall be reduced to a percentage that is less than the Series B Preferred Stock Ownership Limit.

(iv) Prior to granting any exception pursuant to Section 8(i)(i) above, the Board of Directors of the Corporation may require a ruling from the Internal Revenue Service, or an opinion of counsel, in either case in form and substance satisfactory to the Board of Directors in its sole and absolute discretion, as it may deem necessary or advisable in order to determine or ensure the Corporation’s status as a REIT. Notwithstanding the receipt of any ruling or opinion, the Board of Directors may impose such conditions or restrictions as it deems appropriate in connection with granting such exception.

(v) Subject to Section 6.2.1(a)(ii) of the Charter, an underwriter which participates in a public offering or a private placement of Series B Preferred Stock (or securities convertible into or exchangeable for Series B Preferred Stock) may Beneficially Own or Constructively Own shares of Series B Preferred Stock (or securities convertible into or exchangeable for Series B Preferred Stock) in excess of the Series B Preferred Stock Ownership Limit, but only to the extent necessary to facilitate such public offering or private placement.

 

- 19 -


(j) Legends . Each certificate for Series B Preferred Stock shall bear substantially the following legend in addition to any legends required to comply with federal and state securities laws:

“The shares of Series B Preferred Stock represented by this certificate are subject to restrictions on Beneficial and Constructive Ownership and Transfer for the purpose of the Corporation’s maintenance of its status as a Real Estate Investment Trust (a “REIT”) under the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”). Subject to certain further restrictions and except as expressly provided in the Corporation’s Charter, no Person may Beneficially or Constructively Own shares of the Corporation’s Series B Preferred Stock in excess of 9.8% (in value or number of shares) of the outstanding shares of Series B Preferred Stock of the Corporation unless such Person is a Series B Excepted Holder (in which case the Series B Excepted Holder Limit shall be applicable). Any Person who Beneficially or Constructively Owns or attempts to Beneficially or Constructively Own shares of Series B Preferred Stock which causes or will cause a Person to Beneficially or Constructively Own shares of Series B Preferred Stock in excess or in violation of the above limitations must immediately notify the Corporation. If the restrictions on transfer or ownership set forth above are violated, the shares of Series B Preferred Stock represented hereby will be automatically transferred to a Series B Trustee of a Series B Trust for the benefit of one or more Series B Charitable Beneficiaries. In addition, the Corporation may take other actions, including redeeming shares upon the terms and conditions specified by the Board of Directors in its sole and absolute discretion if the Board of Directors determines that ownership or a Transfer or other event may violate the restrictions described above. Furthermore, upon the occurrence of certain events, attempted Transfers in violation of the restrictions described above may be void ab initio . All capitalized terms in this legend have the meanings defined in the Charter of the Corporation, as the same may be amended from time to time, a copy of which, including the restrictions on transfer and ownership, will be furnished to each holder of Series B Preferred Stock of the Corporation on request and without charge. Requests for such a copy may be directed to the Secretary of the Corporation at its Principal Office.”

Instead of the foregoing legend, a certificate may state that the Corporation will furnish a full statement about certain restrictions on ownership and transfer of the shares to a stockholder on request and without charge.

(k) Severability . If any provision of this Section 8 or any application of any such provision is determined to be invalid by any federal or state court having jurisdiction over the issues, the validity of the remaining provisions shall not be affected and other applications of such provision shall be affected only to the extent necessary to comply with the determination of such court.

(l) NYSE . Nothing in this Section 8 shall preclude the settlement of any transaction entered into through the facilities of the NYSE or any other national securities exchange or automated inter dealer quotation system. The fact that the settlement of any transaction occurs shall not negate the effect of any other provision of this Section 8 and any transferee in such a transaction shall be subject to all of the provisions and limitations set forth in this Section 8.

(9) No Right of Conversion . The Series B Preferred Stock is not convertible into or exchangeable for any other property or securities of the Corporation.

SECOND : The shares of Series B Preferred Stock have been classified and designated by the Board of Directors under the authority contained in Article V of the Charter.

 

- 20 -


THIRD : These Articles Supplementary shall become effective at the time the SDAT accepts these Articles Supplementary for record.

FOURTH : These Articles Supplementary have been approved by the Board of Directors in the manner and by the vote required by law.

FIFTH : The undersigned Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of the Corporation acknowledges these Articles Supplementary to be the corporate act of the Corporation and, as to all matters or facts required to be verified under oath, the undersigned Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of the Corporation acknowledges that to the best of his knowledge, information and belief, these matters and facts are true in all material respects and that this statement is made under the penalties for perjury.

 

- 21 -


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Corporation has caused these Articles Supplementary to be executed in its name and on its behalf by its Chairman and Chief Executive Officer and attested to by its President and Secretary on this 8th day of December, 2010.

 

HUDSON PACIFIC PROPERTIES, INC.:
By:   /s/ V ICTOR J. C OLEMAN
Name:   Victor J. Coleman
Title:   Chairman and Chief Executive Officer

 

ATTEST:
/s/ H OWARD S. S TERN
Name: Howard S. Stern
Title:   President and Secretary

(Series B Preferred Stock Articles Supplementary Signature Page)

Exhibit 10.1

EXECUTION COPY

SECOND AMENDED AND RESTATED

AGREEMENT OF LIMITED PARTNERSHIP

OF

HUDSON PACIFIC PROPERTIES, L.P.

a Maryland limited partnership

 

 

THE SECURITIES EVIDENCED HEREBY HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED

UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES ACT”), OR

THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE AND MAY NOT BE SOLD,

TRANSFERRED OR OTHERWISE DISPOSED OF IN THE ABSENCE OF SUCH

REGISTRATION, UNLESS IN THE OPINION OF COUNSEL SATISFACTORY TO THE

PARTNERSHIP THE PROPOSED SALE, TRANSFER OR OTHER DISPOSITION MAY BE

EFFECTED WITHOUT REGISTRATION UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT AND UNDER

APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES OR “BLUE SKY” LAWS.

dated as of December 10, 2010


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

     Page  

ARTICLE 1 DEFINED TERMS

     1   

ARTICLE 2 ORGANIZATIONAL MATTERS

     24   

Section 2.1         Formation

     24   

Section 2.2         Name

     24   

Section 2.3         Principal Office and Resident Agent; Principal Executive Office

     24   

Section 2.4         Power of Attorney

     25   

Section 2.5         Term

     26   

ARTICLE 3 PURPOSE

     26   

Section 3.1         Purpose and Business

     26   

Section 3.2         Powers

     26   

Section 3.3         Partnership Only for Purposes Specified

     27   

Section 3.4         Representations and Warranties by the Partners

     27   

ARTICLE 4 CAPITAL CONTRIBUTIONS

     30   

Section 4.1         Capital Contributions of the Partners

     30   

Section 4.2         Issuances of Additional Partnership Interests

     30   

Section 4.3         Additional Funds and Capital Contributions

     31   

Section 4.4         Stock Option Plans and Equity Plans

     33   

Section 4.5         Dividend Reinvestment Plan, Cash Option Purchase Plan, Stock Incentive Plan or Other Plan

     35   

Section 4.6         No Interest; No Return

     35   

Section 4.7         Conversion or Redemption of Capital Shares

     35   

Section 4.8         Other Contribution Provisions

     36   

ARTICLE 5 DISTRIBUTIONS

     36   

Section 5.1         Requirement and Characterization of Distributions

     36   

Section 5.2         Distributions in Kind

     37   

Section 5.3         Amounts Withheld

     37   

Section 5.4         Distributions Upon Liquidation

     37   

Section 5.5         Distributions to Reflect Additional Partnership Units

     38   

Section 5.6         Restricted Distributions

     38   

ARTICLE 6 ALLOCATIONS

     38   

Section 6.1         Timing and Amount of Allocations of Net Income and Net Loss

     38   

Section 6.2         Allocations of Net Income and Net Loss

     38   

Section 6.3         Additional Allocation Provisions

     41   

Section 6.4         Tax Allocations

     43   

 

i


ARTICLE 7 MANAGEMENT AND OPERATIONS OF BUSINESS

     44   

Section 7.1         Management

     44   

Section 7.2         Certificate of Limited Partnership

     47   

Section 7.3         Restrictions on General Partner’s Authority

     48   

Section 7.4         Reimbursement of the General Partner

     50   

Section 7.5         Outside Activities of the General Partner

     51   

Section 7.6         Transactions with Affiliates

     51   

Section 7.7         Indemnification

     52   

Section 7.8         Liability of the General Partner

     55   

Section 7.9         Other Matters Concerning the General Partner

     56   

Section 7.10       Title to Partnership Assets

     57   

Section 7.11       Reliance by Third Parties

     57   

ARTICLE 8 RIGHTS AND OBLIGATIONS OF LIMITED PARTNERS

     58   

Section 8.1         Limitation of Liability

     58   

Section 8.2         Management of Business

     58   

Section 8.3         Outside Activities of Limited Partners

     58   

Section 8.4         Return of Capital

     59   

Section 8.5         Rights of Limited Partners Relating to the Partnership

     59   

Section 8.6         Partnership Right to Call Limited Partner Interests

     60   

Section 8.7         Rights as Objecting Partner

     61   

ARTICLE 9 BOOKS, RECORDS, ACCOUNTING AND REPORTS

     61   

Section 9.1         Records and Accounting

     61   

Section 9.2         Partnership Year

     61   

Section 9.3         Reports

     61   

ARTICLE 10 TAX MATTERS

     62   

Section 10.1       Preparation of Tax Returns

     62   

Section 10.2       Tax Elections

     62   

Section 10.3       Tax Matters Partner

     62   

Section 10.4       Withholding

     64   

Section 10.5       Organizational Expenses

     64   

ARTICLE 11 PARTNER TRANSFERS AND WITHDRAWALS

     64   

Section 11.1       Transfer

     64   

Section 11.2       Transfer of General Partner’s Partnership Interest

     65   

Section 11.3       Limited Partners’ Rights to Transfer

     66   

Section 11.4       Admission of Substituted Limited Partners

     69   

Section 11.5       Assignees

     69   

Section 11.6       General Provisions

     70   

ARTICLE 12 ADMISSION OF PARTNERS

     71   

 

ii


Section 12.1       Admission of Successor General Partner

     72   

Section 12.2       Admission of Additional Limited Partners

     72   

Section 12.3       Amendment of Agreement and Certificate of Limited Partnership

     73   

Section 12.4       Limit on Number of Partners

     73   

Section 12.5       Admission

     73   

ARTICLE 13 DISSOLUTION, LIQUIDATION AND TERMINATION

     73   

Section 13.1       Dissolution

     73   

Section 13.2       Winding Up

     74   

Section 13.3       Deemed Contribution and Distribution

     76   

Section 13.4       Rights of Holders

     76   

Section 13.5       Notice of Dissolution

     76   

Section 13.6       Cancellation of Certificate of Limited Partnership

     77   

Section 13.7       Reasonable Time for Winding-Up

     77   

ARTICLE 14 PROCEDURES FOR ACTIONS AND CONSENTS OF PARTNERS; AMENDMENTS; MEETINGS

     77   

Section 14.1       Procedures for Actions and Consents of Partners

     77   

Section 14.2       Amendments

     77   

Section 14.3       Meetings of the Partners

     78   

ARTICLE 15 GENERAL PROVISIONS

     79   

Section 15.1       Redemption Rights of Qualifying Parties

     79   

Section 15.2       Addresses and Notice

     83   

Section 15.3       Titles and Captions

     83   

Section 15.4       Pronouns and Plurals

     83   

Section 15.5       Further Action

     83   

Section 15.6       Binding Effect

     83   

Section 15.7       Waiver

     83   

Section 15.8       Counterparts

     84   

Section 15.9       Applicable Law; Consent to Jurisdiction; Waiver of Jury Trial

     84   

Section 15.10     Entire Agreement

     85   

Section 15.11     Invalidity of Provisions

     85   

Section 15.12     Limitation to Preserve REIT Status

     85   

Section 15.13     No Partition

     86   

Section 15.14     No Third-Party Rights Created Hereby

     86   

Section 15.15     No Rights as Stockholders

     86   

ARTICLE 16 SERIES A PREFERRED UNITS

     87   

Section 16.1       Designation and Number

     87   

Section 16.2       Rank

     87   

Section 16.3       Distributions

     87   

Section 16.4       Liquidation Preference

     88   

Section 16.5       Redemption of Series A Preferred Units

     88   

 

iii


Section 16.6         Conversion

     94   

Section 16.7         Voting Rights

     96   

Section 16.8         Provisions Effective After General Partner Fundamental Change

     97   

Section 16.9         Amendments

     99   

Section 16.10       Exclusion of Other Rights

     99   

ARTICLE 17 SERIES B PREFERRED UNITS

     99   

Section 17.1         Designation

     99   

Section 17.2         Distributions

     100   

Section 17.3         Liquidation Preference

     102   

Section 17.4         Rank

     102   

Section 17.5         Voting Rights

     102   

Section 17.6         Transfer Restrictions

     102   

Section 17.7         No Conversion Rights

     102   

Section 17.8         No Sinking Fund

     103   

 

iv


Exhibits List      

Exhibit A

   PARTNERS AND PARTNERSHIP UNITS      A-1   

Exhibit B

   EXAMPLES REGARDING ADJUSTMENT FACTOR      B-1   

Exhibit C

   COMMON NOTICE OF REDEMPTION      C-1   

Exhibit D

   SERIES A NOTICE OF REDEMPTION      D-1   

Exhibit E

   SERIES A NOTICE OF CONVERSION      E-1   

 

iv


FORM OF

SECOND AMENDED AND RESTATED

AGREEMENT OF LIMITED PARTNERSHIP

OF HUDSON PACIFIC PROPERTIES, L.P.

THIS SECOND AMENDED AND RESTATED AGREEMENT OF LIMITED PARTNERSHIP OF HUDSON PACIFIC PROPERTIES, L.P., dated as of December 10, 2010, is made and entered into by and among, HUDSON PACIFIC PROPERTIES, INC., a Maryland corporation, as the General Partner and the Persons whose names are set forth on Exhibit A attached hereto, as limited partners, and any Additional Limited Partner that is admitted from time to time to the Partnership and listed on Exhibit A attached hereto.

WHEREAS, a Certificate of Limited Partnership of the Partnership was filed with the State Department of Assessments and Taxation of Maryland on January 15, 2010 (the “ Formation Date ”) and the initial general partner and limited partners of the Partnership entered into an original agreement of limited partnership of the Partnership effective as of January 15, 2010 (the “ Original Partnership Agreement ”);

WHEREAS, the Original Partnership Agreement was amended and restated by that certain Amended and Restated Agreement of Limited Partnership of Hudson Pacific Properties, L.P., dated as of June 29, 2010 (the “ First Amended and Restated Partnership Agreement ”), by and among the General Partner and the limited partners of the Partnership, in connection with the initial public offering of the General Partner’s common stock;

WHEREAS, pursuant to Section 7.3.C(10), the Partnership Agreement may be amended by the General Partner to reflect the issuance of additional Partnership Interests pursuant to Sections 4.2, 5.5 and 6.2.D and to set forth the designations, rights, powers, duties and preferences of the holders of any additional Partnership Interests issued pursuant to Section 4.2; and

WHEREAS, the General Partner and the Partnership believe it is desirable and in the best interest of the Partnership to amend and restate the First Amended and Restated Partnership Agreement as set forth herein.

NOW, THEREFORE, BE IT RESOLVED, that the General Partner, on its own behalf and as attorney-in-fact for the Limited Partners, hereby amends and restates the First Amended and Restated Partnership Agreement as follows:

ARTICLE 1

DEFINED TERMS

The following definitions shall be for all purposes, unless otherwise clearly indicated to the contrary, applied to the terms used in this Agreement:

Act ” means the Maryland Revised Uniform Limited Partnership Act, Title 10 of the Corporations and Associations Article of the Annotated Code of Maryland, as it may be amended from time to time, and any successor to such statute.

 

1


Actions ” has the meaning set forth in Section 7.7 hereof.

Additional Funds ” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.3.A hereof.

Additional Limited Partner ” means a Person who is admitted to the Partnership as a limited partner pursuant to the Act and Section 4.2 and Section 12.2 hereof and who is shown as such on the books and records of the Partnership.

Adjusted Capital Account ” means, with respect to any Partner, the balance in such Partner’s Capital Account as of the end of the relevant Partnership Year or other applicable period, after giving effect to the following adjustments:

(i) increase such Capital Account by any amounts that such Partner is obligated to restore pursuant to this Agreement upon liquidation of such Partner’s Partnership Interest or that such Person is deemed to be obligated to restore pursuant to Regulations Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(ii)(c) or the penultimate sentence of each of Regulations Sections 1.704-2(g)(1) and 1.704-2(i)(5); and

(ii) decrease such Capital Account by the items described in Regulations Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(ii)(d)(4), (5) and (6).

The foregoing definition of “Adjusted Capital Account” is intended to comply with the provisions of Regulations Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(ii)(d) and shall be interpreted consistently therewith.

Adjusted Capital Account Deficit ” means, with respect to any Partner, the deficit balance, if any, in such Partner’s Adjusted Capital Account as of the end of the relevant Partnership Year or other applicable period.

Adjusted Leverage Ratio ” has the meaning set forth in Section 16.8.C hereof.

Adjusted Net Income ” means for each Partnership Year or other applicable period, an amount equal to the Partnership’s Net Income or Net Loss for such year or other period (other than any Net Income or Net Loss or items thereof allocated with respect to such year or other period prior to the allocation of Adjusted Net Income), computed without regard to the items set forth below; provided , that if the Adjusted Net Income for such year or other period is a negative number (i.e., a net loss), then the Adjusted Net Income for that year or other period shall be treated as if it were zero:

(a) Depreciation; and

(b) Net gain or loss realized in connection with the actual or hypothetical sale of any or all of the assets of the Partnership, including but not limited to net gain or loss treated as realized in connection with an adjustment to the Gross Asset Value of the Partnership’s assets as set forth in the definition of “Gross Asset Value.”

Adjustment Factor ” means 1.0; provided , however , that in the event that:

 

2


(i) the General Partner (a) declares or pays a dividend on its outstanding REIT Shares in REIT Shares or makes a distribution to all holders of its outstanding REIT Shares in REIT Shares, (b) splits or subdivides its outstanding REIT Shares or (c) effects a reverse stock split or otherwise combines its outstanding REIT Shares into a smaller number of REIT Shares, the Adjustment Factor shall be adjusted by multiplying the Adjustment Factor previously in effect by a fraction, (1) the numerator of which shall be the number of REIT Shares issued and outstanding on the record date for such dividend, distribution, split, subdivision, reverse split or combination (assuming for such purposes that such dividend, distribution, split, subdivision, reverse split or combination has occurred as of such time) and (2) the denominator of which shall be the actual number of REIT Shares (determined without the above assumption) issued and outstanding on the record date for such dividend, distribution, split, subdivision, reverse split or combination;

(ii) the General Partner distributes any rights, options or warrants to all holders of its REIT Shares to subscribe for or to purchase or to otherwise acquire REIT Shares, or other securities or rights convertible into, exchangeable for or exercisable for REIT Shares (other than REIT Shares issuable pursuant to a Qualified DRIP / COPP), at a price per share less than the Value of a REIT Share on the record date for such distribution (each a “ Distributed Right ”), then, as of the distribution date of such Distributed Rights or, if later, the time such Distributed Rights become exercisable, the Adjustment Factor shall be adjusted by multiplying the Adjustment Factor previously in effect by a fraction (a) the numerator of which shall be the number of REIT Shares issued and outstanding on the record date (or, if later, the date such Distributed Rights become exercisable) plus the maximum number of REIT Shares purchasable under such Distributed Rights and (b) the denominator of which shall be the number of REIT Shares issued and outstanding on the record date (or, if later, the date such Distributed Rights become exercisable) plus a fraction (1) the numerator of which is the maximum number of REIT Shares purchasable under such Distributed Rights times the minimum purchase price per REIT Share under such Distributed Rights and (2) the denominator of which is the Value of a REIT Share as of the record date (or, if later, the date such Distributed Rights become exercisable); provided , however , that, if any such Distributed Rights expire or become no longer exercisable, then the Adjustment Factor shall be adjusted, effective retroactive to the date of distribution of the Distributed Rights, to reflect a reduced maximum number of REIT Shares or any change in the minimum purchase price for the purposes of the above fraction; and

(iii) the General Partner shall, by dividend or otherwise, distribute to all holders of its REIT Shares evidences of its indebtedness or assets (including securities, but excluding any dividend or distribution referred to in subsection (i) or (ii) above), which evidences of indebtedness or assets relate to assets not received by the General Partner pursuant to a pro rata distribution by the Partnership, then the Adjustment Factor shall be adjusted to equal the amount determined by multiplying the Adjustment Factor in effect immediately prior to the close of business as of the record date by a fraction (a) the numerator of which shall be such Value of a REIT Share as of the record date and (b) the denominator of which shall be the Value of a REIT Share as of the record date less the then fair market value (as determined by the General Partner, whose determination shall be conclusive) of the portion of the evidences of indebtedness or assets so distributed applicable to one REIT Share.

 

3


Notwithstanding the foregoing, no adjustments to the Adjustment Factor will be made for any class of Limited Partnership Interests to the extent that the Partnership makes or effects any correlative distribution or payment to all of the Limited Partners of such class, or effects any correlative split or reverse split in respect of its Limited Partnership Interests. Any adjustments to the Adjustment Factor shall become effective immediately after such event, retroactive to the record date, if any, for such event. For illustrative purposes, examples of adjustments to the Adjustment Factor are set forth on Exhibit B attached hereto.

Affiliate ” means, with respect to any Person, any Person directly or indirectly controlling or controlled by or under common control with such Person. For the purposes of this definition, “control” when used with respect to any Person means the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of such Person, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise, and the terms “controlling” and “controlled” have meanings correlative to the foregoing.

Agreement ” means this Second Amended and Restated Limited Partnership Agreement of Hudson Pacific Properties, L.P., as now or hereafter amended, restated, modified, supplemented or replaced.

Applicable Percentage ” means, as applicable, (i) the proportion of a Common Tendering Party’s Tendered Common Units that will be acquired by the General Partner for REIT Shares in accordance with Section 15.1 to the Tendering Party’s Tendered Common Units, or (ii) the proportion of a Series A Tendering Party’s Tendered Series A Units that will be acquired by the General Partner for REIT Shares in accordance with Section 16.5 to the Tendering Party’s Tendered Series A Units.

Applicable Rate ” means 6.25% per annum.

Appraisal ” means, with respect to any assets, the written opinion of an independent third party experienced in the valuation of similar assets, selected by the General Partner in good faith. Such opinion may be in the form of an opinion by such independent third party that the value for such property or asset as set by the General Partner is fair, from a financial point of view, to the Partnership.

Assignee ” means a Person to whom one or more Partnership Units have been Transferred in a manner permitted under this Agreement, but who has not become a Substituted Limited Partner, and who has the rights set forth in Section 11.5 hereof.

Available Cash ” means, with respect to any period for which such calculation is being made,

(i) the sum, without duplication, of:

(1) the Partnership’s Net Income or Net Loss (as the case may be) for such period,

(2) Depreciation and all other noncash charges to the extent deducted in determining Net Income or Net Loss for such period,

 

4


(3) the amount of any reduction in reserves of the Partnership referred to in clause (ii)(6) below (including, without limitation, reductions resulting because the General Partner determines such amounts are no longer necessary),

(4) the excess, if any, of the net cash proceeds from the sale, exchange, disposition, financing or refinancing of Partnership property for such period over the gain (or loss, as the case may be) recognized from such sale, exchange, disposition, financing or refinancing during such period (excluding Terminating Capital Transactions), and

(5) all other cash received (including amounts previously accrued as Net Income and amounts of deferred income) or any net amounts borrowed by the Partnership for such period that was not included in determining Net Income or Net Loss for such period;

(ii) less the sum, without duplication, of:

(1) all principal debt payments made during such period by the Partnership,

(2) capital expenditures made by the Partnership during such period,

(3) investments in any entity (including loans made thereto) to the extent that such investments are not otherwise described in clause (ii)(1) or clause (ii)(2) above,

(4) all other expenditures and payments not deducted in determining Net Income or Net Loss for such period (including amounts paid in respect of expenses previously accrued),

(5) any amount included in determining Net Income or Net Loss for such period that was not received by the Partnership during such period,

(6) the amount of any increase in reserves (including, without limitation, working capital reserves) established during such period that the General Partner determines are necessary or appropriate in its sole and absolute discretion,

(7) any amount distributed or paid in redemption of any Limited Partner Interest or Partnership Units, including, without limitation, any Common Unit Cash Amount or Series A Cash Amount paid, and

(8) the amount of any working capital accounts and other cash or similar balances which the General Partner determines to be necessary or appropriate in its sole and absolute discretion.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, Available Cash shall not include (a) any cash received or reductions in reserves, or take into account any disbursements made, or reserves established,

 

5


after dissolution and the commencement of the liquidation and winding up of the Partnership or (b) any Capital Contributions, whenever received or any payments, expenditures or investments made with such Capital Contributions.

Board of Directors ” means the Board of Directors of the General Partner.

Business Combination ” has the meaning set forth in Section 16.6.C(1) hereto.

Business Day ” means any day except a Saturday, Sunday or other day on which commercial banks in The City of New York, New York or Los Angeles, California are authorized by law to close except that, for purposes of Article 17, the term “Business Day” means any day, other than a Saturday or a Sunday, which is not a day on which banking institutions in New York, New York are authorized or required by law, regulation or executive order to close.

Capital Account ” means, with respect to any Partner, the capital account maintained by the General Partner for such Partner on the Partnership’s books and records in accordance with the following provisions:

(i) To each Partner’s Capital Account, there shall be added such Partner’s Capital Contributions, such Partner’s distributive share of Net Income and any items in the nature of income or gain that are specially allocated pursuant to Section 6.3 hereof, and the amount of any Partnership liabilities assumed by such Partner or that are secured by any property distributed to such Partner.

(ii) From each Partner’s Capital Account, there shall be subtracted the amount of cash and the Gross Asset Value of any Partnership property distributed to such Partner pursuant to any provision of this Agreement, such Partner’s distributive share of Net Losses and any items in the nature of expenses or losses that are specially allocated pursuant to Section 6.3 hereof, and the amount of any liabilities of such Partner assumed by the Partnership or that are secured by any property contributed by such Partner to the Partnership.

(iii) In the event any interest in the Partnership is Transferred in accordance with the terms of this Agreement (which Transfer does not result in the termination of the Partnership for Federal income tax purposes), the transferee shall succeed to the Capital Account of the transferor to the extent that it relates to the Transferred interest.

(iv) In determining the amount of any liability for purposes of subsections (i) and (ii) hereof, there shall be taken into account Code Section 752(c) and any other applicable provisions of the Code and Regulations.

(v) The provisions of this Agreement relating to the maintenance of Capital Accounts are intended to comply with Regulations promulgated under Section 704 of the Code, and shall be interpreted and applied in a manner consistent with such Regulations. If the General Partner shall determine that it is necessary or prudent to modify the manner in which the Capital Accounts are maintained in order to comply with such Regulations, the General Partner may make such modification, provided that such modification is not likely to have any material effect on the amounts distributable to any Partner pursuant to Article 13 hereof upon the dissolution of

 

6


the Partnership. The General Partner may, in its sole discretion, (a) make any adjustments that are necessary or appropriate to maintain equality between the Capital Accounts of the Partners and the amount of Partnership capital reflected on the Partnership’s balance sheet, as computed for book purposes, in accordance with Regulations Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv)(q) and (b) make any appropriate modifications in the event that unanticipated events might otherwise cause this Agreement not to comply with Regulations Section 1.704-1(b) or Section 1.704-2.

Capital Contribution ” means, with respect to any Partner, the amount of money and the initial Gross Asset Value of any Contributed Property that such Partner contributes or is deemed to contribute to the Partnership pursuant to Article 4 hereof.

Capital Share ” means a share of any class or series of stock of the General Partner now or hereafter authorized other than a REIT Share.

Certificate ” means the Certificate of Limited Partnership of the Partnership filed with the SDAT, as amended from time to time in accordance with the terms hereof and the Act.

Charity ” means an entity described in Section 501(c)(3) of the Code or any trust all the beneficiaries of which are such entities.

Charter ” means the charter of the General Partner, within the meaning of Section 1-101(e) of the Maryland General Corporation Law.

Closing Price ” has the meaning set forth in the definition of “Value.”

Code ” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended and in effect from time to time or any successor statute thereto, as interpreted by the applicable Regulations thereunder. Any reference herein to a specific section or sections of the Code shall be deemed to include a reference to any corresponding provision of future law.

Common Limited Partner ” means any Limited Partner that is a Holder of Common Units, including any Substituted Common Limited Partner, in its capacity as such.

Common Redemption ” has the meaning set forth in Section 15.1.A hereof.

Common Redemption Right ” has the meaning set forth in Section 15.1.A hereto.

Common Tendering Party ” has the meaning set forth in Section 15.1.A hereof.

Common Unit ” means a fractional, undivided share of the Partnership Interests of all Partners issued pursuant to Sections 4.1 and 4.2 hereof, but does not include any Preferred Unit or any other Partnership Unit specified in a Partnership Unit Designation as being other than a Common Unit; provided , however , that the General Partner Interest and the Limited Partner Interests shall have the differences in rights and privileges as specified in this Agreement.

Common Unit Cash Amount ” means an amount of cash equal to the product of (i) the Value of a REIT Share and (ii) the Common Unit REIT Shares Amount determined as of the applicable Valuation Date.

 

7


Common Unit Notice of Redemption ” means the Common Unit Notice of Redemption substantially in the form of Exhibit C attached to this Agreement.

Common Unit REIT Shares Amount ” means a number of REIT Shares equal to the product of (a) the number of Tendered Common Units and (b) the Adjustment Factor; provided , however , that, in the event that the General Partner issues to all holders of REIT Shares as of a certain record date rights, options, warrants or convertible or exchangeable securities entitling the General Partner’s stockholders to subscribe for or purchase REIT Shares, or any other securities or property (collectively, the “ Rights ”), with the record date for such Rights issuance falling within the period starting on the date of the Common Unit Notice of Redemption and ending on the day immediately preceding the Specified Redemption Date, which Rights will not be distributed before the relevant Specified Redemption Date, then the Common Unit REIT Shares Amount shall also include such Rights that a holder of that number of REIT Shares would be entitled to receive, expressed, where relevant hereunder, in a number of REIT Shares determined by the General Partner in good faith.

Consent ” means the consent to, approval of, or vote in favor of a proposed action by a Partner given in accordance with Article 14 hereof.

Consent of the Common Limited Partners ” means the Consent of a Majority in Interest of the Common Limited Partners, which Consent shall be obtained prior to the taking of any action for which it is required by this Agreement and, except as otherwise provided in this Agreement, may be given or withheld by each Common Limited Partner in its sole and absolute discretion.

Consent of the Limited Partners ” means the Consent of a Majority in Interest of the Limited Partners, which Consent shall be obtained prior to the taking of any action for which it is required by this Agreement and, except as otherwise provided in this Agreement, may be given or withheld by each Limited Partner in its sole and absolute discretion.

Consent of the Partners ” means the Consent of the General Partner and the Consent of a Majority in Interest of the Partners, which Consent shall be obtained prior to the taking of any action for which it is required by this Agreement and, except as otherwise provided in this Agreement, may be given or withheld by the General Partner or the Limited Partners in their sole and absolute discretion; provided , however , that if any such action affects only certain classes or series of Partnership Units, “Consent of the Partners” means the Consent of the General Partner and the Consent of a Majority in Interest of the affected classes or series of Partnership Units.

Consent of the Series A Limited Partners ” means the Consent of a Majority in Interest of the Series A Limited Partners, which Consent shall be obtained prior to the taking of any action for which it is required by this Agreement and, except as otherwise provided in this Agreement, may be given or withheld by each Series A Limited Partner in its sole and absolute discretion.

Contributed Property ” means each Property or other asset, in such form as may be permitted by the Act, but excluding cash, contributed or deemed contributed to the Partnership (or deemed contributed by the Partnership to a “new” partnership pursuant to Code Section 708).

 

8


Controlled Entity ” means, as to any Partner, (a) any corporation more than fifty percent (50%) of the outstanding voting stock of which is owned by such Partner or such Partner’s Family Members or Affiliates, (b) any trust, whether or not revocable, of which such Partner or such Partner’s Family Members or Affiliates are the sole beneficiaries, (c) any partnership of which such Partner or its Affiliates are the managing partners and in which such Partner, such Partner’s Family Members or Affiliates hold partnership interests representing at least twenty-five percent (25%) of such partnership’s capital and profits and (d) any limited liability company of which such Partner or its Affiliates are the managers and in which such Partner, such Partner’s Family Members or Affiliates hold membership interests representing at least twenty-five percent (25%) of such limited liability company’s capital and profits.

Cut-Off Date ” means (i) in the case of a Common Unit Notice of Redemption, the fifth (5th) Business Day after the General Partner’s receipt of such notice, or (ii) in the case of a Series A Notice of Redemption, the tenth (10th) Business Day after the General Partner’s receipt of such notice.

Debt ” means, as to any Person, as of any date of determination: (i) all indebtedness of such Person for borrowed money or for the deferred purchase price of property or services; (ii) all amounts owed by such Person to banks or other Persons in respect of reimbursement obligations under letters of credit, surety bonds and other similar instruments guaranteeing payment or other performance of obligations by such Person; (iii) all indebtedness for borrowed money or for the deferred purchase price of property or services secured by any lien on any property owned by such Person, to the extent attributable to such Person’s interest in such property, even though such Person has not assumed or become liable for the payment thereof; and (iv) lease obligations of such Person that, in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, should be capitalized.

Depreciation ” means, for each Partnership Year or other applicable period, an amount equal to the Federal income tax depreciation, amortization or other cost recovery deduction allowable with respect to an asset for such year or other period, except that if the Gross Asset Value of an asset differs from its adjusted basis for Federal income tax purposes at the beginning of such year or other period, Depreciation shall be an amount that bears the same ratio to such beginning Gross Asset Value as the Federal income tax depreciation, amortization or other cost recovery deduction for such year or other period bears to such beginning adjusted tax basis; provided , however , that if the Federal income tax depreciation, amortization or other cost recovery deduction for such year or other period is zero, Depreciation shall be determined with reference to such beginning Gross Asset Value using any reasonable method selected by the General Partner.

Disregarded Entity ” means, with respect to any Person, (i) any “qualified REIT subsidiary” (within the meaning of Code Section 856(i)(2)) of such Person, (ii) any entity treated as a disregarded entity for Federal income tax purposes with respect to such Person, or (iii) any grantor trust if the sole owner of the assets of such trust for Federal income tax purposes is such Person.

Distributed Right ” has the meaning set forth in the definition of “Adjustment Factor.”

 

9


Equity Plan ” means any stock or equity purchase plan, restricted stock or equity plan or other similar equity compensation plan now or hereafter adopted by the Partnership or the General Partner, including the Plans.

Equity Requirement ” has the meaning set forth in Section 16.8.B hereof.

ERISA ” means the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended.

Exchange Act ” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations of the SEC promulgated thereunder and any successor statute thereto.

Event ” has the meaning set forth in Section 16.7.B(3).

Family Members ” means, as to a Person that is an individual, such Person’s spouse, ancestors, descendants (whether by blood or by adoption or step-descendants by marriage), brothers and sisters, nieces and nephews and inter vivos or testamentary trusts of which only such Person and his or her spouse, ancestors, descendants (whether by blood or by adoption or step-descendants by marriage), brothers and sisters and nieces and nephews are beneficiaries.

50% Leverage Ratio ” has the meaning set forth in Section 16.8.C(1) hereof.

Final Adjustment ” has the meaning set forth in Section 10.3.B(2) hereof.

First Amended and Restated Partnership Agreement ” has the meaning set forth in the Recitals hereof.

Flow-Through Partners ” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.4.C hereof.

Flow-Through Entity ” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.4.C hereof.

Formation Date ” has the meaning set forth in the Recitals hereof.

Fourteen-Month Period ” means (a) as to an Original Limited Partner or any successor-in-interest of an Original Limited Partner that is a Qualifying Common Party, a fourteen-month period ending on the day before the first fourteen-month anniversary of the date of this Agreement and (b) as to any other Qualifying Common Party, a fourteen-month period ending on the day before the first fourteen-month anniversary of such Qualifying Common Party’s first becoming a Holder of Common Units; provided , however , that the General Partner may, in its sole and absolute discretion, by written agreement with a Qualifying Common Party, shorten or lengthen the first Fourteen-Month Period to a period of shorter or longer than fourteen (14) months with respect to a Qualifying Common Party other than an Original Limited Partner or a successor-in-interest of an Original Limited Partner.

Funding Debt ” means any Debt incurred by or on behalf of the General Partner for the purpose of providing funds to the Partnership.

General Partner ” means Hudson Pacific Properties, Inc. and its successors and assigns, in each case, that is admitted from time to time to the Partnership as a general partner pursuant to

 

10


the Act and this Agreement and is listed as a general partner on Exhibit A , as such Exhibit A may be amended from time to time, in such Person’s capacity as a general partner of the Partnership.

General Partner Affiliate ” means any Affiliates of the General Partner, each of which shall be designated as a “General Partner Affiliate” on Exhibit A attached hereto, as amended from time to time, and shown as such in the books and records of the Partnership.

General Partner Fundamental Change ” means a Termination Transaction as a result of which no class of stock of the General Partner continues to be Publicly Traded and/or the Common Units are no longer exchangeable at the General Partner’s election for any Publicly Traded stock of the General Partner.

General Partner Interest ” means the entire Partnership Interest held by a General Partner hereof, which Partnership Interest may be expressed as a number of Common Units, Preferred Units or any other Partnership Units.

General Partner Loan ” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.3.D hereof.

Gross Asset Value ” means, with respect to any asset, the asset’s adjusted basis for Federal income tax purposes, except as follows:

(a) The initial Gross Asset Value of any asset contributed by a Partner to the Partnership shall be the gross fair market value of such asset on the date of contribution, as determined by the General Partner and agreed to by the contributing Person.

(b) The Gross Asset Values of all Partnership assets immediately prior to the occurrence of any event described in clauses (i) through (v) below shall be adjusted to equal their respective gross fair market values, as determined by the General Partner using such reasonable method of valuation as it may adopt, as of the following times:

(i) the acquisition of an additional interest in the Partnership (other than in connection with the execution of this Agreement but including, without limitation, acquisitions pursuant to Section 4.2 hereof or contributions or deemed contributions by the General Partner pursuant to Section 4.2 hereof) by a new or existing Partner in exchange for more than a de minimis Capital Contribution, if the General Partner reasonably determines that such adjustment is necessary or appropriate to reflect the relative economic interests of the Partners in the Partnership;

(ii) the distribution by the Partnership to a Partner of more than a de minimis amount of Partnership property as consideration for an interest in the Partnership if the General Partner reasonably determines that such adjustment is necessary or appropriate to reflect the relative economic interests of the Partners in the Partnership;

(iii) the liquidation of the Partnership within the meaning of Regulations Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(ii)(g);

 

11


(iv) the grant of an interest in the Partnership (other than a de minimis interest) as consideration for the provision of services to or for the benefit of the Partnership by an existing Partner acting in a partner capacity, or by a new Partner acting in a partner capacity or in anticipation of becoming a Partner of the Partnership, if the General Partner reasonably determines that such adjustment is necessary or appropriate to reflect the relative economic interests of the Partners in the Partnership; and

(v) at such other times as the General Partner shall reasonably determine necessary or advisable in order to comply with Regulations Sections 1.704-1(b) and 1.704-2, including, without limitation, if the General Partner so determines, upon the conversion of any Series A Preferred Units into Common Units, provided that in connection with such adjustment, the Gross Asset Value of the Partnership’s assets shall be determined by taking into account the Value of REIT Shares used for purposes of such conversion.

(c) The Gross Asset Value of any Partnership asset distributed to a Partner shall be the gross fair market value of such asset on the date of distribution, as determined by the distributee and the General Partner; provided , however , that if the distributee is the General Partner or if the distributee and the General Partner cannot agree on such a determination, such gross fair market value shall be determined by Appraisal.

(d) The Gross Asset Values of Partnership assets shall be increased (or decreased) to reflect any adjustments to the adjusted basis of such assets pursuant to Code Section 734(b) or Code Section 743(b), but only to the extent that such adjustments are taken into account in determining Capital Accounts pursuant to Regulations Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv)(m); provided , however , that Gross Asset Values shall not be adjusted pursuant to this subsection (d) to the extent that the General Partner reasonably determines that an adjustment pursuant to subsection (b) above is necessary or appropriate in connection with a transaction that would otherwise result in an adjustment pursuant to this subsection (d).

(e) If the Gross Asset Value of a Partnership asset has been determined or adjusted pursuant to subsection (a), subsection (b) or subsection (d) above, such Gross Asset Value shall thereafter be adjusted by the Depreciation taken into account with respect to such asset for purposes of computing Net Income and Net Losses.

Hart-Scott-Rodino Act means the Hart-Scott-Rodino Antitrust Improvements Act of 1976, as amended.

Holder ” means either (a) a Partner or (b) an Assignee owning a Partnership Unit.

Incapacity ” or “ Incapacitated ” means: (i) as to any Partner who is an individual, death, total physical disability or entry by a court of competent jurisdiction adjudicating such Partner incompetent to manage his or her person or his or her estate; (ii) as to any Partner that is a corporation or limited liability company, the filing of a certificate of dissolution, or its equivalent, for the corporation or the revocation of its charter; (iii) as to any Partner that is a partnership, the dissolution and commencement of winding up of the partnership; (iv) as to any Partner that is an estate, the distribution by the fiduciary of the estate’s entire interest in the Partnership; (v) as to any trustee of a trust that is a Partner, the termination of the trust (but not the substitution of a

 

12


new trustee); or (vi) as to any Partner, the bankruptcy of such Partner. For purposes of this definition, bankruptcy of a Partner shall be deemed to have occurred when (a) the Partner commences a voluntary proceeding seeking liquidation, reorganization or other relief of or against such Partner under any bankruptcy, insolvency or other similar law now or hereafter in effect, (b) the Partner is adjudged as bankrupt or insolvent, or a final and non-appealable order for relief under any bankruptcy, insolvency or similar law now or hereafter in effect has been entered against the Partner, (c) the Partner executes and delivers a general assignment for the benefit of the Partner’s creditors, (d) the Partner files an answer or other pleading admitting or failing to contest the material allegations of a petition filed against the Partner in any proceeding of the nature described in clause (b) above, (e) the Partner seeks, consents to or acquiesces in the appointment of a trustee, receiver or liquidator for the Partner or for all or any substantial part of the Partner’s properties, (f) any proceeding seeking liquidation, reorganization or other relief under any bankruptcy, insolvency or other similar law now or hereafter in effect has not been dismissed within one hundred twenty (120) days after the commencement thereof, (g) the appointment without the Partner’s consent or acquiescence of a trustee, receiver or liquidator has not been vacated or stayed within ninety (90) days of such appointment, or (h) an appointment referred to in clause (g) above is not vacated within ninety (90) days after the expiration of any such stay.

Indemnitee ” means (i) any Person subject to a claim or demand, or made a party or threatened to be made a party to a proceeding, by reason of its status as (a) the General Partner or (b) a director of the General Partner or an officer or employee of the Partnership or the General Partner and (ii) such other Persons (including Affiliates of the General Partner or the Partnership) as the General Partner may designate from time to time (whether before or after the event giving rise to potential liability), in its sole and absolute discretion.

IRS ” means the United States Internal Revenue Service.

Junior Units ” means any Partnership Unit representing any class or series of Partnership Interest ranking, as to distributions, or rights upon voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Partnership, junior to Series A Preferred Units.

Legal Requirements ” has the meaning set forth in Section 7.3.C(7) hereof.

Leverage Ratio ” has the meaning set forth in Section 16.8.C(4) hereof.

Limited Partner ” means any Person that is admitted from time to time to the Partnership as a limited partner pursuant to the Act and this Agreement and is listed as a limited partner on Exhibit A attached hereto, as such Exhibit A may be amended from time to time, including any Substituted Limited Partner or Additional Limited Partner, in such Person’s capacity as a limited partner of the Partnership. Limited Partners may be Common Limited Partners, Series A Limited Partners or any other class or group of Partners that is designated or defined herein.

Limited Partner Interest ” means a Partnership Interest of a Limited Partner in the Partnership representing a fractional part of the Partnership Interests of all Limited Partners and includes any and all benefits to which the holder of such a Partnership Interest may be entitled as provided in this Agreement, together with all obligations of such Person to comply with the

 

13


terms and provisions of this Agreement. A Limited Partner Interest may be expressed as a number of Common Units, Preferred Units or other Partnership Units.

Liquidating Event ” has the meaning set forth in Section 13.1 hereof.

Liquidator ” has the meaning set forth in Section 13.2.A hereof.

Majority in Interest of the Common Limited Partners ” means Common Limited Partners (other than any Common Limited Partner fifty percent (50%) or more of whose equity is owned, directly or indirectly, by the General Partner) holding in the aggregate Percentage Interests that are greater than fifty percent (50%) of the aggregate Percentage Interests of all such Common Limited Partners entitled to Consent to or withhold Consent from a proposed action.

Majority in Interest of the Limited Partners ” means Limited Partners (other than any Limited Partner fifty percent (50%) or more of whose equity is owned, directly or indirectly, by the General Partner) holding in the aggregate Percentage Interests that are greater than fifty percent (50%) of the aggregate Percentage Interests of all such Limited Partners entitled to Consent to or withhold Consent from a proposed action. For purposes of calculating Percentage Interests in connection with this definition, the Series A Limited Partners will be deemed to have effected a Series A Conversion immediately prior to the record date for the applicable vote or Consent.

Majority in Interest of the Partners ” means Partners holding in the aggregate Percentage Interests that are greater than fifty percent (50%) of the aggregate Percentage Interests of all Partners entitled to Consent to or withhold Consent from a proposed action. For purposes of calculating Percentage Interests in connection with this definition, the Series A Limited Partners will be deemed to have effected a Series A Conversion immediately prior to the record date for the applicable vote or Consent.

Majority in Interest of the Series A Limited Partners ” means Series A Limited Partners (other than any Series A Limited Partner fifty percent (50%) or more of whose equity is owned, directly or indirectly, by the General Partner) holding in the aggregate Percentage Interests that are greater than fifty percent (50%) of the aggregate Percentage Interests of all such Series A Limited Partners entitled to Consent to or withhold Consent from a proposed action.

Market Price ” has the meaning set forth in the definition of “Value.”

Maryland Courts ” has the meaning set forth in Section 15.9.B hereof.

Maximum Leverage Restriction ” has the meaning set forth in Section 16.8.C(4) hereof.

Net Income ” or “ Net Loss ” means, for each Partnership Year or other applicable period, an amount equal to the Partnership’s taxable income or loss for such year or other period, determined in accordance with Code Section 703(a) (for this purpose, all items of income, gain, loss or deduction required to be stated separately pursuant to Code Section 703(a)(1) shall be included in taxable income or loss), with the following adjustments:

 

14


(a) Any income of the Partnership that is exempt from Federal income tax and not otherwise taken into account in computing Net Income (or Net Loss) pursuant to this definition of “Net Income” or “Net Loss” shall be added to (or subtracted from, as the case may be) such taxable income (or loss);

(b) Any expenditure of the Partnership described in Code Section 705(a)(2)(B) or treated as a Code Section 705(a)(2)(B) expenditure pursuant to Regulations Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv)(i), and not otherwise taken into account in computing Net Income (or Net Loss) pursuant to this definition of “Net Income” or “Net Loss,” shall be subtracted from (or added to, as the case may be) such taxable income (or loss);

(c) In the event the Gross Asset Value of any Partnership asset is adjusted pursuant to subsection (b) or subsection (c) of the definition of “Gross Asset Value,” the amount of such adjustment shall be taken into account as gain or loss from the disposition of such asset for purposes of computing Net Income or Net Loss;

(d) Gain or loss resulting from any disposition of property with respect to which gain or loss is recognized for Federal income tax purposes shall be computed by reference to the Gross Asset Value of the property disposed of, notwithstanding that the adjusted tax basis of such property differs from its Gross Asset Value;

(e) In lieu of the depreciation, amortization and other cost recovery deductions that would otherwise be taken into account in computing such taxable income or loss, there shall be taken into account Depreciation for such Partnership Year or other applicable period;

(f) To the extent that an adjustment to the adjusted tax basis of any Partnership asset pursuant to Code Section 734(b) or Code Section 743(b) is required pursuant to Regulations Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv)(m)(4) to be taken into account in determining Capital Accounts as a result of a distribution other than in liquidation of a Partner’s interest in the Partnership, the amount of such adjustment shall be treated as an item of gain (if the adjustment increases the basis of the asset) or loss (if the adjustment decreases the basis of the asset) from the disposition of the asset and shall be taken into account for purposes of computing Net Income or Net Loss;

(g) Notwithstanding any other provision of this definition of “Net Income” or “Net Loss,” any item that is specially allocated pursuant to Article 6 hereof shall not be taken into account in computing Net Income or Net Loss. The amounts of the items of Partnership income, gain, loss or deduction available to be specially allocated pursuant to Article 6 hereof shall be determined by applying rules analogous to those set forth in this definition of “Net Income” or “Net Loss;” and

(h) To the extent any Adjusted Net Income has been allocated for a Partnership Year or other applicable period, the terms Net Income and Net Loss for that year or other period shall thereafter refer to the remaining items of Net Income or Net Loss, as applicable.

 

15


New Securities ” means (i) any rights, options, warrants or convertible or exchangeable securities having the right to subscribe for or purchase REIT Shares or Preferred Shares, excluding grants under the Stock Option Plans, or (ii) any Debt issued by the General Partner that provides any of the rights described in clause (i).

Nonrecourse Deductions ” has the meaning set forth in Regulations Section 1.704-2(b)(1), and the amount of Nonrecourse Deductions for a Partnership Year shall be determined in accordance with the rules of Regulations Section 1.704-2(c).

Nonrecourse Liability ” has the meaning set forth in Regulations Sections 1.704-2(b)(3) and 1.752-1(a)(2).

Optionee ” means a Person to whom a stock option is granted under any Stock Option Plan.

Original Limited Partner ” means any Person that is a Limited Partner as of the date of the closing of the issuance of REIT Shares pursuant to the initial public offering of the General Partner.

Original Partnership Agreement ” has the meaning set forth in the Recitals hereof.

Ownership Limit ” means the applicable restriction or restrictions on the ownership and transfer of stock of the General Partner imposed under the Charter.

Parity Preferred Unit ” means any class or series of Partnership Interests of the Partnership now or hereafter issued and outstanding, which, by its terms ranks on a parity with the Series B Preferred Units with respect to distributions or rights upon voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Partnership, or both, as the context may require.

Partner ” means the General Partner or a Limited Partner, and “Partners” means the General Partner and the Limited Partners.

Partner Minimum Gain ” means an amount, with respect to each Partner Nonrecourse Debt, equal to the Partnership Minimum Gain that would result if such Partner Nonrecourse Debt were treated as a Nonrecourse Liability, determined in accordance with Regulations Section 1.704-2(i)(3).

Partner Nonrecourse Debt ” has the meaning set forth in Regulations Section 1.704-2(b)(4).

Partner Nonrecourse Deductions ” has the meaning set forth in Regulations Section 1.704-2(i)(1), and the amount of Partner Nonrecourse Deductions with respect to a Partner Nonrecourse Debt for a Partnership Year shall be determined in accordance with the rules of Regulations Section 1.704-2(i)(2).

Partnership ” means the limited partnership formed and continued under the Act and pursuant to this Agreement, and any successor thereto.

 

16


Partnership Employee ” means an employee or other service provider of the Partnership or an employee of a Subsidiary of the Partnership, if any, acting in such capacity.

Partnership Equivalent Units ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 4.7.A hereof.

Partnership Interest ” means an ownership interest in the Partnership held by either a Limited Partner or a General Partner and includes any and all benefits to which the holder of such a Partnership Interest may be entitled as provided in this Agreement, together with all obligations of such Person to comply with the terms and provisions of this Agreement. There may be one or more classes or series of Partnership Interests. A Partnership Interest may be expressed as a number of Common Units, Preferred Units or other Partnership Units. The Partnership Interests represented by the Common Units, the Series A Preferred Units and the Series B Preferred Units and each such type of Unit is a separate class of Partnership Interest for purposes of this Agreement.

Partnership Minimum Gain ” has the meaning set forth in Regulations Section 1.704-2(b)(2), and the amount of Partnership Minimum Gain, as well as any net increase or decrease in Partnership Minimum Gain, for a Partnership Year shall be determined in accordance with the rules of Regulations Section 1.704-2(d).

Partnership Record Date ” means the record date established by the General Partner for the distribution of Available Cash pursuant to Section 5.1 hereof, which record date shall generally be the same as the record date established by the General Partner for a distribution to its stockholders of some or all of its portion of such distribution or, as applicable, any Series B Distribution Record Date.

Partnership Series A Redemption Right ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 16.5.B hereof.

Partnership Unit ” means a Common Unit, a Preferred Unit, a Performance Unit or any other partnership unit or fractional, undivided share of the Partnership Interests that the General Partner has authorized pursuant to Section 4.1, Section 4.2 or Section 4.3 hereof.

Partnership Unit Designation ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 4.2.A hereof.

Partnership Year ” has the meaning set forth in Section 9.2 hereof.

Percentage Interest ” means, with respect to each Partner, the fraction, expressed as a percentage, the numerator of which is the aggregate number of Partnership Units of all classes and series, or the aggregate number of Partnership Units of any specified class or series or specified group of classes and/or series, as applicable, held by such Partner and the denominator of which is the total number of Partnership Units of all classes and series, or the total number of Partnership Units of such specified class or series or specified group of classes and/or series, as applicable, held by all Partners.

Performance Unit ” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.2.B hereof.

Permitted Transfer ” has the meaning set forth in Section 11.3.A hereof.

 

17


Person ” means an individual or a corporation, partnership, trust, unincorporated organization, association, limited liability company or other entity.

Plans ” means the Hudson Pacific Properties, Inc. and Hudson Pacific Properties, L.P. 2010 Incentive Award Plan and the Hudson Pacific Properties, Inc. Director Stock Plan.

Pledge ” has the meaning set forth in Section 11.3.A hereof.

Preferred Distribution Shortfall ” means, with respect to any outstanding Unit or other Partnership Interest that is entitled to any preference in distributions of Available Cash pursuant to this Agreement, the aggregate amount of the required distributions for such Unit or Partnership Interest for all prior distribution periods minus the aggregate amount of the distributions made with respect to such Unit or Partnership Interest pursuant to this Agreement.

Preferred Unit ” means a fractional, undivided share of the Partnership Interests that the General Partner has authorized pursuant to Section 4.1 or Section 4.2 or Section 4.3 hereof that has distribution rights, or rights upon liquidation, winding up and dissolution, that are superior or prior to the Common Units. Preferred Units shall include, but not be limited to, Series A Preferred Units and Series B Preferred Units.

Preferred Share ” means a share of preferred stock of the General Partner of any class or series now or hereafter authorized that has dividend rights, or rights upon liquidation, winding up and dissolution, that are superior or prior to the REIT Shares.

Properties ” means any assets and property of the Partnership such as, but not limited to, interests in real property and personal property, including, without limitation, fee interests, interests in ground leases, easements and rights of way, interests in limited liability companies, joint ventures or partnerships, interests in mortgages, and Debt instruments as the Partnership may hold from time to time and “Property” means any one such asset or property.

Publicly Traded ” means having common equity securities listed or admitted to trading on any U.S. national securities exchange.

Qualified DRIP/ COPP ” means a dividend reinvestment plan or a cash option purchase plan of the General Partner that permits participants to acquire REIT Shares using the proceeds of dividends paid by the General Partner or cash of the participant, respectively; provided , however , that if such shares are offered at a discount, such discount must (i) be designed to pass along to the stockholders of the General Partner the savings enjoyed by the General Partner in connection with the avoidance of stock issuance costs, and (ii) not exceed 5% of the value of a REIT Share as computed under the terms of such plan.

Qualified Transferee ” means an “accredited investor” as defined in Rule 501 promulgated under the Securities Act.

Qualifying Common Party ” means (a) a Common Limited Partner, (b) an Assignee of a Common Limited Partner, or (c) a Person, including a lending institution as the pledgee of a Pledge, who is the transferee of a Common Limited Partner Interest in a Permitted Transfer; provided , however , that a Qualifying Common Party shall not include the General Partner.

 

18


Qualifying Series A Party ” means (a) a Series A Limited Partner, (b) an Assignee of a Series A Limited Partner, or (c) a Person, including a lending institution as the pledgee of a Pledge, who is the transferee of a Series A Limited Partner Interest in a Permitted Transfer; provided , however , that a Qualifying Series A Party shall not include the General Partner.

Redemption ” means a Common Redemption or a Special Redemption.

Registered REIT Share ” means any REIT Share issued by the General Partner pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act.

Regulations ” means the income tax regulations under the Code, whether such regulations are in proposed, temporary or final form, as such regulations may be amended from time to time (including corresponding provisions of succeeding regulations).

Regulatory Allocations ” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.3.A(viii) hereof.

REIT ” means a real estate investment trust qualifying under Code Section 856.

REIT Partner ” means (a) the General Partner or any Affiliate of the General Partner to the extent such Person has in place an election to qualify as a REIT and, (b) any Disregarded Entity with respect to any such Person.

REIT Payment ” has the meaning set forth in Section 15.12 hereof.

REIT Requirements ” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.1 hereof.

REIT Series B Preferred Share ” means a share of the 8.375% Series B Cumulative Redeemable Preferred Stock, $0.01 par value per share, of the General Partner.

REIT Share ” means a share of common stock of the General Partner, $0.01 par value per share (but shall not include any series or class of the General Partner’s common stock classified after the date of this Agreement).

Related Party ” means, with respect to any Person, any other Person to whom ownership of shares of the General Partner’s stock by the first such Person would be attributed under Code Section 544 (as modified by Code Section 856(h)(1)(B)) or Code Section 318 (as modified by Code Section 856(d)(5)).

Rights ” has the meaning set forth in the definition of “Common Unit REIT Shares Amount.”

Safe Harbors ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 11.3.C hereof.

SDAT ” means the State Department of Assessments and Taxation of Maryland.

SEC ” means the Securities and Exchange Commission.

Securities Act ” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the rules and regulations of the SEC promulgated thereunder.

 

19


Series A Cash Amount ” means an amount per Series A Preferred Unit equal to, as applicable, (i) in the case of a Tendered Preferred Unit, the Series A Preference thereon plus any accrued distributions that have not been paid on or prior to the applicable Specified Series A Redemption Date, or (ii) in the case of a Series A Preferred Unit tendered for conversion pursuant to Section 16.6.A(1), the Series A Preference thereon plus any accrued distributions that have not been paid on or prior to the applicable Series A Conversion Date.

Series A Conversion ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 16.6.A(1).

Series A Conversion Amount ” means a number of whole Common Units equal to the quotient of (a) the product of (x) the number of Series A Preferred Units tendered for conversion pursuant to Section 16.6, multiplied by (y) the Series A Cash Amount, divided by (b) the product of (x) the Value of a REIT Share as of the applicable Valuation Date, multiplied by (y) the Adjustment Factor. If the foregoing would result in the issuance of a fractional Common Unit, the General Partner shall pay a cash amount in lieu of issuing such fractional Common Unit in accordance with Section 16.6.A.2.

Series A Conversion Date ” has the meaning set forth in Section 16.6.B(3) hereof.

Series A Conversion Right ” has the meaning set forth in Section 16.6.A(1) hereof.

Series A Converting Party ” has the meaning set forth in Section 16.6.B(1) hereof.

Series A Limited Partner ” means Limited Partner that is the holder of Series A Preferred Units, including any Substituted Series A Limited Partner, in its capacity as such.

Series A Notice of Conversion ” means the Series A Notice of Conversion substantially in the form of Exhibit E attached to this Agreement.

Series A Notice of Redemption ” means the Series A Notice of Redemption substantially in the form of Exhibit D attached to this Agreement.

Series A Percentage Interest ” means, as to a Series A Limited Partner, the percentage determined by dividing the Series A Preferred Units owned by such Series A Limited Partner by the total number of Series A Preferred Units then outstanding, both as specified on Exhibit A attached hereto, as such Exhibit A may be modified from time to time.

Series A Preference ” means $25.00 per Series A Preferred Unit.

Series A Preferred Unit ” means the Partnership’s 6.25% Series A Cumulative Redeemable Convertible Partnership Units, with the rights, priorities and preferences set forth herein.

Series A Preferred Unit Distribution Payment Date ” has the meaning set forth in Section 16.3.A hereof.

Series A Priority Return ” means an amount equal to 6.25% per annum, determined on the basis of a 360-day year consisting of twelve 30-day months (and for any period shorter than a

 

20


full quarterly period for which distributions are computed, the amount of the distribution payable will be computed based on the ratio of the actual number of days elapsed in such period to ninety (90) days), cumulative to the extent not distributed for any given distribution period pursuant to Section 16.3 hereof, of the Series A Preference, commencing on the date of issuance of such Series A Preferred Units.

Series A Redemption ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 16.5.A(1) hereof.

Series A Redemption Right ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 16.5.A(1) hereof.

Series A REIT Shares Amount ” means a number of whole Registered REIT Shares equal to the product of (a) the number of Tendered Series A Units, multiplied by (b) the quotient of (x) the Series A Cash Amount, divided by (y) the Value of a REIT Share as of the applicable Valuation Date; provided , however , that, in the event that the General Partner issues to all holders of REIT Shares as of a certain record date Rights, with the record date for such Rights issuance falling within the period starting on the date of the Series A Notice of Redemption and ending on the day immediately preceding the Specified Series A Redemption Date, which Rights will not be distributed before the relevant Specified Series A Redemption Date, then the Series A REIT Shares Amount shall also include such Rights that a holder of that number of REIT Shares would be entitled to receive, expressed, where relevant hereunder, in a number of REIT Shares determined by the General Partner in good faith. If the foregoing would result in the issuance of a fractional REIT Share, the General Partner shall pay a cash amount in lieu of issuing such fractional REIT Share in accordance with Section 16.5.A.7(vi).

Series A Tendering Party ” has the meaning set forth in Section 16.5 hereof.

Series B Distribution Record Date ,” with respect to any distribution payable on Series B Preferred Units, means the close of business on the record date fixed for the determination of holders of record of REIT Series B Preferred Shares entitled to receive a distribution on such REIT Series B Preferred Shares.

Series B Preferred Shares Original Issue Date ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 17.2.A hereof.

Series B Preferred Shares Terms ” means the terms of the REIT Series B Preferred Shares, as set forth in the Articles Supplementary of the General Partner for the REIT Series B Preferred Shares, accepted for record by the SDAT on December 8, 2010, as such terms may be amended or restated or incorporated into the Charter from time to time.

Series B Preferred Units ” means the Partnership’s 8.375% Series B Cumulative Redeemable Preferred Units, with the rights, priorities and preferences set forth herein.

Series B Preferred Unit Distribution Payment Date ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 17.2.A hereof.

Series B Priority Return ” shall mean, with respect to any Series B Preferred Unit, an amount equal to 8.375% per annum on the stated value of $25.00 of the Series B Preferred Unit

 

21


(equivalent to the fixed annual amount of $2.09375 per Series B Preferred Unit), commencing on the Series B Preferred Shares Original Issuance Date or, if later, the first day of any distribution period during which such Series B Preferred Unit is issued, subject to adjustment as specified in Section 17.2.E. For any distribution period greater than or less than a full distribution period, the amount of the Series B Priority Return shall be prorated and computed on the basis of a 360-day year consisting of twelve 30-day months. For any quarterly period, the amount of the Series B Priority Return shall be computed by dividing the applicable annual distribution rate by four.

Special Redemption ” has the meaning set forth in Section 15.1.A hereof.

Specified Redemption Date ” means the tenth (10th) Business Day after the receipt by the General Partner of a Common Unit Notice of Redemption; provided , however , that no Specified Redemption Date shall occur during the first Fourteen-Month Period (except pursuant to a Special Redemption).

Specified Series A Redemption Date ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 16.5.A(1) hereof.

Stock Option Plans ” means any stock option plan now or hereafter adopted by the Partnership or the General Partner.

Subsidiary ” means, with respect to any Person, any corporation or other entity of which a majority of (i) the voting power of the voting equity securities or (ii) the outstanding equity interests is owned, directly or indirectly, by such Person; provided , however , that, with respect to the Partnership, “Subsidiary” means solely a partnership or limited liability company (taxed, for Federal income tax purposes, as a partnership or as a Disregarded Entity and not as an association or publicly traded partnership taxable as a corporation) of which the Partnership is a member or any “taxable REIT subsidiary” of the General Partner in which the Partnership owns shares of stock, unless the ownership of shares of stock of a corporation or other entity (other than a “taxable REIT subsidiary”) will not jeopardize the General Partner’s status as a REIT or any General Partner Affiliate’s status as a “qualified REIT subsidiary” (within the meaning of Code Section 856(i)(2)), in which event the term “Subsidiary” shall include such corporation or other entity.

Substituted Common Limited Partner ” means a Person who is admitted as a Common Limited Partner to the Partnership pursuant to the Act and Section 11.4 hereof.

Substituted Limited Partner ” means (i) a Substituted Common Limited Partner, (ii) a Substituted Series A Limited Partner or (iii) a Person who is admitted as a Limited Partner to the Partnership pursuant to the Act and any Partnership Unit Designation.

Substituted Series A Limited Partner ” means a Person who is admitted as a Series A Limited Partner pursuant to the Act and Section 11.4 hereof.

Surviving Partnership ” has the meaning set forth in Section 11.2.B(ii) hereof.

Tax Items ” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.4.A hereof.

 

22


Tendered Common Units ” has the meaning set forth in Section 15.1.A hereof.

Tendered Series A Units ” has the meaning set forth in Section 16.5.A(1) hereof.

Termination Transaction ” has the meaning set forth in Section 11.2.B hereof.

Terminating Capital Transaction ” means any sale or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Partnership or a related series of transactions that, taken together, result in the sale or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Partnership, in any case, not in the ordinary course of the Partnership’s business.

Transfer ” means any sale, assignment, bequest, conveyance, devise, gift (outright or in trust), Pledge, encumbrance, hypothecation, mortgage, exchange, transfer or other disposition or act of alienation, whether voluntary, involuntary or by operation of law; provided , however , that when the term is used in Article 11 hereof, “Transfer” does not include (a) any Common Redemption or Series A Redemption by the Partnership, any Series A Conversion, or acquisition of Tendered Common Units or Tendered Series A Units by the General Partner, pursuant to Section 15.1 or Section 16.5 hereof, as applicable, or (b) any redemption of Partnership Units pursuant to any Partnership Unit Designation. The terms “Transferred” and “Transferring” have correlative meanings.

Units Junior to the Series B Preferred Units ” means any Partnership Unit representing any class or series of Partnership Interest ranking, as to distributions and rights upon voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Partnership, junior to Series B Preferred Units.

Valuation Date ” means the date of receipt by the General Partner of (i) a Common Unit Notice of Redemption pursuant to Section 15.1 herein, (ii) a Series A Notice of Redemption pursuant to Section 16.5 herein, (iii) a Series A Notice of Conversion pursuant to Section 16.6 herein or (iv) such other date as specified herein; provided , in each case, that if such date is not a Business Day, then the Valuation Date shall be the immediately preceding Business Day.

Value ” means, on any Valuation Date with respect to a REIT Share, the average of the daily Market Prices for ten (10) consecutive trading days immediately preceding the Valuation Date (except that the Market Price for the trading day immediately preceding the date of exercise of a stock option under any Stock Option Plans shall be substituted for such average of daily market prices for purposes of Section 4.4 hereof). The term “Market Price” on any date means, with respect to any class or series of outstanding REIT Shares, the Closing Price for such REIT Shares on such date. The “Closing Price” on any date means the last sale price for such REIT Shares, regular way, or, in case no such sale takes place on such day, the average of the closing bid and asked prices, regular way, for such REIT Shares, in either case as reported in the principal consolidated transaction reporting system with respect to securities listed or admitted to trading on the New York Stock Exchange or, if such REIT Shares are not listed or admitted to trading on the New York Stock Exchange, as reported on the principal consolidated transaction reporting system with respect to securities listed on the principal national securities exchange on which such REIT Shares are listed or admitted to trading or, if such REIT Shares are not listed or admitted to trading on any national securities exchange, the last quoted price, or, if not so quoted,

 

23


the average of the high bid and low asked prices in the over-the-counter market, as reported by the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc. Automated Quotation System or, if such system is no longer in use, the principal other automated quotation system that may then be in use or, if such REIT Shares are not quoted by any such organization, the average of the closing bid and asked prices as furnished by a professional market maker making a market in such REIT Shares selected by the Board of Directors or, in the event that no trading price is available for such REIT Shares, the fair market value of the REIT Shares, as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors.

In the event that the Common Unit REIT Shares Amount or the Series A REIT Shares Amount includes Rights that a holder of REIT Shares would be entitled to receive, then the Value of such Rights shall be determined by the General Partner acting in good faith on the basis of such quotations and other information as it considers, in its reasonable judgment, appropriate.

Vesting Date ” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.4.C(2) hereof.

ARTICLE 2

ORGANIZATIONAL MATTERS

Section 2.1 Formation . The Partnership is a limited partnership heretofore formed and continued pursuant to the provisions of the Act and upon the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in this Agreement. Except as expressly provided herein to the contrary, the rights and obligations of the Partners and the administration and termination of the Partnership shall be governed by the Act. The Partnership Interest of each Partner shall be personal property for all purposes.

Section 2.2 Name . The name of the Partnership is “Hudson Pacific Properties, L.P.” The Partnership’s business may be conducted under any other name or names deemed advisable by the General Partner, including the name of the General Partner or any Affiliate thereof; provided, however , that the name of the General Partner (or any Subsidiary thereof) may not include the name (or any derivative thereof) of any Limited Partner without such Limited Partner’s prior written consent. The words “Limited Partnership,” “L.P.,” “Ltd.” or similar words or letters shall be included in the Partnership’s name where necessary for the purposes of complying with the laws of any jurisdiction that so requires. The General Partner in its sole and absolute discretion may change the name of the Partnership at any time and from time to time and shall notify the Partners of such change in the next regular communication to the Partners.

Section 2.3 Principal Office and Resident Agent; Principal Executive Office . The address of the principal office of the Partnership in the State of Maryland is located at c/o The Corporation Trust Incorporated, 351 West Camden Street, Baltimore, MD 21201, or such other place within the State of Maryland as the General Partner may from time to time designate, and the resident agent of the Partnership in the State of Maryland is The Corporation Trust Incorporated, 351 West Camden Street, Baltimore, MD 21201, or such other resident of the State of Maryland as the General Partner may from time to time designate. The principal

 

24


executive office of the Partnership is located at 11601 Wilshire Blvd, Suite 1600, Los Angeles, California 90025 or such other place as the General Partner may from time to time designate by notice to the Limited Partners. The Partnership may maintain offices at such other place or places within or outside the State of Maryland as the General Partner deems advisable.

Section 2.4 Power of Attorney.

A. Each Limited Partner and Assignee hereby irrevocably constitutes and appoints the General Partner, any Liquidator, and authorized officers and attorneys-in-fact of each, and each of those acting singly, in each case with full power of substitution, as its true and lawful agent and attorney-in-fact, with full power and authority in its name, place and stead to:

(1) execute, swear to, seal, acknowledge, deliver, file and record in the appropriate public offices: (a) all certificates, documents and other instruments (including, without limitation, this Agreement and the Certificate and all amendments, supplements or restatements thereof) that the General Partner or the Liquidator deems appropriate or necessary to form, qualify or continue the existence or qualification of the Partnership as a limited partnership (or a partnership in which the limited partners have limited liability to the extent provided by applicable law) in the State of Maryland and in all other jurisdictions in which the Partnership may conduct business or own property; (b) all instruments that the General Partner or any Liquidator deems appropriate or necessary to reflect any amendment, change, modification or restatement of this Agreement in accordance with its terms; (c) all conveyances and other instruments or documents that the General Partner or the Liquidator deems appropriate or necessary to reflect the dissolution and liquidation of the Partnership pursuant to the terms of this Agreement, including, without limitation, a certificate of cancellation; (d) all conveyances and other instruments or documents that the General Partner or the Liquidator deems appropriate or necessary to reflect the distribution or exchange of assets of the Partnership pursuant to the terms of this Agreement; (e) all instruments relating to the admission, acceptance, withdrawal, removal or substitution of any Partner pursuant to the terms of this Agreement or the Capital Contribution of any Partner; and (f) all certificates, documents and other instruments relating to the determination, in accordance with the terms hereof, of the rights, preferences and privileges relating to Partnership Interests; and

(2) execute, swear to, acknowledge and file all ballots, consents, approvals, waivers, certificates and other instruments appropriate or necessary, in the sole and absolute discretion of the General Partner or any Liquidator, to make, evidence, give, confirm or ratify any vote, consent, approval, agreement or other action that is made or given by the Partners hereunder or is consistent with the terms of this Agreement.

Nothing contained herein shall be construed as authorizing the General Partner or any Liquidator to amend this Agreement except in accordance with Section 14.2 hereof or as may be otherwise expressly provided for in this Agreement.

B. The foregoing power of attorney is hereby declared to be irrevocable and a special power coupled with an interest, in recognition of the fact that each of the Limited Partners and Assignees will be relying upon the power of the General Partner or the Liquidator to act as contemplated by this Agreement in any filing or other action by it on behalf of the Partnership,

 

25


and it shall survive and not be affected by the subsequent Incapacity of any Limited Partner or Assignee and the Transfer of all or any portion of such Person’s Partnership Units or Partnership Interest (as the case may be) and shall extend to such Person’s heirs, successors, assigns and personal representatives. Each such Limited Partner and Assignee hereby agrees to be bound by any representation made by the General Partner or the Liquidator, acting in good faith pursuant to such power of attorney; and each such Limited Partner and Assignee hereby waives any and all defenses that may be available to contest, negate or disaffirm the action of the General Partner or the Liquidator, taken in good faith under such power of attorney. Each Limited Partner and Assignee shall execute and deliver to the General Partner or the Liquidator, within fifteen (15) days after receipt of the General Partner’s or the Liquidator’s request therefor, such further designation, powers of attorney and other instruments as the General Partner or the Liquidator (as the case may be) deems necessary to effectuate this Agreement and the purposes of the Partnership. Notwithstanding anything else set forth in this Section 2.4.B, no Limited Partner shall incur any personal liability for any action of the General Partner or the Liquidator taken under such power of attorney.

Section 2.5 Term . The term of the Partnership commenced on January 15, 2010, the date that the original Certificate was filed with the SDAT in accordance with the Act, and shall continue indefinitely unless the Partnership is dissolved sooner pursuant to the provisions of Article 13 hereof or as otherwise provided by law.

ARTICLE 3

PURPOSE

Section 3.1 Purpose and Business . The purpose and nature of the Partnership is to conduct any business, enterprise or activity permitted by or under the Act, including, without limitation, (i) to conduct the business of ownership, construction, reconstruction, development, redevelopment, alteration, improvement, maintenance, operation, sale, leasing, transfer, encumbrance, conveyance and exchange of the Properties, (ii) to acquire and invest in any securities and/or loans relating to the Properties, (iii) to enter into any partnership, joint venture, business trust arrangement, limited liability company or other similar arrangement to engage in any business permitted by or under the Act, or to own interests in any entity engaged in any business permitted by or under the Act, (iv) to conduct the business of providing property and asset management and brokerage services, whether directly or through one or more partnerships, joint ventures, Subsidiaries, business trusts, limited liability companies or similar arrangements, and (v) to do anything necessary or incidental to the foregoing.

Section 3.2 Powers .

A. The Partnership shall be empowered to do any and all acts and things necessary, appropriate, proper, advisable, incidental to or convenient for the furtherance and accomplishment of the purposes and business described herein and for the protection and benefit of the Partnership including, without limitation, full power and authority, directly or through its

 

26


ownership interest in other entities, to enter into, perform and carry out contracts of any kind, to borrow and lend money and to issue evidence of indebtedness, whether or not secured by mortgage, deed of trust, pledge or other lien, acquire, own, manage, improve and develop real property and lease, sell, transfer and dispose of real property.

B. Notwithstanding any other provision in this Agreement, the Partnership shall not take, or to refrain from taking, any action that, in the judgment of the General Partner, in its sole and absolute discretion, (i) could adversely affect the ability of the General Partner to continue to qualify as a REIT, (ii) could subject the General Partner to any taxes under Code Section 857 or Code Section 4981 or any other related or successor provision under the Code, or (iii) could violate any law or regulation of any governmental body or agency having jurisdiction over the General Partner, its securities or the Partnership , unless, in any such case, such action (or inaction) under clause (i), clause (ii), or clause (iii) above shall have been specifically consented to by the General Partner which consent may be given or withheld in its sole and absolute discretion.

Section 3.3 Partnership Only for Purposes Specified . The Partnership shall be a limited partnership only for the purposes specified in Section 3.1 hereof, and this Agreement shall not be deemed to create a company, venture or partnership between or among the Partners or any other Persons with respect to any activities whatsoever other than the activities within the purposes of the Partnership as specified in Section 3.1 hereof. Except as otherwise provided in this Agreement, no Partner shall have any authority to act for, bind, commit or assume any obligation or responsibility on behalf of the Partnership, its properties or any other Partner. No Partner, in its capacity as a Partner under this Agreement, shall be responsible or liable for any indebtedness or obligation of another Partner, nor shall the Partnership be responsible or liable for any indebtedness or obligation of any Partner, incurred either before or after the execution and delivery of this Agreement by such Partner, except as to those responsibilities, liabilities, indebtedness or obligations incurred pursuant to and as limited by the terms of this Agreement and the Act.

Section 3.4 Representations and Warranties by the Partners.

A. Each Partner that is an individual (including, without limitation, each Additional Limited Partner or Substituted Limited Partner as a condition to becoming an Additional Limited Partner or a Substituted Limited Partner) represents and warrants to, and covenants with (severally, and not jointly or jointly and severally with any other Person), each other Partner that (i) the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement to be performed by such Partner will not result in a breach or violation of, or a default under, any material agreement by which such Partner or any of such Partner’s property is bound, or any statute, regulation, order or other law to which such Partner is subject, (ii) if five percent (5%) or more (by value) of the Partnership’s interests are or will be owned by such Partner within the meaning of Code Section 7704(d)(3), such Partner does not, and for so long as it is a Partner will not, own, directly or indirectly, (a) stock of any corporation that is a tenant of (I) the General Partner or any Disregarded Entity with respect to the General Partner, (II) the Partnership or (III) any partnership, venture or limited liability company of which the General Partner, any Disregarded Entity with respect to the General Partner, or the Partnership is a direct or indirect member or (b)

 

27


an interest in the assets or net profits of any non-corporate tenant of (I) the General Partner or any Disregarded Entity with respect to the General Partner, (II) the Partnership or (III) any partnership, venture, or limited liability company of which the General Partner, any Disregarded Entity with respect to the General Partner, or the Partnership is a direct or indirect member, (iii) such Partner has the legal capacity to enter into this Agreement and perform such Partner’s obligations hereunder, and (iv) this Agreement is binding upon, and enforceable against, such Partner in accordance with its terms, as such enforceability may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, fraudulent conveyance, moratorium or similar laws affecting the enforcement of creditors’ rights generally and by general principles of equity and the discretion of the court before which any proceeding therefor may be brought. Notwithstanding the foregoing, a Partner that is an individual shall not be subject to the ownership restrictions set forth in clause (ii) of the immediately preceding sentence to the extent such Partner obtains the written consent of the General Partner prior to violating any such restrictions, which consent the General Partner may give or withhold in its sole and absolute discretion. Each Partner that is an individual shall also represent and warrant to the Partnership that such Partner is neither a “foreign person” within the meaning of Code Section 1445(f) nor a foreign partner within the meaning of Code Section 1446(e).

B. Each Partner that is not an individual (including, without limitation, each Additional Limited Partner or Substituted Limited Partner as a condition to becoming an Additional Limited Partner or a Substituted Limited Partner) represents and warrants to, and covenants with (severally, and not jointly or jointly and severally with any other Person), each other Partner that (i) the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement to be performed by it have been duly authorized by all necessary action, including, without limitation, that of its general partner(s), committee(s), trustee(s), beneficiaries, directors and/or stockholder(s) (as the case may be) as required, (ii) the consummation of such transactions shall not result in a breach or violation of, or a default under, its partnership or operating agreement, trust agreement, charter or bylaws (as the case may be) any material agreement by which such Partner or any of such Partner’s properties or any of its partners, members, beneficiaries, trustees or stockholders (as the case may be) is or are bound, or any statute, regulation, order or other law to which such Partner or any of its partners, members, trustees, beneficiaries or stockholders (as the case may be) is or are subject, (iii) if five percent (5%) or more (by value) of the Partnership’s interests are or will be owned by such Partner within the meaning of Code Section 7704(d)(3), such Partner does not, and for so long as it is a Partner will not, own, directly or indirectly, (a) stock of any corporation that is a tenant of (I) the General Partner or any Disregarded Entity with respect to the General Partner, (II) the Partnership or (III) any partnership, venture or limited liability company of which the General Partner, any General Partner, any Disregarded Entity with respect to the General Partner, or the Partnership is a direct or indirect member or (b) an interest in the assets or net profits of any non-corporate tenant of (I) the General Partner, or any Disregarded Entity with respect to the General Partner, (II) the Partnership or (III) any partnership, venture or limited liability company for which the General Partner, any General Partner, any Disregarded Entity with respect to the General Partner, or the Partnership is a direct or indirect member, and (iv) this Agreement is binding upon, and enforceable against, such Partner in accordance with its terms, as such enforceability may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, fraudulent conveyance, moratorium or similar laws affecting the enforcement of creditors’ rights generally and by general principles of equity and the discretion of the court before which any proceeding therefor may be brought.

 

28


Notwithstanding the foregoing, a Partner that is not an individual shall not be subject to the ownership restrictions set forth in clause (iii) of the immediately preceding sentence to the extent such Partner obtains the written consent of the General Partner prior to violating any such restrictions, which consent the General Partner may give or withhold in its sole and absolute discretion. Each Partner that is not an individual shall also represent and warrant to the Partnership that such Partner is neither a “foreign person” within the meaning of Code Section 1445(f) nor a foreign partner within the meaning of Code Section 1446(e).

C. Each Partner (including, without limitation, each Additional Limited Partner or Substituted Limited Partner as a condition to becoming an Additional Limited Partner or Substituted Limited Partner) represents, warrants and agrees that (i) it has acquired and continues to hold its interest in the Partnership for its own account for investment purposes only and not for the purpose of, or with a view toward, the resale or distribution of all or any part thereof in violation of applicable laws, and not with a view toward selling or otherwise distributing such interest or any part thereof at any particular time or under any predetermined circumstances in violation of applicable laws, (ii) it is a sophisticated investor, able and accustomed to handling sophisticated financial matters for itself, particularly real estate investments, and that it has a sufficiently high net worth that it does not anticipate a need for the funds that it has invested in the Partnership in what it understands to be a highly speculative and illiquid investment, and (iii) without the consent of the General Partner, which consent may be given or withheld in the General Partner’s sole discretion, it shall not take any action that would cause (a) the Partnership at any time to have more than 100 partners, including for these purposes as partners those Persons (“ Flow-Through Partners ”) indirectly owning an interest in the Partnership through an entity treated as a partnership, Disregarded Entity or S corporation (each such entity, a “ Flow-Through Entity ”), but only if substantially all of the value of such Person’s interest in the Flow-Through Entity is attributable to the Flow-Through Entity’s interest (direct or indirect) in the Partnership; or (b) the Partnership Interest initially issued by the Partnership to such Partner or its predecessors to be held by more than three (3) partners, including as partners any Flow-Through Partners.

D. The representations and warranties contained in Sections 3.4.A, 3.4.B and 3.4.C hereof shall survive the execution and delivery of this Agreement by each Partner (and, in the case of an Additional Limited Partner or a Substituted Limited Partner, the admission of such Additional Limited Partner or Substituted Limited Partner as a Limited Partner in the Partnership) and the dissolution, liquidation and termination of the Partnership.

E. Each Partner (including, without limitation, each Additional Limited Partner or Substituted Limited Partner as a condition to becoming an Additional Limited Partner or Substituted Limited Partner) hereby acknowledges that no representations as to potential profit, cash flows, funds from operations or yield, if any, in respect of the Partnership or the General Partner have been made by any Partner or any employee or representative or Affiliate of any Partner, and that projections and any other information, including, without limitation, financial and descriptive information and documentation, that may have been in any manner submitted to such Partner shall not constitute any representation or warranty of any kind or nature, express or implied.

 

29


F. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the General Partner may, in its sole and absolute discretion, permit the modification of any of the representations and warranties contained in Sections 3.4.A, 3.4.B and 3.4.C above as applicable to any Partner (including, without limitation any Additional Limited Partner or Substituted Limited Partner or any transferee of either), provided that such representations and warranties, as modified, shall be set forth in either (i) a Partnership Unit Designation applicable to the Partnership Units held by such Partner or (ii) a separate writing addressed to the Partnership and the General Partner.

ARTICLE 4

CAPITAL CONTRIBUTIONS

Section 4.1 Capital Contributions of the Partners . The Partners have heretofore made Capital Contributions to the Partnership. Each Partner owns Partnership Units in the amount set forth for such Partner on Exhibit A , as the same may be amended from time to time by the General Partner to the extent necessary to reflect accurately sales, exchanges or other Transfers, redemptions, Capital Contributions, the issuance of additional Partnership Units, or similar events having an effect on a Partner’s ownership of Partnership Units. Except as provided by law or in Section 4.2, 4.3, or 10.4 hereof, the Partners shall have no obligation or, except with the prior written consent of the General Partner, right to make any additional Capital Contributions or loans to the Partnership.

Section 4.2 Issuances of Additional Partnership Interests . Subject to Section 16.7, in the case of Series A Preferred Units, and/or the rights of any Holder of other Partnership Units set forth in a Partnership Unit Designation:

A. General . The General Partner is hereby authorized to cause the Partnership to issue additional Partnership Interests, in the form of Partnership Units, for any Partnership purpose, at any time or from time to time, to the Partners (including the General Partner) or to other Persons, and to admit such Persons as Additional Limited Partners, for such consideration and on such terms and conditions as shall be established by the General Partner in its sole and absolute discretion, all without the approval of any Limited Partner or any other Person. Without limiting the foregoing, the General Partner is expressly authorized to cause the Partnership to issue Partnership Units: (i) upon the conversion, redemption or exchange of any Debt, Partnership Units, or other securities issued by the Partnership; (ii) for less than fair market value, so long as the General Partner concludes in good faith that such issuance is in the best interests of the General Partner and the Partnership, and (iii) in connection with any merger of any other Person into the Partnership. Any additional Partnership Interests may be issued in one or more classes, or one or more series of any of such classes, with such designations, preferences, conversion or other rights, voting powers or rights, restrictions, limitations as to distributions, qualifications or terms or conditions of redemption (including, without limitation, terms that may be senior or otherwise entitled to preference over existing Partnership Units) as shall be determined by the General Partner, in its sole and absolute discretion without the approval of any Limited Partner or any other Person, and set forth in a written document thereafter attached to and made an exhibit to this Agreement, which exhibit shall be an amendment to this Agreement and shall be incorporated herein by this reference (each, a “ Partnership Unit Designation ”).

 

30


Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the General Partner shall have authority to specify: (a) the allocations of items of Partnership income, gain, loss, deduction and credit to each such class or series of Partnership Interests; (b) the right of each such class or series of Partnership Interests to share (on a pari passu , junior or preferred basis) in Partnership distributions; (c) the rights of each such class or series of Partnership Interests upon dissolution and liquidation of the Partnership; (d) the voting rights, if any, of each such class or series of Partnership Interests; and (e) the conversion, redemption or exchange rights applicable to each such class or series of Partnership Interests. Upon the issuance of any additional Partnership Interest, the General Partner shall amend Exhibit A and the books and records of the Partnership as appropriate to reflect such issuance.

B. Issuances of Performance Units . Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the General Partner is hereby authorized to create one or more classes or series of additional Partnership Interests, in the form of Partnership Units (each such class or series of Partnership Interests is referred to as “ Performance Units ”), for issuance at any time or from time to time to directors, officers or employees of the General Partner or any Affiliate of the foregoing, and to admit such Persons as Additional Limited Partners or General Partners, for such consideration and on such terms and conditions as shall be established by the General Partner, all without approval of any Limited Partner or any other Person. The General Partner shall determine, in its sole and absolute discretion without the approval of any Limited Partner or any other Person, and set forth in a Partnership Unit Designation, the designations, preferences, conversion or other rights, voting powers or rights, restrictions, limitations as to dividends or distributions, qualifications or terms or conditions of redemption of any class or series of Performance Units (including, without limitation, the extent to which the value or number of each such class or series of Performance Units is subject to adjustment based on the financial performance of the General Partner). Upon the issuance of any class or series of Performance Units, the General Partner shall amend the Partnership Agreement, including Exhibit A and the books and records of the Partnership as appropriate to reflect such issuance.

C. Issuances to the General Partner . No additional Partnership Units shall be issued to the General Partner unless (i) the additional Partnership Units are issued to all Partners in proportion to their respective Percentage Interests, (ii) (a) the additional Partnership Units are (x) Common Units issued in connection with an issuance of REIT Shares, or (y) Partnership Equivalent Units (other than Common Units) issued in connection with an issuance of Preferred Shares, New Securities or other interests in the General Partner (other than REIT Shares), and (b) the General Partner contributes to the Partnership the cash proceeds or other consideration received in connection with the issuance of such REIT Shares, Preferred Shares, New Securities or other interests in the General Partner, (iii) the additional Partnership Units are issued upon the conversion, redemption or exchange of Debt, Partnership Units or other securities issued by the Partnership, or (iv) the additional Partnership Units are issued pursuant to Section 4.3.B, Section 4.3.E, Section 4.4 or Section 4.5.

D. No Preemptive Rights . Except as specified in Section 4.2.C(i) hereof, no Person, including, without limitation, any Partner or Assignee, shall have any preemptive, preferential, participation or similar right or rights to subscribe for or acquire any Partnership Interest.

Section 4.3 Additional Funds and Capital Contributions.

 

31


A. General . The General Partner may, at any time and from time to time, determine that the Partnership requires additional funds (“ Additional Funds ”) for the acquisition or development of additional Properties, for the redemption of Partnership Units or for such other purposes as the General Partner may determine, in its sole and absolute discretion. Additional Funds may be obtained by the Partnership, at the election of the General Partner, in any manner provided in, and in accordance with, the terms of this Section 4.3 without the approval of any Limited Partner or any other Person.

B. Additional Capital Contributions . The General Partner, on behalf of the Partnership, may obtain any Additional Funds by accepting Capital Contributions from any Partners or other Persons. In connection with any such Capital Contribution (of cash or property), the General Partner is hereby authorized to cause the Partnership from time to time to issue additional Partnership Units (as set forth in Section 4.2 above) in consideration therefor and the Percentage Interests of the General Partner and the Limited Partners shall be adjusted to reflect the issuance of such additional Partnership Units.

C. Loans by Third Parties . The General Partner, on behalf of the Partnership, may obtain any Additional Funds by causing the Partnership to incur Debt to any Person (other than the General Partner) upon such terms as the General Partner determines appropriate, including making such Debt convertible, redeemable or exchangeable for Partnership Units or REIT Shares; provided , however , that the Partnership shall not incur any such Debt if any Partner (or any Affiliate, partner, member, stockholder, principal, director, officer, adviser, beneficiary or trustee of any Partner) would be personally liable for the repayment of such Debt (unless such Partner or other affected Person otherwise agrees in writing).

D. General Partner Loans . The General Partner, on behalf of the Partnership, may obtain any Additional Funds by causing the Partnership to incur Debt to the General Partner (a “ General Partner Loan ”) if (i) such Debt is, to the extent permitted by law, on substantially the same terms and conditions (including interest rate, repayment schedule, and conversion, redemption, repurchase and exchange rights) as Funding Debt incurred by the General Partner, the net proceeds of which are loaned to the Partnership to provide such Additional Funds, or (ii) such Debt is on terms and conditions no less favorable to the Partnership than would be available to the Partnership from any third party; provided , however , that the Partnership shall not incur any such Debt if (a) any Partner (or any Affiliate, partner, member, stockholder, principal, director, officer, adviser, beneficiary or trustee of any Partner) would be personally liable for the repayment of such Debt (unless such Partner or other affected Person otherwise agrees in writing) or (b) a breach or violation of, or default under, the terms of such Debt would be deemed to occur by virtue of the Transfer of any Partnership Units or Partnership Interest held by any Person other than the General Partner.

E. Issuance of Securities by the General Partner . The General Partner shall not issue any additional REIT Shares, Capital Shares or New Securities unless the General Partner contributes the cash proceeds or other consideration received from the issuance of such additional REIT Shares, Capital Shares or New Securities (as the case may be) and from the exercise of the rights contained in any such additional Capital Shares or New Securities to the Partnership in exchange for (x) in the case of an issuance of REIT Shares, Common Units, or (y) in the case of an issuance of Capital Shares or New Securities, Partnership Equivalent Units;

 

32


provided , however , that notwithstanding the foregoing, the General Partner may issue REIT Shares, Capital Shares or New Securities (a) pursuant to Section 4.4 or Section 15.1.B hereof, (b) pursuant to a dividend or distribution (including any stock split) of REIT Shares, Capital Shares or New Securities to all of the holders of REIT Shares, Capital Shares or New Securities (as the case may be), (c) upon a conversion, redemption or exchange of Capital Shares, (d) upon a conversion, redemption, exchange or exercise of New Securities, or (e) in connection with an acquisition of Partnership Units or a property or other asset to be owned, directly or indirectly, by the General Partner if the General Partner determines that such acquisition is in the best interests of the Partnership; and provided , further , that in the event that the General Partner issues REIT Shares, Capital Shares or New Securities pursuant to the foregoing clauses (c) or (d), the General Partner shall contribute to the Partnership the cash proceeds or other consideration received from such issuance (or property acquired with such proceeds). In the event of any issuance of additional REIT Shares, Capital Shares or New Securities by the General Partner, and the contribution to the Partnership, by the General Partner, of the cash proceeds or other consideration received from such issuance (or property acquired with such proceeds), if the cash proceeds actually received by the General Partner are less than the gross proceeds of such issuance as a result of any underwriter’s discount or other expenses paid or incurred in connection with such issuance, then the General Partner shall be deemed to have made a Capital Contribution to the Partnership in the amount equal to the sum of the cash proceeds of such issuance plus the amount of such underwriter’s discount and other expenses paid by the General Partner (which discount and expense shall be treated as an expense for the benefit of the Partnership for purposes of Section 7.4).

Section 4.4 Stock Option Plans and Equity Plans.

A. Options Granted to Persons other than Partnership Employees . If at any time or from time to time, in connection with any Stock Option Plan, a stock option granted for stock in the General Partner to a Person other than a Partnership Employee is duly exercised:

(1) The General Partner, shall, as soon as practicable after such exercise, make a Capital Contribution to the Partnership in an amount equal to the exercise price paid to the General Partner by such exercising party in connection with the exercise of such stock option.

(2) Notwithstanding the amount of the Capital Contribution actually made pursuant to Section 4.4.A(1) hereof, the General Partner shall be deemed to have contributed to the Partnership as a Capital Contribution, in lieu of the Capital Contribution actually made and in consideration of an additional Limited Partner Interest (expressed in and as additional Common Units), an amount equal to the Value of a REIT Share as of the date of exercise multiplied by the number of REIT Shares then being issued in connection with the exercise of such stock option.

(3) An equitable Percentage Interest adjustment shall be made in which the General Partner shall be treated as having made a cash contribution equal to the amount described in Section 4.4.A(2) hereof.

B. Options Granted to Partnership Employees . If at any time or from time to time, in connection with any Stock Option Plan, a stock option granted for stock in the General Partner to a Partnership Employee is duly exercised:

 

33


(1) The General Partner shall sell to the Optionee, and the Optionee shall purchase from the General Partner, for a cash price per share equal to the Value of a REIT Share at the time of the exercise, the number of REIT Shares equal to (a) the exercise price payable by the Optionee in connection with the exercise of such stock option divided by (b) the Value of a REIT Share at the time of such exercise.

(2) The General Partner shall sell to the Partnership (or if the Optionee is an employee or other service provider of a Partnership Subsidiary, the General Partner shall sell to such Partnership Subsidiary), and the Partnership (or such subsidiary, as applicable) shall purchase from the General Partner, a number of REIT Shares equal to (a) the number of REIT Shares as to which such stock option is being exercised less (b) the number of REIT Shares sold pursuant to Section 4.4.B(1) hereof. The purchase price per REIT Share for such sale of REIT Shares to the Partnership (or such subsidiary) shall be the Value of a REIT Share as of the date of exercise of such stock option.

(3) The Partnership shall transfer to the Optionee (or if the Optionee is an employee or other service provider of a Partnership Subsidiary, the Partnership Subsidiary shall transfer to the Optionee) at no additional cost, as additional compensation, the number of REIT Shares described in Section 4.4.B(2) hereof.

(4) The General Partner shall, as soon as practicable after such exercise, make a Capital Contribution to the Partnership of an amount equal to all proceeds received (from whatever source, but excluding any payment in respect of payroll taxes or other withholdings) by the General Partner in connection with the exercise of such stock option. An equitable Percentage Interest adjustment shall be made as a result of such contribution.

C. Restricted Stock Granted to Persons other than Partnership Employees . If at any time or from time to time, in connection with any Equity Plan (other than a Stock Option Plan), any REIT Shares are issued to a Person other than a Partnership Employee in consideration for services performed for the General Partner:

(1) The General Partner shall issue such number of REIT Shares as are to be issued to such Person in accordance with the Equity Plan; and

(2) On the date (such date, the “ Vesting Date ”) that the Value of such shares is includible in taxable income of such Person, the following events will be deemed to have occurred: (a) the General Partner shall be deemed to have contributed the Value of such REIT Shares to the Partnership as a Capital Contribution, and (b) the Partnership shall issue to the General Partner on the Vesting Date a number of Common Units equal to the number of newly issued REIT Shares divided by the Adjustment Factor then in effect.

D. Restricted Stock Granted to Partnership Employees . If at any time or from time to time, in connection with any Equity Plan (other than a Stock Option Plan), any REIT Shares are issued to a Partnership Employee (including any REIT Shares that are subject to forfeiture in the event such Partnership Employee terminates his employment by the Partnership or the Partnership Subsidiaries) in consideration for services performed for the Partnership or the Partnership Subsidiaries:

 

34


(1) The General Partner shall issue such number of REIT Shares as are to be issued to the Partnership Employee in accordance with the Equity Plan;

(2) On the Vesting Date, the following events will be deemed to have occurred: (a) the General Partner shall be deemed to have sold such shares to the Partnership (or if the Partnership Employee is an employee or other service provider of a Partnership Subsidiary, to such Partnership Subsidiary) for a purchase price equal to the Value of such shares, (b) the Partnership (or such Partnership Subsidiary) shall be deemed to have delivered the shares to the Partnership Employee, (c) the General Partner shall be deemed to have contributed the purchase price to the Partnership as a Capital Contribution, and (d) in the case where the Partnership Employee is an employee of a Partnership Subsidiary, the Partnership shall be deemed to have contributed such amount to the capital of the Partnership Subsidiary; and

(3) The Partnership shall issue to the General Partner on the Vesting Date a number of Common Units equal to the number of newly issued REIT Shares divided by the Adjustment Factor then in effect in consideration for the Capital Contribution described in Section 4.4.D(2)(c) above.

E. Future Stock Incentive Plans . Nothing in this Agreement shall be construed or applied to preclude or restrain the General Partner from adopting, modifying or terminating stock incentive plans for the benefit of employees, directors or other business associates of the General Partner, the Partnership or any of their Affiliates. The Partners acknowledge and agree that, in the event that any such plan is adopted, modified or terminated by the General Partner, or for any other reason as determined by the General Partner, amendments to this Section 4.4 may become necessary or advisable, any approval or Consent to any such amendments requested by the General Partner shall be deemed granted by the Limited Partners.

Section 4.5 Dividend Reinvestment Plan, Cash Option Purchase Plan, Stock Incentive Plan or Other Plan . Except as may otherwise be provided in this Article 4, all amounts received or deemed received by the General Partner in respect of any dividend reinvestment plan, cash option purchase plan, stock incentive or other stock or subscription plan or agreement, either (a) shall be utilized by the General Partner to effect open market purchases of REIT Shares, or (b) if the General Partner elects instead to issue new REIT Shares with respect to such amounts, shall be contributed by the General Partner to the Partnership in exchange for additional Common Units. Upon such contribution, the Partnership will issue to the General Partner a number of Common Units equal in value to the product of (i) the Value as of the date of issuance of each REIT Share so issued by the General Partner multiplied by (ii) the number of REIT Shares so issued.

Section 4.6 No Interest; No Return . No Partner shall be entitled to interest on its Capital Contribution or on such Partner’s Capital Account. Except as provided herein or by law, no Partner shall have any right to demand or receive the return of its Capital Contribution from the Partnership.

Section 4.7 Conversion or Redemption of Capital Shares.

 

35


A. Conversion of Capital Shares . If, at any time, any of the Capital Shares are converted into REIT Shares, in whole or in part, then a number of Partnership Units with preferences, conversion and other rights, restrictions (other than restrictions on transfer), limitations and rights as to distributions (including upon liquidation, dissolution or winding up) and qualifications that are substantially the same as those of such Capital Shares (but, for the avoidance of doubt, shall not be required to have the same voting rights, redemption rights or restrictions on transfer of such Capital Shares) (“ Partnership Equivalent Units ”) equal to the number of Capital Shares so converted shall automatically be converted into a number of Common Units equal to (i) the number of REIT Shares issued upon such conversion divided by (ii) the Adjustment Factor then in effect, and the Percentage Interests of the General Partner and the Limited Partners shall be adjusted to reflect such conversion.

B. Redemption of Capital Shares or REIT Shares . If, at any time, any Capital Shares are redeemed (whether by exercise of a put or call, automatically or by means of another arrangement) by the General Partner for cash, the Partnership shall, immediately prior to such redemption of Capital Shares, redeem an equal number of Partnership Equivalent Units held by the General Partner upon the same terms and for the same price per Partnership Equivalent Unit as such Capital Shares are redeemed. If, at any time, any REIT Shares are redeemed or otherwise repurchased by the General Partner for cash pursuant to Article VI of the Charter, the Partnership shall, immediately prior to such redemption of REIT Shares, redeem an equal number of Common Units held by the General Partner upon the same terms and for the same price per Common Unit as such REIT Shares are redeemed.

Section 4.8 Other Contribution Provisions . In the event that any Partner is admitted to the Partnership and is given a Capital Account in exchange for services rendered to the Partnership, such transaction shall be treated by the Partnership and the affected Partner as if the Partnership had compensated such partner in cash and such Partner had contributed the cash that the Partner would have received to the capital of the Partnership. In addition, with the consent of the General Partner, one or more Partners may enter into contribution agreements with the Partnership which have the effect of providing a guarantee of certain obligations of the Partnership (and/or a wholly owned Subsidiary of the Partnership).

ARTICLE 5

DISTRIBUTIONS

Section 5.1 Requirement and Characterization of Distributions . Subject to the terms of Sections 16.3 and 17.2 and/or the rights of any Holder of any Partnership Interest set forth in a Partnership Unit Designation, the General Partner shall cause the Partnership to distribute quarterly all, or such portion as the General Partner may in its sole and absolute discretion determine, of Available Cash generated by the Partnership during such quarter to the Holders on the Partnership Record Date with respect to such quarter:

(i) First , with respect to any Partnership Units that are entitled to any preference in distribution, in accordance with the rights of such class(es) of Partnership Units

 

36


(and, within such class(es), among the Holders pro rata in proportion to their respective Percentage Interests in each class of Partnership Units held on such Partnership Record Date); and

(ii) Second , with respect to any Partnership Units that are not entitled to any preference in distribution, in accordance with the rights of such class of Partnership Units, as applicable (and, within such class, among the Holders pro rata in proportion to their respective Percentage Interests in such class of Partnership Units held on such Partnership Record Date).

Distributions payable with respect to any Partnership Units that were not outstanding during the entire quarterly period in respect of which any distribution is made, other than any Partnership Units issued to the General Partner in connection with the issuance of REIT Shares or Capital Shares by the General Partner, shall be prorated based on the portion of the period that such Partnership Units were outstanding. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the General Partner, in its sole and absolute discretion, may cause the Partnership to distribute Available Cash to the Holders on a more or less frequent basis than quarterly and provide for an appropriate record date. The General Partner shall make such reasonable efforts, as determined by it in its sole and absolute discretion and consistent with the General Partner’s qualification as a REIT, to cause the Partnership to distribute sufficient amounts to enable the General Partner, for so long as the General Partner has determined to qualify as a REIT, to pay stockholder dividends that will (a) satisfy the requirements for qualifying as a REIT under the Code and Regulations (the “ REIT Requirements ”) and (b) except to the extent otherwise determined by the General Partner, eliminate any Federal income or excise tax liability of the General Partner.

Section 5.2 Distributions in Kind . Except as expressly provided herein, no right is given to any Holder to demand and receive property other than cash as provided in this Agreement. The General Partner may determine, in its sole and absolute discretion, to make a distribution in kind of Partnership assets to the Holders, and such assets shall be distributed in such a fashion as to ensure that the fair market value is distributed and allocated in accordance with Articles 5, 6 and 10 hereof; provided , however , that the General Partner shall not make a distribution in kind to any Holder unless the Holder has been given 90 days prior written notice of such distribution.

Section 5.3 Amounts Withheld . All amounts withheld pursuant to the Code or any provisions of any state, local or non-United States tax law and Section 10.4 hereof with respect to any allocation, payment or distribution to any Holder shall be treated as amounts paid or distributed to such Holder pursuant to Section 5.1 hereof for all purposes under this Agreement.

Section 5.4 Distributions Upon Liquidation . Notwithstanding the other provisions of this Article 5, net proceeds from a Terminating Capital Transaction, and any other cash received or reductions in reserves made after commencement of the liquidation of the Partnership, shall be distributed to the Holders in accordance with Section 13.2 hereof.

 

37


Section 5.5 Distributions to Reflect Additional Partnership Units . In the event that the Partnership issues additional Partnership Units pursuant to the provisions of Article 4 hereof, the General Partner is hereby authorized to make such revisions to Articles 5, 6 and 12 hereof as it determines are necessary or desirable to reflect the issuance of such additional Partnership Units, including, without limitation, making preferential distributions to certain classes of Partnership Units.

Section 5.6 Restricted Distributions . Notwithstanding any provision to the contrary contained in this Agreement, neither the Partnership nor the General Partner, on behalf of the Partnership, shall make a distribution to any Holder if such distribution would violate the Act or other applicable law.

ARTICLE 6

ALLOCATIONS

Section 6.1 Timing and Amount of Allocations of Net Income and Net Loss . Net Income and Net Loss of the Partnership shall be determined and allocated with respect to each Partnership Year as of the end of each such year, provided , that the General Partner may in its discretion allocate Net Income and Net Loss for a shorter period as of the end of such period (and, for purposes of this Article 6, references to the term “Partnership Year” may include such shorter periods). Except to the extent otherwise provided in this Article 6, and subject to Section 11.6.C hereof, an allocation to a Holder of a share of Net Income or Net Loss shall be treated as an allocation of the same share of each item of income, gain, loss or deduction that is taken into account in computing Net Income or Net Loss.

Section 6.2 Allocations of Net Income and Net Loss.

A. In General . Except as otherwise provided in this Article 6 and Section 11.6.C, Net Income and Net Loss allocable with respect to a class of Partnership Interests shall be allocated to each of the Holders holding such class of Partnership Interests in accordance with their respective Percentage Interest of such class.

B. Net Income . Except as provided in Sections 6.2.E, 6.2.F and 6.3, Net Income (or in the case of clause (iv) or (vi) below, Adjusted Net Income) for any Partnership Year shall be allocated in the following manner and order of priority:

(i) First, 100% to the General Partner in an amount equal to the remainder, if any, of the cumulative Net Losses allocated to the General Partner pursuant to clause (v) in Section 6.2.C for all prior Partnership Years minus the cumulative Net Income allocated to the General Partner pursuant to this clause (i) for all prior Partnership Years;

(ii) Second, 100% to each Holder in an amount equal to the remainder, if any, of the cumulative Net Losses allocated to each such Holder pursuant to clause (iv) in Section 6.2.C for all prior Partnership Years minus the cumulative Net Income allocated to such Holder pursuant to this clause (ii) for all prior Partnership Years;

 

38


(iii) Third, 100% to the Holders of Series A Preferred Units in an amount equal to the remainder, if any, of the cumulative Net Losses allocated to such Holder pursuant to clause (iii) in Section 6.2.C for all prior Partnership Years minus the cumulative Net Income allocated to such Holders pursuant to this clause (iii) for all prior Partnership Years;

(iv) Fourth , 100% of the Adjusted Net Income (or Net Income to the extent there is insufficient Adjusted Net Income) to the Holders of Series A Preferred Units in an amount equal to the excess of the cumulative Series A Priority Return to the last day of the current Partnership Year or to the date of redemption or conversion, to the extent Series A Preferred Units are redeemed or converted during such year, over the cumulative Adjusted Net Income (or Net Income) allocated to the Holders of such units pursuant to this clause (iv) for all prior Partnership Years;

(v) Fifth, 100% to the Holders of Series B Preferred Units in an amount equal to the remainder, if any, of the cumulative Net Losses allocated to such Holder pursuant to clause (ii) in Section 6.2.C for all prior Partnership Years minus the cumulative Net Income allocated to such Holders pursuant to this clause (v) for all prior Partnership Years;

(vi) Sixth , any remaining Adjusted Net Income (or Net Income to the extent there is insufficient Adjusted Net Income) to the Holders of Series B Preferred Units in an amount equal to the excess of the cumulative Series B Priority Return to the last day of the current Partnership Year or to the date of redemption, to the extent Series B Preferred Units are redeemed during such year, over the cumulative Adjusted Net Income (or Net Income) allocated to the Holders of such units pursuant to this clause (vi) for all prior Partnership Years; and

(vii) Seventh, 100% to the Holders of Common Units in accordance with their respective Percentage Interests in the Common Units.

To the extent the allocations of Net Income set forth above in any paragraph of this Section 6.2.B are not sufficient to entirely satisfy the allocation set forth in such paragraph, such allocation shall be made in proportion to the total amount that would have been allocated pursuant to such paragraph without regard to such shortfall.

C. Net Loss . Except as provided in Sections 6.2.E, 6.2.F and 6.3, Net Losses for any Partnership Year shall be allocated in the following manner and order of priority:

(i) First, 100% to the Holders of Common Units in accordance with their respective Percentage Interests in the Common Units (to the extent consistent with this clause (i)) until the Adjusted Capital Account (ignoring for this purpose any amounts a Holder is obligated to contribute to the capital of the Partnership or is deemed obligated to restore pursuant to Regulations Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(ii)(c)(2) and ignoring the portion of any such Holder’s Capital Account attributable to Series A Preferred Units or Series B Preferred Units) of all such Holders is zero;

(ii) Second, 100% to the Holders of Series B Preferred Units, pro rata to each such Holder’s Adjusted Capital Account (ignoring for this purpose any amounts a Holder is obligated to contribute to the capital of the Partnership or is deemed obligated to restore pursuant

 

39


to Regulations Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(ii)(c)(2)), until the Adjusted Capital Account (as so modified) of each such Holder is zero;

(iii) Third , 100% to the Holders of Series A Preferred Units, pro rata to each such Holder’s Adjusted Capital Account (ignoring for this purpose any amounts a Holder is obligated to contribute to the capital of the Partnership or is deemed obligated to restore pursuant to Regulations Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(ii)(c)(2)), until the Adjusted Capital Account (as so modified) of each such Holder is zero;

(iv) Fourth, 100% to the Holders (other than the General Partner) to the extent of, and in proportion to, the positive balance (if any) in their Adjusted Capital Accounts; and

(v) Fifth , 100% to the General Partner.

D. Allocations to Reflect Issuance of Additional Partnership Interests . In the event that the Partnership issues additional Partnership Interests to the General Partner or any Additional Limited Partner pursuant to Section 4.2 or 4.3, the General Partner shall make such revisions to this Section 6.2 or to Section 12.2.C or 13.2.A as it determines are necessary to reflect the terms of the issuance of such additional Partnership Interests, including making preferential allocations to certain classes of Partnership Interests, subject to Article 16 and Article 17 below and the terms of any Partnership Unit Designation with respect to Partnership Interests then outstanding.

E. Special Allocations Regarding Preferred Units . Subject to Sections 6.2.F and 6.3, if any Preferred Units are redeemed pursuant to Section 4.7.B hereof (treating a full liquidation of the General Partner’s General Partner Interest for purposes of this Section 6.2.E as including a redemption of any then outstanding Preferred Units pursuant to Section 4.7.B hereof), or Section 16.5 for the Partnership Year that includes such redemption (and, if necessary, for subsequent Partnership Years) (a) gross income and gain (in such relative proportions as the General Partner in its discretion shall determine) shall be allocated to the holder(s) of such Preferred Units to the extent that the redemption amounts paid or payable with respect to the Preferred Units so redeemed (or treated as redeemed) exceeds the aggregate Capital Account balances allocable to the Preferred Units so redeemed (or treated as redeemed) and (b) deductions and losses (in such relative proportions as the General Partner in its discretion shall determine) shall be allocated to the holder(s) of such Preferred Units to the extent that the aggregate Capital Account balances allocable to the Preferred Units so redeemed (or treated as redeemed) exceeds the redemption amount paid or payable with respect to the Preferred Units so redeemed (or treated as redeemed).

F. Special Allocations Upon Liquidation . Notwithstanding any provision in this Article 6 to the contrary but subject to Section 6.3, in the event that the Partnership disposes of all or substantially all of its assets in a transaction that will lead to a liquidation of the Partnership pursuant to Article 13 hereof, then any Net Income or Net Loss realized in connection with such transaction and thereafter (and, in the discretion of the General Partner, constituent items of income, gain, loss and deduction) shall be specially allocated for such Partnership Year (and to the extent permitted by Section 761(c) of the Code, for the immediately preceding Partnership

 

40


Year) among the Holders as required so as to cause liquidating distributions pursuant to Section 13.2.A hereof to be made in the same amounts and proportions as would have resulted had such distributions instead been made pursuant to Article 5 hereof.

G. Offsetting Allocations . Notwithstanding the provisions of Sections 6.1, 6.2.B and 6.2.C, but subject to Sections 6.3 and 6.4, in the event Net Income or items thereof are being allocated to a Partner to offset prior Net Loss or items thereof which have been allocated to such Partner, the General Partner shall attempt to allocate such offsetting Net Income or items thereof which are of the same or similar character (including without limitation Section 704(b) book items versus tax items) to the original allocations with respect to such Partner.

Section 6.3 Additional Allocation Provisions . Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Article 6:

A. Regulatory Allocations.

(i) Minimum Gain Chargeback . Except as otherwise provided in Regulations Section 1.704-2(f), notwithstanding the provisions of Section 6.2 hereof, or any other provision of this Article 6, if there is a net decrease in Partnership Minimum Gain during any Partnership Year, each Holder shall be specially allocated items of Partnership income and gain for such year (and, if necessary, subsequent years) in an amount equal to such Holder’s share of the net decrease in Partnership Minimum Gain, as determined under Regulations Section 1.704-2(g). Allocations pursuant to the previous sentence shall be made in proportion to the respective amounts required to be allocated to each Holder pursuant thereto. The items to be allocated shall be determined in accordance with Regulations Sections 1.704-2(f)(6) and 1.704-2(j)(2). This Section 6.3.A(i) is intended to qualify as a “minimum gain chargeback” within the meaning of Regulations Section 1.704-2(f) and shall be interpreted consistently therewith.

(ii) Partner Minimum Gain Chargeback . Except as otherwise provided in Regulations Section 1.704-2(i)(4) or in Section 6.3.A(i) hereof, if there is a net decrease in Partner Minimum Gain attributable to a Partner Nonrecourse Debt during any Partnership Year, each Holder who has a share of the Partner Minimum Gain attributable to such Partner Nonrecourse Debt, determined in accordance with Regulations Section 1.704-2(i)(5), shall be specially allocated items of Partnership income and gain for such year (and, if necessary, subsequent years) in an amount equal to such Holder’s share of the net decrease in Partner Minimum Gain attributable to such Partner Nonrecourse Debt, determined in accordance with Regulations Section 1.704-2(i)(4). Allocations pursuant to the previous sentence shall be made in proportion to the respective amounts required to be allocated to each Holder pursuant thereto. The items to be so allocated shall be determined in accordance with Regulations Sections 1.704-2(i)(4) and 1.704-2(j)(2). This Section 6.3.A(ii) is intended to qualify as a “chargeback of partner nonrecourse debt minimum gain” within the meaning of Regulations Section 1.704-2(i) and shall be interpreted consistently therewith.

(iii) Nonrecourse Deductions and Partner Nonrecourse Deductions . Any Nonrecourse Deductions for any Partnership Year shall be specially allocated to the Holders in accordance with their respective Percentage Interests with respect to Common Units. Any

 

41


Partner Nonrecourse Deductions for any Partnership Year shall be specially allocated to the Holder(s) who bears the economic risk of loss with respect to the Partner Nonrecourse Debt to which such Partner Nonrecourse Deductions are attributable, in accordance with Regulations Section 1.704-2(i).

(iv) Qualified Income Offset . If any Holder unexpectedly receives an adjustment, allocation or distribution described in Regulations Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(ii)(d)(4), (5) or (6), items of Partnership income and gain shall be specially allocated, in accordance with Regulations Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(ii)(d), to such Holder in an amount and manner sufficient to eliminate, to the extent required by such Regulations, the Adjusted Capital Account Deficit of such Holder as quickly as possible; provided , that an allocation pursuant to this Section 6.3.A(iv) shall be made if and only to the extent that such Holder would have an Adjusted Capital Account Deficit after all other allocations provided in this Article 6 have been tentatively made as if this Section 6.3.A(iv) were not in the Agreement. It is intended that this Section 6.3.A(iv) qualify and be construed as a “qualified income offset” within the meaning of Regulations Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(ii)(d) and shall be interpreted consistently therewith.

(v) Gross Income Allocation . In the event that any Holder has a deficit Capital Account at the end of any Partnership Year that is in excess of the sum of (1) the amount (if any) that such Holder is obligated to restore to the Partnership upon complete liquidation of such Holder’s Partnership Interest (including, the Holder’s interest in outstanding Preferred Units and other Partnership Units) and (2) the amount that such Holder is deemed to be obligated to restore pursuant to Regulations Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(ii)(c) or the penultimate sentences of Regulations Sections 1.704-2(g)(1) and 1.704-2(i)(5), each such Holder shall be specially allocated items of Partnership income and gain in the amount of such excess to eliminate such deficit as quickly as possible; provided , that an allocation pursuant to this Section 6.3.A(v) shall be made if and only to the extent that such Holder would have a deficit Capital Account in excess of such sum after all other allocations provided in this Article 6 have been tentatively made as if this Section 6.3.A(v) and Section 6.3.A(iv) hereof were not in the Agreement.

(vi) Limitation on Allocation of Net Loss . To the extent that any allocation of Net Loss would cause or increase an Adjusted Capital Account Deficit as to any Holder, such allocation of Net Loss shall be reallocated (x) first, among the other Holders of Common Units in accordance with their respective Percentage Interests with respect to Common Units and (y) thereafter, among the Holders of other classes of Partnership Units as determined by the General Partner, subject to the limitations of this Section 6.3.A(vi).

(vii) Section 754 Adjustment . To the extent that an adjustment to the adjusted tax basis of any Partnership asset pursuant to Code Section 734(b) or Code Section 743(b) is required, pursuant to Regulations Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv)(m)(2) or Regulations Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv)(m)(4), to be taken into account in determining Capital Accounts as the result of a distribution to a Holder in complete liquidation of its interest in the Partnership, the amount of such adjustment to the Capital Accounts shall be treated as an item of gain (if the adjustment increases the basis of the asset) or loss (if the adjustment decreases such basis), and such gain or loss shall be specially allocated to the Holders in accordance with their interests in the Partnership in the event that Regulations Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv)(m)(2) applies, or to the

 

42


Holder(s) to whom such distribution was made in the event that Regulations Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv)(m)(4) applies.

(viii) Curative Allocations . The allocations set forth in Sections 6.3.A(i), (ii), (iii), (iv), (v), (vi) and (vii) hereof (the “ Regulatory Allocations ”) are intended to comply with certain regulatory requirements, including the requirements of Regulations Sections 1.704-1(b) and 1.704-2. Notwithstanding the provisions of Sections 6.1 and 6.2 hereof, the Regulatory Allocations shall be taken into account in allocating other items of income, gain, loss and deduction among the Holders so that to the extent possible without violating the requirements giving rise to the Regulatory Allocations, the net amount of such allocations of other items and the Regulatory Allocations to each Holder shall be equal to the net amount that would have been allocated to each such Holder if the Regulatory Allocations had not occurred.

B. Allocation of Excess Nonrecourse Liabilities . For purposes of determining a Holder’s proportional share of the “excess nonrecourse liabilities” of the Partnership within the meaning of Regulations Section 1.752-3(a)(3), each Holder’s respective interest in Partnership profits shall be equal to such Holder’s Percentage Interest with respect to Common Units, except as otherwise determined by the General Partner.

Section 6.4 Tax Allocations.

A. In General . Except as otherwise provided in this Section 6.4, for income tax purposes under the Code and the Regulations, each Partnership item of income, gain, loss and deduction (collectively, “ Tax Items ”) shall be allocated among the Holders in the same manner as its correlative item of “book” income, gain, loss or deduction is allocated pursuant to Sections 6.2 and 6.3 hereof.

B. Section 704(c) Allocations . Notwithstanding Section 6.4.A hereof, Tax Items with respect to Property that is contributed to the Partnership with a Gross Asset Value that varies from its basis in the hands of the contributing Partner immediately preceding the date of contribution shall be allocated among the Holders for income tax purposes pursuant to Regulations promulgated under Code Section 704(c) so as to take into account such variation. The Partnership shall account for such variation under any method approved under Code Section 704(c) and the applicable Regulations as chosen by the General Partner. In the event that the Gross Asset Value of any Partnership asset is adjusted pursuant to subsection (b) of the definition of “Gross Asset Value” (provided in Article 1 hereof), subsequent allocations of Tax Items with respect to such asset shall take account of the variation, if any, between the adjusted basis of such asset and its Gross Asset Value in the same manner as under Code Section 704(c) and the applicable Regulations and using the method chosen by the General Partner. Allocations pursuant to this Section 6.4.B are solely for purposes of Federal, state and local income taxes and shall not affect, or in any way be taken into account in computing, any Partner’s Capital Account or share of Net Income, Net Loss, or any other items or distributions pursuant to any provision of this Agreement.

 

43


ARTICLE 7

MANAGEMENT AND OPERATIONS OF BUSINESS

Section 7.1 Management.

A. Except as otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement, all management powers over the business and affairs of the Partnership are and shall be exclusively vested in the General Partner, and no Limited Partner shall have any right or obligation to participate in or exercise control or management power over the business and affairs of the Partnership, or any liability in connection with the General Partner’s exercise of such control and management power. The General Partner may not be removed by the Partners, with or without cause, except with the consent of the General Partner.

In addition to the powers now or hereafter granted a general partner of a limited partnership under applicable law or that are granted to the General Partner under any other provision of this Agreement, the General Partner, subject to the other provisions hereof including, without limitation, Section 3.1, Section 3.2, and Section 7.3, shall have full and exclusive power and authority, without the consent or approval of any Limited Partner, to do all things deemed necessary or desirable by it to conduct the business of the Partnership, to exercise or direct the exercise of all of the powers of the Partnership under the Act and this Agreement and to effectuate the purposes set forth in Section 3.1 hereof, including, without limitation:

(1) the making of any expenditures, the lending or borrowing of money or selling of assets (including, without limitation, making prepayments on loans and borrowing money to permit the Partnership to make distributions to the Holders in such amounts as will permit the General Partner (so long as the General Partner qualifies as a REIT) to prevent the imposition of any Federal income tax on the General Partner (including, for this purpose, any excise tax pursuant to Code Section 4981) and to make distributions to its stockholders sufficient to permit the General Partner to maintain REIT status or otherwise to satisfy the REIT Requirements), the assumption or guarantee of, or other contracting for, indebtedness and other liabilities, the issuance of evidences of indebtedness (including the securing of same by deed to secure debt, mortgage, deed of trust or other lien or encumbrance on the Partnership’s assets) and the incurring of any obligations that the General Partner deems necessary for the conduct of the activities of the Partnership;

(2) the making of tax, regulatory and other filings, or rendering of periodic or other reports to governmental or other agencies having jurisdiction over the business or assets of the Partnership;

(3) the taking of any and all acts necessary or prudent to ensure that the Partnership will not be classified as a “publicly traded partnership” taxable as a corporation under Code Section 7704;

(4) subject to Section 11.2 and Section 16.7 hereof, the acquisition, sale, transfer, exchange or other disposition of any, all or substantially all of the assets (including the goodwill) of the Partnership (including, but not limited to, the exercise or grant of any conversion, option, privilege or subscription right or any other right available in connection with

 

44


any assets at any time held by the Partnership) or the merger, consolidation, reorganization or other combination of the Partnership with or into another entity;

(5) the mortgage, pledge, encumbrance or hypothecation of any assets of the Partnership, the assignment of any assets of the Partnership in trust for creditors or on the promise of the assignee to pay the debts of the Partnership, the use of the assets of the Partnership (including, without limitation, cash on hand) for any purpose consistent with the terms of this Agreement and on any terms that the General Partner sees fit, including, without limitation, the financing of the operations and activities of the General Partner, the Partnership or any of the Partnership’s Subsidiaries, the lending of funds to other Persons (including, without limitation, the General Partner and/or the Partnership’s Subsidiaries) and the repayment of obligations of the Partnership, its Subsidiaries and any other Person in which the Partnership has an equity investment, and the making of capital contributions to and equity investments in the Partnership’s Subsidiaries;

(6) the management, operation, leasing, landscaping, repair, alteration, demolition, replacement or improvement of any Property;

(7) the negotiation, execution and performance of any contracts, including leases (including ground leases), easements, management agreements, rights of way and other property-related agreements, conveyances or other instruments that the General Partner considers useful or necessary to the conduct of the Partnership’s operations or the implementation of the General Partner’s powers under this Agreement, including contracting with contractors, developers, consultants, governmental authorities, accountants, legal counsel, other professional advisors and other agents and the payment of their expenses and compensation, as applicable, out of the Partnership’s assets;

(8) the distribution of Partnership cash or other Partnership assets in accordance with this Agreement, the holding, management, investment and reinvestment of cash and other assets of the Partnership, and the collection and receipt of revenues, rents and income of the Partnership;

(9) the selection and dismissal of employees of the Partnership (if any) or the General Partner (including, without limitation, employees having titles or offices such as “president,” “vice president,” “secretary” and “treasurer”), and agents, outside attorneys, accountants, consultants and contractors of the Partnership or the General Partner and the determination of their compensation and other terms of employment or hiring;

(10) the maintenance of such insurance (including, without limitation, directors and officers insurance) for the benefit of the Partnership and the Partners (including, without limitation, the General Partner) as the General Partner deems necessary or appropriate;

(11) the formation of, or acquisition of an interest in, and the contribution of property to, any further limited or general partnerships, limited liability companies, joint ventures or other relationships that it deems desirable (including, without limitation, the acquisition of interests in, and the contributions of property to, any Subsidiary and any other Person in which the General Partner has an equity investment from time to time); provided ,

 

45


however , that, as long as the General Partner has determined to continue to qualify as a REIT, the Partnership will not engage in any such formation, acquisition or contribution that would cause the General Partner to fail to qualify as a REIT;

(12) the control of any matters affecting the rights and obligations of the Partnership, including the settlement, compromise, submission to arbitration or any other form of dispute resolution, or abandonment, of any claim, cause of action, liability, debt or damages, due or owing to or from the Partnership, the commencement or defense of suits, legal proceedings, administrative proceedings, arbitrations or other forms of dispute resolution, and the representation of the Partnership in all suits or legal proceedings, administrative proceedings, arbitrations or other forms of dispute resolution, the incurring of legal expense, and the indemnification of any Person against liabilities and contingencies to the extent permitted by law;

(13) the undertaking of any action in connection with the Partnership’s direct or indirect investment in any Subsidiary or any other Person (including, without limitation, the contribution or loan of funds by the Partnership to such Persons);

(14) the determination of the fair market value of any Partnership property distributed in kind using such reasonable method of valuation as the General Partner may adopt; provided , however , that such methods are otherwise consistent with the requirements of this Agreement;

(15) the enforcement of any rights against any Partner pursuant to representations, warranties, covenants and indemnities relating to such Partner’s contribution of property or assets to the Partnership;

(16) the exercise, directly or indirectly, through any attorney-in-fact acting under a general or limited power of attorney, of any right, including the right to vote, appurtenant to any asset or investment held by the Partnership;

(17) the exercise of any of the powers of the General Partner enumerated in this Agreement on behalf of or in connection with any Subsidiary of the Partnership or any other Person in which the Partnership has a direct or indirect interest, or jointly with any such Subsidiary or other Person;

(18) the exercise of any of the powers of the General Partner enumerated in this Agreement on behalf of any Person in which the Partnership does not have an interest, pursuant to contractual or other arrangements with such Person;

(19) the making, execution and delivery of any and all deeds, leases, notes, deeds to secure debt, mortgages, deeds of trust, security agreements, conveyances, contracts, guarantees, warranties, indemnities, waivers, releases, confessions of judgment or any other legal instruments or agreements in writing necessary or appropriate in the judgment of the General Partner for the accomplishment of any of the powers of the General Partner enumerated in this Agreement;

 

46


(20) the issuance of additional Partnership Units in connection with Capital Contributions by Additional Limited Partners and additional Capital Contributions by Partners pursuant to Article 4 hereof;

(21) an election to dissolve the Partnership pursuant to Section 13.1.B hereof;

(22) the distribution of cash to acquire Common Units held by a Common Limited Partner in connection with a Common Redemption under Section 15.1 hereof;

(23) the distribution of cash to acquire Series A Preferred Units held by a Series A Limited Partner in connection with a Series A Redemption under Section 16.5 hereof;

(24) an election to acquire Tendered Common Units or Tendered Series A Units in exchange for REIT Shares; and

(25) the redemption of Series B Preferred Units.

B. Each of the Limited Partners agrees that, except as provided in Section 7.3 hereof, the General Partner is authorized to execute, deliver and perform the above-mentioned agreements and transactions on behalf of the Partnership without any further act, approval or vote of the Partners or any other Persons, notwithstanding any other provision of the Act or any applicable law, rule or regulation.

C. At all times from and after the date hereof, the General Partner may cause the Partnership to obtain and maintain (i) casualty, liability and other insurance on the Properties of the Partnership and (ii) liability insurance for the Indemnitees hereunder.

D. At all times from and after the date hereof, the General Partner may cause the Partnership to establish and maintain working capital and other reserves in such amounts as the General Partner, in its sole and absolute discretion, deems appropriate and reasonable from time to time.

E. In exercising its authority under this Agreement and subject to Section 7.8.B, the General Partner may, but shall be under no obligation to, take into account the tax consequences to any Partner of any action taken (or not taken) by it. The General Partner and the Partnership shall not have liability to a Limited Partner under any circumstances as a result of any tax liability incurred by such Limited Partner as a result of an action (or inaction) by the General Partner pursuant to its authority under this Agreement.

Section 7.2 Certificate of Limited Partnership . To the extent that such action is determined by the General Partner to be reasonable and necessary or appropriate, the General Partner shall file amendments to and restatements of the Certificate and do all the things to maintain the Partnership as a limited partnership (or a partnership in which the limited partners have limited liability) under the laws of the State of Maryland and each other state, the District of Columbia or any other jurisdiction, in which the Partnership may elect to do business or own property. Subject to the terms of Section 8.5.A hereof, the General Partner shall not be required, before or after filing, to deliver or mail a copy

 

47


of the Certificate or any amendment thereto to any Limited Partner. The General Partner shall use all reasonable efforts to cause to be filed such other certificates or documents as may be reasonable and necessary or appropriate for the formation, continuation, qualification and operation of a limited partnership (or a partnership in which the limited partners have limited liability to the extent provided by applicable law) in the State of Maryland and any other state, or the District of Columbia or other jurisdiction, in which the Partnership may elect to do business or own property.

Section 7.3 Restrictions on General Partner’s Authority.

A. Proscriptions . The General Partner may not take any action in contravention of this Agreement, including, without limitation:

(1) take any action that would make it impossible to carry on the ordinary business of the Partnership, except as otherwise provided in this Agreement;

(2) possess Partnership property, or assign any rights in specific Partnership property, for other than a Partnership purpose except as otherwise provided in this Agreement, including, without limitation, Section 7.10;

(3) admit a Person as a Partner, except as otherwise provided in this Agreement;

(4) perform any act that would subject a Limited Partner to liability as a general partner in any jurisdiction or any other liability except as provided herein or under the Act; or

(5) enter into any contract, mortgage, loan or other agreement that expressly prohibits or restricts, or that has the effect of prohibiting or restricting, (a) the General Partner or the Partnership from performing its specific obligations under Section 15.1 or Section 16.5.A hereof in full, (b) a Common Limited Partner from exercising its rights under Section 15.1 hereof to effect a Common Redemption in full or (c) a Series A Limited Partner from exercising its rights under (x) Section 16.5.A hereof to effect a Series A Redemption in full or (y) under Section 16.6 hereof to effect a Series A Conversion, except, in the case of any of clauses (a), (b) or (c), with the written consent of any Limited Partner affected by the prohibition or restriction.

B. Actions Requiring Consent of the Partners. Except as provided in Section 7.3.C hereof, the General Partner shall not, without the prior Consent of the Partners, amend, modify or terminate this Agreement.

C. Amendments without Consent . Notwithstanding Sections 7.3.B and 14.2 hereof but subject to the terms of any Partnership Unit Designation with respect to Partnership Interests then outstanding, the General Partner shall have the power, without the Consent of the Partners, to amend this Agreement as may be required to facilitate or implement any of the following purposes:

 

48


(1) to add to the obligations of the General Partner or surrender any right or power granted to the General Partner or any Affiliate of the General Partner for the benefit of the Limited Partners;

(2) to reflect the admission, substitution or withdrawal of Partners, the Transfer of any Partnership Interest or the termination of the Partnership in accordance with this Agreement, and to amend Exhibit A in connection with such admission, substitution, withdrawal or Transfer;

(3) to reflect a change that is of an inconsequential nature or does not adversely affect the Limited Partners in any material respect, or to cure any ambiguity, correct or supplement any provision in this Agreement not inconsistent with law or with other provisions, or make other changes with respect to matters arising under this Agreement that will not be inconsistent with law or with the provisions of this Agreement;

(4) subject to Section 16.7, to set forth or amend the designations, preferences, conversion or other rights, voting powers, restrictions, limitations as to distributions, qualifications or terms or conditions of redemption of the Holders of any additional Partnership Interests issued pursuant to Article 4;

(5) to reflect the termination of the class of Series A Preferred Units if and from the time that all of the Series A Preferred Units shall no longer be, or be deemed to be, outstanding for any purpose;

(6) to reflect any change to the designation or terms of the Series B Preferred Units as set forth in Article 17 or otherwise in this Agreement;

(7) to satisfy any requirements, conditions or guidelines contained in any order, directive, opinion, ruling or regulation of a Federal or state agency or contained in Federal or state law (collectively, “ Legal Requirements ”);

(8) (a) to reflect such changes as are reasonably necessary for the General Partner to maintain its status as a REIT or to satisfy the REIT Requirements or (b) to reflect the Transfer of all or any part of a Partnership Interest among the General Partner and any Disregarded Entity with respect to the General Partner;

(9) to modify either or both of the manner in which items of Net Income or Net Loss are allocated pursuant to Article 6 or the manner in which Capital Accounts are adjusted, computed, or maintained (but in each case only to the extent otherwise provided in this Agreement); or

(10) the issuance of additional Partnership Interests in accordance with Section 4.2.

The General Partner will provide reasonably prompt advance written notice to the Limited Partners whenever the General Partner proposes to take any of the foregoing actions under this Section 7.3.C.

 

49


D. Actions Requiring Consent of Affected Partners . Notwithstanding Sections 7.3.B, 7.3.C and 14.2 hereof, this Agreement shall not be amended, and no action may be taken by the General Partner, without the consent of each Partner adversely affected thereby, if such amendment or action would: (i) convert a Limited Partner Interest in the Partnership into a General Partner Interest (except as a result of the General Partner acquiring such Partnership Interest); (ii) modify the limited liability of a Limited Partner; (iii) alter the rights of any Partner to receive the distributions to which such Partner is entitled, pursuant to Article 5, Section 13.2.A, or Article 16 hereof, or alter the allocations specified in Article 6 hereof (except, in any case, as permitted pursuant to Sections 4.2, 7.3.C and Article 6 hereof); (iv) alter or modify the redemption rights, conversion rights, Common Unit Cash Amount or Common Unit REIT Shares Amount as set forth in Section 15.1, Section 16.5 and Section 16.6 hereof, or amend or modify any related definitions; (v) alter or modify Section 11.2 hereof; (vi) remove, alter or amend the powers and restrictions related to REIT Requirements or permitting the General Partner to avoid paying tax under Code Sections 857 or 4981 contained in Sections 3.1, 3.2, 7.1 and 7.3; (vii) reduce any Limited Partner’s rights to indemnification; (viii) create any liability of any Limited Partner not already provided in this Agreement; or (ix) amend this Section 7.3.D. Further, no amendment may alter the restrictions on the General Partner’s authority set forth elsewhere in this Agreement without the consent specified therein. Any such amendment or action consented to by any Partner shall be effective as to that Partner, notwithstanding the absence of such consent by any other Partner.

Section 7.4 Reimbursement of the General Partner.

A. The General Partner shall not be compensated for its services as General Partner of the Partnership except as provided in this Agreement (including the provisions of Articles 5 and 6 hereof regarding distributions, payments and allocations to which the General Partner may be entitled in its capacity as the General Partner).

B. Subject to Sections 7.4.C and 15.12 hereof, the Partnership shall be liable for, and shall reimburse the General Partner on a monthly basis, or such other basis as the General Partner may determine in its sole and absolute discretion, for all sums expended in connection with the Partnership’s business, including, without limitation, (i) expenses relating to the ownership of interests in and management and operation of, or for the benefit of, the Partnership, (ii) compensation of officers and employees, including, without limitation, payments under future compensation plans, of the General Partner or the Partnership that may provide for stock units, or phantom stock, pursuant to which employees of the General Partner or the Partnership will receive payments based upon dividends on or the value of REIT Shares, (iii) director or manager fees and expenses of the General Partner or its Affiliates, and (iv) all costs and expenses of the General Partner being a public company, including costs of filings with the SEC, reports and other distributions to its stockholders; provided , however , that the amount of any reimbursement shall be reduced by any interest earned by the General Partner with respect to bank accounts or other instruments or accounts held by it on behalf of the Partnership as permitted pursuant to Section 7.3 hereof; and, provided , further , that the General Partner shall not be reimbursed for expenses it incurs relating to the organization of the Partnership and the General Partner or the initial public offering. Such reimbursements shall be in addition to any reimbursement of the General Partner as a result of indemnification pursuant to Section 7.7 hereof.

 

50


C. To the extent practicable, Partnership expenses shall be billed directly to and paid by the Partnership and, subject to Section 15.12 hereof, if and to the extent any reimbursements to the General Partner or any of its Affiliates by the Partnership pursuant to this Section 7.4 constitute gross income to such Person (as opposed to the repayment of advances made by such Person on behalf of the Partnership), such amounts shall be treated as “guaranteed payments” within the meaning of Code Section 707(c) and shall not be treated as distributions for purposes of computing the Partners’ Capital Accounts.

Section 7.5 Outside Activities of the General Partner . The General Partner shall not, directly or indirectly, enter into or conduct any business, other than in connection with, (a) the ownership, acquisition and disposition of Partnership Interests as the General Partner, (b) the management of the business of the Partnership, (c) the operation of the General Partner as a reporting company with a class (or classes) of securities registered under the Exchange Act, (d) its operations as a REIT, (e) the offering, sale, syndication, private placement or public offering of stock, bonds, securities or other interests related to the Partnership or its assets or activities or the activities of the General Partner in its capacity as general partner of the Partnership, (f) financing or refinancing of any type related to the Partnership or its assets or activities, and (g) such activities as are incidental thereto; provided , however , that, except as otherwise provided herein, any funds raised by the General Partner pursuant to the preceding clauses (e) and (g) shall be made available to the Partnership, whether as Capital Contributions, loans or otherwise, as appropriate; and, provided , further , that the General Partner may, in its sole and absolute discretion, from time to time hold or acquire assets in its own name or otherwise other than through the Partnership so long as the General Partner takes commercially reasonable measures to ensure that the economic benefits and burdens of such Property are otherwise vested in the Partnership, whether through assignment, mortgage loan or otherwise or, if it is not commercially reasonable to vest such economic interests in the Partnership, the Partners shall negotiate in good faith to amend this Agreement, including, without limitation, the definition of “Adjustment Factor,” to reflect such activities and the direct ownership of assets by the General Partner. Nothing contained herein shall be deemed to prohibit the General Partner from executing guarantees of Partnership debt. The General Partner and all Disregarded Entities with respect to the General Partner, taken as a group, shall not own any assets or take title to assets (other than temporarily in connection with an acquisition prior to contributing such assets to the Partnership) other than (i) interests in Disregarded Entities with respect to the General Partner, (ii) Partnership Interests as the General Partner and (iii) such cash and cash equivalents, bank accounts or similar instruments or accounts as such group deems reasonably necessary, taking into account Section 7.1.D hereof and the requirements necessary for the General Partner to qualify as a REIT and for the General Partner to carry out its responsibilities contemplated under this Agreement and the Charter. Any Limited Partner Interests acquired by the General Partner, whether pursuant to the exercise by a Limited Partner of its right to Redemption, or otherwise, shall be automatically converted into a General Partner Interest comprised of an identical number of Partnership Units with the same terms as the class or series so acquired.

Section 7.6 Transactions with Affiliates .

 

51


A. The Partnership may lend or contribute funds to, and borrow funds from, Persons in which the Partnership has an equity investment, and such Persons may borrow funds from, and lend or contribute funds to, the Partnership, on terms and conditions established in the sole and absolute discretion of the General Partner. The foregoing authority shall not create any right or benefit in favor of any Person.

B. Except as provided in Section 7.5 hereof and subject to Section 3.1 hereof, the Partnership may transfer assets to joint ventures, limited liability companies, partnerships, corporations, business trusts or other business entities in which it is or thereby becomes a participant upon such terms and subject to such conditions consistent with this Agreement and applicable law as the General Partner, believes, in good faith, to be advisable.

C. Except as expressly permitted by this Agreement, neither the General Partner nor any of its Affiliates may sell, transfer or convey any property to, or purchase any property from, the Partnership, directly or indirectly, except pursuant to transactions that are determined by the General Partner in good faith to be fair and reasonable.

D. The General Partner in its sole and absolute discretion and without the approval of the Partners or any of them or any other Persons, may propose and adopt (on behalf of the Partnership) employee benefit plans funded by the Partnership for the benefit of employees of the General Partner, the Partnership, Subsidiaries of the Partnership or any Affiliate of any of them in respect of services performed, directly or indirectly, for the benefit of the General Partner, the Partnership or any of the Partnership’s Subsidiaries.

Section 7.7 Indemnification .

A. To the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, the Partnership shall indemnify each Indemnitee from and against any and all losses, claims, damages, liabilities, joint or several, expenses (including, without limitation, reasonable attorney’s fees and other reasonable legal fees and expenses), judgments, fines, settlements and other amounts arising from any and all claims, demands, actions, suits or proceedings, civil, criminal, administrative or investigative, that relate to the operations of the Partnership (“ Actions ”) as set forth in this Agreement in which such Indemnitee may be involved, or is threatened to be involved, as a party or otherwise; provided , however , that the Partnership shall not indemnify an Indemnitee (i) if the act or omission of the Indemnitee was material to the matter giving rise to the Action and either was committed in bad faith or was the result of active and deliberate dishonesty; (ii) in the case of any criminal proceeding, if the Indemnitee had reasonable cause to believe that the act or omission was unlawful; or (iii) for any transaction for which such Indemnitee actually received an improper personal benefit in money, property or services or otherwise, in violation or breach of any provision of this Agreement; and provided , further , that (x) no payments pursuant to this Agreement shall be made by the Partnership to indemnify or advance funds to any Indemnitee with respect to any Action initiated or brought voluntarily by such Indemnitee (and not by way of defense) unless (I) approved or authorized by the General Partner or (II) incurred to establish or enforce such Indemnitee’s right to indemnification under this Agreement, and (y) the Partnership shall not be liable for any expenses incurred by an Indemnitee in connection with one or more Actions or claims brought by the Partnership or involving such Indemnitee if such Indemnitee is found liable to the Partnership on any portion of any claim in any such Action.

 

52


Without limitation, the foregoing indemnity shall extend to any liability of any Indemnitee, pursuant to a loan guaranty or otherwise, for any indebtedness of the Partnership or any Subsidiary of the Partnership (including, without limitation, any indebtedness which the Partnership or any Subsidiary of the Partnership has assumed or taken subject to), and the General Partner is hereby authorized and empowered, on behalf of the Partnership, to enter into one or more indemnity agreements consistent with the provisions of this Section 7.7 in favor of any Indemnitee having or potentially having liability for any such indebtedness. It is the intention of this Section 7.7.A that the Partnership shall indemnify each Indemnitee to the fullest extent permitted by law and this Agreement. The termination of any proceeding by judgment, order or settlement does not create a presumption that the Indemnitee did not meet the requisite standard of conduct set forth in this Section 7.7.A. The termination of any proceeding by conviction of an Indemnitee or upon a plea of nolo contendere or its equivalent by an Indemnitee, or an entry of an order of probation against an Indemnitee prior to judgment, does not create a presumption that such Indemnitee acted in a manner contrary to that specified in this Section 7.7.A with respect to the subject matter of such proceeding. Any indemnification pursuant to this Section 7.7 shall be made only out of the assets of the Partnership, and neither the General Partner nor any other Holder shall have any obligation to contribute to the capital of the Partnership or otherwise provide funds to enable the Partnership to fund its obligations under this Section 7.7.

B. To the fullest extent permitted by law, expenses incurred by an Indemnitee who is a party to a proceeding or otherwise subject to or the focus of or is involved in any Action shall be paid or reimbursed by the Partnership as incurred by the Indemnitee in advance of the final disposition of the Action upon receipt by the Partnership of (i) a written affirmation by the Indemnitee of the Indemnitee’s good faith belief that the standard of conduct necessary for indemnification by the Partnership as authorized in Section 7.7.A has been met, and (ii) a written undertaking by or on behalf of the Indemnitee to repay the amount if it shall ultimately be determined that the standard of conduct has not been met.

C. The indemnification provided by this Section 7.7 shall be in addition to any other rights to which an Indemnitee or any other Person may be entitled under any agreement, pursuant to any vote of the Partners, as a matter of law or otherwise, and shall continue as to an Indemnitee who has ceased to serve in such capacity and shall inure to the benefit of the heirs, successors, assigns and administrators of the Indemnitee unless otherwise provided in a written agreement with such Indemnitee or in the writing pursuant to which such Indemnitee is indemnified.

D. The Partnership may, but shall not be obligated to, purchase and maintain insurance, on behalf of any of the Indemnitees and such other Persons as the General Partner shall determine, against any liability that may be asserted against or expenses that may be incurred by such Person in connection with the Partnership’s activities, regardless of whether the Partnership would have the power to indemnify such Person against such liability under the provisions of this Agreement.

E. Any liabilities which an Indemnitee incurs as a result of acting on behalf of the Partnership or the General Partner (whether as a fiduciary or otherwise) in connection with the operation, administration or maintenance of an employee benefit plan or any related trust or

 

53


funding mechanism (whether such liabilities are in the form of excise taxes assessed by the IRS, penalties assessed by the U.S. Department of Labor, restitutions to such a plan or trust or other funding mechanism or to a participant or beneficiary of such plan, trust or other funding mechanism, or otherwise) shall be treated as liabilities or judgments or fines under this Section 7.7, unless such liabilities arise as a result of (i) an act or omission of such Indemnitee that was material to the matter giving rise to the Action and either was committed in bad faith or was the result of active and deliberate dishonesty; (ii) in the case of any criminal proceeding, an act or omission that such Indemnitee had reasonable cause to believe was unlawful, or (iii) any transaction in which such Indemnitee actually received an improper personal benefit in money, property or services or otherwise, in violation or breach of any provision of this Agreement or applicable law.

F. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, in no event may an Indemnitee subject any of the Holders to personal liability by reason of the indemnification provisions set forth in this Agreement, and any such indemnification shall be satisfied solely out of the assets of the Partnership.

G. An Indemnitee shall not be denied indemnification in whole or in part under this Section 7.7 because the Indemnitee had an interest in the transaction with respect to which the indemnification applies if the transaction was otherwise permitted by the terms of this Agreement.

H. The provisions of this Section 7.7 are for the benefit of the Indemnitees, their heirs, successors, assigns and administrators and shall not be deemed to create any rights for the benefit of any other Persons. Any amendment, modification or repeal of this Section 7.7 or any provision hereof shall be prospective only and shall not in any way affect the limitations on the Partnership’s liability to any Indemnitee under this Section 7.7 as in effect immediately prior to such amendment, modification or repeal with respect to claims arising from or relating to matters occurring, in whole or in part, prior to such amendment, modification or repeal, regardless of when such claims may arise or be asserted.

I. It is the intent of the parties that any amounts paid by the Partnership to the General Partner pursuant to this Section 7.7 shall be treated as “guaranteed payments” within the meaning of Code Section 707(c) and shall not be treated as distributions for purposes of computing the Partners’ Capital Accounts.

J. The Partnership shall indemnify each Limited Partner and its Affiliates, their respective directors, officers, stockholders and any other individual acting on its or their behalf, from and against any costs (including costs of defense) incurred by it as a result of any litigation or other proceeding in which any Limited Partner is named as a defendant or any claim threatened or asserted against any Limited Partner, in either case which relates to the operations of the Partnership or any obligation assumed by the Partnership, unless such costs are the result of intentional harm or gross negligence on the part of, or a breach of this Agreement by, such Limited Partner; provided , however , that no Partner shall have any personal liability with respect to the foregoing indemnification, any such indemnification to be satisfied solely out of the assets of the Partnership.

 

54


K. Any obligation or liability whatsoever of the General Partner which may arise at any time under this Agreement or any other instrument, transaction, or undertaking contemplated hereby shall be satisfied, if at all, out of the assets of the General Partner or the Partnership only. No such obligation or liability shall be personally binding upon, nor shall resort for the enforcement thereof be had to, any of the General Partner’s directors, stockholders, officers, employees, or agents, regardless of whether such obligation or liability is in the nature of contract, tort or otherwise.

Section 7.8 Liability of the General Partner .

A. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth in this Agreement, neither the General Partner nor any of its directors or officers shall be liable or accountable in damages or otherwise to the Partnership, any Partners, or any Assignees for losses sustained, liabilities incurred or benefits not derived as a result of errors in judgment or mistakes of fact or law or of any act or omission if the General Partner or such director or officer acted in good faith.

B. The Limited Partners agree that: (i) the General Partner is acting for the benefit of the Partnership, the Limited Partners and the General Partner’s stockholders collectively; (ii) the General Partner is under no obligation not to give priority to the separate interests of the General Partner or the stockholders of the General Partner, and any action or failure to act on the part of the General Partner or its directors that gives priority to the separate interests of the General Partner or its stockholders that does not result in a violation of the contract rights of the Limited Partners under this Agreement does not violate the duty of loyalty owed by the General Partner to the Partnership and/or its partners; and (iii) the General Partner shall not be liable to the Partnership or to any Partner for monetary damages for losses sustained, liabilities incurred or benefits not derived by the Partnership or any Limited Partner in connection with such decisions, except for liability for the General Partner’s intentional harm or gross negligence.

C. Subject to its obligations and duties as General Partner set forth in the Act and this Agreement, the General Partner may exercise any of the powers granted to it by this Agreement and perform any of the duties imposed upon it hereunder either directly or by or through its employees or agents. The General Partner shall not be responsible for any misconduct or negligence on the part of any such agent appointed by it in good faith.

D. Any amendment, modification or repeal of this Section 7.8 or any provision hereof shall be prospective only and shall not in any way affect the limitations on the General Partner’s and its officers’ and directors’ liability to the Partnership and the Limited Partners under this Section 7.8 as in effect immediately prior to such amendment, modification or repeal with respect to claims arising from or relating to matters occurring, in whole or in part, prior to such amendment, modification or repeal, regardless of when such claims may arise or be asserted.

E. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, except for liability for intentional harm or gross negligence, or pursuant to any express indemnities given to the Partnership by any Partner pursuant to any other written instrument, no Partner shall have any personal liability whatsoever, to the Partnership or to the other Partners, or for the debts or liabilities of the Partnership or the Partnership’s obligations hereunder, and the full recourse of the other Partner(s) shall be limited to the interest of that Partner in the Partnership. Without

 

55


limitation of the foregoing, and except for liability for intentional harm or gross negligence, or pursuant to any such express indemnity, no property or assets of any Partner, other than its interest in the Partnership, shall be subject to levy, execution or other enforcement procedures for the satisfaction of any judgment (or other judicial process) in favor of any other Partner(s) and arising out of, or in connection with, this Agreement. This Agreement is executed by the officers of the General Partner solely as officers of the same and not in their own individual capacities.

F. To the extent that, under applicable law, the General Partner has duties (including fiduciary duties) and liabilities relating thereto to the Partnership or the Limited Partners, the General Partner shall not be liable to the Partnership or to any other Partner for its good faith reliance on the provisions of this Agreement. The provisions of this Agreement, to the extent that they restrict or modify the duties and liabilities of the General Partner under the Act or otherwise existing under applicable law, are agreed by the Partners to replace such other duties and liabilities of such General Partner.

G. Whenever in this Agreement the General Partner is permitted or required to make a decision in its “sole and absolute discretion,” “sole discretion” or “discretion” or under a grant of similar authority or latitude, the General Partner shall be entitled to consider only such interests and factors as it desires, including its own interests, and shall have no duty or obligation to give any consideration to any interest or factors affecting the Partnership or the Partners or any of them, or (ii) in its “good faith” or under another expressed standard, the General Partner shall act under such express standard and shall not be subject to any other or different standards imposed by this Agreement or any other agreement contemplated herein or by relevant provisions of law or in equity or otherwise. If any question should arise with respect to the operation of the Partnership, which is not otherwise specifically provided for in this Agreement or the Act, or with respect to the interpretation of this Agreement, the General Partner is hereby authorized to make a final determination with respect to any such question and to interpret this Agreement in such a manner as it shall deem, in its sole discretion, to be fair and equitable, and its determination and interpretations so made shall be final and binding on all parties. The General Partner’s “sole and absolute discretion,” “sole discretion” and “discretion” under this Agreement shall be exercised in good faith.

Section 7.9 Other Matters Concerning the General Partner .

A. The General Partner may rely and shall be protected in acting or refraining from acting upon any resolution, certificate, statement, instrument, opinion, report, notice, request, consent, order, bond, debenture or other paper or document believed by it in good faith to be genuine and to have been signed or presented by the proper party or parties.

B. The General Partner may consult with legal counsel, accountants, appraisers, management consultants, investment bankers, architects, engineers, environmental consultants and other consultants and advisers selected by it, and any act taken or omitted to be taken in reliance upon the opinion of such Persons as to matters that the General Partner reasonably believes to be within such Person’s professional or expert competence shall be conclusively presumed to have been done or omitted in good faith and in accordance with such opinion.

 

56


C. The General Partner shall have the right, in respect of any of its powers or obligations hereunder, to act through any of its duly authorized officers or agents and a duly appointed attorney or attorneys-in-fact (including, without limitation, officers and directors of the General Partner). Each such attorney shall, to the extent provided by the General Partner in the power of attorney, have full power and authority to do and perform all and every act and duty that is permitted or required to be done by the General Partner hereunder.

D. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement or any non-mandatory provision of the Act, any action of the General Partner on behalf of the Partnership or any decision of the General Partner to refrain from acting on behalf of the Partnership, undertaken in the good faith belief that such action or omission is necessary or advisable in order (i) to protect the ability of the General Partner to continue to qualify as a REIT, (ii) for the General Partner otherwise to satisfy the REIT Requirements, (iii) for the General Partner to avoid incurring any taxes under Code Section 857 or Code Section 4981, or (iv) for any General Partner Affiliate to continue to qualify as a “qualified REIT subsidiary” (within the meaning of Code Section 856(i)(2)), is expressly authorized under this Agreement and is deemed approved by all of the Limited Partners.

Section 7.10 Title to Partnership Assets . Title to Partnership assets, whether real, personal or mixed and whether tangible or intangible, shall be deemed to be owned by the Partnership as an entity, and no Partner, individually or collectively with other Partners or Persons, shall have any ownership interest in such Partnership assets or any portion thereof. Title to any or all of the Partnership assets may be held in the name of the Partnership, the General Partner or one or more nominees, as the General Partner may determine, including Affiliates of the General Partner; provided , that in all cases the General Partner shall use its reasonable efforts to cause beneficial title to such assets to be vested, directly or indirectly, in the Partnership as soon as practicable and beneficial to the Partnership and the General Partner; and provided , further , that the General Partner hereby declares and warrants that (i) any Partnership assets for which legal title is held in the name of the General Partner or any nominee or Affiliate of the General Partner shall be held by the General Partner or such nominee or Affiliate for the use and benefit of the Partnership in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement and (ii) the General Partner shall use its reasonable efforts to cause beneficial title to such assets to be vested, directly or indirectly, in the Partnership as soon as practicable and beneficial to the Partnership and the General Partner. All Partnership assets shall be recorded as the property of the Partnership in its books and records, irrespective of the name in which legal title to such Partnership assets is held.

Section 7.11 Reliance by Third Parties . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, any Person dealing with the Partnership shall be entitled to assume that the General Partner has full power and authority, without the consent or approval of any other Partner, or Person, to encumber, sell or otherwise use in any manner any and all assets of the Partnership and to enter into any contracts on behalf of the Partnership, and take any and all actions on behalf of the Partnership, and such Person shall be entitled to deal with the General Partner as if it were the Partnership’s sole party in interest, both legally and beneficially. Each Limited Partner hereby waives any and all defenses

 

57


or other remedies that may be available against such Person to contest, negate or disaffirm any action of the General Partner in connection with any such dealing. In no event shall any Person dealing with the General Partner or its representatives be obligated to ascertain that the terms of this Agreement have been complied with or to inquire into the necessity or expediency of any act or action of the General Partner or its representatives. Each and every certificate, document or other instrument executed on behalf of the Partnership by the General Partner or its representatives shall be conclusive evidence in favor of any and every Person relying thereon or claiming thereunder that (i) at the time of the execution and delivery of such certificate, document or instrument, this Agreement was in full force and effect, (ii) the Person executing and delivering such certificate, document or instrument was duly authorized and empowered to do so for and on behalf of the Partnership and (iii) such certificate, document or instrument was duly executed and delivered in accordance with the terms and provisions of this Agreement and is binding upon the Partnership.

ARTICLE 8

RIGHTS AND OBLIGATIONS OF LIMITED PARTNERS

Section 8.1 Limitation of Liability . No Limited Partner shall have any liability under this Agreement except as expressly provided in this Agreement (including, without limitation, Section 10.4 hereof) or under the Act.

Section 8.2 Management of Business . No Limited Partner or Assignee (other than the General Partner, any of its Affiliates or any officer, director, member, employee, partner, agent or trustee of the General Partner, the Partnership or any of their Affiliates, in their capacity as such) shall take part in, or have any liability in respect of, the operations, management or control (within the meaning of the Act) of the Partnership’s business, transact any business in the Partnership’s name or have the power to sign documents for or otherwise bind the Partnership. The transaction of any such business by the General Partner, any of its Affiliates or any officer, director, member, employee, partner, agent, representative, or trustee of the General Partner, the Partnership or any of their Affiliates, in their capacity as such, shall not affect, impair or eliminate the limitations on the liability of the Limited Partners or Assignees under this Agreement.

Section 8.3 Outside Activities of Limited Partners . Subject to any agreements entered into pursuant to Section 7.6 hereof and any other agreements entered into by a Limited Partner or any of its Affiliates with the General Partner, the Partnership or a Subsidiary (including, without limitation, any employment agreement), any Limited Partner and any Assignee, officer, director, employee, agent, trustee, Affiliate, member or stockholder of any Limited Partner shall be entitled to and may have business interests and engage in business activities in addition to those relating to the Partnership, including business interests and activities that are in direct or indirect competition with the Partnership or that are enhanced by the activities of the Partnership. Neither the Partnership nor any Partner shall have any rights by virtue of this Agreement in any business ventures of any Limited Partner or Assignee. Subject to such agreements, none of the Limited Partners nor any other Person shall

 

58


have any rights by virtue of this Agreement or the partnership relationship established hereby in any business ventures of any other Person (other than the General Partner), and such Person shall have no obligation pursuant to this Agreement, subject to Section 7.6 hereof and any other agreements entered into by a Limited Partner or its Affiliates with the General Partner, the Partnership or a Subsidiary, to offer any interest in any such business ventures to the Partnership, any Limited Partner, or any such other Person, even if such opportunity is of a character that, if presented to the Partnership, any Limited Partner or such other Person, could be taken by such Person. In deciding whether to take any actions in such capacity, the Limited Partners and their respective Affiliates shall be under no obligation to consider the separate interests of the Partnership or Subsidiary Entities and to the maximum extent permitted by applicable law shall have no fiduciary duties or similar obligations to the Partnership or any other Partners, or to any Subsidiary Entities, and shall not be liable for monetary damages for losses sustained, liabilities incurred or benefits not derived by the other Partners in connection with such acts except for liability for intentional harm or gross negligence.

Section 8.4 Return of Capital . Except pursuant to the rights of Common Redemption and Series A Redemption set forth in Section 15.1 and Section 16.5 hereof, respectively, no Limited Partner shall be entitled to the withdrawal or return of its Capital Contribution, except to the extent of distributions made pursuant to this Agreement or upon termination of the Partnership as provided herein. Except to the extent provided in Articles 5 and 6 hereof or otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement, no Limited Partner or Assignee shall have priority over any other Limited Partner or Assignee either as to the return of Capital Contributions or as to profits, losses or distributions.

Section 8.5 Rights of Limited Partners Relating to the Partnership .

A. In addition to other rights provided by this Agreement or by the Act, and except as limited by Section 8.5.C hereof, (i) the General Partner shall deliver to each Limited Partner a copy of any information mailed to all of the common stockholders of the General Partner as soon as practicable after such mailing and (ii) each Limited Partner shall have the right, for a purpose reasonably related to such Limited Partner’s interest as a limited partner in the Partnership, upon written demand with a statement of the purpose of such demand and at the Partnership’s expense:

(1) to obtain a copy of the most recent annual and quarterly reports of the General Partner;

(2) to obtain a copy of the Partnership’s Federal, state and local income tax returns for each Partnership Year;

(3) to obtain a current list of the name and last known business, residence or mailing address of each Partner;

(4) to obtain a copy of this Agreement and the Certificate and all amendments thereto, together with executed copies of all powers of attorney pursuant to which this Agreement, the Certificate and all amendments thereto have been executed; and

 

59


(5) to obtain true and full information regarding the amount of cash and a description and statement of any other property or services contributed by each Partner and which each Partner has agreed to contribute in the future, and the date on which each became a Partner.

B. The Partnership shall notify any Limited Partner that is a Qualifying Common Party or Qualifying Series A Party, on request, of the then current Adjustment Factor and any change made to the Adjustment Factor shall be set forth in the quarterly report required by Section 9.3.B hereof immediately following the date such change becomes effective.

C. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Section 8.5, the General Partner may keep confidential from the Limited Partners (or any of them), for such period of time as the General Partner determines in its sole and absolute discretion to be reasonable, any information that (i) the General Partner believes to be in the nature of trade secrets or other information the disclosure of which the General Partner in good faith believes is not in the best interests of the Partnership or the General Partner or (ii) the Partnership or the General Partner is required by law or by agreement to keep confidential.

D. Upon written request by any Limited Partner, the General Partner shall cause the ownership of Partnership Units by such Limited Partner to be evidenced by a certificate for units substantially the form as the General Partner may determine with respect to any class of Partnership Units issued from time to time under this Agreement. Any officer of the General Partner may direct a new certificate or certificates to be issued in place of any certificate or certificates theretofore issued by the Partnership alleged to have been lost, destroyed, stolen or mutilated, upon the making of an affidavit of that fact by the person claiming the certificate to be lost, destroyed, stolen or mutilated. Unless otherwise determined by an officer of the General Partner, the owner of such lost, destroyed, stolen or mutilated certificate or certificates, or his or her legal representative, shall be required, as a condition precedent to the issuance of a new certificate or certificates, to give the Partnership a bond in such sums as the General Partner may direct as indemnity against any claim that may be made against the Partnership.

Section 8.6 Partnership Right to Call Limited Partner Interests . Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, on and after the date on which the aggregate Percentage Interests of the Limited Partners are less than one percent (1%) (treating Series A Preferred Units as converted to Common Units), the Partnership shall have the right, but not the obligation, from time to time and at any time to redeem any and all outstanding Limited Partner Interests by treating any Limited Partner as a Common Tendering Party or Series A Tendering Party, as applicable, who has delivered a Common Unit Notice of Redemption or Series A Notice of Redemption for the amount of Common Units or Series A Preferred Units to be specified by the General Partner, in its sole and absolute discretion, by notice to such Limited Partner that the Partnership has elected to exercise its rights under this Section 8.6. Such notice given by the General Partner to a Limited Partner pursuant to this Section 8.6 shall be treated as if it were a Common Unit Notice of Redemption or Series A Unit Notice Redemption delivered to the General Partner by such Limited Partner. For purposes of this Section 8.6, (a) any Limited Partner (whether or not otherwise a Qualifying Common Party or Qualifying Series A Party) may, in the General Partner’s sole and absolute discretion, be treated as a Qualifying Common

 

60


Party or Qualifying Series A Party that is a Common Tendering Party or Series A Tendering Party, as applicable, and (b) the provisions of Sections 15.1.F(2), 15.1.F(3), 16.5.A(7)(ii) and 16.5.A(7)(iii) hereof shall not apply, but the remainder of Section 15.1 or 16.5 hereof shall apply, mutatis mutandis.

Section 8.7 Rights as Objecting Partner . No Limited Partner and no Holder of a Partnership Interest shall be entitled to exercise any of the rights of an objecting stockholder provided for under Title 3, Subtitle 2 of the Maryland General Corporation Law or any successor statute in connection with a merger of the Partnership.

ARTICLE 9

BOOKS, RECORDS, ACCOUNTING AND REPORTS

Section 9.1 Records and Accounting .

A. The General Partner shall keep or cause to be kept at the principal place of business of the Partnership any records and documents required to be maintained by the Act and other books and records deemed by the General Partner to be appropriate with respect to the Partnership’s business, including, without limitation, all books and records necessary to provide to the Limited Partners any information, lists and copies of documents required to be provided pursuant to Section 8.5.A, Section 9.3 or Article 13 hereof. Any records maintained by or on behalf of the Partnership in the regular course of its business may be kept on any information storage device, provided , that the records so maintained are convertible into clearly legible written form within a reasonable period of time.

B. The books of the Partnership shall be maintained, for financial and tax reporting purposes, on an accrual basis in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, or on such other basis as the General Partner determines to be necessary or appropriate. To the extent permitted by sound accounting practices and principles, the Partnership and the General Partner may operate with integrated or consolidated accounting records, operations and principles.

Section 9.2 Partnership Year . For purposes of this Agreement, “Partnership Year” means the fiscal year of the Partnership, which shall be the calendar year unless otherwise required by the Code.

Section 9.3 Reports .

A. As soon as practicable, but in no event later than one hundred five (105) days after the close of each Partnership Year, the General Partner shall cause to be mailed to each Limited Partner of record as of the close of the Partnership Year, financial statements of the Partnership, or of the General Partner if such statements are prepared solely on a consolidated basis with the General Partner, for such Partnership Year, presented in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, such statements to be audited by a nationally recognized firm of independent public accountants selected by the General Partner.

 

61


B. As soon as practicable, but in no event later than sixty (60) days after the close of each calendar quarter (except the last calendar quarter of each year), the General Partner shall cause to be mailed to each Limited Partner of record as of the last day of the calendar quarter, a report containing unaudited financial statements of the Partnership for such calendar quarter, or of the General Partner if such statements are prepared solely on a consolidated basis with the General Partner, and such other information as may be required by applicable law or regulation or as the General Partner determines to be appropriate.

C. The General Partner shall have satisfied its obligations under Section 9.3.A and Section 9.3.B by posting or making available the reports required by this Section 9.3 on the website maintained from time to time by the Partnership or the General Partner, provided , that such reports are able to be printed or downloaded from such website.

D. At the request of any Limited Partner, the General Partner shall provide access to the books, records and workpapers upon which the reports required by this Section 9.3 are based, to the extent required by the Act.

ARTICLE 10

TAX MATTERS

Section 10.1 Preparation of Tax Returns . The General Partner shall arrange for the preparation and timely filing of all returns with respect to Partnership income, gains, deductions, losses and other items required of the Partnership for Federal and state income tax purposes and shall use all reasonable efforts to furnish, within ninety (90) days of the close of each taxable year, the tax information reasonably required by Limited Partners for Federal and state income tax and any other tax reporting purposes. The Limited Partners shall promptly provide the General Partner with such information relating to the Contributed Properties as is readily available to the Limited Partners, including tax basis and other relevant information, as may be reasonably requested by the General Partner from time to time.

Section 10.2 Tax Elections . Except as otherwise provided herein, the General Partner shall, in its sole and absolute discretion, determine whether to make any available election pursuant to the Code, including, but not limited to, the election under Code Section 754. The General Partner shall have the right to seek to revoke any such election (including, without limitation, any election under Code Section 754) upon the General Partner’s determination in its sole and absolute discretion that such revocation is in the best interests of the Partners.

Section 10.3 Tax Matters Partner .

A. The General Partner shall be the “tax matters partner” of the Partnership for Federal income tax purposes. The tax matters partner shall receive no compensation for its services. All third-party costs and expenses incurred by the tax matters partner in performing its duties as such (including legal and accounting fees and expenses) shall be borne by the Partnership in addition to any reimbursement pursuant to Section 7.4 hereof. Nothing herein

 

62


shall be construed to restrict the Partnership from engaging an accounting firm to assist the tax matters partner in discharging its duties hereunder.

B. The tax matters partner is authorized, but not required:

(1) to enter into any settlement with the IRS with respect to any administrative or judicial proceedings for the adjustment of Partnership items required to be taken into account by a Partner for income tax purposes (such administrative proceedings being referred to as a “tax audit” and such judicial proceedings being referred to as “judicial review”), and in the settlement agreement the tax matters partner may expressly state that such agreement shall bind all Partners, except that such settlement agreement shall not bind any Partner (i) who (within the time prescribed pursuant to the Code and Regulations) files a statement with the IRS providing that the tax matters partner shall not have the authority to enter into a settlement agreement on behalf of such Partner (as the case may be) or (ii) who is a “notice partner” (as defined in Code Section 6231) or a member of a “notice group” (as defined in Code Section 6223(b)(2));

(2) in the event that a notice of a final administrative adjustment at the Partnership level of any item required to be taken into account by a Partner for tax purposes (a “ Final Adjustment ”) is mailed to the tax matters partner, to seek judicial review of such Final Adjustment, including the filing of a petition for readjustment with the United States Tax Court or the United States Claims Court, or the filing of a complaint for refund with the District Court of the United States for the district in which the Partnership’s principal place of business is located;

(3) to intervene in any action brought by any other Partner for judicial review of a Final Adjustment;

(4) to file a request for an administrative adjustment with the IRS at any time and, if any part of such request is not allowed by the IRS, to file an appropriate pleading (petition or complaint) for judicial review with respect to such request;

(5) to enter into an agreement with the IRS to extend the period for assessing any tax that is attributable to any item required to be taken into account by a Partner for tax purposes, or an item affected by such item; and

(6) to take any other action on behalf of the Partners or any of them in connection with any tax audit or judicial review proceeding to the extent permitted by applicable law or regulations.

The taking of any action and the incurring of any expense by the tax matters partner in connection with any such proceeding, except to the extent required by law, is a matter in the sole and absolute discretion of the tax matters partner and the provisions relating to indemnification of the General Partner set forth in Section 7.7 hereof shall be fully applicable to the tax matters partner in its capacity as such.

 

63


Section 10.4 Withholding . Each Limited Partner hereby authorizes the Partnership to withhold from or pay on behalf of or with respect to such Limited Partner any amount of Federal, state, local or foreign taxes that the General Partner determines the Partnership is required to withhold or pay with respect to any amount distributable or allocable to such Limited Partner pursuant to this Agreement, including, without limitation, any taxes required to be withheld or paid by the Partnership pursuant to Code Section 1441, Code Section 1442, Code Section 1445 or Code Section 1446. Any amount withheld with respect to a Limited Partner pursuant to this Section 10.4 shall be treated as paid or distributed, as applicable, to such Limited Partner for all purposes under this Agreement. Any amount paid on behalf of or with respect to a Limited Partner, in excess of any such withheld amount, shall constitute a loan by the Partnership to such Limited Partner, which loan shall be repaid by such Limited Partner within thirty (30) days after the affected Limited Partner receives written notice from the General Partner that such payment must be made; provided , that the Limited Partner shall not be required to repay such deemed loan if either (i) the Partnership withholds such payment from a distribution that would otherwise be made to the Limited Partner or (ii) the General Partner determines, in its sole and absolute discretion, that such payment may be satisfied out of the Available Cash of the Partnership that would, but for such payment, be distributed to the Limited Partner. Any amounts payable by a Limited Partner hereunder shall bear interest at the base rate on corporate loans at large United States money center commercial banks, as published from time to time in the Wall Street Journal (but not higher than the maximum lawful rate) from the date such amount is due (i.e., thirty (30) days after the Limited Partner receives written notice of such amount) until such amount is paid in full.

Section 10.5 Organizational Expenses . The General Partner may cause the Partnership to elect to deduct expenses, if any, incurred by it in organizing the Partnership ratably over a 180-month period as provided in Section 709 of the Code.

ARTICLE 11

PARTNER TRANSFERS AND WITHDRAWALS

Section 11.1 Transfer .

A. No part of the interest of a Partner shall be subject to the claims of any creditor, to any spouse for alimony or support, or to legal process, and may not be voluntarily or involuntarily alienated or encumbered except as may be specifically provided for in this Agreement.

B. No Partnership Interest shall be Transferred, in whole or in part, except in accordance with the terms and conditions set forth in this Article 11. Any Transfer or purported Transfer of a Partnership Interest not made in accordance with this Article 11 shall be null and void ab initio .

C. No Transfer of any Partnership Interest may be made to a lender to the Partnership or any Person who is related (within the meaning of Section 1.752-4(b) of the Regulations) to any lender to the Partnership whose loan constitutes a Nonrecourse Liability,

 

64


without the consent of the General Partner in its sole and absolute discretion; provided , however , that as a condition to such consent, the lender may be required to enter into an arrangement with the Partnership and the General Partner to redeem or exchange for the Common Unit REIT Shares Amount or Series A REIT Shares Amount, as applicable, any Partnership Units in which a security interest is held by such lender simultaneously with the time at which such lender would be deemed to be a partner in the Partnership for purposes of allocating liabilities to such lender under Section 752 of the Code ( provided , that for purpose of calculating the Common Unit REIT Shares Amount or Series A REIT Shares Amount, as applicable, in this Section 11.1.C, “Tendered Common Units” or “Tendered Series A Units,” as applicable, shall mean all such Partnership Units in which a security interest is held by such lender).

Section 11.2 Transfer of General Partner’s Partnership Interest .

A. Except as provided in this Section 11.2 and subject to Section 16.7 below and the rights of any Holder of any Partnership Interest set forth in a Partnership Unit Designation, the General Partner shall not voluntarily withdraw from the Partnership and shall not Transfer all or any portion of its interest in the Partnership (whether by sale, disposition, statutory merger or consolidation, liquidation or otherwise) without the Consent of the Common Limited Partners, which may be given or withheld by each such Common Limited Partner in its sole and absolute discretion. It is a condition to any Transfer of a Partnership Interest of a General Partner otherwise permitted hereunder (including any Transfer permitted pursuant to Section 11.2.B) that: (i) the transferee is admitted as a General Partner pursuant to Section 12.1 hereof; (ii) the transferee assumes, by operation of law or express agreement, all of the obligations of the transferor General Partner under this Agreement with respect to such Transferred Partnership Interest; and (iii) the transferee has executed such instruments as may be necessary to effectuate such admission and to confirm the agreement of such transferee to be bound by all the terms and provisions of this Agreement with respect to the Partnership Interest so acquired and the admission of such transferee as a General Partner.

B. Certain Transactions of the General Partner . Subject to Section 16.7 below and the rights of any Holder of any Partnership Interest set forth in a Partnership Unit Designation, the General Partner may not (a) merge, consolidate or otherwise combine its assets with another entity, (b) sell all or substantially all of its assets not in the ordinary course of the Partnership’s business or (c) reclassify, recapitalize or change any outstanding shares of the General Partner’s stock or other outstanding equity interests other than in connection with a stock split, reverse stock split, stock dividend change in par value, increase in authorized shares, designation or issuance of new classes of equity securities or any event that does not require the approval of the General Partner’s stockholders (each, a “ Termination Transaction ”) unless:

(i) the Termination Transaction has been approved by the Consent of the Partners and, in connection with such Termination Transaction, all of the Common Limited Partners will receive, or will have the right to elect to receive, for each Partnership Unit an amount of cash, securities or other property equal to the product of the Adjustment Factor and the greatest amount of cash, securities or other property paid to a holder of one REIT Share in consideration of one REIT Share pursuant to the terms of such Termination Transaction; provided , that if, in connection with such Termination Transaction, a purchase, tender or exchange offer shall have been made to and accepted by the holders of the outstanding REIT

 

65


Shares, each holder of Partnership Units shall receive, or shall have the right to elect to receive, the greatest amount of cash, securities or other property which such holder of Partnership Units would have received had it exercised its right to redemption pursuant to Article 15 hereof and received REIT Shares in exchange for its Partnership Units immediately prior to the expiration of such purchase, tender or exchange offer and had thereupon accepted such purchase, tender or exchange offer and then such Termination Transaction shall have been consummated; or

(ii) all of the following conditions are met: (w) substantially all of the assets directly or indirectly owned by the surviving entity are owned directly or indirectly by the Partnership or another limited partnership or limited liability company which is the survivor of a merger, consolidation or combination of assets with the Partnership (in each case, the “ Surviving Partnership ”); (x) the Common Limited Partners own a percentage interest of the Surviving Partnership based on the relative fair market value of the net assets of the Partnership and the other net assets of the Surviving Partnership immediately prior to the consummation of such transaction; (y) the rights, preferences and privileges of Common Limited Partners in the Surviving Partnership are at least as favorable as those in effect immediately prior to the consummation of such transaction and as those applicable to any other limited partners or non-managing members of the Surviving Partnership (other than the Series A Limited Partners or holders of other Preferred Units); and (z) the rights of the Common Limited Partners include at least one of the following: (a) the right to redeem their interests in the Surviving Partnership for the consideration available to such persons pursuant to Section 11.2.B(i) or (b) the right to redeem their interests in the Surviving Partnership for cash on terms equivalent to those in effect with respect to their Common Units immediately prior to the consummation of such transaction, or, if the ultimate controlling person of the Surviving Partnership has publicly traded common equity securities, such common equity securities, with an exchange ratio based on the determination of relative fair market value of such securities and the REIT Shares.

C. In connection with any transaction permitted by Section 11.2.B hereof, the relative fair market values shall be reasonably determined by the General Partner as of the time of such transaction and, to the extent applicable, shall be no less favorable to the Limited Partners than the relative values reflected in the terms of such transaction.

Section 11.3 Limited Partners’ Rights to Transfer .

A. General . Prior to the end of the first Fourteen-Month Period, no Limited Partner shall Transfer all or any portion of its Partnership Interest to any transferee without the consent of the General Partner, which consent may be withheld in its sole and absolute discretion; provided , however , that any Limited Partner may, at any time, without the consent of the General Partner, (i) Transfer all or part of its Partnership Interest to any Family Member, any Charity, any Controlled Entity or any Affiliate, or, in the case of an Original Limited Partner, to such Original Limited Partner’s shareholders, members, partners or beneficiaries, as the case may be, or (ii) pledge (a “ Pledge ”) all or any portion of its Partnership Interest to a lending institution that is not an Affiliate of such Limited Partner as collateral or security for a bona fide loan or other extension of credit, and, except as provided in Section 11.1.C, Transfer such pledged Partnership Interest to such lending institution in connection with the exercise of remedies under such loan or extension of credit (any Transfer or Pledge permitted by this proviso is hereinafter referred to as a “ Permitted Transfer ”). After such first Fourteen-Month Period, each Limited

 

66


Partner, and each transferee of Partnership Units or Assignee pursuant to a Permitted Transfer, shall have the right to Transfer all or any portion of its Partnership Interest to any Person without the consent of the General Partner, subject to the provisions of Sections 11.1.C and 11.4 hereof and to satisfaction of each of the following conditions (in addition to the right of such Limited Partner or permitted transferee thereof to continue to make Permitted Transfers without the need to satisfy clauses (i) through (v) below):

(i) General Partner Right of First Refusal . The transferring Partner (or the Partner’s estate in the event of the Partner’s death) shall give written notice of the proposed Transfer to the General Partner, which notice shall state (i) the identity and address of the proposed transferee and (ii) the amount and type of consideration proposed to be received for the Transferred Partnership Units. The General Partner shall have ten (10) Business Days upon which to give the Transferring Partner notice of its election to acquire the Partnership Units on the terms set forth in such notice. If it so elects, it shall purchase the Partnership Units on such terms within ten (10) Business Days after giving notice of such election; provided , however , that such closing may be deferred for up to forty-five (45) days to the extent necessary to effect compliance with the Hart-Scott-Rodino Antitrust Act, if applicable, and any other applicable requirements of law. If it does not so elect, the Transferring Partner may Transfer such Partnership Units to a third party, on terms no more favorable to the transferee than the proposed terms, subject to the other conditions of this Section 11.3.

(ii) Qualified Transferee . Any Transfer of a Partnership Interest shall be made only to a Qualified Transferee.

(iii) Opinion of Counsel . The Transferor shall deliver or cause to be delivered to the General Partner an opinion of counsel reasonably satisfactory to it to the effect that the proposed Transfer may be effected without registration under the Securities Act and will not otherwise violate the registration provisions of the Securities Act and the regulations promulgated thereunder or violate any state securities laws or regulations applicable to the Partnership or the Partnership Interests Transferred; provided , however , that the General Partner may, in its sole discretion, waive this condition upon the request of the Transferor. If, in the opinion of such counsel, such Transfer would require the filing of a registration statement under the Securities Act or would otherwise violate any Federal or state securities laws or regulations applicable to the Partnership or the Partnership Units, the General Partner may prohibit any Transfer otherwise permitted under this Section 11.3 by a Limited Partner of Partnership Interests.

(iv) Minimum Transfer Restriction . Any Transferring Partner must Transfer not less than the lesser of (i) five hundred (500) Partnership Units or (ii) all of the remaining Partnership Units owned by such Transferring Partner, unless, in each case, otherwise agreed to by the General Partner in its sole and absolute discretion; provided , however , that, for purposes of determining compliance with the foregoing restriction, all Partnership Units owned by Affiliates of a Limited Partner shall be considered to be owned by such Limited Partner.

(v) Exception for Permitted Transfers . The conditions of Sections 11.3.A(i) through 11.3.A(iv) hereof shall not apply in the case of a Permitted Transfer.

 

67


It is a condition to any Transfer otherwise permitted hereunder (whether or not such Transfer is a Permitted Transfer or effected during or after the first Fourteen-Month Period) that the transferee assumes by operation of law or express agreement all of the obligations of the transferor Limited Partner under this Agreement with respect to such Transferred Partnership Interest, and no such Transfer (other than pursuant to a statutory merger or consolidation wherein all obligations and liabilities of the transferor Partner are assumed by a successor corporation by operation of law) shall relieve the transferor Partner of its obligations under this Agreement without the approval of the General Partner, in its sole and absolute discretion. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any transferee of any Transferred Partnership Interest shall be subject to any and all restrictions on ownership or transfer of stock of the General Partner contained in the Charter that may limit or restrict such transferee’s ability to exercise its redemption rights, including, without limitation, the Ownership Limit. Any transferee, whether or not admitted as a Substituted Limited Partner, shall take subject to the obligations of the transferor hereunder. Unless admitted as a Substituted Limited Partner, no transferee, whether by a voluntary Transfer, by operation of law or otherwise, shall have any rights hereunder, other than the rights of an Assignee as provided in Section 11.5 hereof.

B. Incapacity . If a Limited Partner is subject to Incapacity, the executor, administrator, trustee, committee, guardian, conservator or receiver of such Limited Partner’s estate shall have all the rights of a Limited Partner, but not more rights than those enjoyed by other Limited Partners, for the purpose of settling or managing the estate, and such power as the Incapacitated Limited Partner possessed to Transfer all or any part of its interest in the Partnership. The Incapacity of a Limited Partner, in and of itself, shall not dissolve or terminate the Partnership.

C. Adverse Tax Consequences . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, the General Partner shall have the authority (but shall not be required) to take any steps it determines are necessary or appropriate in its sole and absolute discretion to prevent the Partnership from being taxable as a corporation for Federal income tax purposes. In furtherance of the foregoing, except with the consent of the General Partner, which may be given or withheld in its sole and absolute discretion, no Transfer by a Limited Partner of its Partnership Interests (including any redemption, any other acquisition of Partnership Units by the General Partner or any acquisition of Partnership Units by the Partnership) may be made to or by any Person if such Transfer could (i) result in the Partnership being treated as an association taxable as a corporation; (ii) result in a termination of the Partnership under Code Section 708; (iii) be treated as effectuated through an “established securities market” or a “secondary market (or the substantial equivalent thereof)” within the meaning of Code Section 7704 and the Regulations promulgated thereunder, or (iv) result in the Partnership being unable to qualify for one or more of the “safe harbors” set forth in Regulations Section 1.7704-1 (or such other guidance subsequently published by the IRS setting forth safe harbors under which interests will not be treated as “readily tradable on a secondary market (or the substantial equivalent thereof)” within the meaning of Section 7704 of the Code) (the “ Safe Harbors ”).

D. Restrictions Not Applicable to Redemptions or Conversions . The provisions of this Section 11.3 (other than Section 11.3.C) shall not apply to the redemption of Common Units pursuant to Section 15.1, the redemption or conversion of Series A Units pursuant to Section

 

68


16.5 or 16.6 or the redemption or conversion of any other Partnership Units pursuant to the terms of any Partnership Unit Designation.

Section 11.4 Admission of Substituted Limited Partners .

A. No Limited Partner shall have the right to substitute a transferee (including any transferees pursuant to Transfers permitted by Section 11.3 hereof) as a Limited Partner in its place. A transferee of the Partnership Interest of a Limited Partner may be admitted as a Substituted Limited Partner only with the consent of the General Partner, which consent may be given or withheld by the General Partner in its sole and absolute discretion. The failure or refusal by the General Partner to permit a transferee of any such interests to become a Substituted Limited Partner shall not give rise to any cause of action against the Partnership or the General Partner. Subject to the foregoing, an Assignee shall not be admitted as a Substituted Limited Partner until and unless it furnishes to the General Partner (i) evidence of acceptance, in form and substance satisfactory to the General Partner, of all the terms, conditions and applicable obligations of this Agreement, (ii) a counterpart signature page to this Agreement executed by such Assignee and (iii) such other documents and instruments as may be required or advisable, in the sole and absolute discretion of the General Partner, to effect such Assignee’s admission as a Substituted Limited Partner.

B. Concurrently with, and as evidence of, the admission of a Substituted Limited Partner, the General Partner shall amend Exhibit A and the books and records of the Partnership to reflect the name, address and number and class and/or series of Partnership Units of such Substituted Limited Partner and to eliminate or adjust, if necessary, the name, address and number of Partnership Units of the predecessor of such Substituted Limited Partner.

C. A transferee who has been admitted as a Substituted Common Limited Partner in accordance with this Article 11 shall have all the rights and powers and be subject to all the restrictions and liabilities of a Common Limited Partner under this Agreement.

D. A transferee who has been admitted as a Substituted Series A Limited Partner in accordance with this Article 11 shall have all the rights and powers and be subject to all the restrictions and liabilities of a Series A Limited Partner under this Agreement.

Section 11.5 Assignees . If the General Partner, in its sole and absolute discretion, does not consent to the admission of any permitted transferee under Section 11.3 hereof as a Substituted Limited Partner, as described in Section 11.4 hereof, or in the event that any Interest is deemed to be Transferred notwithstanding the restrictions set forth in this Article 11, such transferee shall be considered an Assignee for purposes of this Agreement. An Assignee shall be entitled to all the rights of an assignee of a limited partnership interest under the Act, including the right to receive distributions from the Partnership and the share of Net Income, Net Losses and other items of income, gain, loss, deduction and credit of the Partnership attributable to the Partnership Units assigned to such transferee and the rights to Transfer the Partnership Units provided in this Article 11, but shall not be deemed to be a holder of Partnership Units for any other purpose under this Agreement (other than as expressly provided in Section 15.1, Section 16.5 and Section

 

69


16.6 hereof), and shall not be entitled to effect a Consent or vote with respect to such Partnership Units on any matter presented to the Limited Partners for approval (such right to Consent or vote, to the extent provided in this Agreement or under the Act, fully remaining with the transferor Limited Partner). In the event that any such transferee desires to make a further Transfer of any such Partnership Units, such Transfer shall be subject to all the provisions of this Article 11 to the same extent and in the same manner as any Limited Partner desiring to make a Transfer of Partnership Units.

Section 11.6 General Provisions .

A. No Limited Partner may withdraw from the Partnership other than as a result of (i) a permitted Transfer of all of such Limited Partner’s Partnership Units in accordance with this Article 11, with respect to which the transferee becomes a Substituted Limited Partner, or (ii) pursuant to a redemption (or acquisition by the General Partner) of all of its Partnership Units pursuant to a redemption under Section 15.1 hereof and/or pursuant to any Partnership Unit Designation.

B. Any Limited Partner who shall Transfer all of its Partnership Units in a Transfer (i) permitted pursuant to this Article 11 where such transferee was admitted as a Substituted Limited Partner, (ii) pursuant to the exercise of its rights to effect a redemption of all of its Partnership Units pursuant to Sections 15.1 or 16.5 hereof and/or pursuant to any Partnership Unit Designation or (iii) to the General Partner, whether or not pursuant to Section 15.1.B hereof, shall cease to be a Limited Partner.

C. If any Partnership Unit is Transferred in compliance with the provisions of this Article 11, or is redeemed by the Partnership, or acquired by the General Partner pursuant to Section 15.1 or 16.5 hereof, on any day other than the first day of a Partnership Year, then Net Income, Net Losses, each item thereof and all other items of income, gain, loss, deduction and credit attributable to such Partnership Unit for such Partnership Year shall be allocated to the transferor Partner, the Common Tendering Party or the Series A Tendering Party (as the case may be) and, in the case of a Transfer other than a redemption, to the transferee Partner, by taking into account their varying interests during the Partnership Year in accordance with Code Section 706(d), using the “interim closing of the books” method or another permissible method selected by the General Partner. Solely for purposes of making such allocations, unless the General Partner decides to use another method permitted under the Code, each of such items for the calendar month in which a Transfer occurs shall be allocated to the transferee Partner and none of such items for the calendar month in which a Transfer or a redemption occurs shall be allocated to the transferor Partner, or the Common Tendering Party or Series A Tendering Party (as the case may be), if such Transfer occurs on or before the fifteenth (15th) day of the month, otherwise such items shall be allocated to the transferor. All distributions of Available Cash attributable to such Partnership Unit with respect to which the Partnership Record Date is before the date of such Transfer, assignment or redemption shall be made to the transferor Partner or the Common Tendering Party or Series A Tendering Party (as the case may be) and, in the case of a Transfer other than a redemption, all distributions of Available Cash thereafter attributable to such Partnership Unit shall be made to the transferee Partner.

 

70


D. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement and in addition to any other restrictions on Transfer herein contained, in no event may any Transfer of a Partnership Interest by any Partner (including any redemption, any acquisition of Partnership Units by the General Partner or any other acquisition of Partnership Units by the Partnership) be made: (i) to any person or entity who lacks the legal right, power or capacity to own a Partnership Interest; (ii) in violation of applicable law; (iii) except with the consent of the General Partner, which may be given or withheld in its sole and absolute discretion, of any component portion of a Partnership Interest, such as the Capital Account, or rights to distributions, separate and apart from all other components of a Partnership Interest; (iv) in the event that such Transfer could cause either the General Partner or any General Partner Affiliate to cease to comply with the REIT Requirements or to cease to qualify as a “qualified REIT subsidiary” (within the meaning of Code Section 856(i)(2)); (v) except with the consent of the General Partner, which may be given or withheld in its sole and absolute discretion, if such Transfer could, based on the advice of counsel to the Partnership or the General Partner, cause a termination of the Partnership for Federal or state income tax purposes (except as a result of the redemption (or acquisition by the General Partner) of all Partnership Units held by all Limited Partners); (vi) if such Transfer could, based on the advice of legal counsel to the Partnership, cause the Partnership to cease to be classified as a partnership for Federal income tax purposes (except as a result of the redemption (or acquisition by the General Partner) of all Partnership Units held by all Limited Partners); (vii) if such Transfer would cause the Partnership to become, with respect to any employee benefit plan subject to Title I of ERISA, a “party-in-interest” (as defined in ERISA Section 3(14)) or a “disqualified person” (as defined in Code Section 4975(c)); (viii) if such Transfer could, based on the advice of counsel to the Partnership or the General Partner, cause any portion of the assets of the Partnership to constitute assets of any employee benefit plan pursuant to Department of Labor Regulations Section 2510.3-101; (ix) if such Transfer requires the registration of such Partnership Interest pursuant to any applicable Federal or state securities laws; (x) except with the consent of the General Partner, which may be given or withheld in its sole and absolute discretion, if such Transfer (1) could be treated as effectuated through an “established securities market” or a “secondary market” (or the substantial equivalent thereof) within the meaning of Section 7704 of the Code and the Regulations promulgated thereunder, (2) could cause the Partnership to become a “publicly traded partnership,” as such term is defined in Sections 469(k)(2) or 7704(b) of the Code, (3) could be in violation of Section 3.4.C(iii) , or (4) could cause the Partnership to fail one or more of the Safe Harbors; (xi) if such Transfer causes the Partnership (as opposed to the General Partner) to become a reporting company under the Exchange Act; or (xii) if such Transfer subjects the Partnership to regulation under the Investment Company Act of 1940, the Investment Advisors Act of 1940 or ERISA, each as amended.

E. Transfers pursuant to this Article 11 may only be made on the first day of a fiscal quarter of the Partnership, unless the General Partner otherwise agrees.

ARTICLE 12

ADMISSION OF PARTNERS

 

71


Section 12.1 Admission of Successor General Partner . A successor to all of the General Partner’s General Partner Interest pursuant to Section 11.2 hereof who is proposed to be admitted as a successor General Partner shall be admitted to the Partnership as the General Partner, effective immediately upon such Transfer. Any such successor shall carry on the business of the Partnership without dissolution. In each case, the admission shall be subject to the successor General Partner executing and delivering to the Partnership an acceptance of all of the terms and conditions of this Agreement and such other documents or instruments as may be required to effect the admission. Upon any such Transfer, the transferee shall become the successor General Partner for all purposes herein, and shall be vested with the powers and rights of the transferor General Partner, and shall be liable for all obligations and responsible for all duties of the General Partner. Upon any such Transfer and the admission of any such transferee as a successor General Partner, the transferor shall be relieved of its obligations under this Agreement and shall cease to be a general partner of the Partnership without the separate Consent of the Common Limited Partners or the consent or approval of any other Partners. Concurrently with, and as evidence of, the admission of such a successor General Partner, the General Partner shall amend Exhibit A and the books and records of the Partnership to reflect the name, address and number and class and/or series of Partnership Units of such successor General Partner.

Section 12.2 Admission of Additional Limited Partners .

A. After the admission to the Partnership of the Original Limited Partners, a Person (other than an existing Partner) who makes a Capital Contribution to the Partnership in exchange for Partnership Units and in accordance with this Agreement shall be admitted to the Partnership as an Additional Limited Partner only upon furnishing to the General Partner (i) evidence of acceptance, in form and substance satisfactory to the General Partner, of all of the terms and conditions of this Agreement, including, without limitation, the power of attorney granted in Section 2.4 hereof, (ii) a counterpart signature page to this Agreement executed by such Person and (iii) such other documents or instruments as may be required in the sole and absolute discretion of the General Partner in order to effect such Person’s admission as an Additional Limited Partner. Concurrently with, and as evidence of, the admission of an Additional Limited Partner, the General Partner shall amend Exhibit A and the books and records of the Partnership to reflect the name, address and number and class and/or series of Partnership Units of such Additional Limited Partner.

B. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Section 12.2, no Person shall be admitted as an Additional Limited Partner without the consent of the General Partner, which consent may be given or withheld in the General Partner’s sole and absolute discretion. The admission of any Person as an Additional Limited Partner shall become effective on the date upon which the name of such Person is recorded on the books and records of the Partnership, following the consent of the General Partner to such admission and the satisfaction of all the conditions set forth in Section 12.2.A.

C. If any Additional Limited Partner is admitted to the Partnership on any day other than the first day of a Partnership Year, then Net Income, Net Losses, each item thereof and all other items of income, gain, loss, deduction and credit allocable among Holders for such Partnership Year shall be allocated among such Additional Limited Partner and all other Holders by taking into account their varying interests during the Partnership Year in accordance with

 

72


Code Section 706(d), using the “interim closing of the books” method or another permissible method selected by the General Partner. Solely for purposes of making such allocations, each of such items for the calendar month in which an admission of any Additional Limited Partner occurs shall be allocated among all the Holders including such Additional Limited Partner, in accordance with the principles described in Section 11.6.C hereof. All distributions of Available Cash with respect to which the Partnership Record Date is before the date of such admission shall be made solely to Partners and Assignees other than the Additional Limited Partner, and all distributions of Available Cash thereafter shall be made to all the Partners and Assignees including such Additional Limited Partner.

D. Any Additional Limited Partner admitted to the Partnership that is an Affiliate of the General Partner shall be deemed to be a “General Partner Affiliate” hereunder and shall be reflected as such on Exhibit A and the books and records of the Partnership.

Section 12.3 Amendment of Agreement and Certificate of Limited Partnership . For the admission to the Partnership of any Partner, the General Partner shall take all steps necessary and appropriate under the Act to amend the records of the Partnership and, if necessary, to prepare as soon as practical an amendment of this Agreement (including an amendment of Exhibit A ) and, if required by law, shall prepare and file an amendment to the Certificate and may for this purpose exercise the power of attorney granted pursuant to Section 2.4 hereof.

Section 12.4 Limit on Number of Partners . Unless otherwise permitted by the General Partner in its sole and absolute discretion, no Person shall be admitted to the Partnership as an Additional Limited Partner if the effect of such admission would be to cause the Partnership to have a number of Partners that would cause the Partnership to become a reporting company under the Exchange Act.

Section 12.5 Admission . A Person shall be admitted to the Partnership as a limited partner of the Partnership or a general partner of the Partnership only upon strict compliance, and not upon substantial compliance, with the requirements set forth in this Agreement for admission to the Partnership as a Limited Partner or a General Partner.

ARTICLE 13

DISSOLUTION, LIQUIDATION AND TERMINATION

Section 13.1 Dissolution . The Partnership shall not be dissolved by the admission of Substituted Limited Partners or Additional Limited Partners, or by the admission of a successor General Partner in accordance with the terms of this Agreement. Upon the withdrawal of the General Partner, any successor General Partner shall continue the business of the Partnership without dissolution. However, the Partnership shall dissolve, and its affairs shall be wound up, upon the first to occur of any of the following (each a “ Liquidating Event ”):

 

73


A. an event of withdrawal as defined in Section 10-402(2) – (9) of the Act (including, without limitation, bankruptcy), or the withdrawal in violation of this Agreement, of the last remaining General Partner unless, within ninety (90) days after the withdrawal, a Majority in Interest of the Limited Partners remaining agree in writing, in their sole and absolute discretion, to continue the business of the Partnership and to the appointment, effective as of the date of withdrawal, of a successor General Partner;

B. an election to dissolve the Partnership made by the General Partner in its sole and absolute discretion, with or without the Consent of the Partners;

C. entry of a decree of judicial dissolution of the Partnership pursuant to the provisions of the Act;

D. any sale or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Partnership not in the ordinary course of the Partnership’s business or a related series of transactions that, taken together, result in the sale or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Partnership not in the ordinary course of the Partnership’s business; or

E. the redemption or other acquisition by the Partnership or the General Partner of all Partnership Units other than Partnership Units held by the General Partner.

Section 13.2 Winding Up .

A. Upon the occurrence of a Liquidating Event, the Partnership shall continue solely for the purposes of winding up its affairs in an orderly manner, liquidating its assets and satisfying the claims of its creditors and the Holders. After the occurrence of a Liquidating Event, no Holder shall take any action that is inconsistent with, or not necessary to or appropriate for, the winding up of the Partnership’s business and affairs. The General Partner (or, in the event that there is no remaining General Partner or the General Partner has dissolved, become bankrupt within the meaning of the Act or ceased to operate, any Person elected by a Majority in Interest of the Limited Partners (the General Partner or such other Person being referred to herein as the “ Liquidator ”)) shall be responsible for overseeing the winding up and dissolution of the Partnership and shall take full account of the Partnership’s liabilities and property, and the Partnership property shall be liquidated as promptly as is consistent with obtaining the fair value thereof, and the proceeds therefrom (which may, to the extent determined by the General Partner, include shares of stock in the General Partner) shall be applied and distributed in the following order:

(1) First , to the satisfaction of all of the Partnership’s debts and liabilities to creditors other than the Holders (whether by payment or the making of reasonable provision for payment thereof);

(2) Second , to the satisfaction of all of the Partnership’s debts and liabilities to the General Partner (whether by payment or the making of reasonable provision for payment thereof), including, but not limited to, amounts due as reimbursements under Section 7.4 hereof;

 

74


(3) Third , to the satisfaction of all of the Partnership’s debts and liabilities to the other Holders (whether by payment or the making of reasonable provision for payment thereof); and

(4) Fourth , to the Partners in accordance with their positive Capital Account balances, determined after taking into account all Capital Account adjustments for all prior periods and the Partnership taxable year during which the liquidation occurs (other than those made as a result of the liquidating distribution set forth in this Section 13.2.A(4) ).

The General Partner shall not receive any additional compensation for any services performed pursuant to this Article 13, other than reimbursement of its expenses as set forth in Section 7.4.

B. Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 13.2.A hereof that require liquidation of the assets of the Partnership, but subject to the order of priorities set forth therein, if prior to or upon dissolution of the Partnership, the Liquidator determines that an immediate sale of part or all of the Partnership’s assets would be impractical or would cause undue loss to the Holders, the Liquidator may, in its sole and absolute discretion, defer for a reasonable time the liquidation of any assets except those necessary to satisfy liabilities of the Partnership (including to those Holders as creditors) and/or distribute to the Holders, in lieu of cash, as tenants in common and in accordance with the provisions of Section 13.2.A hereof, undivided interests in such Partnership assets as the Liquidator deems not suitable for liquidation. Any such distributions in kind shall be made only if, in the good faith judgment of the Liquidator, such distributions in kind are in the best interest of the Holders, and shall be subject to such conditions relating to the disposition and management of such properties as the Liquidator deems reasonable and equitable and to any agreements governing the operation of such properties at such time. The Liquidator shall determine the fair market value of any property distributed in kind using such reasonable method of valuation as it may adopt.

C. If any Holder has a deficit balance in its Capital Account (after giving effect to all contributions, distributions and allocations for all taxable years, including the year during which such liquidation occurs), except as otherwise agreed to by such Holder, such Holder shall have no obligation to make any contribution to the capital of the Partnership with respect to such deficit, and such deficit shall not be considered a debt owed to the Partnership or to any other Person for any purpose whatsoever.

D. In the sole and absolute discretion of the General Partner or the Liquidator, a pro rata portion of the distributions that would otherwise be made to the Holders pursuant to this Article 13 may be:

(1) distributed to a trust established for the benefit of the General Partner and the Holders for the purpose of liquidating Partnership assets, collecting amounts owed to the Partnership, and paying any contingent or unforeseen liabilities or obligations of the Partnership or of the General Partner arising out of or in connection with the Partnership and/or Partnership activities. The assets of any such trust shall be distributed to the Holders, from time to time, in the reasonable discretion of the General Partner, in the same proportions and amounts as would otherwise have been distributed to the Holders pursuant to this Agreement; or

 

75


(2) withheld or escrowed to provide a reasonable reserve for Partnership liabilities (contingent or otherwise) and to reflect the unrealized portion of any installment obligations owed to the Partnership, provided that such withheld or escrowed amounts shall be distributed to the Holders in the manner and order of priority set forth in Section 13.2.A hereof as soon as practicable.

E. In the event of the liquidation of the Partnership in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, the Liquidator may sell Partnership property. The liquidation of the Partnership shall not be deemed finally terminated until the Partnership shall have received cash payments in full with respect to obligations such as notes, purchase money mortgages, installment sale contracts or other similar receivables received by the Partnership in connection with the sale of Partnership assets and all obligations of the Partnership have been satisfied or assumed by the General Partner. The Liquidator shall continue to act to enforce all of the rights of the Partnership pursuant to any such obligations until paid in full or otherwise discharged or settled.

Section 13.3 Deemed Contribution and Distribution . Notwithstanding any other provision of this Article 13, in the event that the Partnership is liquidated within the meaning of Regulations Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(ii)(g), but no Liquidating Event has occurred, the Partnership’s Property shall not be liquidated, the Partnership’s liabilities shall not be paid or discharged and the Partnership’s affairs shall not be wound up. Instead, for Federal income tax purposes the Partnership shall be deemed to have contributed all of its assets and liabilities to a new partnership in exchange for an interest in the new partnership; and immediately thereafter, distributed Partnership Units to the Partners in the new partnership in accordance with their respective Capital Accounts in liquidation of the Partnership, and the new partnership is deemed to continue the business of the Partnership. Nothing in this Section 13.3 shall be deemed to have constituted a Transfer to an Assignee as a Substituted Limited Partner without compliance with the provisions of Section 11.4 or Section 13.3 hereof.

Section 13.4 Rights of Holders . Except as otherwise provided in this Agreement (including Section 16.4 below) and subject to the rights of any Holder of any Partnership Interest set forth in a Partnership Unit Designation, (a) each Holder shall look solely to the assets of the Partnership for the return of its Capital Contribution, (b) no Holder shall have the right or power to demand or receive property other than cash from the Partnership and (c) no Holder shall have priority over any other Holder as to the return of its Capital Contributions, distributions or allocations.

Section 13.5 Notice of Dissolution . In the event that a Liquidating Event occurs or an event occurs that would, but for an election or objection by one or more Partners pursuant to Section 13.1 hereof, result in a dissolution of the Partnership, the General Partner shall, within thirty (30) days thereafter, provide written notice thereof to each Holder and, in the General Partner’s sole and absolute discretion or as required by the Act, to all other parties with whom the Partnership regularly conducts business (as determined in the sole and absolute discretion of the General Partner), and the General Partner may, or, if required by the Act, shall, publish notice thereof in a newspaper

 

76


of general circulation in each place in which the Partnership regularly conducts business (as determined in the sole and absolute discretion of the General Partner).

Section 13.6 Cancellation of Certificate of Limited Partnership . Upon the completion of the liquidation of the Partnership cash and property as provided in Section 13.2 hereof, the Partnership shall be terminated, a certificate of cancellation shall be filed with the SDAT, all qualifications of the Partnership as a foreign limited partnership or association in jurisdictions other than the State of Maryland shall be cancelled, and such other actions as may be necessary to terminate the Partnership shall be taken.

Section 13.7 Reasonable Time for Winding Up . A reasonable time shall be allowed for the orderly winding-up of the business and affairs of the Partnership and the liquidation of its assets pursuant to Section 13.2 hereof, in order to minimize any losses otherwise attendant upon such winding-up, and the provisions of this Agreement shall remain in effect between and among the Partners during the period of liquidation.

ARTICLE 14

PROCEDURES FOR ACTIONS AND CONSENTS

OF PARTNERS; AMENDMENTS; MEETINGS

Section 14.1 Procedures for Actions and Consents of Partners . The actions requiring consent or approval of Partners pursuant to this Agreement, including Sections 7.3 and 16.7 hereof, or otherwise pursuant to applicable law, are subject to the procedures set forth in this Article 14.

Section 14.2 Amendments . Amendments to this Agreement may be proposed by the General Partner or by Limited Partners holding twenty-five percent (25%) or more of the Partnership Interests held by Limited Partners (for this purpose, treating Common Units and Series A Preferred Units as fungible) and, except as set forth in Section 7.3.C and subject to Sections 7.3.D and 16.7, shall be approved by the Consent of the Partners. Following such proposal, the General Partner shall submit to the Partners holding Partnership Interests entitled to vote thereon any proposed amendment that, pursuant to the terms of this Agreement, requires the consent, approval or vote of such Partners. The General Partner shall seek the written consent, approval or vote of the Partners on any such proposed amendment or shall call a meeting to vote thereon and to transact any other business that the General Partner may deem appropriate. For purposes of obtaining a written Consent, the General Partner may require a response within a reasonable specified time, but not less than fifteen (15) days, and failure to respond in such time period shall constitute a Consent that is consistent with the General Partner’s recommendation (if the General Partner shall have made a recommendation) with respect to the proposal; provided , however , that an action shall become effective at such time as requisite Consents are received even if prior to such specified time.

 

77


Section 14.3 Meetings of the Partners.

A. Meetings of the Partners may be called by the General Partner at any time in its own discretion, and shall be called by the General Partner upon its receipt of a written request by Limited Partners holding twenty-five percent (25%) or more of the Partnership Interests held by Limited Partners (for this purpose, treating Common Units and Series A Preferred Units as fungible). The call shall state the nature of the business to be transacted. Notice of any such meeting shall be given to all Partners entitled to act at the meeting not less than seven (7) days nor more than sixty (60) days prior to the date of such meeting. Partners may vote in person or by proxy at such meeting. Whenever the vote, consent or approval of Partners is permitted or required under this Agreement, such vote, consent or approval may be given at a meeting of Partners or may be given in accordance with the procedure prescribed in Section 14.3.B hereof.

B. Any action required or permitted to be taken at a meeting of the Partners may be taken without a meeting with the written Consent of the Partners, or such other applicable percentage or Consent as is expressly required by this Agreement for action on the matter in question, entitled to act on such matter at such a meeting. Such consent may be in one instrument or in several instruments, and shall have the same force and effect as a vote of the applicable percentage of Partners entitled to act at the meeting. Such consent shall be filed with the General Partner. An action so taken shall be deemed to have been taken at a meeting held on the effective date so certified.

C. Each Partner entitled to act at the meeting may authorize any Person or Persons to act for it by proxy on all matters in which a Partner is entitled to participate, including waiving notice of any meeting, or voting or participating at a meeting. Each proxy must be signed by the Partner or its attorney-in-fact. No proxy shall be valid after the expiration of eleven (11) months from the date thereof unless otherwise provided in the proxy (or there is receipt of a proxy authorizing a later date). Every proxy shall be revocable at the pleasure of the Partner executing it, such revocation to be effective upon the Partnership’s receipt of written notice of such revocation from the Partner executing such proxy, unless such proxy states that it is irrevocable and is coupled with an interest.

D. The General Partner may fix, in advance, a record date for determining the Partners entitled to vote at any meeting of the Partners or consent to any matter. Such date shall not be before the close of business on the day the record date is fixed and shall be not more than ninety days nor less than five days before the date on which such meeting is to be held or consent to be given. If no record date is fixed, the record date for the determination of Partners entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of the Partners shall be at the close of business on the day on which the notice of the meeting is sent, and the record date for any action taken by the Partners without a meeting shall be the effective date of such Partner action. When a determination of the Partners entitled to vote at any meeting of the Partners has been made as provided in this section, such determination shall apply to any adjournment thereof.

E. Each meeting of Partners shall be conducted by the General Partner or such other Person as the General Partner may appoint pursuant to such rules for the conduct of the meeting as the General Partner or such other Person deems appropriate in its sole and absolute discretion. Without limitation, meetings of Partners may be conducted in the same manner as meetings of

 

78


the General Partner’s stockholders and may be held at the same time as, and as part of, the meetings of the General Partner’s stockholders.

ARTICLE 15

GENERAL PROVISIONS

Section 15.1 Redemption Rights of Qualifying Parties.

A. After the expiration of the applicable Fourteen-Month Period, a Qualifying Common Party shall have the right (subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein) (the “ Common Redemption Right ”) to require the Partnership to redeem all or a portion of the Common Units held by a Common Tendering Party (Common Units that have in fact been tendered for redemption being hereafter referred to as “ Tendered Common Units ”) in exchange (a “ Common Redemption ”) for the Common Unit Cash Amount payable on the Specified Redemption Date. The Partnership may, in the General Partner’s sole and absolute discretion, redeem Tendered Common Units at the request of the Qualifying Common Party prior to the end of the applicable Fourteen-Month Period (subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein) (a “ Special Redemption ”); provided , however , that the General Partner first receives a legal opinion to the same effect as the legal opinion described in Section 15.1.G(4) of this Agreement. Any Common Redemption shall be exercised pursuant to a Common Unit Notice of Redemption delivered to the General Partner by the Qualifying Common Party when exercising the Redemption right (the “ Common Tendering Party ”). The Partnership’s obligation to effect a Common Redemption, however, shall not arise or be binding against the Partnership until the earlier of (i) the date the General Partner notifies the Common Tendering Party that it declines to acquire some or all of the Tendered Common Units under Section 15.1.B hereof following receipt of a Common Unit Notice of Redemption and (ii) the Business Day following the Cut-Off Date. In the event of a Common Redemption, the Common Unit Cash Amount shall be delivered as a certified or bank check payable to the Common Tendering Party or, in the General Partner’s sole and absolute discretion, in immediately available funds, in each case, on or before the tenth (10th) Business Day following the date on which the General Partner receives a Common Unit Notice of Redemption from the Common Tendering Party.

B. Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 15.1.A hereof, on or before the close of business on the Cut-Off Date, the General Partner may, in its sole and absolute discretion but subject to the Ownership Limit, elect to acquire some or all of the Tendered Common Units from the Common Tendering Party in exchange for REIT Shares. If the General Partner elects to acquire some or all of the Tendered Common Units pursuant to this Section 15.1.B, the General Partner shall give written notice thereof to the Common Tendering Party on or before the close of business on the Cut-Off Date. If the General Partner elects to acquire any of the Tendered Common Units for REIT Shares, the General Partner shall issue and deliver such REIT Shares to the Common Tendering Party pursuant to the terms of this Section 15.1.B, in which case (1) the General Partner shall assume directly the obligation with respect thereto and shall satisfy the Common Tendering Party’s exercise of its Common Redemption Right with respect to such Tendered Common Units and (2) such transaction shall be treated, for Federal income tax purposes, as a transfer by the Common Tendering Party of such Tendered Common Units to the General Partner in exchange for the Common Unit REIT Shares Amount. If the General Partner so elects, on the Specified Redemption Date, the Common Tendering Party shall sell such

 

79


number of the Tendered Common Units to the General Partner in exchange for a number of REIT Shares equal to the product of the Common Unit REIT Shares Amount and the Applicable Percentage. The Common Tendering Party shall submit (i) such information, certification or affidavit as the General Partner may reasonably require in connection with the application of the Ownership Limit to any such acquisition and (ii) such written representations and investment letters as reasonably necessary, in the General Partner’s view, to effect compliance with the Securities Act. In the event of a purchase of the Tendered Common Units by the General Partner pursuant to this Section 15.1.B, the Common Tendering Party shall no longer have the right to cause the Partnership to effect a Redemption of such Tendered Common Units and, upon notice to the Common Tendering Party by the General Partner, given on or before the close of business on the Cut-Off Date, that the General Partner has elected to acquire some or all of the Tendered Common Units pursuant to this Section 15.1.B, the obligation of the Partnership to effect a Redemption of the Tendered Common Units as to which the General Partner’s notice relates shall not accrue or arise. A number of REIT Shares equal to the product of the Common Unit REIT Shares Amount and the Applicable Percentage shall be delivered by the General Partner as duly authorized, validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable REIT Shares and, if applicable, Rights, free of any pledge, lien, encumbrance or restriction, other than the Ownership Limit and, to the extent applicable, the Securities Act and relevant state securities or “blue sky” laws. Neither any Common Tendering Party whose Tendered Common Units are acquired by the General Partner pursuant to this Section 15.1.B, any Partner, any Assignee nor any other interested Person shall have any right to require or cause the General Partner to register, qualify or list any REIT Shares owned or held by such Person, whether or not such REIT Shares are issued pursuant to this Section 15.1.B, with the SEC, with any state securities commissioner, department or agency, under the Securities Act or the Exchange Act or with any stock exchange; provided , however , that this limitation shall not be in derogation of any registration or similar rights granted pursuant to any other written agreement between the General Partner and any such Person. Notwithstanding any delay in such delivery, the Common Tendering Party shall be deemed the owner of such REIT Shares and Rights for all purposes, including, without limitation, rights to vote or consent, receive dividends, and exercise rights, as of the Specified Redemption Date. REIT Shares issued upon an acquisition of the Tendered Common Units by the General Partner pursuant to this Section 15.1.B may contain such legends regarding restrictions under the Securities Act and applicable state securities laws as the General Partner in good faith determines to be necessary or advisable in order to ensure compliance with such laws.

C. Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 15.1.A and 15.1.B hereof, the Common Tendering Parties shall have no rights under this Agreement that would otherwise be prohibited by the Ownership Limit. To the extent that any attempted Redemption or acquisition of the Tendered Common Units by the General Partner pursuant to Section 15.1.B hereof would be in violation of this Section 15.1.C, it shall be null and void ab initio , and the Common Tendering Party shall not acquire any rights or economic interests in REIT Shares otherwise issuable by the General Partner under Section 15.1.B hereof or cash otherwise payable under Section 15.1.A hereof.

D. If the General Partner does not elect to acquire the Tendered Common Units pursuant to Section 15.1.B hereof:

 

80


(1) The Partnership may elect to raise funds for the payment of the Common Unit Cash Amount either (a) by requiring that the General Partner contribute to the Partnership funds from the proceeds of a registered public offering by the General Partner of REIT Shares sufficient to purchase the Tendered Common Units or (b) from any other sources (including, but not limited to, the sale of any Property and the incurrence of additional Debt) available to the Partnership. Any proceeds from a public offering that are in excess of the Common Unit Cash Amount shall be for the sole benefit of the General Partner. The General Partner shall make a Capital Contribution of any such amounts to the Partnership for an additional General Partner Interest. Any such contribution shall entitle the General Partner to an equitable Percentage Interest adjustment.

(2) If the Common Unit Cash Amount is not paid on or before the Specified Redemption Date, interest shall accrue with respect to the Common Unit Cash Amount from the day after the Specified Redemption Date to and including the date on which the Common Unit Cash Amount is paid at a rate equal to the base rate on corporate loans at large United States money center commercial banks, as published from time to time in the Wall Street Journal (but not higher than the maximum lawful rate).

E. Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 15.1.B hereof, the General Partner shall not, under any circumstances, elect to acquire any Tendered Common Units in exchange for REIT Shares if such exchange would be prohibited under the Charter.

F. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary (but subject to Section 15.1.C hereof), with respect to any Redemption (or any tender of Common Units for Redemption if the Tendered Common Units are acquired by the General Partner pursuant to Section 15.1.B hereof) pursuant to this Section 15.1:

(1) All Common Units acquired by the General Partner pursuant to Section 15.1.B hereof shall automatically, and without further action required, be converted into and deemed to be a General Partner Interest comprised of the same number of Common Units.

(2) Subject to the Ownership Limit, no Common Tendering Party may effect a Redemption for less than one thousand (1,000) Common Units or, if such Common Tendering Party holds (as a Common Limited Partner or, economically, as an Assignee) less than one thousand (1,000) Common Units, all of the Common Units held by such Common Tendering Party, unless, in each case, otherwise agreed to by the General Partner in its sole and absolute discretion.

(3) If (i) a Common Tendering Party surrenders its Tendered Common Units during the period after the Partnership Record Date with respect to a distribution and before the record date established by the General Partner for a distribution to its stockholders of some or all of its portion of such Partnership distribution, and (ii) the General Partner elects to acquire any of such Tendered Common Units in exchange for REIT Shares pursuant to Section 15.1.B, such Common Tendering Party shall pay to the General Partner on the Specified Redemption Date an amount in cash equal to the portion of the Partnership distribution in respect of the Tendered Common Units exchanged for REIT Shares, insofar as such distribution relates to the same

 

81


period for which such Common Tendering Party would receive a distribution in respect of such REIT Shares.

(4) The consummation of such Redemption (or an acquisition of Tendered Common Units by the General Partner pursuant to Section 15.1.B hereof, as the case may be) shall be subject to the expiration or termination of the applicable waiting period, if any, under the Hart-Scott-Rodino Act.

(5) The Common Tendering Party shall continue to own (subject, in the case of an Assignee, to the provisions of Section  11.5 hereof) all Common Units subject to any Redemption, and be treated as a Common Limited Partner or an Assignee, as applicable, with respect to such Common Units for all purposes of this Agreement, until such Common Units are either paid for by the Partnership pursuant to Section 15.1.A hereof or transferred to the General Partner and paid for, by the issuance of the REIT Shares, pursuant to Section 15.1.B hereof on the Specified Redemption Date. Until a Specified Redemption Date and an acquisition of the Tendered Common Units by the General Partner pursuant to Section 15.1.B hereof, the Common Tendering Party shall have no rights as a stockholder of the General Partner with respect to the REIT Shares issuable in connection with such acquisition.

G. In connection with an exercise of the Common Redemption Right pursuant to this Section 15.1, except as otherwise agreed by the General Partner, in its sole and absolute discretion, the Common Tendering Party shall submit the following to the General Partner, in addition to the Common Unit Notice of Redemption:

(1) A written affidavit, dated the same date as the Common Unit Notice of Redemption, (a) disclosing the actual and constructive ownership, as determined for purposes of Code Sections 856(a)(6) and 856(h), of REIT Shares by (i) such Common Tendering Party and (ii) to the best of their knowledge any Related Party and (b) representing that, after giving effect to the Redemption or an acquisition of the Tendered Common Units by the General Partner pursuant to Section 15.1.B hereof, neither the Common Tendering Party nor to the best of their knowledge any Related Party will own REIT Shares in violation of the Ownership Limit;

(2) A written representation that neither the Common Tendering Party nor to the best of their knowledge any Related Party has any intention to acquire any additional REIT Shares prior to the closing of the Redemption or an acquisition of the Tendered Common Units by the General Partner pursuant to Section 15.1.B hereof on the Specified Redemption Date; and

(3) An undertaking to certify, at and as a condition to the closing of (i) the Redemption or (ii) the acquisition of the Tendered Common Units by the General Partner pursuant to Section 15.1.B hereof on the Specified Redemption Date, that either (a) the actual and constructive ownership of REIT Shares by the Common Tendering Party and to the best of their knowledge any Related Party remain unchanged from that disclosed in the affidavit required by Section 15.1.G(1) or (b) after giving effect to the Redemption or an acquisition of the Tendered Common Units by the General Partner pursuant to Section 15.1.B hereof, neither the Common Tendering Party nor to the best of their knowledge any Related Party shall own REIT Shares in violation of the Ownership Limit.

 

82


(4) In connection with any Special Redemption, the General Partner shall have the right to receive an opinion of counsel reasonably satisfactory to it to the effect that the proposed Special Redemption will not cause the Partnership or the General Partner to violate any Federal or state securities laws or regulations applicable to the Special Redemption, the issuance and sale of the Tendered Common Units to the Common Tendering Party or the issuance and sale of REIT Shares to the Common Tendering Party pursuant to Section 15.1.B of this Agreement.

Section 15.2 Addresses and Notice . Any notice, demand, request or report required or permitted to be given or made to a Partner or Assignee under this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed given or made when delivered in person or when sent by first class United States mail or by other means of written or electronic communication (including by telecopy, facsimile, electronic mail or commercial courier service) to the Partner, or Assignee at the address set forth in Exhibit A or Exhibit B (as applicable) or such other address of which the Partner shall notify the General Partner in accordance with this Section 15.2.

Section 15.3 Titles and Captions . All article or section titles or captions in this Agreement are for convenience only. They shall not be deemed part of this Agreement and in no way define, limit, extend or describe the scope or intent of any provisions hereof. Except as specifically provided otherwise, references to “Articles” or “Sections” are to Articles and Sections of this Agreement.

Section 15.4 Pronouns and Plurals . Whenever the context may require, any pronouns used in this Agreement shall include the corresponding masculine, feminine or neuter forms, and the singular form of nouns, pronouns and verbs shall include the plural and vice versa.

Section 15.5 Further Action . The parties shall execute and deliver all documents, provide all information and take or refrain from taking action as may be necessary or appropriate to achieve the purposes of this Agreement.

Section 15.6 Binding Effect . This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their heirs, executors, administrators, successors, legal representatives and permitted assigns.

Section 15.7 Waiver .

A. No failure or delay by any party to insist upon the strict performance of any covenant, duty, agreement or condition of this Agreement or to exercise any right or remedy consequent upon a breach thereof shall constitute waiver of any such breach or any other covenant, duty, agreement or condition.

 

83


B. The restrictions, conditions and other limitations on the rights and benefits of the Limited Partners contained in this Agreement, and the duties, covenants and other requirements of performance or notice by the Limited Partners, are for the benefit of the Partnership and, except for an obligation to pay money to the Partnership, may be waived or relinquished by the General Partner, in its sole and absolute discretion, on behalf of the Partnership in one or more instances from time to time and at any time; provided , however , that any such waiver or relinquishment may not be made if it would have the effect of (i) creating liability for any other Limited Partner, (ii) causing the Partnership to cease to qualify as a limited partnership, (iii) reducing the amount of cash otherwise distributable to the Limited Partners (other than any such reduction that affects all of the Limited Partners holding the same class or series of Partnership Units on a uniform or pro rata basis, if approved by a Majority in Interest of the Partners holding such class or series of Partnership Units), (iv) resulting in the classification of the Partnership as an association or publicly traded partnership taxable as a corporation or (v) violating the Securities Act, the Exchange Act or any state “blue sky” or other securities laws; and provided , further , that any waiver relating to compliance with the Ownership Limit or other restrictions in the Charter shall be made and shall be effective only as provided in the Charter.

Section 15.8 Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in counterparts, all of which together shall constitute one agreement binding on all the parties hereto, notwithstanding that all such parties are not signatories to the original or the same counterpart. Each party shall become bound by this Agreement immediately upon affixing its signature hereto.

Section 15.9 Applicable Law; Consent to Jurisdiction; Waiver of Jury Trial.

A. This Agreement shall be construed and enforced in accordance with and governed by the laws of the State of Maryland, without regard to the principles of conflicts of law. In the event of a conflict between any provision of this Agreement and any non-mandatory provision of the Act, the provisions of this Agreement shall control and take precedence.

B. Each Partner hereby (i) submits to the non-exclusive jurisdiction of any state or federal court sitting in the State of Maryland (collectively, the “ Maryland Courts ”), with respect to any dispute arising out of this Agreement or any transaction contemplated hereby to the extent such courts would have subject matter jurisdiction with respect to such dispute, (ii) irrevocably waives, and agrees not to assert by way of motion, defense, or otherwise, in any such action, any claim that it is not subject personally to the jurisdiction of any of the Maryland Courts, that its property is exempt or immune from attachment or execution, that the action is brought in an inconvenient forum, or that the venue of the action is improper, (iii) agrees that notice or the service of process in any action, suit or proceeding arising out of or relating to this Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby shall be properly served or delivered if delivered to such Partner at such Partner’s last known address as set forth in the Partnership’s books and records, and (iv) irrevocably waives any and all right to trial by jury in any legal proceeding arising out of or related to this Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby.

 

84


Section 15.10 Entire Agreement . This Agreement contains all of the understandings and agreements between and among the Partners with respect to the subject matter of this Agreement and the rights, interests and obligations of the Partners with respect to the Partnership. Notwithstanding the immediately preceding sentence, the Partners hereby acknowledge and agree that the General Partner, without the approval of any Limited Partner, may enter into side letters or similar written agreements with Limited Partners that are not Affiliates of the General Partner, executed contemporaneously with the admission of such Limited Partner to the Partnership, affecting the terms hereof, as negotiated with such Limited Partner and which the General Partner in its sole discretion deems necessary, desirable or appropriate. The parties hereto agree that any terms, conditions or provisions contained in such side letters or similar written agreements with a Limited Partner shall govern with respect to such Limited Partner notwithstanding the provisions of this Agreement.

Section 15.11 Invalidity of Provisions . If any provision of this Agreement is or becomes invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions contained herein shall not be affected thereby.

Section 15.12 Limitation to Preserve REIT Status . Notwithstanding anything else in this Agreement, to the extent that the amount to be paid, credited, distributed or reimbursed by the Partnership to any REIT Partner or its officers, directors, employees or agents, whether as a reimbursement, fee, expense or indemnity (a “ REIT Payment ”), would constitute gross income to the REIT Partner for purposes of Code Section 856(c)(2) or Code Section 856(c)(3), then, notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, the amount of such REIT Payments, as selected by the General Partner in its discretion from among items of potential distribution, reimbursement, fees, expenses and indemnities, shall be reduced for any Partnership Year so that the REIT Payments, as so reduced, for or with respect to such REIT Partner shall not exceed the lesser of:

(i) an amount equal to the excess, if any, of (a) four and nine-tenths percent (4.9%) of the REIT Partner’s total gross income (but excluding the amount of any REIT Payments) for the Partnership Year that is described in subsections (A) through (I) of Code Section 856(c)(2) over (b) the amount of gross income (within the meaning of Code Section 856(c)(2)) derived by the REIT Partner from sources other than those described in subsections (A) through (I) of Code Section 856(c)(2) (but not including the amount of any REIT Payments); or

(ii) an amount equal to the excess, if any, of (a) twenty-four percent (24%) of the REIT Partner’s total gross income (but excluding the amount of any REIT Payments) for the Partnership Year that is described in subsections (A) through (I) of Code Section 856(c)(3) over (b) the amount of gross income (within the meaning of Code Section 856(c)(3)) derived by the REIT Partner from sources other than those described in subsections (A) through (I) of Code Section 856(c)(3) (but not including the amount of any REIT Payments);

 

85


provided , however , that REIT Payments in excess of the amounts set forth in clauses (i) and (ii) above may be made if the General Partner, as a condition precedent, obtains an opinion of tax counsel that the receipt of such excess amounts should not adversely affect the REIT Partner’s ability to qualify as a REIT. To the extent that REIT Payments may not be made in a Partnership Year as a consequence of the limitations set forth in this Section 15.12, such REIT Payments shall carry over and shall be treated as arising in the following Partnership Year if such carry over does not adversely affect the REIT Partner’s ability to qualify as a REIT , provided , however , that any such REIT Payment shall not be carried over more than three Partnership Years, and any such remaining payments shall no longer be due and payable. The purpose of the limitations contained in this Section 15.12 is to prevent any REIT Partner from failing to qualify as a REIT under the Code by reason of such REIT Partner’s share of items, including distributions, reimbursements, fees, expenses or indemnities, receivable directly or indirectly from the Partnership, and this Section 15.12 shall be interpreted and applied to effectuate such purpose.

Section 15.13 No Partition . No Partner nor any successor-in-interest to a Partner shall have the right while this Agreement remains in effect to have any property of the Partnership partitioned, or to file a complaint or institute any proceeding at law or in equity to have such property of the Partnership partitioned, and each Partner, on behalf of itself and its successors and assigns hereby waives any such right. It is the intention of the Partners that the rights of the parties hereto and their successors-in-interest to Partnership property, as among themselves, shall be governed by the terms of this Agreement, and that the rights of the Partners and their respective successors-in-interest shall be subject to the limitations and restrictions as set forth in this Agreement.

Section 15.14 No Third-Party Rights Created Hereby . The provisions of this Agreement are solely for the purpose of defining the interests of the Holders, inter se ; and no other person, firm or entity (i.e., a party who is not a signatory hereto or a permitted successor to such signatory hereto including, without limitation, a creditor of the Partnership or any Partner or other third party having dealings with the Partnership) shall have any right, power, title or interest by way of subrogation or otherwise, in and to the rights, powers, title and provisions of this Agreement. No creditor or other third party having dealings with the Partnership shall have the right to enforce the right or obligation of any Partner to make Capital Contributions or loans to the Partnership or to pursue any other right or remedy hereunder or at law or in equity. None of the rights or obligations of the Partners herein set forth to make Capital Contributions or loans to the Partnership shall be deemed an asset of the Partnership for any purpose by any creditor or other third party, nor may any such rights or obligations be sold, transferred or assigned by the Partnership or pledged or encumbered by the Partnership to secure any debt or other obligation of the Partnership or any of the Partners.

Section 15.15 No Rights as Stockholders . Nothing contained in this Agreement shall be construed as conferring upon the Holders of Partnership Units any rights whatsoever as stockholders of the General Partner, including without limitation any right to receive dividends or other distributions made to stockholders of

 

86


the General Partner or to vote or to consent or receive notice as stockholders in respect of any meeting of stockholders for the election of directors of the General Partner or any other matter.

ARTICLE 16

SERIES A PREFERRED UNITS

Section 16.1 Designation and Number.

A series of Partnership Units in the Partnership designated as the “Series A Cumulative Redeemable Convertible Preferred Units” (the “ Series A Preferred Units ”) is hereby established. The number of Series A Preferred Units shall be 499,014.

Section 16.2 Rank.

Notwithstanding any provision of the Agreement (except Section 13.2.A(4)), including any amendments made thereto after the date hereof, and unless the Consent of the Series A Limited Partners is obtained, the parties hereto intend that the Series A Preferred Units shall, with respect to rights to the payment of distributions in accordance with Section 16.3 and the distribution of assets upon voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the General Partner, rank senior to all Junior Units; provided, however, that to the extent there is any conflict between this Section 16.2 and Section 13.2.A(4), Section 13.2.A(4) shall govern.

Section 16.3 Distributions.

A. Payment of Distributions . In accordance with Section 5.1, Holders of Series A Units shall be entitled to receive, when, as and if declared by the Partnership acting through the General Partner, out of Available Cash, cumulative preferential cash distributions in an amount equal to the Series A Priority Return. Such distributions shall be cumulative, shall accrue from the original date of issuance of such Series A Preferred Units and will be payable (i) quarterly (such quarterly periods for purposes of payment and accrual will be the quarterly periods ending on the dates specified in this sentence and not calendar quarters) in arrears, on or before the last calendar day of March, June, September and December of each year, commencing on the first of such dates to occur after the original date of issuance, and, (ii) in the event of a redemption or conversion of Series A Preferred Units, and solely with respect to the redeemed or converted Series A Preferred Units, as applicable, on the redemption or conversion date (each, a “ Series A Preferred Unit Distribution Payment Date ”). If any date on which distributions are to be made on the Series A Preferred Units is not a Business Day, then payment of the distribution to be made on such date will be made on the next succeeding day that is a Business Day (and without any interest or other payment in respect of any such delay).

B. Distributions Cumulative . Distributions on the Series A Preferred Units that are due but unpaid will accumulate and compound quarterly, on the applicable Series A Preferred Unit Distribution Payment Date after each calendar quarter, at the Applicable Rate, whether or not there is sufficient Available Cash for such distributions and whether or not such distributions are authorized.

C. Priority as to Distributions . If any Series A Preferred Units are outstanding, if and so long as the Partnership is in arrears with regard to the payment of any distributions for

 

87


any past quarterly period upon any outstanding Series A Preferred Units or has failed to pay when due the Series A Cash Amount or deliver when due Registered REIT Shares upon the redemption of any Tendered Series A Preferred Units, (A) no distributions shall be authorized and paid or set apart for payment, nor shall any other distribution be authorized or made, upon any Junior Units unless distributions sufficient to make up such arrearage shall have been or contemporaneously are authorized and paid or authorized and a sum sufficient for the payment thereof is set apart for payment or such Tendered Series A Preferred Units are redeemed, as applicable, and (B) no Junior Units shall be redeemed, purchased or otherwise acquired for any consideration (nor any moneys be paid to or made available for a sinking fund for the redemption of any such Junior Units) by the Partnership or the General Partner or any of its Affiliates (except, in each case, for (x) the redemption of Common Units or Partnership Equivalent Units from the General Partner pursuant to Section 4.7.B, (y) any acquisition by the General Partner of Tendered Common Units in exchange for REIT Shares in accordance with Section 15.1 or (z) by conversion into or exchange for Junior Units or REIT Shares with no cash distributed in connection therewith).

Section 16.4 Liquidation Preference.

A. The parties hereto intend that, upon any voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the affairs of the Partnership, before any distribution or payment shall be made whether in cash or in kind to any current or future Junior Unit Holder in respect of its Junior Units and notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary (except Section 13.2.A(4)), the Holders of Series A Units shall be entitled to receive and be paid in cash out of the assets of the Partnership legally available for distribution to the Partners pursuant to this Agreement an amount equal to the Series A Preference of the outstanding Series A Preferred Units plus any accrued and unpaid Series A Priority Return.

B. In the event that, upon any such voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Partnership, the legally available assets of the Partnership are insufficient to pay the full amount of the Series A Preference on all outstanding Series A Preferred Units plus any accrued and unpaid Series A Priority Return, then such assets shall be allocated among the Series A Limited Partners in proportion to the Series A Percentage Interests.

C. After the payment to the Holders of Series A Preferred Units of full preferential amounts provided for in this Section 16.4, the Holders of Series A Preferred Units as such shall have no right or claim to any of the remaining assets of the General Partner.

D. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Section 16.4, to the extent there is any conflict between the provisions of this Section 16.4 and Section 13.2.A(4), Section 13.2.A(4) shall govern.

Section 16.5 Redemption of Series A Preferred Units.

A. Redemption at Series A Limited Partners’ Option .

(1) After the 3-year anniversary of the date of this Agreement, each Qualifying Series A Party shall have the right (subject to the terms and conditions set forth in this Section 16.5) (the “ Series A Redemption Right ”) to require the Partnership to redeem all or

 

88


a portion of the Series A Preferred Units held by such Series A Tendering Party (Preferred Units that have in fact been tendered for redemption being hereafter referred to as “ Tendered Series A Units ”) in exchange (a “ Series A Redemption ”) for an amount per unit equal to the Series A Preference thereon plus any accrued distributions that have not been paid on or prior to the applicable Specified Series A Redemption Date (the “ Series A Cash Amount ”). Any Series A Redemption shall be exercised pursuant to a Series A Notice of Redemption delivered to the General Partner by the Qualifying Series A Party (the “ Series A Tendering Party ”) at least thirty (30) Business Days prior to the last day of the calendar quarter in which the Series A Tendering Party is exercising its Series A Redemption Right. The Partnership’s obligation to effect a Series A Redemption, however, shall not arise or be binding against the Partnership until the earlier of (i) the date the General Partner notifies the Series A Tendering Party that it declines to acquire some or all of the Tendered Series A Units under Section 16.5.A.2 hereof following receipt of a Series A Notice of Redemption and (ii) the Business Day following the Cut-Off Date. In the event of a Series A Redemption, the Series A Cash Amount shall be delivered as a certified or bank check payable to the Series A Tendering Party or, in the General Partner’s sole and absolute discretion, in immediately available funds, in each case, on or before 5:00 p.m. Pacific time on the last Business Day of such calendar quarter (the “ Specified Series A Redemption Date ”), after giving effect to the distributions paid on such date. A Qualifying Series A Party may exercise the Series A Redemption Right once per calendar quarter with respect to part or all of the Series A Preferred Units that it owns, as selected by the Qualifying Series A Party. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Section 16.5, the Partnership, in its sole discretion, may redeem the Tendered Series A Units set forth in a Series A Notice of Redemption at any time after receipt of such notice. The General Partner shall use commercially reasonable efforts to ensure that any amounts paid in redemption of Tendered Series A Units under this Agreement shall be paid out of any Available Cash remaining after any accrued but previously unpaid amounts described in Section 16.3 shall have been distributed to all of the Series A Limited Partners entitled to such amounts.

(2) Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 16.5.A.1 hereof, on or before the close of business on the Cut-Off Date, the General Partner may, in its sole and absolute discretion but subject to the Ownership Limit, elect to acquire some or all of the Tendered Series A Units from the Series A Tendering Party in exchange for Registered REIT Shares. If the General Partner elects to acquire some or all of the Tendered Series A Units pursuant to this Section 16.5.A.2, the General Partner shall give written notice thereof to the Series A Tendering Party on or before the close of business on the Cut-Off Date. If the General Partner elects to acquire any of the Tendered Series A Units for Registered REIT Shares, the General Partner shall issue and deliver such Registered REIT Shares to the Series A Tendering Party pursuant to the terms of this Section 16.5.A.2, in which case (1) the General Partner shall assume directly the obligation with respect thereto and shall satisfy the Series A Tendering Party’s exercise of its Series A Redemption Right with respect to such Tendered Series A Units and (2) such transaction shall be treated, for Federal income tax purposes, as a transfer by the Series A Tendering Party of such Tendered Series A Units to the General Partner in exchange for the Series A REIT Shares Amount. If the General Partner so elects, on the Specified Series A Redemption Date, the Series A Tendering Party shall sell such number of the Tendered Series A Units to the General Partner in exchange for a number of Registered REIT Shares equal to the product of the Series A REIT Shares Amount and the Applicable Percentage. The Series A Tendering Party shall submit (i) such information, certification or affidavit as the General Partner

 

89


may reasonably require in connection with the application of the Ownership Limit to any such acquisition and (ii) such written representations and investment letters as reasonably necessary, in the General Partner’s view, to effect compliance with the Securities Act (including the requirements of any form of registration statement used to issue such Registered REIT Shares). In the event of a purchase of the Tendered Series A Units by the General Partner pursuant to this Section 16.5.A.2, the Series A Tendering Party shall no longer have the right to cause the Partnership to effect a Series A Redemption of such Tendered Series A Units and, upon notice to the Series A Tendering Party by the General Partner, given on or before the close of business on the Cut-Off Date, that the General Partner has elected to acquire some or all of the Tendered Series A Units pursuant to this Section 16.5.A.2, the obligation of the Partnership to effect a Series A Redemption of the Tendered Series A Units as to which the General Partner’s notice relates shall not accrue or arise. A number of Registered REIT Shares equal to the product of the Applicable Percentage and the Series A REIT Shares Amount, if applicable, shall be delivered by the General Partner as duly authorized, validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable Registered REIT Shares and, if applicable, Rights, free of any pledge, lien, encumbrance or restriction, other than the Ownership Limit. Apart from the requirement that any REIT Shares issued pursuant to this Section 16.5.A.2 must be Registered REIT Shares, neither any Series A Tendering Party whose Tendered Series A Units are acquired by the General Partner pursuant to this Section 16.5.A.2, any Partner, any Assignee nor any other interested Person shall have any right to require or cause the General Partner to register, qualify or list any REIT Shares owned or held by such Person, whether or not such REIT Shares are issued pursuant to this Section 16.5.A.2, with the SEC, with any state securities commissioner, department or agency, under the Securities Act or the Exchange Act or with any stock exchange; provided , however , that this limitation shall not be in derogation of any registration or similar rights granted pursuant to any other written agreement between the General Partner and any such Person. Subject to Section 16.5.A.5 below, but otherwise notwithstanding any other delay in such delivery, the Series A Tendering Party shall be deemed the owner of such REIT Shares and Rights for all purposes, including, without limitation, rights to vote or consent, receive dividends, and exercise rights, as of the Specified Series A Redemption Date.

(3) Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 16.5.A.1 and 16.5.A.2 hereof, the Series A Tendering Parties shall have no rights under this Agreement that would otherwise be prohibited by the Ownership Limit. To the extent that any attempted Series A Redemption or acquisition of the Tendered Series A Units by the General Partner pursuant to Section 16.5.A.2 hereof would be in violation of this Section 16.5.A.3, it shall be null and void ab initio , and the Series A Tendering Party shall not acquire any rights or economic interests in REIT Shares otherwise issuable by the General Partner under Section 16.5.A.2 hereof or cash otherwise payable under Section 16.5.A.1 hereof.

(4) If the General Partner does not elect to acquire the Tendered Series A Units pursuant to Section 16.5.A.2 hereof:

(i) The Partnership may elect to raise funds for the payment of the Series A Cash Amount either (a) by requiring that the General Partner contribute to the Partnership funds from the proceeds of a registered public offering by the General Partner of REIT Shares sufficient to purchase the Tendered Series A Units or (b) from any other sources (including, but not limited to, the sale of any Property and the incurrence of additional Debt)

 

90


available to the Partnership. Any proceeds from a public offering that are in excess of the Series A Cash Amount shall be for the sole benefit of the General Partner. The General Partner shall make a Capital Contribution of any such amounts to the Partnership for an additional General Partner Interest. Any such contribution shall entitle the General Partner to an equitable Percentage Interest adjustment.

(ii) If the Series A Cash Amount is not paid on or before the Specified Series A Redemption Date, interest shall accrue with respect to the Series A Cash Amount from the day after the Specified Series A Redemption Date to and including the date on which the Series A Cash Amount is paid at a rate equal to the greater of (x) the base rate on corporate loans at large United States money center commercial banks, as published from time to time in the Wall Street Journal (but not higher than the maximum lawful rate) and (y) the Applicable Rate.

(5) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Section 16.5.A:

(i) If (x) the Board of Directors determines that the filing of a registration statement covering the issuance of Registered REIT Shares or the use of any related prospectus would be materially detrimental to the General Partner because such action would require the disclosure of material information that the General Partner has a bona fide business purpose for preserving as confidential or the disclosure of which would materially impede the General Partner’s ability to consummate a significant transaction or (y) as of an applicable Specified Series A Redemption Date a registration statement under the Securities Act is not then effective, then in either case the General Partner shall be entitled to delay the Specified Series A Redemption Date for a period of up to forty-five (45) consecutive days by delivering written notice thereof to the Series A Tendering Party not less than five (5) Business Days prior to the then-applicable Specified Series A Redemption Date; provided , however , that (A) the General Partner shall not be entitled to exercise such right with respect to a particular Qualifying Series A Party more than two (2) times in any twenty-four month period, (B) more than once with respect to any particular Preferred Tendered Units or (C) less than 30 days after a Specified Series A Redemption Date that was delayed in respect of a particular Qualifying Series A Party pursuant to this paragraph.

(ii) If the General Partner is unable to deliver Registered REIT Shares on the Specified Series A Redemption Date (after giving effect to any delay thereto in accordance with the foregoing), then the General Partner shall be required to purchase for cash on the Specified Series A Redemption Date any Tendered Series A Units that it had previously elected to acquire for Registered REIT Shares, such purchase price to be based upon the Series A Cash Amount used in calculating the applicable Series A REIT Shares Amount. If such purchase price is not paid on or before the Specified Redemption Date (after giving effect to any delay thereto in accordance with the foregoing), such purchase price shall accrue interest in a manner consistent with Section 16.5.A.4(ii), mutatis mutandis .

(6) Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 16.5.A.2 hereof, the General Partner shall not, under any circumstances, elect to acquire any Tendered Series A Units in exchange for Registered REIT Shares if such exchange would be prohibited under the Charter.

 

91


(7) Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary (but subject to Section 16.5.A.3 hereof), with respect to any Series A Redemption (or any tender of Series A Preferred Units for redemption if the Tendered Series A Units are acquired by the General Partner pursuant to Section 16.5.A.2 hereof) pursuant to this Section 16.5:

(i) All Series A Preferred Units acquired by the General Partner pursuant to Section 16.5.A.2 hereof shall automatically, and without further action required, be converted into and deemed to be a General Partner Interest comprised of a number of Common Units equal to the number REIT Shares issued in respect of such acquisition.

(ii) Subject to the Ownership Limit, no Series A Tendering Party may effect a Series A Redemption for less than one thousand (1,000) Series A Preferred Units or, if such Series A Tendering Party holds (as a Series A Limited Partner or, economically, as an Assignee) less than one thousand (1,000) Series A Preferred Units, all of the Series A Preferred Units held by such Series A Tendering Party, unless, in each case, otherwise agreed to by the General Partner in its sole and absolute discretion.

(iii) If (a) a Series A Tendering Party surrenders its Tendered Series A Units during the period after the Partnership Record Date with respect to a distribution and before the record date established by the General Partner for a distribution to its stockholders of some or all of its portion of such Partnership distribution, and (b) the General Partner elects to acquire any of such Tendered Series A Units in exchange for Registered REIT Shares pursuant to Section 16.5.A.2, such Series A Tendering Party shall pay to the General Partner on the Specified Series A Redemption Date an amount in cash equal to the portion of the Partnership distribution in respect of the Tendered Series A Units exchanged for Registered REIT Shares, insofar as such distribution relates to the same period for which such Series A Tendering Party would receive a distribution in respect of such Registered REIT Shares.

(iv) The consummation of such Series A Redemption (or an acquisition of Tendered Series A Units by the General Partner pursuant to Section 16.5.A.2 hereof, as the case may be) shall be subject to the expiration or termination of the applicable waiting period, if any, under the Hart-Scott-Rodino Act.

(v) The Series A Tendering Party shall continue to own (subject, in the case of an Assignee, to the provisions of Section  11.5 hereof) all Series A Preferred Units subject to any Series A Redemption, and be treated as a Series A Limited Partner or an Assignee, as applicable, with respect to such Series A Preferred Units for all purposes of this Agreement, until such Preferred Units are either paid for by the Partnership pursuant to Section 16.5.A.1 hereof or transferred to the General Partner and paid for, by the issuance of the Registered REIT Shares or otherwise, on the Specified Series A Redemption Date. Until a Specified Series A Redemption Date and an acquisition of the Tendered Series A Units by the General Partner pursuant to Section 16.5.A.2 hereof, the Series A Tendering Party shall have no rights as a stockholder of the General Partner with respect to the Registered REIT Shares issuable in connection with such acquisition.

(vi) No fractional Registered REIT Shares shall be issued upon the redemption of any Tendered Series A Units. If the redemption of any Tendered Series A Units

 

92


otherwise would result in the issuance of a fractional Registered REIT Shares, the General Partner shall pay a cash amount in lieu of issuing such fractional Registered REIT Shares in an amount equal to such fractional interest multiplied by the Value of a REIT Share used in determining the Series A REIT Shares Amount.

(8) In connection with an exercise of redemption rights pursuant to this Section 16.5, except as otherwise agreed by the General Partner, in its sole and absolute discretion, the Series A Tendering Party shall submit the following to the General Partner, in addition to the Series A Notice of Redemption:

(i) A written affidavit, dated the same date as the Series A Notice of Redemption, (a) disclosing the actual and constructive ownership, as determined for purposes of Code Sections 856(a)(6) and 856(h), of REIT Shares by (i) such Series A Tendering Party and (ii) to the best of their knowledge any Related Party and (b) representing that, after giving effect to the Series A Redemption or an acquisition of the Tendered Series A Units by the General Partner pursuant to Section 16.5.A.2 hereof, neither the Series A Tendering Party nor to the best of their knowledge any Related Party will own REIT Shares in violation of the Ownership Limit;

(ii) A written representation that neither the Series A Tendering Party nor to the best of their knowledge any Related Party has any intention to acquire any additional REIT Shares prior to the closing of the Series A Redemption or an acquisition of the Tendered Series A Units by the General Partner pursuant to Section 16.5.A.2 hereof on the Specified Series A Redemption Date; and

(iii) An undertaking to certify, at and as a condition to the closing of (i) the Series A Redemption or (ii) the acquisition of the Tendered Series A Units by the General Partner pursuant to Section 16.5.A.2 hereof on the Specified Series A Redemption Date, that either (a) the actual and constructive ownership of REIT Shares by the Series A Tendering Party and to the best of their knowledge any Related Party remain unchanged from that disclosed in the affidavit required by Section 16.5.A(8)(i) or (b) after giving effect to the Series A Redemption or an acquisition of the Tendered Series A Units by the General Partner pursuant to Section 16.5.A.2 hereof, neither the Series A Tendering Party nor to the best of their knowledge any Related Party shall own REIT Shares in violation of the Ownership Limit.

B. Redemption at Partnership’s Option . In connection with or after any General Partner Fundamental Change, the Partnership shall have the right, in its sole discretion (the “ Partnership Series A Redemption Right ”), to redeem all or any portion of the Series A Preferred Units held by any Holder thereof at a redemption price, to be paid in cash, per unit equal to the Series A Cash Amount. The Partnership Series A Redemption Right shall be exercised pursuant to a notice of redemption delivered to the applicable Holder by the General Partner (i) if in connection with a General Partner Fundamental Change, at least five (5) Business Days, but not more than forty-five (45) Business Days, prior to the consummation of the applicable General Partner Fundamental Change or (ii) if after a General Partner Fundamental Change, at least thirty (30) Business Days prior to the date set forth in the notice of redemption on which the Partnership will exercise its Partnership Series A Redemption Right. In the case of a notice of redemption delivered in connection with a General Partner Fundamental Change, such notice of redemption may be conditioned on the consummation of such General Partner

 

93


Fundamental Change; any other exercise of the Partnership Series A Redemption Right shall be irrevocable. Such Preferred Unit Redemption shall occur on the date specified in the notice of redemption, which shall in no event be prior to the consummation of a General Partner Fundamental Change. For the sake of clarity, the General Partner may exercise the Partnership Series A Redemption Right from time to time after the consummation of any General Partner Fundamental Change. The General Partner shall use commercially reasonable efforts to ensure that any amounts paid in redemption of Series A Preferred Units under this Agreement shall be paid out of any Available Cash remaining after any accrued but previously unpaid amounts described in Section 16.3 shall have been distributed to all of the Series A Limited Partners entitled to such amounts.

C. Redemption Generally . Each Series A Limited Partner or other Holder of Series A Preferred Units covenants and agrees with the General Partner that all Partnership Units delivered for redemption shall be delivered to the Partnership free and clear of all liens and, notwithstanding anything herein contained to the contrary, the Partnership shall not be under any obligation to acquire Partnership Units which are or may be subject to any liens. Each Series A Limited Partner and other Holder of Series A Preferred Units further agrees that, in the event any state or local property transfer tax is payable as a result of the transfer of its Partnership Units to the Partnership, such Series A Limited Partner or Holder shall assume and pay such transfer tax.

Section 16.6 Conversion.

A. Series A Conversion Right .

(1) After the 3-year anniversary of the date of this Agreement and from time to time thereafter, each Qualifying Series A Party shall have the right to convert all or any portion of its Series A Preferred Units to Common Units (a “ Series A Conversion ”), subject to the terms and provisions of this Section 16.6 (the “ Series A Conversion Right ”). Upon a Qualifying Series A Party’s election to exercise the Series A Conversion Right, the Series A Preferred Units for which the Series A Conversion Right is exercised shall be converted into a number of Common Units equal to the Series A Conversion Amount. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, the General Partner may, at its option, elect to pay on the applicable Series A Conversion Date all or any portion of any distributions accrued on the Series A Preferred Units tendered for conversion through the Series A Conversion Date, in which event the Series A Cash Amount used in determining the Series A Conversion Amount shall not include the amount of such distributions.

(2) No fractional Common Units shall be issued upon the conversion of any Series A Preferred Units. If the conversion of any Series A Preferred Units otherwise would result in the issuance of a fractional Common Unit, the General Partner shall pay a cash amount in lieu of issuing such fractional Common Unit in an amount equal to (a) such fractional interest multiplied by (b) the product of (x) the Value of a REIT Share used in determining the Series A Conversion Amount and (y) the Adjustment Factor used in determining the Series A Conversion Amount.

(3) The Series A Converting Party shall continue to own (subject, in the case of an Assignee, to the provisions of Section 11.5 hereof) all Series A Preferred Units subject to

 

94


any Series A Conversion, and be treated as a Series A Limited Partner or an Assignee, as applicable, with respect to such Series A Preferred Units for all purposes of this Agreement, until such Series A Preferred Units have been converted into Common Units on the applicable Series A Conversion Date. Until such conversion on such Series A Conversion Date, the Series A Converting Party shall have no rights as a Limited Partner with respect to the Common Units issuable in connection with such conversion.

B. Series A Conversion Right Procedures .

(1) Any Series A Conversion shall be exercised pursuant to a Series A Notice of Conversion delivered to the General Partner by the applicable Qualifying Series A Party (the “ Series A Converting Party ”).

(2) As promptly as practicable after the receipt of the Series A Notice of Conversion, the General Partner shall issue and shall deliver or cause to be issued and delivered to such Holder (A) a number of Common Units equal to the Series A Conversion Amount, such Common Units to be duly authorized and validly issued in accordance with this Agreement and free of any pledge, lien, encumbrance or restriction, other than as set forth in this Agreement or under the Securities Act and relevant state securities or “blue sky” laws, (B) payment of accrued distributions through the Series A Conversion Date if the General Partner elects to pay such distributions pursuant to Section 16.6.A.1 and (C) cash for any fractional Common Unit in accordance with Section 16.6.A.2.

(3) Each Series A Conversion shall be deemed to have been made at the close of business on the date that the General Partner receives the Series A Notice of Conversion or, if such date is not a Business Day, the close of business on the next Business Day (the “ Series A Conversion Date ”), so that the rights of the Holder thereof as to the Series A Preferred Units being converted shall cease except for the right to receive the Common Units and, if applicable, the other items set forth in Section 16.6.B.2, and the Qualifying Series A Party entitled to receive Common Units shall be treated for all purposes as having become the Holder of those Common Units at that time. If such Holder was a Series A Limited Partner prior to such Series A Conversion, then such Series A Limited Partner shall thereafter be a Limited Partner in respect of such Common Units. If such Holder was an Assignee prior to such Series A Conversion, then such Assignee shall thereafter be an Assignee in respect of such Common Units.

(4) No Series A Converting Party may effect a Series A Conversion for less than one thousand (1,000) Series A Preferred Units or, if such Series A Converting Party holds (as a Series A Limited Partner or, economically, as an Assignee) less than one thousand (1,000) Series A Preferred Units, all of the Series A Preferred Units held by such Series A Converting Party, unless, in each case, otherwise agreed to by the General Partner in its sole and absolute discretion.

C. Effect of Business Combinations .

(1) In the case of any (i) any recapitalization, reclassification or change of outstanding Common Units (other than changes resulting from a subdivision or combination), (ii) a consolidation, merger or combination involving the Partnership, (iii) a sale, conveyance or

 

95


lease to another corporation or entity of all or substantially all of the Partnership’s property and assets (other than to one or more of the General Partner’s subsidiaries) or (iv) an exchange of substantially all Common Units for securities of another entity (each of the foregoing, a “ Business Combination ”), in each case, as a result of which Holders of Common Units are entitled to receive securities, other property or assets (including cash or any combination thereof) with respect to or in exchange for Common Units, a Qualifying Series A Party shall be entitled thereafter to convert its Series A Preferred Units into the kind and amount of securities or other property or assets (including cash or any combination thereof) which the Qualifying Series A Party would have owned or been entitled to receive upon such Business Combination as if such Qualifying Series A Party had converted its Series A Preferred Units immediately prior to the consummation thereof. In the event that Holders of Common Units have the opportunity to elect the form of consideration to be received in such Business Combination, the General Partner shall make adequate provision whereby each Holder of Series A Preferred Units shall have a reasonable opportunity to determine the form of consideration into which all of such Holder’s Series A Preferred Units shall be convertible from and after the effective date of such Business Combination.

(2) The General Partner shall provide notice of the opportunity to determine the form of such consideration by posting such notice to the General Partner’s transfer agent. If the effective date of a Business Combination is delayed beyond the initially anticipated effective date, the Holders of Series A Preferred Units shall be given the opportunity to make subsequent similar determinations in regard to such delayed effective date. None of the foregoing provisions shall affect the right of a Qualifying Series A Party to convert its Series A Preferred Units into Common Units prior to the effective date of such Business Combination.

Section 16.7 Voting Rights.

A. General . Except as required by any non-waivable provision of the law of the State of Maryland or as expressly set forth Sections 7.3.B, 7.3.D, 13.1.A, 14.2, 15.7.B and this Section 16.7, the Series A Limited Partners shall have no voting rights whatsoever on any matter relating to the Partnership, whether under the Act, at law, in equity or otherwise, and the Consent of the Series A Limited Partners shall not be required for the taking of any action by the Partnership or the General Partner, regardless of the effect that such action may have upon the rights, preferences or privileges of the Series A Preferred Units.

B. Additional Consent Rights . So long as any Series A Preferred Units remain outstanding, the Consent of the Series A Limited Partners will be required to:

(1) Authorize, designate or issue any class or series of Partnership Interests ranking pari passu with or senior to the Series A Preferred Units with respect to payment of dividends or the distribution of assets upon liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the affairs of the Partnership;

(2) Increase the authorized or issued amount of Series A Preferred Units;

(3) Amend, alter or repeal the provisions of this Article 16, whether by merger, consolidation, transfer or conveyance of all or substantially all of the Partnership’s assets or

 

96


otherwise (an “ Event ”), so as to materially and adversely affect any right, preference or privilege of the Series A Preferred Units; provided , however , that, with respect to any Event (and subject to clause (4) immediately below, if applicable), so long as the Series A Preferred Units remain outstanding with the terms thereof materially unchanged, taking into account that, upon the occurrence of an Event, the Partnership may not be the surviving entity and the surviving entity may not be a limited partnership, the occurrence of such Event shall not be deemed to materially and adversely affect such rights, preferences or privileges of Series A Preferred Units, and in such case no Consent of the Series A Limited Partners shall be required with respect to the occurrence of any such Event; or

(4) Effect any General Partner Fundamental Change, provided , however , that, with respect to any General Partner Fundamental Change (and subject to clause (3) immediately above, if applicable), so long as the provisions of Section 16.8, or substantially identical provisions thereto set forth in the organizational documents of any Surviving Partnership, shall be effective after the consummation of such General Partner Fundamental Change, no Consent of the Series A Limited Partners shall be required with respect to such General Partner Fundamental Change.

Section 16.8 Provisions Effective After General Partner Fundamental Change.

The following provisions shall become effective only upon consummation of a General Partner Fundamental Change, and then only and for so long as any Series A Preferred Units shall remain outstanding:

A. Minimum Tax Distributions . From and after the date a General Partner Fundamental Change is consummated, if the amount distributed to each Series A Limited Partner pursuant to Section 5.1 and Section 16.3 with respect to any Partnership Year is less than an amount equal to (i) the amount of taxable income allocated to such Series A Limited Partner pursuant to Article 6 multiplied by (ii) 40%, then the Partnership shall make distributions not later than the Series A Preferred Unit Distribution Payment Date in March of the year following the Partnership Year to which such distributions relate in an amount equal to the product of clause (i) and (ii) above reduced by the aggregate amount of distributions made to such Series A Limited Partner under Section 5.1 and Section 16.3 with respect to such Partnership Year. Distributions required by this Section 16.8.A shall be made without regard to the availability of Available Cash. If the Partnership does not have sufficient Available Cash to fund the distribution required by this Section 16.8.A, the General Partner shall, subject to the other limitations of this Agreement, take such action as may be necessary to create sufficient funds to permit such distribution. Any distributions made pursuant to this Section 16.8.A shall be treated as having been made by the Partnership pursuant to Section 5.1 and Section 16.3 for all purposes hereunder.

B. Minimum Equity Requirement . From and after the date a General Partner Fundamental Change is consummated, so long as any Series A Preferred Units are thereafter outstanding, at any time and from time to time, the General Partner, in its capacity as general partner and/or as a limited partner of the Partnership, and its Affiliates shall own an aggregate of at least 33% of the equity in the Partnership through the ownership of Junior Units (the “ Equity Requirement ”), with the equity in the Partnership being valued based on the excess of the Gross Asset Value over Indebtedness and taking into account the Series A Preference as equity. If any

 

97


Series A Preferred Unit owned by a Qualifying Series A Party is redeemed pursuant to Section 16.5, the General Partner will have the right to reduce its ownership of the equity in the Partnership to a minimum of 33% of such equity based upon the criteria set forth in the preceding sentence after such redemption, by making distributions (in cash or in-kind) to redeem a portion of its Junior Units, so long as such distributions are in compliance with Section 5.1 and Section 16.3 and the first sentence of this Section 16.8.B.

C. Leverage Restrictions . From and after the date a General Partner Fundamental Change is consummated, so long as any Series A Preferred Units are thereafter outstanding:

(1) The Partnership shall not incur additional Indebtedness if its Leverage Ratio exceeds 50% (the “ 50% Leverage Ratio ”).

(2) The Partnership’s Leverage Ratio shall not exceed 60% at any time; provided , however , that if the Partnership’s Leverage Ratio exceeds 60%, it shall have a period of 180 days to cause its Leverage Ratio to fall below 60%.

(3) Notwithstanding the foregoing, (i) in the event of any redemption or conversion of any Series A Preferred Units pursuant to Sections 16.5 or 16.6 of this Agreement, whether such redemption or conversion occurs before or after the consummation of the General Partner Fundamental Change pursuant to which this Section 16.8.C becomes effective, the Partnership shall have the right to increase its Indebtedness by an amount equal to the amount by which the aggregate Series A Preference has been reduced relative to the amount thereof as of the original issuance date of the Series A Preferred Units, so long as the Adjusted Leverage Ratio does not, as a result of such incurrence of Indebtedness, exceed 83%, and (ii) the Partnership shall have the right to increase its Indebtedness above the 50% Leverage Ratio to the extent, and only to the extent, necessary to satisfy the Partnership’s obligations to provide opportunities to Series A Limited Partners to guaranty Partnership Indebtedness or otherwise provide debt protection pursuant to agreements between the Partnership and the various Series A Limited Partners (but only if such obligation is not able to be satisfied through guaranties of the Partnership’s Indebtedness that would not require the Partnership to increase its Indebtedness above the amount that would violate the 50% Leverage Ratio).

(4) As used in this Article 16, (i) “ Leverage Ratio ” means the ratio of the sum of the total Indebtedness of the Partnership and its consolidated Subsidiaries to the Partnership’s and its consolidated Subsidiaries’ Gross Asset Value, (ii) “ Adjusted Leverage Ra tio ” means the ratio of (x) the sum of the total Indebtedness of the Partnership and its consolidated Subsidiaries plus the Series A Preference with respect to all of the then-outstanding Series A Preferred Units to (y) the Partnership’s and its consolidated Subsidiaries’ Gross Asset Value, and (iii) “ Maximum Leverage Restriction ” means the restrictions on the Partnership’s Leverage Ratio and Adjusted Leverage Ratio set forth in this Section 16.8.C.

D. Certain Remedies For Violations by the General Partner . If the Partnership is in violation of the Maximum Leverage Restriction following the cure period set forth in Section 16.8.C.3 above, or the General Partner is in violation of the Equity Requirement, Series A Limited Partners holding at least 10% of the then-outstanding Series A Preferred Units shall have the right to demand specific performance, including the right to demand the contribution of

 

98


additional equity to the Partnership by the General Partner. No amounts may be distributed to the General Partner or any of its Affiliates pursuant to Section 5.1 and Section 16.3 during any period in which the General Partner is in violation of the Equity Requirement.

E. Provision of Certain Financial Information . From and after the date a General Partner Fundamental Change is consummated, so long as any Series A Preferred Units are thereafter outstanding, the Partnership shall provide quarterly unaudited financial statements and annual audited financial statements prepared by a nationally recognized independent accounting firm to the Series A Limited Partners which shall be in such detail as to allow the Series A Limited Partners to determine compliance with the Equity Requirement and the Maximum Leverage Restriction. The Partnership shall arrange for a nationally recognized independent accounting firm to compile financial data necessary to support compliance with the Equity Requirement and the Maximum Leverage Restriction and shall include the results of such accounting firm’s review in the annual financial reports delivered to the Series A Limited Partners. Additionally, the General Partner will certify to the Series A Limited Partners on a quarterly basis that it is in compliance with the Equity Requirement and that the Partnership is not in violation of the Maximum Leverage Restriction.

F. Termination . This Section 16.8 shall terminate immediately after such time as no Series A Preferred Units shall remain outstanding. Upon any such termination, this Section 16.8 shall be null, void and shall not affect in any way whatsoever the business or operations of the Partnership, the interpretation of this Agreement or the rights or obligations of any Person.

Section 16.9 Amendments . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, all or any portion of this Article 16 may be amended with the Consent of the Series A Limited Partners and without the consent or approval of any other Partners.

Section 16.10 Exclusion of Other Rights . The Series A Limited Partners shall have no preferences, conversion or other rights, voting powers, restrictions, rights or limitations as to distributions, qualifications or terms or conditions of redemption other than as expressly set forth in this Agreement and any agreement or side letter entered into by the Partnership and any direct or indirect owner of the General Partner relating to the rights of the Series A Limited Partners on or after the date hereof, including, without limitation, any preferences, conversion or other rights, voting powers, restrictions, rights or limitations as to distributions, qualifications or terms or conditions of redemption provided to the Common Limited Partners and not expressly provided to the Series A Limited Partners.

ARTICLE 17

SERIES B PREFERRED UNITS

Section 17.1 Designation.

A series of Partnership Units in the Partnership designated as the “8.375% Series B Cumulative Redeemable Preferred Units” (the “ Series B Preferred Units ”) is hereby established.

 

99


Section 17.2 Distributions.

A. Payment of Distributions . Subject to the rights of Holders of Series A Preferred Units as to the payment of distributions, in accordance with Section 5.1, the General Partner, as holder of the Series B Preferred Units, will be entitled to receive, when, as and if authorized by the General Partner, out of Available Cash, cumulative cash distributions per Series B Preferred Unit in an amount equal to the Series B Priority Return accrued thereon, at the applicable rate, in accordance with this Section 17.2. Such distributions shall accrue and be cumulative from and including the first date on which any REIT Series B Preferred Shares are issued (the “ Series B Preferred Shares Original Issue Date ”) and will be payable at the then applicable rate (each a “ Series B Preferred Unit Distribution Payment Date ”) (i) for the period from the Series B Preferred Shares Original Issue Date to December 31, 2010, on or about December 31, 2010, (ii) except as provided in clause (iii), for each quarterly distribution period thereafter, quarterly in equal amounts in arrears on or about the last calendar day of each March, June, September and December, commencing on or about March 31, 2011, and (iii) to the extent that any Series B Preferred Unit is redeemed pursuant to Section 4.7.B after a Series B Distribution Record Date with respect to any distribution and before the payment date (determined in accordance with clause (i) or (ii)) of such distribution, in the event of a redemption of any Series B Preferred Unit, on the redemption date of such Unit; provided however, if any Series B Preferred Unit Distribution Payment Date is not a Business Day, then the distribution which would otherwise be payable on such date shall be paid on the next succeeding Business Day with the same force and effect as if paid on such Series B Preferred Unit Distribution Payment Date, and no interest or other sum shall accrue on the amount so payable from such Series B Preferred Unit Distribution Payment Date to such next succeeding Business Day. Distributions will be payable on Series B Preferred Units outstanding at the close of business on the applicable Series B Distribution Record Date. Each distribution is payable to holders of record of outstanding Series B Preferred Units as of the applicable Series B Distribution Record Date or date of redemption of such Series B Preferred Unit, as applicable. Notwithstanding any provision to the contrary contained herein, the distribution payable on each Series B Preferred Unit outstanding on any Series B Distribution Record Date shall be equal to the distribution paid with respect to each other Series B Preferred Unit that is outstanding on such date.

B. Distributions Cumulative . Distributions on the Series B Preferred Units will be cumulative from and including the Series B Preferred Shares Original Issuance Date, or, with respect to the special distribution right referred to in Section 17.2.E below, from, and including, the first date on which the dividend rate payable on the REIT Series B Preferred Shares is increased in accordance with the Series B Preferred Shares Terms. Distributions will accumulate from the Series B Preferred Shares Original Issuance Date or the most recent Series B Preferred Unit Distribution Payment Date to which accrued distributions have been paid, whether or not the terms and provisions set forth in Section 17.2.D hereof at any time prohibit the current payment of distributions, whether or not the Partnership has Available Cash or earnings and whether or not such distributions are authorized.

C. Restrictions on Distributions . No distributions on the Series B Preferred Units shall be authorized, declared, paid or set apart for payment at such time as the terms and provisions of any agreement of the General Partner, including any agreement relating to its indebtedness, prohibits the authorization, declaration, payment or setting apart for payment of

 

100


dividends on the REIT Series B Preferred Shares or provides that such authorization, declaration, payment or setting apart for payment would constitute a breach thereof, or a default thereunder, or if such declaration or payment shall be restricted or prohibited by law.

D. Priority as to Distributions .

(1) So long as any Series B Preferred Units are outstanding, no distributions, except as described in the immediately following sentence, shall be declared, paid or set apart for payment on any class or series of Parity Preferred Units for any period unless full cumulative distributions have been declared and paid or are contemporaneously declared and paid or declared and a sum sufficient for the payment thereof set apart for such payment on the Series B Preferred Units for all prior distribution periods. When distributions are not paid in full or a sum sufficient for such payment is not set apart, as aforesaid, all dividends authorized and declared upon the Series B Preferred Units and all distributions authorized and declared upon any class or series of Parity Preferred Units shall be authorized and declared ratably in proportion to the respective amounts of distributions accumulated and unpaid on the Series B Preferred Units and such Parity Preferred Units.

(2) So long as any Series B Preferred Units are outstanding, no distributions (other than distributions paid solely in Units Junior to the Series B Preferred Units or in options, warrants or rights to subscribe for or purchase any Units Junior to the Series B Preferred Units) shall be declared or paid or set apart for payment with respect to any Units Junior to the Series B Preferred Units, nor shall any Units Junior to the Series B Preferred Units be redeemed, purchased or otherwise acquired for any consideration, or any monies be paid to or made available for a sinking fund for the redemption of any such Units, by the Partnership, directly or indirectly (other than a redemption, purchase or other acquisition of Common Units made for purposes of and in compliance with requirements of an employee incentive or benefit plan of the General Partner, the Partnership or any subsidiary thereof, a conversion into or exchange for Units Junior to the Series B Preferred Units or options, warrants or rights to subscribe for or purchase Units Junior to the Series B Preferred Units or a purchase or redemption pursuant to Section 4.7.B), unless in each case full cumulative dividends on all outstanding shares of Series B Preferred Units for all past dividend periods shall have been paid or set apart for payment.

(3) If full cumulative distributions on the Series B Preferred Units for all past periods have not been declared and paid or declared and set apart for payment, except pursuant to Section 4.7.B, the Partnership may not purchase, redeem or otherwise acquire Series B Preferred Units in part or any Parity Preferred Units other than in exchange for Units Junior to the Series B Preferred Units or Parity Preferred Units or in exchange for options, warrants or rights to subscribe for or purchase any Units Junior to the Series B Preferred Units or Parity Preferred Units.

E. Special Distribution Rate . If, at any time, and for such period of time as, the dividend rate payable on the REIT Series B Preferred Shares is increased in accordance with the Series B Preferred Shares Terms, the Series B Priority Return shall be increased to 12.375% per

 

101


annum on the stated value of $25.00 per Series B Preferred Unit (equivalent to the fixed annual amount of $3.09375 per Series B Preferred Unit).

F. No Further Rights . Notwithstanding anything in this Section 17.2, after full cumulative distributions on the outstanding Series B Preferred Units have been paid with respect to a distribution period, the General Partner, as holder of the Series B Preferred Units, will not be entitled to any further distributions with respect to that distribution period. Any distribution payment made on the Series B Preferred Units shall first be credited against the earliest accrued but unpaid distribution due with respect to such Series B Preferred Units which remains payable.

Section 17.3 Liquidation Preference

A. Distribution s. Upon any liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the affairs of the Partnership, voluntary or involuntary, distributions on the Series B Preferred Units shall be made in accordance with Article 13 hereof.

B. No Further Rights . After payment of the full amount of the liquidating distributions to which they are entitled, the General Partner, as holder of the Series B Preferred Units, will have no right or claim to any of the remaining assets of the Partnership.

C. Consolidation, Merger or Certain Other Transactions . The consolidation or merger of the Partnership with one or more entities or a sale or transfer of all or substantially all of the Partnership’s assets shall not be deemed to be a liquidation, dissolution or winding up, voluntary or involuntary, of the Partnership.

Section 17.4 Rank

The Series B Preferred Units shall, with respect to distribution rights and rights upon voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Partnership, rank (i) senior to the Common Units and to all other Partnership Units, now or hereafter issued and outstanding, the terms of which provide that such Partnership Units rank, as to distribution rights and upon liquidation, dissolution or winding up, junior to the Series B Preferred Units; (ii) on a parity with all Parity Preferred Units; and (iii) junior to the Series A Preferred Units and any other class or series of Partnership Units the terms of which specifically provide that such Partnership Units shall rank senior to the Series B Preferred Units.

Section 17.5 Voting Rights

The General Partner shall not have any voting or consent rights in respect of its partnership interest represented by the Series B Preferred Units.

Section 17.6 Transfer Restrictions

The Series B Preferred Units shall not be transferable except upon the redemption thereof in accordance with Section 4.7.B or to a successor General Partner in accordance with Section 11.2.

Section 17.7 No Conversion Rights

 

102


The Series B Preferred Units shall not be convertible into any other class or series of Partnership Interest or any other property of the Partnership.

Section 17.8 No Sinking Fund

No sinking fund shall be established for the retirement or redemption of Series B Preferred Units.

[Remainder of Page Left Blank Intentionally]

 

103


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Agreement has been executed as of the date first written above.

 

GENERAL PARTNER :
HUDSON PACIFIC PROPERTIES, INC.,
a Maryland corporation
By:   /s/ V ICTOR J. C OLEMAN
  Name:   Victor J. Coleman
  Its:   Chief Executive Officer
LIMITED PARTNERS :
HUDSON PACIFIC PROPERTIES, INC.,
a Maryland corporation, as attorney-in-fact for the limited partners listed on Exhibit A hereto.
By:   /s/ V ICTOR J. C OLEMAN
  Name:   Victor J. Coleman
  Its:   Chief Executive Officer

 

104


As of December 10, 2010

EXHIBIT A

PARTNERS AND PARTNERSHIP UNITS

[Unit Ledger]

 

A-1


EXHIBIT B

EXAMPLES REGARDING ADJUSTMENT FACTOR

For purposes of the following examples, it is assumed that (a) the Adjustment Factor in effect on [              ] is 1.0 and (b) on [                  ] (the “Partnership Record Date” for purposes of these examples), prior to the events described in the examples, there are 100 REIT Shares issued and outstanding.

Example 1

On the Partnership Record Date, the General Partner declares a dividend on its outstanding REIT Shares in REIT Shares. The amount of the dividend is one REIT Share paid in respect of each REIT Share owned. Pursuant to Paragraph (i) of the definition of “Adjustment Factor,” the Adjustment Factor shall be adjusted on the Partnership Record Date, effective immediately after the stock dividend is declared, as follows:

1.0 * 200/100 = 2.0

Accordingly, the Adjustment Factor after the stock dividend is declared is 2.0.

Example 2

On the Partnership Record Date, the General Partner distributes options to purchase REIT Shares to all holders of its REIT Shares. The amount of the distribution is one option to acquire one REIT Share in respect of each REIT Share owned. The strike price is $4.00 a share. The Value of a REIT Share on the Partnership Record Date is $5.00 per share. Pursuant to Paragraph (ii) of the definition of “Adjustment Factor,” the Adjustment Factor shall be adjusted on the Partnership Record Date, effective immediately after the options are distributed, as follows:

1.0 * (100 + 100)/(100 + [100 * $4.00/$5.00]) = 1.1111

Accordingly, the Adjustment Factor after the options are distributed is 1.1111. If the options expire or become no longer exercisable, then the retroactive adjustment specified in Paragraph (ii) of the definition of “Adjustment Factor” shall apply.

Example 3

On the Partnership Record Date, the General Partner distributes assets to all holders of its REIT Shares. The amount of the distribution is one asset with a fair market value (as determined by the General Partner) of $1.00 in respect of each REIT Share owned. It is also assumed that the assets do not relate to assets received by the General Partner pursuant to a pro rata distribution by the Partnership. The Value of a REIT Share on the Partnership Record Date is $5.00 a share. Pursuant to Paragraph (iii) of the definition of “Adjustment Factor,” the Adjustment Factor shall be adjusted on the Partnership Record Date, effective immediately after the assets are distributed, as follows:

1.0 * $5.00/($5.00 - $1.00) = 1.25

Accordingly, the Adjustment Factor after the assets are distributed is 1.25.

 

B-1


EXHIBIT C

COMMON UNIT NOTICE OF REDEMPTION

 

To: Hudson Pacific Properties, Inc.

 

          
          
          

The undersigned Common Limited Partner or Assignee hereby irrevocably tenders for redemption [    ] Common Units in Hudson Pacific Properties, L.P. in accordance with the terms of the Amended and Restated Agreement of Limited Partnership of Hudson Pacific Properties, L.P., dated as of June 29, 2010 as amended (the “ Agreement ”), and the Common Redemption Right referred to therein. The undersigned Common Limited Partner or Assignee:

(a) undertakes (i) to surrender such Common Units and any certificate therefor at the closing of the Common Redemption and (ii) to furnish to the General Partner, prior to the Specified Redemption Date, the documentation, instruments and information required under Section 15.1.G of the Agreement;

(b) directs that the certified check representing the Common Unit Cash Amount, or the Common Unit REIT Shares Amount, as applicable, deliverable upon the closing of such Redemption be delivered to the address specified below;

(c) represents, warrants, certifies and agrees that:

(i) the undersigned Common Limited Partner or Assignee is a Qualifying Common Party,

(ii) the undersigned Common Limited Partner or Assignee has, and at the closing of the Common Redemption will have, good, marketable and unencumbered title to such Common Units, free and clear of the rights or interests of any other person or entity,

(iii) the undersigned Common Limited Partner or Assignee has, and at the closing of the Common Redemption will have, the full right, power and authority to tender and surrender such Common Units as provided herein, and

(iv) the undersigned Common Limited Partner or Assignee has obtained the consent or approval of all persons and entities, if any, having the right to consent to or approve such tender and surrender; and

(d) acknowledges that he will continue to own such Common Units until and unless either (1) such Common Units are acquired by the General Partner pursuant to Section 15.1.B of the Agreement or (2) such redemption transaction closes.

 

C-1


All capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined shall have the same meaning ascribed to them respectively in the Agreement.

 

Dated: ___________     Name of Common Limited Partner or Assignee:
         
         
    (Signature of Common Limited Partner or Assignee)
     
    (Street Address)
     
    (City)            (State)            (Zip Code)
    Signature Guaranteed by:
     
Issue Check Payable to:      
Please insert social security or identifying number:    
     

 

C-2


EXHIBIT D

SERIES A NOTICE OF REDEMPTION

 

To: Hudson Pacific Properties, Inc.

 

          
          
          

The undersigned Series A Limited Partner or Assignee hereby irrevocably tenders for redemption [    ] Series A Preferred Units in Hudson Pacific Properties, L.P. in accordance with the terms of the Amended and Restated Agreement of Limited Partnership of Hudson Pacific Properties, L.P., dated as of June 29, 2010 as amended (the “ Agreement ”), and the Series A Redemption Right referred to therein. The undersigned Common Limited Partner or Assignee:

(a) undertakes (i) to surrender such Series A Preferred Units and any certificate therefor at the closing of the Series A Redemption and (ii) to furnish to the General Partner, prior to the Specified Series A Redemption Date, the documentation, instruments and information required under Section 16.5.A(8) of the Agreement;

(b) directs that the certified check representing the Series A Cash Amount, or the Series A REIT Shares Amount, as applicable, deliverable upon the closing of such Redemption be delivered to the address specified below;

(c) represents, warrants, certifies and agrees that:

(i) the undersigned Series A Limited Partner or Assignee is a Qualifying Series A Party,

(ii) the undersigned Series A Limited Partner or Assignee has, and at the closing of the Series A Redemption will have, good, marketable and unencumbered title to such Series A Preferred Units, free and clear of the rights or interests of any other person or entity,

(iii) the undersigned Series A Limited Partner or Assignee has, and at the closing of the Series A Redemption will have, the full right, power and authority to tender and surrender such Series A Preferred Units as provided herein, and

(iv) the undersigned Series A Limited Partner or Assignee has obtained the consent or approval of all persons and entities, if any, having the right to consent to or approve such tender and surrender; and

(d) acknowledges that he will continue to own such Series A Preferred Units until and unless either (1) such Series A Preferred Units are acquired by the General

 

D-1


Partner pursuant to Section 16.5.A.2 of the Agreement or (2) such redemption transaction closes.

All capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined shall have the same meaning ascribed to them respectively in the Agreement.

 

Dated: ___________     Name of Series A Limited Partner or Assignee:
         
         
    (Signature of Series A Limited Partner or Assignee)
     
    (Street Address)
     
    (City)            (State)            (Zip Code)
    Signature Guaranteed by:
     
Issue Check Payable to:      
Please insert social security or identifying number:    
     

 

D-2


EXHIBIT E

SERIES A NOTICE OF CONVERSION

 

To: Hudson Pacific Properties, Inc.

 

          
          
          

The undersigned Series A Limited Partner or Assignee hereby irrevocably exercises its right to convert [    ] Series A Preferred Units in Hudson Pacific Properties, L.P. to Common Units in accordance with the terms of the Amended and Restated Agreement of Limited Partnership of Hudson Pacific Properties, L.P., dated as of June 29, 2010 as amended (the “ Agreement ”), and the Series A Conversion Right referred to therein. The undersigned Series A Limited Partner or Assignee:

(a) undertakes (i) to surrender such Series A Preferred Units and any certificate therefor at the closing of the Series A Conversion;

(b) directs that the Common Units and any certificate therefor and any payment made pursuant to Section 16.6.A(2) of the Agreement, deliverable upon the closing of such Series A Conversion be delivered to the address specified below;

(c) represents, warrants, certifies and agrees that:

(i) the undersigned Series A Limited Partner or Assignee is a Qualifying Series A Party,

(ii) the undersigned Common Limited Partner or Assignee has, and at the closing of the Series A Conversion will have, good, marketable and unencumbered title to such Series A Preferred Units, free and clear of the rights or interests of any other person or entity,

(iii) the undersigned Series A Limited Partner or Assignee has, and at the closing of the Series A Conversion will have, the full right, power and authority to tender and surrender such Series A Preferred Units as provided herein, and

(iv) the undersigned Series A Limited Partner or Assignee has obtained the consent or approval of all persons and entities, if any, having the right to consent to or approve such tender and surrender; and

(d) acknowledges that he will continue to own such Series A Preferred Units until and unless such conversion transaction closes.

 

E-1


All capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined shall have the same meaning ascribed to them respectively in the Agreement.

 

Dated: ___________     Name of Series A Limited Partner or Assignee:
         
         
    (Signature of Series A Limited Partner or Assignee)
     
    (Street Address)
     
    (City)            (State)            (Zip Code)
    Signature Guaranteed by:
     

Issue Common Units (and Check Payable, if applicable) to:

     
Please insert social security or identifying number:    
     

 

E-2

Exhibit 10.48

CONTRIBUTION AGREEMENT

This CONTRIBUTION AGREEMENT (this “ Agreement ”) is entered into by BCSP IV U.S. INVESTMENTS, L.P. , a Delaware limited partnership (“ BCSP ”), and HUDSON PACIFIC PROPERTIES, L.P., a Maryland limited partnership (“ Investor ”), as of December 15, 2010 (the “ Effective Date ”).

RECITALS :

A. BCSP is the sole member of Rincon Center Commercial LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“ Owner ”). Owner owns a fee simple interest in and to certain real property which constitutes the commercial portion of the development commonly known as Rincon Center and located at 101 and 121 Spear Street in San Francisco, California, as more particularly described in Exhibit A-1 attached hereto and made a part hereof (the “ Premises ”).

B. It is the intent of the parties that (i) BCSP contribute all of its rights, title and interest in Owner to Rincon Center Equity LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“ Equity LLC ”), to be formed in accordance with the terms hereof, and (ii) Equity LLC contribute all of its rights, title and interest in Owner to Rincon Center JV LLC, a Delaware liability company (the “ Joint Venture ”), to be formed in accordance with the terms hereof.

C. Investor has agreed to purchase a fifty-one percent (51%) membership interest in the Joint Venture in exchange for the Purchase Price (as defined in Article 2 below);

D. Upon the Closing (as defined in Section 8.1 below) hereunder, BCSP and Investor shall enter into that certain Limited Liability Company Operating Agreement, dated as of the Closing Date in the form attached hereto as Exhibit B (the “ Joint Venture Agreement ”).

NOW THEREFORE, for good and valuable consideration and intending to be legally bound hereby, BCSP and Investor hereby agree as follows:

ARTICLE 1

PROPERTY.

For purposes of this Agreement, the property described in Section 1.1 through 1.9 below is hereinafter collectively referred to as, the “ Property ”:

1.1. Land. The Premises, together with all rights and appurtenances pertaining to the Premises, including, without limitation, all of Owner’s right, title and interest in and to (i) all minerals, oil, gas, and other hydrocarbon substances thereon or thereunder, (ii) all adjacent strips, streets, roads, alleys and rights-of-way, public or private, open or proposed, (iii) all easements, privileges, and hereditaments pertaining thereto, whether or not of record, and (iv) all access, air, water, riparian, development, utility, and solar rights (collectively, the “ Land ”).


1.2. Improvements. The office building (the “ Building ”) constructed on the Premises and all other improvements and structures constructed on the Premises (collectively, the “ Improvements ”).

1.3. Personal Property . All of Owner’s right, title and interest in and to (specifically excluding any fixtures or personal property owned by tenants under leases or licensees under licenses) the following: (i) mechanical systems, fixtures, machinery and equipment comprising a part of or attached to or located upon or within the Improvements; (ii) maintenance equipment and tools, if any, owned by Owner and used exclusively or predominantly in connection with, and located in or at, the Improvements; (iii) site plans, surveys, plans and specifications, manuals and instruction materials, and floor plans in Owner’s possession which relate to the Land or Improvements; (iv) pylons and other signs situated on or at the Land or Improvements; and (v) other tangible personal property owned by Owner and used exclusively or predominantly in connection with, and located in or on, the Land or Improvements as of the date hereof and/or the Closing Date (as defined in Section 8.1 below) (collectively, the “ Personal Property ”).

1.4. Leases and Licenses. Owner’s right, title and interest in (i) all leases, including all amendments thereto and guaranties thereof with tenants leasing all or any portion of the Improvements (collectively, the “ Leases ”), and (ii) all license agreements, occupancy agreements and other similar agreements with licensees using any portion of the Improvements (collectively, the “ Licenses ”), in each case to the extent the same are in effect as of the date of Closing, a current list of which is attached hereto as Schedule 1.4 .

1.5. Security Deposits. Owner’s right, title and interest in all security deposits (including any letters of credit) held by Owner in connection with the Leases and Licenses and not applied pursuant to the terms thereof, a current list of which is attached hereto as Schedule 1.5 (collectively, the “ Security Deposits ”).

1.6. Contracts . Owner’s right, title and interest in all contracts and other agreements (other than the Leases and Licenses) related to the Land and the Improvements, including, without limitation, contracts or agreements relating to construction, architectural services, parking, maintenance or other supplies or services, management, leasing or brokerage services, utility services, or any equipment leases (collectively, the “ Contracts ”), a current list of which is attached hereto as Schedule 1.6 , but expressly excluding (a) any contracts or other agreements entered into by the “ Owner’s Committee ” (as such term is defined in that certain Declaration Establishing Reciprocal Easements and Covenants Running with the Land by and between the United States Postal Service and Rincon Center Associates, a California limited partnership, dated as of June 27, 1988 and recorded as Reel E624, Image 1132, Instrument Number E196829, with the Official Records, as supplemented by that certain Declaration Establishing Reciprocal Easements and Covenants Running with the Land by and between the USPS and BRE/Rincon L.L.C., a Delaware limited liability company, dated as of March 30, 1999 and recorded as Reel H353, Image 505, Instrument Number 99-G541539-00 (as amended and assigned to date, the “ REA ”) and which exclusively affect the Joint Management Areas (as such term is defined in the REA) (collectively, the “ Joint Management Contracts ”).

 

-2-


1.7. Permits. Owner’s right, title and interest in all permits, licenses, certificates of occupancy, entitlements and governmental approvals which relate exclusively to the Land or Improvements and to the extent assignable (collectively, the “ Permits ”).

1.8. Intangibles . Owner’s right, title and interest, if any, in all warranties, guarantees, names, trade names, street numbers, marks, other symbols and general intangibles, which relate exclusively to the Land or the Improvements to the extent assignable, including, without limitation, the name “Rincon Center”, but excluding any of the same that reference “Beacon” or “Beacon Capital” (collectively, the “ Intangibles ”).

1.9. Working Capital . Owner’s right, title and interest in all Working Capital, Current Assets and Current Liabilities (as such terms are defined in Section 8.5 below).

1.10. Exclusions . Notwithstanding any term or provision of this Agreement to the contrary, BCSP and Investor hereby acknowledge and agree that (i) the Property shall not include any real property or any personal, tangible or intangible property owned, leased or used (a) by CP III Rincon Towers, Inc. having an office at c/o Carmel Partners, Inc., 1000 Sansome Street, Suite 180, San Francisco, California 94111 (together with its successors and assigns, the “ Residential Owner ”), in connection with the ownership and operation of those certain premises which constitute the residential portion of the Rincon Center, as such premises are more particularly described in Exhibit A-2 attached hereto and incorporated herein by reference (the “ Residential Property ”), or (b) by the Owner’s Committee in connection with the ownership and operation of the Joint Management Areas, and (ii) Owner’s and the Joint Venture’s rights with respect to the existence, issuance, or transfer of any “Transferable Development Rights” under Section 128 of the San Francisco Planning Code (collectively, the “ TDRs ”) with respect to the Land, regardless of whether such TDRs are characterized as real, personal, tangible or intangible property or otherwise and any escrow accounts held by Lender in connection with the sale of any TDRs (collectively, the “ TDR Escrows ”) shall be held for the benefit of BCSP and not Investor and, to the extent that such TDR Escrows are released to Owner, they shall be distributed to BCSP or its designee.

ARTICLE 2

TRANSACTION STEPS; PURCHASE PRICE AND DEPOSIT.

2.1. Transaction Steps; Acquisition and Transfer of the Interests.

BCSP and Investor each acknowledge and agree that the transactions contemplated hereunder have been or shall be accomplished in the following steps:

2.1.1. BCSP shall form Equity LLC;

2.1.2. BCSP shall contribute all of its rights, title and interest in Owner to Equity LLC in exchange for one hundred percent (100%) of the limited liability company interests in Equity LLC;

2.1.3. BCSP shall cause Equity LLC to form the Joint Venture;

 

-3-


2.1.4. BCSP shall cause Equity LLC to contribute all of its rights, title and interest in Owner to the Joint Venture in exchange for one hundred percent (100%) of the limited liability company interests in the Joint Venture;

2.1.5. BCSP shall cause Equity LLC to assign a fifty-one percent (51%) membership interest in the Joint Venture to Investor (the “ Investor Interest ”) in exchange for the Purchase Price, adjusted as set forth below. Upon such assignment, BCSP shall own a forty-nine percent (49%) membership interest in the Joint Venture (collectively, the “ Beacon Interest ”) and Investor shall own the Investor Interest. The Beacon Interest and the Investor Interest are sometimes referred to herein collectively as the “ Interests ” and each, an “ Interest ”.

2.1.6. Beacon and Investor shall each contribute cash to the Joint Venture in the amounts required by Section 8.5.4 below.

2.2. Purchase Price.

2.2.1. The aggregate purchase price for the Investor Interest (the “ Purchase Price ”) shall be Forty Million Two Hundred Ninety Thousand and 00/100 Dollars ($40,290,000.00). The cash due at Closing from Investor on account of the Purchase Price shall be subject to adjustment as set forth in this Agreement. The Purchase Price shall be payable as follows:

2.2.1.1. On the Effective Date, Investor shall deliver to Chicago Title Insurance Company (the “ Escrow Agent ”), by federal funds wire transfer, a cash deposit in immediately available funds in the amount of FIVE MILLION AND NO/100 DOLLARS ($5,000,000.00) (the “ Deposit ”). If Investor shall fail to deposit the Deposit with Escrow Agent within the time period provided for above, BCSP may at any time prior to Escrow Agent’s receipt of the Deposit, terminate this Agreement by written notice to Investor and Escrow Agent as its sole and exclusive remedy, in which case this Agreement shall be null and void ab initio , and thereafter neither party shall have any further rights or obligations to the other hereunder, except for those which expressly survive the termination of this Agreement.

2.2.1.2. The balance of the Purchase Price due from Investor at Closing (after application of adjustments provided for in this Agreement) shall be paid by Investor to Chicago Title Insurance Company (the “ Escrow Agent ”) by federal funds wire transfer in immediately available funds no later than 5:00 P.M. San Francisco, California time on the Business Day immediately preceding the Closing Date, disbursements shall be made pursuant to the Settlement Statement (as hereinafter defined) and the balance of the Purchase Price shall be disbursed to BCSP at Closing in accordance with Article 8 hereof.

2.2.1.3. A portion of the Deposit in the amount of One Hundred and no/100 Dollars ($100.00) shall be non-refundable (the “ Independent Consideration ”) which amount shall be distributed by Escrow Agent to BCSP immediately following Investor’s delivery of the Deposit to Escrow Agent, which amount BCSP and Investor agree has been bargained for as independent consideration for (i) BCSP’s execution and delivery of this Agreement, (ii) Investor’s right to inspect the Property pursuant to Article 4 below, and (iii) Investor’s right to terminate this Agreement in accordance with the terms and conditions contained herein. Such sum is in addition to and independent of any other consideration or payment provided for in this Agreement and is non-refundable in all events.

 

-4-


2.2.2. Mortgage Loan . Investor shall, subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, acquire the Investor Interest with the Property being subject to that certain mortgage loan (the “ Mortgage Loan ”) in the original principal amount of $106,000,000 from Bear Stearns Commercial Mortgage, Inc. and currently held by Wells Fargo Bank, N.A., as Trustee under that certain Pooling and Servicing Agreement dated as of November 1, 2006 for the Registered Holders of Banc of America Commercial Mortgage Inc. Commercial Mortgage Pass-Through Certificates, Series 2006-6 (together with its successors and assigns, “ Lender ”) to Owner, as evidenced by that certain Loan Agreement dated as of June 27, 2006 and executed by and between Owner and Lender, and as secured by, among other instruments, that certain Deed of Trust and Security Agreement dated as of June 27, 2006 and executed by Owner in favor of Chicago Title Insurance Company, as Trustee, for the benefit of Mortgage Electronic Registration Systems, Inc., as nominee of Lender, and recorded in the Official Records of the City and County of San Francisco (the “ Official Records ”), as Instrument Number 2006-I201149. The loan documents evidencing and/or securing the Mortgage Loan are listed on Schedule 2.2 attached hereto (the “ Loan Documents ”).

2.2.3. Non-Consolidation Opinions. To the extent required by the Loan Documents, BCSP shall cause its counsel to prepare the non-consolidation opinions (or updates to previously delivered non-consolidation opinions) with respect to the transactions contemplated hereunder and shall submit same to the Lender and their respective servicers, agents and rating agencies (as necessary) for approval (the “ Non Con Approvals ”). Investor shall execute and deliver customary certifications (but limited to Investor and its affiliates) to enable BCSP’s counsel to issue such non-consolidation opinions (or updates) and shall otherwise cooperate in good faith with BCSP and its counsel in seeking the Non Con Approvals. Receipt of the Non Con Approvals shall be conditions precedent to BCSP’s and Investor’s obligations to close hereunder.

ARTICLE 3

TITLE AND SURVEY.

3.1. State of Title to the Land and the Improvements. At Closing, Owner shall hold good and marketable fee simple title to the Land and the Improvements free from all liens, encumbrances, encroachments and other exceptions to title except (i) those shown on the PTR or the Survey (as such terms are defined in Section 3.2 below) and not required to be cured by BCSP in accordance with this Article 3, (ii) the Leases, the Licenses and the REA, (iii) the Existing Loan and the Loan Documents, (iv) matters caused by Investor or the activities of Investor or its agents, employees, consultants, contractors and representatives on the Property, (v) real estate taxes, sewer rents and taxes, water rates and charges, vault charges and taxes, business improvement district taxes and assessments and any other governmental taxes, charges or assessments levied or assessed against the Property, including any so-called payments in lieu of taxes, in each case which are a lien but not yet due and payable, subject to proration in accordance with Article 8 below, and (vi) applicable zoning and building ordinances and land use regulations and any and all other present and future laws, rules, regulations, statutes, ordinances, orders or other legal requirements affecting the Property (collectively, the “ Permitted Exceptions ”). Notwithstanding the foregoing, Purchase hereby disapproves, and, subject to the satisfaction of the condition set forth in Section 7.2.5 below, BCSP and/or Owner shall, at its sole cost and expense, on or before the Closing Date, cause (a) all liens secured by deeds of trust securing loans made to BCSP and/or Owner (other than with regard to any such liens/deeds of trust securing the Mortgage Loan), judgment liens against BCSP and/or Owner, and delinquent taxes to be released, and (b) all mechanics’ liens relating to work authorized by BCSP and/or Owner to be released or bonded over (“ Removal Items ”).

 

-5-


3.2. PTR and Survey . BCSP has provided to Investor a preliminary title report dated November 3, 2010 (the “PTR”) for an ALTA extended coverage Owner’s Policy of Title Insurance from Chicago Title Insurance Company (the “Title Company”), covering the Land, together with copies of all instruments reflected as exceptions set forth therein, as well as a copy of existing ALTA survey of the Land prepared by Martin M. Ron Associates, dated May 11, 2006 and last revised June 15, 2006 (the “Existing Survey”). Prior to the Effective Date, Investor had the option to obtain an update of the Existing Survey or Investor’s own current ALTA Survey of the Property (the “Updated Survey”; either of the Existing Survey or the Updated Survey is referred to herein as the “Survey”). By letter dated December 3, 2010, Investor notified BCSP in writing of any title exceptions, exclusions from coverage or other matters identified in the PTR, the Survey, or any updates thereto which Investor disapproved, other than any of the Permitted Exceptions (to which Investor had, and shall have, no right to object) (the “Title Objections”). By letter dated December 9, 2010, BCSP notified Investor in writing of BCSP election not to attempt to cure such Title Objection(s).

ARTICLE 4

INVESTOR’S DUE DILIGENCE AND ACKNOWLEDGMENT.

4.1. Investor’s Due Diligence. BCSP has made available (at reasonable times and places or by providing Investor access to an online database) for Investor’s review BCSP’s books and records relating to the Property, including, without limitation, maintenance records, CAM reconciliations (including reasonable supporting documentation which is necessary to establish/verify base year calculations for base years occurring during BCSP and/or Owner’s period of ownership or which is otherwise readily available to BCSP and/or Owner) for the last two (2) calendar years, detailed general ledgers, environmental reports, records of income, taxes (including property tax bills for the last two (2) fiscal tax years and the property tax bill for the current year) and expenses, including, without limitation, operating statements relating to the operation of the Property for three (3) years preceding the Closing, any plans and specifications for the Property, Leases, Licenses, tenant files, Contracts, records of repairs and capital improvements, and other general accounting materials reasonably requested by Investor, in all cases to the extent in BCSP and/or Owner’s possession or control, but expressly excluding all documents and materials of a proprietary nature, such as internal valuation analysis, projections, software, marketing materials, and materials constituting the work product of BCSP or its agents and attorneys (collectively, the “ Property Information ”).

 

-6-


4.1.1. Access. BCSP has, upon reasonable notice and at reasonable times, made the Property available to Investor and its agents, employees, consultants and representatives for such inspections and tests as Investor deemed appropriate, at Investor’s sole cost and expense.

4.1.2. Indemnity . Investor hereby agrees to indemnify, defend, and hold harmless BCSP, Owner and their respective partners, members, affiliates, property manager, and their respective officers, directors, agents, employees, and representatives (collectively, the “ Indemnified Parties ”) from and against any and all liens, claims, or damages of any kind or nature, including any demands, actions or causes of action, assessments, losses, costs, expenses, liabilities, interest and penalties, and reasonable attorneys’ fees suffered, incurred, or sustained by any of the Indemnified Parties to the extent caused by the entry on the Property by Investor or its agents, employees, consultants or representatives or by Investor’s investigations of the Property (“ Claims ”). Investor will promptly repair all damage to the Property to the extent arising from Investor’s inspections or tests, including any damage to the extent caused by Investor or its agents, employees, consultants or representatives in the conduct of the review, and shall promptly restore the Property substantially to its condition before such inspections and tests. Notwithstanding anything set forth herein to the contrary, the indemnification and restoration obligations of Investor in this Section 4.1.2 shall survive Closing or the earlier termination, for any reason, of this Agreement. Upon BCSP’s request, Investor shall provide to BCSP prior to its or its agents’, employees’, consultants’ or representatives’ entry on the Property certificates of liability insurance insuring Investor and BCSP in an amount not less than Two Million Dollars ($2,000,000.00).

4.1.3. Investor Acknowledgement . Investor acknowledges that it has had the opportunity to perform a feasibility study of the Property, including, but not limited to, review and approval of the physical and environmental characteristics and condition of the Property and performance of marketing and feasibility studies, structural and engineering investigations, auditing of books and records of the Property and Owner, and financial analyses.

4.2. As Is, Where Is.

4.2.1. Express Representations. Except as provided in the express representations and warranties of BCSP set forth in Section 5.1 of this Agreement and except as may be expressly set forth in the documents executed and delivered by BCSP at Closing (collectively, the “ Express Representations ”), and subject to the limitations of time and money set forth in Article 5 and Article 10 herein, BCSP does not, by the execution and delivery of this Agreement, and BCSP shall not, by the execution and delivery of any document or instrument executed and delivered in connection with Closing, make any representation or warranty, express or implied, of any kind or nature whatsoever, with respect to the Property, and all such representations and warranties are hereby disclaimed.

4.2.2. Disclaimed Matters. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, other than the Express Representations, BCSP makes, and shall make, no express or implied warranty as to matters of zoning, acreage, building square footage, tax consequences, physical or environmental condition (including, without limitation, laws, rules, regulations, orders and requirements pertaining to the use, handling, generation, treatment, storage or disposal of any toxic or hazardous waste or toxic, hazardous or regulated substance), valuation, governmental approvals, governmental regulations or any other matter or thing relating to or affecting the Property (collectively, the “ Disclaimed Matters ”).

 

-7-


4.2.3. No person acting on behalf of BCSP is authorized to make, and by execution hereof, Investor acknowledges that no person has made, any representation, agreement, statement, warranty, guarantee or promise regarding the Property or the transaction contemplated herein or the zoning, construction, physical condition or other status of the Property except for the Express Representations. No representation, warranty, agreement, statement, guarantee or promise, if any, made by any person acting on behalf of BCSP other than the Express Representations will be valid or binding on BCSP.

INVESTOR ACKNOWLEDGES AND AGREES THAT, EXCEPT FOR THE EXPRESS REPRESENTATIONS, BCSP HAS NOT MADE, DOES NOT MAKE AND SPECIFICALLY NEGATES AND DISCLAIMS ANY REPRESENTATIONS, WARRANTIES, PROMISES, COVENANTS, AGREEMENTS OR GUARANTIES OF ANY KIND OR CHARACTER WHATSOEVER, WHETHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, ORAL OR WRITTEN, PAST, PRESENT OR FUTURE, OF, AS TO, CONCERNING OR WITH RESPECT TO (I) VALUE; (II) THE INCOME TO BE DERIVED FROM THE PROPERTY; (III) THE SUITABILITY OF THE PROPERTY FOR ANY AND ALL ACTIVITIES AND USES WHICH MAY BE CONDUCTED THEREON, INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, THE POSSIBILITIES, IF ANY, FOR FUTURE DEVELOPMENT OF THE PROPERTY; (IV) THE HABITABILITY, MERCHANTABILITY, MARKETABILITY, PROFITABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE OF THE PROPERTY; (V) THE MANNER, QUALITY, STATE OF REPAIR OR LACK OF REPAIR OF THE PROPERTY; (VI) THE NATURE, QUALITY OR CONDITION OF THE PROPERTY, INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, THE INDOOR AND OUTDOOR ENVIRONMENT AIR QUALITY, WATER, SOIL AND GEOLOGY; (VII) THE COMPLIANCE OF OR BY THE PROPERTY OR ITS OPERATION WITH ANY LAWS, RULES, ORDINANCES OR REGULATIONS OF ANY APPLICABLE GOVERNMENTAL AUTHORITY OR BODY; (VIII) THE MANNER OR QUALITY OF THE CONSTRUCTION OR MATERIALS, IF ANY, INCORPORATED INTO THE PROPERTY; (IX) COMPLIANCE WITH ANY FEDERAL, STATE, AND LOCAL ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION, POLLUTION, HEALTH AND SAFETY OR LAND USE LAWS, RULES, REGULATIONS, ORDINANCES, ORDERS, REQUIREMENTS OR COMMON LAW, INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, TITLE III OF THE AMERICANS WITH DISABILITIES ACT OF 1990, AS AMENDED, THE FEDERAL WATER POLLUTION CONTROL ACT, AS AMENDED, THE RESOURCE CONSERVATION AND RECOVERY ACT, AS AMENDED, THE COMPREHENSIVE ENVIRONMENTAL RESPONSE, COMPENSATION AND LIABILITY ACT OF 1980, AS AMENDED, THE SAFE DRINKING WATER ACT, AS AMENDED, THE HAZARDOUS MATERIALS TRANSPORTATION ACT, AS AMENDED, THE OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY AND HEALTH ACT OF 1970, AS AMENDED, THE TOXIC SUBSTANCE CONTROL ACT, AS AMENDED, AND REGULATIONS PROMULGATED UNDER ANY OF THE FOREGOING AND ANALOGOUS STATE STATUTES AND REGULATIONS; (X) THE PRESENCE OR ABSENCE OF HAZARDOUS OR TOXIC MATERIALS, SUBSTANCES OR WASTE AT, ON, UNDER, OR ADJACENT TO THE PROPERTY (SUBSECTIONS IX AND X HEREIN COLLECTIVELY REFERRED TO AS, “ ENVIRONMENTAL MATTERS ”); (XI) THE CONTENT, COMPLETENESS OR ACCURACY OF THE PROPERTY INFORMATION, THE PTR OR THE SURVEY; (XII) THE CONFORMITY OF THE IMPROVEMENTS TO ANY PLANS OR SPECIFICATIONS FOR THE PROPERTY INCLUDING ANY PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS THAT MAY HAVE BEEN OR MAY BE PROVIDED TO INVESTOR; (XIII) THE CONFORMITY OF THE PROPERTY TO PAST, CURRENT OR FUTURE APPLICABLE ZONING OR BUILDING REQUIREMENTS; (XIV) DEFICIENCY OF ANY UNDERSHORING, (XV) DEFICIENCY OF ANY DRAINAGE; (XVI) THE FACT THAT ALL OR A PORTION OF THE PROPERTY MAY BE LOCATED ON OR NEAR AN EARTHQUAKE FAULT LINE; (XVII) THE EXISTENCE OF VESTED LAND USE, ZONING OR BUILDING ENTITLEMENTS AFFECTING THE PROPERTY; OR (XVIII) ANY OTHER MATTER. INVESTOR FURTHER ACKNOWLEDGES AND AGREES THAT, HAVING BEEN GIVEN THE OPPORTUNITY TO INSPECT THE PROPERTY AND REVIEW INFORMATION AND DOCUMENTATION AFFECTING THE PROPERTY, INVESTOR IS RELYING SOLELY ON ITS OWN INVESTIGATION OF THE PROPERTY AND REVIEW OF SUCH INFORMATION AND DOCUMENTATION, AND NOT ON ANY INFORMATION PROVIDED OR TO BE PROVIDED BY BCSP, EXCEPT AS EXPRESSLY SET FORTH IN THE EXPRESS REPRESENTATIONS. INVESTOR FURTHER ACKNOWLEDGES AND AGREES THAT ANY INFORMATION MADE AVAILABLE TO INVESTOR OR PROVIDED OR TO BE PROVIDED BY OR ON BEHALF OF BCSP WITH RESPECT TO THE PROPERTY WAS OBTAINED FROM A VARIETY OF SOURCES AND THAT BCSP HAS NOT MADE ANY INDEPENDENT INVESTIGATION OR VERIFICATION OF SUCH INFORMATION AND MAKES NO REPRESENTATIONS AS TO THE ACCURACY OR COMPLETENESS OF SUCH INFORMATION, EXCEPT AS EXPRESSLY SET FORTH IN THE EXPRESS REPRESENTATIONS. INVESTOR HEREBY ACKNOWLEDGES AND AGREES THAT INVESTOR SHALL NOT BE ENTITLED TO RELY ON ANY REPORTS OR OTHER PROPERTY INFORMATION SUPPLIED BY BCSP TO INVESTOR, EXCEPT AS SET FORTH IN THE EXPRESS REPRESENTATIONS INVESTOR AGREES TO FULLY AND IRREVOCABLY RELEASE BCSP FROM ANY AND ALL CLAIMS THAT INVESTOR MAY NOW HAVE OR HEREAFTER ACQUIRE AGAINST BCSP FOR ANY COSTS, LOSS, LIABILITY, DAMAGE, EXPENSE, DEMAND, ACTION OR CAUSE OF ACTION ARISING FROM SUCH INFORMATION OR DOCUMENTATION, EXCEPT TO THE EXTENT ARISING OUT OF A BREACH BY BCSP OF A REPRESENTATION OR WARRANTY (SUBJECT TO THE LIMITATIONS OF TIME AND MONEY SET FORTH IN SECTIONS 5.5 AND 10.2 HEREIN) MADE IN THE EXPRESS REPRESENTATIONS. BCSP IS NOT LIABLE OR BOUND IN ANY MANNER BY ANY ORAL OR WRITTEN STATEMENTS, REPRESENTATIONS OR INFORMATION PERTAINING TO THE PROPERTY, OR THE OPERATION THEREOF, FURNISHED BY ANY REAL ESTATE BROKER, AGENT, EMPLOYEE, SERVANT OR OTHER PERSON TO THE EXTENT NOT EXPRESSLY SET FORTH IN THE EXPRESS REPRESENTATIONS. INVESTOR FURTHER ACKNOWLEDGES AND AGREES THAT TO THE MAXIMUM EXTENT PERMITTED BY LAW, THE SALE OF THE PROPERTY AS PROVIDED FOR HEREIN IS MADE ON AN “AS IS” CONDITION AND BASIS WITH ALL FAULTS AND DEFECTS, AND THAT BCSP HAS NO OBLIGATIONS TO MAKE REPAIRS, REPLACEMENTS OR IMPROVEMENTS EXCEPT AS MAY OTHERWISE BE EXPRESSLY STATED HEREIN. INVESTOR REPRESENTS, WARRANTS, AND COVENANTS TO BCSP, WHICH REPRESENTATION, WARRANTY, AND COVENANT TO BCSP SHALL SURVIVE THE CLOSING, THAT, EXCEPT FOR BCSP’S EXPRESS REPRESENTATIONS, INVESTOR IS RELYING SOLELY UPON INVESTOR’S OWN INVESTIGATION OF THE PROPERTY.

 

-8-


INVESTOR FURTHER ACKNOWLEDGES THAT “ NATURAL HAZARDS ” DESCRIBED IN THE FOLLOWING CALIFORNIA CODE SECTIONS MAY AFFECT THE PROPERTY: GOVERNMENT CODE SECTIONS 8589.4 AND 8589.3; GOVERNMENT CODE SECTIONS 51183.4 AND 51183.5 (FIRE HAZARD SEVERITY ZONE); PUBLIC RESOURCE CODE SECTION 2621.9 (EARTHQUAKE FAULT ZONE); PUBLIC RESOURCE CODE SECTION 2694 (SEISMIC HAZARD ZONE); AND PUBLIC RESOURCE CODE SECTION 4136 (WILDLAND AREA). INVESTOR ACKNOWLEDGES AND AGREES THAT INVESTOR HAS HAD THE OPPORTUNITY TO INDEPENDENTLY EVALUATE AND INVESTIGATE WHETHER ANY OR ALL OF SUCH NATURAL HAZARDS AFFECT THE PROPERTY AND BCSP SHALL HAVE NO LIABILITIES OR OBLIGATIONS WITH RESPECT THERETO. WITHOUT LIMITING THE FOREGOING, INVESTOR ACKNOWLEDGES AND AGREES THAT INVESTOR KNOWINGLY AND INTENTIONALLY WAIVES ANY DISCLOSURES, OBLIGATIONS OR REQUIREMENTS OF BCSP WITH RESPECT TO NATURAL HAZARDS, INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, ANY DISCLOSURE OBLIGATIONS OR REQUIREMENTS UNDER THE AFOREMENTIONED CODE SECTIONS OR UNDER CALIFORNIA CIVIL CODE SECTION 1102. INVESTOR REPRESENTS THAT INVESTOR HAS EXPERIENCE ACQUIRING AND CONDUCTING DUE DILIGENCE AND THAT THIS WAIVER HAS BEEN NEGOTIATED AND IS AN ESSENTIAL ASPECT OF THE BARGAIN BETWEEN THE PARTIES. NOTWITHSTANDING ANY TERM OR PROVISION OF THIS PARAGRAPH TO THE CONTRARY, AND WITHOUT LIMITATION OF ANY WAIVER CONTAINED IN THIS PARAGRAPH OR OF ANY REPRESENTATION OR WARRANTY SET FORTH IN THIS AGREEMENT, INVESTOR HEREBY ACKNOWLEDGES RECEIPT OF THAT CERTAIN JCP PROPERTY DISCLOSURE REPORT FROM BCSP WITH RESPECT TO THE PROPERTY.

IN CONNECTION WITH THE RELEASE AND WAIVER SET FORTH IN THIS SECTION 4.2 , INVESTOR ACKNOWLEDGES THAT INVESTOR IS AWARE OF THE PROVISIONS OF SECTION 1542 OF THE CALIFORNIA CIVIL CODE WHICH READS AS FOLLOWS:

“A GENERAL RELEASE DOES NOT EXTEND TO CLAIMS WHICH THE CREDITOR DOES NOT KNOW OR SUSPECT TO EXIST IN HIS OR HER FAVOR AT THE TIME OF EXECUTING THE RELEASE, WHICH IF KNOWN BY HIM OR HER MUST HAVE MATERIALLY AFFECTED HIS OR HER SETTLEMENT WITH THE DEBTOR.”

 

-9-


INVESTOR HEREBY WAIVES THE PROVISIONS OF SUCH SECTION 1542 OF THE CALIFORNIA CIVIL CODE AND THE PROVISIONS OF ANY SIMILAR LAWS. INVESTOR REALIZES, AGREES AND ACKNOWLEDGES THAT FACTUAL MATTERS NOW UNKNOWN TO INVESTOR MAY HAVE GIVEN OR HEREAFTER GIVE RISE TO CLAIMS WHICH ARE PRESENTLY UNKNOWN, UNANTICIPATED AND UNSUSPECTED, AND THE RELEASE PROVIDED HEREUNDER HAS BEEN NEGOTIATED AND AGREED UPON IN LIGHT OF THAT REALIZATION. THIS SECTION 4.2 SHALL SURVIVE THE CLOSING.

IN ACCORDANCE WITH CALIFORNIA HEALTH AND SAFETY CODE SECTION 25359.7, INVESTOR FURTHER ACKNOWLEDGES THAT BCSP HAS INFORMED INVESTOR THAT THERE MAY BE HAZARDOUS MATERIALS LOCATED ON THE PROPERTY, AND THAT INVESTOR IS ADVISED TO FULLY INVESTIGATE THE EXISTENCE OF ANY HAZARDOUS MATERIALS AT THE PROPERTY.

BY INITIALING BELOW, INVESTOR ACKNOWLEDGES THAT (i) THIS SECTION 4.2 HAS BEEN READ AND FULLY UNDERSTOOD, (ii) INVESTOR HAS HAD THE OPPORTUNITY TO ASK QUESTIONS OF ITS COUNSEL ABOUT ITS MEANING AND SIGNIFICANCE, AND (iii) INVESTOR HAS ACCEPTED AND AGREED TO THE TERMS SET FORTH IN THIS SECTION 4.2.

                         ML                            

INVESTOR’S INITIALS

4.2.4. Waiver . Without in any way limiting any provision of this Section 4.2, Investor specifically acknowledges and agrees that, except with respect to the Express Representations and the obligations of BCSP set forth in Section 6.1 of this Agreement, Investor hereby waives, releases and discharges any claim it has, might have had, or may have against BCSP with respect to (a) the Disclaimed Matters, (b) subject to Article 9 of this Agreement, the condition of the Property as of the Closing Date, (c) the past, present or future condition or compliance of the Property with regard to any federal, state or local law, statute, ordinance, rule, regulation, order or determination of any governmental authority or agency affecting the Property, including without limitation those pertaining to Environmental Matters, or (d) any other state of facts that exists with respect to the Property or any of the Property Information.

ARTICLE 5

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES.

5.1. BCSP’s Representations and Warranties. As a material inducement for Investor to enter into this Agreement, BCSP represents to Investor, as of the Effective Date, as follows:

5.1.1. Organization . Each of BCSP, Equity LLC and Owner is duly formed and validly existing under the laws of the jurisdiction of its organization. Schedule 5.1.1 identifies each document pursuant to which Owner is organized and governed (collectively, the “ Organizational Documents ”). As of the Effective Date, the Organizational Documents of Owner and Equity LLC are in full force and effect, and correct and complete copies of all of the Organizational Documents of Owner and Equity LLC have been delivered to Investor. The Organizational Documents of Owner and Equity LLC are in full force and effect and are the sole agreements governing the formation, ownership and operation of Owner and Equity LLC, respectively.

 

-10-


5.1.2. Authority/Consent. BCSP possesses all requisite power, authority and consents (subject to the Non Con Approvals), and has taken all actions required by its organizational documents and applicable law, to execute and deliver this Agreement and will, by Closing, have taken all actions required by its organizational documents and applicable law to consummate the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

5.1.3. Litigation . Except as may be disclosed on Schedule 5.1.3 attached hereto, and except for any claims (such as slip and fall and similar claims) and resulting litigation that are covered by Owner’s and BCSP’s insurance and also disclosed on such Schedule 5.1.3 , to BCSP’s knowledge, no action, suit or other proceeding (including, but not limited to, any condemnation action) or unsatisfied order or judgment is pending or has been threatened in writing that concerns or involves the Property, Owner or BCSP which would, if determined adversely to Owner or BCSP, materially and adversely affect the use or value of the Property or affect BCSP’s ability to fulfill its obligations under this Agreement.

5.1.4. Bankruptcy . No bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization or similar action or proceeding, whether voluntary or involuntary, is pending, or, to BCSP’s knowledge, has been threatened in writing, against BCSP or Owner.

5.1.5. Contracts . To BCSP’s knowledge, except for the Contracts referenced on Schedule 1.6 (and the Leases, Licenses and Loan Documents), there are no material contracts or agreements to which any Owner is bound relating any matter, including but not limited to, construction, architectural services, parking, maintenance or other supplies or services, management, leasing or brokerage services, or any equipment leases that are currently in effect and will be in effect after Closing.

5.1.6. Employees . Owner has no employees.

5.1.7. Leases . Except for the Leases and Licenses, and all amendments thereto, referenced on Schedule 1.4 , and the leases, licenses, or other occupancy agreements which may be entered into by Owner pursuant to Section 6.1.1 hereof, there are no leases, rental agreements, license agreements or other occupancy agreements currently in effect which will affect the Property after Closing.

5.1.7.1. To BCSP’s knowledge, each Lease and each License is in full force and effect and, except as disclosed on Schedule 5.1.7 , Owner has not sent any written notice to any tenant asserting that such tenant is in material default or breach under any Lease which default or breach remains uncured as of the date hereof.

 

-11-


5.1.7.2. BCSP has provided or will provide Investor with complete copies of all Leases and Licenses, including all amendments thereto in BCSP’s or Owner’s possession.

5.1.7.3. Except as may be described in Schedule 8.5.8(i) attached hereto, all tenant improvement allowances currently due and payable by Owner as landlord or licensee under or in connection with the current terms of the Leases and Licenses have been paid in full.

5.1.7.4. Attached hereto as Schedule 1.5 is a true and complete list of security deposits currently held by Owner, as landlord or licensor, under the Leases and Licenses.

5.1.8. Commissions . To BCSP’s knowledge, all brokerage and leasing commissions currently due and payable by Owner with respect to the current terms of the Leases and Licenses have been paid in full, other than those specified in Schedule 8.5.3(ii) .

5.1.9. Violations of Law . Except as set forth on Schedule 5.1.9 , neither BCSP nor Owner has received written notice from any governmental authority of any material violation of any federal, state, county or municipal laws, ordinances, orders, regulations and requirements affecting the Property or any portion thereof (including the conduct of business operations thereon), or otherwise involving Owner, which violation remains unresolved and which violation would materially and adversely affect the Property or the operation thereof, or the financial position of any such entity.

5.1.10. Environmental Reports . To BCSP’s knowledge, complete copies of all environmental/hazardous waste studies and reports relating to the Property which are in BCSP’s or Owner’s possession (collectively, the “ Environmental Reports ”) have been furnished to Investor, a list of which is attached hereto as Schedule 5.1.10 .

5.1.11. Foreign Person . BCSP is not a “foreign person,” “foreign trust” or “foreign corporation” (as those terms are defined in the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and related Income Tax Regulations).

5.1.12. No Conflicts. The execution and delivery of this Agreement by BCSP and the consummation by BCSP of the transactions contemplated hereby will not: (i) violate any law, judgment, order, injunction, or decree to which BCSP, Owner, or the Property are subject, or (ii) subject to obtaining the Non Con Approvals, conflict with, result in a breach of, or constitute a default under the organizational documents of BCSP or Owner or any lease, mortgage, loan agreement, covenant, or other agreement or instrument to which BCSP or Owner is a party or by which BCSP, Owner or the Property is bound.

5.1.13. OFAC. Neither BCSP nor, to BCSP’s knowledge, any of its equity owners nor their respective officers or directors, is a person or entity with whom U.S. persons or entities are restricted from doing business under regulations of the Office of Foreign Asset Control of the Department of the Treasury (“ OFAC ”), (including those named on OFAC’s Specially Designated and Blocked Persons List) or under any similar statute, executive order (including the September 24, 2001, Executive Order Blocking Property and Prohibiting Transactions with Persons Who Commit, Threaten to Commit, or Support Terrorism) or other similar governmental action.

 

-12-


5.1.14. Loan Documents. Attached as Schedule 2.2 is a list of all of the Loan Documents. True and complete copies of the Loan Documents set forth on Schedule 2.2 have been made available to Investor and, except as set forth on Schedule 2.2 , the Loan Documents have not been amended. The outstanding principal balance of the Mortgage Loan is $106,000,000.00. Neither BCSP nor Owner has received any written notice from Lender that an Event of Default (as defined in the Loan Documents) exists under the Loan Documents. To BCSP’s knowledge, Owner is not in default under the Loan Documents, and to BCSP’s knowledge, no event has occurred and no condition exists which, with the passage of time, the giving of notice, or both, would constitute an Event of Default under the Loan Documents.

5.1.15. Entity Representations.

5.1.15.1. Prior to the completion of the transactions set forth in Section 2.1 above:

5.1.15.1.1. BCSP is the sole member of Owner.

5.1.15.1.2. The only asset of Owner is its interest in the Property and any ancillary or incidental assets arising out of or pertaining to the ownership, operation and/or development of the Property.

5.1.15.1.3. The interest of BCSP in Owner is owned by BCSP free and clear of all liens, encumbrances, claims and rights of others.

5.1.16. Tax Matters.

5.1.16.1. At all times, Owner has been classified as a “disregarded entity” for federal, state, local and, as applicable, foreign tax purposes.

5.1.16.2. No deficiency for any amount of tax has been asserted or assessed by a taxing authority in writing relating to the business, operations and assets of Owner and BCSP has no knowledge that any such assessment or assertion of tax liability is threatened.

5.1.16.3. No audits or investigations by any taxing authority with respect to the business, operations and assets of Owner are currently pending or, to BCSP’s knowledge, threatened.

5.2. Investor’s Representations and Warranties . As a material inducement for BCSP to enter into this Agreement, Investor represents to BCSP, as of the Effective Date, as follows:

5.2.1. Organization . Investor is duly formed, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the jurisdiction of its organization and, as of the Closing Date, will be qualified to transact business in the jurisdiction where the Property is located.

 

-13-


5.2.2. Authority/Consent . Investor possesses all requisite power, authority and consents, and has taken all actions required by its organizational documents and applicable law, to execute and deliver this Agreement and will, by Closing, have taken all actions required by its organizational documents and applicable law to consummate the transactions contemplated in this Agreement.

5.2.3. OFAC. Neither Investor nor any of its equity owners, nor to Investor’s knowledge any of their respective officers or directors, is a person or entity with whom U.S. persons or entities are restricted from doing business under regulations of OFAC (including those named on OFAC’s Specially Designated and Blocked Persons List) or under any similar statute, executive order (including the September 24, 2001, Executive Order Blocking Property and Prohibiting Transactions with Persons Who Commit, Threaten to Commit, or Support Terrorism) or other similar governmental action.

5.2.4. No Conflicts. The execution and delivery of this Agreement by Investor and the consummation by Investor of the transactions contemplated hereby will not: (i) violate any law, judgment, order, injunction, or decree to which Investor is subject, or (ii) conflict with, result in a breach of, or constitute a default under the organizational documents of Investor or any lease, mortgage, loan agreement, covenant, or other agreement or instrument to which Investor is a party or by which Investor is bound.

5.2.5. Bankruptcy . No bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization or similar action or proceeding, whether voluntary or involuntary, is pending, or, to Investor’s knowledge, has been threatened in writing, against Investor.

5.3. Knowledge . For purposes of this Agreement, the phrase “ to BCSP’s knowledge ” means the best knowledge, after due inquiry, of McClure Kelly. There shall be no personal liability on the part of McClure Kelly arising out of any representations or warranties made herein or otherwise. To the extent a Tenant Estoppel (defined in Section 6.5 below) is provided to Investor which sets forth information with respect to any item as to which BCSP has made a representation or warranty, then BCSP’s representations and warranties with respect to such information will thereafter be null and void and of no further force and effect and Investor shall rely on the information in such Tenant Estoppel.

5.4. Subsequent Changes . If BCSP and/or Owner becomes aware of any fact or circumstance which would materially and adversely change one of its Express Representations set forth in Section 5.1 above, then BCSP and/or Owner shall give notice of such changed fact or circumstance to Investor. If Investor has or obtains knowledge of any fact which would materially and adversely change any of the Express Representations contained herein or would otherwise constitute a breach thereof by BCSP and/or Owner, and provided that such fact was not included in the Property Information prior to the Effective Date and Investor did not know, or was not deemed to know, such fact prior to the Effective Date, Investor, as its sole remedy, shall have the option of (i) waiving the breach of warranty or change, and proceeding with the Close of Escrow, or (ii) terminating this Agreement, in which event the Deposit and any other funds deposited by Buyer into the Escrow and all interest earned thereon shall be returned to Investor. Any such election shall be made by Investor not later than the earlier to occur of (i) five (5) business days from Investor becoming aware of such fact, or (ii) the Closing Date. If Investor does not so elect to terminate this Agreement pursuant to this Section 5.4, then Investor shall be deemed to have elected to waive its rights to terminate this Agreement pursuant to this Section 5.4, elected to acquire the Property on the terms set forth in this Agreement, and waived all remedies at law or in equity with respect to any representations or warranties resulting from the facts or circumstances disclosed by BCSP and/or Owner in its notice to Investor. For purposes of this Agreement, the “ knowledge” or “actual knowledge” of Investor shall mean the receipt by Alex Vouvalides or Christopher Barton of a written document containing such fact or circumstance and any information or materials included in the Property Information. In no event shall the Closing be extended beyond the Outside Closing Date for any reason without the express written agreement of BCSP, in BCSP’s sole and absolute discretion.

 

-14-


5.5. Survival . All of the representations and warranties set forth in this Article 5 shall survive the Closing for a period of six (6) months (“ Survival Period ”), subject to the provisions of Article 10 of this Agreement. Investor shall provide BCSP with written notice (a “ Notice of Breach ”) of any alleged breach or failure of any representation or warranty made by BCSP and specifying the nature thereof within five (5) Business Days after Investor’s discovery of such alleged breach or failure. Investor shall commence any action, suit, or proceeding with respect to any breach or failure that is the subject of the Notice of Breach, if at all, on or before the date that is thirty (30) days after the expiration of the Survival Period (the “ Suit Deadline ”). BCSP acknowledges and agrees that the resolution of such action, suit, or proceeding may not occur until after the expiration of the Survival Period and the Survival Period shall be deemed to be tolled with respect to (and only with respect to) any alleged breach or failure of a representation or warranty of which BCSP receives a Notice of Breach before the expiration of the Survival Period, provided Investor files an action, suit or proceeding with respect thereto prior to the Suit Deadline. Notwithstanding the foregoing to the contrary, BCSP shall have no liability in connection with this Agreement by reason of any inaccuracy of a representation or warranty if, and to the extent that, such inaccuracy is disclosed to Investor pursuant to Section 5.4 above or otherwise included in the Property Information at the time of the Closing, and Investor elects, nevertheless, to consummate the transaction contemplated hereby.

ARTICLE 6

COVENANTS OF BCSP PRIOR TO CLOSING.

6.1. Operation of Property . From the Effective Date until the Closing, BCSP shall cause Owner to operate the Property in accordance with the terms of this Section 6.1 .

 

-15-


6.1.1. From the Effective Date until the Closing, Owner shall continue to operate, maintain and repair the Property in the ordinary course of business and to the standard that Owner has operated the Property to date, but shall not take any of the following actions without the prior written consent of Investor, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, delayed or conditioned and which consent shall be deemed granted in the event that Investor fails to respond to a written request for its consent within three (3) Business Days: (a) make or permit to be made any material alterations to or upon the Property (provided, however, Investor’s consent shall not be required for repairs or other work of an emergency nature, as required by law, or under any Lease, provided that Owner shall notify Investor of such work as soon as practicable), (b) enter into any contracts for the provision of services and/or supplies to the Property which are not terminable without premium or penalty by Investor upon no more than thirty (30) days’ prior written notice, or amend or modify any of the Contracts in any material respect, unless such Contract, as amended, may be terminated without premium or penalty by Investor upon no more than thirty (30) days’ prior written notice, provided that, notwithstanding the foregoing, Owner shall promptly provide Investor with written notice if Owner enters into any service contract relating to the Property, regardless of whether Investor’s consent is required pursuant to this sub-clause (b), (c) enter into any leases, licenses, or other occupancy agreements with respect to the Property or any part thereof, or extend (except pursuant to a provision of the existing Lease or License), expand, terminate or cancel (except in the event of a material tenant default), or otherwise amend (except pursuant to a unilateral right of the tenant under an existing Lease or License, provided that Owner shall promptly provide Investor with written notice of such exercise) any of the Leases or Licenses, (d) remove or permit the removal from the Property of any fixtures, mechanical equipment, or any other item included in the Property except when replaced with items of equal or greater quality and value by Owner prior to Closing, and except for the use and consumption at the Property of inventory, office and other supplies and spare parts, and the replacement of worn out, obsolete and defective tools, equipment and appliances, in each case in the ordinary course of business, (e) subject to Section 6.6 below, settle, compromise, withdraw or terminate any real estate tax appeal or proceeding affecting the Property other than any relating solely to periods prior to tax year 2010, or (f) grant any easements or title encumbrances that will affect the Property after the Closing Date.

6.1.2. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Owner shall have no obligation to make or perform any capital repairs or replacements unless required to do so to meet its obligations as landlord under the Leases or by applicable law.

6.2. Notices . Promptly after receipt, Owner shall provide Investor with true and complete copies of any written notices that BCSP receives from any governmental authority with respect to (i) any special assessments or proposed increases in the valuation of the Property; (ii) any condemnation or eminent domain proceedings affecting the Property or any portion thereof; or (iii) any material violation of any environmental law or any zoning, health, fire, safety or other law, regulation or code applicable to the Property. In addition, Owner shall deliver or cause to be delivered to Investor, promptly upon the giving or receipt thereof by BCSP, true and complete copies of any written notices of default given (subject to the terms of Section 6.1.1 , above) or received by Owner under any of the Leases or Licenses.

6.3. Litigation . BCSP will advise Investor promptly of any litigation, arbitration proceeding or administrative hearing which is instituted after the Effective Date and which concerns or affects Owner or the Property, other than any such matters (such as slip and fall and similar claims and resulting litigation) that are covered by Owner’s insurance.

 

-16-


6.4. Insurance . Prior to Closing, BCSP will cause Owner to maintain the existing insurance coverage with respect to the Property.

6.5. Tenant Estoppels . BCSP shall cause Owner to request from each of the tenants under a Lease an estoppel certificate in substantially the form of Exhibit C-1 attached hereto, provided, however, (i) if such tenant’s Lease attaches or prescribes a form of, or content of, an estoppel certificate, and such tenant refuses to execute the estoppel certificate in the form submitted by Owner, then such tenant may deliver an estoppel certificate conforming to such tenant’s Lease and, with respect to the Lease with the State of California, the tenant may deliver a statement of lease or other estoppel certificate in the form customarily given by the State of California.

6.6. Tax Reduction Proceedings . BCSP may cause Owner to file and/or prosecute an application for the reduction of the assessed valuation of the Property or any portion thereof for real estate taxes or a refund of real estate taxes previously paid (a “ Tax Certiorari Proceeding ”) to the City of San Francisco for fiscal year 2010 and any prior fiscal year. BCSP shall have the right to withdraw, settle or otherwise compromise Tax Certiorari Proceedings affecting real estate taxes assessed against the Property (i) for any fiscal period prior to the fiscal year in which the Closing shall occur without the prior consent of Investor, and (ii) for the fiscal year in which the Closing shall occur or any fiscal year thereafter, provided Investor shall have consented with respect thereto, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed and which consent shall be deemed granted in the event that Investor fails to respond to a written request for its consent within three (3) Business Days. The amount of any tax refunds (net of attorneys’ fees and other costs of obtaining such tax refunds) with respect to any portion of the Property for the tax year in which the Apportionment Time (as defined below) occurs shall be apportioned between BCSP and Investor as of the Apportionment Time with a prior allocation of the portion thereof which must be returned to tenants pursuant to the terms of the Leases; BCSP hereby agreeing to be responsible for the return of such refund to such tenants for the period up to and including the Apportionment Time and Investor having such obligation for the return of such refunds attributable to the period from and after the Closing Date. If, in lieu of a tax refund, a tax credit is received with respect to any portion of the Property for the tax year in which the Apportionment Time occurs, then (x) within thirty (30) days after receipt by BCSP or Investor, as the case may be, of evidence of the actual amount of such tax credit (net of attorneys’ fees and other costs of obtaining such tax credit), the tax credit apportionment shall be readjusted between BCSP and Investor, and (y) upon realization by Investor of a tax savings on account of such credit, Investor shall pay to BCSP an amount equal to the savings realized (as apportioned). All refunds, credits or other benefits applicable to any fiscal period prior to the fiscal year in which the Closing shall occur shall belong solely to BCSP (and Investor shall have no interest therein) and, if the same shall be paid to Investor or anyone acting on behalf of Investor, same shall be paid to BCSP within five (5) days following receipt thereof. The provisions of this Section 6.6 shall survive the Closing.

 

-17-


ARTICLE 7

CONDITIONS PRECEDENT TO CLOSING.

7.1. Conditions Precedent to Investor’s Obligation to Close. Investor’s obligation to consummate the Closing is subject to satisfaction on or before the Closing Date of the following conditions, any of which may be waived in writing by Investor in Investor’s sole and absolute subjective discretion:

7.1.1. Title . A final examination of the title to the Land by the Title Company shall disclose no title exceptions except for the Permitted Exceptions and other matters approved or deemed approved by Investor in accordance with this Agreement, and Title Company shall be irrevocably committed to issue a date-down endorsement and non-imputation endorsement to Owner’s ALTA extended coverage owner’s policy of title insurance (“ Title Policy ”) (provided that Investor shall be responsible for the premium related to such extended coverage as set forth in herein) insuring title to the Property in the amount of One Hundred Eighty Five Million and 00/100 Dollars ($185,000,000.00), subject only to the Permitted Exceptions and such other matters so approved or deemed approved by Investor.

7.1.2. Delivery of Closing Documents . BCSP shall have delivered each of the Closing Documents required to be delivered under Section 8.2.1 of this Agreement or described elsewhere in this Agreement as a Closing delivery.

7.1.3. Covenants, Representations and Warranties . BCSP shall not be in material breach of any of covenants, representations and warranties it has made in this Agreement. All representations and warranties of BCSP set forth in this Agreement shall be true and correct in all material respects as if made on the Closing Date.

7.1.4. Non Con Approvals . The Non Con Approvals shall have been obtained.

7.1.5. Tenant Estoppels. BCSP shall have obtained and delivered to Investor executed Tenant Estoppels from tenants comprising at least eighty percent (80%) of the leased area of the Building (the “ Required Estoppel Percentage ”) including a Tenant Estoppel from (a) National Union Fire Insurance Company of Pittsburgh, PA (the “ AIG Lease ”), (b) Pacific Bell Directory (the “AT&T Lease ”), (c) the State of California (the “ California Lease ”), and (d) Deem Sum International, Inc. (collectively, the “ Required Tenant Estoppels ”). If necessary to achieve the Required Estoppel Percentage for the Building, BCSP, at its option, may deliver to Investor a representation letter substantially in the form of Exhibit C-2 (each, a “ Seller Estoppel ”) for the AIG Lease and the California Lease. BCSP’s liability under each Seller Estoppel shall expire and be of no further force or effect on the earlier of: (A) April 29, 2012, or (B) the date that Investor receives a Tenant Estoppel from the applicable tenant. In addition, BCSP’s liability under any Seller Estoppel shall be subject to the limitations Section 10.2 hereof. Investor shall not unreasonably withhold approval of any executed Tenant Estoppels so long as the same (i) do not indicate any material defaults under the applicable Lease, (ii) do not indicate any material inconsistencies with respect to the facts or information set forth in the applicable Lease, except to the extent the same have been disclosed by any of the BCSP’s representations and warranties under this Agreement, and/or (iii) in the event a tenant modifies the applicable Tenant Estoppel, so long as the information included in such modified Tenant Estoppel is not inconsistent with the information included the estoppel form completed for such tenant pursuant to the above provisions of this section.

 

-18-


7.1.6. REA Estoppel . BCSP shall have obtained and delivered to Investor an executed estoppel certificate (the “ REA Estoppel ”) from CP III Rincon Towers, Inc., as successor-in-interest to Rincon Realty under the REA (the “ Residential Owner ”), certifying that to the best of the Residential Owner’s knowledge (i) the Owner is not in default in the performance of any of Owner’s obligations under the REA, (ii) all charges, fees and assessments currently due and payable from the Owner to the Residential Owner under the REA, if any, have been paid, (iii) there are no outstanding charges, fees or assessments due and payable from the Commercial Owner to the Residential Owner under the REA, and (iv) the Residential Owner has no knowledge, without any duty of investigation or inquiry, of any improvements or work that do not comply with the provisions of the REA. If BCSP is unable to obtain the REA Estoppel, BCSP, at its option, may deliver to Investor a representation letter items (i) through (iv) above (a “ Seller REA Estoppel ”) in lieu of the REA Estoppel in order to satisfy this condition. BCSP’s liability under the Seller REA Estoppel shall expire and be of no further force or effect on the earlier to occur of: (A) April 29, 2012, or (b) the date that Investor receives the REA Estoppel from the Residential Owner.

7.1.7. Other Conditions. Any conditions to Investor’s obligation to close set forth elsewhere in this Agreement.

7.2. Covenants, Representations and Warranties . BCSP and/or Owner shall not be in material breach of any of covenants, representations and warranties it has made in this Agreement. In addition, there shall not exist any facts or circumstances that would make any of BCSP and/or Owner’s Express Representations untrue in any material respect as of the Closing Date. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if a change in circumstances occurs after the Effective Date which is not otherwise a breach or default by BCSP and/or Owner under the terms of this Agreement (by way of example only, BCSP and/or Owner enters into a new Lease in accordance with the terms of Section 6.1.1, above) and such change of circumstances requires a representation and warranty made by the BCSP and/or Owner to be modified in order for such representation and warranty to be accurate as of Closing, then the representation and warranty shall be deemed remade as so modified, and BCSP and/or Owner shall not be in breach of or in default under this Agreement by virtue of such change in circumstances or modification.

7.3. Conditions Precedent to BCSP’s Obligation to Close. BCSP’s obligation to consummate the Closing is subject to satisfaction, on or before the Closing Date of the following conditions, any of which may be waived in writing by BCSP, in BCSP’s sole and absolute subjective discretion:

7.3.1. Covenants . Investor shall have performed and observed, in all material respects, all covenants of Investor under this Agreement.

 

-19-


7.3.2. Representations and Warranties . All representations and warranties of Investor set forth in this Agreement shall be true and correct in all material respects as if made on the Closing Date.

7.3.3. Delivery of Closing Documents and Payment of Purchase Price . Investor shall have delivered each of the Closing Documents required to be delivered under Section 8.3.1 of this Agreement, shall have paid into escrow the balance due of the Purchase Price, and Escrow Agent shall be prepared to make the disbursements pursuant to the Settlement Statement, including the disbursement of the balance of the Purchase Price to BCSP.

7.3.4. Non Con Approvals. The Non Con Approvals shall have been obtained.

7.4. Failure of a Condition.

7.4.1. If any condition precedent to Investor’s obligation to close the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, as set forth in Section 7.1 of this Agreement, has not been satisfied on or before the Closing Date, then Investor shall give notice to BCSP of the condition or conditions that Investor asserts are not satisfied. If the conditions specified in such notice are not satisfied within ten (10) Business Days after receipt of such notice (with the Closing Date automatically being extended to accommodate such ten (10) Business Day period, but in no event beyond the Outside Closing Date without BCSP’s approval)), then Investor may terminate this Agreement by written notice to BCSP and Escrow Agent, whereupon neither party shall have any further rights or obligations hereunder (other than any obligations of either party that expressly survive termination) and the Deposit shall be returned to Investor. Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary, if any of the conditions precedent to Investor’s obligation to close, as set forth in Section 7.1 of this Agreement, are not satisfied within the ten (10) Business Day period specified above and the same, in BCSP’s reasonable judgment, are reasonably susceptible of being cured, BCSP or Investor, as the case may be, shall have the right to extend such period in which to satisfy the unsatisfied condition for a period of up to forty-five (45) additional days, by giving written notice thereof to Investor or BCSP, as applicable, and Escrow Agent within the initial ten (10) Business Day period referenced above. Investor shall have the right to waive the unsatisfied condition or conditions by written notice to BCSP and Escrow Agent given within five (5) Business Days after expiration of the applicable satisfaction period without satisfaction having occurred, in which event the Closing Date shall be the date that is five (5) Business Days after BCSP’s receipt of Investor’s waiver notice. If the Closing Date is extended pursuant to this paragraph, then the Closing Date shall be the date that is the earlier to occur of five (5) Business Days after (a) the date that the unsatisfied condition has been satisfied, or (b) BCSP’s receipt of Investor’s waiver notice. It is understood and agreed that the failure of any condition set forth in Section 7.1 hereof that is not reasonably susceptible of being cured within the time allotted shall not constitute a default, breach of a covenant, or other failure to perform by BCSP hereunder unless such failed condition was caused by BCSP’s willful and intentional actions in violation of its covenants set forth in Section 6.1.1 hereof.

 

-20-


7.4.2. If any condition precedent to BCSP’s obligation to close the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, as set forth in Section 7.2 of this Agreement, has not been satisfied on or before the Closing Date, then BCSP shall give notice to Investor of the condition or conditions that BCSP asserts are not satisfied. If the conditions specified in such notice are not satisfied within ten (10) Business Days after receipt of such notice (with the Closing Date automatically being extended to accommodate such ten (10) Business Day period, but in no event beyond the Outside Closing Date without BCSP’s approval), then BCSP may terminate this Agreement by written notice to Investor and Escrow Agent, whereupon neither party shall have any further rights or obligations hereunder (other than any obligations of either party that expressly survive termination) and the Deposit shall be returned to Investor (unless the applicable conditions are not satisfied due to a default by Investor under this Agreement, in which case the Deposit shall be paid to BCSP). Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary, if any of the conditions precedent to BCSP’s obligation to close, as set forth in Section 7.2 of this Agreement, are not satisfied within the ten (10) Business Day period specified above and the same, in BCSP’s reasonable judgment, are reasonably susceptible of being cured, BCSP may be shall have the right to extend such period in which to satisfy the unsatisfied condition for a period of up to forty-five (45) additional days, by giving written notice thereof to Investor, and Escrow Agent within the initial ten (10) Business Day period referenced above. BCSP shall have the right to waive the unsatisfied condition or conditions by written notice to Investor and Escrow Agent given within five (5) Business Days after expiration of the applicable satisfaction period without satisfaction having occurred, in which event the Closing Date shall be the date that is five (5) Business Days after Investor’s receipt of BCSP’s waiver notice. If the Closing Date is extended pursuant to this paragraph, then the Closing Date shall be the date that is the earlier to occur of five (5) Business Days after (a) the date that the unsatisfied condition has been satisfied, or (b) Investor’s receipt of BCSP’s waiver notice. Notwithstanding the foregoing or anything set forth herein to the contrary, in no event shall the Closing Date be extended with respect to Investor’s failure to fund into escrow the balance of the Purchase Price due at Closing as required under this Agreement, unless expressly agreed by BCSP in writing in BCSP’s sole and absolute discretion.

7.4.3. Waiver . If the transaction contemplated by this Agreement closes, each party shall be deemed to have waived any and all unmet or unsatisfied conditions by the other party actually known to such party subject to the provisions of Article 5 and Article 10 hereof.

ARTICLE 8

CLOSING

8.1. Closing Date . Subject to Sections 3.2 and 7.3.1, above, the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby (the “ Closing ”) shall be conducted by delivery of documents and funds in escrow to Escrow Agent on December 16, 2010 (the “ Designated Closing Date ”); TIME BEING STRICTLY OF THE ESSENCE. The date that the Closing occurs hereunder, as such date may be extended in accordance with this Agreement, is referred to herein as the “ Closing Date ”. Investor and BCSP agree to finalize and execute all documents necessary for the consummation of the transaction contemplated herein, including, but not limited to, the Settlement Statement (as defined in Section 8.2), and to deliver all such documents to the Escrow Agent in escrow not later than 5:00 p.m. (Pacific time) on the Business Day immediately preceding the Closing Date to ensure the orderly and timely close of escrow and disbursement of all funds necessary for Closing by not later than 10:00 a.m. (Pacific time) on the Closing Date. Notwithstanding the foregoing or anything herein to the contrary, in no event may the Closing Date and the disbursement of funds thereunder be extended beyond 10:00 a.m. (Pacific time) on December 16, 2010 (the “ Outside Closing Date ”) for any reason without the express written agreement of BCSP, in BCSP’s sole and absolute discretion, TIME BEING STRICTLY OF THE ESSENCE.

 

-21-


8.2. BCSP’s Obligations at the Closing. At the Closing, BCSP will do, or cause to be done, the following:

8.2.1. Closing Documents . BCSP shall execute (as applicable), acknowledge (if necessary) and deliver originals of the following documents:

8.2.1.1. The Joint Venture Agreement substantially in the form of Exhibit B hereto;

8.2.1.2. The Assignment and Assumption of Membership Interest in the form attached hereto as Exhibit C (the “ Assignment and Assumption of Interest ”), conveying the Investor Interest;

8.2.1.3. Copies of all formation and organizational documents of the Joint Venture.

8.2.1.4. Certificate of Non-Foreign Status, substantially in the form of Exhibit D hereto;

8.2.1.5. Settlement statement prepared by Escrow Agent showing all of the payments and adjustments provided for in Section 8.5 of this Agreement or otherwise agreed upon by BCSP and Investor (the “ Settlement Statement ”);

8.2.1.6. A certificate signed by BCSP and/or Owner stating that each of BCSP and/or Owner’s representations and warranties contained in Section 5.1 of this Agreement is true and correct in all material respects which certificate shall include as a certification that the Non Con Approval has been obtained, provided, however, that if any of the representations and warranties have changed since the Effective Date, then BCSP and/or Owner shall revise the representations and warranties to conform to the changed circumstances and shall set forth such changed representations and warranties in such certificate; and

8.2.1.7. An Owner’s Affidavit in the form of Exhibit E attached hereto. BCSP shall also deliver to the Title Company and Investor such evidence as may be reasonably required by the Title Company with respect to the good standing and authority of BCSP, the approval of BCSP of the transactions contemplated herein, and the authority of the person(s) executing the documents required to be executed by BCSP in connection with this Agreement.

8.2.1.8. BCSP shall cause BCSP IV Property Management LLC (the “ Beacon Manager ”) to deliver a thirty (30) day notice of that certain Management Agreement between Beacon Manager and CAC Real Estate Management Company, Inc. (the “ CAC Sub Agreement ”).

 

-22-


8.2.1.9. Any other documents which BCSP is required to deliver at the Closing pursuant to this Agreement.

8.2.2. Costs . BCSP will pay all costs allocated to BCSP pursuant to Section 8.5.1 of this Agreement.

8.3. Investor’s Obligations at the Closing . At the Closing, Investor will do, or cause to be done, the following:

8.3.1. Closing Documents . At Closing, Investor shall execute, acknowledge (if necessary) and deliver originals of the following documents:

8.3.1.1. The Joint Venture Agreement substantially in the form of Exhibit B hereto;

8.3.1.2. The Assignment and Assumption of Interest;

8.3.1.3. The Settlement Statement; and

8.3.1.4. Such evidence as may be reasonably required by the Title Company with respect to the authority of the person(s) executing the documents required to be executed by Investor on behalf of Investor.

8.3.1.5. A certificate signed by Investor stating that each of Investor’s representations and warranties contained in Section 5.2 of this Agreement is true and correct in all material respects, provided , however , that if any of the representations and warranties have changed since the Effective Date, then Investor shall revise the representations and warranties to conform to the changed circumstances and shall set forth such changed representations and warranties in such certificate.

8.3.1.6. Investor shall cause Hudson OP Management, LLC to execute and deliver the Hudson Sub Agreement.

8.3.1.7. Any other documents which Investor is required to deliver at the Closing pursuant to this Agreement.

8.3.2. Payment of Consideration . Investor shall pay to Escrow Agent a sum equal to the remaining portion of the Purchase Price owed by Investor in accordance with Article 2 of this Agreement. As part of the Closing under this Agreement, in accordance with this Agreement, Escrow Agent shall disburse, via federal funds wire transfer of immediately available funds, to an account designated by BCSP in a written notice to Escrow Agent delivered prior to the Closing Date, with such notice to contain all information necessary for Escrow Agent to effectuate such transfer, the balance of the Purchase Price in the amount due to BCSP as shown on the Settlement Statement. In addition, as part of the Closing under this Agreement, Escrow Agent shall make such other disbursements as are shown on the Settlement Statement.

 

-23-


8.3.3. Costs . Investor will pay all costs allocated to Investor pursuant to Section 8.5.1 of this Agreement.

8.4. Escrow. The delivery of the documents and the payment of the sums to be delivered and paid at the Closing shall be accomplished through an escrow with Escrow Agent and in accordance with this Agreement.

8.5. Costs and Adjustments at Closing . BCSP and Investor shall mutually agree on a proration statement setting forth the adjustments contemplated by this Agreement, all of which (e.g., rents, taxes, utilities, insurance, and other operating income and expenses), shall be apportioned as of the Closing Date pursuant to Section 8.5.2 below.

8.5.1. Transaction Expenses . Any closing or escrow fees of Escrow Agent shall be paid fifty percent (50%) by BCSP and fifty percent (50%) by Investor. BCSP shall pay (i) all costs and fees for BCSP’s representatives and consultants (except as set forth in this Section 8.5.1 below), (ii) all fees and costs associated with delivering title to the Property in the condition required by Article 3 of this Agreement; (iii) all transfer taxes associated with the transfer of the Land and Improvements to Investor, (iv) all costs and fees for title examination, title insurance and related Title Company charges associated with the issuance of the PTR and the payment of the premium for the CLTA portion of the Title Policy; and (v) the costs relating to the Existing Survey. Investor shall pay (or reimburse BCSP for) (i) any endorsements to the Title Policy or any extended coverage and, if applicable, the issuance of the Investor’s lender’s title insurance policy and any updates or endorsement thereto required by Investor’s lender, (ii) all costs associated with the Updated Survey or any updates thereto, and (iii) all costs associated with Investor’s due diligence studies and investigations of the Property. Subject to Section 14.13 below, BCSP and Investor shall each pay its respective attorneys’ fees.

8.5.2. On or before the Effective Date, BCSP has prepared and Investor has approved the balance sheet attached hereto as Schedule 8.5.2 (the “ Closing Date Balance Sheet ”) reflecting the Current Assets and Current Liabilities (as defined below) of the Owner as of the Closing Date. To the extent that the Working Capital set forth on the Closing Date Balance Sheet (the “ Estimated Closing Working Capital ”) is positive, BCSP shall receive a credit from the Joint Venture at Closing in amount equal to such Estimated Closing Working Capital. To the extent that the Estimated Closing Working Capital is negative, BCSP shall make a cash contribution to the Joint Venture at Closing in an amount equal to such Estimated Closing Working Capital. Within one hundred twenty (120) days after the Closing, BCSP shall deliver to Investor for its review, audit and approval a final reconciliation of the Closing Date Balance Sheet together with worksheets which show in reasonable detail any adjustments and the basis of any adjustments to the Closing Date Balance Sheet, and which is prepared in a manner consistent with the final 2009 audited balance sheet for the Owner reflecting all necessary and expected entries needed for reporting on a United States federal income tax basis, unless otherwise stated in this Agreement (the “ Final Balance Sheet ”). Within five (5) business days following the completion of an agreement regarding the Final Balance Sheet, (i) if the Working Capital shown on the Final Balance Sheet (the “ Final Closing Working Capital ”) exceeds the Estimated Closing Working Capital, the Joint Venture shall pay to BCSP such amount of cash as is necessary to cause the total amount of consideration received by or paid by BCSP to equal the amount that would have been received by or paid by BCSP at Closing if the Final Closing Working Capital (in lieu of the Estimated Closing Working Capital) had been used to determine payments, or (ii) if the Estimated Closing Working Capital exceeds the Final Closing Working Capital, BCSP shall pay to the Joint Venture such amount of cash as is necessary to cause the total amount of consideration received by or paid by BCSP to be equal to the amounts that would have been received by or paid by BCSP if the Final Closing Working Capital (in lieu of the Estimated Closing Working Capital) had been used at Closing to determine payments. As used in this Agreement, “ Working Capital ” means Current Assets minus Current Liabilities; “ Current Assets ” means and includes all accounts receivable, cash and cash equivalents (including Security Deposits), prepaid expenses (including insurance), mortgage escrows and all other current assets of the Owner, excluding any TDR Escrows; and “ Current Liabilities ” means and includes the sum of all accounts payable and accrued obligations on a full accrual basis, one hundred percent (100%) of prepaid rents, contingent obligations that are probable and estimable with the exception of items set forth in Sections 8.5.3 and 8.5.4 below, accrued expenses, accrued taxes, accrued interest, liabilities for Security Deposits and all other current liabilities of Owner.

 

-24-


8.5.3. Tenant Improvement Allowances, Leasing Commissions and Free Rent . Investor shall receive a credit against the Purchase Price due at Closing equal to fifty-one percent (51%) of (i) the amount of outstanding tenant improvement allowances currently due and payable by Owner to tenants or licensees and shown on Schedule 8.5.3(i) attached hereto (other than the Luce Allowance (as defined in Section 8.5.4 below); (ii) the amount of outstanding brokerage and leasing commissions currently due and payable by Owner to third parties and shown on Schedule 8.5.3(ii) attached hereto; and (iii) the amount of “free rent” available to tenants under Leases and licensees under Licenses and shown on Schedule 8.5.3(iii) attached hereto which is attributable to the period from and after the Closing Date. Notwithstanding anything set forth herein to the contrary, the credit with respect to free rent referenced in clause (iii) above shall be subject to adjustment only based on Beacon’s and the Joint Venture’s respective periods of ownership of the Property, and not with respect to amount or any other factor. From and after Closing, Owner (as constituted immediately following formation of the Joint Venture) shall be solely responsible for all tenant improvement allowances, all leasing commissions, and all free rent associated with the Property, the Leases and/or the Licenses and all costs and expenses associated therewith.

8.5.4. Luce Allowance . Schedule 8.5.3(i) sets forth an outstanding tenant improvement allowance (the “ Luce Allowance ”) in connection with the Lease with Luce Forward Hamilton and Scripps LLP (“ Luce ”). At Closing, BCSP shall deposit with Escrow Agent an amount equal to the then outstanding Luce Allowance (the “ Luce Funds ”) to be held by Escrow Agent pursuant to an escrow agreement by and between BCSP, Owner and Escrow Agent substantially in the form attached hereto as Schedule 8.5.4 (the “ Luce Escrow Agreement ”). From and after the Closing, Owner shall have the right to draw upon the Luce Funds from time to time in order to fund the Luce Allowance as it becomes payable. Any Luce Funds remaining in escrow as of May 31, 2011 shall be disbursed to BCSP after deducting all outstanding reimbursement requests in connection with the Luce Allowance received from Luce on or before May 31, 2011 and approved by Owner.

 

-25-


8.5.5. At Closing, Equity LLC and Investor shall each make a cash contribution to the Joint Venture in proportion to their respective Interests of the amounts outstanding for tenant improvement allowances and leasing commissions Schedules 8.5.3(i) (other than the Luce Allowance), and 8.5.3(ii) (the “ Tenant Reserves ”).

8.5.6. At Closing, Beacon and Investor shall each make a cash contribution to the Joint Venture in proportion to their respective Interests to fund the “Cash Buffer Reserve” as defined in and contemplated by Section 4.7 of the Joint Venture Agreement.

8.5.7. Survival . The provisions of this Section 8.5 shall survive Closing for a period of two hundred seventy (270) days from the Closing Date.

ARTICLE 9

DAMAGE AND CONDEMNATION

9.1. Damage . If, prior to the Closing, all or any portion of the Property is damaged by fire or any other cause whatsoever, BCSP shall promptly give Investor written notice of such damage. Risk of loss for damage to all or any part of the Property by fire or other casualty from the Effective Date through the Closing Date will be on BCSP.

9.1.1. Minor Damage . If the cost for repairing such damage is equal to or less than Five Million Dollars ($5,000,000.00) (as determined by BCSP’s independent insurer), then Investor shall have the right at Closing to receive a credit for the amount of the deductible plus all insurance proceeds received by BCSP as a result of such loss (or which amount would have been received had BCSP adequately maintained insurance in accordance with the terms of this Agreement), or an assignment of BCSP’s rights to such insurance proceeds, and this Agreement shall continue in full force and effect with no reduction in the Purchase Price, and BCSP shall have no further liability or obligation to repair such damage or to replace the Property.

9.1.2. Major Damage . If the cost for repairing such damage is greater than Five Million Dollars ($5,000,000.00) (as determined by BCSP’s independent insurer), then Investor shall have the option, exercisable by written notice delivered to BCSP and Escrow Agent within five (5) Business Days after BCSP’s notice of damage to Investor, either (i) to receive a credit for the amount of the deductible plus all insurance proceeds received by BCSP as a result of such loss (or which amount would have been received had BCSP adequately maintained insurance in accordance with Section 6.4 , above), or an assignment of BCSP’s rights to such insurance proceeds, and this Agreement shall continue in full force and effect with no other reduction in the Purchase Price, and BCSP shall have no further liability or obligation to repair such damage or to replace the Property; or (ii) to terminate this Agreement. If Investor elects to terminate this Agreement, the Deposit shall be promptly returned to Investor, and thereafter neither party will have any further rights or obligations hereunder, except for any obligations that expressly survive termination. If Investor fails to notify BCSP within such five (5) Business Day period of Investor’s intention to terminate this Agreement, then Investor shall be deemed to have elected option (i), and Investor and BCSP shall proceed to Closing in accordance with the terms and conditions of this Agreement.

 

-26-


9.2. Condemnation and Eminent Domain. If any condemnation proceedings are instituted, or notice of intent to condemn is given, with respect to all or any portion of the Property, BCSP shall promptly upon obtaining knowledge thereof notify Investor thereof (“ Taking Notice ”). If the condemnation will not result in a material and adverse effect (as hereinafter defined) on the Property, the parties shall proceed to Closing, in which event BCSP shall assign or pay to Investor at Closing all of BCSP’s right, title, and interest in any award payable on account of the condemnation and/or pay to Investor all such awards previously paid. In the event that such condemnation will result in a material and adverse effect on the Property, Investor shall have the option, which shall be exercised by written notice to BCSP and Escrow Agent within five (5) Business Days after its receipt of the Taking Notice, either (i) to terminate this Agreement and receive the prompt return of the Deposit, in which case the parties shall have no further rights or obligations under this Agreement (except for any obligations that expressly survive termination), or (ii) to consummate the purchase of the Property without a reduction of the Purchase Price, in which event BCSP shall assign or pay to Investor at Closing all of BCSP’s right, title, and interest in any award payable on account of the condemnation proceeding and/or pay to Investor all such awards previously paid. For the purposes of this Section 9.2 , “material and adverse effect” shall include, but not be limited to, any reduction in the amount of any of the rentable square footage of the Improvements, the reduction in the number of parking spaces at the Property, or the permanent, material disruption of access to the Property. Failure to give notice of Investor’s election within such five (5) Business Day period shall be deemed an election by Investor to proceed to Closing.

ARTICLE 10

REMEDIES AND ADDITIONAL COVENANT.

10.1. BCSP Default at or Before Closing. If BCSP refuses or fails, in any material respect, to perform any of its obligations or agreements hereunder when performance is required on or prior to the Closing Date, or if any of the Express Representations should be false in any material respect when made and Investor shall become aware of same on or prior to the Closing Date and Investor shall not have waived its claims with regard to same pursuant to this Agreement, then Investor shall give BCSP written notice of such breach or default on or prior to the Closing Date and BCSP shall have ten (10) Business Days from the date of receipt of such notice to cure such breach or default and the Closing Date shall be extended accordingly. If BCSP fails to cure such breach or default within such ten (10) Business Day period, then Investor, as its sole and exclusive remedy, (i) may terminate this Agreement by notifying BCSP and the Escrow Agent thereof, in which event neither party shall have any rights, duties or obligations hereunder other than the obligations and rights set forth herein that expressly survive the termination of this Agreement, and the Escrow Agent shall return the Deposit to Investor, (ii) may sue for specific performance of the obligations of BCSP hereunder; provided, however, if Investor fails to file suit for specific performance within ninety (90) days after the scheduled Closing Date and to diligently pursue such suit, this Agreement shall terminate, in which event neither party shall have any rights, duties or obligations hereunder other than the obligations and rights set forth herein that expressly survive the termination of this Agreement, and the Escrow Agent shall return the Deposit to Investor, or (iii) may waive the alleged default and proceed to Closing under this Agreement without adjustment of the Purchase Price. In the event Investor elects to proceed under clause (i) of the preceding sentence, BCSP shall reimburse Investor up to Fifty Thousand Dollars ($50,000.00) in the aggregate for Investor’s actual costs and expenses incurred by Investor in connection with its title, survey, consultants and reasonable attorneys fees and expenses in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, as documented by Investor. In no event shall BCSP be liable for any consequential or punitive damages.

 

-27-


10.2. BCSP Breach After Closing. If any of the Express Representations should be false in any material respect when made or BCSP is in breach or default of any covenant, representation or warranty under this Agreement or any document executed and delivered by BCSP at Closing, and Investor shall first become aware of same after the Closing Date, then Investor shall give BCSP written notice of such false Express Representation or breach or default prior to the expiration of the Survival Period and BCSP shall have fifteen (15) Business Days from the date of receipt of such notice to cure such breach. If BCSP fails to cure such breach within such fifteen (15) Business Day period, and the actual losses or damages sustained as a result of BCSP’s false Express Representations or breach or default hereunder exceeds One Hundred Fifty Thousand Dollars ($150,000.00), then Investor shall have the right to bring an action against BCSP for the actual damages suffered by Investor due to such false Express Representation or breach or default, provided that, in no event shall BCSP be liable to Investor for damages under this Section 10.2 in an aggregate amount in excess of One Million Dollars ($1,000,000.00) (the “ Representation Cap ”). BCSP’s liability under any Seller Estoppels or the Seller REA Estoppel shall not be subject to the Representation Cap, provided that in no event shall BCSP be liable to Investor for damages under any Seller Estoppels or the Seller REA Estoppel in an aggregate amount in excess of Two Million Five Hundred Thousand Dollars ($2,500,000.00).

10.3. Investor Default . IN THE EVENT THE CLOSING IS NOT CONSUMMATED BECAUSE OF A DEFAULT UNDER THIS AGREEMENT ON THE PART OF THE INVESTOR, INVESTOR AND BCSP AGREE THAT IT WOULD BE EXTREMELY DIFFICULT AND IMPRACTICAL TO DETERMINE THE AMOUNT AND EXTENT OF DETRIMENT TO BCSP. INVESTOR AND BCSP THEREFORE AGREE THAT IF INVESTOR DEFAULTS HEREUNDER INVESTOR’S DEPOSIT PLUS ACCRUED INTEREST THEREON IS A REASONABLE ESTIMATE OF BCSP’S DAMAGES AND THAT BCSP SHALL BE ENTITLED TO SAID SUM AS LIQUIDATED DAMAGES, WHICH SHALL BE BCSP’S SOLE AND EXCLUSIVE REMEDY, EITHER AT LAW OR IN EQUITY, AS A RESULT OF SUCH DEFAULT. IN SUCH EVENT, THE ESCROW AGENT SHALL UPON WRITTEN DEMAND BY BCSP WITHOUT JOINDER OF INVESTOR, IMMEDIATELY DELIVER THE DEPOSIT PLUS ACCRUED INTEREST THEREON TO BCSP. TO SIGNIFY THEIR AWARENESS AND AGREEMENT TO BE BOUND BY THE TERMS AND PROVISIONS OF THIS SECTION, INVESTOR AND BCSP HAVE SEPARATELY INITIALED THIS SECTION. BCSP HEREBY WAIVES ANY AND ALL BENEFITS BCSP MAY HAVE UNDER CALIFORNIA CIVIL CODE SECTION 3389. NOTWITHSTANDING THE FOREGOING, NOTHING IN THIS SECTION 10.3 SHALL LIMIT ANY RECOVERY BY BCSP UNDER ANY INDEMNITIES MADE BY INVESTOR HEREIN OR BCSP’S RIGHTS TO ANY ATTORNEYS’ FEES OR COSTS RECOVERABLE BY BCSP HEREUNDER .

 

-28-


THE PAYMENT OF THE DEPOSIT TO BCSP IS NOT INTENDED AS A FORFEITURE OR PENALTY WITHIN THE MEANING OF CALIFORNIA CIVIL CODE SECTIONS 3275 OR 3369, BUT INSTEAD, IS INTENDED TO CONSTITUTE LIQUIDATED DAMAGES TO BCSP PURSUANT TO SECTIONS 1671, 1676 AND 1677 OF THE CALIFORNIA CIVIL CODE.

 

BCSP INITIALS: MTG

   INVESTOR’S INITIALS: ML

10.4. Delivery of Materials . Notwithstanding anything contained in this Agreement to the contrary, if this Agreement is terminated for any reason whatsoever, then Investor shall promptly deliver to BCSP all Property Information provided to Investor by BCSP or the BCSP Parties, including copies thereof in any form whatsoever (including electronic form). At BCSP and/or Owner’s written request, Investor shall deliver to BCSP and/or Owner copies of any and all test results and studies of the Property performed by or on behalf of Investor pursuant to Article 4 of this Agreement, excluding any confidential or proprietary information or financial modeling or attorney work product. The obligations of Investor under this Section shall survive any termination of this Agreement.

ARTICLE 11

BROKERAGE COMMISSION.

11.1. Brokers . BCSP represents and warrants to Investor that BCSP has not contacted or entered into any agreement with any real estate broker, agent, finder, or similar party in connection with this transaction, except for Eastdil Secured ( “ BCSP’s Broker ”) and that BCSP has not taken any action which would result in any real estate broker’s or finder’s fees or commissions being due and payable to any party other than BCSP’s Broker with respect to the transactions contemplated hereby. BCSP will be solely responsible for the payment of BCSP’s Broker’s commission in accordance with the provisions of separate agreements between BCSP and BCSP’s Broker. Investor hereby represents and warrants to BCSP that Investor has not contracted or entered into any agreement with any real estate broker, agent, finder, or similar party in connection with this transaction and that Investor has not taken any action which would result in any real estate brokerage or finder’s fees or commissions being due or payable to any party with respect to the transaction contemplated hereby.

11.2. Indemnity . Each party hereby indemnifies and agrees to hold the other party harmless from any loss, liability, damage, cost, or expense (including, without limitation, reasonable attorneys’ fees) paid or incurred by the other party by reason of a breach of the representation and warranty made by such party under this Article 11. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement, the indemnities set forth in this Section 11.2 shall survive the Closing or earlier termination of this Agreement.

 

-29-


ARTICLE 12

NOTICES.

12.1. Written Notice . All notices, demands and requests which may be given or which are required to be given by either party to the other party under this Agreement must be in writing.

12.2. Method of Transmittal . All notices, demands, requests or other communications required or permitted to be given hereunder must be sent (i) by hand delivery, (ii) by Federal Express or a similar internationally recognized overnight courier service, or (iii) by facsimile or electronic mail with a confirmation copy delivered by another method set forth in this Section 12.2. All such notices, demands, requests or other communications shall be deemed to have been given for all purposes of this Agreement upon the date of receipt or refusal, except that whenever under this Agreement a notice is either received on a day which is not a Business Day or is required to be delivered on or before a specific day which is not a Business Day, the day of receipt or required delivery shall automatically be extended to the next Business Day.

12.3. Addresses . The addresses for proper notice under this Agreement are as follows:

 

As to BCSP:   

Rincon Center Commercial LLC

c/o Beacon Capital Partners, LLC

11755 Wilshire Boulevard, Suite 1770

Los Angeles, CA 90025

Attention: Jeremy B. Fletcher and Michael A. Bruckner

Facsimile: (310) 914-5996

Fletcher Email: jfletcher@beaconcapital.com

Bruckner Email: mbruckner@beaconcapital.com

With a copy to:   

Rincon Center Commercial LLC

c/o Beacon Capital Partners, LLC

200 State Street, 5 th Floor

Boston, Massachusetts 02109

Attention: Matthew T. Golden, Esq.

Facsimile: (617) 457-0499

Email: mgolden@beaconcapital.com

With a copy to:   

Goulston & Storrs, P.C.

400 Atlantic Avenue

Boston, Massachusetts 02110

Attention: Jordan P. Krasnow, Esq.

Facsimile: (617) 574-7604

Email: jkrasnow@goulstonstorrs.com

 

-30-


  

and

Attention: Jared L. Tardy, Esq.

Facsimile: (617) 574-7559

Email: jtardy@goulstonstorrs.com

As to Investor:   

Hudson Pacific Properties

11601 Wilshire Boulevard

Suite 1600

Los Angeles, CA 90025

Attention: Alex Vouvalides

Facsimile: (310) 445-5710

Email: alex@hudsonppi.com

With a copy to:   

Allen Matkins Leck Gamble Mallory & Natsis LLP

1901 Avenue of the Stars, Suite 1800

Los Angeles, CA 90067-6019

Attention: Anton N. Natsis, Esq.

Facsimile: (310) 788-2410

Email: tnatsis@allenmatkins.com

As to Escrow Agent:   

Chicago Title Insurance Company

455 Market Street

Suite 2100

San Francisco, CA 94105

Attention: Terina J. Kung

Facsimile: (415) 896-9423

Email: kungt@ctt.com

Either party may from time to time by written notice to the other party designate a different address or addresses for notices. Notices given on behalf of a party by its attorneys in the manner provided for in this Article 12 shall be considered validly given.

ARTICLE 13

ASSIGNMENT.

13.1. Assignment . Except for an assignment by Investor as permitted pursuant to this Article, neither party shall have the right to assign this Agreement without the prior written consent of the other, which consent may be granted or withheld in the sole and absolute subjective discretion of the party whose consent has been requested; provided , however , that Investor shall have the right to assign its interest in this Agreement and delegate its duties to an affiliate, so long as such affiliate controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with Investor, and provided that (a) such affiliate shall assume, in writing (by execution of an assignment and assumption of this Agreement in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to BCSP), all of Investor’s obligations and Investor’s representations and warranties under this Agreement, (b) such affiliate is, or is owned and controlled by, a “Permitted Transferee” under and as defined in clause (ii) of the definition thereof in the Loan Documents, and (c) such affiliate is reasonably acceptable to BCSP. If Investor so assigns this Agreement to an affiliate, Investor shall, at least two (2) Business Days prior to the Closing Date, give the BCSP written notice of such assignment, together with a copy of the assignment and assumption agreement executed by Investor and the assignee, it being hereby acknowledged and agreed that, as of the date of this Agreement, it is anticipated that such an assignment will be made from Investor to Hudson Rincon, LLC, a Delaware limited liability corporation, the sole member of which shall be Investor, and which assignee entity will be formed following the date of this Agreement.

 

-31-


ARTICLE 14

MISCELLANEOUS.

14.1. Entire Agreement . This Agreement embodies the entire agreement between the parties and cannot be varied except by the written agreement of the parties and supersedes all prior agreements and undertakings.

14.2. Modifications . This Agreement may not be modified except by the written agreement of the parties.

14.3. Gender and Number . Words of any gender used in this Agreement will be construed to include any other gender and words in the singular number will be construed to include the plural, and vice versa, unless the context requires otherwise.

14.4. Captions . The captions used in connection with the Articles, Sections and Subsections of this Agreement are for convenience only and will not be deemed to expand or limit the meaning of the language of this Agreement.

14.5. Successors and Assigns . This Agreement will be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns.

14.6. Controlling Law; Submission to Jurisdiction . This Agreement will be construed under, governed by and enforced in accordance with the laws of the State of California (without reference to conflicts of laws principles). Any claim, action, suit, or proceeding seeking to enforce any provision of, or based on any matter arising out of or in connection with, this Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby shall be brought only in the courts of the State of California, and each of the parties hereto hereby consents to the jurisdiction of such courts (and of the appropriate appellate courts therefrom in any such claim, action, suit, or proceeding) and irrevocably waives, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, any objection that it may now or hereafter have to the laying of venue of any such claim, action, suit, or proceeding in any such court or that any such claim, action, suit, or proceeding that is brought in any such court has been brought in an inconvenient forum. Subject to applicable law, process in any such claim, action, suit, or proceeding may be served on any party anywhere in the world, whether within or without the jurisdiction of any such court, and such service shall be made by personal service made on such party. Personal service may be made on such party’s registered agent set forth in its organizational documents.

 

-32-


14.7. Exhibits . All exhibits, attachments, schedules annexed instruments and addenda referred to herein will be considered a part hereof for all purposes with the same force and effect as if set forth verbatim herein.

14.8. No Rule of Construction . BCSP and Investor have each been represented by counsel in the negotiations and preparation of this Agreement; therefore, this Agreement will be deemed to be drafted by both BCSP and Investor, and no rule of construction will be invoked respecting the authorship of this Agreement.

14.9. Severability . In the event that any one or more of the provisions contained in this Agreement (except the provisions relating to BCSP’s obligations to assign the Investor Interest to Investor and Investor’s obligation to pay the Purchase Price, the invalidity of either of which shall cause this Agreement to be null and void) are held to be invalid, illegal, or unenforceable in any respect, such invalidity, illegality, or unenforceability will not affect any other provisions hereof, and this Agreement shall be construed as if such invalid, illegal, or unenforceable provision had not been contained herein; provided , however , that the parties hereto shall endeavor in good faith to rewrite the affected provision to make it (i) valid, and (ii) consistent with the intent of the original provision.

14.10. Time of Essence . Time is important to both BCSP and/or Owner and Investor in the performance of this Agreement, and both parties have agreed that TIME IS OF THE ESSENCE with respect to any date set out in this Agreement.

14.11. Business Days. “Business Day” means any day on which business is generally transacted by banks in Boston, Massachusetts, New York, New York and San Francisco, California. If the final date of any period which is set out in any paragraph of this Agreement falls upon a day which is not a Business Day, then, and in such event, the time of such period will be extended to the next Business Day.

14.12. No Memorandum . Investor and BCSP agree not to record this Agreement or any memorandum hereof.

14.13. Attorneys’ Fees and Costs. In the event either party is required to resort to litigation to enforce its rights under this Agreement, the prevailing party in such litigation will be entitled to collect from the other party all costs, expenses and reasonable attorneys’ fees incurred in connection with such action.

14.14. Counterparts and Acceptance of Offer . This Agreement may be executed in multiple counterparts (which counterparts may be executed by facsimile or PDF) which shall together constitute a single document. However, this Agreement shall not be effective unless and until all counterpart signatures have been obtained. An unsigned draft of this Agreement shall not be considered an offer by either party. Acceptance, for purposes hereof, shall mean that each party is in physical possession of a fully-signed counterpart copy or original of this Agreement.

 

-33-


14.15. Waiver of Jury Trial . EACH PARTY HEREBY WAIVES TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY ACTION, PROCEEDING, CLAIM OR COUNTERCLAIM BROUGHT BY EITHER PARTY IN CONNECTION WITH ANY MATTER ARISING OUT OF OR IN ANY WAY CONNECTED WITH THIS AGREEMENT, THE RELATIONSHIP OF BCSP AND INVESTOR HEREUNDER, BCSP’S OR INVESTOR’S OWNERSHIP OR USE OF THE PROPERTY, AND/OR ANY CLAIMS OF INJURY OR DAMAGE RELATED TO THE PROPERTY.

14.16. Cooperation with Investor’s Auditors and SEC Filing Requirements . Owner shall, at no material cost to Owner, cooperate with Investor to provide Investor access to such factual information concerning the operation of the Property as may be reasonably requested by Investor, and in the possession or control of Owner, BCSP, or their property manager or accountants, to enable Investor or its affiliates to prepare audited financial statements as may be required by the Securities and Exchange Commission (“ SEC ”). At Investor’s sole cost and expense, Owner shall allow Investor’s auditor (Ernst & Young LLP or any successor auditor selected by Investor) to conduct an audit of the statement of revenue and expenses of the Property and shall cooperate (at no material cost to Owner) with Investor’s auditor in the conduct of such audit and review. Without limiting the foregoing, Investor or its designated independent or other auditor may audit Owner’s operating statements of the Property, at Investor’s expense; provided, however, that the foregoing obligations of Owner under this subsection shall be limited to providing such information or documentation as may be in the possession of, or reasonably obtainable by, Owner, BCSP, their property manager or accountants, at no material cost to Owner, and in the format that Owner (or its affiliates, property manager or accountants) have maintained such information. The obligations of Owner under this Section 14.16 shall survive the Closing.

14.17. Confidentiality .

14.17.1. Except as provided otherwise in this Section 14.17, Investor and BCSP, for the benefit of each other, hereby agree that neither of them will release, or cause or permit to be released, to the public any press notices, publicity (oral or written) or advertising promotion relating to, or otherwise publicly announce or disclose, or cause or permit to be publicly announced or disclosed, in any manner whatsoever, (i) the names of BCSP and Investor respectively, or any of their affiliates or subsidiaries, or (ii) the terms, conditions or substance of this Agreement or the transactions contemplated herein, without first obtaining the consent of the other party hereto. In addition, prior to Closing, both BCSP and Investor shall keep strictly confidential this Agreement, the transactions contemplated hereby, and the terms and conditions hereof, and all matters relating thereto, as well as all information relating to the other party. Further, prior to Closing, Investor shall keep strictly confidential all information (including the Property Information) relating in any way to the Property or any portion thereof.

14.17.2. It is understood and agreed that the foregoing shall not (i) preclude any party from discussing the substance or any relevant details of the transactions contemplated in this Agreement, or (ii) preclude Investor from (A) sharing information relating to the Property, on a confidential basis with such party’s attorneys, accountants, professional consultants, advisors, financial advisors, rating agencies, investors, or potential lenders (“ Representatives ”), as the case may be, or with the Lender, or (B) disclosing any information otherwise deemed confidential under this Section 14.17 in connection with any disclosures in filings required by the Securities Exchange Commission and customary disclosures on investor/earnings calls or earnings releases (or the operation of the business of Investor, or (iii) prevent any party hereto from complying with applicable laws, including, without limitation, governmental regulatory, disclosure, tax and reporting requirements.

 

-34-


14.17.3. Investor shall indemnify and hold BCSP and Owner and their respective affiliates, employees, officers and directors harmless, and BCSP shall indemnify and hold Investor and Investor’s affiliates, employees, officers and directors harmless, from and against any and all claims, demands, causes of action, losses, damages, liabilities, costs and expenses (including, without limitation, reasonable attorneys’ fees and disbursements) suffered or incurred by the other party and proximately caused by a breach by Investor or BCSP, as the case may be, or their respective Representatives, of the provisions of Section 14.17; but this Section 14.17.3 will not entitle either Investor or BCSP or any other person or entity, to recover consequential or incidental damages.

14.17.4. In addition to any other remedies available to BCSP and Investor, BCSP and Investor shall each have the right to seek equitable relief, including, without limitation, injunctive relief or specific performance, against the other party or its Representatives in order to enforce the provisions of Section 14.17.

14.17.5. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, the provisions of Section 14.17 shall survive the termination of this Agreement and the provisions of Section 14.17.1 regarding press releases or public disclosures shall survive Closing.

[REMAINDER OF PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]

 

-35-


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

BCSP:

BCSP IV U.S. Investments, L.P.,

a Delaware limited partnership,

its manager

By:  

BCSP REIT IV, Inc.,

a Maryland corporation,

its general partner

  By:  

/ S / M ATTHEW T. G OLDEN

  Name:  

Matthew T. Golden

  Title:  

General Counsel & Managing Director

[Signatures Continue on Next Page]

[Signature Page to Contribution Agreement]


INVESTOR:

HUDSON PACIFIC PROPERTIES, L.P.,

A Maryland limited partnership

By:  

HUDSON PACIFIC PROPERTIES, INC.,

a Maryland corporation

its General Partner

  By:  

/ S / M ARK L AMMAS

  Name:  

Mark T. Lammas

  Title:  

Chief Financial Officer

[Signature Page to Contribution Agreement]

Exhibit 10.49

LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY AGREEMENT

OF

RINCON CENTER JV LLC


LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY AGREEMENT

OF

RINCON CENTER JV LLC

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

ARTICLE I. ORGANIZATIONAL MATTERS

     2   

Section 1.1

  

Formation; LLC Act; Certificate

     2   

Section 1.2

  

Registered Office and Agent; Principal Office

     2   

Section 1.3

  

Purposes

     3   

Section 1.4

  

Powers

     3   

Section 1.5

  

Term

     3   

Section 1.6

  

Title to Company Assets

     3   

Section 1.7

  

Defined Terms; Incorporation

     3   

Section 1.8

  

Representations and Warranties

     3   

Section 1.9

  

Entity Characterization

     5   

Section 1.10

  

REIT Provisions

     5   

ARTICLE II. CAPITAL ACCOUNTS; CAPITAL CONTRIBUTIONS

     8   

Section 2.1

  

Capital Accounts

     8   

Section 2.2

  

Initial Capital Contributions of the Members

     8   

Section 2.3

  

Additional Funding and Capital Contributions

     8   

Section 2.4

  

Failure to Make Capital Contributions

     9   

Section 2.5

  

Return of Capital

     11   

Section 2.6

  

No Other Contributions

     11   

Section 2.7

  

Deficit Capital Accounts

     11   

ARTICLE III. MANAGEMENT AND OPERATIONS OF BUSINESS

     12   

Section 3.1

  

Management; Annual Plan and Budgets

     12   

Section 3.2

  

Major Decisions; Representatives

     14   

Section 3.3

  

Binding the Company

     15   

Section 3.4

  

Compensation of Manager and Members

     15   

Section 3.5

  

Contracts with Members or Affiliates

     16   

Section 3.6

  

Indemnification

     16   

Section 3.7

  

Other Matters Concerning the Manager

     18   

Section 3.8

  

Events of Default

     19   

Section 3.9

  

TDRs

     20   

ARTICLE IV. FISCAL MATTERS

     20   

Section 4.1

  

Records and Accounting

     20   

Section 4.2

  

Fiscal Year

     21   

Section 4.3

  

Reports

     21   

Section 4.4

  

Confidentiality

     21   

Section 4.5

  

Bank Accounts; Company Funds

     22   

Section 4.6

  

Reserves

     22   

ARTICLE V. DISTRIBUTIONS

     23   

Section 5.1

  

Requirement and Characterization of Distributions

     23   

Section 5.2

  

Withholding

     23   

 

i


ARTICLE VI. ALLOCATIONS OF PROFIT AND LOSS

     24   

Section 6.1

  

Allocation of Profits and Losses

     24   

Section 6.2

  

Special Allocations

     24   

Section 6.3

  

Regulatory Compliance

     26   

Section 6.4

  

Tax Allocations

     26   

Section 6.5

  

Other Allocation Rules

     27   
ARTICLE VII. ADDITIONAL PROVISIONS REGARDING RIGHTS, LIABILITIES AND OBLIGATIONS OF THE MEMBERS      27   

Section 7.1

  

Limitation of Liability

     27   

Section 7.2

  

Outside Activities of Members

     27   

ARTICLE VIII. TAX MATTERS

     28   

Section 8.1

  

Preparation of Tax Returns

     28   

Section 8.2

  

Tax Elections

     28   

Section 8.3

  

Tax Matters Partner

     28   

Section 8.4

  

Organizational Expenses

     28   

ARTICLE IX. TRANSFERS AND WITHDRAWALS; PUT/CALL RIGHT

     29   

Section 9.1

  

Transfer

     29   

Section 9.2

  

Members’ Rights to Transfer

     29   

Section 9.3

  

General Restrictions on All Transfers

     30   

Section 9.4

  

Substitute Members

     32   

Section 9.5

  

General Provisions

     33   

Section 9.6

  

Call Right/Put Right

     33   

Section 9.7

  

Right to Cause Sale of the Property; Right of First Offer

     40   

ARTICLE X. DISSOLUTION, LIQUIDATION AND TERMINATION

     44   

Section 10.1

  

Dissolution

     44   

Section 10.2

  

Winding Up

     44   

Section 10.3

  

Termination of Company and Cancellation of Certificate of the Company

     45   

Section 10.4

  

Liability of Liquidator

     45   

ARTICLE XI. GENERAL PROVISIONS

     45   

Section 11.1

  

Addresses and Notice; Time Computation

     45   

Section 11.2

  

Titles and Captions

     47   

Section 11.3

  

Pronouns and Plurals; Word Meanings

     47   

Section 11.4

  

No Partition, Etc

     47   

Section 11.5

  

Binding Effect

     48   

Section 11.6

  

No Third Party Rights

     48   

Section 11.7

  

Waiver

     48   

Section 11.8

  

Counterparts

     48   

Section 11.9

  

Applicable Law

     49   

Section 11.10

  

Invalidity of Provisions

     49   

Section 11.11

  

Entire Agreement

     49   

Section 11.12

  

Additional Documents and Acts

     49   

Section 11.13

  

Attorney Fees; Damages

     49   

Section 11.14

  

Survival of Certain Provisions

     50   

 

ii


DEFINITIONS

EXHIBITS

 

Exhibit A    Members; Percentage Interests; Initial Capital Contributions

Exhibit B

   Property Description

Exhibit C

   Form of Assignment and Assumption of Membership Interest

Exhibit D

   Form of Non-Foreign Affidavit

SCHEDULES

Schedule “Loan Documents”

Schedule “Dilution Example”

Schedule “Approved Plan and Budget”

Schedule “MD”

Schedule “Monthly Report”

Schedule “TI”

Schedule “Working Capital Adjustment”

Schedule “Put/Call Conditions”

Schedule “Specified Line Items”

 

iii


LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY AGREEMENT

OF

RINCON CENTER JV LLC

THIS LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY AGREEMENT OF RINCON CENTER JV LLC (this “Agreement”), dated as of December 16, 2010 (the “Effective Date”), is entered into by and between RINCON CENTER EQUITY LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (alternatively, “Beacon Member” or the “Manager”), and HUDSON RINCON, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“Hudson Member”).

R E C I T A L S :

A. The Company (as defined below) was formed by the filing of its Certificate of Formation in the office of the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware on December 6, 2010 (the “Filing Date”).

B. Rincon Center Commercial LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“Owner”), owns a fee simple interest in and to certain real property which constitutes the commercial portion of the development commonly known as Rincon Center and located at 101 and 121 Spear Street in San Francisco, California, as more particularly described in Exhibit B attached hereto and made a part hereof (the “Property”).

C. BCSP IV U.S. Investments, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership (“BCSP IV”), is the sole member of Beacon Member. Immediately prior to the date hereof: (i) BCSP IV was the sole member of Owner and contributed all of its right, title and interest in Owner to Beacon Member; and (ii) pursuant to that certain Contribution Agreement, dated as of December 16, 2010, by and between BCSP IV and Hudson Member (the “Contribution Agreement”), BCSP IV caused Beacon Member to contribute all of its right, title and interest in Owner to the Company. The Company’s sole asset is its interest in Owner.

D. From the Filing Date and until the date hereof, Beacon Member was the sole member of the Company, and prior to the date hereof the Company has been governed by an oral agreement (the “Predecessor Agreement”), as permitted by the LLC Act.

E. Since the Filing Date the only purposes of the Company, and the only activities engaged in by the Company, were in furtherance of the purposes of the Company set forth in Section 1.3 below.

F. Pursuant to the Contribution Agreement, BCSP IV caused Beacon Member to sell a fifty one percent (51%) interest as a member in the Company to Hudson Member, and Beacon Member and Hudson Member (sometimes collectively referred to as the “Members” and individually as a “Member”) are entering into this Agreement to govern the affairs and the conduct of the business of the Company as a limited liability company pursuant to the provisions of the LLC Act. During the term of this Agreement, the Property shall be managed by BCSP IV Property Management LLC, an Affiliate of Beacon Member (the “Property Manager”), pursuant to the Property Management Agreement, and CAC Group, Inc. shall be the leasing agent for the Property.

 

-1-


G. The Property is currently subject to that certain mortgage loan (the “Loan”) in the original principal amount of $106,000,000 from Bear Stearns Commercial Mortgage, Inc. and currently held by Wells Fargo Bank, N.A., as Trustee under that certain Pooling and Servicing Agreement dated as of November 1, 2006 for the Registered Holders of Banc of America Commercial Mortgage Inc. Commercial Mortgage Pass-Through Certificates, Series 2006-6 (together with its successors and assigns, “Lender”) to Owner, as evidenced by that certain Loan Agreement dated as of June 27, 2006 and executed by and between Owner and Lender, and as secured by, among other instruments, that certain Deed of Trust and Security Agreement dated as of June 27, 2006 and executed by Owner in favor of Chicago Title Insurance Company, as Trustee, for the benefit of Mortgage Electronic Registration Systems, Inc., as nominee of Lender, and recorded in the Official Records of the City and County of San Francisco, as Instrument Number 2006-I201149, and evidenced and/or secured by such other documents as are listed on Schedule “Loan Documents” attached hereto.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants herein contained and other valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which is hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto do hereby agree that the Predecessor Agreement is hereby replaced in its entirety and amended and restated as follows, all effective as of the date hereof:

ARTICLE I.

ORGANIZATIONAL MATTERS

Section 1.1 Formation; LLC Act; Certificate . The Company was previously formed on the Filing Date as a limited liability company pursuant to and in accordance with the LLC Act by the filing of the Certificate with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware. The rights and liabilities of the Members in the Company and as between them as to the Company shall be determined pursuant to the LLC Act and this Agreement. To the extent the rights or obligations of any Member are different by reason of any provision of this Agreement than they would be under the LLC Act in the absence of any such provision, or even if this Agreement is inconsistent with the LLC Act, this Agreement shall control except to the extent the LLC Act prohibits any such provision of the LLC Act to be waived or modified by the Members, in which event any contrary provisions of this Agreement shall be valid to the extent permitted under the LLC Act, except where such partial validity is clearly inconsistent with the intent of the Members, in which event the entire contrary provision shall be invalid.

Section 1.2 Registered Office and Agent; Principal Office . The address of the registered office of the Company in the State of Delaware and the name and address of the registered agent for service of process on the Company in the State of Delaware is The Corporation Trust Company, Corporation Trust Center, 1209 Orange Street, Wilmington, Delaware 19801. The principal office of the Company shall be c/o Beacon Capital Partners, L.P., 200 State Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02109.

 

-2-


Section 1.3 Purposes . The purpose and nature of the business to be conducted by the Company shall be limited to engaging in the following activities (either directly or indirectly through one or more subsidiary or lower tier Entities, including Owner): (i) the acquisition, ownership, selling, transferring, conveying and otherwise dealing with the interests in Owner, (ii) the acquisition, ownership, development, operation, maintenance, management, improvement, expansion, renovation, redevelopment, repair, leasing, encumbering, mortgaging, borrowing, financing, refinancing, selling, transferring, conveying and otherwise dealing with the Property and any other assets of the Company and Owner from time to time acquired by or contributed to the Company or Owner consistent with the terms of this Agreement, and any assets which are incidental or related to the ownership of the Property and the other assets of the Company and Owner, and (iii) engaging in and performing any and all other acts and activities as may be necessary, incidental or convenient to carry out the foregoing.

Section 1.4 Powers . The Company is empowered to do any and all acts and things necessary, appropriate, proper, advisable, incidental to or convenient for the furtherance and accomplishment of the purposes and business described in Section 1.3 and for the protection and benefit of the Company and Owner.

Section 1.5 Term . The term of the Company commenced on the date the Certificate was filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware and shall continue unless and until the Company is terminated pursuant to the provisions of Article X or as otherwise provided by law.

Section 1.6 Title to Company Assets . Title to Company assets, whether real, personal or mixed and whether tangible or intangible, shall be deemed to be owned by the Company as an Entity, and no Member, individually or collectively, shall have any ownership interest in any Company assets or any portion thereof (except as set forth in Section 3.9).

Section 1.7 Defined Terms; Incorporation . Capitalized terms used in this Agreement shall have the meanings ascribed to them in the Definitions at the end of this Agreement or as elsewhere provided in this Agreement. The Definitions at the end of this Agreement and the Exhibits and Schedules attached hereto are incorporated herein and made a part hereof.

Section 1.8 Representations and Warranties .

A. Each Member (including, without limitation, each Permitted Transferee as a condition to becoming a Member), for itself only, represents and warrants to the Company and to each other Member that:

 

  (i) it has all requisite power, authority and financial capacity to enter into and to perform its obligations under this Agreement,

 

  (ii) this Agreement and all transactions contemplated by this Agreement to be performed by it have been duly authorized by all necessary corporate or other organizational and any other necessary actions,

 

-3-


  (iii) this Agreement and the performance by such Member of its covenants and obligations under this Agreement will not result in a breach or violation of, or a default under, its partnership or operating agreement, trust agreement, charter or by-laws, as the case may be, any material agreement by which such Member or any of such Member’s property, is or are bound, or any statute, regulation, order or other law to which such Member is subject,

 

  (iv) it has acquired its Interest for investment, solely for its own account, with the intention of holding the Interest for investment only, whether through itself or Affiliates, and not for the purpose of, or with a view toward, the resale, fractionalization, division or distribution of all or any part thereof to any person other than an Affiliate, nor with a view toward selling or otherwise distributing such Interest or any part thereof at any particular time or under any predetermined circumstances to any person other than an Affiliate,

 

  (v) it is an “accredited investor” as defined in Rule 501 promulgated under the Securities Act, and is a sophisticated investor, able and accustomed to handling sophisticated financial matters for itself, and that it does not anticipate a need for the funds that it has invested in the Company in what it understands to be a highly speculative and illiquid investment,

 

  (vi) the Interest being acquired is a speculative security for which there is no established market and that no such market is likely to exist, and no portion of the Interest is being acquired in violation of the Securities Act or any applicable state securities law,

 

  (vii) it acknowledges that (x) it is aware that its Interest has not been registered under the Securities Act in reliance upon exemptions contained in the Securities Act and that its Interest has not been registered under the securities law of any state in reliance upon the exemptions contained in such state securities law, (y) the Company will not and has no obligation to register any Member’s Interest under the Securities Act or any state securities law, and (z) the Company has no obligation to recognize any Transfer of a Member’s Interest to any Person other than as permitted pursuant to the other provisions of this Agreement, and

 

  (viii)

it is neither a “foreign person” within the meaning of Code Section 1445(f) nor a “foreign partner” within the meaning of Code Section 1446(e).

 

-4-


B. Each Member (including, without limitation, each Permitted Transferee as a condition to becoming a Member) hereby represents and warrants to the Company and each other Member and acknowledges that: (w) it is the Company’s policy to cooperate fully with law enforcement agencies; (x) it is, and shall continue to be, in compliance with all laws relating to anti-money laundering, anti terrorism, trade embargoes and economic sanctions now or hereafter in effect, including, without limitation, Executive Order 13224, “Blocking Property Transactions with Persons who Commit, Threaten to Commit, or Support Terrorism,” 66 Fed. Reg. 49079 (Sept. 23, 2001) and the Uniting and Strengthening America by Providing Appropriate Tools Required to Intercept and Obstruct Terrorism Act of 2001, Pub. L. No. 107-56, 115 Stat. 272 or any enabling legislation or executive order relating hereto (collectively, the “AT/AML Laws”); (y) it is not directly or indirectly owned or controlled, in whole or in part, by a Blocked Person; and (z) it has not, does not, and will not, conduct any business with a Blocked Person or otherwise engage in any transaction relating to any property, or interests in property, blocked by any AT/AML Law.

Section 1.9 Entity Characterization . It is the intention of the Members that the Company be classified as a partnership for federal, state and local income tax purposes. The Manager therefore agrees that it: (a) will not cause or permit the Company to elect, without the unanimous consent of the Members, (1) to be excluded from the provisions of Subchapter K of the Code, or (2) to be treated as a corporation for federal, state and local income tax purposes; and (b) will cause the Company to make any election or take such other action reasonably determined to be necessary or appropriate in order to ensure the treatment of the Company as a partnership for federal, state and local income tax purposes. The Company and each Member agree to file all tax returns and otherwise take all tax reporting positions in a manner consistent with such treatment.

Section 1.10 REIT Provisions .

A. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, each Member acknowledges that one or more of the Members or one or more of a Member’s direct or indirect equity owners is qualified and operates, and intends to continue to qualify and operate, as a “real estate investment trust within the meaning of Section 856 et. seq. of the Code (a “REIT”) for federal income tax purposes (each such Member or equity owner, a “REIT Member Owner”), and that such REIT Member Owner’s ability to continue to qualify and operate as a REIT and to avoid being subject to corporate-level income, and certain excise taxes will depend to some extent upon the nature of the Company’s income, assets and operations. Accordingly, the business and activities of the Company (including the business and activities of any subsidiary of the Company) are intended to be conducted as if the Company were itself a REIT. To this end, subject to Subsection D., below, the Manager will use its commercially reasonable efforts to cause the Company to operate in a manner such that the Company, assuming it were a REIT, would continue to qualify as a REIT and would not be subject to any taxes under Section 857 of the Code, determined without regard to the distributions required in order to maintain REIT status or to avoid income and excise taxes imposed on a REIT. For purposes of determining whether the Company has met the requirements set forth in this Section 1.10, the Company may rely on the advice of counsel and the Accountants.

 

-5-


B. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement, but subject to Subsection D., below, during the time a REIT Member Owner or any Affiliate thereof that is a REIT owns a direct or indirect beneficial interest in the Company, without the consent of each such REIT Member Owner (which it may grant or withhold in its sole discretion) neither the Company nor its Affiliates shall take, or refrain from taking, any action which is inconsistent with the requirements of Subsection A. of this Section 1.10 (such actions collectively the “REIT Prohibited Transactions”), including in each case, without limitation, any of the following to the extent that the amount of income received from such activity or the ownership of such asset, when taken together with any other income or assets of the Company, would exceed the thresholds permitted of the Company if the Company were itself a REIT:

 

  (i) entering into any lease that provides for rent based in whole or in part on the income or profits of any Person;

 

  (ii) entering into any lease with a Person designated in writing by a REIT Member Owner, which written designation may set forth: (X) any Person in which such REIT Member Owner owns, directly or indirectly: (a) in the case of any Person which is a corporation, stock of such Person possessing 10% or more of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock entitled to vote, or 10% or more of the total value of shares of all classes of stock of such Person; or (b) in the case of any Person which is not a corporation, an interest of 10% or more in the assets or net profits of such Person or (Y) any person required to be treated as an independent contractor from which such REIT Member Owner may not receive any income;

 

  (iii) entering into any lease without complying with the following procedures: (a) prior to entering into any new lease with a prospective tenant, the Company shall provide the name of such prospective tenant to the Hudson Member (or a Person designated by the Hudson Member in writing (a “Hudson Designee”)); (b) the Hudson Member (or the Hudson Designee) shall inform the Company within two (2) Business Days whether Hudson Pacific Properties, Inc. (“Hudson REIT”) owns (actually or constructively) or reasonably anticipates so owning in excess of, in the case of a prospective tenant that is a corporation, 9.9% of the voting power or value of such corporation’s shares, or in the case of a prospective tenant that is an entity other than a corporation, a 9.9% interest in the assets or net profits of such entity; and (c) if Hudson REIT reasonably determines that it owns actually or constructively) or reasonably anticipates so owning such an interest, the Company shall not enter into a lease with such prospective tenant, unless the Hudson Member (or the Hudson Designee) determines, in its sole and absolute discretion, that rents from such prospective tenant could not jeopardize Hudson REIT’s status as a REIT;

 

  (iv) entering into any lease of space for a term of less than 30 days;

 

-6-


  (v) leasing personal property, except a lease of personal property that is entered into in connection with a lease of real property where the rent attributable to the personal property is less than 15% of the total rent provided for under the lease, determined as set forth in Section 856(d)(1) of the Code;

 

  (vi) providing any services or amenities to tenants, other than services that are (a) customarily furnished or rendered in connection with the rental of space for occupancy only (as opposed to rendered primarily for the convenience of the tenant); (b) customarily furnished or rendered by or on behalf of landlords in connection with the rental of real property of a similar class in the geographic areas in which the real property is located and provided by an independent contractor from which the Company, and, as of the date on which the arrangement with the independent contractor is entered into, each REIT Member Owner and any Affiliate that is a REIT to which an interest in the Company is transferred, derive no income; or (c) provided by a “taxable REIT subsidiary” (as defined in Section 856(l) of the Code) of a REIT Member Owner;

 

  (vii) owning or acquiring any stock, loan or other debt or equity securities of, or make any advances to, another issuer (including an Affiliate of the Company), other than Owner or any other entity that is treated as disregarded from the Company for tax purposes;

 

  (viii) owning property except real property, furniture, fixtures and equipment associated with such real property, cash, bank demand and time deposits and receivables which arise in the ordinary course of its rental business, such as rent from leases; or

 

  (ix) deriving income in any calendar year other than rents from real property, interest on bank demand or time deposits, and gains from the sale of real property.

So long as a REIT Member Owner or any Affiliate thereof owns a direct or indirect beneficial interest in the Company, the Company shall, promptly upon the request of any REIT Member Owner, make available to such REIT Member Owner all data and information in the possession of such parties which is determined by such REIT Member Owner to be necessary or helpful to (a) determine the tax treatment of such REIT Member Owner or any Affiliate thereof, or (b) monitor such REIT Member Owner’s compliance with the requirements relating to the status of such REIT Member Owner as a REIT.

C. The provisions of this Section 1.10 are solely for the benefit of those Members that are REIT Member Owners or are owned, directly or indirectly, by a REIT Member Owner and no other Person shall have the right to enforce, or be the beneficiary of, the provisions of this Section 1.10. The limitations of this Section 1.10 shall be applicable even if they require the Company to forego an otherwise advantageous business opportunity and/or affects the profitability of the Company and/or otherwise precludes the Company from taking an action, or requires the Company to take an action which it would not have otherwise taken, even though the taking of such action or not taking such action, respectively, might otherwise be advantageous to the Company and/or to one or more of the Members.

 

-7-


D. Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 1.10: (i) the Hudson Member shall be deemed to have approved of the Company’s ownership of all assets owned as of the date hereof, including the escrow account established pursuant to the Loan Documents (and any subsequent increases in the balance of such escrow account), and (ii) the Hudson Member shall be deemed to have approved of all income that is currently being earned, and all services currently being provided, by the Company as of the date hereof; provided, however, the parties shall use commercially reasonable efforts to resolve any issues relating to the foregoing deemed approvals which arises subsequent to the Effective Date and would negatively impact a REIT Member Owner. Further notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 1.10, nothing in this Section 1.10 shall prevent the Company or any Member from disposing of the Property or any interest therein in a manner otherwise consistent with the terms of this Agreement

ARTICLE II.

CAPITAL ACCOUNTS; CAPITAL CONTRIBUTIONS

Section 2.1 Capital Accounts . A separate Capital Account shall be maintained for each Member, including any Member who shall hereafter acquire an Interest.

Section 2.2 Initial Capital Contributions of the Members . Prior to or concurrently with the execution and delivery of this Agreement by each Member, pursuant to the terms and conditions of the Contribution Agreement, Beacon Member is making an initial Capital Contribution to the Company in the total amount of $40,188,317.68 and Hudson Member is making an initial Capital Contribution to the Company in the total amount of $41,828,657.18, as follows: (1) for U.S. federal income tax purposes the acquisition by Hudson Member, from Beacon Member, of a fifty one percent (51%) interest as a member of the Company is treated as a purchase of a fifty one percent (51%) interest in the assets and liabilities of the Company at the time of acquisition, followed by a contribution by both Beacon Member and Hudson Member of their respective forty nine percent (49%) and fifty one percent (51%) share of such assets and liabilities into a new tax partnership pursuant to Rev. Rul. 99-5, 1999-1 C.B. 434; and (2) each Member has made its respective Reserve Advance. As of the date hereof, each Member shall have unrepaid Capital Contributions made to the Company and Percentage Interests in the amounts set forth on Exhibit A attached hereto. All Capital Contributions made or deemed to be made pursuant to this Section 2.2 are herein referred to as “Initial Capital Contributions”.

Section 2.3 Additional Funding and Capital Contributions .

A. If funds are needed by the Company to pay any Emergency Costs, for any item included in an Approved Annual Plan or to fund any matter which has been approved as a Major Decision, then the Manager shall, from time to time as necessary, give notice to all Members of the Company’s need for such funds (a “Capital Call”). A Member which has made a Coverage Contribution under Section 2.3.B. shall also be deemed to have made a Capital Call as further provided in said Section 2.3.B. Any Capital Call shall specify the total amount the Company requires (or needs to repay a Coverage Contribution if a Capital Call is made pursuant to Section 2.3.B.) and the date (the “Financial Need Date”) such funds are required to be contributed to the Company, which date shall not in any event be earlier than the expiration of fifteen (15) days after the Capital Call is given for a contribution under this Section 2.3. On or before the Financial Need Date, each Member shall contribute to the Company, as a Capital Contribution, an amount equal to the total amount specified in the Capital Call multiplied by its then Percentage Interest.

 

-8-


B. With respect to any Guaranty, if demand is made on a Member or an Affiliate of a Member for any amounts claimed due under any such Guaranty, such Member shall reasonably promptly after any such event notify the other Member of such event. In the event a Member or its Affiliate, acting in good faith, pays any amounts due or alleged to be due under a Guaranty, then the amount so paid (except if any such amounts claimed are in respect of the gross negligence, willful misconduct, bad faith or fraud of the guarantor (or the Member as to which such guarantor is an Affiliate) under any non-recourse carve-out guaranty) shall be deemed to be a Coverage Contribution made to the Company by such Member. Reasonably promptly after the deemed making of any such Coverage Contribution, but in any event within fifteen (15) days after the making thereof, the funding Member shall provide notice of the making thereof to the other Member, and the giving of such notice shall be deemed to be the making of a Capital Call under Section 2.3.A. Thereafter, the provisions of Section 2.4 shall apply, and all the rights and remedies of said Section 2.4 shall apply in the event of a failure by such other Member to make the required Capital Contribution as to such Coverage Contribution except that upon the making of the portion of the required Capital Contribution which is to be made by such other Member, the Coverage Contribution shall be deemed repaid, no dilution shall have been effected and the funding Member shall be deemed to have made a Capital Contribution of its requisite share of the required Capital Contribution necessary to refund its Coverage Contribution, and, notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, shall receive repayment on account of its Coverage Contribution in an amount equal to the Capital Contribution made by the other Member. As used in this Section 2.3.B., the term “Guaranty” shall not include that certain Environmental Indemnity Agreement made as of June 27, 2006, jointly and severally, by Owner and Beacon Capital Strategic Partners IV, L.P., in favor of Lender.

Section 2.4 Failure to Make Capital Contributions .

A. In the event the Members are required to make any Capital Contributions pursuant to this Article II (all of the above being referred to as “Required Capital Contributions”), and in any such case a Member (a “Non-Contributing Member”) has defaulted in its obligation to contribute all or a portion of its share (the “Defaulted Amount”) of such Required Capital Contribution within five (5) Business Days of the date on which such Required Capital Contribution was due, then the other Member (the “Contributing Member”) shall have the right, at its election, to either (i) contribute all or a portion of the Defaulted Amount as an additional Capital Contribution (a “Coverage Contribution”), or (ii) elect to withdraw its Capital Contribution (or the appropriate portion thereof if the other Member contributed a portion, but not all, of its Required Capital Contribution) from the Company. Any remedy under clause (i) or (ii) shall be exercised within sixty (60) days after the date on which the Required Capital Contribution giving rise to the Defaulted Amount was due.

 

-9-


The remedies specified in this Section 2.4 are the exclusive rights and remedies of the Contributing Member, and shall be in lieu of any rights and remedies which a Contributing Member might otherwise have at law or in equity as to any default by a Member in making a Required Capital Contribution under Section 2.3.

B. In the event a Contributing Member makes a Coverage Contribution on account of any Required Capital Contribution which is disproportionate to the amount contributed by the other Member on account of such Required Capital Contribution then, automatically upon the making of such Coverage Contribution, a dilution of a portion of the Non-Contributing Member’s Percentage Interest (and a shift to the Contributing Member of said portion of the Percentage Interest of the Non-Contributing Member) shall be effected as follows: the Percentage Interest of the Contributing Member shall be adjusted upwards to an amount, expressed as a percentage, equal to “A” divided by “B”, where “A” equals the then aggregate Capital Contributions of the Contributing Member (including any amounts advanced by the Contributing Member on account of its Percentage Interest of the applicable Required Capital Contribution, but not including the Coverage Contribution then made by such Contributing Member on behalf of the Non-Contributing Member), plus two times the amount of the Coverage Contribution then made by such Contributing Member on behalf of the Non-Contributing Member, and where “B” is the total aggregate Capital Contributions of all the Members (including any amounts advanced by the Contributing Member on account of its Percentage Interest of the applicable Required Capital Contribution as well as the Coverage Contribution then made by such Contributing Member on behalf of the Non-Contributing Member). The Percentage Interest of the Non-Contributing Member shall be reduced by the amount by which the Percentage Interest of the Contributing Member is increased in accordance with the foregoing formula. The aggregate Capital Contributions and Capital Account of the Contributing Member shall be increased, and the aggregate Capital Contributions and Capital Account of the Non-Contributing Member shall be correspondingly decreased, so as to be in proportion to their respective Percentage Interests (as increased and reduced in accordance with the foregoing). An example of the application of this paragraph is set forth on Schedule “Dilution Example” .

For all purposes of this Section 2.4, “disproportionate to” means the excess of the amounts advanced by the Contributing Member as to any particular Required Capital Contribution over the product of the amount, if any, advanced by the Non-Contributing Member as to such Required Capital Contribution multiplied by a fraction, the numerator of which is the then Percentage Interest of the Contributing Member and the denominator of which is the then Percentage Interest of the Non-Contributing Member.

If the above calculation results in a Member’s Percentage Interest being reduced to zero percent (0%) or less, then such Member shall automatically and without further action cease being a Member and cease having any rights whatsoever pursuant to this Agreement or otherwise as a member.

 

-10-


Any adjustments in Percentage Interests pursuant to this Section 2.4.B. (or the completion of the purchase if the option to purchase pursuant to the immediately preceding paragraph is exercised) shall be automatic and without the necessity of any action beyond the making of a Coverage Contribution by a Contributing Member as to any Defaulted Amount.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event that the provisions of this Section 2.4.B. apply from the Effective Date and until the Put/Call Outside Date, dilution will be calculated but will not be effective during such period. On the Put/Call Outside Date, in the event that both Beacon Member and Hudson Member remain as Members, such dilution shall be automatically effective with no further action.

C. The Members acknowledge and agree that the remedy provisions provided for in this Section 2.4 could result in a Member completely forfeiting its Interest. Each Member acknowledges and agrees that in the event either Member fails to make its Required Capital Contributions, the Company and the other Member will suffer substantial damages, and the remedy provisions set forth in this Section 2.4 are fair, just and equitable in all respects and administratively superior to any other method for determining such damages. Each Member hereby agrees that in the event its Interest is changed as provided in this Section 2.4, it shall execute and deliver such conveyances, agreements, instruments or other documents, and take such additional actions, which may be necessary, in the reasonable, good faith discretion of the other Member, to confirm and render fully effective the remedy provisions set forth in this Section 2.4.

Section 2.5 Return of Capital . Except to the extent of distributions made pursuant to this Agreement, no Member shall be entitled to the withdrawal or return of its Capital Contribution, nor may any Member withdraw from the Company or otherwise have any right to demand or receive the return of its Capital Contributions to the Company (as such). Except as otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement, no Member shall have priority over any other Member, either as to the return of Capital Contributions or as to profits, losses or distributions. No Manager or Member shall be liable for the return of any portion of the Capital Contribution of any (other) Member, and the return, if any, of any Member’s Capital Contributions shall be made solely from Company assets and only as expressly provided in this Agreement.

Section 2.6 No Other Contributions . Except as expressly required by this Article II, Section 5.2 or by the LLC Act, neither Member shall have any obligation to make any Capital Contribution to the Company or to advance or loan any funds to the Company. No loan made to the Company by a Member shall constitute a Capital Contribution to the Company for any purpose. No Member shall receive any interest or preferred return on its contributions to the capital of the Company, except as may be otherwise specifically provided herein.

Section 2.7 Deficit Capital Accounts . No Member shall have any obligation to restore any deficit balance in its Capital Account upon the liquidation and dissolution of the Company or if such Member’s Interest is liquidated.

 

-11-


ARTICLE III.

MANAGEMENT AND OPERATIONS OF BUSINESS

Section 3.1 Management; Annual Plan and Budgets .

A. Management .

 

  (i) Except as otherwise expressly provided in Section 3.2 as to Major Decisions, the management of the business and affairs of the Company and Owner are and shall be exclusively vested in the Manager, and no Member which is not the Manager shall have any right to participate in or exercise control or management power over the business and affairs of the Company except as to Major Decisions. In addition to the powers granted to or permitted to be exercised by a “manager” under the LLC Act, subject only to Section 3.2, the Manager shall be entitled to exercise the broadest of powers and rights which may be exercised as a “manager” under the LLC Act or which are granted to the Manager under any other provision of this Agreement. Subject to Section 3.2, and within the authorizations of any Approved Annual Plan (including any Permitted Variations to the Annual Budget), the Manager shall have full power and authority to do all things deemed necessary or desirable by it, in good faith, to conduct the business of the Company and to exercise all powers which the Company may legally possess to effectuate the purposes set forth in Section 1.3.

 

  (ii) The Manager shall devote, and shall cause its partners, officers, directors and employees, if any, to devote such time to the affairs of the Company as such Manager, in its sole discretion, exercised in good faith, determines is necessary for performance by the Manager of its duties hereunder. It is understood that no such Persons shall be required to devote full time to the business and affairs of the Company and that all such Persons are engaged in, and intend in the future to engage in, other activities. The Company shall have no employees.

 

  (iii) The Manager is authorized to execute, deliver and perform any and all agreements, filings, arrangements, transactions and other activities on behalf of the Company without any act, approval or vote of any of the Members, except as specifically required under Section 3.2.

 

-12-


  (iv) During the period from the Effective Date until the Put/Call Outside Date: (a) the Manager shall continue to operate, maintain and repair the Property in the ordinary course of business and to the standard that Owner has operated the Property prior to the Effective Date, subject to the terms of this Agreement and the then Approved Annual Plan (including any Permitted Variations to the Annual Budget); and (b) each Member shall provide to the other Member (A) true and complete copies of any written notices that such Member or its Affiliate receives from any governmental authority with respect to (x) any special assessments or proposed increases in the valuation of the Property; (y) any condemnation or eminent domain proceedings affecting the Property or any portion thereof; or (z) any material violation of any environmental law or any zoning, health, fire, safety or other law, regulation or code applicable to the Property, (B) promptly upon the giving or receipt thereof by a Member or its Affiliate, true and complete copies of any written notices of default given or received under any of the leases of space at the Property, and (C) prompt notice of any litigation, arbitration proceeding or administrative hearing which is instituted after the Effective Date and which concerns or affects Owner or the Property, other than any such matters (such as slip and fall and similar claims and resulting litigation) that are covered by Owner’s insurance.

B. Annual Plan and Budget . The Members have agreed upon an Approved Annual Plan (including an Approved Budget) with respect to the 2010 Fiscal Year, a copy of each of which is attached hereto as Schedule “Approved Plan and Budget. ” Prior to the Effective Date, the Manager delivered to the Members a proposed Annual Plan for the 2011 Fiscal Year (“Submitted 2011 Plan”). On or before November 1st of each Fiscal Year (beginning with November 1, 2011), the Manager shall send to the Members, for the following Fiscal Year, a proposed Annual Plan. The “Annual Plan” should set forth all activities and budgets for the Company and Owner, including, without limitation, (i) the operating and capital budgets (which budget shall include a reasonable provision for contingent or unforeseen expenditures and reasonable reserves to provide for expenses contained in the applicable Annual Plan) for the current Fiscal Year, (ii) reasonably detailed parameters for leasing at the Property, including, without limitation, occupancy projections and projected lease up schedules, (iii) reasonably detailed parameters for any new property management and/or leasing brokerage contracts, and (iv) reasonably detailed parameters for insurance coverages to be carried by the Company and Owner (if any). If any Member does not approve of any portion of such proposed Annual Plan submitted to it by the Manager, it shall specify its objections in writing (with reasonable detail as to its objections) within fifteen (15) Business Days following the date of the Manager’s submission to the Members of such proposed Annual Plan (provided that the foregoing shall not apply to the Annual Plan for the 2011 Fiscal Year). Any portion of the proposed Annual Plan not so specified as objected to (whether in such notice of objection or due to the failure to deliver any such notice during the aforementioned fifteen (15) Business Day period) shall be deemed approved and, as to such approved items, shall be an Approved Annual Plan (or, with respect to the operating and capital expenditure budgets only, an Approved Budget). During the ten (10) Business Day period following the Manager’s receipt of a notice of objection from a Member, the Members shall work together in good faith to attempt to resolve any portion of the proposed Annual Plan that has been so objected to by a Member. All of the above, as, when and to the extent approved by the Members is herein referred to as the “Approved Annual Plan”; provided that the portion of the Approved Annual Plan consisting of the operating and capital expenditure budgets shall be referred to herein as the “Approved Budget.” The Members shall use good faith efforts to approve an Approved Plan (including, without limitation, an Approved Budget) before (a) in the case of the 2011 Annual Plan, January 15, 2011, and (b) in all other cases, the beginning of each Fiscal Year or before such earlier date as such plan and/or budget may be required to be submitted to any lender to the Company or Owner. Hudson Member hereby acknowledges that, prior to the Effective Date, Beacon Member delivered the Submitted 2011 Plan to the Lender in accordance with Owner’s obligations under the Loan Documents; provided, however, that the Members acknowledge and agree that (i) such prior submission to the Lender by Beacon Member shall not be deemed Hudson Member’s approval of the same, and the approval process for the Submitted 2011 Plan shall remain as set forth in this Section, and (ii) any final modifications to the Submitted 2011 Plan that are made by the Members as part of such approval process shall be submitted to the Lender in the manner and timing required by the Loan Documents.

 

-13-


During any Fiscal Year, and regardless of any then applicable Approved Budget (if any), the Manager may cause the Company to expend any reasonable amounts which are for the payment of Emergency Costs. For any Fiscal Year (including 2011) as to which the Annual Plan has not yet been approved, as to all expenditures of the Company (other than those which the Members have otherwise specifically approved and other than Emergency Costs) the Manager shall be authorized to cause the Company to incur obligations up to an amount equal to the amount set forth in the prior Fiscal Year’s Approved Budget for any Specified Line Item plus five percent (5%) (and then including any Permitted Variations) as if such prior Fiscal Year’s Approved Budget amount for any such Specified Line Item plus five percent (5%) were the then current Fiscal Year’s Approved Budget amount, unless and until an Approved Budget is adopted by the Members pursuant to the immediately preceding paragraph.

Section 3.2 Major Decisions; Representatives .

A. All Major Decisions shall be made only upon the recommendation of the Manager, followed by the unanimous approval of the Members, such approval to be given or withheld in the sole discretion of each Member except as otherwise expressly provided in Schedule “MD” attached hereto; provided, however, that (i) for the duration of any period whereby the Loan remains outstanding, Hudson Member shall not unreasonably withhold, condition or delay its approval of the Major Decisions listed as to numbers 5, 7. 8, 11, 14, 16, 17 and 21 in Section A of Schedule “MD” and as numbers 5, 7, 8, 11, 14, 16, 18 and 20 in Section B of Schedule “MD”, and (ii) (a) if the Manager requests, in writing, approval of a Major Decision from the Members, and Hudson Member fails to deliver its response within five (5) Business Days after such request is made, then the Manager shall (A) deliver an additional written request to Hudson Member informing Hudson Member of its failure to respond, which written request shall include at the top of the first page of such request, in twelve (12) point, bold, all caps font, “ HUDSON MEMBER’S FAILURE TO RESPOND TO THIS NOTICE SHALL RESULT IN A DEEMED APPROVAL OF THE MAJOR DECISION DESCRIBED HEREIN ,” and (B) use commercially reasonable efforts to contact Hudson Member either telephonically or in person to confirm Hudson Member’s receipt of such additional written request, and (b) if Hudson Member fails to respond to such additional written request within three (3) Business Days after Hudson Member’s receipt of the same, then such failure shall be deemed Hudson’s approval of the Major Decision described in the original written request. “Major Decisions” shall mean all those matters set forth in Schedule “MD” attached hereto. In the event the Members are unable to agree as to any matter which is a Major Decision, then the “status quo” shall be maintained and the matter as to which approval was sought shall not be implemented (i.e., the Members shall have no right to take any unilateral action with respect to the implementation of such unapproved matter). Any such inability to agree on, and any impasse on, any matter shall not give rise to the right of any Member as to any legal or equitable rights or relief under any laws or at equity.

 

-14-


B. Each Member shall appoint two representatives for purposes of this Agreement (each, a “Representative”). The initial Representatives appointed by each Member have been designated by a separate letter dated on or about the date hereof from each Member to the other Member. Each Member may from time to time replace its designated Representatives for any reason or for no reason. Each Representative once appointed, and until removed by the appointing Member by proper notice to the other Member, shall be deemed authorized to act on behalf of the appointing Member, and the other Member shall be entitled to rely on any and all actions, decisions, consents and other acts by any such Representative as binding on the appointing Member as fully as if the appointing Member had duly made any such action. No Representative shall receive any compensation or reimbursements from the Company for serving as a Representative.

A Representative shall owe no fiduciary or other duty to the Company or to the Member which did not appoint such Representative, and shall owe such duties to the Member which appointed such Representative as may be agreed upon or as applicable law may otherwise impose due to the relationship between such Representative and the appointing Member outside of any relationship as to the Company.

Section 3.3 Binding the Company .

A. Any action taken by the Manager as the Manager of the Company shall bind the Company and, as against third parties, shall be deemed to have been made with the approval or consent of the Members, if so required, whether or not actually obtained, and the valid and binding action of the Company.

B. The Members may appoint agents to act for the Company and to delegate to such agents such of the powers as are granted to the Manager hereunder, including the power to execute documents on behalf of the Company, as part of the Annual Plan; provided further, however, that no such delegation by the Members shall cause the Manager to cease to be the Manager of the Company within the meaning of the LLC Act nor expand the powers of the Manager. Unless the authority of the agent designated as the officer in question is limited in the document appointing such officer, any officer so appointed shall have the same authority to act for the Company, subject to the terms of this Agreement, as a corresponding officer of a Delaware corporation would have to act for a Delaware corporation.

Section 3.4 Compensation of Manager and Members . No payment shall be made by the Company to any Manager or Member for such Manager’s or Member’s services as a Manager or Member except as otherwise specifically provided in or permitted by this Agreement or any agreement entered into in accordance with Section 3.5. The Manager shall be entitled to reimbursement from the Company for all third-party expenses incurred by the Manager in managing and conducting the business and affairs of the Company, provided that such expenditures are in accordance with the Approved Budget or otherwise expressly authorized under this Agreement. To the extent Manager is entitled to any such reimbursements, the Manager shall determine which expenses, if any, are allocable to the Company in a manner which is fair and reasonable to the Manager and the Company, and if such allocation is made in good faith, it shall be conclusive in the absence of manifest error.

 

-15-


Section 3.5 Contracts with Members or Affiliates . Neither the Manager nor any of its Affiliates shall sell, transfer or convey any property to, or purchase any property from, the Company, directly or indirectly, or enter into any other transaction with the Company, or enter into any Affiliated Contract, except pursuant to transactions that are included in the Annual Plan or are otherwise approved by the Members pursuant to Section 3.2. The taking of any action with respect to the exercise or waiver by the Company or Owner of any material rights it may have under any Affiliated Contract, and all decisions with respect to any litigation in which any Affiliate of a Member is involved in opposition to the Company or Owner, shall be taken or made by the Member which is unaffiliated.

The parties hereby acknowledge that on June 9, 2006, Owner entered into a property management agreement with respect to the Property (the “Property Management Agreement”) with the Property Manager, which Property Management Agreement is hereby approved and ratified by all of the Members.

Section 3.6 Indemnification .

A. To the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, the Company shall indemnify each Indemnitee from and against any and all losses, claims, damages, liabilities, joint or several, expenses (including, without limitation, attorneys fees and other legal fees and expenses), judgments, fines, settlements, and other amounts arising from any and all claims, demands, actions, suits or proceedings, civil, criminal, administrative or investigative, that relate to the operations of the Company and Owner as set forth in this Agreement, in which such Indemnitee may be involved, or is threatened to be involved, as a party or otherwise; provided , however , that indemnification shall not be paid hereunder with respect to any matter as to which any Indemnitee shall have been finally adjudicated in any such action, suit or other proceeding, or otherwise by a court of competent jurisdiction, to have committed willful malfeasance, bad faith, misappropriation, gross negligence, deliberate dishonesty or fraud in the conduct of its or their office or has acted outside of its authority in a material way without a good faith belief that it was acting within its authority.

The termination of any proceeding by judgment, order or settlement does not create a presumption that the Indemnitee did not meet the requisite standard of conduct set forth in this Section 3.6.A. The termination of any proceeding by conviction or upon a plea of nolo contendere or its equivalent, or an entry of an order of probation prior to judgment, creates a rebuttable presumption that the Indemnitee acted in a manner contrary to that specified in this Section 3.6.A. with respect to the subject matter of such proceeding.

 

-16-


Any indemnification pursuant to this Section 3.6 shall be made only out of the assets of the Company and any insurance proceeds from any insurance policies covering any Indemnitee, and no Member shall have any obligation to contribute to the capital of the Company, or otherwise provide funds, to enable the Company to meet its obligations under this Section 3.6.

B. The right to indemnification conferred by this Section 3.6 shall include the right to be paid or reimbursed by the Company for the reasonable expenses reasonably incurred by an Indemnitee in advance of the final disposition of a proceeding and without any determination as to the Person’s ultimate entitlement to indemnification; provided, however, that the payment of such expenses incurred in advance of the final disposition of a proceeding shall be made only upon delivery to the Company of a written affirmation by such Person of its good faith belief that it has met the standard of conduct necessary for indemnification under this Section 3.6 and a written undertaking, by or on behalf of such Person, to repay all amounts so advanced if it shall ultimately be determined that such Person is not entitled to be indemnified under this Section 3.6 or otherwise.

C. The indemnification provided by this Section 3.6 shall be in addition to any other rights to which an Indemnitee or any other Person may be entitled to, or as a matter of law or equity or otherwise, and shall continue as to an Indemnitee who has ceased to serve in such capacity unless otherwise provided in a written agreement with such Indemnitee.

D. The Company may, but shall not be obligated to, purchase and maintain insurance, at its expense and in an amount reasonably determined by the Manager, on behalf of the Indemnitee and such other Persons as the Manager shall determine, against any liability that may be asserted against or expenses that may be incurred by such Person in connection with the Company’s or Owner’s activities, regardless of whether the Company would have the power to indemnify such Person against such liability under the provisions of this Agreement (provided that to the extent such insurance is not part of the then-applicable Approved Budget, the decisions to purchase and maintain such insurance shall constitute a Major Decision).

E. The provisions of this Section 3.6 are for the benefit of the Indemnitee, its heirs, successors, assigns and administrators and shall not be deemed to create any rights for the benefit of any other Persons. Any amendment, modification or repeal of this Section 3.6 or any provision hereof shall be prospective only and shall not in any way affect the Company’s liability to any Indemnitee under this Section 3.6, as in effect immediately prior to such amendment, modification, or repeal with respect to claims arising from or relating to matters occurring, in whole or in part, prior to such amendment, modification or repeal, regardless of when such claims may arise or be asserted.

F. If any paragraph of this Section 3.6 or any portion thereof shall be invalidated on any ground by any court of competent jurisdiction, then the Company’s indemnification obligations under this Section 3.6 shall be applied to the full extent permitted by any applicable portion of this Section 3.6 that shall not have been invalidated and to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law.

 

-17-


G. An Indemnitee shall not be denied indemnification in whole or in part under this Section 3.6 because the Indemnitee had an interest in the transaction with respect to which the indemnification applies if the transaction was otherwise permitted by the terms of this Agreement.

H. If and to the extent any reimbursements to the Manager or any Member pursuant to this Section 3.6 constitute gross income to the Manager or Member (as opposed to the repayment of advances made by the Member on behalf of the Company), such amounts shall constitute guaranteed payments within the meaning of Code Section 707(c), shall be treated consistently therewith by the Company and all Members, and shall not be treated as distributions for purposes of computing the Members’ Capital Accounts.

Section 3.7 Other Matters Concerning the Manager .

A. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth in this Agreement, except as set forth in the next paragraph of this Section 3.7.A., the Manager and its Affiliates shall not be liable for monetary damages to the Company or any Member for losses sustained or liabilities incurred as a result of errors in judgment or of any act or omission if the Manager did not commit willful malfeasance, bad faith, misappropriation, gross negligence, deliberate dishonesty or fraud in the performance of its duties under this Agreement or acted outside of its authority in a material way without a good faith belief that it was acting within its authority.

To the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, the Manager shall indemnify each Member from and against any and all losses, claims, damages, liabilities, joint or several, expenses (including, without limitation, attorneys fees and other legal fees and expenses), judgments, fines, settlements, and other amounts arising from any and all claims, demands, actions, suits or proceedings, civil, criminal, administrative or investigative, incurred as a result of by the Manager’s willful malfeasance, bad faith, misappropriation, gross negligence, deliberate dishonesty or fraud in the performance of its duties under this Agreement or the Manager having acted outside of its authority in a material way without a good faith belief that it was acting within its authority; provided , however , that indemnification to a Member shall not be paid hereunder with respect to any matter to the extent that such Member shall have been finally adjudicated in any such action, suit or other proceeding, or otherwise by a court of competent jurisdiction, to have committed willful malfeasance, bad faith, misappropriation, gross negligence, deliberate dishonesty or fraud in the conduct of its or their office or has acted outside of its authority in a material way without a good faith belief that it was acting within its authority.

B. The Manager may rely and shall be protected in acting, or refraining from acting, upon any resolution, certificate, statement, instrument, opinion, report, notice, request, consent, order, bond, debenture, or other paper or document believed by it in good faith to be genuine and to have been signed or presented by the proper party or parties. The Manager may consult with legal counsel, accountants, appraisers, management consultants, investment bankers, architects, engineers, environmental consultants and other consultants and advisers selected by it, and any act taken or omitted to be taken in reliance upon the opinion of such Persons as to matters which such Manager reasonably believes to be within such Person’s professional or expert competence shall be presumed to have been done or omitted in good faith and in accordance with such opinion.

 

-18-


Section 3.8 Events of Default .

A. Upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default as to any Member (including in its capacity as the Manager) (except for an Event of Default described in clause B below), or in the event that the Percentage Interest of a Member is reduced due to the provisions of Section 2.4.B. to below twenty five percent (25%), any consent or approval of such Member required under this Agreement or under the LLC Act shall thereafter not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed by such Member notwithstanding any other express standard set forth in this Agreement.

B. Upon the commission of a felony, any act of fraud, misappropriation or embezzlement by a Member or any of its Affiliates in respect of the Company or the Property, the defaulting Member shall automatically no longer have the right to invoke the provisions of Section 9.7 or the right to vote on or otherwise participate in any consent or approval rights which such Member may otherwise have under this Agreement or which a member may have under the LLC Act other than where, under the LLC Act, such voting, consent or approval rights, if any, may not be waived even with the consent of the member.

C. In the event that the Call Right or the Put Right is exercised and Hudson Member defaults in its obligation to pay the Purchase Price or to otherwise fulfill its obligations pursuant to the Call Right or the Put Right on the Agreed Put/Call Closing Date for any reason other than a Put/Call Termination Election, (i) Hudson Member shall automatically no longer have the right to invoke the provisions of Section 9.7 as an Initiating Member or to exercise any rights of an Other Member pursuant to deliver an Acceptance Notice and purchase the Interest of the Initiating Member pursuant to Section 9.7, and (ii) the provisions of Section 9.7.C.(d) shall no longer apply.

D. Upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default as to any Member (including in its capacity as the Manager), (a) if such Member is the Manager (or is an Affiliate of the Manager), the other Member shall have the right to remove the Manager effective immediately upon written notice to the defaulting Member, and thereafter, subject to the requirements of any lender to the Company or Owner, the non-defaulting Member or its designee shall become the substitute Manager under this Agreement, and (b) the non-defaulting Member may, if applicable, cause the termination of the Property Management Agreement, any sub-management agreement, or any successor agreement pursuant to which the defaulting Member or an Affiliate thereof is acting as a managing agent with respect to the Property, without Owner bearing any liability other than for accrued and unpaid fees and any other accrued but unpaid obligations of Owner through the date of termination, but not any penalties or liquidated damages for any such early termination, and to replace any such terminated contracting party or agreement as selected by the non-defaulting Member, subject in all events to any applicable restrictions or requirements imposed by any lender to the Company or Owner.

 

-19-


Section 3.9 TDRs . The Members and the Manager hereby acknowledge and agree that the Company’s and Owner’s rights with respect to (i) the existence, issuance, or transfer of any “Transferable Development Rights” under Section 128 of the San Francisco Planning Code (collectively, the “TDRs”) with respect to the Property, regardless of whether such TDRs are characterized as real, personal, tangible or intangible property or otherwise, (ii) any proceeds from any sale, transfer, conveyance or other disposition of any TDRs (collectively, the “TDR Proceeds”), and (iii) any escrow accounts held by any lender to the Company or Owner in connection with the sale of any TDRs (collectively, the “TDR Escrows”), are and shall be held solely for the benefit of Beacon Member and BCSP IV and not the Company, Owner or Hudson Member.

Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary (including, without limitation, Sections 3.1 and 3.2):

A. Beacon Member shall have the sole and exclusive right to make all decisions and take all actions, unilaterally, with respect to or relating to any TDRs, including without limitation, any decisions and actions relating to or effectuating the sale, transfer, conveyance or other disposition thereof (including pursuant to clause C below).

B. To the extent that all or part of the TDR Escrows are released to Owner at any time, or to the extent that any TDR Proceeds are paid to Owner or the Company, then within three (3) Business Days after the Company’s or Owner’s receipt thereof, such released funds and TDR Proceeds shall be paid to Beacon Member or its designee and shall not be treated as a distribution under this Agreement.

C. All TDRs shall be conveyed to Beacon Member or its designee, as directed by Beacon Member, upon the earliest to occur of (i) the sale, transfer, conveyance or other disposition of the Property, (ii) the Put/Call Closing under Section 9.6, (iii) the dissolution of the Company, or (iv) the repayment in full of the Loan, or as soon thereafter as the TDRs may be so conveyed under applicable law, and such conveyance shall not be treated as a distribution under this Agreement.

The provisions of this Section 3.9 shall (a) be binding upon Hudson Member and the Company regardless of whether Beacon Member continues to be a Member, and (b) survive the dissolution of the Company.

ARTICLE IV.

FISCAL MATTERS

Section 4.1 Records and Accounting . The Manager shall keep or cause to be kept at the principal office of the Company those records and documents required to be maintained by the LLC Act and such other books and records deemed by the Manager to be appropriate with respect to the Company’s and Owner’s business, including, without limitation, all books and records necessary to provide to the Members any information, lists and copies of documents required to be provided pursuant to Section 4.3. The books of the Company shall be maintained, for financial and tax reporting purposes, on an accrual basis in accordance with United States income tax accounting principles, or such other basis as the Manager determines to be necessary or appropriate. Any Member shall have the right, during normal business hours and upon reasonable notice, to examine and copy (at such Member’s own expense) the books and records of the Company.

 

-20-


Section 4.2 Fiscal Year . The fiscal year (a “Fiscal Year”) of the Company shall be the calendar year, and the taxable year of the Company shall end on December 31 of each year unless a different taxable year shall be required by the Code.

Section 4.3 Reports .

A. As soon as practicable, and using all reasonable efforts to cause such to be provided within ninety (90) days after the close of each Fiscal Year, the Manager shall cause to be provided to each Member as of the close of the Fiscal Year, annual financial statements of the Company (on a consolidated basis with Owner) for such Fiscal Year, prepared in accordance with United States income tax accounting principles, and audited by the Accountants for each Fiscal Year beginning with the 2011 Fiscal Year. In addition, the Manager shall provide each Member with copies of all financial information regarding Owner and/or its assets which Owner provides to any first mortgage holder (or servicer) of, or senior lender to, Owner.

B. As soon as practicable, but in no event later than forty five (45) days after the close of each fiscal quarter, the Manager shall provide financial statements of the Company for such fiscal quarter to each Member. In addition, the Manager shall, promptly upon receipt, provide each Member with copies of each quarterly and monthly report delivered to Owner by the Property Manager, which report shall be in substantially the form attached hereto as Schedule Monthly Report” .

Section 4.4 Confidentiality . The Members acknowledge that, from time to time, they may receive information from or regarding the Company and Owner in the nature of financial statements and information, marketing strategies, trade secrets or other information which is confidential or not generally available to the public, the release of which may be damaging to the Company, Owner, the Manager or its Affiliates or Persons with which the Company or Owner does business (collectively, “Confidential Information”). Each Member agrees that, except with the consent of the other Member, all Confidential Information furnished to it or received by it pursuant to this Agreement will be kept confidential and will not be disclosed by such Member, or by any of its agents, representatives, or employees, in any manner whatsoever, in whole or in part (but not including herein information that a Member has also received from a source independent of the Company or its representatives), except that (i) each Member (and its equity holders) shall be permitted to disclose such information to those of its agents, representatives, professionals, employees and Affiliates who need to be familiar with such information in connection with such Member’s (or such equity holder’s indirect) investment in the Company or such Member’s tax returns or as required by securities laws or other legal obligations, (ii) each Member that is an Entity shall be permitted to disclose such Confidential Information as is reasonably necessary for the intended purpose of such disclosure to its partners, members, stockholders and other holders of equity interests and to any potential buyer of a Member’s Interest or of the Company’s assets or any potential lender to any Member, so long as any such Person agrees to keep such information confidential on the terms set forth herein, (iii) each Member shall be permitted to disclose information to the extent required either (x) as part of any filings, reports or similar matters which it is obligated to file, or (y) otherwise by law or by order or requirement of any court, administrative or other judicial or quasi-judicial entity, provided that as to any matter under clause (y) such Member shall make reasonable attempts to first afford the Company with a reasonable opportunity to contest the necessity of disclosing such information, and (iv) each Member shall be permitted to disclose information to the extent necessary for the enforcement of any right of such Member arising under this Agreement. The Members acknowledge that breach of the provisions of this Section 4.4 may cause irreparable injury to the Company for which monetary damages are inadequate, difficult to compute, or both. Accordingly, the Members agree that the provisions of this Section 4.4 may be enforced by specific performance without posting bond.

 

-21-


Section 4.5 Bank Accounts; Company Funds . Bank accounts and/or other accounts of the Company shall be maintained at Bank of America, N.A. or at such banking and/or other financial institution(s) as shall be designated in the Approved Annual Plan, and withdrawals shall be made and other activity conducted on such signature or signatures as the Manager may from time to time determine. The funds of the Company shall not be commingled with the funds or other assets of any other Entity.

Section 4.6 Reserves . The Approved Annual Plan shall establish reasonable cash reserves (including, without limitation, for tenant improvement allowances and leasing commissions) to provide for expenses contained in such Approved Annual Plan. In addition, and without limiting the foregoing, as of the date hereof (and without any additional documentation being required), Beacon Member is making an advance to the Company in an amount equal to One Million Four Hundred Seventy-Eight Thousand Three Hundred Seventeen and 68/100 Dollars ($1,478,317.68) and Hudson Member is making an advance to the Company in an amount equal to One Million Five Hundred Thirty-Eight Thousand Six Hundred Fifty-Seven and 18/100 Dollars ($1,538,657.18) (each such advance, respectively, a “Reserve Advance”). The Members acknowledge and agree that each Reserve Advance is treated as a Capital Contribution by each Member to the Company and equity for U.S. federal income tax purposes. The Reserve Advances shall be used by the Company to establish the following reserves for the Company:

A. A reserve to be used to fund expenses of the Company and Owner (the “Cash Buffer Reserve”), which Cash Buffer Reserve is to be maintained at an amount equal to Three Million Dollars ($3,000,000), subject to the availability of Company and Owner funds; and

B. A reserve to be used only to fund those tenant improvement allowances due and payable by Owner to tenants or licensees listed on Schedule “TI” attached hereto (the “TI Reserve”), which TI Reserve is to be maintained at an amount equal to the amount set forth on Schedule “TI” less any amount expended in accordance with said Schedule.

 

-22-


ARTICLE V.

DISTRIBUTIONS

Section 5.1 Requirement and Characterization of Distributions .

A. Subject to any limitation as may be imposed by any lender to the Company or Owner, the Manager shall cause Cash Flow and Capital Transaction Proceeds to be distributed, from time to time, to the Members pro rata in accordance with their respective Percentage Interests.

B. Capital Transactions Proceeds from a Terminating Capital Transaction and amounts available upon dissolution, and after payment of, or adequate provisions for, the debts and obligations of the Company, and after liquidation of any remaining assets of the Company, shall be distributed not later than the latest time specified for such distributions pursuant to Treasury Regulations Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(ii)(b)(2) and applied in the following priority:

 

  (i) First , to fund reserves for liabilities not then due and owing and for contingent liabilities to the extent deemed reasonable by the Manager;

 

  (ii) Second , the balance of such reserves remaining after payment of such contingencies shall be distributed in the manner set forth in Section 5.1.A.

Section 5.2 Withholding .

A. Each Member hereby authorizes the Company to withhold from a distribution due to, or pay on behalf of or with respect to, such Member any amount of federal, state, local, or non-U.S. taxes that the Manager determines that the Company is required to withhold or pay with respect to any amount distributable or allocable to such Member pursuant to this Agreement, including, without limitation, any taxes required to be withheld or paid by the Company pursuant to Sections 1441, 1442, 1445, or 1446 of the Code. Any amount paid on behalf of or with respect to a Member shall constitute a recourse loan by the Company to such Member, which loan shall be repaid by such Member within fifteen (15) days after notice from any Member that such payment must be made unless (i) the Company withholds such payment from a distribution which would otherwise be made to the Member; or (ii) the Person giving the aforesaid notice determines that such payment may be satisfied out of the available funds of the Company which would, but for such payment, be distributed to the Member.

B. Any amounts payable by a Member hereunder shall bear interest at an annual rate, determined daily and compounded monthly, equal to (as measured on the first day of every calendar month for such calendar month) twelve percent (12%) per annum (or if lower, the highest rate which may be charged under applicable law), such interest to accrue from the date such amount is due (i.e., fifteen (15) days after demand as set forth in Section 5.2.A.) until such amount is paid in full.

 

-23-


C. For purposes of this Section 5.2, the Company may assume that any Member who fails to provide the Manager satisfactory evidence of its tax status for United States federal income tax purposes is, for purposes of the Code, a foreign person. All amounts withheld pursuant to the Code or any provisions of any state or local tax law and this Section 5.2 with respect to any allocation, payment or distribution to a Member shall be treated as amounts distributed to such Member pursuant to Section 5.1 for all purposes under this Agreement, unless such amounts are treated as a loan to such Member pursuant to Section 5.2.A.

ARTICLE VI.

ALLOCATIONS OF PROFIT AND LOSS

Section 6.1 Allocation of Profits and Losses .

A. Subject to the provisions of Sections 6.2 and 6.3, for purposes of adjusting the Capital Accounts of the Members, the Net Profits and Net Losses for any taxable year or other applicable period shall be allocated among the Members in a manner such that the Adjusted Capital Account of each Member, immediately after making such allocation, is, as nearly as possible, equal (proportionately) to the distributions that would be made to such Member if the Company were dissolved, its affairs wound up and its properties sold for cash equal to their Book Values, all Company liabilities were satisfied (limited with respect to each nonrecourse liability to the Book Value of the property securing such liability), and the net assets of the Company were distributed in accordance with Section 5.1.B to the Member immediately after making such allocation.

B. At no time shall any allocation of Net Losses or of any item of loss or deduction be made if and to the extent such allocation would cause any Member to have, or would increase the deficit in, the Adjusted Capital Account of such Member at the end of any taxable year. Any Net Losses or any item of loss or deduction not allocated to a Member pursuant to this Section 6.1.B. shall be allocated pro-rata among the other Members in accordance with the positive balances in such Member’s Capital Accounts so as to allocate the maximum permissible Net Losses to each Member under Section 1.704 1(b)(2)(ii)(d) of the Treasury Regulations; provided, however, that no such other Member shall be allocated Net Losses or items of loss or deduction pursuant to this sentence in an amount that would cause a violation of the immediately preceding sentence.

Section 6.2 Special Allocations . The following special allocations shall be made in the following order:

A. Nonrecourse Deductions . Nonrecourse Deductions for any taxable year or other period shall be allocated among the Members in proportion to each Member’s Percentage Interest in the Company. Solely for purposes of determining each Member’s proportionate share of the “excess nonrecourse liabilities” of the Company within the meaning of Treasury Regulations Section 1.752-3(a)(3), each Members’ interest in Company profits shall be equal to its Percentage Interest in the Company.

B. Minimum Gain Chargeback . Except as otherwise provided in Treasury Regulations Section 1.704-2(f), notwithstanding any other provision of this Article VI, if there is a net decrease in Company Minimum Gain during any taxable year, each Member shall be specially allocated items of Company income and gain for such taxable year (and, if necessary, subsequent taxable years) in an amount equal to each such Member’s share of the net decrease in Company Minimum Gain, as such share is determined in accordance with Treasury Regulations Section 1.704-2(g). The items of Company income and gain to be so allocated shall be determined in accordance with Treasury Regulations Sections 1.704-2(f)(6) and 1.704-2(j)(2). This Section 6.2.B. is intended to comply with the minimum gain chargeback requirement of Treasury Regulations Section 1.704-2(f) and shall be interpreted consistently therewith, including the exceptions to the minimum gain chargeback requirements set forth in Treasury Regulations Sections 1.704-2(f)(2) and (3).

 

-24-


C. Partner Nonrecourse Deductions . Any Partner Nonrecourse Deductions, as defined in and determined under Treasury Regulations Section 1.704-2(i)(2), for any taxable year or other period shall be allocated to the Member or Members which bear the economic risk of loss with respect to Partner Nonrecourse Debt, to which such Partner Nonrecourse Deductions are attributable, in accordance with Treasury Regulations Section 1.704-2(i)(1).

D. Partner Nonrecourse Debt Minimum Gain Chargeback . Except as otherwise provided in Treasury Regulations Section1.704-2(i)(4), notwithstanding any other provision of this Article VI (other than Section 6.2.B.), if there is a net decrease in Partner Nonrecourse Debt Minimum Gain during any taxable year, each Member who has a share of the Partner Nonrecourse Debt Minimum Gain, determined in accordance with Treasury Regulations Section 1.704-2(i)(5), shall be specially allocated items of Company income and gain for such Fiscal Year (and, if necessary, subsequent Fiscal Years) in an amount equal to each such Member’s share of the net decrease in Partner Nonrecourse Debt Minimum Gain, said aggregate net decrease determined in accordance with Treasury Regulations Section 1.704-2(i)(4). The items of Company income and gain to be so allocated shall be determined in accordance with Treasury Regulations Sections 1.704-2(i)(4) and 1.704-2(j)(2)(ii). This Section 6.2.D. is intended to comply with the partner nonrecourse debt minimum gain chargeback requirement in Treasury Regulations Section 1.704-2(i)(4) and shall be interpreted consistently therewith.

E. Qualified Income Offset . In the event any Member unexpectedly receives any adjustments, allocations, or distributions described in Treasury Regulations Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(ii)(d)(4), (5) or (6), respectively, items of Company income and gain shall be specially allocated to each such Member in an amount and manner sufficient to eliminate, to the extent required by the Treasury Regulations, the Adjusted Capital Account deficit of such Member as quickly as possible, provided that an allocation pursuant to this Section 6.2.E. shall be made only if and to the extent that such Member would have an Adjusted Capital Account deficit after all other allocations provided for in this Article VI have been tentatively made as if this Section 6.2.E. were not in this Agreement. It is intended that this Section 6.2.E qualify and be construed as a “qualified income offset” within the meaning of Treasury Regulations Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(ii)(d).

F. Section 754 Adjustments . To the extent an adjustment to the adjusted tax basis of any Company asset pursuant to Code Section 734(b) or Code Section 743(b) is required, pursuant to Treasury Regulations Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv)(m) )(2) or Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv)(m)(4), to be taken into account in determining Capital Accounts as the result of a distribution to a Member in complete liquidation of its Interest, the amount of such adjustment to the Capital Accounts shall be treated as an item of gain (if the adjustment increases the basis of the asset) or loss (if the adjustment decreases such basis) and such gain or loss shall be specially allocated to the Members in proportion to their relative Percentage Interests in the event that Treasury Regulations Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv)(m)(2) applies, or to the Members to whom such distribution was made in the event that Treasury Regulations Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv)(m)(4) applies.

 

-25-


G. Recapture . In the event there is any recapture of Depreciation or item of tax credit, the allocation thereof shall be made among the Members in the same proportion as the deduction for such Depreciation or item of tax credit was allocated.

Section 6.3 Regulatory Compliance . The allocations set forth in Sections 6.2.A. through 6.2.F. (the “Regulatory Allocations”) are intended to comply with certain requirements of Treasury Regulations Sections 1.704-1(b) and 1.704-2, and shall be interpreted in a manner consistent with such Treasury Regulations.

Section 6.4 Tax Allocations .

A. In accordance with Code Section 704(c) and the Treasury Regulations thereunder, Depreciation, amortization, gain, loss, and deduction with respect to any property contributed to the capital of the Company shall, solely for tax purposes, be allocated among the Members so as to take account of any variation between the adjusted basis of such property to the Company for federal income tax purposes and its initial Book Value, such allocation to be made in any manner which is permissible under said Code Section 704(c) and the Treasury Regulations thereunder as mutually agreed by the Members.

B. In the event the Book Value of any Company asset is adjusted pursuant to the definition thereof, subsequent allocations of income, gain, loss, and deduction with respect to such asset shall take account of any variation between the adjusted basis of such asset for federal income tax purposes and its Book Value in the same manner as under Code Section 704(c) and the Treasury Regulations thereunder.

C. Except as otherwise provided in Sections 6.4.A. and 6.4.B. above, for federal income tax purposes, each item of income, gain, loss and deduction shall be allocated among the Members in the same manner as its correlative item of “book” income, gain, loss or deduction has been allocated pursuant to the other provisions of this Article VI.

D. Any elections or other decisions relating to such allocations shall be made in a manner that reasonably reflects the purpose and intention of this Agreement. Allocations pursuant to Sections 6.4.A., 6.4.B. and 6.4.C. above are solely for purposes of federal, state, and local taxes and shall not affect, or in any way be taken into account in computing, any Member’s Capital Account or share of Net Profit, Net Loss or items of either thereof, or distributions pursuant to any provision of this Agreement.

 

-26-


Section 6.5 Other Allocation Rules .

A. For purposes of determining the Net Profit, Net Loss, or any other items allocable to any period, Net Profit, Net Loss, and any such other items shall be determined on a daily, monthly, or other basis, as determined by the Manager using any permissible method under Code Section 706 and the Treasury Regulations thereunder.

B. Except as otherwise provided in this Agreement, all items of Company income, gain, loss, deduction and any other allocations not otherwise provided for shall be divided among the Members and in the same proportions as they share Net Profit or Net Loss, as the case may be, for the taxable year.

C. The Members are aware of the income tax consequences of the allocations made by this Article VI and hereby agree to be bound by the provisions of this Article VI in reporting their shares of Company income and loss for income tax purposes.

ARTICLE VII.

ADDITIONAL PROVISIONS REGARDING RIGHTS, LIABILITIES AND OBLIGATIONS

OF THE MEMBERS

Section 7.1 Limitation of Liability . Except as otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement or the LLC Act, the debts, obligations and liabilities of the Company, whether arising in contract, tort or otherwise, shall be solely the debts, obligations and liabilities of the Company, and no Member shall be obligated personally for any such debt, obligation or liability of the Company solely by reason of being a Member of the Company. Furthermore, failure of the Company to observe any corporate, procedural or other formalities or requirements relating to the exercise of its powers or the management of its business or affairs under this Agreement or the LLC Act shall not be grounds for any Member, any Representative or the Manager to be held liable or obligated for any debt, obligation or other liability of the Company.

Section 7.2 Outside Activities of Members . Any Member, including the Manager, and any partner, member, shareholder, equity holder, officer, director, employee, agent, trustee, Representative or Affiliate of any Member shall be entitled to and may have and own real property and other business interests and engage in business activities in addition to those relating to the Company and Owner, including real property and other business interests and activities that are contiguous, adjacent to or near the Property and/or in direct competition with the Property and/or the Company (and Owner) or that are directly enhanced by the Property and/or activities of the Company (and Owner). Neither the Company nor any Member nor any Affiliate of any Member nor any other Person shall have any rights by virtue of this Agreement or the Company relationship established hereby in any such or any other business ventures of any other Member or any of its Affiliates. No Member or such other Person shall have any obligation pursuant to this Agreement to offer any interest in any such business ventures to the Company, Owner, any Member or any such other Person, even if such opportunity is of a character which, if presented to the Company, Owner, any Member or such other Person, could be undertaken by such Person.

 

-27-


ARTICLE VIII.

TAX MATTERS

Section 8.1 Preparation of Tax Returns . The Manager shall arrange for the preparation and timely (including valid extensions) filing of all federal, state and local income tax returns of the Company and shall furnish or cause to be furnished to the Members, within one hundred and twenty (120) days of the close of each taxable year, the tax information required to be furnished to the Members for federal, state and local income tax reporting purposes and any other information reasonably requested by a Member and reasonably necessary for the preparation of the Members’ federal, state and local income tax returns.

Section 8.2 Tax Elections . Unless otherwise provided in this Agreement, the Manager shall determine all elections to be made by the Company pursuant to the Code, except that the Manager shall not make any election which would cause the Company to be taxed as a corporation under the Code or under any state or local income tax law.

Section 8.3 Tax Matters Partner .

A. Beacon Member shall be the “Tax Matters Partner” of the Company for federal income tax purposes. The Tax Matters Partner shall be entitled to incur such expenses as are reasonably necessary in fulfilling its role as Tax Matters Partner, but shall endeavor, to the extent possible, to include all such anticipated expenditures in the budgets to be approved by the Members pursuant to Section 3.1.B., due regard being given to the different control the Manager may have over such matters, but in any event the Manager shall notify the other Member when the Manager is aware of a material expenditure under this Section 8.3. The provisions relating to indemnification of the Manager set forth in Section 3.6 of this Agreement shall be fully applicable to the Tax Matters Partner in its capacity as such.

B. The Tax Matters Partner shall receive no compensation for its services. All reasonable third party costs and expenses incurred by the Tax Matters Partner in performing its duties as such (including legal and accounting fees and expenses) shall be borne by the Company. Nothing herein shall be construed to restrict the Company from engaging an accounting, legal and/or other firm to assist the Tax Matters Partner in discharging its duties hereunder, so long as the compensation paid by the Company for such services is reasonable.

C. Hudson Member shall be designated as a “notice partner” (as defined in Section 6231(a)(8) of the Code) for so long as Hudson Member is a Member, and shall have all the rights granted to a notice partner under the Code.

Section 8.4 Organizational Expenses . The Company shall elect to deduct expenses, if any, incurred in organizing the Company ratably over a one hundred eighty (180) month period as provided in Section 709 of the Code.

 

-28-


ARTICLE IX.

TRANSFERS AND WITHDRAWALS; PUT/CALL RIGHT

Section 9.1 Transfer .

A. The term “Transfer,” when used in this Agreement with respect to any Interest, means (i) a transaction in which a Member assigns, absolutely, conditionally, as security or otherwise, all or any part of its Interest (legal and/or beneficial) to another Person, and includes any sale, assignment, bequest, conveyance, gift (outright or in trust), devise, pledge, mortgage, exchange, hypothecation, encumbrance or other disposition, including any such matter occurring by operation of law (such as, but not limited to, a statutory merger) or otherwise, and (ii) any of the transactions described in clause (i) above as to any interest in any upper tier Entity which, directly or indirectly, holds an equity interest in a Member; provided, however, that the term “Transfer” does not include any Transfers occurring as the result of the exercise of any rights under Section 2.4.C or Section 9.6.

B. No Interest shall be Transferred, in whole or in part, except in accordance with the terms and conditions of this Agreement. Any Transfer or purported Transfer of an Interest not made in accordance with this Article IX shall be null and void.

Section 9.2 Members’ Rights to Transfer .

A. Subject to the provisions of Section 9.3, Hudson Member may not Transfer all or any part of its Interest without the prior written consent of Beacon Member except for Transfers:

 

  (i) to a Control Affiliate of Hudson Pacific Properties, Inc., a Maryland corporation, and Hudson Pacific Properties, L.P., a Maryland limited partnership (collectively, “Hudson Parent”), for so long as Hudson Member is an Affiliate of Hudson Parent; or

 

  (ii) as part of a merger, consolidation or similar transaction involving a sale or transfer of all or a substantial portion of the assets owned by Hudson Parent or its Control Affiliate, for so long as Hudson Member is an Affiliate of Hudson Parent, or

 

  (iii) of, or the issuance of, direct or indirect partnership interests, membership interests or stock interests in Hudson Parent, for so long as Hudson Member is an Affiliate of Hudson Parent, or

 

  (iv) made in compliance with the provisions of Section 9.7.B.

and if, but only if, to the extent required under the Loan, the Transfer is to a permitted transferee under the Loan and the transferee in connection with such transfer agrees that it will maintain its status as such permitted transferee so long as the Loan requires that such status be maintained.

B. Subject to the provisions of Section 9.3, Beacon Member may not Transfer all or any part of its Interest without the prior written consent of Hudson Member except for Transfers:

 

  (i) to a Control Affiliate of BCSP IV or Beacon Fund, for so long as a Beacon Member is an Affiliate of BCSP IV or Beacon Fund (as applicable), or

 

-29-


  (ii) as part of a merger, consolidation or similar transaction involving a sale or transfer of all or a substantial portion of the assets owned directly or indirectly by BCSP IV or Beacon Fund or a Control Affiliate of either of them, for so long as a Beacon Member is an Affiliate of BCSP IV or Beacon Fund (as applicable), or

 

  (iii) of, or the issuance of, direct or indirect partnership interests, membership interests or stock interests in BCSP IV or Beacon Fund, for so long as a Beacon Member is an Affiliate of BCSP IV or Beacon Fund (as applicable), or

 

  (iv) made in compliance with the provisions of Section 9.6 or Section 9.7.B.

and if, but only if, to the extent required under the Loan, the Transfer is to a permitted transferee under the Loan and the transferee in connection with such transfer agrees that it will maintain its status as such permitted transferee so long as the Loan requires that such status be maintained.

C. Other than as to a Transfer pursuant to or Section 9.2.A. or Section 9.2.B, any Member may prohibit any Transfer of an Interest by a Member if, in the opinion of legal counsel to the Company, such Transfer would require filing of a registration statement under the Securities Act or would otherwise violate any federal or state securities laws or regulations applicable to the Company.

D. No Transfer of any Interest may be made to a third-party lender to the Company or Owner or any Person who is related (within the meaning of Section 1.752-4(b) of the Treasury Regulations) to any lender to the Company or Owner whose loan constitutes a Nonrecourse Liability, without in any such instance the written approval of the Manager made with the actual knowledge of the Manager that such relationship exists.

Section 9.3 General Restrictions on All Transfers .

A. Every Transfer of an Interest by a Member permitted by this Article IX shall nevertheless be subject to the following:

 

  (i) No Transfer of any Interest by a member, and no Transfer of any interest in any upper tier Entity which directly or indirectly holds an equity interest in a Member (even if permitted by this Article IX), may be made if such Transfer would cause or result in a breach of any agreement binding upon the Company or Owner or any of their respective property (including without limitation any loan documents) or of then applicable rules and regulations of any governmental authority having jurisdiction over such Transfer;

 

  (ii) Other than a Transfer pursuant to a merger or other statutory scheme under which, by operation of law, the surviving Entity succeeds to, and is deemed to have assumed, the obligations of the other Entity involved in such a transaction, in the event of any Transfer of an Interest there shall be filed with the Company a duly executed and acknowledged counterpart of the instrument effecting such Transfer. In addition, in the event of any such Transfer, the transferee shall enter into a valid and binding agreement with the Company and each of its Members the effect of which will be that the Interest so Transferred shall continue to remain subject to the provisions of this Agreement with the same force and effect as if such transferee had originally been a party hereto as to the interest so Transferred. Each transferee shall also execute such additional instruments as shall be reasonably required by the Manager;

 

-30-


  (iii) No Transfer of an Interest (by conveyance, operation of law or otherwise) shall be effective to convey the subject matter thereof until the transferee executes all necessary certificates or other documents and performs all acts required in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware and any other states in which the Company is then doing business and executes any and all documents as shall be required from time to time by the rules and regulations of any regulatory body or commission having jurisdiction over the Company or the Property, to the full extent that the same may be necessary to constitute such transferee a Substitute Member; and

 

  (iv) Unless the Members unanimously consent in writing, no Transfer (other than a Transfer made in connection with an exercise of the Put Right or the Call Right) shall be made pursuant to this Article IX if such Transfer may (a) cause a termination of the Company for federal or state income tax purposes, (b) cause the Company to cease to be classified as a partnership for federal or state income tax purposes, (c) cause the Company to fail to meet the “private placement” safe harbor, or any other safe harbor from treatment as a publicly traded partnership selected by the Manager, under Treasury Regulations Section 1.7704-1, or (d) cause the Company to become a publicly traded partnership within the meaning of Section 469(k)(2) or Section 7704(b) of the Code; and

 

  (v) Notwithstanding any provisions hereof to the contrary, no Transfer shall be made pursuant to this Article IX to any foreign Person unless and until the transferee agrees in writing in advance of the Transfer that (a) the transferee and the Company shall comply with all applicable Federal, state and local laws pertaining to the acquisition, ownership or disposition of United States real property (or of directly or indirectly held interests therein) by any foreign Person and with all Federal, state and local laws of similar import pertaining to foreign Persons; (b) the Company may comply with any and all income and other withholding obligations that may be imposed on the Company without regard to other provisions of this Agreement that may otherwise govern the transferee’s right to its share of Company income and loss and to receive distributions from the Company; and (c) the transferee shall indemnify and hold the Company and the non transferring Members harmless from and against any and all expense or liability that is or may be imposed on the Company or the non-transferring Members attributable to or arising out of such Transfer because of such status of the transferee. Any agreement of a transferee Member required by this clause (v) shall be in such form and shall contain such additional provisions as the non-transferring Member, in the exercise of its reasonable discretion, shall reasonably request as a condition precedent to such Transfer.

 

-31-


B. A Transfer of an Interest to a Permitted Transferee under this Article IX shall nonetheless be subject to such transferee assuming its proportionate share of the obligations of the Member which is making such Transfer. Any Person who acquires in any manner whatsoever an Interest (or any part thereof), whether or not such Person has accepted and assumed in writing the terms and provisions of this Agreement or been admitted into the Company as a Substitute Member as provided in Section 9.4, shall be deemed, by acceptance of the acquisition of any such Interest, to have agreed to be subject to and bound by, and shall be deemed to have assumed all of the obligations of this Agreement with respect to such Interest and shall be subject to the provisions of this Agreement with respect to any subsequent Transfer of such Interest.

C. Upon the admission or withdrawal of a Member (whether by reason of a Transfer or otherwise), this Agreement and the Certificate, to the extent required under the LLC Act, shall be amended appropriately to reflect the then existing names and addresses of the Members, any change in the Manager and other appropriate and necessary information.

D. Any Transfer or purported Transfer of an Interest in contravention of any of the provisions of this Agreement shall be null and void and ineffective to Transfer any Interest, and shall not bind, or be recognized by, or on the books of, the Company.

E. In the event any Member shall at any time Transfer an Interest in contravention of any of the provisions of this Agreement, then the Company and each other Member, in addition to the rights above and all other rights and remedies at law and equity, shall be entitled to a decree or order restraining and enjoining such transaction, and the offending Member shall not plead in defense thereto that there would be an adequate remedy at law; it being expressly hereby acknowledged and agreed that damages at law would be an inadequate remedy for a breach or threatened breach of the violation of the provisions concerning such transactions set forth in this Agreement.

Section 9.4 Substitute Members . Any Person to whom an Interest is Transferred pursuant to Section 9.2 and in compliance with Section 9.3, shall become a Substitute Member, and such substitution shall be a condition to any such otherwise permitted Transfer. A transferee who has been admitted as a Substitute Member in accordance with this Article IX shall have all the rights and powers and be subject to all the restrictions and liabilities of a Member under this Agreement.

 

-32-


Section 9.5 General Provisions .

A. No Member may withdraw from the Company other than as a result of a permitted Transfer of all of such Member’s Interest in accordance with this Article IX. Any Member who shall Transfer all of its Interest pursuant to this Article IX shall cease to be a Member upon the admission of the assignee(s) of such Interest as a Substitute Member(s).

B. If as a result of any Transfer (whether direct or indirect) by a Member of all or any portion of its Interest, the Company incurs or is assessed any real estate or personal property transfer tax or any similar type of tax, then the transferring Member shall pay any such tax before such is due without penalty or, if paid by the Company, shall reimburse the Company therefor promptly after demand therefor by the Company or any other Member. The amount so paid or reimbursed by a Member shall not be deemed a Capital Contribution, loan or advance to the Company, but shall be deemed a payment solely on account of the paying Member’s own obligations.

Section 9.6 Call Right/Put Right .

A. Call Right/Put Right . At any time during the Put/Call Period: (i) Hudson Member may give Beacon Member a written notice electing to purchase from Beacon Member the entire Interest of Beacon Member (the “Call Right”); and/or (ii) Beacon Member may give Hudson Member a written notice electing to sell to Hudson Member the entire Interest of Beacon Member (the “Put Right”); in each case, for the Purchase Price. Notwithstanding any provision to the contrary set forth in this Agreement, if after the Effective Date, the Lender accelerates or otherwise requires immediate prepayment of the Loan in full as the result of Beacon Member failing to obtain the proper approvals or consents for the transactions contemplated by the Contribution Agreement and this Agreement, then (i) Hudson Member may exercise the Call Right within sixty (60) days of the effective date of such acceleration or required prepayment, (ii) if Hudson Member fails to exercise the Call Right within such sixty (60) day period, then Beacon Member may exercise the Put Right at anytime thereafter, and (iii) in either case the Put/Call Closing shall occur within a commercially reasonable time period following the exercise of the Call Right or the Put Right, as the case may be, and otherwise in accordance with this Section 9.6 (including, without limitation, Beacon Member’s obligation to pay for any and all prepayment and other fees relating to the Loan, and specifically including any penalties which relate to Beacon Member’s failure to obtain the aforementioned proper approvals or consents).

B. Put/Call Closing . The closing of the purchase and sale of the entire Interest of Beacon Member pursuant to the exercise of the Put Right or the Call Right, as the case may be, if any (the “Put/Call Closing”), shall take place on April 29, 2011 or such other date as may be mutually agreed by the Members (the “Agreed Put/Call Closing Date”). The Put/Call Closing shall occur at the office of the Company, unless otherwise agreed by the Members.

 

-33-


C. General Closing Procedures .

 

  (i) The Purchase Price shall be paid at the Put/Call Closing by wire transfer of immediately available funds to an account which is designated by Beacon Member. Hudson Member shall be entitled to deduct and withhold from the Purchase Price any amount of federal, state and local, or non-U.S., taxes as Hudson Member is required to withhold from the Purchase Price under applicable law, and to the extent such amounts are so withheld, such withheld amounts shall be treated for all purposes as having been paid to Beacon Member.

 

  (ii) The procedures with respect to a working capital adjustment set forth in Schedule “Working Capital Adjustment” shall apply.

 

  (iii) At the Put/Call Closing, Beacon Member shall deliver to Hudson Member an Assignment and Assumption of Membership Interest in the form attached hereto as Exhibit C , and a “nonforeign affidavit” as referred to in the Foreign Investment in Real Property Tax Act in the form attached as Exhibit D or such other form as is required by law and any similar forms required under state or local law. The assignment of Beacon Member’s Interest shall be free and clear of all liens, encumbrances and adverse claims (excluding liens, encumbrances and claims encumbering the Property).

 

  (iv) As of the Put/Call Closing, Hudson Member hereby elects to cause the Loan to be paid in full at the Put/Call Closing by the Members, as set forth in this clause (iv) below. In addition, the provision of Section 3.9.C. shall apply, and to the extent necessary, the provisions of Section 3.9.B. shall continue to apply after the Put/Call Closing. As of the Put/Call Closing, the Members hereby acknowledge and agree that Hudson Member shall pay directly to the Lender One Hundred Six Million Dollars ($106,000,000) with respect to the Loan (“Hudson Member Obligation”), in accordance with written instructions provided by the Lender, and any and all prepayment and Lender fees and other costs payable in connection with the Loan in excess of the Hudson Member Obligation will be borne by Beacon Member. Any and all costs and expenses associated with the refinancing of any debt, obligation or claim (other than the Loan, which shall be paid in full at the Put/Call Closing as set forth in this clause (iv)) will be borne solely by Hudson Member.

 

  (v) The provisions of Schedule “Put/Call Conditions” shall apply.

 

  (vi) As of the Put/Call Closing, by its execution hereof, Hudson Member waives, releases and discharges any claim it has, might have had, or may have against Beacon Member with respect to all liabilities and obligations (whether known or unknown, foreseen or unforeseen or previously accrued or thereafter accruing) relating to Beacon Member’s Interest or the Property, other than any liability or obligation of Beacon Member with respect to the Express Representations (as defined, and subject to the limitations set forth, in the Contribution Agreement and in Schedule “Put/Call Conditions” ).

 

-34-


  (vii) Each Member shall pay its own costs with respect to the Put/Call Closing, except that all stamp, recording, transfer or similar taxes, if any, arising in connection with the sale shall be paid by the Beacon Member. If, as of the Put/Call Closing, Hudson Member desires to receive a new or updated title insurance policy or survey or both, it shall pay for same at its own expense.

D. Specific Performance . It is the intent of the parties to this Agreement that the requirements or obligations, if any, of Beacon Member to sell its Interest in accordance with the Call Right, and of Hudson Member to sell its Interest to Beacon Member pursuant to a Hudson Buy-Out or a Buy-Out, shall be enforceable by an action for specific performance of a contract relating to the purchase of real property or an interest therein.

E. Default by Hudson Member . In the event that the Call Right or the Put Right is exercised and Hudson Member defaults in its obligation to pay the Purchase Price or to otherwise fulfill its obligations pursuant to the Call Right or the Put Right on the Agreed Put/Call Closing Date for any reason other than a Put/Call Termination Election, then, Hudson Member shall pay to Beacon Member an amount equal to $17,500,000 as a termination fee (“Termination Fee”) in accordance with this clause E., below, and as its exclusive remedy (together with its right to the payment of the Termination Fee), Beacon Member shall, within the First Thirty Day Window, elect to either: (i) purchase from Hudson Member, and Hudson Member shall sell to Beacon Member, the entire Interest of Hudson Member for the Hudson Price (the “Hudson Buy-Out”) in accordance with this clause E., below; it being understood that Beacon Member is entitled to assign all or part of its rights and obligations pursuant to a Hudson Buy-Out to an Affiliate or a designee; or (ii) exercise its right to cause the marketing and sale of the Property in accordance with Section 9.7 (“Forced Sale”).

The process for, and obligations of the Members with respect to, the Hudson Buy-Out shall be as follows: (a) the closing shall take place at the office of the Company and on such date as may be selected by Beacon Member within the one hundred and twenty (120) day period after the Agreed Put/Call Closing Date; (b) the Hudson Price shall be paid at the closing of the Hudson Buy-Out by wire transfer of immediately available funds to an account which is designated by Hudson Member; (c) Beacon Member shall be entitled to deduct and withhold from the Hudson Price any amount of federal, state and local, or non-U.S., taxes as Beacon Member is required to withhold from the Hudson Price under applicable law, and to the extent such amounts are so withheld, such withheld amounts shall be treated for all purposes as having been paid to Hudson Member; (d) the provisions of clauses B. (a)(ii), B.(a)(iii), and B.(b) of Section 9.7 shall apply with “Hudson Member” being read in the place of “the Initiating Member” and “Beacon Member” being read in the place of “the Other Member;” and (e) the Termination Fee shall be paid at the closing of the Hudson Buy-Out as an offset against the Hudson Price in accordance with this clause E., below. For clarity and notwithstanding any provision to the contrary in this clause E. or in Section 9.7, Hudson Member shall be responsible for all costs incurred in connection with a Hudson Buy-Out, including, without limitation, all recording, transfer or similar taxes arising in connection therewith.

 

-35-


The process for, and the obligations of the Members with respect to, a Forced Sale pursuant to this clause E. shall be as set forth in Section 9.6.G.(d), below, except that the Capital Transaction Proceeds of the sale of the Property shall be distributed to the Members in the following order and priority:

 

  1. First, to repay the Loan in full (to the extent not already taken into account in calculating the Capital Transaction Proceeds);

 

  2. Second, an amount equal to the Hudson Price minus the Termination Fee to Hudson Member;

 

  3. Third, an amount equal to the Termination Fee shall be payable on behalf of the Hudson Member to Beacon Member; and

 

  4. Then, the remainder to Beacon Member;

provided that, notwithstanding the provisions of this clause E. or Section 5.1, Hudson Member shall receive an amount equal to the Hudson Price minus the Termination Fee regardless of whether the Capital Transaction Proceeds generated by such sale are sufficient to pay such amount to Hudson Member out of such Capital Transaction Proceeds. Notwithstanding any provision to the contrary herein (including the definition of “Capital Transaction Proceeds” or any provision of Section 9.6.G.(d)(iv), below), Hudson Member shall be responsible for all costs incurred in connection with a Forced Sale initiated by Beacon Member pursuant to this clause E., including, without limitation, all recording, transfer or similar taxes arising in connection with the sale of the Property.

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth in this clause E., above, if the Beacon Member has a REIT Member Owner at the time the Termination Fee will be paid, unless Beacon Member shall have received a tax opinion of counsel or a ruling from the IRS to the effect that the Beacon Member’s receipt of the Termination Fee will be treated as qualifying income with respect to each such REIT Member Owner for purposes of Section 856(c)(2) and (c)(3) of the Code or shall be excluded from income for such purposes (a “Positive Tax Opinion or Ruling”), the aggregate amount of the Termination Fee deemed paid to Beacon Member in connection with the Hudson Buy-Out or a Forced Sale pursuant to this clause E. shall be limited to the maximum amount (“Allowed Termination Fee”) that can be paid to Beacon Member without causing any REIT Member Owner of the Beacon Member to fail to meet the requirements of Sections 856(c)(2) and (3) of the Code, determined as if the payment of such amount did not constitute qualifying income for such purposes, as determined by independent accountants to the Beacon Member and provided to the Hudson Member at or prior to the closing of the Hudson Buy-Out or of the Forced Sale. In the event that the Termination Fee exceeds the Allowed Termination Fee, then such excess amount (the “Escrow Amount”) shall be deducted from the Hudson Price in the case of the Hudson Buy-Out, and in the case of both the Hudson Buy-Out or a Forced Sale pursuant to this clause E., delivered by Beacon Member to the Escrow Agent in accordance with the Escrow Agreement in a separate interest-bearing, segregated account for the account of the Hudson Member. Beacon Member shall pay all costs associated with obtaining any tax opinion of counsel or ruling from the IRS described above. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, Hudson Member shall have no liability for, and Beacon Member shall indemnify and hold harmless Hudson Member and its Affiliates from, any and all costs and liabilities of, or adverse consequences to, Beacon Member or a REIT Member Owner of Beacon Member, including, without limitation, any tax liabilities, resulting from (directly or indirectly) the payment of, or escrow of funds with respect to, the Termination Fee.

 

-36-


The Escrow Amount shall be disbursed (and therefore any unpaid portion of the Termination Fee shall be paid) as follows: (1) upon Beacon Member having received a Positive Tax Opinion or Ruling, any unpaid portion of the Termination Fee shall be paid from the Escrow Amount to Beacon Member, or (2) upon receipt of a determination by independent accountants to the Beacon Member that any additional amount of the Termination Fee may be paid to Beacon Member without causing any REIT Member Owner of the Beacon Member to fail to meet the requirements of Sections 856(c)(2) and (3) of the Code, determined as if the payment of such amount did not constitute qualifying income for such purposes, such additional amount of the Termination Fee, to the extent not previously paid, shall be paid from the Escrow Amount to Beacon Member. At the end of the second calendar year beginning after the closing of the Hudson Buy-Out or of a Forced Sale pursuant to this clause E. (or earlier if directed by Beacon Member), any remainder of the Escrow Amount (together with interest thereon) then being held by the Escrow Agent shall be disbursed to Hudson Member and, in the event that the Termination Fee has not by then been paid in full, such unpaid portion of the Termination Fee shall be deemed forgiven. Beacon Member shall bear any and all expenses associated with the escrow of the Escrow Amount. Beacon Member is hereby granted the power of attorney on behalf of the Hudson Member to execute, acknowledge, swear to and deliver all such documents required in connection with the foregoing escrow account, such power to be irrevocable and coupled with an interest.

Notwithstanding any provision in this clause E. to the contrary, Beacon Member shall have the right, in its sole discretion, to instead structure the Hudson Buy-Out such that Beacon Member shall deliver to Hudson Member at the closing of the Hudson Buy-Out an amount equal to the Hudson Price less the Termination Fee (in which event Hudson Member shall have no separate obligation to deliver the Termination Fee to Beacon Member, as the same shall have been deducted from the Hudson Price received by Hudson Member).

Notwithstanding any provision in this clause E. to the contrary, in the event that Beacon Member elects to proceed with the Forced Sale pursuant to this clause E. and the consummation of such transaction is not consummated within one hundred twenty (120) days after Beacon’s exercise of the Forced Sale, then Beacon Member shall proceed with the Hudson Buy-Out which transaction will close no later than thirty (30) days following the expiration of such one hundred twenty (120) day period.

 

-37-


F. Liquidated Damages . IN THE EVENT THE PUT/CALL CLOSING DOES NOT OCCUR AS HEREIN PROVIDED BY REASON OF ANY DEFAULT BY HUDSON MEMBER IN ITS OBLIGATION TO PAY THE PURCHASE PRICE OR TO OTHERWISE FULFILL ITS OBLIGATIONS PURSUANT TO THE CALL RIGHT OR THE PUT RIGHT ON THE AGREED PUT/CALL CLOSING DATE FOR ANY REASON OTHER THAN A PUT/CALL TERMINATION ELECTION, HUDSON MEMBER AND BEACON MEMBER AGREE THAT IT WOULD BE IMPRACTICAL AND EXTREMELY DIFFICULT TO ESTIMATE THE DAMAGES WHICH BEACON MEMBER MAY SUFFER. THEREFORE HUDSON MEMBER AND BEACON MEMBER DO HEREBY AGREE THAT A REASONABLE ESTIMATE OF THE TOTAL NET DETRIMENT THAT BEACON MEMBER WOULD SUFFER IN SUCH EVENT IS AND SHALL BE AN AMOUNT EQUAL TO THE TERMINATION FEE; AND, AS BEACON MEMBER’S SOLE AND EXCLUSIVE REMEDY (WHETHER AT LAW OR IN EQUITY) EXCEPT FOR THE HUDSON BUY-OUT AND THE FORCED SALE SET FORTH IN CLAUSE E. (PURSUANT TO WHICH REMEDIES HUDSON MEMBER IS OBLIGATED TO PAY THE TERMINATION FEE), SAID AMOUNT SHALL BE PAID TO BEACON MEMBER AS THE FULL, AGREED AND LIQUIDATED DAMAGES FOR A BREACH OF HUDSON MEMBER’S OBLIGATIONS PURSUANT TO THE CALL RIGHT OR THE PUT RIGHT WHICH RESULTS IN THE PUT/CALL CLOSING NOT OCCURRING FOR ANY REASON OTHER THAN A PUT/CALL TERMINATION ELECTION, ALL OTHER CLAIMS TO DAMAGES OR OTHER REMEDIES IN RESPECT OF HUDSON MEMBER’S BREACH BEING HEREIN EXPRESSLY WAIVED BY BEACON MEMBER. SUCH PAYMENT OF THE TERMINATION FEE IS NOT INTENDED AS A PENALTY, BUT AS FULL LIQUIDATED DAMAGES.

 

 

       

 

BEACON MEMBER’S INITIALS       HUDSON MEMBER’S INITIALS

G. Hudson Member Put/Call Termination Election .

(a) In the event that the Call Right or the Put Right is exercised and the Put/Call Closing does not occur on or before the Agreed Put/Call Closing Date due to a Put/Call Termination Election, then Beacon Member may elect to proceed with one of the following options:

 

  (ii) Beacon Member may elect to continue this Agreement in full force and effect;

 

  (iii) Beacon Member may elect to purchase from Hudson Member, and Hudson Member shall sell to Beacon Member, the entire Interest of Hudson Member for the Hudson Price (“Buy-Out”); it being understood that Beacon Member is entitled to assign all or part of its rights and obligations pursuant to a Buy-Out to an Affiliate or a designee; or

 

-38-


  (iv) Beacon Member may elect to exercise its right to cause a Forced Sale.

(b) In the event that Beacon Member has not made an election pursuant to clause (ii) or clause (iii), above, within the First Thirty Day Window, Hudson Member may thereafter elect to exercise its right to a Forced Sale. Hudson Member shall not be entitled to exercise any rights pursuant to Section 9.7 during the First Thirty Day Window. Notwithstanding any provision to the contrary set forth in this clause G., Beacon Member shall continue to be entitled to exercise its rights pursuant to clause (ii) or clause (iii) above after the First Thirty Day Window.

(c) In the event that Beacon Member elects to exercise the Buy-Out: (i) the closing shall take place at the office of the Company and on such date as may be selected by Beacon Member within the one hundred and twenty (120) day period after Beacon Member makes such election; (ii) the Hudson Price shall be paid at the closing of the Buy-Out by wire transfer of immediately available funds to an account which is designated by Hudson Member; (iii) Beacon Member shall be entitled to deduct and withhold from the Hudson Price any amount of federal, state and local, or non-U.S., taxes as Beacon Member is required to withhold from the Hudson Price under applicable law, and to the extent such amounts are so withheld, such withheld amounts shall be treated for all purposes as having been paid to Hudson Member; (iv) the provisions of clauses B. (a)(ii) and B.(a)(iii) of Section 9.7 shall apply with “Hudson Member” being read in the place of “the Initiating Member” and “Beacon Member” being read in the place of “the Other Member”. Notwithstanding any provision to the contrary in this clause G. or Section 9.7, Beacon Member shall be responsible for all costs incurred in connection with a Buy-Out, including, without limitation, all recording, transfer or similar taxes arising in connection therewith.

(d) In the event that Beacon Member elects to exercise the Forced Sale: (i) Beacon Member shall be the Initiating Member pursuant to Section 9.7, provided that if such election is made within the First Thirty Day Window, Beacon Member shall not be required to provide a Proposed Sale Price in connection therewith and Section 9.7.C.(d) shall not apply; (ii) if such election is made within the First Thirty Day Window, Hudson Member shall have no rights or obligations, if any, as an Other Member pursuant to Section 9.7.A. or 9.7.B. and the applicable provisions thereof shall not apply; (iii) if such election is made within the First Thirty Day Window, any Forced Sale shall be consummated within the one hundred and twenty (120) day period after Beacon Member makes such election, and if such election is made after the First Thirty Day Window, the Members shall use their respective commercially reasonable efforts to cause such Forced Sale to be consummated within a commercially reasonable time period after the election; and (iv) notwithstanding the provisions of this Section or Section 5.1, at the closing of the Forced Sale, first, Hudson Member shall receive an amount equal to the Hudson Price regardless of whether the Capital Transaction Proceeds generated by such sale are sufficient to pay the Hudson Price to Hudson Member out of such Capital Transaction Proceeds, second, to the extent the Capital Transaction Proceeds were sufficient, any remaining Capital Transaction Proceeds up to One Hundred Eighty-Five Million Dollars less the Hudson Price shall be distributed to Beacon Member, third, any Capital Transaction Proceeds over and above One Hundred Eighty-Five Million Dollars shall be applied to all costs incurred in connection with such Forced Sale (notwithstanding the definition of “Capital Transaction Proceeds”), and finally, any Capital Transaction Proceeds which remain thereafter shall be shared between the parties in proportion to their respective Percentage Interests. Notwithstanding any provision to the contrary herein, Beacon Member shall be responsible for all costs incurred in connection with a Forced Sale initiated by Beacon Member pursuant to this clause G., including, without limitation, all recording, transfer or similar taxes arising in connection therewith (provided that if Capital Transaction Proceeds are sufficient, the same shall be used to pay such transaction costs as set forth in this paragraph (d) above); provided further that if Hudson Member elects to exercise its right of first offer as set forth in Section 9.7.A. and 9.7.B. below, instead of proceeding with the Forced Sale, then, notwithstanding the provisions of Section 9.7.B.(b) below, the last sentence of clause (c) immediately shall apply with respect to responsibility for costs.

 

-39-


(e) In the event that Hudson Member elects to exercise the Forced Sale following the expiration of the First Thirty Day Period: (i) the Members shall use their respective commercially reasonable efforts to cause such Forced Sale to be consummated within a commercially reasonable time period after Hudson Member makes such election; and (ii) the Capital Transaction Proceeds, if any, shall be distributed to the Members in accordance with Section 5.1. Notwithstanding any provision to the contrary herein, the Members shall share all costs incurred in connection with a Forced Sale initiated by Hudson Member pursuant to this clause G. in proportion to their respective Percentage Interests; provided further that if Beacon Member elects to exercise its right of first offer as set forth in Section 9.7.A. and 9.7.B. below, instead of proceeding with the Forced Sale, then, notwithstanding the provisions of Section 9.7.B.(b) below, the immediately preceding clause shall apply with respect to responsibility for costs. The Members acknowledge that the initiation of the sale of the Property by Hudson Member pursuant to this clause (e) and Section 9.7 below shall require the repayment of the Loan in full at the closing of such sale, all in accordance with the terms of the Loan Documents.

Section 9.7 Right to Cause Sale of the Property; Right of First Offer . Proposed Sale . At any time on or after the Put/Call Outside Date (subject to any restrictions set forth in Section 9.6.G., above), either Member may require that the Company market and sell the Property pursuant to the procedures of this Section 9.7 (subject to Section 3.8). Upon a Member’s determination to cause the marketing and sale of the Property, such Member (the “Initiating Member”) shall provide written notice to the other Member (the “Other Member”) and to the Manager setting forth the proposed sale price (the “Proposed Sale Price”) for the Property. Upon written notice to the Initiating Member given no later than ten (10) Business Days after its receipt of such notice from the Initiating Member (the “Acceptance Notice”), the Other Member or any of its Affiliates may elect to purchase the Interest of the Initiating Member at the ROFO Price, and the Acceptance Notice shall be accompanied by a cash deposit equal to ten percent (10%) of the Proposed Sale Price (the “Deposit”) which shall be deposited with counsel to the Initiating Member.

 

-40-


B. Right of First Offer .

(a) If the Other Member timely delivers the Acceptance Notice (accompanied by the Deposit), then the closing of the purchase of the Interest of the Initiating Member will be held at the Company’s principal office and shall take place on the date that is thirty (30) days after the date of delivery of the Acceptance Notice or such earlier date as is otherwise agreed to by the Initiating Member and the Other Member. At the closing:

 

  (i) The Other Member shall deliver to the Initiating Member an amount equal to the ROFO Price (less the Deposit, which shall be released to the Initiating Member) in cash by wire transfer of immediately available funds. The Other Member shall be entitled to deduct and withhold from the ROFO Price any amount of federal, state and local, or non-U.S., taxes as the Other Member is required to withhold from the ROFO Price under applicable law, and to the extent such amounts are so withheld, such withheld amounts shall be treated for all purposes as having been paid to Initiating Member.

 

  (ii) The Initiating Member shall deliver to the Other Member an Assignment and Assumption of Membership Interest in the form attached hereto as Exhibit C , and a “nonforeign affidavit” as referred to in the Foreign Investment in Real Property Tax Act in the form attached as Exhibit D or such other form as is required by law and any similar forms required under state or local law. The assignment of the Initiating Member’s Interest shall be free and clear of all liens, encumbrances and adverse claims (excluding liens, encumbrances and claims encumbering the Property).

 

  (iii) The Other Member shall, at its option, as to any funded indebtedness of the Company or Owner for which the Initiating Member or any Affiliate is personally liable, elect one of the following options:

 

  1. obtain a release of the Initiating Member or its Affiliate from all liability, direct or contingent, by all holders of such indebtedness; or

 

  2. cause the same to be paid in full at the closing by the debtor, and by such additional funds of the Other Member as may be necessary, to the reasonable satisfaction of the Initiating Member; or

 

  3. if the holder of the indebtedness does not permit a substitution for and/or release of any such obligation without costs (other than ordinary transaction costs, including reasonable attorney’s fee) and the indebtedness is not prepayable, deliver to the Initiating Member an indemnity by the Other Member and an Affiliate thereof reasonably satisfactory to the Initiating Member indemnifying the Initiating Member and any Affiliate from any liability arising under any such debt, obligation or claim.

 

-41-


  (iv) The Initiating Member and the Other Member shall execute all other documents and take such other actions as may be reasonably necessary or desirable to effectuate the Transfer and to carry out the purposes of this Agreement, as reasonably determined by the parties.

(b) Each Member shall pay its own legal fees in connection with any Transfer pursuant to this Section 9.7.B. Recording, transfer or similar taxes arising in connection with the sale of the Interest of the Initiating Member shall be paid by the Initiating Member. Any other costs and expenses shall be paid in the manner which is customary as between buyers and sellers of real estate in San Francisco, California, or as the parties may otherwise agree.

(c) There shall be an accounting, as of the closing, of the Company’s and Owner’s books and there shall be an adjustment of the ROFO Price based upon the cash and cash equivalents of the Company and Owner as of the closing date, prorations as of the closing date of accrued income and expenses and all other customary prorations as would be made between a buyer and seller of real estate as if the Property were being sold, appropriately adjusted to reflect the sale of interests rather than a sale of assets. Within seventy five (75) days after the closing date, the Accountants shall complete an audit of such accounting and proration and shall deliver their audit report to the Members. If such audit report shall adjust such proration, the party in whose favor such adjustment is made shall promptly be paid by the other party the amount of such adjustment.

(d) If any material portion of the Property is damaged by fire or other casualty, or if any entity possessing the right to eminent domain shall give notice of an intention to take or acquire a substantial part of the Property, and such damage occurs or such notice is given between the date of the Acceptance Notice and the closing of the purchase of the Interest of the Initiating Member pursuant to this Section 9.7.B., the following shall apply:

 

  (i) If the Property is damaged by a casualty not resulting in substantial damage or if the taking or acquisition shall not result in a substantial reduction in the income producing capacity of the Property, then the Other Member and the Initiating Member shall be required to complete the transaction and all insurance or condemnation proceeds shall be paid to the Company.

 

  (ii) If the Property is damaged by a casualty resulting in substantial damage, or if the taking or acquisition shall result in a substantial reduction in the income producing capacity of the Property, then the Other Member shall have the option (to be exercised within ten (10) days from the date the Other Member has actual knowledge of the occurrence of the casualty or receipt of the notice of condemnation) to either (y) complete the transaction, or (z) cancel the purchase.

 

-42-


  (iii) In the case of both clause (i) and clause (ii)(y), the ROFO Price shall be reduced by an amount equal to the deductible, if any, for any applicable insurance paid or payable multiplied by the Percentage Interest of the Initiating Member.

For purposes of this Section 9.7.B(d), substantial damage to the Property shall mean damage which would cost ten percent (10%) or more of the Proposed Sale Price to repair, and a substantial reduction in the income producing capacity of the Property shall mean a reduction of ten percent (10%) or more of the Property’s Cash Flow, based upon the then applicable Approved Budget.

(e) If the Other Member, having delivered an Acceptance Notice, fails to close the purchase of the Interest of the Initiating Member in accordance with this Section 9.7.B., then the Initiating Member shall have the right to retain the Deposit as liquidated damages, it being agreed that it is difficult if not impossible to determine the loss from any such failure to close and the parties have agreed that the Deposit is intended to cover such damages. In addition, the Other Member shall no longer have any rights pursuant to this Section 9.7 (whether as an Initiating Member or as an Other Member), and the Initiating Member shall thereafter be entitled to cause the Company to market and sell the Property at any price and otherwise on such terms as the Initiating Member may determine in its sole discretion.

C. Marketing and Sale of Property .

(a) If no Acceptance Notice (properly accompanied by the Deposit) has been delivered during the ten (10) Business Day period set forth in Section 9.7.A. (or, if the applicable provisions of Section 9.7.A., and Section 9.7.B., are inapplicable pursuant to Section 9.6.G, above, then promptly following the Initiating Member’s election to sell), the Manager shall then prepare a marketing plan and interview and hire a third party, nationally recognized, broker for the Property having at least four (4) years’ experience in the San Francisco office market. Not later than sixty (60) days after the expiration of such ten (10) Business Day period (or date of election to sell, as applicable, and provided that such sixty (60) day period shall not be in addition to any specified time period set forth in Sections 9.6.G., above, in which the Initiating Member is obligated to consummate the sale of the Property), the Company shall place the Property on the market. In all cases, the Members shall cooperate fully with the Manager and the Initiating Member in the marketing and sale of the Property in accordance with this Section 9.7, and shall take (and shall cause any Affiliate to take) any and all actions as may be reasonably required (at no material expense to such Member) in order to effectuate any such sale.

(b) The Company shall solicit bids for the Property, or if agreed to by both Members, the Property shall be marketed and sold pursuant to an auction procedure with a minimum price for the Property. If an auction procedure is used, the end of the auction period shall be on such date as is determined by the Manager. If an auction procedure is not used, the Company shall solicit bids for such period as may be determined by the Initiating Member. After the end of the marketing or auction procedure, if such is elected, the Property will be sold to the bidder that has, in the reasonable judgment of the Initiating Member, made the best offer, taking into account the qualifications of the bidders and all of the proposed terms of the respective offers.

 

-43-


(c) In the event any third party bid is accepted pursuant to this Section 9.7.C., the Initiating Member will negotiate a Purchase and Sale Agreement with the prospective purchaser in such form as the Initiating Member shall reasonably determine, and the Property shall be sold pursuant thereto. If for any reason the prospective purchaser selected does not purchase the Property or a Purchase and Sale Agreement with said prospective purchaser is not entered into, at the Initiating Member’s election the Property may be returned to the market in accordance with this Section 9.7 and/or the Initiating Member shall select the next highest bid that had been rejected.

(d) In the event that the price to be received pursuant to any third party bid accepted (or to be accepted) pursuant to this Section 9.7.C. is less than ninety three percent (93%) of the Proposed Sale Price and has not been agreed to by both Members, then the Property shall not be sold and the procedures of this Section 9.7 shall again be applicable.

ARTICLE X.

DISSOLUTION, LIQUIDATION AND TERMINATION

Section 10.1 Dissolution . The Company shall not be dissolved by the admission of a Substitute Member or by the permitted withdrawal or any other matter as to a Member. The death, legal disability, bankruptcy or dissolution of a Member or the Transfer by any Member of all or any part of its Interest (whether or not in compliance with the terms of this Agreement) shall not dissolve the Company. The Company shall dissolve, and its affairs shall be wound up, only upon the first to occur of any of the following (each a “Liquidating Event”):

A. an election to dissolve the Company made by the Manager with the unanimous consent of Members;

B. entry of a decree of judicial dissolution of the Company pursuant to the provisions of the LLC Act; or

C. the sale of the Property, unless in connection therewith, and within 180 days thereof, there has been an exchange for other real property assets.

Section 10.2 Winding Up .

A. Upon the occurrence of a Liquidating Event, the Company shall continue solely for the purposes of winding up its affairs in an orderly manner, liquidating its assets, and satisfying the claims of its creditors and Members. No Member shall take any action that is inconsistent with, or not necessary to or appropriate for, the winding up of the Company’s business and affairs. The Manager or, in the event there is no remaining Manager, any Person elected by Members holding a majority of the Percentage Interests in the Company (the Manager or such other Person being referred to herein as the “Liquidator”), shall be responsible for overseeing the winding up and dissolution of the Company and shall take full account of the Company’s liabilities and property and the Company property shall be liquidated as promptly as is consistent with obtaining the fair value thereof, and the proceeds therefrom shall be applied and distributed in the order and priority set forth in Section 5.1.B.

 

-44-


A reasonable time shall be allowed for the orderly winding-up of the business and affairs of the Company and the liquidation of its assets pursuant to this Section 10.2 in order to minimize any losses otherwise attendant upon such winding-up, and the provisions of this Agreement shall remain in effect between the Members during the period of liquidation.

B. Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 10.2.A which require liquidation of the assets of the Company, but subject to the order of priorities set forth therein, if prior to or upon dissolution of the Company the Liquidator determines that an immediate sale of part or all of the Company’s assets would be impractical or would cause undue loss to the Members, the Liquidator may, in its sole and absolute discretion, defer for a reasonable time the liquidation of any assets except those necessary to satisfy liabilities of the Company (including to those Members and their Affiliates as creditors) and/or distribute to the Members, in lieu of cash, as tenants in common and in accordance with the provisions of Section 10.2.A, undivided interests in such Company assets as the Liquidator deems not suitable for liquidation. Any such distributions in kind shall be made only if, in the good faith judgment of the Liquidator, such distributions in kind are in the best interest of the Members, and shall be subject to such conditions relating to the disposition and management of such properties as the Liquidator deems reasonable and equitable and to any agreements governing the operation of such properties at such time. The Liquidator shall determine the fair market value of any property distributed in kind using such reasonable method of valuation as it may adopt.

Section 10.3 Termination of Company and Cancellation of Certificate of the Company . Upon the completion of the liquidation of the Company’s assets, as provided in Section 10.2, the Company shall be terminated, a certificate of cancellation shall be filed, and all qualifications of the Company as a foreign limited liability company in jurisdictions other than the State of Delaware shall be cancelled and such other actions as may be necessary to terminate the Company shall be taken.

Section 10.4 Liability of Liquidator . The Liquidator shall be indemnified and held harmless by the Company from and against any and all claims, liabilities, costs, damages, and causes of action of any nature whatsoever arising out of or incidental to the Liquidator’s taking of any action authorized under or within the scope of this Agreement; provided, however, that the Liquidator shall not be entitled to indemnification, and shall not be held harmless, where the claim, demand, liability, cost, damage or cause of action at issue arises out of (i) a matter entirely unrelated to the Liquidator’s action or conduct pursuant to the provisions of this Agreement or (ii) the willful malfeasance, bad faith, dishonesty, gross negligence or fraud of the Liquidator.

ARTICLE XI.

GENERAL PROVISIONS

Section 11.1 Addresses and Notice; Time Computation .

A. All notices, elections, offers, acceptances, demands, consents, reports and other communications given hereunder shall be in writing and shall be given to the Company, the Manager or the Members at the address set forth below or at such other address as the Company or the Manager or either Member may hereafter designate by like notice.

 

-45-


If to Beacon Member or the Manager, to:    c/o Beacon Capital Partners, LLC
   200 State Street
   5th Floor
   Boston, Massachusetts 02109
   Attn: Matthew Golden, Esq.
   Facsimile No.: (617) 457-0499
   Email: mgolden@beaconcapital.com
   with a copy to:
   Goulston & Storrs, P.C.
   400 Atlantic Avenue
   Boston, MA 02110-3333
   Attn: Jordan P. Krasnow, Esq.
   Telecopier No.: (617) 574-4112
   Email: jkrasnow@goulstonstorrs.com
If to Hudson Member, to:    c/o Hudson Pacific Properties, Inc.
   11601 Wilshire Boulevard, Suite 1600
   Los Angeles, CA 90025
   Attn: Howard Stern
   Telecopier No. (310) 445-5710
   Email: howard@hudsonppi.com
   with a copy to:
   Allen Matkins Leck Gamble Mallory & Natsis LLP
   1901 Avenue of the Stars, Suite 1800
   Los Angeles, CA 90067
   Attn: Tony Natsis, Esq.
   Email: tnatsis@allenmatkins.com

B. Except as otherwise provided in the last sentence of this paragraph, all notices or other communications shall be (i) sent by any reputable overnight courier service (with all fees prepaid), or (ii) sent by telecopier or telefax. All notices shall be deemed to have been given (and to be effective) upon actual receipt. Notices may also be delivered by hand, in which case they shall be deemed to have been given (and to be effective) on the date of delivery. A refusal to accept delivery by the addressee, or the inability to deliver such notice because the addressee has changed addresses without giving notice of same as provided in Section 11.1.C., shall be deemed receipt of such notice by the addressee. The party delivering notices or other communications shall use commercially reasonable efforts to provide a courtesy copy of each such notices to the receiving party via electronic mail (provided that such email notice shall not constitute a formal notice under the terms of this Section 11.1).

C. By giving to the other parties prior written notice thereof, each party hereto shall have the right from time to time and at any time during the term of this Agreement to change their respective addressees effective upon actual receipt (or tender otherwise valid and effective hereunder) by the other parties of such notice and each shall have the right to specify as its address any other address within the United States of America.

 

-46-


D. In computing any period of time under this Agreement, the day of the act, event or default from which the designated period of time begins to run shall not be included. The last day of the period so computed shall be included, unless it is not a Business Day, in which event the period shall run until the next Business Day.

Section 11.2 Titles and Captions . All article or section titles or captions in this Agreement are for convenience only. They shall not be deemed part of this Agreement and in no way define, limit, extend or describe the scope or intent of any provisions hereof. Except as specifically provided otherwise, references to “Articles” and “Sections” are to Articles and Sections of this Agreement.

Section 11.3 Pronouns and Plurals; Word Meanings . Whenever the context may require, any pronoun used in this Agreement shall include the corresponding masculine, feminine or neuter forms, and the singular form of nouns, pronouns and verbs shall include the plural and vice versa. The words such as “herein”, “hereinafter”, “hereof”, and “hereunder” refer to this Agreement as a whole and not merely to a subdivision in which such words appear unless the context otherwise requires. References to a paragraph shall only be to the grammatical paragraph referred to unless there is a specific paragraph and/or Section designated. The use in this Agreement of the word “including”, when following any general statement, term or matter, shall not be construed to limit such statement, term or matter to the specific items or matters set forth immediately following such word or to similar items or matters, whether or not nonlimiting language (such as “without limitation”, or “but not limited to”, or words of similar import) is used with reference thereto, but rather shall be deemed to refer to all other items or matters that could reasonably fall within the broadest possible scope of such general statement, term or matter. Whenever in this Agreement any Person is permitted or required to make a decision in its “good faith” or discretion or sole discretion or under another express standard as to any such decision, such Person shall act under such express standard and shall not be subject to any other or different standard imposed by this Agreement or other applicable law or in equity.

Section 11.4 No Partition, Etc . Except as set forth in Article IX, neither Member shall have the right to terminate this Agreement or dissolve the Company by its express will or by withdrawal without the consent of the other Member. In addition, each Member agrees that irreparable damage would be done to the Company if any Member brought an action in court to dissolve the Company or partition or apportion the assets of the Company. Notwithstanding any provisions of this Agreement to the contrary, each Member accepts the provisions of the Agreement as its sole entitlement as to withdrawal by a Member and as to the termination, dissolution and/or liquidation of the Company, and hereby irrevocably waives any and all right to withdraw from the Company or to maintain any action for dissolution or partition or to compel any sale or other liquidation with respect to its Interest or any properties of the Company; and each Member agrees that it will not petition a court for the dissolution, termination or liquidation of the Company.

 

-47-


Section 11.5 Binding Effect . This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective permitted successors, legal representatives and assigns.

Section 11.6 No Third Party Rights . The provisions of this Agreement are for the benefit of the Company and the Members, and no other Person, including creditors of the Company or any other Person, shall have any right or claim against the Company, the Manager or any Member by reason of this Agreement or any provision hereof or be entitled to enforce any provision of this Agreement. Moreover, notwithstanding anything contained in this Agreement, including specifically, but without limitation, Article II, no such creditor or other Person shall obtain any rights under this Agreement or shall, by reason of this Agreement, make any claim in respect of any debt, liability or obligation (or otherwise) against the Company, the Manager or any Member.

Section 11.7 Waiver . Each Member acknowledges that certain violations of the provisions of this Agreement may result in irreparable harm to a Member or to the business or assets of the Company or Owner for which money damages alone would not adequately compensate. Accordingly, each Member consents and agrees that if there is any breach or violation, or threatened breach or violation, of any of the terms, covenants and other provisions of this Agreement, the Company and the other Members shall be entitled to an injunction, specific performance or other equitable remedy, all without limitation of or effect upon any other remedies and rights which may otherwise be available hereunder or under applicable law or at equity, all such rights and remedies being cumulative and non-exclusive; except that the rights and remedies set forth in this Agreement shall be the sole rights and remedies available in the event of a failure by a Member to make any Capital Contribution pursuant to Section 2.3.

The failure of any Member to at any time enforce any of the provisions of this Agreement, or any agreement or instrument delivered herewith, or to give any notice of default thereunder, shall not be deemed or construed to be a waiver of any such provision, nor to in any way affect the validity of this Agreement, or any agreement or instrument delivered herewith, or any provision hereof or the right of any Member to thereafter enforce each and every provision of this Agreement, and each agreement and instrument delivered herewith. No waiver of any breach of any of the provisions of this Agreement, or any agreement or instrument delivered herewith, shall be effective unless set forth in a written instrument executed by the Member against which enforcement of such waiver is sought; and no waiver of any such breach shall be construed or deemed to be a waiver of any other or subsequent breach.

Section 11.8 Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in counterparts, all of which together shall constitute one agreement binding on all of the parties hereto, notwithstanding that all such parties are not signatories to the original or the same counterpart. Each party hereto shall become bound by this Agreement immediately upon affixing its signature hereto.

 

-48-


Section 11.9 Applicable Law . This Agreement shall be construed and enforced in accordance with and governed by the laws of the State of Delaware without regard to the principles of conflicts of law. The Members hereby agree that any action, suit or proceeding to enforce this Agreement shall be brought in the first instance in either the federal court for the State of Delaware or in the Delaware Chancery Court, and hereby waive any objection which either may have to the laying of the venue of any such action, suit or proceeding in any such court; provided, however, that the provisions of this paragraph shall not be deemed to preclude any party from filing any such action, suit or proceeding in any other appropriate forum if, but only if, the courts above decline jurisdiction. The Members hereby submit to personal jurisdiction in the State of Delaware for the enforcement of the provisions of this Agreement and waive any and all rights to object to such jurisdiction for purposes of litigation to enforce or interpret this Agreement. The Members hereby consent to the jurisdiction of the United States District Court having jurisdiction for the State of Delaware and to the Delaware Chancery Court in any action, suit, or proceeding with either or at any time wish to file in connection with this Agreement or any related matter.

Section 11.10 Invalidity of Provisions . If any one or more of the provisions contained in this Agreement or any application thereof shall be invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions contained herein and other application thereof shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby; provided, however, the limitation of liability and exculpation provisions of this Agreement are an integral part hereof.

Section 11.11 Entire Agreement . This Agreement, together with any agreements and instruments delivered herewith, contains all of the understandings and agreements of whatsoever kind and nature existing between the parties hereto with respect to the matters dealt with in this Agreement and the rights, interests, understandings, agreements and obligations of the respective parties pertaining to the Company. Any and all other prior agreements between the parties with respect to such subject matter are hereby superseded.

Section 11.12 Additional Documents and Acts . In connection with this Agreement as well as all transactions contemplated by this Agreement, each Member agrees to from time to time, at the other Member’s request, execute and deliver such additional documents and instruments, and perform such additional acts, as the other Member may deem to be reasonably necessary or desirable to effectuate, carry out and perform all of the terms, provisions and conditions of this Agreement and all such transactions. All approvals of either Member hereunder shall be in writing.

Except as otherwise set forth in Section 2.4.C, amendments, variations, modifications or changes herein may be made effective and binding upon the Members by, and only by, the setting forth of same in a document duly executed by each Member, and any alleged amendment, variation, modification or change herein which is not so documented shall not be effective as to any Member.

Section 11.13 Attorney Fees; Damages . If the Company or any Member obtains a judgment or injunction against any Member by reason of the breach of this Agreement or the failure to comply with the terms of this Agreement, or as to the interpretation of this Agreement or any other matter relating to this Agreement, the prevailing party shall be entitled to recover its reasonable attorneys’ fees and costs as part of any such judgment.

 

-49-


Section 11.14 Survival of Certain Provisions . The Members acknowledge and agree that this Agreement contains certain terms and conditions which are intended to survive the dissolution and termination of the Company, including, but without limitation, the provisions of Sections 3.6, 3.7 and 3.9; provided that the provisions of this sentence shall not be interpreted to mean that assets of the Company, after distribution to a Member or Members, continue to be assets of the Company for purposes of Section 3.6 or any other provision of this Agreement. The Members agree that the provisions of this Agreement which by their terms require, given their context, that they survive the dissolution and termination of the Company so as to effectuate the intended purposes and agreements of the Members shall survive notwithstanding that such provisions had not been specifically identified as surviving and notwithstanding the dissolution and termination of the Company or the execution of any document terminating this Agreement, unless such termination document specifically provides for nonsurvival by reference to this Section 11.14 and to specific nonsurviving provisions.

[Remainder of Page Intentionally Left Blank]

 

-50-


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Limited Liability Company Agreement as of the date first written above.

MEMBERS :

 

RINCON CENTER EQUITY LLC,
a Delaware limited liability company
  By:   BCSP IV U.S. Investments, L.P.,
  a Delaware limited partnership, its member
    By:   BCSP REIT IV, Inc.,
    a Maryland corporation, -its general partner
      By:  

/ S / M ATTHEW T. G OLDEN

       

Name: Matthew T. Golden

Title: General Counsel & Managing Director

HUDSON RINCON, LLC,
a Delaware limited liability company
  By:   Hudson Pacific Properties, L.P.,
  a Maryland limited partnership, its Sole Member
    By:   Hudson Pacific Properties, Inc.,
    a Maryland corporation, its General Partner
      By:  

/ S / M ARK L AMMAS

Name: Mark T. Lammas

Title: Chief Financial Officer

MANAGER :

 

RINCON CENTER EQUITY LLC,
a Delaware limited liability company
  By:   BCSP IV U.S. Investments, L.P.,
  a Delaware limited partnership, its member
    By:   BCSP REIT IV, Inc.,
    a Maryland corporation, -its general partner
      By:  

/ S / M ATTHEW T. G OLDEN

        Name: Matthew T. Golden
        Title: General Counsel & Managing Director

 

-51-


DEFINITIONS

The following definitions shall be for all purposes, unless otherwise clearly indicated to the contrary, applied to the terms used in this Agreement.

Acceptance Notice ” has the meaning set forth in Section 9.7.

Accountants ” means the accountants selected by the Manager, initially, Ernst & Young.

Adjusted Capital Account ” means, with respect to any Member, such Member’s Capital Account as of the end of the relevant Fiscal Year of the Company, after giving effect to the following adjustments:

A. Credit to such Capital Account that portion of any deficit Capital Account balance that such Member is obligated to restore under the terms of this Agreement or any other document, such Member’s share of Company Minimum Gain determined in accordance with Treasury Regulations Section 1.704-2(g)(1), and such Member’s share of Partner Nonrecourse Debt Minimum Gain determined in accordance with Treasury Regulations Section 1.704-2(i)(5).

B. Debit to such Capital Account the items described in Treasury Regulations Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(ii)(d)(4), (5) and (6).

The foregoing definition of “Adjusted Capital Account” is intended to comply with the provisions of Treasury Regulations Sections 1.704-1(b)(2) and 1.704-2, and shall be interpreted consistently therewith.

Affiliate ” means, with respect to any Person, (i) any Person directly or indirectly Controlling, Controlled by or under common Control with such Person; (ii) any Person beneficially, directly or indirectly, owning or controlling twenty percent (20%) or more of the outstanding voting interests of such Person; (iii) any Person of which such Person beneficially, directly or indirectly, owns or Controls twenty percent (20%) or more of the voting interests; or (iv) any officer, director, member, manager, partner or trustee in such Person or in any Person referred to in clauses (i), (ii), and (iii) above.

Affiliated Contract(s) ” means any contract between the Company or Owner and any Member or any Affiliate of a Member now existing or hereafter entered into pursuant to Section 3.5.

Agreed Put/Call Closing Date ” has the meaning set forth in Section 9.6.

Agreement ” means this Limited Liability Company Agreement, as it may be amended, supplemented or restated from time to time.

Allowed Termination Fee ” has the meaning set forth in Section 9.6.E.

Annual Plan ” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.1.B.

 

D -52-


Approved Annual Plan ” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.1.B.

Approved Budget ” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.1.B., and includes any revisions thereof, and any Permitted Variations.

AT/AML Laws ” has the meaning set forth in Section 1.8.B.

Bankruptcy Code ” means Title 11 of the United States Code entitled “Bankruptcy”, as now and hereafter in effect, or any successor statute.

BCSP IV ” has the meaning given in the Recitals to this Agreement.

Beacon Fund ” means any one or more of Beacon Capital Strategic Partners IV, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership, Beacon Capital Strategic Partners IV-A, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership, and Beacon Capital Strategic Partners IV-B, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership, and any successor to any of them by merger (of any type or form), reorganization, consolidation or otherwise.

Beacon Member ” has the meaning set forth in the Introductory Paragraph to this Agreement, and any successor by merger (of any type or form), reorganization, consolidation or other involving all or substantially all of Beacon Member’s assets.

Book-Tax Disparity ” means, as to any property (other than cash) contributed to the Company by a Member, as of the date of determination, the difference between the Book Value of such property and the adjusted basis of such property for federal income tax purposes, as such differential may change as a result of allocations of Net Profits and Net Losses and of taxable income and taxable loss pursuant to the provisions of this Agreement.

Book Value ” of any asset of the Company means such asset’s adjusted basis for federal income tax purposes, except that:

(i) the initial Book Value of any asset contributed by a Member to the Company shall be the gross fair market value ( i.e. , not reduced for any liabilities to which the asset is subject or which the Company assumes) of such asset on the date of contribution, as such value is determined and for which credit is given to the contributing Member under this Agreement;

(ii) the Book Values of all assets of the Company shall be adjusted to equal their respective gross fair market values, as reasonably determined by the Manager, at and as of the following times:

 

  (a) the acquisition of an Interest by a new or existing Member in exchange for other than a de minimis Capital Contribution by such Member, if the Manager determines that such adjustment is necessary or appropriate to reflect the relative economic interests of the Members;

 

  (b) the distribution by the Company to a Member of more than a de minimis amount of any asset of the Company (including cash or cash equivalents) as consideration for all or any portion of an Interest, if the Manager determines that such adjustment is necessary or appropriate to reflect the relative economic interests of the Members;

 

D -53-


  (c) the liquidation of the Company within the meaning of Treasury Regulations Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(ii)(g); and

 

  (d) at such other times as the Manager shall reasonably determine necessary or advisable in order to comply with Treasury Regulations Sections 1.704-1(b) and 1.704-2;

(iii) the Book Value of any Company asset distributed to any Member shall be adjusted to equal the gross fair market value of such asset on the date of distribution, as such value is reasonably determined by the Manager; and

(iv) the Book Value of the assets of the Company shall be increased (or decreased) to reflect any adjustment to the adjusted basis of such assets pursuant to Section 734(b) or Section 743(b) of the Code, but only to the extent such adjustments are taken into account in determining Capital Accounts pursuant to Treasury Regulations Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv)(m); provided, however, that Book Value shall not be adjusted pursuant to this clause (iv) to the extent that the Manager determines that an adjustment pursuant to clause (ii) hereof is necessary or appropriate in connection with the transaction that would otherwise result in an adjustment pursuant to this clause (iv).

If the Book Value of an asset has been determined or adjusted pursuant to the preceding clauses (i), (ii) or (iv), such Book Value shall thereafter be adjusted by the Depreciation taken into account with respect to such asset for purposes of computing Net Profits and Net Losses, and the amount of the adjustment shall thereafter be taken into account as gain or loss from the distribution of such asset for purposes of computing Net Profits or Net Losses.

Business Day ” means any day except a Saturday, Sunday or other day on which commercial banks in either Boston, Massachusetts or San Francisco, California are authorized or required by law to close.

Buy-Out ” has the meaning set forth in Section 9.6.F.

Call Right ” has the meaning set forth in Section 9.6.

Capital Account ” shall mean the capital account maintained for a Member on the Company’s books and records in accordance with the following provisions: (i) To each Member’s Capital Account there shall be added (a) the amount of cash and the gross fair market value of any other property contributed to the Company by such Member, (b) such Member’s allocable share of Net Profits and any items in the nature of income or gain that are specially allocated to such Member pursuant to Section 6.2 and 6.3, and (c) the amount of any Company liabilities assumed by such Member or that are secured by any Company property distributed to such Member.

(ii) From each Member’s Capital Account there shall be subtracted (a) the amount of cash and the Book Value of any other Company property distributed to such Member pursuant to any provision of this Agreement, (b) such Member’s allocable share of Net Losses and any items in the nature of expenses or losses that are specially allocated to such Member pursuant to Section 6.2 and 6.3, and (c) the amount of any liabilities of such Member assumed by the Company or that are secured by any property contributed by such Member to the Company.

 

D -54-


(iii) In determining the amount of any liability for purposes of clauses (i) and (ii) above, there shall be taken into account Code Section 752(c) and any other applicable provisions of the Code and the Treasury Regulations.

(iv) In the event any Interest in the Company is transferred in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, the transferee shall succeed to the Capital Account of the transferor to the extent it relates to the transferred Interest.

(v) The foregoing provisions and the other provisions of this Agreement relating to the maintenance of Capital Accounts are intended to comply with Treasury Regulations Sections 1.704-1(b) and 1.704-2 and shall be interpreted and applied in a manner consistent with such Treasury Regulations. In the event that the Manager shall determine that it is necessary or prudent to modify the manner in which the Capital Accounts, or any additions thereto or subtractions therefrom, are computed in order to comply with such Treasury Regulations, the Manager may make such modification, provided that any such modification shall require the consent of each affected Member if it is likely to have a material effect on the amounts distributable to any Member pursuant to Section 10.2 upon the dissolution of the Company.

Capital Call ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.3.A.

Capital Contribution ” means, with respect to any Member, the aggregate amount of cash (including any Coverage Contribution) and the gross fair market value of any property which such Member contributes or is deemed to contribute to the Company pursuant to Article II reduced by the amount of any liability assumed by the Company relating to any such property and any liability to which such property is subject, including the Initial Capital Contributions.

Capital Transaction ” means any of the following: (i) a sale, exchange, transfer, assignment or other disposition of all or any portion of the Property or other assets of the Company or Owner (but not including occasional sales in the ordinary course of business of inventory, operating equipment or furniture, fixtures and equipment); (ii) any financing or refinancing of indebtedness of the Company or Owner; (iii) any condemnation or deed in lieu of condemnation of all or a portion of the Property which is not used in connection with the restoration of the Property; (iv) any collection in respect of property, hazard or casualty insurance (but not rental interruption insurance); or (v) any other transaction the proceeds of which are considered to be capital in nature. The receipt by the Company of Capital Contributions from the Members shall not constitute Capital Transactions.

Capital Transaction Proceeds ” means the net cash proceeds of a Capital Transaction, after deducting all expenses incurred in connection therewith and after application of any proceeds as required by any obligations binding on the Company or Owner, or to which the Company or Owner is subject, and otherwise as determined by the Manager, toward the payment of any indebtedness of the Company or Owner secured by the property that is the subject of a Capital Transaction or any other indebtedness of the Company or Owner, or the establishment of reserves for contingent or unforeseen liabilities deemed necessary or appropriate by the Manager. For clarity, “Capital Transaction Proceeds” shall not include any TDR Proceeds or any funds released from any TDR Escrow.

 

D -55-


Cash Buffer Reserve ” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.6.

Cash Flow ” means, for any Fiscal Year or any other relevant period, the excess, if any, of Operating Revenue over Operating Expenses.

Certificate ” means the Certificate of Formation of the Company previously filed in the office of the Delaware Secretary of State, as amended from time to time in accordance with the terms hereof and the LLC Act.

Code ” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended and in effect from time to time, as interpreted by the Treasury Regulations. Any reference herein to a specific section or sections of the Code shall be deemed to include a reference to any corresponding provision of future law.

Company ” means the limited liability company formed under the LLC Act pursuant to the Certificate, as constituted under the terms of this Agreement, as this Agreement may be amended and restated, and any successor thereto.

Company Minimum Gain ” has the meaning set forth in Treasury Regulations Sections 1.704-2(b)(2) and 1.704-2(d) for the term “partnership minimum gain.”

Confidential Information ” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.4.

Contributing Member ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.4.A.

Contribution Agreement ” has the meaning given in the Recitals to this Agreement.

Control ” or “ control ” means the ability, directly or indirectly, whether through ownership of partnership interests, manager or member interests, of voting securities, or otherwise, to direct the policies and management of any business entity.

Control Affiliate ” means, with respect to any Person, (i) any Person directly or indirectly Controlling, Controlled by or under common Control with such Person; (ii) any Person beneficially, directly or indirectly, owning or controlling more than fifty percent (50%) of the outstanding voting interests of such Person; or (iii) any Person of which such Person beneficially, directly or indirectly, owns or Controls more than fifty percent (50%) or more of the voting interests.

Coverage Contribution ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.4.A.

Defaulted Amount ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.4.A.

Deposit ” has the meaning set forth in Section 9.7.

 

D -56-


Depreciation ” means, for each Fiscal Year or other period, an amount equal to the depreciation, amortization or other cost recovery deduction allowable with respect to an asset for such year or other period for federal income tax purposes, except that if an asset has a Book-Tax Disparity at the beginning of such year or other period (as a result of property contributions or adjustments to such values), Depreciation shall be adjusted as necessary so as to be an amount which bears the same ratio to such beginning Book Value as the federal income tax depreciation, amortization or other cost recovery deduction for such year or other period bears to the beginning adjusted tax basis; provided, however, that if the federal income tax depreciation, amortization or other cost recovery deduction for such year or other period is zero, Depreciation for such year or other period shall be determined with reference to such beginning Book Value using any reasonable method selected by the Manager.

Effective Date ” has the meaning set forth in the Introductory Paragraph to this Agreement.

Emergency Costs ” means costs and expenses which are incurred or to be incurred in the reasonable belief that such expenditures are required to (a) correct a condition that if not corrected would endanger imminently the preservation or safety of the Property or the safety of tenants, guests or other Persons at or using the Property, (b) avoid the imminent suspension of any necessary service in or to the Property, (c) prevent the Company or any of the Members from being subjected imminently to criminal or substantial civil penalties or damage, or (d) pay real estate taxes and assessments or insurance premiums, or to ensure compliance with or correct any violation of legal requirements.

Entity ” or “ Entities ” means any general partnership, limited partnership, limited liability company, corporation, trust, business trust, cooperative or association or any other form of incorporated or unincorporated entity which is a legal entity under applicable law.

Escrow Agent ” means such third party escrow agent as is selected by Beacon Member.

Escrow Agreement ” means that certain escrow agreement to be entered into by and among the Escrow Agent, Beacon Member and Hudson Member in the form to be determined by the Escrow Agent and acceptable to Beacon Member and Hudson Member, acting reasonably.

Escrow Amount ” has the meaning set forth in Section 9.6.E.

Event of Default ” means, as to a Member (including in its capacity as the Manager):

(i) the violation by or on behalf of such Member or any Affiliate thereof of the restrictions set forth in Article IX, or a material default in performance of, or material failure to comply with, any other agreements, obligations or undertakings of such Member herein contained, which default or failure continues for sixty (60) days (or for five (5) days if such default or failure is due solely to the nonpayment of money) following written notice thereof given by any Member; provided that the nonpayment of money owed pursuant to Article II shall not be an Event of Default, the remedies set forth in said Article being the sole and exclusive remedies in connection with any such nonpayment;

(ii) a general assignment by such Member for the benefit of creditors;

 

D -57-


(iii) the institution against such Member of a proceeding under any section or chapter of the Bankruptcy Code, or any similar Federal or state law for the relief of debtors, or the appointment of a receiver, custodian, trustee, or other officer to take possession of a substantial portion or all of the assets of such Member which proceeding or appointment is not dismissed, stayed or discharged within a period of ninety (90) days after the filing thereof or if stayed, which stay is thereafter lifted without a contemporaneous discharge or dismissal of such proceedings;

(iv) admission by such Member in writing of its inability to pay its debts as they mature;

(v) attachment, execution or other judicial seizure of all or any substantial part of such Member’s assets or of such Member’s Interest, or any part thereof, such attachment, execution or seizure being with respect to an amount greater than $1,000,000 and remaining undismissed or undischarged for a period of thirty (30) days after levy thereof; provided, however, that said attachment, execution or seizure shall not constitute an Event of Default hereunder if said Member posts a bond sufficient to fully satisfy the amount of such claim or judgment within sixty (60) days after levy thereof and the Member’s assets are thereby released from the lien or such attachment;

(vi) the commission of a felony, any act of fraud, misappropriation or embezzlement by such Member or any of its Affiliates in respect of the Company or the Property, or an act or omission constituting willful misconduct or gross negligence by such Member in the performance of its duties (if any) under this Agreement; and

(vii) in the case of Hudson Member, in the event that the Call Right or the Put Right is exercised, the default by the Hudson Member in its obligation to pay the Purchase Price or to otherwise fulfill its obligations pursuant to the Call Right or Put Right on April 29, 2011 (or such other date as may have been mutually agreed).

Filing Date ” has the meaning given in the Recitals to this Agreement.

Financial Need Date ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.3.A.

First Thirty Day Window ” means the thirty (30) day period following the Agreed Put/Call Closing Date.

Fiscal Year ” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.2.

Forced Sale ” has the meaning set forth in Section 9.6.E.

Guaranty ” means any guaranty, suretyship or similar agreement made by any Member or an Affiliate of any Member to any third party guaranteeing, or otherwise providing assurances as to, the payment or performance of any of the Company’s or Owner’s obligations, including, without limitation, any customary non-recourse carve-out guarantees and environmental indemnities given in connection with any loan to the Company or Owner, and includes, without limitation, any of the foregoing as are listed on Schedule “Loan Documents” attached hereto, but excluding any so-called “bottom-dollar” guaranty as may be made by any Member or Affiliate thereof.

 

D -58-


Hudson Buy-Out ” has the meaning set forth in Section 9.6.E.

Hudson Member ” has the meaning set forth in the Introductory Paragraph to this Agreement.

Hudson Parent ” has the meaning set forth in Section 9.2.A.

Hudson Price ” means an amount equal to $40,290,000 minus an amount equal to two times any Coverage Contributions made by Beacon Member and/or plus an amount equal to two times any Coverage Contributions made by Hudson Member, and minus , if applicable, fifty-one percent (51%) of the Negative WCA Amount or plus , if applicable, fifty-one percent (51%) of the Positive WCA Amount.

Indemnitee ” means (i) any Person made a party to a claim, demand, action, suit or proceeding by reason of its status (A) as a Member or Manager, or (B) as a Representative, director, trustee, shareholder, manager, member, partner or officer of the Company or of a Member or Manager or any Affiliate thereof; and (ii) such other Persons (including Affiliates of any Member or Manager or the Company) as the Members may designate from time to time as agents of the Company as expressly permitted in this Agreement.

Initial Capital Contribution ” means the Capital Contributions made by each Member pursuant to Section 2.2.

Initiating Member ” has the meaning set forth in Section 9.7.

Interest ” means an ownership interest in the Company representing a Capital Contribution by a Member and includes any and all legal and economic benefits and other attributes to which the holder of such Interest may be entitled as provided in this Agreement, together with all obligations of such Person to comply with the terms and provisions of this Agreement.

IRS ” means the Internal Revenue Service, which administers the internal revenue laws of the United States.

Lender ” has the meaning given in the Recitals to this Agreement.

Liquidating Event ” has the meaning set forth in Section 10.1.

Liquidator ” has the meaning set forth in Section 10.2.

LLC Act ” means the Delaware Limited Liability Company Act, as it may be amended from time to time, and any successor to such statute.

Loan ” has the meaning given in the Recitals to this Agreement.

 

D -59-


Manager ” means Beacon Member, in its capacity as the manager of the Company, or its successors as Manager of the Company.

Member ” shall mean each of the Members from time to time admitted to the Company in any such Person’s capacity as a Member of the Company, or its successors as the Members of the Company, or any Substitute Member, in such Person’s capacity as a Member of the Company.

Negative WCA Amount ” has the meaning set forth in Schedule “Working Capital Adjustment.”

Net Profit ” and “ Net Loss ” means, for each taxable year or other period, an amount equal to the Company’s taxable income or loss for such taxable year or period, determined in accordance with Code Section 703(a) (for this purpose, all items of income, gain, loss or deduction required to be stated separately pursuant to Code Section 703(a)(1) shall be included in taxable income or loss), with the following adjustments:

 

  (i) Any income of the Company that is exempt from federal income tax and not otherwise taken into account in computing Net Profit or Net Loss pursuant to this definition shall be added to such taxable income or loss;

 

  (ii) Any expenditures of the Company described in Code Section 705(a)(2)(B) or treated as Code Section 705(a)(2)(B) expenditures under Treasury Regulations Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv)(i) and not otherwise taken into account in computing Net Profit or Net Loss pursuant to this definition shall be subtracted from such taxable income or loss;

 

  (iii) Gain or loss resulting from any disposition of any Company property with respect to which gain or loss is recognized for federal income tax purposes shall be computed by reference to the Book Value of such property rather than its adjusted tax basis;

 

  (iv) In lieu of the depreciation, amortization, and other cost recovery deductions taken into account in computing such taxable income or loss, there shall be taken into account Depreciation for such year or other period;

 

  (v) In the event the Book Value of any Company asset is adjusted in accordance with clause (ii) or clause (iii) of the definition of “Book Value,” the amount of such adjustment shall be taken into account as gain or loss from the disposition of such asset for purpose of computing Net Profit and Net Loss;

 

D -60-


  (vi) To the extent an adjustment to the adjusted tax basis of any Company property pursuant to Code Section 734(b) or Code Section 743(b) is required pursuant to Treasury Regulations Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv)(m) to be taken into account in determining Capital Accounts as a result of a distribution other than in liquidation of a Member’s Interest in the Company, the amount of such adjustment shall be treated as an item of gain or loss from the disposition of the property and shall be taken into account for purposes of computing Net Profits and Net Losses; and

 

  (vii) Notwithstanding any other provision of this definition, any items which are specially allocated pursuant to Section 6.2 and Section 6.3 hereof shall not be taken into account in computing Net Profit or Net Loss and if otherwise included in the calculation pursuant to the above, shall be appropriately added to or deducted from, as the case may be, such amounts so as to not be included in the calculations of Net Profits and Net Losses. The amounts of the items of Company income, gain, loss or deduction available to be specially allocated pursuant to Sections 6.2 and 6.3 shall be determined by applying rules analogous to those set forth in clauses (i) through (vi) above.

If the Company’s Net Profit or Loss for any Fiscal Year, as determined in the manner provided above, is a positive amount, such amount shall be the Company’s Net Profit for such Fiscal Year, and, if negative, such amount shall be the Company’s Net Loss for such Fiscal Year.

Non-Contributing Member ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.4.A.

Nonrecourse Deductions ” has the meaning set forth in Treasury Regulations Section 1.704-2(b)(1) and 1.704-2(c). The amount of Nonrecourse Deductions shall be determined according to the provisions of Treasury Regulations Section 1.704-2(c).

Nonrecourse Liability ” has the meaning set forth in Treasury Regulations Sections 1.704-2(b)(3) and 1.752-1(a)(2).

Operating Expenses ” means

(i) all expenses of the Company and Owner (on a cash basis) incurred in connection with the ownership and operation of the Property or the performance of other aspects of the Company business, other than any expense not involving a cash expenditure, such as any amount charged for depreciation or amortization, but in any event adjusted for reserves for normal periodic payments including but not limited to real estate taxes and insurance or any extraordinary, unusual or non-recurring expenses;

(ii) interest, principal and financing costs on account of any loans made to the Company or Owner or secured by the Property;

(iii) sums expended by the Company or Owner for replacement of capital items, including personal property and capital improvements, or for tenant improvements or leasing commissions (and not funded from reserves established for such purpose or available from insurance or condemnation proceeds), unless and to the extent such amounts are paid from borrowings or Capital Contributions, adjusted in each case for any applicable reserve approved as part of the Approved Budget; and

 

D -61-


(iv) an amount necessary to cause the balance in the Cash Buffer Reserve to be Three Million Dollars ($3,000,000) at all times.

Operating Revenues ” means all cash receipts of the Company and Owner from the leasing of space at the Property, whether in the form of rent, reimbursements, additional rent, fees, charges or otherwise (other than security deposits unless and until the same are applied to rent), interest from deposits (unless required to be returned to, or such is the property of, tenants), tax refunds, reserves previously created from Operating Revenues, revenue from parking, the proceeds of any business or rental interruption insurance (but not any other type of insurance), and any other incidental income attributable to or resulting from the operations and leasing of the Property or the use of the assets of the Company or Owner, adjusted for applicable reserves. Operating Revenues do not include receipts from the sale or other disposition of all or any portion of any Property or any other assets of the Company, refinancing of all or any portion of the Property or any other borrowing, Capital Contributions to the Company, insurance proceeds (other than business or rental interruption insurance proceeds), condemnation awards, security deposits (unless and until applied to rent), title insurance proceeds, and any other item the proceeds of which are, under GAAP, attributable to capital.

Notwithstanding the foregoing and for clarity, Operating Revenues shall not include any TDR Proceeds, any funds released from any TDR Escrow, or any cash received or reductions in reserves, and shall not take into account any disbursements made or reserves established, after commencement of the dissolution and liquidation of the Company.

Other Member ” has the meaning set forth in Section 9.7.

Owner ” has the meaning given in the Recitals to this Agreement.

Partner Nonrecourse Debt ” shall have the meaning of such term set forth in Treasury Regulations Section 1.704-2(b)(4).

Partner Nonrecourse Debt Minimum Gain ” shall have the meaning of such term set forth in Treasury Regulations Section 1.704-2(i).

Partner Nonrecourse Deductions ” shall have the meaning for such term set forth in Treasury Regulations Section 1.704-2(i). “ Percentage Interest ” for each Member is listed on Exhibit A attached hereto, subject to adjustments as a result of any Transfers and pursuant to Section 2.4.C.

Permitted Transferee ” means any Person to whom a Transfer may be made pursuant to Section 9.2.

Permitted Variations ” means any otherwise unapproved variations from any Approved Budget of not more than ten percent (10%) from any Specified Line Item in the Approved Budget during the time such Approved Budget is effective, or any otherwise unapproved aggregate variations (whether from any Specified Line Item and/or any other line item) of not more than five percent (5%) of the aggregate Approved Budget during the time such Approved Budget is effective. Any expenditures made by the Manager which are in excess of the Approved Budget determined without Permitted Variations which expenditures are later specifically approved by the Members or are included in a revised Approved Budget shall no longer be a variation.

 

D -62-


Person ” means a natural person or a corporation, partnership (general or limited), limited liability company, trust, unincorporated organization, association or other entity.

Positive Tax Opinion or Ruling ” has the meaning set forth in Section 9.6.E.

Positive WCA Amount ” has the meaning set forth in Schedule “Working Capital Adjustment.”

Predecessor Agreement ” has the meaning given in the Recitals to this Agreement.

Property ” has the meaning given in the Recitals to this Agreement. For clarity, “Property” does not include the TDRs, TDR Proceeds or TDR Escrows.

Property Management Agreement ” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.5.

Property Manager ” has the meaning given in the Recitals to this Agreement.

Proposed Sale Price ” has the meaning set forth in Section 9.7.

Purchase Price ” means an aggregate amount equal to One Hundred and Eighty Five Million Dollars ($185,000,000.00):

 

  (A) minus an amount equal to the aggregate of (i) $40,290,000, (ii) the Hudson Member Obligation, (iii) the amount of net operating income actually distributed to Beacon Member after the Effective Date on account of tenants for which tenant improvement allowances not listed on Schedule “TI” , or brokerage and leasing commissions, were paid for with Company funds after the Effective Date, (iv) if applicable, an amount equal to two times any Coverage Contributions made by Hudson Member, (v) if applicable, forty nine percent (49%) of the Negative WCA Amount, and (vi) any tenant improvement allowances and/or brokerage and leasing commissions which relate to any leases or other occupancy agreements which were executed by Owner prior to the Effective Date (to the extent the same were not disclosed in a Schedule to the Contribution Agreement); and

 

  (B) plus an amount equal to the aggregate of (i) forty nine percent (49%) of any Company funds that are used after the Effective Date to fund tenant improvement allowances not listed on Schedule “TI” , brokerage and leasing commissions, and/or any capital improvements, (ii) if applicable, an amount equal to two times any Coverage Contributions made by Beacon Member, (iii) if applicable, forty nine percent (49%) of the Positive WCA Amount, and (iv) forty nine percent (49%) of any amount remaining in the TI Reserve as of the Put/Call Closing.

 

D -63-


Put Right ” has the meaning set forth in Section 9.6.

Put/Call Closing ” has the meaning set forth in Section 9.6.

Put/Call Outside Date ” means the period from the Effective Date and until: (a) April 29, 2011 in the event that the Call Right or the Put Right is not exercised during the Put/Call Period, or (b) in the event that the Call Right or the Put Right is exercised during the Put/Call Period, the Agreed Put/Call Closing Date if the Put/Call Closing does not occur.

Put/Call Period ” means any time on or between February 1, 2011 and April 15, 2011.

Put/Call Termination Election ” has the meaning set forth on Schedule “Put/Call Conditions” .

REA ” means that certain Declaration Establishing Reciprocal Easements and Covenants Running with the Land by and between the United States Postal Service (“USPS”) and Rincon Center Associates, a California limited partnership, dated as of June 27, 1988 and recorded as Reel E624, Image 1132, Instrument Number E196829, with the Official Records, as supplemented by that certain Declaration Establishing Reciprocal Easements and Covenants Running with the Land by and between the USPS and BRE/Rincon L.L.C., a Delaware limited liability company, dated as of March 30, 1999 and recorded as Reel H353, Image 505, Instrument Number 99-G541539-00, with the Official Records, as further amended by that certain Second Amendment to Declaration Establishing Reciprocal Easements and Covenants Running with the Land by and between 88 Howard Street LLC, Rincon Center Commercial LLC and USPS, dated as of June 23, 2006 and recorded as Reel J171, Image 0021, Instrument Number 2006-I201148-00, with the Official Records, and that certain Third Amendment to Declaration Establishing Reciprocal easements and Covenants Running with the Land by and between 88 Howard Street LLC, Rincon Center Commercial LLC and USPS, dated as of June 8, 2007 and recorded as Reel J409, Image 00001, Instrument Number 2007-I400751-00, with the Official Records.

Regulatory Allocations ” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.3.

Representative ” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.2.B.

REIT ” has the meaning set forth in Section 1.10.

REIT Member Owner ” has the meaning set forth in Section 1.10.

REIT Prohibited Transactions ” has the meaning set forth in Section 1.10.

Required Capital Contributions ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.4.A.

Reserve Advance ” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.6.

 

D -64-


ROFO Price ” shall be determined by the Accountants as the amount that the Initiating Member would receive pursuant to Section 5.1.A. if (a) the Property were sold for an amount equal to the Proposed Sale Price, (b) the Company and Owner were dissolved, and (c) the proceeds of such hypothetical sale were distributed to the Members after taking into account the payment and discharge of all of the Company’s and Owner’s debts and liabilities (but not any then applicable prepayment, assumption or defeasance costs unless actually required to be paid) and deducting two percent (2%) of the Proposed Sale Price as assumed closing costs as if the Property were actually sold to a third party.

SEC ” means the Securities and Exchange Commission.

Securities Act ” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the rules and regulations of the SEC promulgated thereunder.

Specified Line Item ” means each and all line items specified in Schedule “Specified Line Items” attached hereto.

Substitute Member ” means a Person who is admitted as a Member to the Company pursuant to Section 9.4.

TDR Escrows ” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.9.

TDRs ” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.9.

Terminating Capital Transaction ” means any sale or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company or a related series of transactions that, taken together, result in the sale or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company.

Termination Fee ” has the meaning set forth in Section 9.6.E.

TI Reserve ” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.6.

Transfer ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 9.1.A.

Treasury Regulations ” means the income tax regulations promulgated under the Code, as such regulations may be amended from time to time.

 

D -65-


EXHIBIT A

TO

RINCON CENTER JV LLC

LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY AGREEMENT

Members; Percentage Interests; Initial Capital Contributions

 

Members

   Percentage Interest     Initial Capital
Contribution
 

Rincon Center Equity LLC

     49   $ 40,188,317.68   

Hudson Rincon, LLC

     51   $ 41,828,657.18   

 

Exhibit A -66-


EXHIBIT B

TO

RINCON CENTER JV LLC

LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY AGREEMENT

Property Description

That certain real property situated in the State of California, County of San Francisco, described as follows:

RINCON ONE PARCEL:

PARCEL A :

PARCEL THREE, AS SHOWN ON THE PARCEL MAP SHOWING THE SUBDIVISION OF AIRSPACE FILED JUNE 23, 1988, IN BOOK 37 OF PARCEL MAPS, AT PAGES 67-71, INCLUSIVE, OFFICIAL RECORDS OF THE CITY AND COUNTY OF SAN FRANCISCO.

BEING 100 VARA BLOCK NO. 321.

LOT 023, BLOCK 3716.

PARCEL B

AS AN APPURTENANT TO PARCEL A, REFERRED TO ABOVE, EASEMENTS OVER PARCELS ONE AND FOUR, AS SUCH PARCELS ARE SHOWN ON THE PARCEL MAP SHOWING THE SUBDIVISION OF AIRSPACE, FILED JUNE 23, 1988, IN BOOK 37 OF PARCEL MAPS, AT PAGES 67-71, INCLUSIVE, OFFICIAL RECORDS OF THE CITY AND COUNTY OF SAN FRANCISCO.

BEING 100 VARA BLOCK NO. 321.

AND AS SUCH EASEMENTS ARE PROVIDED FOR IN THAT CERTAIN DECLARATION ESTABLISHING RECIPROCAL EASEMETNS AND COVENANTS RUNNING WITH THE LAND DATED AS OF JUNE 27, 1988 AND RECORDED JUNE 27, 1988 IN BOOK E624, PAGE 1132, AS INSTRUMENT NO. E196829, AS SUPPLEMENTED BY THAT CERTAIN DECLARATION ESTABLISHING RECIPROCAL EASEMENTS AND COVENANTS RUNNING WITH THE LAND DATED MARCH 30, 1999 AND RECORDED MARCH 31, 1999 IN BOOK H353, PAGE 505, AS INSTRUMENT NO. 99-G541539-00, AND AS AMENDED BY THAT CERTAIN SECOND AMENDMENT TO DECLARATION ESTABLISHING RECIPROCAL EASEMENTS AND COVENANTS RUNNING WITH THE LAND DATED JUNE 23, 2006 AND RECORDED JUNE 28, 2006 IN BOOK J171, PAGE 0021, AS INSTRUMENT NO. 2006-I201148-00, AND AS FURTHER AMENDED BY THAT CERTAIN THIRD AMENDMENT TO DECLARATION ESTABLISHING RECIPROCAL EASEMENTS AND COVENANTS RUNNING WITH THE LAND DATED JUNE 8, 2007 AND RECORDED JUNE 11, 2007, AS INSTRUMENT NO. 2007-I400751, IN THE OFFICIAL RECORDS OF THE CITY AND COUNTY OF SAN FRANCISCO.

 

Exhibit B -67-


RINCON TWO PARCEL:

PARCEL A:

PARCEL ONE, AS SHOWN ON THE PARCEL MAP SHOWING THE SUBDIVISION OF AIRSPACE FILED JUNE 23, 1988, IN BOOK 37 OF PARCEL MAPS, AT PAGES 67-71, INCLUSIVE, OFFICIAL RECORDS OF THE CITY AND COUNTY OF SAN FRANCISCO.

BEING 100 VARA BLOCK NO. 321.

LOT 021, BLOCK 3716.

PARCEL B:

AS AN APPURTENANT TO PARCEL A, REFERRED TO ABOVE, EASEMENTNS OVER PARCELS TWO, THREE AND FOUR, AS SUCH PARCELS ARE SHOWN ON THE PARCEL MAP SHOWING THE SUBDIVISION OF AIRSPACE FILED JUNE 23, 1988, IN BOOK 37 OF PARCEL MAPS, AT PAGES 67-71, INCLUSIVE, OFFICIAL RECORDS OF THE CITY AND COUNTY OF SAN FRANCISCO.

BEING 100 VARA BLOCK NO. 321.

AND AS SUCH EASEMENTS ARE PROVIDED FOR IN THAT CERTAIN DECLARATION ESTABLISHING RECIPROCAL EASEMENTS AND COVENANTS RUNNING WITH THE LAND DATED AS OF JUNE 27, 1988 AND RECORDED JUNE 27, 1988 IN BOOK E624, PAGE 1132, AS INSTRUMENT NO. E196829, AS SUPPLEMENTED BY THAT CERTAIN DECLARATION ESTABLISHING RECIPROCAL EASEMENTS AND COVENANTS RUNNING WITH THE LAND DATED MARCH 30, 1999 AND RECORDED MARCH 31, 1999 IN BOOK H353, PAGE 505, AS INSTRUMENT NO. 99-G541539-00, AND AS AMENDED BY THAT CERTAIN SECOND AMENDMENT TO DECLARATION ESTABLISHING RECIPROCAL EASEMENTS AND COVENANTS RUNNING WITH THE LAND DATED JUNE 23, 2006 AND RECORDED JUNE 28, 2006 IN BOOK J171, PAGE 0021, AS INSTRUMENT NO. 2006-I201148-00, AND AS FURTHER AMENDED BY THAT CERTAIN THIRD AMENDMENT TO DECLARATION ESTABLISHING RECIPROCAL EASEMENTS AND COVENANTS RUNNING WITH THE LAND DATED JUNE 8, 2007 AND RECORDED JUNE 11, 2007, AS INSTRUMENT NO. 2007-I400751, IN THE OFFICIAL RECORDS OF THE CITY AND COUNTY OF SAN FRANCISCO.

 

Exhibit B -68-


EXHIBIT C

TO

RINCON CENTER JV LLC

LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY AGREEMENT

Form of Assignment and Assumption of Membership Interests

RINCON CENTER EQUITY LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “Transferor”), for good and valuable consideration, hereby CONVEYS, TRANSFERS and ASSIGNS, absolutely, to HUDSON RINCON, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “Transferee”), all of the Transferor’s remaining Interest in RINCON CENTER JV LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “Company”), including, without limitation, the Transferor’s rights to its share of all profits, losses and distributions of the Company and the Capital Account of the Transferor in the Company. The Company is presently governed by that certain Limited Liability Company Agreement of RINCON CENTER JV LLC, dated as of December 15, 2010 (the “LLC Agreement”). The Interest transferred hereby is a transfer of the Transferor’s entire remaining Interest in the Company.

Capitalized terms not defined herein shall the meaning set forth for such capitalized terms in the LLC Agreement as defined therein by reference to other instruments.

The Transferor hereby represents, warrants and covenants that it has good and merchantable legal and beneficial title to the Interest, that the Interest is not subject to any mortgages, pledges, liens, encumbrances, subparticipations or any other restrictions, and that it has the full right, power, capacity and authority, and the unrestricted right to sell, convey, transfer and assign the Interest pursuant hereto, subject only to the provisions of the LLC Agreement.

The transfer made hereby is the consummation of the transfer of the Transferor’s Interest under Section 9.6 of the LLC Agreement, and the consideration for the transfer made hereby is as determined in accordance with the LLC Agreement.

Each of the Transferor and the Transferee agrees to execute such agreements and other instruments as may be reasonably necessary to effectuate or confirm the transfer evidenced hereby.

This Assignment and Assumption of Membership Interest may be signed in counterparts, with less than all parties signing a counterpart, but separate counterparts with collectively the signatures of both the Transferor and the Transferee shall constitute an original Instrument of Transfer, and each counterpart or collective counterparts shall each constitute an original Instrument of Transfer.

 

Exhibit C -69-


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Assignment and Assumption of Membership Interest as of the      day of              , 20      .

 

TRANSFEROR

 

a  

 

 

 

By:  

 

  Name:  

 

  Title:  

 

TRANSFEREE

 

a  

 

 

 

By:  

 

  Name:  

 

  Title:  

 

 

Exhibit C -70-


EXHIBIT D

TO

RINCON CENTER JV LLC

LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY AGREEMENT

Form of Non-Foreign Affidavit

Section 1445 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), provides that a transferee of a U.S. real property interest must withhold tax if the transferor is a foreign person. For U.S. tax purposes (including section 1445 of the Code), the owner of a disregarded entity (which has legal title to a U.S. real property interest under local law) will be the transferor of the property and not the disregarded entity. Because Rincon Center Equity LLC is a disregarded entity, its owner, BCSP IV U.S. Investments, L.P. is providing the certification in accordance with Treas. Reg. §1.1445-2(b)(2)(iii). To inform the transferee that withholding of tax is not required upon the disposition of a U.S. real property interest by Rincon Center Equity LLC, the undersigned hereby certifies the following on behalf of Rincon Center Equity LLC and BCSP IV U.S. Investments, L.P.:

 

  1. BCSP IV U.S. Investments, L.P. is not a foreign corporation, foreign partnership, foreign trust, or foreign estate (as those terms are defined in the Code and the Treasury Regulations promulgated thereunder);

 

  2. BCSP IV U.S. Investments, L.P. is not a disregarded entity as defined in Treas. Reg. §1.1445-2(b)(2)(iii);

 

  3. BCSP IV U.S. Investments, L.P.’s U.S. employer identification number is                                          ; and

 

  4. BCSP IV U.S. Investments, L.P.’s office address is                                          .

BCSP IV U.S. Investments, L.P. understands that this certification may be disclosed to the Internal Revenue Service by transferee and that any false statement contained herein could be punished by fine, imprisonment, or both.

Under penalties of perjury I declare that I have examined this certification and to the best of my knowledge and belief it is true, correct, and complete, and I further declare that I have authority to sign this document on behalf of BCSP IV U.S. Investments, L.P.

 

Exhibit D -71-


Date:                           , 200     

 

BCSP IV U.S. Investments, L.P.:  

 

 
By:  

 

  ,
 

 

 
  Hereunto duly authorized  

 

Exhibit D -72-


SCHEDULE “LOAN DOCUMENTS”

TO

RINCON CENTER JV LLC

LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY AGREEMENT

 

1. Loan Agreement dated as of June 27, 2006 and executed by and between Owner and Lender.

 

2. Promissory Note dated as of June 27, 2006 and executed by Owner in favor of Lender in the amount of $106,000,000.00

 

3. Deed of Trust and Security Agreement dated as of June 27, 2006 and executed by Owner in favor of Chicago Title Insurance Company, as trustee, for the benefit of Mortgage Electronic Registration Systems, Inc., as nominee of Lender, and recorded in the Official Records as Instrument No. 2006-I201149, as affected by that certain Partial Release Reconveyance dated April 15, 2008 and recorded in the Official Records as Instrument No. I57512.

 

4. Assignment of Leases and Rents dated as of June 27, 2006 and executed by Owner in favor of Electronic Registration Systems, Inc., as nominee of Lender, and recorded in the Official Records as Instrument No. 2006-I201150.

 

5. Deposit Account Control Agreement dated as of June 27, 2006 and executed by and among Owner, Lender and Bank of America, N.A.

 

6. Cash Management Agreement dated as of June 27, 2006 and executed by and among Owner, Lender, Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. and BCSP IV Property Management LLC.

 

7. Environmental Indemnity Agreement dated as of June 27, 2006 and executed by Owner and Beacon Capital Strategic Partners IV, L.P. in favor of Lender.

 

8. Guaranty of Recourse Obligations dated as of June 27, 2006 and executed by Beacon Capital Strategic Partners IV, L.P. in favor of Lender.

 

9. Partial Limited Guaranty of Collection dated as of June 27, 2006 and executed by BCP Strategic Partners IV, L.P. in favor of Lender.

 

10. Cooperation Agreement dated as of June 27, 2006 and executed by and between Owner and Lender.

 

11. Subordination of Property Management Agreement and Management Fees dated as of June 27, 2006 and executed by Owner in favor of Lender, and consented to by BCSP IV Property Management LLC.

 

Schedule “Loan Document” -73-


12. UCC-1 Financing Statement filed as Instrument No. 2007-I455872, Book J481, Page 808 with the Official Records.

 

13. UCC-1 Financing Statement filed as Instrument No. 2007-I464528, Book J484, Page 180 with the Official Records.

 

14. UCC-1 Financing Statement filed as Instrument No. 20072728029 with the Delaware Secretary of State.

 

15. Certificate of Owner (Rincon Center) dated as of April 15, 2008 and executed by Owner in favor of Lender.

 

16. Consent to Transfer of Development Rights (Rincon Center) dated as of March 17, 2008 and executed by and among Owner, Beacon Capital Strategic Partners IV, L.P. and Lender.

 

17. Release of Certain Guaranteed Obligations dated as of June 8, 2009 and executed by and among Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. f/k/a Wells Fargo Bank Minnesota, N.A., as Trustee for the Registered Holders of Banc of America Commercial Mortgage, Inc., Commercial Mortgage Pass-Through Certificates Series 2006-6 and Beacon Capital Strategic Partners IV, L.P.

 

18. Consent to Transfer of Development Rights (Rincon Center) dated as of April 30, 2008 and executed by and among Owner, Beacon Capital Strategic Partners IV, L.P. and Lender.

 

Schedule “Loan Document” -74-


SCHEDULE “DILUTION EXAMPLE”

TO

RINCON CENTER JV LLC

LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY AGREEMENT

By way of example only:

If

(a) total aggregate Capital Contributions of all Members is $1,000,000, and Member Y contributed $490,000 and Member Z contributed $510,000, and then

(b) the Required Capital Contribution is $100,000 and Member Y contributes its $49,000 and makes a Coverage Contribution equal to $51,000 on behalf of Member Z (and Member Z contributes nothing on account of the Required Capital Contribution), then

(c) A = 490,000 + 49,000 + (2 x 51,000) = 641,000; and B = 1,100,000; and A/B = 58.27% (with A and B having the meaning used in Section 2.4.B. of the Agreement), and

(d) the Percentage Interest of Member Y becomes 58.27% and the Percentage Interest of Member Z becomes 41.73%.

In such case, the post-contribution total capital is $1,100,000 which is shared $641,000 (58.27%) and $459,000 (41.73%) by Members Y and Z, respectively using the new adjusted Percentage Interests. This results in a shift of $51,000 of capital from Member Z to Member Y as shown below:

 

Initial capital

   $ 490,000      $ 510,000     

Required capital

   $ 49,000      $ 0     
   $ 539,000      $ 510,000     

Coverage capital

   $ 51,000       

Pre adjusted capital

   $ 590,000      $ 510,000     

Ending percentage Interests

     58.27     41.73     100.00

Ending capital

     641,000.00        459,000.00        1,100,000.00   

Adjustment amount

     51,000.00        (51,000.00  

 

Schedule “Dilution Example” -75-


SCHEDULE “APPROVED PLAN AND BUDGET”

TO

RINCON CENTER JV LLC

LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY AGREEMENT

[See attached]

 

Schedule “Approved Plan and Budget” -76-


SCHEDULE “MD”

TO

RINCON CENTER JV LLC

LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY AGREEMENT

The following are Major Decisions requiring the unanimous approval of the Members:

A. These Major Decisions apply (i) prior to the Put/Call Outside Date and (ii) after the Put/Call Closing failed to occur due to a Put/Call Termination Election .

1. The merger, consolidation, dissolution, or winding up of the Company or the business of the Company, or the sale, transfer, conveyance or other disposition of development rights with respect to the Property or of all or substantially all of the Property, except as set forth in Section 9.7.

2. Changes in the purposes of the Company or engaging in any other business not included within the purposes of the Company.

3. Making a general assignment of Company property for the benefit of creditors, or appointing, or acquiescing in the appointment of, a custodian or receiver or instituting or consenting to bankruptcy proceedings relating to the Company; Filing of a petition by the Company for a proceeding under any bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization or similar act, or the filing of any consent to any such proceeding against the Company, or any decision not to contest the filing of any such proceeding against the Company.

4. The admission of an additional Member, except Transfers permitted by Article IX; and the sale or issuance of any equity interest in the Company (including options, warrants and other convertible interests), other than through additional Capital Contributions of the Members in accordance with the terms of the Agreement (with the approval of the Members as and to the extent required by Section 2.3.A.).

5. Approval of the Annual Plan in accordance with and subject to Section 3.1.B., and any amendment or modification thereto (other than Permitted Variations), or making any expenditures not within any Approved Budget (other than Permitted Variations and Emergency Costs).

6. The incurrence of new debt (including guarantees and assumption of liabilities) and the refinancing of existing debt other than (i) trade payables in the ordinary course of business of the Company and contemplated by and in accordance with the Approved Budget, and (ii) as otherwise contemplated by and in accordance with the Approved Budget, subject in each case to Permitted Variations and Emergency Costs; and the incurrence of any liens or encumbrances on, or the pledging of, any assets of the Company, or granting by the Company of any guarantees.

 

Schedule “MD” -77-


7. Entering into or terminating any material contract or material arrangement, except as set forth in the Approved Budget.

8. Entering into any lease (including storage and license agreements); Any modification, extension or amendment to, or waiver of any provision of, or termination of, any lease, except for any such modification, extension or amendment made pursuant to a unilateral right or option of the tenant under the lease.

9. Admitting additional Managers.

10. Changing the Company’s name or the name under which the Company conducts its business.

11. Additions, rebuilding, capital improvements, restoration, renovation or remodeling of the Property or any portion thereof, except as provided for in any then applicable Approved Budget, except for Emergency Costs and except for tenant improvements which appear on Schedule “TI” and except for tenant improvements and leasing commissions which result from a new lease or an amendment or modification to an existing lease which has been unanimously approved by the parties pursuant to Item 8 above, as applicable.

12. Incurring any obligations or liabilities as to which a creditor has recourse to the personal assets of any Member.

13. Making, filing, requesting or agreeing to make, or submitting any proposals for any changes to the then existing zoning or rezoning pertaining to the Property or consenting to any zoning changes to the Property, or any other submission of any application, plan or request before or to a governmental authority relating to the development, permitting, entitlement or any other matter materially affecting the Property or the agreement to any material terms, conditions or exactions related thereto.

14. Settling any litigation, arbitration, mediation or other legal or quasi-legal proceedings for an amount which is not covered by insurance.

15. Amending the Certificate or this Agreement (except as set forth in Section 2.4.C.); amending the certificate of formation, limited liability company agreement, or other organizational documents of Owner; or forming any additional subsidiary.

16. Entering into, terminating or otherwise materially modifying any property management or asset management agreement for the Property (subject, however, to Sections 3.5 and 3.8).

17. Any modification or amendment of, or waiver of any provision of, or enforcement of any remedies under the REA.

19. Any modification of the documentation relating to the Loan or the Loan terms.

20. Any delegation by the Manager of its duties or obligations under this Agreement, except pursuant to Section 3.3.B.

 

Schedule “MD” -78-


21. Making a Capital Call except with respect to Emergency Costs, any item included in an Approved Annual Plan, or any matter which has been approved as a Major Decision other than under this item 21.

22. Taking any of the foregoing actions on behalf of Owner.

B. These Major Decisions apply as of and after the Put/Call Outside Date (except if the Put/Call Closing failed to occur due to a Put/Call Termination Election, in which case the Major Decisions list set forth in Section A, above, shall apply) :

1. The merger, consolidation, dissolution, or winding up of the Company or the business of the Company, or the sale, transfer, conveyance or other disposition of development rights with respect to the Property or of all or substantially all of the Property, except as set forth in Section 9.7.

2. Changes in the purposes of the Company or engaging in any other business not included within the purposes of the Company.

3. Making a general assignment of Company property for the benefit of creditors, or appointing, or acquiescing in the appointment of, a custodian or receiver or instituting or consenting to bankruptcy proceedings relating to the Company; Filing of a petition by the Company for a proceeding under any bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization or similar act, or the filing of any consent to any such proceeding against the Company, or any decision not to contest the filing of any such proceeding against the Company.

4. The admission of an additional Member, except Transfers permitted by Article IX; and the sale or issuance of any equity interest in the Company (including options, warrants and other convertible interests), other than through additional Capital Contributions of the Members in accordance with the terms of the Agreement (with the approval of the Members as and to the extent required by Section 2.3.A.).

5. Approval of the Annual Plan in accordance with and subject to Section 3.1.B., and any amendment or modification thereto (other than Permitted Variations), provided that Hudson Member shall not unreasonably withhold, condition or delay its approval thereof; Making any expenditures not within any Approved Budget (other than Permitted Variations and Emergency Costs).

6. Provided that Hudson Member shall not unreasonably withhold, condition or delay its approval of the following: the incurrence of new debt (including guarantees and assumption of liabilities) and the refinancing of existing debt (including the Loan) other than (i) trade payables in the ordinary course of business of the Company as contemplated by and in accordance with the Approved Budget, and (ii) as contemplated by and in accordance with the Approved Budget, subject in each case to Permitted Variations and Emergency Costs; and the incurrence of any liens or encumbrances on, or the pledging of, any assets of the Company, or granting by the Company of any guarantees, other than matters entered into in the ordinary course and not in an aggregate amount in excess of $2,000,000. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event that the Call Right or the Put Right is exercised and Hudson Member defaults in its obligation to pay the Purchase Price or to otherwise fulfill its obligations pursuant to the Call Right or the Put Right on the Agreed Put/Call Closing Date for any reason other than a Put/Call Termination Election, the approval of Hudson Member shall not be required in connection with the refinancing of the Loan, or the incurrence of any lien or encumbrance on, or the pledging of, any assets of the Company, or granting by the Company of any guarantees, in connection with the refinancing of the Loan.

 

Schedule “MD” -79-


7. Entering into or terminating any material contract or arrangement with a Member or any Affiliate thereof, as set forth in Section 3.5.

8. Entering into a lease (not including storage or license agreements): (a) for space at the Property in excess of 20,000 rentable square feet, or (b) the terms of which are not in compliance with the leasing guidelines approved as part of a then applicable Approved Annual Plan (other than any immaterial variation from such guidelines), and any material modification, extension or amendment to, or waiver of any provision of, or termination of, any lease for space at the Property in excess of 20,000 rentable square feet, except for any such modification, extension or amendment made pursuant to a unilateral right or option of the tenant under the lease; provided that Hudson Member shall not otherwise unreasonably withhold, condition or delay its approval pursuant to this Item 8 and that Hudson Member shall be deemed to have approved any matter pursuant to this Item 8 in the event that Hudson Member has not responded to a request for approval from Beacon Member within two (2) Business Days following such request. No other provision of this Schedule “MD” as to encumbrances, contracts, etc. shall apply to leases notwithstanding that a lease would otherwise be included in such other category by legal or common usage.

9. Admitting additional Managers.

10. Changing the Company’s name or the name under which the Company conducts its business.

11. Additions, rebuilding, capital improvements, restoration, renovation or remodeling of the Property or any portion thereof with a cost in excess of one million dollars ($1,000,000), except as provided for in any then applicable Approved Budget, except for Emergency Costs and except for tenant improvements which appear on Schedule “TI” and except for tenant improvements and leasing commissions which result from a new lease or an amendment or modification to an existing lease which is either permitted or has been approved or deemed approved pursuant to Item 8 above; provided, however, that Hudson Member shall not unreasonably withhold, condition or delay its consent to any such additions, rebuilding, capital improvements, restoration, renovation or remodeling of the Property or any portion thereof that do not meet such foregoing parameters.

12. Incurring any obligations or liabilities as to which a creditor has recourse to the personal assets of any Member.

 

Schedule “MD” -80-


13. Making, filing, requesting or agreeing to make, or submitting any proposals for any changes to the then existing zoning or rezoning pertaining to the Property or consenting to any zoning changes to the Property, or any other submission of any application, plan or request before or to a governmental authority relating to the development, permitting, entitlement or any other matter materially affecting the Property or the agreement to any material terms, conditions or exactions related thereto.

14. Settling any litigation, arbitration, mediation or other legal or quasi-legal proceedings for an amount in excess of one million dollars ($1,000,000) which is not covered by insurance.

15. Amending the Certificate or this Agreement (except as set forth in Section 2.4.C.); amending the certificate of formation, limited liability company agreement, or other organizational documents of Owner; or forming any additional subsidiary.

16. Entering into, terminating or otherwise materially modifying any property management or asset management agreement for the Property (subject, however, to Sections 3.5 and 3.8).

17. If the Call Right or the Put Right has not been exercised during the Put/Call Period or if the Call Right or the Put Right has been exercised and the Put/Call Closing has not occurred due to a Put/Call Termination Election, then, any material modification of the Loan Documents shall require the approval of each Member, provided that Hudson Member shall not unreasonably withhold, condition or delay its approval thereof.

18. Any modification or amendment of, or waiver of any provision of, or enforcement of any remedies under the REA.

19. Any delegation by the Manager of its duties or obligations under this Agreement, except pursuant to Section 3.3.B.

20. Making a Capital Call except with respect to Emergency Costs, any item included in an Approved Annual Plan, or any matter which has been approved as a Major Decision other than under this item 21.

21. Taking any of the foregoing actions on behalf of Owner.

 

Schedule “MD” -81-


SCHEDULE “MONTHLY REPORT”

TO

RINCON CENTER JV LLC

LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY AGREEMENT

[See attached]

 

Schedule “Monthly Report” -82-


Beacon Capital Strategic Partners IV, L.P. (US Investments)

Monthly and Quarterly Property Management Report

Report Tabs and Contents

 

             

Requirement

    

Tab #

 

Description

       

Monthly
(Due
15th of
month)

  

Quarterly
(Due

20th of

month)

  

Additional Information

1.

  Executive Summary       X    X   

2.

  Operating Statements - YTD            
 

- Comparative Statement of Operations

        
 

   MRI Report: FS_CSOP

   Financial Format         
 

       Group Summary P&L

   SOPGRP    X    X   

Consolidated Project and Individual
Property Level Reporting

 

       P&L Trial Balance

   SOPDET    X    X   
 

         Basis Types: (Include both on each financial format)

        
 

           Accrual

           
 

           GAAP Elimination

           
 

- Variance Analysis (Excel Schedule)

           
 

   YTD Actual vs. YTD Budget

      X    X    Analysis through Net Cash Flow
              Level: Group Summary
              Scope: 5% and > $5,000/Line Item
              Exception: Explain all rental income variances

3.

  Operating Statements - Reprojection            
 

- Comparative Statement of Operations

        
 

   Kardin Report: (from Reprojection file)

           
 

       Budget Analysis

   Summary Level       X   

Consolidated Project and Individual
Property Level Reporting

 

       Budget Analysis

   Detail Level       X   
 

           To run both reports use:

           
 

               Second File

   Current Year Budget         
 

               Third File

   Current Year Reprojection         
 

- Variance Analysis (Included on Summary Level Kardin report)

        
 

       Ann’l Reprojection vs. Ann’l Budget (Q1, Q2 & Q3)

      X    Analysis through Net Cash Flow
              Scope: 5% and > $5,000/Line item
              Exception: Explain all rental income variances
 

- Per Square Foot Operating Cost Analysis (Excel Schedule)

        
         Comparisons should be made for year to year trends and
       billing estimates vs. annual reprojection.
      X   

Consolidated Project and Individual Property Level Reporting

          

4.

  Balance Sheet            
 

- MRI Report: FS_BALST

   Financial Format         
 

       Summary

   BSFIVPROP       X    Consolidated Project Level Reporting
 

       B/S Trial Balance

   TBBSFIVP       X    Consolidated Project Level Reporting
 

         Basis Types: (Include both on each financial format)

        
 

           Accrual

           
 

           GAAP Elimination

           

5.

  Accounts Receivable            
 

- MRI Report: CM_AGEDDEL

      X    X    Report should be run close to report due date. Note that month is after report period. Include explanation of action taken or planned to be taken.
             

6.

  Leasing Reports            
 

- MRI Report: MRI_CMROLL3

      X    X   
 

- Lease Plan Reprojection (Excel Schedule)

      X    Reprojected rents, TI and leasing costs in the financial statements should be consistent with Lease Plan Reprojection. Highlight any new or changed assumptions in gray.

 

Updated 09.21.09

 

Page 1 of 2

 

Schedule “Monthly Report” -83-


Beacon Capital Strategic Partners IV, L.P. (US Investments)

Monthly and Quarterly Property Management Report

Report Tabs and Contents

 

             

Requirement

    

Tab #

 

Description

       

Monthly
(Due
15th of
month)

  

Quarterly
(Due

20th of

month)

  

Additional Information

7.

  Other Supplemental Schedules            
 

- Rent Analysis

           
 

   Kardin Report: (from Reprojection file)

        
 

       Leasing

   Kardin Rent Roll       X   
 

- Recovery Income

           
 

   Kardin Report: (from Reprojection file)

        
 

       Office/Retail Tenant Recoveries

   Recoveries Calculation       X   
     Rec. Schedules       X   
     Expense Schedules-Cat.+ Detail       X    Only include expense pools for current reforecast
 

- Parking/Amenities Report(s)

      X    X   

8.

  Capital Expenditure Analysis            
 

- Kardin Report: (from Reprojection file)

        
 

       GL Sch. (Budget Report)

   0142-0001 BI-Escalatable       X   
     0142-0002 BI-Non Escalatable       X   
     0145-0005 BI-Redevelopment       X   
 

- Capital page from Capital-TI-Leasing Schedule (Excel)

      X   

9.

  Tenant Improvement/Deferred Leasing Analysis         
 

- Kardin Report: (from Reprojection file)

        
 

       Leasing Activity by Date report

         X   
 

- Leasing Cost Tracker (Excel)

         X   

 

Updated 09.21.09

 

Page 2 of 2

 

Schedule “Monthly Report” -84-


SCHEDULE “TI”

TO

RINCON CENTER JV LLC

LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY AGREEMENT

 

Deem Sum International, Inc. dba Yank Sing

   $ 16,974.86   

 

Schedule “TI” -85-


SCHEDULE “WORKING CAPITAL ADJUSTMENT”

TO

RINCON CENTER JV LLC

LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY AGREEMENT

At or before the Put/Call Closing (or at the closing of the purchase and sale of Hudson Member’s Interest pursuant to the Hudson Buy-Out or the Buy-Out (the “ Hudson Closing ”)) (the Put/Call Closing and the Hudson Closing, collectively, “ Closing ”), Beacon Member will prepare and Hudson Member shall approve a balance sheet (the “ Closing Balance Sheet ”) reflecting the Current Assets and Current Liabilities (each as defined below) of the Owner as of the Closing. The Working Capital (as defined below) set forth on the Closing Balance Sheet shall be the “ Working Capital Adjustment Amount. ” To the extent the Working Capital Adjustment Amount is a positive number, such shall be herein called the “Positive WCA Amount” . To the extent that the Working Capital Adjustment Amount is a negative number, such shall be herein called the “ Negative WCA Amount” .

Within one hundred twenty (120) days after the Closing, Beacon Member shall deliver to Hudson Member for its review, audit and approval a final reconciliation of the Closing Balance Sheet together with worksheets which show in reasonable detail any adjustments and the basis of any adjustments to the Closing Balance Sheet, and which is prepared in a manner consistent with the final 2009 audited balance sheet for the Owner reflecting all necessary and expected entries needed for reporting on a United States federal income tax basis, unless otherwise stated in the Contribution Agreement or this Agreement (the “ Final Balance Sheet ”). Within five (5) Business Days following the completion of an agreement regarding the Final Balance Sheet, (i) if the Working Capital shown on the Final Balance Sheet (the “ Final Working Capital ”) exceeds the Working Capital Adjustment Amount, in the case of the Put/Call Closing, Hudson Member shall pay to Beacon Member an amount equal to forty nine percent (49%) of such difference, and in the case of the Hudson Closing, Beacon Member shall pay to Hudson Member an amount equal to fifty one percent (51%) of such difference; and (ii) if the Working Capital Adjustment Amount exceeds the Final Working Capital, in the case of the Put/Call Closing, Beacon Member shall pay to Hudson Member an amount equal to forty nine percent (49%) of such difference, and in the case of the Hudson Closing, Hudson Member shall pay to Beacon Member an amount equal to fifty one percent (51%) of such difference.

As used above:

Working Capital ” means Current Assets minus Current Liabilities.

Current Assets ” means and includes all accounts receivable, cash and cash equivalents (including Security Deposits), prepaid expenses (including insurance), mortgage escrows and all other current assets of the Owner, excluding any TDR Escrows.

Current Liabilities ” means and includes the sum of all accounts payable and accrued obligations on a full accrual basis, one hundred percent (100%) of prepaid rents, contingent obligations that are probable and estimable with the exception of the amount included in the TI Reserve, accrued expenses, accrued taxes, accrued interest, liabilities for Security Deposits (as defined in the Contribution Agreement) and all other current liabilities of Owner.

 

Schedule “Working Capital Adjustment” -86-


SCHEDULE “PUT/CALL CONDITIONS”

TO

RINCON CENTER JV LLC

LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY AGREEMENT

A. Beacon Member and BCSP IV Representations. As a material inducement for Hudson Member to consummate the Put/Call Closing, Beacon Member and BCSP IV shall represent to Hudson Member, as of the Put/Call Closing, as follows (the “ Express Representations ”):

 

  1. Organization . BCSP IV, Beacon Member and Owner are duly formed and validly existing under the laws of the jurisdiction of its organization.

 

  2. Authority/Consent. BCSP IV and Beacon Member possess all requisite power, authority and consents, and have taken all actions required by their respective organizational documents and applicable law, to execute and deliver the documents to be executed and delivered by BCSP IV and Beacon Member under Section 9.6 of the Agreement and will, by Closing, have taken all actions required by their respective organizational documents and applicable law to consummate the transactions contemplated by the Put/Call Closing.

 

  3. Bankruptcy . No bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization or similar action or proceeding, whether voluntary or involuntary, is pending, or, to Beacon Member’s knowledge, has been threatened in writing, against BCSP IV or Beacon Member.

 

  4. Employees . Owner has no employees.

 

  5. Foreign Person . Neither BCSP IV nor Beacon Member is a “foreign person,” “foreign trust” or “foreign corporation” (as those terms are defined in the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and related Income Tax Regulations).

 

  6. No Conflicts. The execution and delivery of the documents to be executed and delivered by Beacon Member or BCSP IV under Section 9.6 of the Agreement and the consummation by Beacon Member or BCSP IV of the transactions contemplated thereby will not: (i) violate any law, judgment, order, injunction, or decree to which BCSP IV, Beacon Member, Owner, or the Property are subject, or (ii) conflict with, result in a breach of, or constitute a default under the organizational documents of BCSP IV, Beacon Member or Owner or any lease, mortgage, loan agreement, covenant, or other agreement or instrument to which BCSP IV, Beacon Member or Owner is a party or by which BCSP IV, Beacon Member, Owner or the Property is bound.

 

  7. OFAC. Neither BCSP IV nor Beacon Member nor, to Beacon Member’s knowledge, any of their respective equity owners nor their respective officers or directors, is a person or entity with whom U.S. persons or entities are restricted from doing business under regulations of the Office of Foreign Asset Control of the Department of the Treasury (“ OFAC ”), (including those named on OFAC’s Specially Designated and Blocked Persons List) or under any similar statute, executive order (including the September 24, 2001, Executive Order Blocking Property and Prohibiting Transactions with Persons Who Commit, Threaten to Commit, or Support Terrorism) or other similar governmental action.

 

Schedule “Put/Call Conditions” -87-


  8. Litigation . Except for any claims (such as slip and fall and similar claims) and resulting litigation that are covered by Owner’s and BCSP IV’s insurance, to Beacon Member’s knowledge, no action, suit or other proceeding (including, but not limited to, any condemnation action) or unsatisfied order or judgment that relates to any period prior to the Effective Date is pending or has been threatened in writing that concerns or involves the Property, Owner, or BCSP IV, which if determined adversely to Owner or BCSP IV, would materially and adversely affect the use or value of the Property or affect Beacon Member’s or BCSP IV’s ability to fulfill its obligations under Section 9.6 of the Agreement.

 

  9. Contracts . To Beacon Member’s knowledge, except for the Contracts referenced on Schedule 9 [List of Contracts as of Put/Call Closing to be attached as of Put/Call Closing] (and the Leases, Licenses and Loan Documents), there are no material contracts or agreements to which Owner is bound relating any matter, including but not limited to, construction, architectural services, parking, maintenance or other supplies or services, management, leasing or brokerage services, or any equipment leases that are currently in effect and will be in effect after Closing.

 

  10. Leases . Except for the Leases and Licenses, and all amendments thereto, referenced on Schedule 10 [List of Leases and Licenses as of Put/Call Closing to be attached as of Put/Call Closing], there are no leases, rental agreements, license agreements or other occupancy agreements currently in effect which will affect the Property after Put/Call Closing.

 

  11. Violations of Law . On or before the Effective Date, neither BCSP IV nor Owner received written notice from any governmental authority of any material violation of any federal, state, county or municipal laws, ordinances, orders, regulations and requirements affecting the Property or any portion thereof (including the conduct of business operations thereon), or otherwise involving Owner, which violation remained unresolved as of the Put/Call Closing and which violation would materially and adversely affect the Property or the operation thereof, or the financial position of Owner.

B . Definitions . Capitalized terms used on this Schedule but not defined shall have the meanings ascribed thereto in the Agreement and, if not defined in the Agreement, shall have the meanings ascribed thereto in the Contribution Agreement. For purposes of this Schedule, “ Hudson Agent ” shall mean Hudson OP Management, LLC, its agents and employees. For purposes of this Schedule, the phrase “ to Beacon Member’s knowledge ” means the best knowledge, after due inquiry, of McClure Kelly. There shall be no personal liability on the part of McClure Kelly arising out of any representations or warranties made herein or otherwise.

 

Schedule “Put/Call Conditions” -88-


D. Material Change . If at the Put/Call Closing, BCSP IV and/or Beacon Member obtains knowledge of any fact or circumstance which would materially and adversely change one of its Express Representations set forth above, then BCSP IV and/or Beacon Member shall modify such Express Representation set forth above to give notice of such changed fact or circumstance to Hudson Member. If there is a Material Change (as defined below) to any of the Express Representations at the Put/Call Closing, or if Hudson Member or Hudson Agent has or obtains knowledge of any fact which would constitute a Material Change to any Express Representation, Hudson Member shall have the option to (i) waive the Material Change and proceed with the Put/Call Closing, or (ii) elect not to consummate the Put/Call Closing, in which event Section 9.6 of the Agreement shall be of no further force and effect (a “ Put/Call Termination Election ”). Any such election shall be made by Hudson Member not later than the Agreed Put/Call Closing Date. If there is a Material Change to the Express Representations and, on or before the Agreed Put/Call Closing Date, Hudson Member does not elect either (i) or (ii) above, then Hudson Member shall be deemed to have elected option (i) above to acquire the Interest of the Beacon Member on the terms set forth in Section 9.6 of the Agreement, and waived all remedies at law or in equity with respect to the Express Representations resulting from any Material Change.

For purposes of this Schedule, “Material Change” shall mean (a) any material adverse change to the Express Representations set forth in Items 1 through 7 above, and (b) with respect to each of the Express Representations set forth in Items 8 through 11 above, any material adverse change in such Express Representation which, in the reasonable estimate of Beacon Member and Hudson Member, would cost in excess of $1,850,000.00 to restore to the condition represented or warranted by BCSP IV and Beacon Member; provided, however, that “Material Adverse Change” shall not include any change to the Express Representations due to any condition or fact (x) of which Hudson Member or Hudson Agent had actual knowledge or was deemed to have actual knowledge prior to the Effective Date, (y) which was caused by, consented to or authorized by Hudson Member or the Hudson Agent, or (z) which BCSP IV agrees to indemnify Hudson Member for (provided, however, that, notwithstanding the foregoing, BCSP IV shall only be permitted to indemnify Hudson Member for liquidated monetary amounts that are readily discernible (provided that the foregoing shall not apply to any matter which materially and adversely affects the operation and use of, and the net operating income generated by, the Property).

E. Survival . The Express Representations shall survive the Put/Call Closing for a period of six (6) months (“ Survival Period ”). Hudson Member shall provide Beacon Member with written notice (a “ Notice of Breach ”) of any alleged breach or failure of any Express Representation specifying the nature thereof within five (5) Business Days after Hudson Member’s discovery of such alleged breach or failure. Hudson Member shall commence any action, suit, or proceeding with respect to any breach or failure that is the subject of the Notice of Breach, if at all, on or before the date that is thirty (30) days after the expiration of the Survival Period (the “ Suit Deadline ”). BCSP IV and Beacon Member acknowledge and agree that the resolution of such action, suit, or proceeding may not occur until after the expiration of the Survival Period and the Survival Period shall be deemed to be tolled with respect to (and only with respect to) any alleged breach or failure of an Express Representation of which Beacon Member receives a Notice of Breach before the expiration of the Survival Period, provided Hudson Member files an action, suit or proceeding with respect thereto prior to the Suit Deadline. Notwithstanding the foregoing to the contrary, neither BCSP IV nor Beacon Member shall have any liability in connection with this Agreement by reason of any inaccuracy of an Express Representation if, and to the extent that, such inaccuracy is disclosed to Hudson Member at the time of or prior to the Put/Call Closing, and Hudson elects, nevertheless, to consummate the transaction contemplated by Section 9.6 of the Agreement.

 

Schedule “Put/Call Conditions” -89-


F. Breach of an Express Representation . If any of the Express Representations should be false in any material respect when made and Hudson Member or Hudson Agent shall first obtain knowledge of same after the Put/Call Closing, then Hudson shall give Beacon Member written notice of such false Express Representation or breach or default prior to the expiration of the Survival Period and Beacon Member shall have fifteen (15) Business Days from the date of receipt of such notice to cure such breach. If Beacon Member fails to cure such breach within such fifteen (15) Business Day period, and the actual losses or damages sustained as a result of such false Express Representations exceeds One Hundred Fifty Thousand Dollars ($150,000.00), then Hudson Member shall have the right to bring an action against Beacon Member and BCSP IV for the actual damages suffered by Hudson Member due to such false Express Representation, provided that, in no event shall Beacon Member or BCSP IV be liable to Hudson Member for breach of any Express Representations in an aggregate amount in excess of One Million Dollars ($1,000,000.00).

G. Hudson Member Representations . As a material inducement for Beacon Member to consummate the Put/Call Closing, Hudson Member shall represent to Beacon Member, as of the Put/Call Closing, as follows:

1. Organization . Hudson Member is duly formed, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the jurisdiction of its organization and is qualified to transact business in the jurisdiction where the Property is located.

2. Authority/Consent . Hudson Member possesses all requisite power, authority and consents, and has taken all actions required by its organizational documents and applicable law, to execute and deliver this Agreement and will, by the Put/Call Closing, have taken all actions required by its organizational documents and applicable law to consummate the transactions contemplated in this Agreement.

3. OFAC. Neither Hudson Member nor any of its equity owners, nor to Hudson Member’s knowledge any of their respective officers or directors, is a person or entity with whom U.S. persons or entities are restricted from doing business under regulations of OFAC (including those named on OFAC’s Specially Designated and Blocked Persons List) or under any similar statute, executive order (including the September 24, 2001, Executive Order Blocking Property and Prohibiting Transactions with Persons Who Commit, Threaten to Commit, or Support Terrorism) or other similar governmental action.

 

Schedule “Put/Call Conditions” -90-


4. No Conflicts. The execution and delivery of this Agreement by Hudson Member and the consummation by Hudson Member of the transactions contemplated hereby will not: (i) violate any law, judgment, order, injunction, or decree to which Hudson Member is subject, or (ii) conflict with, result in a breach of, or constitute a default under the organizational documents of Hudson Member or any lease, mortgage, loan agreement, covenant, or other agreement or instrument to which Hudson Member is a party or by which Hudson Member is bound.

5. Bankruptcy . No bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization or similar action or proceeding, whether voluntary or involuntary, is pending, or, to Hudson Member’s knowledge, has been threatened in writing, against Hudson Member.

 

Schedule “Put/Call Conditions” -91-


DAMAGE AND CONDEMNATION

A. Major Casualty . If, prior to the Put/Call Closing, all or any portion of the Property is damaged by fire or any other cause whatsoever (“ Casualty ”), and either:

(1) the cost for repairing such damage is more than Fifteen Million Dollars ($15,000,000.00) (as determined by Beacon Member’s independent insurer), or

(2) such Casualty is not covered by Owner’s insurance and for which the cost of repair or restoration exceeds Five Million Dollars ($5,000,000.00), or

(3) as of the Put/Call Closing any one of National Union Fire Insurance Company of Pittsburgh, PA (dba AIG), AT&T Services, Inc., Deem Sum International, Inc. (dba Yank Sing) and the State of California (with respect to its lease of 23,004 net usable square feet for Suite 460 (Board of Equilization), Suite 400 (Franchise Tax Board) and Basement Storage Space) would have the right to terminate its lease at the Property as a result of Owner’s failure to repair or restore such Casualty (any of the foregoing in clause (1), (2) or (3), a “ Major Casualty ”), then

Hudson Member shall have the option, exercisable prior to the Agreed Put/Call Closing Date, to either (i) receive a credit for the amount of the deductible or any other uninsured amount (such other uninsured amount not to exceed Five Million Dollars ($5,000,000.00)) plus all insurance proceeds received by Beacon Member as a result of such loss, or an assignment of Beacon Member’s rights to such insurance proceeds, and the Put/Call Closing shall occur with no reduction in the Purchase Price, and Beacon Member shall have no liability or obligation to repair such damage or to replace the Property; or (ii) elect not to consummate the Put/Call Closing (a “ Put/Call Termination Election ”) in which case the provisions of Section 9.6.G. of the Agreement shall apply with the following modifications:

Beacon Member shall have the obligation, within five (5) Business Days after receipt of Hudson Member’s Put/Call Termination Election, to elect to proceed with either the Buy-Out or the Forced Sale, and (I) the consummation of either such transaction shall occur within one hundred twenty (120) days following the date of Hudson Member’s Put/Call Termination Election, and (II) in the event that Beacon Member elects to proceed with the Forced Sale and the consummation of such transaction is not consummated within the aforementioned one hundred twenty (120) day period, then Beacon Member shall proceed with the Buy-Out which transaction will close no later than thirty (30) days following the expiration of such one hundred twenty (120) day period.

B. Other Casualty . In the case of any Casualty that is not a Major Casualty, then Hudson Member shall have the right at the Put/Call Closing to receive a credit for the amount of any unpaid deductible or any other uninsured amount (such other uninsured amount not to exceed Five Million Dollars ($5,000,000.00)) plus all insurance proceeds received by Beacon Member as a result of such Casualty, or an assignment of Beacon Member’s rights to such insurance proceeds, and the Put/Call Closing shall occur without reduction in the Purchase Price, and Beacon Member shall have no further liability or obligation to repair such damage or to replace the Property.

 

Schedule “Put/Call Conditions” -92-


C. Condemnation and Eminent Domain. If any condemnation proceedings are instituted, or notice of intent to condemn is given, with respect to all or any portion of the Property, Beacon Member shall promptly upon obtaining knowledge thereof notify Hudson Member thereof (“ Taking Notice ”). If the condemnation will not result in a material and adverse effect (as hereinafter defined) on the Property, the parties shall proceed to Closing. In the event that such condemnation will result in a material and adverse effect on the Property, Hudson Member shall have the option, which shall be exercised by written notice to Beacon Member within five (5) Business Days after its receipt of the Taking Notice, either (i) make a Put/Call Termination Election, or (ii) to consummate the purchase of Beacon Member’s Interest without a reduction of the Purchase Price, in which event Beacon Member shall assign or pay to Hudson Member at the Put/Call Closing all of Beacon Member’s right, title, and interest in any award payable on account of the condemnation proceeding and/or pay to Hudson Member all such awards previously paid to Beacon Member. For the purposes of this section 4, “material and adverse effect” shall include, but not be limited to, any reduction in the amount of any of the rentable square footage of the Improvements, the reduction in the number of parking spaces at the Property, or the permanent, material disruption of access to the Property. Failure to give notice of Hudson Member’s election within such five (5) Business Day period shall be deemed an election by Hudson Member to proceed to the Put/Call Closing.

 

Schedule “Put/Call Conditions” -93-


SCHEDULE “SPECIFIED LINE ITEMS”

TO

RINCON CENTER JV LLC

LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY AGREEMENT

Cleaning

Utilities

Repairs and Maintenance

Grounds and Security

Management Fee

Administrative

Insurance

Real Estate Taxes

Non-Escalatable Expenses

 

Schedule “Specified Line Items” -94-

Exhibit 10.50

AMENDMENT NO. 1 AND WAIVER TO

CREDIT AGREEMENT

AMENDMENT NO. 1 AND WAIVER TO CREDIT AGREEMENT, dated as of December 10, 2010 (this “ Amendment ”), to the Credit Agreement, dated as of June 29, 2010 (the “ Credit Agreement ”), among HUDSON PACIFIC PROPERTIES, INC., a Maryland corporation (the “ REIT ”), HUDSON PACIFIC PROPERTIES, L.P., a Maryland limited partnership (the “ Borrower ”), the several banks and other financial institutions or entities from time to time parties to the Credit Agreement (the “ Lenders ”), BARCLAYS CAPITAL INC., the investment banking division of Barclays Bank PLC, and BANC OF AMERICA SECURITIES LLC, as joint lead arrangers and joint bookrunners (in such capacity, collectively, the “ Arrangers ”), BANK OF AMERICA, N.A., as syndication agent (in such capacity, the “ Syndication Agent ”), and BARCLAYS BANK PLC, as administrative agent (in such capacity, the “ Administrative Agent ”).

W I T N E S S E T H:

WHEREAS, the Borrower has requested that the Lenders amend and waive certain provisions of the Credit Agreement;

WHEREAS, the Borrower has also requested that the Lender approve the addition of that certain 144,440 square foot office/retail project, located at 222 Kearny Street, San Francisco, CA (“ 222 Kearny ”) and that certain 1,054,631 square foot office/retail project, located at 1455 Market Street, San Francisco, CA (“ Market Street ”) as Borrowing Base Properties; and

WHEREAS, the Lenders have agreed to make such amendments solely upon the terms and conditions provided for in this Amendment;

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises herein contained and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt of which is hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto agree as follows:

1. Defined Terms . Unless otherwise noted herein, terms defined in the Credit Agreement and used herein shall have the meanings given to them in the Credit Agreement.

2. Amendment to Section 1.1 of the Credit Agreement (Defined Terms) .

(a) The definition of the term “Consolidated Debt Service Coverage Amount” is hereby amended by inserting the following proviso following the words “within the applicable building”:

“and, provided further , solely for the purpose of determining the Consolidated Debt Service Coverage Amount during such four fiscal quarter period for that certain 1,054,631 square foot office/retail project, located at 1455 Market Street, San Francisco, CA (“ Market


Street ”) and to the extent the Net Operating Income for such four fiscal quarter period does not include the contractual aggregate gross revenues or expenses allocated to Market Street for Bank of America, N.A. or U.S. Army Corps of Engineers, Net Operating Income for Market Street shall be adjusted accordingly, to include contractual aggregate gross revenues and expenses on a pro forma basis, in a manner reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent.”.

(b) Clause (v)(H) of the definition of the term “Eligible Borrowing Base Property” is hereby is amended in its entirety to read as follows:

“(H) estoppels and subordination and nondisturbance and attornment agreements from all Tenants subject to a Major Lease at such Real Property as the Administrative Agent reasonably deems to be necessary, and”.

3. Waiver to Section 5.3 of the Credit Agreement (Conditions to the Addition of a Borrowing Base Property) . Section 5.3(a)(i) of the Credit Agreement is hereby waived solely with respect to that certain 286,270 square foot office/retail project, located at 875 Howard Street, San Francisco, CA and solely to the extent the Occupancy Rate is less than 80% as required by clause (iii) of the definition of “Eligible Borrowing Base Property”; provided that the Occupancy Rate for 875 Howard is not less than 60%.

4. Approval under Section 5.3 of the Credit Agreement (Conditions to the Addition of a Borrowing Base Property) . Pursuant to Section 5.3(a)(iii), the Required Lenders and the Administrative Agent hereby approve the addition as Borrowing Base Office Properties of (i) 222 Kearny and (ii) Market Street, subject, in the case of each such property, to the satisfaction of the other conditions set forth in Section 5.3 of the Credit Agreement for such property.

5. Conditions to Effectiveness . This Amendment shall become effective upon the date on which the following conditions have been satisfied (the “ Amendment Effective Date ”):

(a) Amendment . The Administrative Agent shall have received this Amendment, executed and delivered by a duly authorized officer of the REIT, the Borrower, the Supermajority Lenders with respect to Section 2 and Section 3 and the Required Lenders with respect to Section 4.

(b) Acknowledgment and Consent . The Administrative Agent shall have received an Acknowledgment and Consent (the “ Acknowledgment and Consent ”), substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto, duly executed and delivered by the Borrower, the REIT, the Guarantors and each Grantor (as defined in the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement).

(c) Other Lender Expenses . The Administrative Agent shall have received all fees required to be paid, and all expenses for which invoices have been presented supported by customary documentation (including reasonable fees, disbursements and other charges of counsel to the Administrative Agent), on or before the Amendment Effective Date.

 

2


(d) Corporate Actions . On or before the Amendment Effective Date, all corporate and other proceedings taken or to be taken in connection with this Amendment shall be reasonably satisfactory in form and substance to the Administrative Agent and its counsel, and the Administrative Agent and such counsel shall have received all such counterpart originals or certified copies of such documents as the Administrative Agent may reasonably request.

6. Representations and Warranties . The Borrower hereby represents and warrants to the Administrative Agent and each Lender that (before and after giving effect to this Amendment):

(a) Each Loan Party has the corporate, limited liability company or partnership power and authority, and the legal right, to make, deliver and perform this Amendment and the Acknowledgment and Consent (the “ Amendment Documents ”) to which it is a party.

(b) Each Loan Party has taken all necessary corporate, limited liability company or partnership or other action to authorize the execution, delivery and performance of the Amendment Documents to which it is a party. No consent or authorization of, filing with, notice to or other act by or in respect of, any Governmental Authority or any other Person is required in connection with the Amendment Documents or the execution, delivery, performance, validity or enforceability of this Amendment or the Acknowledgment and Consent, except (i) consents, authorizations, filings and notices which have been obtained or made and are in full force and effect and (ii) the filings referred to in Section 4.19 of the Credit Agreement. Each Amendment Document has been duly executed and delivered on behalf of each Loan Party that is a party thereto. Each Amendment Document constitutes a legal, valid and binding obligation of each Loan Party that is a party thereto, enforceable against each such Loan Party in accordance with its terms, except as enforceability may be limited by applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or similar laws affecting the enforcement of creditors’ rights generally and by general equitable principles (whether enforcement is sought by proceedings in equity or at law).

(c) The execution, delivery and performance of the Amendment Documents will not violate any Requirement of Law or any Contractual Obligation of the Borrower or any of its respective Subsidiaries and will not result in, or require, the creation or imposition of any Lien on any of their respective properties or revenues pursuant to any Requirement of Law or any such Contractual Obligation (other than the Liens created by the Security Documents).

(d) Each of the representations and warranties made by any Loan Party herein or in or pursuant to the Loan Documents is true and correct in all material respects on and as of the Amendment Effective Date as if made on and as of such date (except that any representation or warranty which by its terms is made as of an earlier date shall be true and correct in all material respects as of such earlier date).

 

3


(e) The Borrower and the other Loan Parties have performed in all material respects all agreements and satisfied all conditions which this Amendment provides shall be performed or satisfied by the Borrower or the other Loan Parties on or before the Amendment Effective Date.

(f) After giving effect to this Amendment, no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, or will result from the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Amendment.

7. Payment of Expenses . The Borrower agrees to pay or reimburse the Administrative Agent for all of its reasonable out-of-pocket costs and expenses incurred in connection with this Amendment, any other documents prepared in connection herewith and the transactions contemplated hereby, including, without limitation, the reasonable fees and disbursements of counsel to the Administrative Agent.

8. Limited Effect . All of the terms and provisions of the Credit Agreement and the other Loan Documents are and shall remain in full force and effect. The amendments contained herein shall not be construed as a waiver or amendment of any other provision of the Credit Agreement or the other Loan Documents or for any purpose except as expressly set forth herein or a consent to any further or future action on the part of the Borrower that would require the waiver or consent of the Administrative Agent or the Lenders.

9. GOVERNING LAW; Miscellaneous . (a)  THIS AMENDMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED AND INTERPRETED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.

(b) This Amendment may be executed by one or more of the parties to this Agreement on any number of separate counterparts, and all of said counterparts taken together shall be deemed to constitute one and the same instrument. A set of the copies of this Amendment signed by all the parties shall be lodged with the Administrative Agent and the Borrower. Delivery of an executed signature page of this Amendment by facsimile transmission shall be effective as delivery of a manually executed counterpart hereof.

(c) The execution and delivery of this Amendment by any Lender shall be binding upon each of its successors and assigns (including assignees of its Loans in whole or in part prior to effectiveness hereof).

10. No Offsets . The Borrower and the Guarantors hereby acknowledge and agree that as of the date of the execution of this Amendment there are no offsets, counterclaims or defenses of any nature whatsoever with respect to the Obligations or any of the Loan Documents.

[REMAINDER OF PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]

 

4


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Amendment to be duly executed and delivered by their respective proper and duly authorized officers as of the day and year first above written.

 

HUDSON PACIFIC PROPERTIES, INC.,

    a Maryland corporation

By:   / S / M ARK L AMMAS
Name:   Mark Lammas
Title:   CFO

 

HUDSON PACIFIC PROPERTIES, L.P.,

    a Maryland limited partnership

By: Hudson Pacific Properties, Inc.,

    a Maryland corporation, its General Partner

By:   / S / M ARK L AMMAS
Name:   Mark Lammas
Title:   CFO

[Signature Page to Amendment No. 1]


BARCLAYS BANK PLC, as Administrative Agent
By:   / S / C RAIG M ALLOY
Name:   Craig Malloy
Title:   Director

[Signature Page to Amendment No. 1]


Bank of America, N.A.
By:   / S / J AMES P. J OHNSON
Name:   James P. Johnson
Title:   Senior Vice President

[Signature Page to Amendment No. 1]


KeyBank National Association, as a Lender
By:   / S / J ASON R. W EAVER
Name:   Jason R. Weaver
Title   Senior Vice President

[Signature Page to Amendment No. 1]


Wells Fargo Bank, National Association
By:   / S / K EVIN A. S TACKER
Name:   Kevin A. Stacker
Title:   Vice President

[Signature Page to Amendment No. 1]


Bank of Montreal
By:   / S / L INDA C. H AVEN
Name:   Linda C. Haven
Title:   Managing Director

[Signature Page to Amendment No. 1]


Morgan Stanley Senior Funding, Inc.
By:   / S / D OMINIC Z ANGARI
Name:   Dominic Zangari
Title:   Vice President

[Signature Page to Amendment No. 1]


EXHIBIT A

ACKNOWLEDGEMENT AND CONSENT

Reference is made to the AMENDMENT NO. 1 AND WAIVER TO CREDIT AGREEMENT, dated as of December [            ], 2010 (the “ Amendment ”), to the Credit Agreement, dated as of June 29, 2010 (the “ Credit Agreement ”), among HUDSON PACIFIC PROPERTIES, INC., a Maryland corporation (the “ REIT ”), HUDSON PACIFIC PROPERTIES, L.P., a Maryland limited partnership (the “ Borrower ”), the several banks and other financial institutions or entities from time to time parties to the Credit Agreement (the “ Lenders ”), BARCLAYS CAPITAL INC., the investment banking division of Barclays Bank PLC, and BANC OF AMERICA SECURITIES LLC, as joint lead arrangers and joint bookrunners (in such capacity, collectively, the “ Arrangers ”), BANK OF AMERICA, N.A., as syndication agent (in such capacity, the “ Syndication Agent ”), and BARCLAYS BANK PLC, as administrative agent (in such capacity, the “ Administrative Agent ”). Unless otherwise defined herein, capitalized terms used herein and defined in the Credit Agreement are used herein as therein defined.

Each of the undersigned parties to the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement and the other Security Documents hereby (a) consents to the transactions contemplated by the Amendment and (b) acknowledges and agrees that the guarantees and grants of security interests made by such party contained in the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement and the other Security Documents are, and shall remain, in full force and effect after giving effect to the Amendment.


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Acknowledgement and Consent to be duly executed and delivered by their respective proper and duly authorized officers as of the day first written above.

 

HUDSON PACIFIC PROPERTIES, INC.,

    a Maryland corporation

By:    
Name:  
Title:  

 

HUDSON PACIFIC PROPERTIES, L.P.,

    a Maryland limited partnership

By: Hudson Pacific Properties, Inc.,

    a Maryland corporation,

    its General Partner

By:    
Name:  
Title:  

[Signature Page to Acknowledgement and Consent]


HFOP ASSOCIATES, LLC,

a Delaware limited liability company

By: Hudson Office Properties, LLC,

    a Delaware limited liability company,

    its Sole Member

    By: Hudson Pacific Properties, L.P.,

        a Maryland limited partnership,

        its Sole Member

By: Hudson Pacific Properties, Inc.,

    a Maryland corporation,

    its General Partner

By:    
Name:  
Title:  

[Signature Page to Acknowledgement and Consent]

 


HFOP CITY PLAZA, LLC,

a Delaware limited liability company

HFOP Associates, LLC,

    a Delaware limited liability company,

    its Sole Member

    By: Hudson Office Properties, LLC,

        a Delaware limited liability company,

        its Sole Member

        By: Hudson Pacific Properties, L.P.,

            a Maryland limited partnership,

            its Sole Member

    By: Hudson Pacific Properties, Inc.,

        a Maryland corporation,

        its General Partner

By:    
Name:  
Title:  

 

HOWARD STREET ASSOCIATES LLC,

    a Delaware limited liability company

By: Hudson Pacific Properties, L.P.,

    a Maryland limited partnership,

    its Sole Member

    By: Hudson Pacific Properties, Inc.,

        a Maryland corporation,

        its General Partner

By:    
Name:  
Title:  

[Signature Page to Acknowledgement and Consent]

 

 


HUDSON DEL AMO OFFICE, LLC,

a Delaware limited liability company

By: Hudson Pacific Properties, L.P.,

    a Maryland limited partnership,

    its Sole Member

    By: Hudson Pacific Properties, Inc.,

        a Maryland corporation,

        its General Partner

By:    
Name:  
Title:  

 

HUDSON OFFICE PROPERTIES, LLC,

    a Delaware limited liability company

By: Hudson Pacific Properties, L.P.,

    a Maryland limited partnership,

    its Sole Member

    By: Hudson Pacific Properties, Inc.,

        a Maryland corporation,

        its General Partner

By:    
Name:  
Title:  

 

HUDSON PACIFIC SERVICES, INC.,

    a Maryland corporation

By:    
Name:  
Title:  

[Signature Page to Acknowledgement and Consent]


HUDSON SUNSET GOWER, LLC,

    a Delaware limited liability company

By: Hudson Pacific Properties, L.P.,

    a Maryland limited partnership,

    its Sole Member

    By: Hudson Pacific Properties, Inc.,

        a Maryland corporation,

        its General Partner

By:    
Name:  
Title:  

[Signature Page to Acknowledgment and Consent]


SGS HOLDINGS, LLC,

a Delaware limited liability company

By: SGS Realty I, LLC,

    a Delaware limited liability company,

    its Sole Member

    By: SGS Realty II, LLC,

        a Delaware limited liability company,

        its Sole Member

        By: Hudson Sunset Gower, LLC,

            a Delaware limited liability company,

            its Sole Member

            By: Hudson Pacific Properties, L.P.,

                a Maryland limited partnership,

                its Sole Member

                By: Hudson Pacific Properties, Inc.,

                    a Maryland corporation,

                    its General Partner

By:    
Name:  
Title:  

[Signature Page to Acknowledgment and Consent]


SGS REALTY I, LLC,

a Delaware limited liability company

By: SGS Realty II, LLC,

    a Delaware limited liability company,

    its Sole Member

    By: Hudson Sunset Gower, LLC,

        a Delaware limited liability company,

        its Sole Member

        By: Hudson Pacific Properties, L.P.,

            a Maryland limited partnership,

            its Sole Member

            By: Hudson Pacific Properties, Inc.,

                a Maryland corporation,

                its General Partner

By:    
Name:  
Title:  

[Signature Page to Acknowledgment and Consent]


SGS REALTY II, LLC,

    a Delaware limited liability company

By: Hudson Sunset Gower, LLC,

    a Delaware limited liability company,

    its Sole Member

    By: Hudson Pacific Properties, L.P.,

        a Maryland limited partnership,

        its Sole Member

        By: Hudson Pacific Properties, Inc.,

            a Maryland corporation,

            its General Partner

By:    
Name:  
Title:  

 

SUNSET GOWER SERVICES, LLC,

    a Delaware limited liability company

By: Hudson Pacific Services, Inc.,

    a Maryland corporation,

    its Sole Member

By:    
Name:  
Title:  

[Signature Page to Acknowledgment and Consent]


HUDSON 9300 WILSHIRE, LLC,

    a Delaware limited liability company

By: Hudson Pacific Properties, L.P.,

    a Maryland limited partnership,

    its Sole Member

    By: Hudson Pacific Properties, Inc.,

        a Maryland corporation,

        its General Partner

By:    
Name:  
Title:  

[Signature Page to Acknowledgment and Consent]

EXHIBIT 23.3

Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

We consent to the reference to our firm under the captions “Experts” and to the use of our report dated February 16, 2010 with respect to the statement of revenues and certain expenses of City Plaza; our report dated April 9, 2010 with respect to the combined statement of revenues and certain expenses of GLB Encino, LLC and Glenborough Tierrasanta, LLC; our report dated March 23, 2011 with respect to the consolidated financial statements of Hudson Pacific Properties, Inc; our report dated November 22, 2010 with respect to the financial statements of Howard Street Associates, LLC; our report dated November 22, 2010 with respect to the statement of revenues and certain expenses of ECI Washington, LLC; our report dated November 22, 2010 with respect to the statement of revenues and certain expenses of Canpartners IV 222 Kearny, LLC; and our report dated April 14, 2011 with respect the statements of revenues and certain expenses of Rincon Center JV LLC, all included in the Registration Statement on Form S-11 (No. 333-                ) filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on April 14, 2011 and related Prospectus of Hudson Pacific Properties, Inc. for the registration of its common stock.

/s/ Ernst & Young LLP

Los Angeles, California

April 14, 2011

Exhibit 23.4

Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

We consent to the use in this Registration Statement on Form S-11 of Hudson Pacific Properties, Inc. of our report dated November 22, 2010 relating to our audit of the combined financial statements of Hudson Pacific Properties, Inc. for the year ended December 31, 2008, appearing in the Prospectus, which is part of this Registration Statement.

We also consent to the reference to our firm under the caption “Experts” in the Prospectus.

/s/ McGladrey & Pullen, LLP

Chicago, Illinois

April 14, 2011